Függelék:Sanskrit-English/p2

---

Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899)

a - ¤ - ā - i - ī - u - ū - ṝ - ḷ - ḹ - e - ai - o - au k - kh - g - gh - ṅ - c - ch - j - jh - ñ - ṭ - ṭh - ḍ - ḍh - ṇ t - th - d - dh - n - p - ¤ - ph - b - bh - m - y - r - l - v - ¤ - ś - ṣ - s - ¤ - h

pul

1. pul 1. 6. 10. P. polati, pulati, polayati, to be great or large or high, to be piled or heaped up Dhātup. xx, 11
2. xxxii, 61

pula

1. pula mfn. extended, wide L
2. m. horripilation ( See under pulaka) L
3. N. of an attendant of Siva L
4. (ā), f. the soft palate or uvula L
5. N. of a partic. pace of horses Śiś. v, 60. Sch
6. (ī), f. a bunch ( See tṛṇa-pulī)
7. n. size, extent L

⋙pulakeśin

1. ○keśin and m. N. of princes L

⋙pulakeśivallabha

1. ○keśi-vallabha m. N. of princes L

≫pulaka

1. pulaka m. a species of edible plant MBh
2. a species of tree L
3. (pl.) erection or bristling of the hairs of the body (considered to be occasioned by delight or rapture rather than by fear) Kāv. Pur. (also n. but mostly occurring ibc. and ifc. with f. ā)
4. a bunch ( See tṛṇa-p○)
5. a kind of stone or gem Var
6. flaw or defect in a gem L
7. a kind of insect or vermin L
8. a cake of meal with which elephants are fed L
9. orpiment L
10. a Gandharva L
11. = asurājī (?) L
12. N. of a prince VP
13. of a Nāga L
14. n. a species of earth L
15. horripilation (cf. above)
16. ○kâkulâkṛti mfn. 'having the frame excited by bristling hair', thrilled with joy MW
17. ○kâṅkita-savâṅga mf(ī)n. having the whole body covered with bristling hair Pañc
18. ○kâṅkura m. (sprout of) bristling hair Gīt
19. ○kâṅga m. the noose or cord of Varuṇa L
20. ○kâcita mfn. covered with bristling hair Śak. (Pi.) iii, 12 (v. l. ○kâncita)
21. ○kâlaya m. N. of Kubera L
22. ○kôkampa mfn. trembling with a thrill of delight Kathās
23. ○kâdgama m. erection of the hair Bhartṛ
24. ○kâddhūṣita-śarīra (B. dhṛṣita-ś○), mfn. having she body covered with erected hairs Pañc
25. ○kâdbheda, m.= ○kâdgama Bhartṛ

⋙pulakaya

1. pulaḍkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to have or feel the hair of the body erect (with rapture or delight) Gīt

⋙pulakita

1. pulaḍkita mfn. having the hair of the bṭbristling erect, thrilled with joy Kāv. Pañc. Hit
2. -sarvâṅga mf(ī)n. having the whole bristling covered with bristling hair Pañc

⋙pulakin

1. pulaḍkin mfn. = ○kita W
2. m. Nauclea Cordifolia L

⋙pulakīkṛta

1. pulaḍkī-kṛta mfn. ○kita BhP

≫pulasa

1. pulasa mfn. g. tṛṇâdi

≫pulasti

1. pulastí mfn. (perhaps fr. pulas for puras
2. but according to Uṇ. iv, 179 Sch. fr. pula and √3. as) wearing the hair straight or smooth VS
3. m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

⋙pulastya

1. pulasḍtya m. N. of an ancient Ṛishi (one of the mind-born sons of Brahmā
2. also enumerated among the Prajā-patis and seven sages, and described as a lawgiver) AV. Pariś. Pravar. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW. 517, n. 1)
3. N. of Śiva Śivag
4. -siddhânta m. -smṛti f. ○tyâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

≫pulaha

1. pulaha m. (pula + √2. hā) N. of an ancient Ṛishi (one of the mind-born sons of Brahmā enumerated among the Prajā-patis and seven sages) AV.Pariś. Pravar. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW: 517, n. 1)
2. N. of a star Hariv
3. N. of Śivi Śivag
4. ○hâśrama m. N. of a hermitage BhP. (= harikṣetra Sch.)

≫pulāka

1. pulāka m. n. shrivelled or blighted or empty or bad grain Mn. MBh. &c
2. a partic. species of grain L
3. a lump of boiled rice L. (○kâdaka n. rice-water Suśr.)
4. brevity, abbreviation, compendium L
5. celerity, dispatch (-kārin mfn. making haste, hastening) L

⋙pulākin

1. pulāḍkin m. a tree L

≫pulānikā

1. pulānikā f. (prob.) induration of the skin Suśr

≫pulāyita

1. pulāyita n. a horse's gallop L. (cf. ardha-p○)

≫pulina

1. pulina m. n. (g. ardarcâdi) a sandbank, a small island or bank in the middle of a river, an islet, a sandy beach (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. the bank of a river (= tīra) Ragh. Sch
3. m. N. of a mythical being conquered by Garuḍa MBh
4. of a poet Cat

⋙pulinajaghanā

1. ○jaghanā f. having sandbanks for hips (said of the Gambhtrā river personified as a female) Megh

⋙pulinadvīpaśobhita

1. ○dvīpa-śobhita mfn. beautified by shoals and islets MW

⋙pulinapradeśa

1. ○pradeśa m. situation or place of an island Kathās

⋙pulinamaṇḍita

1. ○maṇḍita mfn. adorned with sandbanks or islets R

⋙pulinavatī

1. ○vatī f. (prob.) N. of a river, g. ajirâdi

≫pulinda

1. pulinda m. pl. (Uṇ. iv, 85) N. of a barbarous tribe AitBr. MBh. &c
2. (sg.) a man or the king of this tribe
3. a barbarian, mountaineer MBh. Kathās
4. N. of a king BhP
5. the mast or rib of a ship (= polinda) L
6. (ā), f. N. nf a serpent-maid Kāraṇḍ
7. (ī), f. a Pulinda woman BhP
8. (in music), N. of a Rāga

⋙pulinduka

1. pulinḍduka m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe (= pulinda) MBh
2. (sg.) N. of a king of the Pulinda and Śabara and Bhilla Kathās. [Page 638, Column]
3. of a son of Ārdraka VP
4. (ikā), f. (in music) = pulindī

pulika

1. pulika m. N. of a man VP
2. (ā), f. yellowish alum L

≫pulikeśin

1. pulikeśin m. = pula-keśin Inscr

pulimat

1. pulimat m. N. of a man VP. (cf. pulomat)

pulirika

1. pulirika m. a snake L

pulilśa

1. pulilśa m.= Paulus (Alexanndrinus), N. of the author of a Siddhanta (also ○śâcārya) VarBṛS. Sch

pulīkoya

1. pulīkoya m. a partic. aquatic animal MaitrS. (cf. kulikaya, kulipaya and purīkaya)

≫pulīkā

1. pulī́kā f. a species of bird MaitrS. (cf. kulīkā)

pulītat

1. pulītát n. = purītat MaitrS

pulu

1. pulu mfn. = puru in comp

⋙pulukāma

1. ○kā́ma mfn. having many desires, covetous RV. i, 179, 5

⋙pulvagha

1. pulv-aghá mfn. doing much evil ib. x, 86, 21

puluṣa

1. puluṣa m. N. of a man (cf. pauluṣi)

puloma

1. puloma m. (m.c.) = puloman R
2. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of the demon Vaiśvānara (she was loved by the demon Puloman, but became the wife of Bhṛigu or Kaśyapa) MBh. Hariv. Pur
3. Acorus Calamus (= vacā) L

≫puloma

1. puloma in comp. for ○man

⋙pulomajā

1. ○jā f. 'daughter of Puloman', N. of Indrāṇi Prasannar

⋙pulomajit

1. ○jit m. conqueror of Prasannar., N. of Indra Cat

⋙pulomatanayā

1. ○tanayā f. = -ja Gal

⋙pulomadviṣ

1. ○dviṣ m. 'enemy of Prasannar., N. of Indra L

⋙pulomaniṣūdana

1. ○niṣūdana (Gal.),

⋙pulomabhid

1. ○bhid (L.), m. 'destroyer of PṭPrasannar., N. of Indra (who destroyed his father-in-law PṭPrasannar. in order to avert his imprecation consequent on the violation of his daughter)

⋙pulomāri

1. pulomâri m. = ○ma-dvith, Kāvyśd

⋙pulomārcis

1. pulomârcis m. 'having the lustre of PṭPrasannar., N. of a prince VP

⋙pulomāvi

1. pulomâvi m. (prob.) wṛ. for ○mâri ib

≫puloman

1. puloman m. N. of a demon (the father-in-law of Indra by whom he was destroyed) MBh. Hariv. Pur
2. of a prince VP

pulomat

1. pulomat m. N. of two princes VP. (cf. pulimat)

pulomahī

1. pulomahī f. opium L

pulkaka

1. púlkaka See púklaka and next MaitrS

pulkasa

1. pulkasa m. (ī f.) N. of a despised mixed tribe Gaut. MBh. (also ○kaka BhP
2. cf. paulkasá and pukkaśa)

pulya

1. pulya mfn., g. balâdi

pulla

1. pulla mfn. expanded, blown L
2. n. a flower L. (prob. wṛ. for phulla)

pulvagha

1. pulvaghá mfn. See pulu

puṣ

1. puṣ cl. 4. P. puṣyati, to divide, distribute Dhātup. xxvi, 106 (vḷ. for vyuṣ, q.v.)

puṣ

1. puṣ cl. 1. P. (Dhātup: xvii, 50) poṣati (trans.), only Nir. x, 34 ; cl. 4. P. (Dhātup. xxvi, 73) púṣyati (trans. and intrans. ; m.c. also A. ○te) RV. &c. &c. ; cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 57) puṣṇāti (trans.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (pf. pupóṣa, pupuṣyās RV. ; aor. apuṣat or apoṣīt Gr. ; Pot. puṣeyam, RY. ; Prec. puṣyāsam, ○sma Br. ; fut. poṣiṣyati, pokṣyati ;poṣitā, poṣṭā Gr. ; Pass. puṣyate Kāv. ; sor. apoṣi Gr. ; inf. puṣyáse RV.), to be nourished (with instr., e.g. bhāryayā MBh. xiii, 4569), to thrive, flourish, prosper (also with póṣam, puṣṭim or vṛddhim) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr. (rarely in later language, e.g. MBh. see above, and sometimes in Bhiṭṭ., where also 3 sg. puṣyati-tarām)
2. to cause to thrive or prosper, nourish, foster, augment, increase, further, promote, fulfil (e.g. a wish), develop, unfold, display, gain, obtain, enjoy, possess RV. &c. &c.: Caus. poskáyati (aor. apūpuṣat Gr.), to rear, nourish, feed, cause to thrive or prosper RV. &c. &c
3. to cause to be reared or fed by (instr.) Śak.: Desid. pupoṣiṣati, pupuṣithati, pupukṣati Gr.: Intens. popuṣyate, popoṣṭi ib

≫puṣ

1. puṣ mfn. (ifc.) nourishing, causing to thrive (cf. vitva-p○) showing, displaying Śiś. x, 32. [Page 638, Column]

≫puṣa

1. puṣa mfn. (ifc.) nourishing, cherishing (cf. graha-p○)
2. m. N. of a teacher Cat
3. (ā), f. Methonica Superba L

≫puṣita

1. puṣita mfn. nourished, nurtured (= puṣṭa) W

≫puṣka

1. puṣka a word formed for the explanation of puṣkala g. sidhmâdi (perhaps also underlying the formation of puṣkara, puṣpa and puṣka-jit
2. cf. pauṣka-jiti)

≫puṣkara

1. púṣkara n. (rather fr. puṣka + ra than fr. puṣ + kara
2. but Uṇ. iv, 4) a blue lotus-flower, a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum or Nymphaea Nelumbo (ifc. f. ā) AV. &c. &c. (met. 'the heart' MBh. v, 1790)
3. the bowl of a spoon (ifc. f. ā) RV. Br. GṛŚrS
4. the skin of a drum Kālid
5. the tip of an elephant's trunk Var
6. water ŚBr
7. the sky, heaven Prab. (of Naigh. i, 3)
8. a night of new moon falling on a Monday or Tuesday or Saturday Hcat
9. an arrow L
10. the blade or the sheath of a sword L
11. a cage L
12. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
13. a part L
14. the art of dancing L
15. union L
16. war, battle L
17. intoxication L
18. N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Pokhar in the district of Ajmere, RTL. 558) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (also pl
19. according to Vishṇ. Sch. there are three, viz. jyeṣṭha, madhyama and kaniṣṭha)
20. m. n. = -dviipa MBh. Pur
21. = brahmâṇḍa Nīlak
22. (with Jainas) one of the 5 Bhārata L
23. m. Ardea Sibirica Pañc
24. (in astrol.) an inauspicious Yoga, an ill-omened combination of a lucky lunation with an unlucky day, 3/4 of a lunar mansion W
25. a kind of drum MBh
26. a kind of serpent L
27. the sun L
28. a pond, lake L
29. a kind of disease L
30. the regent of Pokhar-dvipa (below) MārkP
31. N. of Kṛishṇa MBh
32. of Śiva Śivag
33. of a son of Varuṇa MBh. Pur
34. of a general of the sons and grandsons of Varuṇa L
35. of an Asura Hariv
36. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
37. of a Buddha Lalit
38. of a prince (the brother of Nala) Nal
39. of a son of Bharata VP
40. of Su-nakshatra BhP
41. of a son of Vṛika and Dūrvâkshi ib
42. of an author Cat
43. of a mountain in Pokhar-dvipa MBh
44. m. pl. N. of a class of clouds said to occasion dearth and famine L. (cf. puṣkarâvartaka)
45. of the inhabtants of Kuśa-dvipa corresponding to Brihmans VP
46. of the lunar mansions Punar-vasu, Uttarashādhā, Kṛittikā, Uttara-phagūnī, Pūrva-bhādrapadā and Viśākhā collectively L
47. (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) N. of one of the 8 wives of Śiva Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for puṣkasī i.e. pulkasī)

⋙puṣkarakarṇikā

1. ○karṇikā f. the finger on the tip of an elephant's trunk Gal

⋙puṣkarakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. N. of wk

⋙puṣkaracūḍa

1. ○cūḍa m. 'lotus-crested', N. of one of the 4 elephants that support the earth BhP

⋙puṣkaraja

1. ○ja n. 'lotus-born', N. of the √of Costus Speciosus L

⋙puṣkaratīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place L

⋙puṣkaradvīpa

1. ○dvīpa m. N. of a Dvipa or great division of the earth L

⋙puṣkaranāḍī

1. ○nāḍī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

⋙puṣkaranābha

1. ○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu BhP

⋙puṣkarapattra

1. ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. Bhartṛ
2. -netra mfn. having eyes like lotus. leaves Ragh

⋙puṣkaraparṇa

1. ○parṇá n. a lotus-petal and a kind of brick named after it AV. ŚBr. &c
2. ○ṇikā or ○ṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

⋙puṣkarapalāśa

1. ○palāśa n. = -parṇa Lāṭy

⋙puṣkarapurāṇa

1. ○purāṇa n. N. of a Purāṇa

⋙puṣkaraprādurbhāva

1. ○prādurbhāva m. N. of wk

⋙puṣkarapriya

1. ○priya m. or n. wax L

⋙puṣkarabīja

1. ○bīja n. lotus-seed Mṛicch. Suśr
2. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙puṣkaramālin

1. ○mālin m. 'wearing a lotus-wreath', N. of a man MārkP

⋙puṣkaramāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙puṣkaramukha

1. ○mukha n. the aperture of the tip of an elephant's trunk Śiś
2. mf(ī)n. (a vessel) having a mouth like the tip of an elṭelephant's trunk, Āryav

⋙puṣkaramūla

1. ○mūla (Bhpr.),

⋙puṣkaramūlaka

1. ○mūḍlaka (L.), n. the √of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus

⋙puṣkaravana

1. ○vana n. the forest in the Tirtha Pushkara TBr. Sch
2. -prādur-bhāva m. -māhātmya n. N. of wks

⋙puṣkaravyāghra

1. ○vyāghra m. 'water-tiger', an alligator L

⋙puṣkaraśāyikā

1. ○śāyikā f. a species of aquatic bird Suśr

⋙puṣkaraśikā

1. ○śikā (prob.) wṛ. for next

⋙puṣkaraśikhā

1. ○śikhā or f. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙puṣkaraśiphā

1. ○śiphā f. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙puṣkarasad

1. ○sad m. N. of a man
2. pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙puṣkarasāgara

1. ○sāgara m. or n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙puṣkarasāda

1. ○sādá m. a species of bird (according to TS. Sch. = puṣkarasarpa or bhramara)

⋙puṣkarasādi

1. ○sādi m. N. of a teacher Āpast. (prob. wṛ. for pauṣkarasādi)

⋙puṣkarasādin

1. ○sādin m. = -sāda, Mahrdh

⋙puṣkarasārin

1. ○sārin m. wṛ. for pauṣkarasādi

⋙puṣkarasārī

1. ○sārī f. 'having the essence of the lotus', a kind of writing Lalit

⋙puṣkarasthapati

1. ○sthapati m. N. of Śiva MBh. (= brahmâṇḍasya svāmī Nīlak.)

⋙puṣkarasraj

1. ○sraj f. a lotus-wreath, T3āṇḍBr
2. (pú○), mfn. wearing a lotus-wrṭwreath RV. AV. ŚBr
3. m. du. N. of the two Aśvins L

⋙puṣkarākṣa

1. puṣkarâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus. eyed MBh
2. m. N. of Vishṇu L
3. of a man BrahmaP. [Page 639, Column]
4. of a prince Ratnâv
5. of a poet Cat

⋙puṣkarākhya

1. puṣkarâkhya m. Ardea Sibirica L

⋙puṣkarāgra

1. puṣkarâgra n. the tip or extremity of an elephant's trunk Pañc

⋙puṣkarāṅghrija

1. puṣkarâṅghrija m. or n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙puṣkarācchādikā

1. puṣkarâcchādikā f. a species of bird Gal

⋙puṣkarāraṇya

1. puṣkarâraṇya n. = puṣkara-vana MBh

⋙puṣkarāruṇi

1. puṣkarâruṇi m. N. of a prince BhP

⋙puṣkarāvatī

1. puṣkarā-vatī f. 'abounding in lotuses', N. of a town (= the ? ? of the ancients and the Pousekielofati of Hiouen-Thsang) R. Kathās. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 Sch.)
2. a form of Dākshāyaṇi MatsyaP

⋙puṣkarāvartaka

1. puṣkarâvartaka m. N. of a partic. class of clouds Kālid. (cf. puṣkalâv○)

⋙puṣkarāṣṭaka

1. puṣkarâṣṭaka n. N. of wk

⋙puṣkarāhva

1. puṣkarâhva (Car.),

⋙puṣkarāhvaya

1. puṣkarâḍhvaya (L.), m. Ardea Sibirica
2. ī. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus. 1

⋙puṣkarekṣaṇa

1. puṣkarêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-eyed
2. m. (with puruṣa), N. of Vishṇu R. 2

⋙puṣkarekṣaṇa

1. puṣkarekṣaṇa mfn. being for a moment in the sky MW

⋙puṣkaroddhṛta

1. puṣkarôddhṛta mfn. raised with the extremity of the trunk ib

≫puṣkarāya

1. puṣkarāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to act as or represent a drum Daśar

≫puṣkarikā

1. puṣkarikā f. a kind of disease (formation of abscesses on the penis) Suśr
2. N. of a woman Daś

≫puṣkarin

1. puṣkarin mfn. abounding in lotuses R
2. m. an elephant Dhūrtan
3. a sword Gal
4. N. of a prince (= puṣkarâruṇi) VP
5. (íṇī), f. a lotus pool, any pool or pond RV. &c. &c
6. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
7. Hibiscus Mutabilis L
8. a female elephant L
9. N. of a river ŚivaP
10. of the wife of Bhumanyn MBh
11. of the wife of Cākshusha and mother of Manu Hariv
12. of the mother of Manu Cākshusha VP
13. of the wife of Vyushṭa and mother of Cakshus and grandmṭmother of Manu BhP
14. of the wife of Ulmuka ib
15. of a temple in Maru or Marwar Buddh

≫puṣkala

1. puṣkalá mf(ā)n. (cf. puṣka) much, many, numerous, copious, abundant MBh. Kāv. &c
2. rich, magnificent, full, complete, strong, powerful, excellent, best AV. &c. &c
3. loud, resonant, resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur
4. purified L
5. m. (vḷ. ○kara) a kind of drum MBh
6. (in music) a Partic. stringed instrument
7. N. of Śiva Śivag
8. of a son of Varuṇa L
9. of an Asura Hariv
10. of a Ṛishi Cat
11. of a son of Bharata R
12. of a Buddha Lalit
13. of a Tirtha (rather n.) L
14. pl. N. of, people MārkP
15. of the military caste in Kuśadvipa VP
16. (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
17. n. (ifc. f. ā) the bowl of a spoon Gṛihyās. (vḷ. ○kara)
18. a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kuñcis = 64 handfuls) ĀpŚr. Sch
19. a partic. weight of gold KātyŚr. Sch
20. alms to the exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of mount Meru L

⋙puṣkalamocana

1. ○mocana n

⋙puṣkalavijaya

1. ○vijaya m. N. of chs. of PadmaP

⋙puṣkalāvata

1. puṣkalāvata m. an inhabitant of Pushkalā-vati Var. (also ○taka)
2. N. of an ancient physician (vḷ. pauṣk○) Cat
3. n. N. of the residence of Pushkala (son of Bharata) R
4. (ī), f. N. of a city (= puṣkarā-vatī)

⋙puṣkāavarta

1. puṣkā́âvarta m. (prob.) = next
2. -mâhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙puṣkalāvartaka

1. puṣkalâvartaka m. N. of a partic. class of clouds (= puṣkarâv○), Mallin. on Śiś. xv, 107

≫puṣkalaka

1. puṣkalaka m. the musk-deer L
2. a post, wedge, pin, bolt L
3. a Buddhist or Jaina mendicant L. (wṛ. puṣalaka)

≫puṣṭa

1. puṣṭá mfn. nourished, cherished, well-fed, thriving, strong, fat, full, complete, perfect, abundant, rich, great, ample Mn. MBh. &c
2. rich in, blessed with (instr.) Daś
3. full-sounding, loud Hariv
4. burnt W. (wṛ. for pluṣṭa?)
5. incubated, brooded over MW
6. n. growth, increase, gain, acquisition, wealth, property (esp. of children or cattle) RV. VS. AV

⋙puṣṭatā

1. ○tā f

⋙puṣṭatva

1. ○tva n. the being well-fed, a prosperous or thriving condition MW

⋙puṣṭapati

1. ○páti m. the lord of prosperity or welfire AV

⋙puṣṭavipuṣṭa

1. ○vipuṣṭa m. du. the well-fed and the ill-fed Pañc

⋙puṣṭāṅga

1. puṣṭâṅga mf(ī)n. fat-limbed, well-fed, fat Hit

⋙puṣṭārtha

1. puṣṭârtha mfn. having a complete sense, fully intelligible (a-p○) Sāh

⋙puṣṭāvat

1. puṣṭā́-vat mfn. breeding or rearing cattle RV

≫puṣṭi

1. púṣṭi (or puṣṭi, esp. RV.), f. well-nourished condition, fatness, plumpness, growth, increase, thriving, prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV. &c. &c
2. breeding, rearing (esp. of cattle
3. also with paśoḥ) RV. TS. ŚBr
4. development, fulness, completeness Sāh
5. N. of a partic. ceremony performed for the attainment of welfare or prosperity Cat
6. N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv. Pur. [Page 639, Column]
7. of the mother of Lobha, MārkP
8. of a daughter of Dhruva VP
9. of a daughter of Paurṇamāsa ib
10. of a Śakti Hcat
11. one of the 16 Mātṛikās or divine mothers L
12. of a Kalā of the moon BrahmaP
13. of a Kalā of Prakṛiti and wife of Gaṇêśa BrahmaP
14. of a form of Dakshāyanī MatsyaP
15. of a form of Sarasvatī W
16. Physalis Flexuosa L

⋙puṣṭikara

1. ○kara mf(ī)n. nourishing, causing to thrive or grow Var. Suśr. MārkP

⋙puṣṭikarman

1. ○karman n. a religious ceremony performed for the attainment of prosperity GṛŚrS. MBh
2. n. a verse or formula relating to this cerṭceremony Kauś

⋙puṣṭikānta

1. ○kānta m. 'beloved of Pushṭi.' N. of Ganêśa L

⋙puṣṭikāma

1. ○kāma (pú○), mfn. wishing for prṭprosperity AV. &c. &c

⋙puṣṭigu

1. ○gu (○pú○), m. N. of a man (said to be a Kānva and author of RV. viii, 51, 1)

⋙puṣṭida

1. ○da mfn. yielding or causing prṭprosperity, nourishing, cherishing Hariv. Var. Suśr
2. m. pl. N. of a class of Pitṛis MārkP
3. (ā), f. N. of a drug (= vṛddhi) L
4. Physalis Flexuosa L

⋙puṣṭidāvan

1. ○dāvan mf(arī)n. = -da mfn. Kauś

⋙puṣṭipati

1. ○páti m. the lord of prṭprosperity or welfare TS. Br. GṛŚrS

⋙puṣṭipravāhamaryādābheda

1. ○pravāha-maryādā-bheda m. N. of wk
2. -vivaraṇa n. N. of Comm. on it

⋙puṣṭimat

1. ○mát mfn. thriving, abundant, prosperous, well off RV. &c. &c
2. containing the word puṣṭi or any other derivative of √2. puṣ ŚBr. ŚrS
3. m. N. of a prince VP

⋙puṣṭimati

1. ○mati m. N. of an Agni MBh

⋙puṣṭimārga

1. ○mārga m. 'the way of well-being', N. of the doctrine of a Vaishṇava sect founded by Vallabhâcārya RTL. 134

⋙puṣṭimbhara

1. ○m-bhará mfn. bringing prosperity (said of Pūshan) RV

⋙puṣṭilīlāṭīkā

1. ○līlā-ṭīkā f. N. of wk

⋙puṣṭivardhana

1. ○várdhana mfn. increasing prṭprosperity or welfare RV. &c. &c
2. m. a cock L

⋙puṣṭiśrāddha

1. ○śrāddha n. N. of a partic. Śrāddha VP

⋙puṣṭicchu

1. puṣṭicchu mfn. desirous of prosperity or welfare KātyŚr

≫puṣṭika

1. puṣṭika m. N. of a poet Cat
2. (ā), f. a bivalve shell, an oyster (prob. wṛ. for puṭikā)

≫puṣṭyartha

1. puṣṭy-artha n. N. of a Śrāddha ('for health and well-being of body') RTL. 305

≫puṣpa

1. púṣpa n. (for puṣka?) a flower, blossom (ifc. f. ā, in names of plants oftener ī
2. Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 1) AV. &c. &c
3. the menstrual flux Suśr
4. a partic. disease of the eye, albugo Suśr
5. a spot on the nails and teeth Car
6. (in dram.) gallantry, politeness, declaration of love Daśar. Sāh. Pratāp
7. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy
8. of a book, Divyâiv
9. a kind of perfume L
10. the vehicle of Kubera L
11. blooming, expanding L
12. m. a topaz R
13. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
14. of a son of Ślisṭi Hariv
15. of a son of Śaṅkha ib. (C. puṣya)
16. of a Bodhi-sattva(?) Lalit
17. of a mountain, MārkP
18. of a book (prob. = puṣpa-sūtra), Divyáv
19. (ā), f. N. of the town Campā L

⋙puṣpakaraṇḍa

1. ○karaṇḍa or n. flower-basket', N. of a grove near Avanti or Oujein (also ○dâdyāna n. Mṛicch.)

⋙puṣpakaraṇḍaka

1. ○karaṇḍḍaka n. flower-basket', N. of a grove near Avanti or Oujein (also ○dâdyāna n. Mṛicch.)

⋙puṣpakaraṇḍinī

1. ○karaṇḍinī f. N. of Onjein (cf. prec.) L

⋙puṣpakarṇa

1. ○kárṇa mfn. having a flower(-shaped mole) in the ear TS

⋙puṣpakāra

1. ○kāra m. N. of the author of the Pushpa-sūtra L

⋙puṣpakāla

1. ○kāla m. 'flower-time', the spring Var
2. the time of the menses Suśr

⋙puṣpakāsīsa

1. ○kāsīsa (Suśr.),

⋙puṣpakāsīsaka

1. ○kāsīḍsaka (L.), n. green or black sulphate of iron

⋙puṣpakīṭa

1. ○kīṭa m. 'flower-insect', a large bee L

⋙puṣpaketana

1. ○ketana m. 'characterized by flower', the god of love L

⋙puṣpaketu

1. ○ketu m. id. MBh
2. vitriol used as a collyrium Caurap
3. calx of brass W
4. N. of a Buddha L
5. of a prince of Pushpa-bhidra HPariś

⋙puṣpagaṇḍikā

1. ○gaṇḍikā f. N. of a kind of farce in which men act as women and women as men Bhar. Sāh. ('contrary purpose or effort of man and woman' W.)

⋙puṣpagiri

1. ○giri m., flower-mountain', N. of a mythical mountain (the favourite resort of Varuṇa) W

⋙puṣpagṛha

1. ○gṛha n. 'flower-house', a conservatory R

⋙puṣpagranthana

1. ○granthana n. wearing a wreath or garland of flower Vet

⋙puṣpaghātaka

1. ○ghātaka m. flower-destroyer, the bamboo (whose stem is said to decay after the plant has flowered) L

⋙puṣpacaya

1. ○caya m. a quantity of flower W
2. gathering flower ib

⋙puṣpacāpa

1. ○cāpa m. a bow of flower, the bow of the god of love Kālid
2. the god of love Kathās

⋙puṣpacāmara

1. ○cāmara m. having flower for a chowrie', Artemisia Indica or Pandanus Odoratissimus L

⋙puṣpacintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙puṣpacūla

1. ○cūla m. 'flower-crested', N. of a man HPariś
2. (ā), f. N. of a woman ib

⋙puṣpaja

1. ○ja mfn. 'flower-born', derived or coming from f. (-jaṃ rajaḥ, pollen Sāh.)
2. m. the juice of flower s L
3. (ā), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountains MārkP

⋙puṣpajāti

1. ○jāti f. flower-born', N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountains VP

⋙puṣpada

1. ○da m. 'flower-giving', a tree L

⋙puṣpadaṃṣṭra

1. ○daṃṣṭra m. 'having flower for fangs, N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙puṣpadanta

1. ○danta m. 'flower-toothed', N. of Śiva R
2. of an attendant of Śiva MBh
3. of an attendant of Vishṇu. BhP. [Page 639, Column]
4. (also -ka) of a Gandharva (author of the Mahimna? Stava?) Cat
5. of a Vidyā-dhara L
6. of a serpent-demon L
7. (with Jainas) of the 9th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī
8. of a partic. being Hcat
9. of the elephant of the northvest quarter ib
10. of the mountain Śatruṃ-jaya Śatr
11. (du.) sun and moon ib
12. (ī), f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh
13. n. N. of a temple Kathās
14. of a palace Buddh
15. of a gate Hariv
16. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP
17. -bhid m. N. of Śiva L. (prob. wṛ. for pūṣa-danta-bhid)
18. -vat mfn. one who has flowered teeth Hcat
19. ○tânvaya, in an elephant with partic. marks (descended from the race of Pushpa-danta) Gal

⋙puṣpadāman

1. ○dāman n. a garland of flower, Śiṅgār
2. a kind of metre Col

⋙puṣpadrava

1. ○drava m. the juice of flower L
2. an infusion of flower (as rosewiter &c.) L

⋙puṣpadruma

1. ○druma m. a tree which bears flower
2. -kusumita-mukuṭa m. 'having a flowery diadem like a tree in bloom', N. of a Gandharvarāja L

⋙puṣpadha

1. ○dha m. the offspring of an out-caste Brāhman Mn. x, 21

⋙puṣpadhanus

1. ○dhanus and m. 'armed with a bow of flower', N. of the god of love Kāv

⋙puṣpadhanvan

1. ○dhanvan m. 'armed with a bow of flower', N. of the god of love Kāv

⋙puṣpadhāraṇa

1. ○dhāraṇa m. 'flower-bearer', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh

⋙puṣpadhvaja

1. ○dhvaja m. = -ketana L

⋙puṣpanāṭaka

1. ○nāṭaka m. v. l. for -baṭuka

⋙puṣpanikara

1. ○nikara m. throwing flower W
2. a multitude of flower MW

⋙puṣpanikṣa

1. ○nikṣa m. 'flower-kissing', a bee L

⋙puṣpaniryāsa

1. ○niryāsa and m. exudation or juice of flower L

⋙puṣpaniryāsaka

1. ○niryāḍsaka m. exudation or juice of flower L

⋙puṣpanetra

1. ○netra n. 'flower-tube', a kind of catheter Suśr

⋙puṣpaṃdhaya

1. ○ṃ-dhaya m. 'flower-sucking', a bee L

⋙puṣpanyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m. an offering of flower W

⋙puṣpapaṭa

1. ○paṭa m.flowered cloth Mṛicch. Sch

⋙puṣpapattra

1. ○pattra m. 'flower-feathered', a kind of arrow L

⋙puṣpapattrin

1. ○pattrin mfn. having flower for arrows (said of the bow of Kāma-deva) W

⋙puṣpapatha

1. ○patha m. (L.),

⋙puṣpapadavī

1. ○padavī f. (Hāsy.) 'course of the menses', the vulva

⋙puṣpapāṇḍu

1. ○pāṇḍu m. a species of serpent Suśr

⋙puṣpapuṭa

1. ○puṭa m. a cup or bag filled with flower L
2. the hands arranged in the shape of the calyx of a flower Cat
3. (in music) a partic. position in dancing

⋙puṣpapura

1. ○pura n. (Ragh. &c.),

⋙puṣpapurī

1. ○purī f. (Daś.) N. of the city Pāṭali-putra or Palibothra

⋙puṣpapeśala

1. ○peśala mfn. as delicate, as flower Kathās

⋙puṣpapracaya

1. ○pracaya m. plucking flower (to steal them) Pāṇ. 3-3, 60

⋙puṣpapracāya

1. ○pracāya m. plucking or gathering flower ib
2. ○yikā f. id. Uṇ. ii, 32 Sch. (tava puṣpa-pracāyika, it is thy turn to gather flower Pāṇ. 6-2, 74, Scb.) -1

⋙puṣpaphala

1. ○phala m. Feronia Elephantum L
2. Benincasa Cerifera L. -2

⋙puṣpaphala

1. ○phala n. flower and fruits MBh
2. -druma m. pl. trees bearing flower and fruits Ragh
3. -vat mfn. bearing flower and fruits Suśr

⋙puṣpabaṭuka

1. ○baṭuka m. a courtier, gallant Cat. (vḷ. -nāṭaka)

⋙puṣpabali

1. ○bali m. an oblation of flower MārkP

⋙puṣpabāṇa

1. ○bāṇa m. flower-arrowed', the god of love
2. -vilāsa m. N. of a poem (attributed to a certain Kālidāsa)

⋙puṣpabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. a festoon of flower ('treading on flower' Sch.) MW

⋙puṣpabhadra

1. ○bhadra m. beautiful with flower', a kind of pavilion with 62 columns Vāstuv
2. N. of a man Mṛicch
3. n. N. of a city HPariś
4. (ā), f. N. of a river BhP

⋙puṣpabhadraka

1. ○bhadraka n. N. of a partic. wood BhP

⋙puṣpabhava

1. ○bhava mfn. being or contained in flower
2. m. the nectar of flower W

⋙puṣpabhājana

1. ○bhājana n. a flower basket Śak

⋙puṣpabhūti

1. ○bhūti m. 'essence of flower', N. of a prince Hcar

⋙puṣpabhūṣaṇa

1. ○bhūṣaṇa n' 'ornament of flower', N. of a Nāṭaka Sāh

⋙puṣpabhuṣita

1. ○bhuṣita n. 'adorned with flower', N. of a Prakaraṇa ib

⋙puṣpabherotsa

1. ○bherôtsa (?), m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙puṣpamañjarikā

1. ○mañjarikā f. a species of creeper L. ('blue lotus' W.)

⋙puṣpamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of flower, flowery MBh. Kāv

⋙puṣpamātham

1. ○mātham ind. (with √math) to crush like a flower Bālar

⋙puṣpamālā

1. ○mālā f. a garland of flower R
2. N. of a Dik-kanyā (s.v.) Pārśvan
3. N. of a poem and of another wk. (on flower to be used or avoided in the worship of deities)
4. ○la-kathā f. N. of wk. Pañcad
5. ○lā-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of flower-garlands Hcat
6. ○lin mfn. wearing a flower-gṭgarlands Jātakam

⋙puṣpamās

1. ○mās or m. flower -month', the spring R

⋙puṣpamāsa

1. ○māsa m. flower -month', the spring R

⋙puṣpamitra

1. ○mítra m. (vḷ. puṣya-m○) N. of a king (according to the Brāhmanical account, a general of the last Maurya dynasty and father of prince Agni-mitra, or according to Buddhists, a king, the successor of Pushyadharman) Mālav. Pur. Buddh. (cf IW. 167, n. 2)
2. of another king VP
3. -sabhā f. the court of king Pushyadharman Pāṇ. 1-1, 68 Vārtt. 7 Pat

⋙puṣpamegha

1. ○megha m. a cloud raining flower
2. ○ghī-. √kṛ, to turn into a cloud raining flower Megh

⋙puṣpayamaka

1. ○yamaka n. a Yamaka (s.v.) of the final syllables of all lines of a stanza, e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 14

⋙puṣparakta

1. ○rakta mfn. red as a flower Megh
2. dyed red with vegetable colour W
3. m. Hibiscus Phoeuiceus L

⋙puṣparacana

1. ○racana n. making flower into a garland (one of the 64 arts or Kalās) Gal

⋙puṣparajas

1. ○rajas n. 'flower-dust', pollen
2. (esp.) saffron L

⋙puṣparatha

1. ○ratha m. 'flower-chariot', a car for travelling or for pleasure R. Hcat. [Page 640, Column]

⋙puṣparasa

1. ○rasa (or ○sâhvaya), m. (having the name) flower-juice, the nectar or honey of flower L

⋙puṣparāga

1. ○rāga m. 'flower-hued', a topaz Var

⋙puṣparāja

1. ○rāja m. 'flower-king (?)', id. L

⋙puṣpareṇu

1. ○reṇu m. 'flower-dust', pollen Ragh

⋙puṣparocana

1. ○rocana m. Mesua Roxburghī L

⋙puṣpalāva

1. ○lāva m. a flower- gatherer or garland-maker (also ○vin) L
2. (il), f. a female flower-gatherer Megh

⋙puṣpalikṣa

1. ○likṣa m. 'flower-licker', a bee W. (cf. -nikṣa)

⋙puṣpalipi

1. ○lipi f. 'flower-writing.' N. of a partic. style of writing Lalit

⋙puṣpalih

1. ○lih m. (nom. ṭ) a large black bee W

⋙puṣpalīlā

1. ○līlā f. 'flower-sport', N. (of a woman?) Cat. -1

⋙puṣpavat

1. ○vat (púṣpa-), mfn. having flower or decorated with flower, flowery, blooming RV. &c. &c
2. m. N. of a Daitya MBh
3. of a man Saṃskārak
4. of a prince Hariv. Pur
5. of a mountain in Kuś-dvipa MBh
6. (du.) sun and moon Bālar. Gaṇit. (perhaps fr. -vanta)
7. (ī), f. (a woman) having the menses L
8. (a cow) longing for the bull BhP. Sch
9. N. of a sacred bathing place MBh. -2

⋙puṣpavat

1. ○vat ind. like a flower Bhartṛ

⋙puṣpavana

1. ○vana n. N. of a mountain
2. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙puṣpavartman

1. ○vartman m. 'flower-path', N. of Dru-pada Hcar

⋙puṣpavarṣa

1. ○varṣa n. flower-rain', flower showered upon a hero on any great occasion Ragh. (also ○ṣaṇa MW.)
2. m. N. of a mountain BhP

⋙puṣpavahā

1. ○vahā f. 'carrying flower', N. of a river ib

⋙puṣpavāṭikā

1. ○vāṭikā (Kuval.),

⋙puṣpavāṭī

1. ○vāṭī (Pañc.), f. a flower-garden

⋙puṣpavāhana

1. ○vāhana m. 'having a flowery car', N. of a king of Pushkara AgP

⋙puṣpavāhinī

1. ○vāhinī f. (= -vahā) N. of a river Hariv

⋙puṣpavicitrā

1. ○vicitrā f. N. of a metre L

⋙puṣpaviśikha

1. ○viśikha m. = -bāṇa Alaṃkārav

⋙puṣpavṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. a tree bearing blossoms L

⋙puṣpavṛṣṭi

1. ○vṛṣṭi f. = -varṣa n. Ratnâv

⋙puṣpaveṇī

1. ○veṇī f. a chaplet or garland of flower R
2. N. of a river MBh

⋙puṣpasakaṭikā

1. ○sakaṭikā f. a voice coming from heaven
2. -nimitta-jñāna n. knowledge of the omens which result from heavenly voices (one of the 64 arts or Kalās) BhP. Sch

⋙puṣpaśakaṭī

1. ○śakaṭī f. (L.) and -jñāna n. (Gal.) = prec

⋙puṣpaśakalin

1. ○śakalin m. 'having flower-like scales', a kind of serpent Suśr

⋙puṣpaśakuna

1. ○śakuna m. 'flower-bird', Phasianus Gallus MBh. (v. l.)

⋙puṣpaśayyā

1. ○śayyā f. a couch of flower Śak

⋙puṣpaśara

1. ○śara m. = -bāṇa L
2. ○râsana m. = -dhanus Vcar

⋙puṣpaśilīmukha

1. ○śilī-mukha m. = -bāṇa Prasannar

⋙puṣpaśūnya

1. ○śūnya m. 'flowerless', Ficus Glomerata L

⋙puṣpaśekhara

1. ○śekhara m. a garland of flower Kathās

⋙puṣpaśrīgarbha

1. ○śrī-garbha m. 'filled with the beauty of flower', N. of a Bodhi-sattva L

⋙puṣpasamaya

1. ○samaya m. 'flower-season', the spring L

⋙puṣpasādhāraṇa

1. ○sādhāraṇa m. 'common time for flower', id. L

⋙puṣpasāyaka

1. ○sāyaka m.= -bāṇa Dhirtas

⋙puṣpasāra

1. ○sāra m. the nectar or honey of flower L. (-sudhā-nidhi m. N. of wk.)
2. (ā), f. holy basil BrahmaP

⋙puṣpasitā

1. ○sitā f. 'white like flower', a kind of sugar Bhpr

⋙puṣpasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. N. of a Sūtra work (ascribed to Gobhila or to Vara-ruci) on the change of Ṛiks into Sāmans
2. -bhāṣya n. N. of Comm. on it

⋙puṣpasaurabhā

1. ○saurabhā f. 'smelling like flower', Methonica Superba L

⋙puṣpasnāna

1. ○snāna n. v. l. for puṣya-sn○

⋙puṣpasraj

1. ○sraj f. a garland of flower Kāv

⋙puṣpasreda

1. ○sreda m.= -sara L

⋙puṣpahārin

1. ○hārin mfn. stealing or taking away flower, Pāṇ. vi, 2, 79 Sch

⋙puṣpahāsa

1. ○hāsa m. 'smiling with flower', a flower-garden Hariv
2. N. of Vishṇu ib
3. of a man L
4. (ā), f. a woman during menstruation L

⋙puṣpahīna

1. ○hīna mfn. flowerless, not flowering L
2. (ā), f. a woman past child-bearing L
3. Ficus Glomerata L

⋙puṣpākara

1. puṣpâkara mfn. rich in flower, flowery
2. m. (with māsa) the flowery month, spring Vikr
3. -deva m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙puṣpāgama

1. puṣpâgama m. 'flower-advent', the spring Ṛitus

⋙puṣpāgra

1. puṣpâgra n. flower-point', a pistil Vām

⋙puṣpājīva

1. puṣpâjīva and m. 'living by flower', a gardener, florist, garland-maker L

⋙puṣpājīvin

1. puṣpâjīḍvin m. 'living by flower', a gardener, florist, garland-maker L

⋙puṣpāñjana

1. puṣpâñjana n. calx of brass employed as a collyrium L

⋙puṣpāñjali

1. puṣpâñjali m. two handfuls of flower L
2. N. of sev. wks. (also -stotra and ○lyaṣṭaka n.)
3. mfn. presenting flower or a nosegay in both hands opened and hollowed W

⋙puṣpāḍa

1. puṣpâḍa and m. a kind of rice Gal

⋙puṣpāḍaka

1. puṣpâḍḍaka m. a kind of rice Gal

⋙puṣpānana

1. puṣpânana m. flower faced', N. of a Yaksha MBh

⋙puṣpānauga

1. puṣpânauga n. a powder promoting menstruation Car

⋙puṣpāṅta

1. puṣpâṅta mfn. perishing after the blossom (?) SāmavBr

⋙puṣpāpaṇa

1. puṣpâpaṇa m. a flower-market Pañcad

⋙puṣpāpīḍa

1. puṣpâpīḍa m. 'chaplet of flower', N. of a Gandharva Śukas

⋙puṣpābbikīrṇa

1. puṣpâbbikīrṇa mfn. strewed with flower Lalit
2. m. a kind of spotted snake Suśr

⋙puṣpābhiṣeka

1. puṣpâbhiṣeka m. = ○pa-snāna Var

⋙puṣpāmbu

1. puṣpâmbu n. the honey or nectar of flower L

⋙puṣpāmbhas

1. puṣpâmbhas n. flower-water, N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh

⋙puṣpāyudha

1. puṣpâyudha m. 'flower armed', the god of love Kāv

⋙puṣpārama

1. puṣpâráma m. a flower-garden Kathās

⋙puṣpārṇa

1. puṣpârṇa m. 'flower-stream', N. of a son of Vatsara and Svar-viithi BhP

⋙puṣpārpaṇa

1. puṣpârpaṇa n. N. of wk. [Page 640, Column]

⋙puṣpāvakīrṇa

1. puṣpâvakīrṇa m. 'strewed with flower', N. of a prince of the Kiṃnaras Kāraṇḍ

⋙puṣpāvacaya

1. puṣpâvacaya m. gathering flower W. (cf. Vām. v, 2, 42)
2. ○cāyikā f. the gathering of flower (a kind of play or sport) Cat
3. ○cāyin m. gathering flower, a flower-gatherer W

⋙puṣpāvat

1. púṣpā-vat mfn. = 1. púṣpa-vat TS
2. (ī), f. N. of a town Cat

[[]]

1. puṣpāvalivanarājikusumitābhijña3puṣpâvali-vanarāji-kusumitâbhijña m. knowing the season of the flowering of the rows of flower and of the forest-trees', N. of a Buddha Lalit. (vḷ. puṣpa-bali-v○)

⋙puṣpāśin

1. puṣpâśin mfn. eating flower Vishṇ

⋙puṣpāsava

1. puṣpâsava m. a decoction of flower R. Ṛitus
2. honey L

⋙puṣpāsāra

1. puṣpâsāra m. = ○pa-vṛṣṭi Megh

⋙puṣpāstaraka

1. puṣpâstaraka m. (Cat),

⋙puṣpāstaraṇa

1. puṣpâstaḍraṇa n. (BhP. Sch.) the art of strewing flower (one of the 64 Kalas)

⋙puṣpāstra

1. puṣpâstra m. = ○pâyudha L

⋙puṣpāhara

1. puṣpâhara mfn. one who takes or plucks flower W

⋙puṣpāhvā

1. puṣpâhvā f. Anethum Sowa L

⋙puṣpeṣu

1. puṣpêṣu m.= ○pa-bāṇa Kathās

⋙puṣpotkaṭā

1. puṣpôtkaṭā f. N. of a Rākshasi the mother of Rāvaṇa and Kumbha-karṇa) MBh

⋙puṣpottara

1. puṣpottara m. or n. (with Jainas) N. of a partic. heaven W

⋙puṣpodakā

1. puṣpôdakā f. 'having flower for water', N. of a river in the lower world MBh

⋙puṣpodbhava

1. puṣpôdbhava m. 'sprung from flower', N. of a man Daś

⋙puṣpodyāna

1. puṣpôdyāna n. a flower-garden MW

⋙puṣpopagama

1. puṣpôpagama mfn. bearing flower Vishṇ

⋙puṣpopajīvin

1. puṣpopajīvin m.= puṣpâjīvin R

≫puṣpaka

1. puṣpaka m. a kind of serpent Suśr
2. N. of a mountain MārkP
3. (ikā), f. the tartar of the teeth L
4. the mucus of the tongue. Gal
5. the mucus of the glans penis or urethra L
6. the last words of a chapter (which state the subject treated therein) L
7. n. (rarely m.) N. of the self-moving aerial car of Kubera (also -vimāna, n
8. it was carried off by the demon Rāvaṇa and constantly used by him till he was slain by Rāma-candra, who then employed the car to transport himself and Sītā back to Ayodhyā) MBh. R. &c
9. N. of a forest Hariv
10. calx of brass or green vitriol used as a collyrium L
11. a bracelet (esp. one of jewels) L
12. a small earthen fire-place or furnace on wheels L
13. a cup or vessel of iron L
14. a partic. disease of the eyes (albugo) L

≫puṣpāya

1. puṣpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a flower, Kularṇ

≫puṣpita

1. puṣpita mf(ā)n. flowered, bearing flowers, blooming, in bloom MBh. Kāv. &c
2. having marks like flowers, variegated, spotted, (said of bad teeth) Car
3. exhaling an odour indicative of approaching death ib
4. completely manifested, fully developed Kathās
5. florid, flowery (as speech) Bhag
6. m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
7. (ā), f. a menstruous woman L

⋙puṣpitapalāśapratima

1. ○palāśa-pratima mfn. resembling a Butea Frondosa in flower MW

⋙puṣpitākṣa

1. puṣpitâkṣa mfn. having spots (allugo) on the eye VarBṛS. Sch
2. ○kṣi-tva (l), n. ib

⋙puṣpitāgra

1. puṣpitâgra mfn. covered at the extremities with flowers or blossoms MBh. Gīt
2. (ā), f. N. of a metre

≫puṣpitaka

1. puṣpitaka m. N. of a mountain Hariv

≫puṣpin

1. puṣpín mfn. bearing flowers, flowering, blossoming RV. &c. &c
2. florid, flowery (as speech) BhP
3. (iṇī), f. (a woman) in menstruation or desirous of sexual intercourse Kāv. BhP

≫puṣpya

1. puṣpya Nom. P. ○yati (p. Ā. ○yamāna) to bear flowers, flower, blossom, bloom MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. √puṣp, ○pyati in Dhātup. xxvi, 15)

≫puṣya

1. púṣya n. nourishment (pl.) Car
2. the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or best of anything (cf. Gk. [640,] ? ; Lat. flos) RV
3. (puṣyā), m. N. of the 6th (or 8th, but See nakṣatra) lunar asterism (also called Sidhya and Tishya) AV. &c. &c
4. (= -yoga), the conjunction of the moon with Pushya Mn. MBh. &c
5. N. of the month Pausha VP
6. of the Kali-yuga or fourth age W
7. of one of the 24 mythical Buddhas MWB. 136, n. 1
8. of various princes VP
9. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
10. (puṣyā́), f. a species of plant AV
11. the asterism Pushya L

⋙puṣyadharman

1. ○dharman m. N. of a prince Buddh

⋙puṣyanetra

1. ○netra mfn. having the asterism Pushya for a guide Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙puṣyamitra

1. ○mitra m. N. of a prince VP
2. pl. his dynasty ib. (cf. puṣpa-m○)

⋙puṣyayaśas

1. ○yaśas m. N. of a man with the patr. Audavraji L

⋙puṣyaratha

1. ○ratha m. the asterism Pāṇ. as a car Śiś
2. a carriage for pleasure ib. (cf. puṣpa-r○)

⋙puṣyalipi

1. ○lipi vḷ. for puṣpa-l○

⋙puṣyasnāna

1. ○snāna n. a partic. ceremony of purification performed while the moon is passing through the asterism Pāṇ. Var. (v. l. puṣpaṣ○)

⋙puṣyābhiṣeka

1. puṣyâbhiṣeka m. id. ib. (vḷ. puṣpâbh○)

puṣkara

1. puṣkara ○kala, See pp. 638, 639. [Page 640, Column]

puṣkaletra

1. puṣkaletra m. N. of a village Rājat

puṣkaśa

1. puṣkaśa ○kasa, v. l. for pukkaśa, pulkasa, q.v

puṣkiriṇī

1. puṣkiriṇī f. often for puṣkariṇī Divyâv

puṣpalaka

1. puṣpalaka m. a post, pin, stake, peg, wedge L. (cf. puṣkalaka)

puṣpasa

1. puṣpasa m. the lungs L. (cf. pupphusa, phupphusa)

puṣpāṇanāḍa

1. puṣpāṇanāḍa m. N. of a Grāma Rājat

puṣyalaka

1. puṣyalaka wṛ. for puṣkalaka

pus

1. pus cl. 10. P. posayati, to discharge, emit Dhātup. xxxii, 92

pust

1. pust cl. 10. P. pustayati, to respect or disrespect (?) Dhātup. xxxii, 52
2. to bind Vop. (cf. √bust)

pusta

1. pusta m. n. (g. ardharcādi) working in clay, modelling, Kathā
2. (also ā f.) a manuscript, book Var. (cf. below) Hcat
3. mfn. covered, filled W

⋙pustakarman

1. ○karman n. plastering, painting W

⋙pustamaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. formed of metal or wood, wrought in clay, modelled Suśr

⋙pustavārtta

1. ○vārtta m. one who lives by books or makes books VarBṛS

≫pustaka

1. pustaka m. or n. a protuberant ornament, boss ( below)
2. mf(ikā)n. a manuscript, book, booklet Hariv. Kāv. Var. &c

⋙pustakakara

1. ○kara m. an embosser VarBṛS. Sch

⋙pustakāgāra

1. pustakâgāra n. 'book-room', a library MW

⋙pustakāstaraṇa

1. pustakâstaraṇa n. the wrapper of a manuscript Hcat

pū

1. pū cl. 9. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxxj, 12) punā́ti, punīté (3. pl. Ā. punáte AV., punaté RV
2. 2. sg. Impv. P. punīhi RV. &c., punāhí SV.)
3. ci. 1. Ā. (xxii 70) pávate (of P. only Impv. -pava RV. ix, 19, 3, and p. gen. pl. pavatām Bhag.x, 31
4. p. Ā. punāná below, pávamāna, See p. 610, col. 3
5. 1. sg. Ā. punīṣe RV. vii, 85, 1
6. pf. pupuvuh. ○ve Br
7. apupot RV. iii, 26, 8
8. aor. apāviṣuḥ Subj. apaviṣṭa RV
9. fut. paviṣyati, pavitā Gr
10. ind., p. pūtvā́ AV
11. pūtvií RV
12. pavitvā Gr
13. -pū́ya and -pāvam Br. &c
14. inf. pavitum Br.), to make clean or clear or pure or bright, cleanse, purify, purge, clarify, illustrate, illume (with sáktum, to cleanse from chaff, winnow'
15. with krátum or manīṣā́m, to enlighten the understanding'
16. with hiraṇyam, 'to wash gold') RV. &c. &c
17. (met.) to sift, discriminate, discern
18. to think of or out, invent, compose (as a hymn) RV. AV
19. (Ā. pávate) to purify one's self. be or become clear or bright
20. (esp.) to flow off clearly (said of the Soma) RV
21. to expiate, atone for ib. vii, 28, 4
22. to pass so as to purify
23. to purify in passing or pervading, ventilate RV. &c. (cf. √pav): Pass. pūyáte, to be cleaned or washed or purified
24. to be freed or delivered from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. paváyati or pāvayati (ep. also ○te
25. aor. apīpavat Gr
26. Pass. pāvyate Kāv.), to cleanse, purify TS. Br. &c.: Desid, pupūṣati, pipaviṣate Gr.: Desid. of Caus. pipāvayiṣati Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Umbr. pir ; Germ. Feuer ; Eng. [640,] fire.]

≫punāna

1. punāná mfn. being clear or bright or purified RV. (also with tanvám or tanvā́)
2. washing off, destroying (sin) RV. vi, 66, 4
3. pouring forth i.e. showing (brightness), ii, 3, 5

≫punīta

1. punītá mfn. cleaned, purified MBh

≫pū

1. pū mfn. cleansing, purifying (ifc
2. cf. annauda-, ghṛta- &c.)

≫pūta

1. pūtá mfn. (for 2. See √pūy, p. 641) cleaned, purified, pure, clear, bright RV. &c. &c
2. m. (L.) a conch-shell
3. white Kuśa grass
4. Flacourtia Sapida
5. du. the buttocks (cf. puta)
6. (ā), f. a species of Dūrvā grass L. ; N. of Durgā L. [Cf. Lat. pū7tus, pūrus.]

⋙pūtakratā

1. ○kratā (pūtá-.), f. N. of a woman RV. (cf. next)

⋙pūtakratāyī

1. ○kratāyī f. the wife of Pūta-kratu Pāṇ. 4-1, 36
2. the wife of Indra Uṇ. i, 78 Sch

⋙pūtakratu

1. ○kratu (pūtá-), m. 'pure-minded', N. of a man RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 36)
2. N. of Indra Uṇ. i, 78 Sch

⋙pūtagandha

1. ○gandha m. a species of plant ( = varvara) L

⋙pūtatṛṇa

1. ○tṛṇa n. white Kuśa grass L

⋙pūtadakṣa

1. ○dakṣa (pūtá-), mfn. pure-minded (also ○kṣas) RV
2. m. N. of an Āṅgirasa (author of RV. viii, 83)

⋙pūtadru

1. ○dru m. 'pure tree', Butea Frondosa L. [Page 641, Column]

⋙pūtadhānya

1. ○dhānya -n. 'winnowed grain', sesamum L
2. mf(ā)n. containing winnowed grain AV.Paipp

⋙pūtapattrī

1. ○pattrī f. holy basil L

⋙pūtapāpa

1. ○pāpa or mfn. purified or freed from sin MBh

⋙pūtapāpman

1. ○pāpman mfn. purified or freed from sin MBh

⋙pūtaphala

1. ○phala m. 'pure-fruited', the bread-fruit tree L

⋙pūtabandhana

1. ○bándhana mf(ī)n. attached to that which is purified RV

⋙pūtabandhu

1. ○bandhu (pūtá-), mfn. of pṭpurified descent or noble race RV

⋙pūtabhṛt

1. ○bhṛ́t m. a kind of vessel which receives the Soma juice after it has been strained VS. TS. Br

⋙pūtamati

1. ○mati m. 'pure-minded', N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙pūtamūrti

1. ○mūrti mfn. having one's form or body cleansed, pure, purified Rājat

⋙pūtayavam

1. ○yavam ind. at the time of winnowing barley, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi, (cf. pūyamāna-y○)

⋙pūtātman

1. pūtâtman mfn. pure-minded (○ma-tā f.) Hariv
2. m. N. of Vishṇu RTL. 106
3. a saint, ascetic
4. a man purified by ablution W

≫pūti

1. pū́ti f. (for 2. See col. 3) purity, purification ŚBr. MBh

⋙pūtidhānya

1. ○dhānya wṛ. for pūta-dh○ (above)

≫pūtrima

1. pūtríma mfn. purified, pure, clean AV

≫pūna

1. pūna mfn. destroyed (= vi-naṣṭa) Pāṇ. 8-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙pūnadevī

1. pūná-devī f. N. of a woman Cat

≫pūni

1. pūni f. purifying, cleansing (?) Pāṇ. 8-2, 44 Vārtt. 1 Pat. (vḷ. dhūni)

≫pūyamāna

1. pūyámāna mfn. being cleansed or purified &c. RV
2. m. N. of a man L

⋙pūyamānayavam

1. ○yavam ind. at the time of winnowing barley, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi (cf. pūta-y○)

pū

1. pū mfn. (√1. pā) drinking ( See agre-pū́)

pūḥkāmya

1. pūḥ-kāmya See p. 636, col. 1

pūga

1. pūga m. (ifc. f. ā
2. cf. puñja) any assemblage or combination or body of persons, a multitude, number, mass, quantity (in one place n.) ŚāṅkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c
3. country court or an assembly of townsmen IW. 296, n. 1
4. disposition, property, nature W
5. the Areca Catechu, called betel-nut tree (n. its nut) Var. Kāv. Suśr
6. = kaṇṭaki-vṛkṣa L
7. = chanda, or chandas L. = bhāva L

⋙pūgakṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. made into a heap, gathered, collected Pāṇ. 6-2, 46 Sch

⋙pūgakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n. a piece of Areca-nut Rājat

⋙pūgapātra

1. ○pātra n. a betel-box or -next L

⋙pūgapīṭha

1. ○pīṭha n. 'betel receptacle', spitting-pot, spittoon (the Areca-nut, when chewed with betel, producing saliva) L

⋙pūgapuṣpikā

1. ○puṣpikā f. Areca-nut and flowers (presented to the principal guests at a marriage festival) L

⋙pūgapota

1. ○pota m. a young Areca-tree BhP

⋙pūgaphala

1. ○phala n. 'fruit of the Areca tree', commonly called 'betel-nut' Var. Suśr

⋙pūgayalña

1. ○yalña m. a sacrifice offered for a number of persons
2. ○ñiya mfn. relating to it MBh

⋙pūgaroṭa

1. ○roṭa or (?), m. Phoenix Paludosa L

⋙pūgavoṭa

1. ○voṭa (?), m. Phoenix Paludosa L

⋙pūgavaira

1. ○vaira n. enmity against a number of persons MBh

≫pūgatitha

1. pūgatitha mfn. numerous, manifold Pāṇ. 5-2, 52 (cf. gaṇat○, bahut○)

≫pūgī

1. pūgī f. the Areca Catechu (producing a nut chewed with betel-leaf)

⋙pūgīphala

1. ○phala n. the Areca-nut Subh

⋙pūgīlatā

1. ○latā f. the Areca-palin Kād

≫pūgya

1. pūgya mfn. belonging to a multitude
2. (ifc.) belonging to the troop or band of, g. varg-âdi

pūj

1. pūj cl. 10. P, (Dhātup. xxxii, 100) pūjayati (ep. also Ā. ○te and cl. 1. P. pūjati
2. pf. pupūjire MBh
3. aor. apūpujat Gr
4. ind. p. pūjayitvā Mn. &c
5. pūjya MBh.), to honour, worship, revere, respect, regard ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c
6. to honour or present with (instr.) Mn. vii, 203
7. to initiate, consecrate Vet

≫pūjaka

1. pūjaka mf(ikā)n. honouring, respecting, worshipping, a worshipper (with gen. or ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pūjana

1. pūjana n. reverencing, honouring, worship, respect, attention, hospitable reception ib. (mālikā f. N. of wk.)
2. an object of reverence Pāṇ. 8-1, 67
3. (ī), f. = ○janīyā f. MBh. Hariv
4. a hen-sparrow L

⋙pūjanīya

1. pūjanīya mfn. to be revered or worshipped, venerable, honourable, (compar. -tara
2. superl. -tama) MBh. R. &c
3. (ā), f. N. of a female bird (a friend of king Brahnia-datta) Hariv

⋙pūjayāna

1. pūjayāna mfn. honouring, reverencing MW

⋙pūjayitavya

1. pūjayitavya mfn. = ○janīya Nir. Hit. Pūjsyitṛi, mfn. honouring, worshipping, a worshipper. MBh

≫pūjā

1. pūjā f. honour, worship, respect, reverence, veneration, homage to superiors or adoration of the gods GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pūjākara

1. ○kara mfn. paying respect or showing homage to (comp.) Pañc

⋙pūjākarman

1. ○karman mfn. denoting the action of honouring, meaning 'to honour' Nir. [Page 641, Column]

⋙pūjākāṇḍa

1. ○kāṇḍa n

⋙pūjākrama

1. ○krama m

⋙pūjākhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wks

⋙pūjāgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. 'house of worship', a temple Dhūrtan

⋙pūjānyāsavidhi

1. ○nyāsavidhi m. N. of wk

⋙pūjāpaṭṭaka

1. ○paṭṭaka n. a deed or document of honour, Lokapr

⋙pūjāpathyamālā

1. ○pathya-mālā f

⋙pūjāpaddhati

1. ○paddhati f

⋙pūjāprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m

⋙pūjāpradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m

⋙pūjāratna

1. ○ratna n

⋙pūjāratnākara

1. ○ratnâkara m. N. of wks

⋙pūjārha

1. ○"ṣrha (○jârha), mfn. worthy of reverence or honour, venerable, respectable Kathās

⋙pūjāvat

1. ○vat mfn. enjoying honour or distinction Śaṃk

⋙pūjāvidhi

1. ○vidhi m. paying respect, showing homage L
2. N. of wk

⋙pūjāvaikalyaprāyaścitta

1. ○vaikalya-prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

⋙pūjāsatkāra

1. ○satkāra m. = -vidhi Ratnâv

⋙pūjāsambhāra

1. ○sambhāra m. (Mālatim.),

⋙pūjopakaraṇa

1. pūḍjôpakaraṇa n. (Ratnāv.) the requisites for the worship or adoration of a god

⋙pūjopayogisāman

1. pūḍjôpayogi-sāman n. pl. N. of wk

≫pūjita

1. pūjita mfn. honoured, received or treated respectfully, worshipped, adored Mn. MBh. &c
2. honoured by (gen. or comp. Pāṇ. 2-2, 12) or on account of (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
3. acknowledged, recommended MBh. Suśr
4. frequented, inhabited MBh
5. consecrated Kathās
6. supplied with (comp.) MBh. R
7. m. a god L
8. n. N. of a place Divyāv

⋙pūjitapattraphalā

1. ○pattra-phalā f. N. of a plant L

⋙pūjitapūjaka

1. ○pūjaka mfn. honouring the honoured MBh

≫pūjila

1. pūjila mfn. = ○janīya
2. m. a god Uṇ. i, 57

≫pūjya

1. pūjya mfn. = ○janīya (superl. -tama) Mn. MBh. &c
2. m. an honourable man Car
3. a father-in-law L

⋙pūjyatā

1. ○tā f. (MBh.), or (MārkP.) venerableness, honourableness, the being entitled to honour

⋙pūjyatva

1. ○tva n. (MārkP.) venerableness, honourableness, the being entitled to honour

⋙pūjyapāda

1. ○pāda m. N. of Deva-nandin Cat. (○dacaritra n. N. of wk.)

⋙pūjyapūjā

1. ○pūjā f. honouring those worthy of honour (○jā-vyatikrama, m. neglecting to do so) Ragh

pūṇ

1. pūṇ cl. 10. P. pūṇayati, to collect or heap together Dhātup. xxxii, 92 (v. l.)
2. cf. puṇpūl

pūt

1. pūt ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. wṛ. for phūt, phut, q.v.)

⋙pūtkārī

1. ○kārī f. N. of Sarasvati L
2. of the capital of the Nāgas or serpent race W

pūtana

1. pūtana m. a partic. class of demons or spirits (also = vetāla), Mālatim. Bālar. SaddhP
2. (ā), f. See next

≫pūtanā

1. pūtanā f. N. of a female demon (said to cause a partic. disease in children, and to have offered her poisoned breast to the infant Kṛishṇa who seized it and sucked away her life
2. regarded also as one of the Mātṛis attending upon Skanda, and as a Yogini) MBh. Hariv. Kāv. Pur
3. a kind of disease in a child (ascribed to the demon PṭPūtanā) W
4. Terminalia Chebula L
5. a species of Valeriana L
6. wṛ. for pṛtanā

⋙pūtanākeśa

1. ○keśa m.,,

⋙pūtanākeśī

1. ○keḍśī f. a species of plant Car

⋙pūtanātva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of Pūtanā Kāraṇḍ

⋙pūtanādūṣaṇa

1. ○dūṣaṇa m. 'PṭPūtanā-destroyer', N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙pūtanāmokṣaṇaprastāva

1. ○mokṣaṇa-prastāva m. N. of ch. of BrahmaP

⋙pūtanāvidhāna

1. ○vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙pūtanāri

1. ○"ṣri (○nârī),

⋙pūtanāsūdana

1. ○sūdana and m. 'enemy, destroyer, slayer of Pūtāva', N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙pūtanāhan

1. ○han m. 'enemy, destroyer, slayer of Pūtāva', N. of Kṛishṇa L

≫pūtanāya

1. pūtanāya Nom. P. ○yati, to represent Pūtanā BhP

≫pūtanikā

1. pūtanikā f. the demon Pūtanā Gīt

pūtara

1. pūtara m. a partic. aquatic animal Gaṇar. iv, 291 (applied to an insignificant or mean person= adhama and opp. to kuñjara) HPariś

pūtudāru

1. pūtu-dāru m. = pūta-dru, the tree Butea Frondosa Kauś

≫pūtudru

1. pūtú-dru (AV.),

⋙pūtudru

1. pū́tu-dru (TS.), m. the tree Acacia Catechu or Pinus Deodora
2. n. its fruit

pūthikā

1. pūthikā (?), f. a species of culinary plant Suśr. (vḷ. pṛthukā and yūthikā)

pūpa

1. pūpa m. a cake, a sort of bread MBh. R. &c. (cf. apūpa)

⋙pūpaśālā

1. ○śālā f. a cake room, baker's shop Mn. ix, 264 (prob. apūpa-ś○)

⋙pūpāṣṭakā

1. pūpâṣṭakā f. the 8th day of the wane of the moon after the day Āgrahāyaṇī L

≫pūpalā

1. pūpalā (L.),

⋙pūpalikā

1. pūpaḍlikā (Car.), or (L.), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil L

⋙pūpalī

1. pūpaḍlī (L.), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil L

≫pūpālika

1. pūpālika m. (Suśr.),

⋙pūpālikā

1. pūpāḍlikā (ib.) and f. id

⋙pūpālī

1. pūpāḍlī (L.), f. id

≫pūpikā

1. pūpikā f. id. L

≫pūpīya

1. pūpīya or mfn. g. apūpâdi

⋙pūpya

1. pūpya mfn. g. apūpâdi

pūy

1. pūy cl. 1. P. pū́yati (TS. ŚBr. &c.), /A pūyate (Dhātup. xiv, 13), to become foul or putrid, stink. [Cf. Zd. pū, puiti
2. Gk. ?, ? [Page 641, Column] ; Lat. pūs, pūteo [641,] ; Lith. púti ; Goth. fûls ; Germ. faul ; Eng. foul.]

≫pūta

1. pūta mfn. (for 1. See √pū, p. 640) putrid, foul-smelling, stinking L

≫pūti

1. pū́ti mfn. (for 1. See col. 1) putrid, foul-smelling, stinking, fetid, ill-smelling AV. &c. &c. (after a finite verb expressive of blame or censure, e.g. pacati pūti or pūtiḥ, PIṇ. viii, 1, 69 Pat.)
2. m. purulent matter, pus MBh. ix, 2259
3. Guilandina Bonduc Bhpr
4. civet L
5. f. a stench, stink W
6. n. a species of grass L

⋙pūtikaraja

1. ○karaja (l) and m. Guilandina Bonduc L

⋙pūtikarañja

1. ○karañja m. Guilandina Bonduc L

⋙pūtikarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. a disease of the ear with discharge of putrid matter Suśr
2. -tā id. ib

⋙pūtikarṇaka

1. ○karṇaka m. id. Suśr
2. Guilandina Bonduc L. (vḷ. ○ṇika)

⋙pūtikāṣṭha

1. ○kāṣṭha and n. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L

⋙pūtikāṣṭkaka

1. ○kāṣḍṭkaka n. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L

⋙pūtikiṭa

1. ○kiṭa m. stinking insect', a kind of insect Suśr

⋙pūtikuṣmāṇḍāya

1. ○kuṣmāṇḍāya Nom. (fr. pṭputrid-kuṣmāṇḍa) Ā. ○yate, to resemble a rotten gourd i.e. be quite worthless Sarvad
2. ○dāyamāna-tva n. complete worthlessness ib

⋙pūtikhaṣa

1. ○khaṣa m. a kind of animal Āpast. (cf. -ghāsa). -1

⋙pūtigandha

1. ○gandhá m. fetid odour, stench TS. Mn. Yājñ. -2

⋙pūtigandha

1. ○gandha mfn. foul-smelling, stinking L
2. m. sulphur L
3. Terminalia Catappa L
4. (ā), f. Vernonia Authelminthica L
5. tin L

⋙pūtigandhi

1. ○gandhi mfn. ill-smelling, fetid MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 135)

⋙pūtigandhika

1. ○gandhika mfn. id. L
2. (ā), f. Serratula Anthelminthica L

⋙pūtighāsa

1. ○ghāsa m. 'eating putrid food', a species of animal living in trees Suśr

⋙pūtitailā

1. ○tailā f. 'containing ill-smelling oil', Cardiospermum Halicacabum L. -tva n. putrid state, stinking Suśr

⋙pūtinasya

1. ○nasya n. a disease of the nose causing offensive breath Suśr. (wṛ. pūta-n○)

⋙pūtināsāgada

1. ○nāsā-gada m. id. L

⋙pūtināsika

1. ○nāsika mfn. having a fetid nose Yājñ

⋙pūtipattra

1. ○pattra m. 'having ill-smelling leaves', a variety of Śyonaka L

⋙pūtiparṇa

1. ○parṇa m. 'id.', Pongamia Glabra L

⋙pūtipuṣpikā

1. ○puṣpikā f. 'having ill-smelling blossoms', Citrus Medica L

⋙pūtiphalā

1. ○phalā or,

⋙pūtiphalī

1. ○phaḍlī f. 'bearing ill-smelling fruit', Sereatula Anthelminthica L

⋙pūtibhāva

1. ○bhāva m. putrid state, stench Kap

⋙pūtimayūrikā

1. ○mayūrikā f. Ocimum Villosum L

⋙pūtimāṃsa

1. ○māṃsa n. dead or decayed flesh W

⋙pūtimāṣa

1. ○māṣa m. N. of a man, AśvSr

⋙pūtimukta

1. ○mukta m. or n. voiding excrement L

⋙pūtimṛttika

1. ○mṛttika m. or n. 'having fetid soil', N. of a hell Mn. Yājñ

⋙pūtimeda

1. ○meda m. Vachellia Farnesiana L

⋙pūtirajju

1. ○rajjú f. a rotten cord AV. Kauś

⋙pūtivaktra

1. ○vaktra mfn. 'fetid-mouthed', one who has offensive breath Yājñ
2. -tā f. Mn

⋙pūtivaya

1. ○vaya v. l. for -ghāsa Suśr

⋙pūtivāta

1. ○vāta m. foul wind expelled from the bowels BhP
2. Aegle Marmelos L

⋙pūtivṛkṣa

1. ○vṛkṣa m. 'ill-smelling tree', Calosanthes Indica L

⋙pūtivraṇa

1. ○vraṇa n. a foul ulcer MW

⋙pūtiśapharī

1. ○śapharī f. rotten fish Kauś

⋙pūtiśārijā

1. ○śārijā (?), f. a polecat, civet-cat L

⋙pūtiśṛñjaya

1. ○śṛñjaya m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙putyaṇḍa

1. puty-aṇḍa m. a partic. ill-smelling insect MBh. (vḷ.)
2. a musk-deer L

≫pūtika

1. pūtika mfn. foul, stinking, putrid MBh
2. m. = pūtīka ĀśvŚr. MBh. Suśr
3. Guilandina Bonduc Bhpr
4. (ā), f. Basella Cordifolia L
5. a white ant (wṛ. for puttikā) MBh. Pañc
6. n. ordure, excrement W

⋙pūtikāmukha

1. pūtikā-mukha m. a bivalve shell L

⋙pūtikeśvaratīrtha

1. pūtikêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha on the banks of the Revā Narma-da ŚivaP

≫pūtīka

1. pūtī́ka m. a species of plant serving as a substitute for the Soma plant (often explained by rohiṣa, perhaps Guilandina Bonduc) TS. Br. ŚrS. Suśr
2. the polecat, civet-cat L. (cf. pūtika)

≫pūtīkarañja

1. pūtī-karañja v. l. for pūti-k○

≫pūya

1. pū7ya m. n. purulent matter, pus, suppuration, discharge from an ulcer or wound ŚBr. &c. &c

⋙pūyabhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. eating purulent carcasses Mn. xii, 72

⋙pūyarakta

1. ○rakta m. (sc. roga) 'having purulent blood', a kind of disease of the nose with discharge of pṭpurulent blood Suśr. -vaha, m. 'filthy-streamed', N. of a partic. hell VP

⋙pūyaśoṇita

1. ○śoṇita n. purulent blood, ichor Mn. iii, 180

⋙pūyābha

1. pūyâbha n. 'resembling pus', a kind of bloody-flux L

⋙pūyāri

1. pūyâri m. 'hostile to suppuration', the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica (the leaves of which are used to produce dispersion or absorption of purulent matter) L

⋙pūyālasa

1. pūyâlasa m. a partic. disease of the place of junction (saṃdhi) of the eye
2. suppuration at the joints, white swelling Suśr

⋙pūyoda

1. pūyôda m. 'having fetid wafer', N. of a partic. hell (cf. pūya-vaha)

≫pūyana

1. pūyana n. pus, discharge from a wound or sore L

pūra

1. pūra mfn. (√pṝ, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. pāṇi-)
2. fulfilling, satisfying (cf. kāma-)
3. m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kāv. Pur
4. the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kāv. Suśr. &c. [Page 642, Column]
5. a cake R. (cf. ghṛta-)
6. a kind of breath-exercise = pūraka below BhP
7. the cleansing of a wound L. (cf. pūraṇa)
8. the citron tree (= bīja-pūra) L
9. (ī), f. N. of a woman Cat
10. n. a kind of incense L
11. bdellium L
12. mf(ā)n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. pūrikā below)

⋙pūrāmla

1. pūrâmla n. the fruit of Spondias Maugifera L

⋙pūrotpīḍa

1. pūrôtpīḍa m. excess or superabundance of water Kathās

≫pūraka

1. pūraka mfn. filling, completing, fulfilling, satisfying (ifc. or with gen
2. Pāṇ. 2-3, 70 Kāś.) Mn. MBh. &c
3. m. flood, stream, effusion BhP
4. (in arithm.) the multiplier
5. a ball of meal offered at the conclusion of the oblations to the Pitṛis L. (also piṇḍa, m. Kull. on Mn. v, 85)
6. closing the right nostril with the forefinger and then drawing up air through the left and then closing the left nostril and drawing up air through the right (as a religious exercise) RTL. 402
7. the citron tree L
8. (ikā), f. a sort of cake MBh. Yājñ. (○kâpūpa) Bhpr. &c

⋙pūrakakumbhakarecaka

1. ○kumbhaka-recaka m. pl. or n. pl. (?) inhaling and then retaining and then exhaling air MW

≫pūraṇa

1. pūraṇa mf(ī)n. filling, completing, satisfying causing, effecting KātyŚr. Śaṃk. Hariv
2. drawing (a bow) MW
3. m. 'completer', N. of the masculine ordinal numbers from dvitīya upwards Pāṇ. 2-2, 11 &c
4. a dam, bridge L
5. the sea L
6. a medicinal oil or embrocation L
7. N. of a man ĀśvŚr
8. (with the patr. vaiśvāmitra), N. of the author of RV. x, 160
9. (ī), f. an ordinal number in the feminine gender Pāṇ. v, 4, 116 &c
10. Bonibax Heptaphyllum L
11. (du.) the cross threads in weaving cloth, warp Rājat
12. N. of Durgā MW
13. of one of the two wives of the popular deity Ayenār RTL. 219 (pū́r○), n. the act or filling or filling up, puffing or swelling up AV. &c. &c
14. fulfilling, satisfying Mālav
15. furnishing, equipping Var
16. (with dhanuṣaḥ) drawing or bending a bow to the full MBh. R
17. (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with food
18. (in astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sūryas
19. (in arithm.) multiplication
20. rain L
21. a sort of cake Bhpr
22. Cyperus Rotundus L
23. the cross threads in weiving cloth, warp L

⋙pūraṇakāśyapa

1. ○kāśyapa m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙pūraṇapariśiṣṭa

1. ○pariśiṣṭa n. N. of wk

⋙pūraṇapratyaya

1. ○pratyaya m. an affix forming an ordinal Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pūraṇavyākhyā

1. ○vyākhyā f. N. of Comm. on MānGṛ

≫pūraṇīya

1. pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled up, to be supplied Jaim. Sch

≫pūram

1. pūram

⋙pūrayitvā

1. pūrayitvā See √pṝ

≫pūrayitavya

1. pūrayitavya mfn. to be filled or filled up Pāṇ. 6-3, 59
2. to be satisfied Nir. vii, 23

≫pūrayitṛ

1. pūrayitṛ mfn. one who fills or fulfils or satisfies Kāv
2. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh
3. of Śiva Śivag

≫pūrikā

1. pūrikā See under pūraka

≫pūrita

1. pūrita mfn. filled, completed &c
2. made full or strong, intensified (as a sound) MBh
3. filled with wind, blown (as a conch) BhP
4. multiplied, overspread W

≫pūrin

1. pūrin mfn. filling, making full (ifc.) MBh

≫pūrṇa

1. pūrṇá mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
2. abundant, rich Kāv
3. fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. R. &c
4. concluded (as a treaty), Rajat
5. complete, all, entire SāṅkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c
6. satisfied, contented R
7. (ifc.) perfectly familiar with Hcat
8. drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv
9. (in augury) fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to dīpta, q.v.)
10. uttering this cry VarBṛS
11. strong, capable, able L
12. selfish, self-indulgent W
13. m. a partic. form of the sun Cat
14. a kind of tree R
15. (in music) a partic. measure
16. N. of a Nāga MBh
17. of a Deva-gandharva ib
18. of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit
19. (ā), f. N. of the 15th Kalā of the month BrahmaP
20. of the 5th, 10th and : 15th Tithis Var
21. N. of a woman Vet
22. (with Śiktas) of an authoress of Mantras Cat
23. of 2 rivers VP
24. ī. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS
25. water Naigh. i, 12
26. the cipher or figure o Gaṇit

⋙pūrṇakaṃsa

1. ○kaṃsa m. a full cup L

⋙pūrṇakakud

1. ○kakud mfn. 'fullhumped' humpbacked Pāṇ. 5-4, 146 Sch

⋙pūrṇakākud

1. ○kākud or mfn. Pāṇ. 5-4, 149

⋙pūrṇakākuda

1. ○kākuḍda mfn. Pāṇ. 5-4, 149

⋙pūrṇakāma

1. ○kāma mfn. one whose wishes are fulfilled, satisfied Mcar
2. -tā f. MārkP

⋙pūrṇakāraṇa

1. ○kāraṇa mfn. (ifc.) fulfilling, satisfying BrahmaP

⋙pūrṇakuṭa

1. ○kuṭa m. a partic. class of birds Var

⋙pūrṇakumbha

1. ○kumbha m. (ifc. f. ā) a full cup or jar, (esp.) a cup full of water (also with apām) Mn. Ragh. [Page 642, Column]
2. a cup filled with holy water and used at the consecration of a king W
3. a partic. mode of fighting MBh
4. N. of a Dānava Hariv. (vḷ. kumbha-karṇa)
5. m. or n. a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a waterjar Mṛicch
6. mf(ā)n. having a full pitcher ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pūrṇakośā

1. ○kośā f. 'having a full pod', a species of plant Var

⋙pūrṇakoṣṭhā

1. ○koṣṭhā f. a species of Cyperus L

⋙pūrṇakha

1. ○kha mfn. (prob.) having its axle-hole well greased (said of a waggon), SaṃhitUp

⋙pūrṇagabhasti

1. ○gabhasti (pūrṇá-), mfn. one whose arms or hands are full (of wealth) RV

⋙pūrṇagarbha

1. ○garbha mf(ā)n. one whose interior is well-filled Bhpr
2. (ā), f. pregnant, ready to bring forth MW

⋙pūrṇagiri

1. ○giri m. N. of a place Cat

⋙pūrṇacandra

1. ○candra m. the full moon MBh. R
2. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
3. of an author Cat
4. -nibhânana mf(ā)n. having a face like the full moon Nal
5. -prâyaścitta. prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
6. -prabhā f. the lustre of the full moon MW

⋙pūrṇacāttra

1. ○cāttra n. a spindle wound round with yarn Gobh

⋙pūrṇatā

1. ○tā f. (Hariv.) and n. (Kathās.) fulness

⋙pūrṇatva

1. ○tva n. (Kathās.) fulness

⋙pūrṇatūṇa

1. ○tūṇa mfn. full-quivered, having the quiver full MW

⋙pūrṇadarva

1. ○darvá n. a ceremony with a full ladle ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (vḷ. ○vya)

⋙pūrṇadeva

1. ○deva m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pūrṇadharma

1. ○dharma m. w, r. for pūrta-dh○ (below)

⋙pūrṇaparvendu

1. ○parvêndu f. the day of full moon A

⋙pūrṇapātra

1. ○pātrá m. n. a full vessel or cup, as much as will fill a vessel, a cupful (as a measure of capacity properly 256 handfuls of rice) ŚBr. TBr. GṛŚrS. (also ī f. ŚaṅkhGṛ.)
2. n. a vessel full of rice presented at a sacrifice to the superintending and officiating priests W
3. a vessel filled with valuable things to be distributed as presents (esp. a present made to any one who brings good news), Mālatim. Kād. Hcar
4. -pratibhaṭa mfn. emulating the fullness or a full vṭvessel i.e. overflowing, supreme (as glory) Rājat
5. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a full vessel, amounting to a full vessel or to only so much (as a speech) MBh. Kathās
6. -vṛttya ind. after the manner of a full vessel, plentifully, abundantly, Mālatim

⋙pūrṇapurī

1. ○purī m. N. of a scholar Cat

⋙pūrṇapuruṣārthacandra

1. ○puruṣârtha-candra m. or n. N. of a drama

⋙pūrṇaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pūrṇaprajña

1. ○prajña m. N. of Madhva (also called Madhya-mandira), and of his adherents Sarvad. (cf. IW. 118 ; 119)
2. -darśana n. N. of ch. of Sarvad

⋙pūrṇabandhura

1. ○bandhura for -vandhura VS

⋙pūrṇabīja

1. ○bīja m. a citron L

⋙pūrṇabhadra

1. ○bhadra m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
2. of the father of the Yaksha Hari-keśa, Skandap
3. of several men Hariv. Daś
4. of a scholar (who revised the Pañcasantra in 1514) Cat

⋙pūrṇabhedinī

1. ○bhedinī f. a species of plant L

⋙pūrṇamaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. a full circle Cat

⋙pūrṇamā

1. ○mā f. full-moon (day) L

⋙pūrṇamānasa

1. ○mānasa mfn. having a satisfied mind, contented R

⋙pūrṇamās

1. ○mās (pūrṇá-), m. full moon ŚBr

⋙pūrṇamāsa

1. ○māsa (pūrṇá-), m. full moon
2. a ceremony on the day of full moon TS. Br. MBh. &c
3. full moon personified as son of Dhātṛi and Anumati BhP
4. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
5. (ī), f. = pūrṇa-mā ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙pūrṇamukta

1. ○mukta mfn. shot from a bow completely bent (as an arrow) R

⋙pūrṇamukha

1. ○mukha n. a full mouth
2. instr. (blowing) with full cheeks MānŚr
3. m. a species of bird R
4. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙pūrṇamuṣṭi

1. ○muṣṭi mf. a handful, ŚaṅkhGṛ

⋙pūrṇamaitrāyaṇīputra

1. ○maitrāyaṇī-putra m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙pūrṇayoga

1. ○yoga m. a partic. mode of fighting MBh

⋙pūrṇayauvana

1. ○yauvana mfn. one whose youth is in full vigour Daś

⋙pūrṇaratha

1. ○ratha m. a complete warrior Kathās

⋙pūrṇalakṣmīka

1. ○lakṣmīka mfn. full of magnificence or wealth Kathās

⋙pūrṇavandhura

1. ○vandhura (pūrṇá-), mfn. having the chariot-seat filled RV

⋙pūrṇavapus

1. ○vapus mfn. full-bodied', full (the moon) MBh

⋙pūrṇavarman

1. ○varman m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙pūrṇaviṃśativarṣa

1. ○viṃśativarṣa mfn. full 20 years old Mn

⋙pūrṇavighana

1. ○víghana mfn. full but not hard (?) ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙pūrṇavaināśika

1. ○vaināśika mfn. maintaining the doctrine of absolute annihilation
2. m. pl. N. of Buddhists (= sarva-vaisāśika) Col

⋙pūrṇaśakti

1. ○śakti f. 'Full energy', N. of a partic. form of Rādhā W. (cf. RTL. 187)
2. -mat mfn. possessing that Energy (Kṛishṇa) ib

⋙pūrṇaśrī

1. ○śrī mfn. having fullness of fortune Subh

⋙pūrṇaśruti

1. ○śruti mfn. having the ears filled MW

⋙pūrṇasamaya

1. ○samaya m. N. of a Kshapaṇaka Cat

⋙pūrṇasena

1. ○sena m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pūrṇasaugandha

1. ○saugandha m. N. of a man L

⋙pūrṇasruva

1. ○sruva m. a full ladle called sruva MānŚr

⋙pūrṇahoma

1. ○homa m. = pūrṇâhuti Gobh. Kaut. Vait

⋙pūrṇākṣa

1. pūrṇâkṣa and m. N. of a Maudgalya Car

⋙pūrṇākṣya

1. pūrṇâḍkṣya (l), m. N. of a Maudgalya Car

⋙pūrṇāṅka

1. pūrṇâṅka m. 'a full figure or number', an integer MW
2. -gaṇita n. arithmetic of integers MW

⋙pūrṇāṅgada

1. pūrṇâṅgada m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙pūrṇāñjali

1. pūrṇâñjali m. 'full Añjali' two handfuls, Kauś'

⋙pūrṇānaka

1. pūrṇânaka n. 'full drum', a partic. drum L
2. the sound of a drum L. [Page 642, Column]
3. clothes and garlands presented to friends at a feast (v. l. pūrṇālaka
4. cf. pūrṇa-pātra) L
5. a vessel L
6. a moon-beam L

⋙pūrṇānadī

1. pūrṇā-nadī f. N. of a sacred river MW

⋙pūrṇānanda

1. pūrṇânanda m. full delight, RamatUp
2. N. of the Supreme Being A
3. of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -nātha, -sarasvatī &c.) Cat
4. -prabaudha m. N. of wk

⋙pūrṇāpūrṇa

1. pūrṇâpūrṇa mfn. full and not full Pañcat

⋙pūrṇābhilāṣa

1. pūrṇâbhilāṣa mfn. one whose wishes are fulfilled, satisfied, contented MW

⋙pūrṇābhiṣikta

1. pūrṇâbhiṣikta m. pl.a partic. sect of the Śāktas W

⋙pūrṇābhiṣeka

1. pūrṇâbhiṣeka m. a partic. ceremony among the Śāktas W
2. -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙pūrṇābhrarasa

1. pūrṇâbhra-rasa m. a partic. medicament, Rasendrac

⋙pūrṇāmṛta

1. pūrṇâmṛta mfn. full of nectar
2. (ā), f. N. of the 16th Kala of the moon BrahmaP
3. ○tâṃśu-vadana mfn. having a face like the full moon Kathās

⋙pūrnāyata

1. pūrnâyata n. a completely bent bow Hariv

⋙pūrṇāyus

1. pūrṇâyus m. N. of a Gandharva MBh. Hariv. (vḷ. ūrṇāyu)

⋙pūrṇārtha

1. pūrṇârtha mfn. one who has attained his object, whose wishes have been realized BhP

⋙pūrṇāvatāra

1. pūrṇâvatāra m. N. of the 4th, 7th and 8th incarnations of Vishṇu A

⋙pūrṇāśā

1. pūrṇâśā f. N. of a river MBh. (vḷ. parṇâśā)

⋙pūrṇāśrama

1. pūrṇâśrama m. N. of an author, ○mīya n. his wk

⋙pūrṇāhutī

1. pūrṇâhutī f. 'complete oblation', an offering made with a full ladle Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Rājat. (○tika mfn. relating to it KātyŚr. Sch.)
2. -prayoga m. -mantra m. pl. N. of wks

⋙pūrṇeccha

1. pūrṇêccha mfn. one whose wishes have been realized Kathās

⋙pūrṇendu

1. pūrṇêndu m. the full moon Kāv. Kathās. &c
2. -bimbânana mfn. having a face like a full moon MW
3. -rasa m. a partic. medicament Rasar
4. -vadana mfn. having a face like a full moon MW

⋙pūrṇeśa

1. pūrṇêśa m. N. of an author (○ī f. of an authoress) of Mantras among Śāktas Cat

⋙pūrṇotkaṭa

1. pūrṇôtkaṭa m. N. of a mountain MārkP

⋙purṇotsaṅga

1. purṇôtsaṅga mf(ā)n. far advanced in pregnancy MBh. (v. l. putrôtsaṅgā)
2. m. N. of a prince VP

⋙pūrṇoda

1. pūrṇôda nif(ā)n. having a full bed (as a river) R

⋙pūrṇodarā

1. pūrṇôdarā f. N. of a deity Cat

⋙pūrṇopamā

1. pūrṇôpamā f. a complete comparison (containing the four requisites upamāna, upameya. sādhāraṇa-dharma, and upamā-vācaka or sādṛśya-pratipādaka
2. opp. to luptâpamā) Kpr. Kuval. Pratāp

≫pūrṇaka

1. pūrṇaka m. a species of tree R
2. the blue jay (= svarṇa-cūḍa) MBh. (Nīlak.)
3. a cock MW
4. a partic. vessel or utensil (used by the Magas) VP
5. = dhānya-jvara Gal
6. (ikā), f. a species of bird described as having a double or cleft beak (also called nāsā-chinnī) Malatīm

⋙pūrṇālaka

1. pūrḍṇālaka n. vḷ. for pūrṇânaka

⋙pūrṇiman

1. pūrḍṇiman m. N. of a brother of Kaśyapa and son of Marīci and Kalā BhP

≫pūrṇimā

1. pūrṇimā f. the night or day of full moon Rājat. Sūryas
2. -dina n. the day of full moon Pañcat. (○ṇimânta m. the end of the day of full moon MW.)
3. -manoratha-vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat

⋙pūrṇimārātri

1. ○rātri f. the night of full mṭmoon Hemac
2. -śarvarī f. the night of full moon Kpr

⋙pūrṇimāsī

1. pūrṇimāsī f. (according to some) = paurṇamāsī, q.v. L

≫pūrṇīkṛ

1. pūrṇī-kṛ √to make complete Kathās

≫pūrta

1. pūrtá mfn. filled, full, complete, completed, perfected Pur
2. (iṣṭaś ca pūrtaś ca dharmau, = iṣṭāpūrta, q.v. MārkP.)
3. covered, concealed L
4. n. fulfilling, fulfilment
5. granting, rewarding, a reward, merit, a meritorious work, an act of pious liberality (such as feeding a Brāhman, digging a well &c.) RV. &c. &c
6. keeping, guarding L
7. N. of wk. (also -kamabâkara)
8. -dharma (wṛ. pūrṇa-dh○), m. a meritorious work (cf. pūrta) MārkP
9. -prakāśa m. mālā f. ○tóddyota m. N. of wks

⋙pūrtaya

1. pūrtaya Nom. P. ○yati (with dharmam) to perform the meritorious works called pūrta ( See above) BhP

⋙pūrti

1. pūrtí f. filling, completion Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. pāda-p○)
2. ending, coming to an end Naish
3. granting, rewarding, reward RV. TS
4. satiety, satisfaction MW
5. -kāma (pū́rti-), mfn. (ifc.) desirous of completing or supplying BhP
6. desirous of a grant or reward AV

⋙pūrtin

1. pūrtin mfn. possessing the merit of pious liberality (cf. pūrta) TS. Kāṭh. Pāṇ. Sch
2. filling, completing, effective W

⋙pūrtvan

1. pūrtvan mfn. one who has eaten his fill Kāṭh

≫pūrya

1. pū́rya mfn. to be filled or satisfied Br. MBh

pūru

1. pūrú m. (orig.= puru, and connected with puruṣa, pūrvṣa) a man, people. RV
2. N. of a tribe (associated with the Yadus, Turvaśas, Druhyus) ib
3. of a class of demons ŚBr
4. of an ancient prince (the son of Yayāti and Śarmishṭhā) MBh. Śak. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 165 Vārtt. 3 Pat.) [Page 643, Column]
5. of a descendant of Atri and author of RV. v, 16 ; 17 RAnukr
6. of a son of Manu and Naḍvalā Hariv
7. of a son of Jahnu BhP

≫pūruṣa

1. pū́ruṣa m. (m. c.) = púruṣa RV. &c. &c

⋙pūruṣaghna

1. ○ghná mfn. slaying men RV

⋙pūruṣatvatā

1. ○tvá-tā ind. = puruṣa-tvá-tā ib

⋙pūruṣād

1. pūruṣấd mfn. devouring men RV. AV

⋙pūruṣāda

1. pūruṣâda m. N. of a tribe of cannibals VarBṛS

≫pūrvāyus

1. pūrv-āyus See pūrvâyus under pūrva

pūrjayana

1. pūr-jáyana pūr-dvār &c. See p. 636, col. 1

pūrva

1. pū́rva mf(ā)n. (connected with purā, puras, pra, and declined like a pron. when implying relative position whether in place or time, but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg. m. n. and nom. pl. m
2. See Pāṇ. 1-1, 27 ; 34 ; vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c
3. eastern, to the east of (abl.) ib
4. former, prior, preceding, previous to, earlier than (abl. or comp.) ib. (gaja-pūrva, preceding the number 'eight', i.e. seven, the seventh Śrutab
5. māsena p○, or māsa-p○, earlier by a month Pāṇ. 2-1, 31
6. ifc. often = formerly or before, e.g. strī-p○, fṭformerly a wife
7. āḍhya-p○, formerly wealthy
8. esp. after a pp., e.g. kṛta-p○, done before, dṛṣṭa-p○, seen before
9. ifc. also preceded or accompanied by, attended with, e.g. smita-pūrvā-vāk, speech accompanied by smiles
10. sometimes not translatable, e.g. mṛdu-pūrvā vāk, kind speech)
11. ancient, old, customary, traditional RV. &c. &c
12. first (in a series), initial, lowest (opp. to uttara
13. with dama or sāhasa 'the lowest fine') Mn. viii, 120 &c
14. (with vayas) 'first age', youth MBh
15. foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before (abl.) Mn. MBh. Pāṇ
16. m. an ancestor, forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c
17. an elder brother R
18. N. of a prince BhP
19. (ā), f. (with or sc. diś) the east MBh. R
20. N. of a country to the east of Madhya-deśa L
21. of the Nakshatras Pūrva-phalgunt, Pūrvâshāḍhā and Pūrvabhadrapadā collectively Var
22. n. the fore part Śak. ii, 4 (Pāṇ. 2-2, 1)
23. a partic. high number (applied to a period of years) Buddh
24. N. of the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are enumerated) L
25. N. of a Tantra Cat
26. an ancient tradition W
27. (am), ind. before (also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously (sometimes with pres.) RV. &c. &c. (often ibc., e.g. pūrva-kārin, active before, pūrvôkta, said before
28. also ifc. in the sense of 'with', e.g. prīti-pūrvam, with love
29. mati-pūrvam with intention, intentionally
30. mṛdu-pūrva-√bhāṣ, to speak kindly
31. above.
32. also with an ind. p., e.g. pūrva-bhojam, or -bhuktvā, having eaten before Pāṇ. 3-4, 24
33. adya-p○, until now, hitherto
34. previously -tataḥ, first-then
35. pūrva-paścāt, previously-afterwards
36. pūrva-upari, previously-subsequently
37. pūrva-adhūnā or adya, formerly-now)
38. (eṇa), ind. in front, before
39. eastward, to the east of (opp. to apareṇa, with gen. or acc
40. Pāṇ. 5-3, 35 Sch.) ŚBr. &c. &c
41. (with tataḥ) 'to the east of that' MBh

⋙pūrvakarman

1. ○karman n. a former work or action Śaṃk. Kathās
2. preparation Suśr
3. ○ma-kṛta-vādin m. one who asserts that only preceding actions determine the following Jātakam

⋙pūrvakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. the preceding or aforesaid manner PārGṛ. MBh
2. (e or eṣu), ind. in former times MBh. Kull

⋙pūrvakāmakṛtvan

1. ○kāma-kṛ́tvan mfn. fulfilling former wishes AV

⋙pūrvakāya

1. ○kāya m. the fore (part of the) body (of animals) or the upper (part of the) body (of men) KātyŚr. MBh. &c

⋙pūrvakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. active at first ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pūrvakārya

1. ○kārya mfn. to be done before or first R

⋙pūrvakala

1. ○kala m. a former or previous time L
2. mfn. belonging to a formerly time previously mentioned (-tā, f.) VPrāt

⋙pūrvakālika

1. ○kālika (MBh.),

⋙pūrvakālīna

1. ○kālīna (Nyāyak. -tva n.), mfn. belonging to former times, ancient

⋙pūrvakāṣṭhā

1. ○kāṣṭhā f. the eastern quarter A

⋙pūrvakṛt

1. ○kṛ́t mfn. active from ancient times VS

⋙pūrvakṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. done formerly or in a prior existence, previous
2. n. (with or sc. karman) an action done in former times or in a former birth Mn. MBh

⋙pūrvakṛtvarī

1. ○kṛtvarī f. acting beforehand AV

⋙pūrvakṛṣṇīya

1. ○kṛṣṇīya n. N. of wk

⋙pūrvakoṭi

1. ○koṭi f. anticipation L
2. the starting point of a discussion, the first statement = pūrva-pakṣa (q.v.) A

⋙pūrvakramāgata

1. ○kramâgata mfn. descended from ancestors Yājñ

⋙pūrvakriyā

1. ○kriyā f. preparation Siṃhâs

⋙pūrvaga

1. ○ga mfn. going before preceding MBh. Rājat
2. belonging to what precedes Hemac

⋙pūrvagaṅgā

1. ○gaṅgā f. 'eastern Gaṅgā', N. of the Narmadā or Revā river Kathās

⋙pūrvagata

1. ○gata mfn. gone before Śak
2. n. N. of a Jaina wk. belonging to the Dṛishṭi-vāda

⋙pūrvagatvan

1. ○gátvan mfn. going to meet RV

⋙pūrvagama

1. ○gama m. (ifc.) a predecessor Kāraṇḍ

⋙pūrvagrāmin

1. ○grāmin m. N. of a family Cat. [Page 643, Column]

⋙pūrvaghaṭakarpara

1. ○ghaṭakarpara m. or n. N. of wk. (prob. the first part of the poem Ghaṭa-karpara)

⋙pūrvaṃgata

1. ○ṃ-gata mfn. going before Dhūrtan

⋙pūrvaṃgama

1. ○ṃ-gama mfn. id. L
2. serving zealously, obedient Divyâv
3. ifc. attended by, furnished with L

⋙pūrvacit

1. ○cít mfn. piling up first, preceding in piling up VS

⋙pūrvacitī

1. ○citī f. wṛ. for -cittī MBh

⋙pūrvacitta

1. ○citta (pū́rva-), mfn. wṛ. for -cit AV

⋙pūrvacitti

1. ○citti (pūrvá-), f. foreboding, presentiment (only dat. 'at the first notice, forthwith') RV
2. (prob.) first notion or conception VS
3. N. of an Apsaras VS. MBh. Hariv. Pur
4. (prob.) wṛ. for -cita VS

⋙pūrvacittikā

1. ○cittikā (Gal.) and f. N. of an Apsaras = -citti

⋙pūrvacittī

1. ○cittī (MBh.), f. N. of an Apsaras = -citti

⋙pūrvacintana

1. ○cintana n. former cares or trouble Rājat

⋙pūrvacodita

1. ○codita mfn. formerly stated or prescribed Mn
2. -tva n. PārGṛ

⋙pūrvaja

1. ○já mfn. born or produced before or formerly, former
2. ancient, primaeval RV. &c. &c
3. first-born, elder, the eldest (son, brother &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. produced by something antecedent, caused MW
5. born in the east, eastern W
6. antecedent (to what precedes in comp.) L
7. m. an elder brother, the eldest before Mn. MBh. &c
8. an ancestor, forefather R. Ragh. Kathās. &c
9. the eldest son Gaut
10. the son of the elder wife A
11. (pl.) the deified progenitors of mankind W
12. the Pitṛis living in the world of the moon A
13. (ā), f. an elder sister ib
14. -deva m. N. of Brahmā MBh

⋙pūrvajana

1. ○janá m. pl. men of former times AV

⋙pūrvajanman

1. ○janman n. a former birth, fṭformerly state of existence or life Ragh. Hit. Kathās
2. m. an elder brother Ragh
3. ○ma-kṛta mfn. done in a former birth or previous state of existence Hit
4. ○mârjita mfn. acquired in some former state of existence (as merit &c.) MW

⋙pūrvajā

1. ○jā́ mfn. born or produced before RV

⋙pūrvajāti

1. ○jāti f. = -janman Kathās

⋙pūrvajāvan

1. ○jā́van mfn. born or produced before RV

⋙pūrvajina

1. ○jina m. 'ancient sage', N. of Mañju-śrī L

⋙pūrvajñāna

1. ○jñāna n. knowledge of a former life Yājñ

⋙pūrvatana

1. ○tana mfn. former, earlier MBh

⋙pūrvatantra

1. ○tantra n. N. of a Tantra

⋙pūrvatara

1. ○tara (pū́rva-), mfn. earlier, previous, prior, anterior RV. &c
2. (am), ind. before, first, previously Bhag. R

⋙pūrvatas

1. ○tas ind. before, in front, towards or in the east Gobh. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. first, in the first place BhP

⋙pūrvataskara

1. ○taskara m. a former thief Mn

⋙pūrvatā

1. ○tā f. the being preceded or accompanied by (comp.) Daś

⋙pūrvatāpanīya

1. ○tāpanīya n. (and ○yôpaniṣad f.) N. of the first half of the Nṛisiṃha-tāpanī-yôpanishad Col. (cf. uttara-tāpanīya)

⋙pūrvatāpinī

1. ○tāpinī f. = -tapaniya
2. -dīpikā f. Cat

⋙pūrvatra

1. ○tra ind. previously, in the preceding part, above (opp. to uttaratra) Pāṇ. 8-2, 1
2. = loc. of pūrva e.g. pūrvatra janmani, 'in a former life' Kathās
3. p"ṣ dine, on the day before L

⋙pūrvatraigartaka

1. ○traigartaka mfn. (fr. -trigarta) L

⋙pūrvatraiyalinda

1. ○traiyalinda mfn. (fr. next) Pat

⋙pūrvatryalinda

1. ○tryalinda N. of a village Pat

⋙pūrvatva

1. ○tva n. precedence, priority, former state or condition Jaim. Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pūrvathā

1. ○thā (pūrvá-), ind. formerly or is formerly, previously, first RV. TBr

⋙pūrvadakṣiṇa

1. ○dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. south-eastern KātyŚr. MārkP

⋙pūrvadatta

1. ○datta mfn. given before Hcat

⋙pūrvadarśana

1. ○darśana m. N. of a man BhP

⋙pūrvadāvika

1. ○dāvika mfn. (fr. -devikā) Pāṇ. 7-3, 1 Sch

⋙pūrvadikpati

1. ○dik-pati or m. 'regent of the eastern quarter', N. of Indra L

⋙pūrvadigīśa

1. ○dig-īśa m. 'regent of the eastern quarter', N. of Indra L

⋙pūrvadina

1. ○dina n. the earlier part of the day, forenoon MW

⋙pūrvadiś

1. ○diś f. the eastern region, east quarter Pañcad

⋙pūrvadiśya

1. ○diśya mfn. situated towards the east, hearing east
2. eastern MW

⋙pūrvadiṣṭa

1. ○diṣṭa mfn. determined by former actions BhP
2. n: the award of destiny A

⋙pūrvadīkṣā

1. ○dīkṣā́ f. the former consecration ŚBr
2. ○kṣin mfn. taking the formerly consecration AitBr

⋙pūrvadugdha

1. ○dugdha mfn. sucked out or plundered before Daś

⋙pūrvaduṣkṛtabhoga

1. ○duṣkṛta-bhoga m. the pain or penalty consequent on sins committed in a former birth MW

⋙pūrvadṛṣṭa

1. ○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen before Kathās
2. appeared in former times, primaeval MBh
3. declared by the ancients Mn. ix, 87

⋙pūrvadṛṣṭi

1. ○dṛṣṭi f. a former view or sight MW

⋙pūrvadeva

1. ○deva m. a primaeval deity MBh. (applied also to the Pitṛis= -devatā Mn. iii, 192)
2. an Asura or demon (offspring of Kaśyapa, the parent of both gods and demons) Siṃhâs

⋙pūrvadevikā

1. ○devikā f. N. of a village in the eastern part of India Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pūrvadeśa

1. ○deśa m. the eastern direction
2. (e, to the east of abl. Pāṇ. Sch.)
3. the eastern country MBh

⋙pūrvadeha

1. ○deha m. a former body
2. (e), ind. in a formerly birth or existence Hariv

⋙pūrvadehika

1. ○dehika and mfn. done in a former existence MBh

⋙pūrvadaihika

1. ○daihika (also paurva-d○), mfn. done in a former existence MBh

⋙pūrvadvāra

1. ○dvāra mfn. favourable in the eastern region Sūryapr

⋙pūrvadvārika

1. ○dvārika mfn. favourable to an expedition towards the east Var

⋙pūrvanagarī

1. ○nagarī f. g. nady-ādi

⋙pūrvanaḍaka

1. ○naḍaka n. a hollow bone in the upper part (of the thigh) KātyŚr

⋙pūrvanipāta

1. ○nipāta m. (in gram.) the irregular priority of a word in a comp. [Page 643, Column]

⋙pūrvanimitta

1. ○nimitta n. an omen Lalit

⋙pūrvanivāsa

1. ○nivāsa m. 'former habitation', a former existence Divyâv
2. -jñāna n. (with Buddhists) knowledge of the past lives of all beings MW
3. ○sânusmṛti f. 'recollection of former habitations', reminiscence of formerly existence (one of the 10 powers of a Buddha) Dharmas. 20 ; 76

⋙pūrvaniviṣṭa

1. ○niviṣṭa mfn. made formerly or in ancient times (as a pond) Mn. ix, 281

⋙pūrvanyāya

1. ○nyāya m. a previous judgment Yājñ. Sch

⋙pūrvanyāsa

1. ○nyāsa m. N. of wk

⋙pūrvapakṣa

1. ○pakṣá m. the fore part or side TBr
2. the first half of a lunar month, the fortnight of the waxing moon TS. Br. Lāṭy. &c. (○kṣâha, a day in the first half &c. ĀpGṛ.)
3. the first half of a year KātyŚr
4. an action at law, the first statement of the plaintiff, first step in a law-suit Yājñ. Vishṇ. Nār
5. the first objection to an assertion in any discussion, the prima facie view or argument in any question Śaṃk. Suśr. MārkP. (cf. IW. 99)
6. -grantha m. ○tha-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-rahasya n. ○thânu-gama m. -nirukti f. N. of wks
7. -pāda m. the first step of a legal process or law-suit, the plaint of the plaintiff W
8. -rahasya n. -lakṣaṇa n. -vyāpti f. ○ti-kroḍa m. ○ti-lakṣaṇa n. -vyutpatti-lakṣaṇa n. -vyutpatti-vāda m. ○kṣâvalī f. N. of wks

⋙pūrvapakṣaya

1. ○pakṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make the first objection to an assertion in any discussion Bādar. Sch

⋙pūrvapakṣin

1. ○pakṣin mfn. one who makes the first objṭobjection to an assṭassertion ib

⋙pūrvapakṣīkṛ

1. ○pakṣī-√kṛ = -pakṣaya

⋙pūrvapakṣīya

1. ○pakṣīya mfn. situated on the front side Pāṇ. 4-2, 138

⋙pūrvapañcāla

1. ○pañcāla (pūrvá-), m. pl. the eastern Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 103 Sch
2. sg.- pūrvaḥ pañcālānām Pāṇ. 8-3, 13 Sch

⋙pūrvapatha

1. ○patha m. a former way, way gone before Kathās

⋙pūrvapada

1. ○pada n. the first member of a comp. Prāt. Pāṇ. &c.: -prakṛti-svara mfn. having the original accent of the first member of a comp
2. -tva n. Pāṇ. 2-1, 4 Vārtt. 2

⋙pūrvapadika

1. ○padika mfn. relating to the first member of a comp. W
2. = pūrva-padam adhī7te veda vā Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Kāś

⋙pūrvapadya

1. ○padya mfn. belonging to the first member of a comp. RPrāt

⋙pūrvaparigraha

1. ○parigraha m. first claim, prerogative, precedence MBh
2. mf(ā)n. claimed as first privilege by (gen.) R

⋙pūrvapariccheda

1. ○pariccheda m. and n. N. of wks

⋙pūrvaparibhedya

1. ○paribhedya (?), n. N. of wks

⋙pūrvaparvata

1. ○parvata m. the eastern mountain (from behind which the sun is supposed to rise) L

⋙pūrvapaścāt

1. ○paścāt adv. from the east to the west Hcat
2. ○cān-mukha mf(ī)n. flowing to the east and west R

⋙pūrvapaścāyata

1. ○paścâyata mfn. spreading or running from the east to the west Hcat. MārkP

⋙pūrvapaścima

1. ○paścima mf(ā)n. directed from the east to the west Sūryas
2. -tas adv. from the east to the, vest Hcat

⋙pūrvapā

1. ○pā́ mfn. drinking first or before others RV

⋙pūrvapāñcālaka

1. ○pāñcālaka mfn. belonging to the eastern Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 105 Sch

⋙pūrvapāṭaliputra

1. ○pāṭali-putra n. N. of a city
2. ○traka mfn. being in Pūrva-pṭpreviously (?) Pāṇ. 7-3, 14 Sch

⋙pūrvapāṇinīya

1. ○pāṇinīya m. pl. the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east
2. mfn. relating to them Pāṇ. 6-2, 104 Sch

⋙pūrvapāda

1. ○pāda m. a forefoot KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr
2. N. of a man (vḷ. pūjya-p○) Cat

⋙pūrvapāna

1. ○pāna (Nir.),

⋙pūrvapāyya

1. ○pā́yya (RV.), n. = -pīti

⋙pūrvapālin

1. ○pālin m. N. of a prince MBh
2. of Indra A

⋙pūrvapitāmaha

1. ○pitāmaha m. a forefather, ancestor MBh. Kathās

⋙pūrvapīṭhikā

1. ○pīṭhikā f. introduction Daś
2. N. of wk. (?)

⋙pūrvapīti

1. ○pīti (pūrvá-), f. precedence in drinking RV

⋙pūrvapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. a forefather, ancestor Kauś. Bālar. Pañcat
2. (pl. forefathers, ancestors Kād.)
3. 'the primaeval Soul', N. of Brahmā Hariv

⋙pūrvapūjita

1. ○pūjita mfn. consecrated before Kathās

⋙pūrvapūrṇamāsī

1. ○pūrṇa-māsī f. the first or real day of full moon Jyot

⋙pūrvapūrva

1. ○pūrva mf(ā)n. each previous or preceding one, each one mentioned previously (also -tama) MBh
2. m. pl. forefathers, ancestors MBh
3. ○vânugaṇḍikā f. N. of a range of hills (cf. apara-gaṇḍikā) MBh
4. ○vôkta mfn. each one mentioned previously Vedântas

⋙pūrvapeya

1. ○péya n. precedence in drinking RV. AitBr
2. precedence AV

⋙pūrvaprajñā

1. ○prajñā́ f. knowledge of the past, remembrance, memory ŚBr

⋙pūrvapratipanna

1. ○pratipanna mfn. one who has promised before Kathās

⋙pūrvaprayoga

1. ○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙pūrvapravṛtta

1. ○pravṛtta mf(ā)n. formerly happened or done or fixed &c. R

⋙pūrvaprasthita

1. ○prasthita mfn. gone before, set ont in advance Vikr

⋙pūrvaprāyaścitta

1. ○prâyaś-citta n. N. of wk

⋙pūrvapreta

1. ○prêta mfn. gone or flown away before TāṇḍyaBr
2. deceased, dead Divyâv
3. m. pl. the Pitṛis
4. -pūjaka mfn. worshipping the Pitṛis, Lalit

⋙pūrvaphalgunī

1. ○phalgunī f. 'the first Phalguni', N. of the 11th Nakshatra (cf. uttara-phalgunī) VP. Uṇ. Sch
2. -bhava m. N. of Bṛihas-pati or the planet Jupiter L

⋙pūrvabandhu

1. ○bandhu m. first i.e. best friend Mṛicch

⋙pūrvabādha

1. ○bādha m. suspension or annulment of something preceding Siṃhâs

⋙pūrvabrāhmaṇa

1. ○brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. [Page 644, Column]

⋙pūrvabhakṣikā

1. ○bhakṣikā f. (prob.) wṛ. for -bhikṣikā

⋙pūrvabhadrapada

1. ○bhadra-pada m. (and ā f. pl.) = -bhādrap○ L

⋙pūrvabhava

1. ○bhava m. a former life Hemac

⋙pūrvabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the fore part L
2. the upper part (opp. to adho-bhāga) Suśr
3. dina-p○, the earlier part of the day, forenoon, morning Ragh
4. mfn. whose conjunction with the moon begins in the forenoon Sūryapr

⋙pūrvabhāj

1. ○bhā́j mfn. receiving the first share, the first sharer, preferred, privileged, excellent RV
2. belonging to the preceding Prāt

⋙pūrvabhādrapada

1. ○bhādrapada m. (and ā f. pl.) the 25th Nakshatra, the former of the two called Bhādrapadā (containing two stars) MBh. VP. Col

⋙pūrvabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. prior or antecedent existence, priority KapS. Bhāshāp
2. (in rhet.) disclosing an intention Daśar. Pratāp

⋙pūrvabhāvin

1. ○bhāvin mfn. being anterior, preceding TBr. Comm
2. ○vi-tva n. priority Kap

⋙pūrvabbāṣin

1. ○bbāṣin mfn. speaking first, polite, complaisant R

⋙pūrvabhikṣikā

1. ○bhikṣikā f. a breakfast Divyâv

⋙pūrvabhukti

1. ○bhukti f. prior or long-continued possession Mn.viii, 252

⋙pūrvabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. existing previously, preceding Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pūrvabhūbhṛt

1. ○bhū-bhṛt m. the eastern mountain (from behind which the sun is supposed to rise)
2. a former prince Subh

⋙pūrvamagadha

1. ○magadha m.pl. the eastern Magadhas

⋙pūrvamadra

1. ○madra m. pl. the eastern Madras (cf. paurvam○) L

⋙pūrvamadhyāhna

1. ○madhyâhna m. the forenoon Kathās

⋙pūrvamāgadhaka

1. ○māgadhaka mfn. relating or belonging to the eastern Magadhas L

⋙pūrvamārin

1. ○mārin mfn. dying before GṛŚrS. Mn. &c

⋙pūrvamīmāṃsā

1. ○mīmāṃsā f. 'inquiry into or interpretation of the first or Mantra portion of the Veda', N. of the system of philosophy attributed to Jaimini (as opp. to uttara-m○, which is an inquiry into the later or Upanishad portion
2. the pūrva-m○ is generally called the Mantra, and in interpreting the Vedic text discusses the doctrine of the eternity of sound identified with Brahma IW. 98 &c.)
3. N. of wk. of Soma-nātha
4. -kārikā f. pl. and ○sârtha-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙pūrvamukha

1. ○mukha mfn. having the face turned towards the east Hcat

⋙pūrvayakṣa

1. ○yakṣa m. 'the first Yaksha', N. of Maṇi-bhadra (one of the Jinas or Jaina teachers) L

⋙pūrvayāmya

1. ○yāmya mfn. south-eastern
2. (e), ind. in the south-east Hcat

⋙pūrvayāyāta

1. ○yāyāta n. the more ancient form of the legend of Yayāti or that current in the east Siddh

⋙pūrvayāyin

1. ○yāyin mfn. moving towards the east Sūryas

⋙pūrvayāvan

1. ○yā́van m. 'going before', a leader RV

⋙pūrvayoga

1. ○yoga m. olden time, history of oṭolden time SaddhP

⋙pūrvaraṅga

1. ○raṅga m. the commencement or prelude of a drama, a prologue, an overture Śiś. ii, 8 Daśar. Sāh. &c

⋙pūrvarāga

1. ○rāga m. earliest or incipient affection, love between two persons which springs from some previous cause Sāh

⋙pūrvarāja

1. ○rāja m. an ex-king Mudr

⋙pūrvarātra

1. ○rātrá m. the first part of the night, the time from dusk to midnight AitBr. Kauś. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
2. -krita mfn. done during the formerly previously of the night (= tre kṛ○ Pāṇ. 2-1, 45 Sch.)

⋙pūrvarūpa

1. ○rūpá n. indication of something approaching, an omen AV
2. something prior or antecedent to, (esp.) the symptom of occurring disease Car. Suśr
3. the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants (-tā f.) TUp. Prāt. &c
4. (in rhet.) a figure of speech which describes the unexpected return of anything to its former state Kuval
5. mf(ā)n. having the previous form or shape, being as before Dhūrtas

⋙pūrvalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. indication of anything about to occur Car. -1

⋙pūrvavat

1. ○vat mfn. having (or relating to) something preceding or antecedent VPrāt
2. (an argument) in which a conclusion is drawn from a previous cause to in effect Nyāyad
3. f. one who has been previously married Āp
4. ○vat-tara mfn. antecedent, former R. -2

⋙pūrvavat

1. ○vát ind. as before, as hitherto, as heretofore, as aforesaid
2. according to something previous (applied in the Nyāya to a kind of inference such as inferring from the previous appearance of a cloud that rain will fall) RV. &c. &c

⋙pūrvavayas

1. ○vayas mfn. or being in the first period or stage of life, young MBh

⋙pūrvavayaska

1. ○vayaska mfn. being in the first period or stage of life, young MBh

⋙pūrvavayasa

1. ○vayasá n. the first period or stage of life, youth Br

⋙pūrvavayasin

1. ○vayasín mfn. being in the first period of life, young TBr

⋙pūrvavartin

1. ○vartin mfn. existing before, preceding, prior, previous
2. ○ti-tā f. (Bhāshāp.), ○ti-tva n. (Mṛicch. Sch.) former existence, precedence, priority

⋙pūrvavah

1. ○váh (vā́h), mfn. drawing in front, being the first horse or leader, or harnessed for the first time (applied to a horse) Br. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr

⋙pūrvavākya

1. ○vākya n. (in dram.) an allusion to a former utterance Sāh

⋙pūrvavāda

1. ○vāda m. the first plea or plaint in an action at law Vishṇ. Yājñ. Sch

⋙pūrvavādin

1. ○vādin m. 'speaking first', 'making the first statement of a case', a complainant, plaintiff Yājñ

⋙pūrvavāyu

1. ○vāyu m. the east wind Var

⋙pūrvavārṣika

1. ○vārṣika mfn. relating to the first half of the rainy season Pāṇ. 7-3, 11 Sch. [Page 644, Column]

⋙pūrvavid

1. ○vid mfn. knowing the things or events of the past Mn. ix, 44

⋙pūrvavideha

1. ○videha m. the country of the eastern Videhas (with Buddhists 'one of the 4 continents' Dharmas. 120)
2. -lipi f. a partic. mode of writing L

⋙pūrvavidhi

1. ○vidhi m. a preceding rule Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 51
2. N. of wk

⋙pūrvavipratiṣedha

1. ○vipratiṣedha m. the conflict of two statements or rules the first of which is opposed to the second ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙pūrvavihita

1. ○vihita mfn. deposited or buried before (as a treasure) Mṛicch

⋙pūrvavṛta

1. ○vṛta mfn. chosen before Kum

⋙pūrvavṛtta

1. ○vṛtta mfn. formerly happened
2. relating to a previous occurrence Hariv
3. n. a former event, previous occurrence Kālid. Śaṃk
4. former conduct MārkP

⋙pūrvavairin

1. ○vairin mfn. one who is the first to begin hostilities MBh

⋙pūrvaśāṃśapa

1. ○śāṃśapa mfn. (fr. -śiṃśapā) Pāṇ. 7-3, 1 Sch

⋙pūrvaśānti

1. ○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙pūrvaśārada

1. ○śārada mfn. relating to the first half of the autumn Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 72

⋙pūrvaśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. N. of wk

⋙pūrvaśiṣya

1. ○śiṣya m. (and ā f.) a former or ancient pupil Mālatīm

⋙pūrvaśīrṣa

1. ○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. having the head or top turned towards the east MBh

⋙pūrvaśaila

1. ○śaila m. = -parvata L
2. pl. N. of a Buddhist school
3. -saṃghârāma m. N. of a Buddhist monastery

⋙pūrvaśaivadīkṣāvidhi

1. ○śaiva-dīkṣā-vidhi m. and N. of wks

⋙pūrvaṣaṭka

1. ○ṣaṭka (?), n. N. of wks

⋙pūrvasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙pūrvasaktha

1. ○sakthá n. (prob.) the upper part of the thigh Pāṇ. 5-4, 98

⋙pūrvasaṃcita

1. ○saṃcita mfn. gathered before Mn.vi, 15

⋙pūrvasaṃjalpa

1. ○saṃjalpa m. an introduction in the form of a dialogue Car

⋙pūrvasad

1. ○sád mfn. sitting in front SV

⋙pūrvasaṃdhyā

1. ○saṃdhyā f. 'earlier twilight', dawn, day-break W

⋙pūrvasabhika

1. ○sabhika m. the chief of a gambling house Mṛicch

⋙pūrvasamudra

1. ○samudra m. the eastern sea Var

⋙pūrvasara

1. ○sara mf(ī)n. going before, preceding Pāṇ. 3-2, 19 Bhaṭṭ

⋙pūrvasasya

1. ○sasya n. earliest-sown grain Var

⋙pūrvasāgara

1. ○sāgara m. the eastern sea Ragh. VarBṛS

⋙pūrvasāra

1. ○sāra mfn. going eastwards Pāṇ. 1-?1ī, 2, 19 Sch
2. -sārâsvādinī f. N. of wk

⋙pūrvasārin

1. ○sārin mfn. preceding, taking precedence of all others MBh

⋙pūrvasāhasa

1. ○sāhasa n. the first or heaviest fine or punishment Mn

⋙pūrvasiddha

1. ○siddha mfn. previously settled or determined or proved KapS

⋙pūrvasiddhānta

1. ○siddhânta m. and -pakṣatā f. N. of wks

⋙pūrvasupta

1. ○supta mfn. formerly or already fallen asleep Pañcat

⋙pūrvasū

1. ○sū́ mfn. first bringing forth RV
2. firstborn, ancient, primaeval ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pūrvasūri

1. ○sūri m. an ancient master (of music) Saṃgīt

⋙pūrvasevā

1. ○sevā f. first use or practice of (gen.) Baudh

⋙pūrvastha

1. ○stha mfn. standing first, most excellent MBh

⋙pūrvasthiti

1. ○sthiti f. first or former state MW

⋙pūrvasvara

1. ○svara m. (in gram.) having the accent of the preceding MW

⋙pūrvahūti

1. ○hūti (pūrvá-), f. first or earliest invocation, morning prayer RV. VS

⋙pūrvahoma

1. ○homá m. an introductory, sacrifice TBr

⋙pūrvāgni

1. pūrvâgni m. 'original or primaeval fire', the householder's sacred formerly (= āvasa-thya) AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
2. -vahana n. a vehicle for carrying the sacred fṭformerly KātyŚr
3. -vā́h n. a bull carrying the sacred formerly ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙pūrvāṅga

1. pūrvâṅga n. the former body Kathās
2. a constituent part of the preceding VPrāt. Sch
3. m. the first day in the civil month Sūryapr

⋙pūrvācarita

1. pūrvâcarita mfn. formerly done or followed W

⋙pūrvācala

1. pūrvâcala m. = ○va-parvata VarP. Śatr

⋙pūrvācāryavṛttāntadīpikā

1. pūrvâcārya-vṛttânta-dīpikā f. N. of a comm. on wks. of the Rāmânuja school

⋙pūrvātitha

1. pūrvātitha n. (= paurv○) N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙pūrvātithi

1. pūrvâtithi m. N. of a man Cat

⋙pūrvādi

1. pūrvâdi mfn. beginning with the word pūrva Var

⋙pūrvāditas

1. pūrvâditas ind. beginning from the east ib

⋙pūrvādya

1. pūrvâdya mfn. beginning with the east ib

⋙pūrvādri

1. pūrvâdri m. = ○va-parvata Kathās

⋙pūrvādhika

1. pūrvâdhika mfn. greater than before
2. -dyuti mfn. more brilliant than before Kathās

⋙pūrvādhikārin

1. pūrvâdhikārin m. a prior owner, former proprietor MW

⋙pūrvādhirāma

1. pūrvâdhirāma n. the more ancient form of the story of Rāma on the form current in the east Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pūrvādhyuṣita

1. pūrvâdhyuṣita mfn. formerly inhabited R

⋙pūrvānubhūta

1. pūrvânubhūta mfn. formerly felt or enjoyed Caurap

⋙pūrvānuyoga

1. pūrvânuyoga m. N. of a Jaina wk. belonging to the Dṛishṭi-vāda

⋙pūrvānuṣṭhita

1. pūrvânuṣṭhita mfn. observed or performed before
2. -tva n. Baudh

⋙pūrvānta

1. pūrvânta m. (in gram.) the end of a preceding word
2. anticipation (= pūrvakoti) L
3. -tas ind. in advance Lalit

⋙pūrvāpakārin

1. pūrvâpakārin mfn. one who has injured another before R

⋙pūrvāpara

1. pūrvâpara mfn. being before and behind
2. directed forward and backward, eastern and western KātyŚr. Kālid. &c. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)
3. prior and subsequent, first and last
4. preceding and following, following one another, connected with one another KātyŚr. MBh. &c
5. (ám), ind. one after another RV. ĀpŚr. Sch
6. n. that which is before and behind, east and west Sūryas
7. connection Mn. viii, 56
8. the proof and thing to be proved W
9. -grantha m. N. of wk. [Page 644, Column]
10. -dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. eastern, western and southern MBh
11. -dina n. forenoon and afternoon Cat
12. -rātri f. the former and latter half of the night, ŚāṅkhGr
13. -prayoga m. N. of wk
14. -virodha m. opposition of prior and subsequent, inconsistency, incongruity MW
15. -smārta-prayoga m. N. of wk
16. ○parâyata mf(ā)n. running from east to west KātyŚr. Sch
17. ○parī-bhāva m. the following one another, succession Sarvad
18. ○parī-√bhū, to follow one another, be connected with one another Nir. Sāh
19. ○parya n. = paurvāparya
20. (eṇa), ind. one after another KātyŚr. Sch. VarBṛ. Sch

⋙pūrvāpaharaṇā

1. pūrvâpaharaṇā f. g. ajâdi Kāś. (vḷ. ○pahāṇā)

⋙pūrvāpuṣ

1. pūrvâpúṣ (?) RV. viii, 22, 2 (Sāy. = pūrveṣām poṣakaḥ
2. vḷ. pūrâyus, q.v.)

⋙pūrvābhādrapadā

1. pūrvā-bhādrapadā f. the 25th Nakshatra MBh. (vḷ. pūrva-bh○)

⋙pūrvābhibhāṣin

1. pūrvâbhibhāṣin mfn. = -pūrva-bhâṣin, q.v. Rājat

⋙pūrvābhimukha

1. pūrvâbhimukha mf(ā)n. turned or flowing towards the east (as rivers) Suśr

⋙pūrvābhirāmā

1. pūrvâbhirāmā f. N. of a river MBh

⋙pūrvābhiṣeka

1. pūrvâbhiṣeká m. previous anointing
2. (Sāy. 'a partic. Mantra') ŚBr

⋙pūrvābhyāsa

1. pūrvâbhyāsa m. the repetition of what precedes
2. (ena), ind. afresh, anew ŚārṅgP

⋙pūrvāmbudhi

1. pūrvâmbudhi m. the eastern ocean Kathās

⋙pūrvāyus

1. pūrvâyús mfn. (prob.) 'of an early age', young RV. (vḷ. for pūrvâpúṣ, q.v
2. others pūrv-āyus, 'having or granting vital power')

⋙pūrvārāma

1. pūrvârāma m. 'eastern garden', N. of a Buddhist monastery

⋙pūrvārcika

1. pūrvârcika n. N. of the first half of the Sāma-veda (the second half of which is called uttarârcika)

⋙pūrvārjita

1. pūrvârjita mfn. attained or gained formerly or by former works Kathās

⋙pūrvārdha

1. pūrvârdhá m. (later n.) the front or upper part
2. eastern side (opp. to jaghanârdha, uttarârdha &c.) TS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
3. the fore or first half (of a hemistich) Śrutab
4. (with dinasya) forenoon Bhartṛ. &c
5. -kāya m. the front or upper part of the body MBh
6. -bhāga m. the upper part, top Ragh
7. -lambin mfn. having the foremost half inclined, leaning forward MW

⋙pūrvārdhya

1. pūrvārdhya mfn. being on the eastern side Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pūrvāvadhīrita

1. pūrvâvadhīrita mfn. formerly disdained Śak

⋙pūrvāvedaka

1. pūrvâvedaka m. 'making the first statement', a plaintiff Yājñ

⋙pūrvāśā

1. pūrvâśā f. the east Hcat

⋙pūrvāśin

1. pūrvâśin mfn. eating before another (abl. or loc.) MBh

⋙pūrvāṣāḍhā

1. pūrvâṣāḍhā f. the first of two constellations called Ashāḍhā (the 18th or 20th Nakshatra or lunar asterism) Var. Pur
2. ○ḍha-janana-śānti f. N. of wk

⋙pūrvāsin

1. pūrvâsín mfn. shooting before (another) AV

⋙pūrvāhṇa

1. pūrvâhṇá m. the earlier part of the day, forenoon (mostly loc
2. sometimes incorrectly pūrvâhna) RV. &c. &c
3. (○hṇa-kāle or ○hNe-k○, ○hṇa-tare or ○hNe-t○, ○hṇa-tame or ○hNe-t○ [Pāṇ. 6-3, 17 Sch.], ○hṇe-tarām or -tamām [v, 4, 11 Sch.], ind. in the forenoon
4. -hṇa-kṛta mfn. = ○hNe-kR○ [ī, 1, 45 Sch.], to be done in the formerly
5. ○hṇâparâhṇayoḥ ind. in the formerly and afternoon Lāṭy. Gobh
6. ○hṇe-geya mfn. [ī, 1, 43 Sch.] to be sung in the fṭformerly)
7. ○hṇaka m. 'born in the forenoon', N. of a man Pāṇ. 4-3, 28
8. ○hṇatana or ○hṇe-tana (vi, 3, 17 Sch.), mfn. belonging or relating to the forenoon
9. ○hṇika mf(ī)n. id. MBh
10. n. a matutinal ceremony or sacrifice = p"ṣ-kriyā (or -vidhi) MBh

⋙pūrvetara

1. pūrvêtara mf(ā)n. 'other than eastern', western L

⋙pūrvedyus

1. pūrvedyús ind. on the day before, yesterday (opp. to uttaredyus, apare-dyus &c.) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c
2. early, betimes, in the morning. L
3. during that portion of a day on which religious ceremonies are to be performed = dharmâhe, dharma-vāsare L
4. ○dyur-āhṛtá mfn. fetched on the day before ŚBr
5. ○dyur-dugdhá mfn. milked on the day before ŚBr

⋙pūrvendra

1. pūrvêndra m. a former Indra MBh

⋙pūrveṣukāmaśamī

1. pūrvêṣukāmaśamī N. of a village Pāṇ. 2-1, 50 &c. Sch
2. ○vaiṣukāmaśama mfn. (fr. prec.), iv, 2, 107 &c. Sch

⋙pūrvokta

1. pūrvôkta mfn. said before, formerly stated, aforesaid, before mentioned Mn. Kathās. &c
2. -parāmarśaka mfn. referring to something before mentioned MW

⋙pūrvocita

1. pūrvôcita mfn. before accustomed, known from former days, former R

⋙pūrvottara

1. pūrvôttara mf(ā)n. north-eastern MBh. MārkP. Hcat. &c
2. (e), ind. in the north-east Hcat
3. du. or (ibc.) the antecedent and subsequent, the preceding and following VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
4. -śānti f. N. of wk

⋙pūrvotthāyin

1. pūrvôtthāyin mfn. rising the first (in the morning) Gaut. MBh

⋙pūrvotthita

1. pūrvôtthita mfn. risen before (as smoke) Ragh

⋙pūrvotpatti

1. pūrvôtpatti mfn. arising before KapS

⋙pūrvotpanna

1. pūrvôtpanna mfn. produced or arisen or existent before
2. -tva n. = pūrva-bhāva Bhāshāp. [Page 645, Column]

⋙pūrvodakplava

1. pūrvôdak-plava mfn. inclined towards the north-east Var

⋙pūrvodita

1. pūrvôdita mfn. aforesaid, before mentioned W

⋙pūrvopakārin

1. pūrvôpakārin mfn. one who has formerly, done a service to another MBh

⋙pūrvopakrama

1. pūrvôpakrama mf(ā)n. beginning from the east Gobh

⋙pūrvopanihita

1. pūrvôpanihita mfn. previously hidden away (as a treasure) Mn. viii, 37

⋙pūrvopapanna

1. pūrvôpapanna mfn. (prob.) having prior claims MBh

⋙pūrvopasṛta

1. pūrvôpasṛtá mfn. approached or arrived first TBr

⋙pūrvopārjita

1. pūrvôpârjita mfn. formerly occupied or acquired Pañc

≫pūrvaka

1. pūrvaka mf(ikā)n. earlier, former, previous, prior, first MBh. Kāv. &c. (strī-p○, 'one who was formerly a woman', bhūta-p○, 'having been before'
2. ifc. also= preceded or accompanied by, connected with, consisting in
3. am ind. = after, with, amid, according to)
4. m. a forefather, ancestor Hariv. R. MārkP

⋙pūrvaya

1. pūrvaya only in upâdhāyya-p○ mfn. 'having an edge or border' (of braid), trimmed, edged TS

⋙pūrvika

1. pūrvika mfn. former, ancient Kāraṇḍ
2. formerly invited L
3. wṛ. for pūrvaka MBh

≫pūrviṇa

1. pūrviṇa mfn. derived from ancestors or fore-fathers, ancestral ĀśvŚr

⋙pūrvin

1. pūrvin mfn. id. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 133, and See a-, daśa-, strī-p○)

⋙pūrvineṣṭha

1. pūrvineṣṭhá mfn. (prob.) wṛ. SV

⋙pūrvī

1. pūrvī́ f. See purú

⋙pūrvīṇa

1. pūrvīṇa mfn. = pūrviṇa Pāṇ. 4-4, 133

≫pūrveṇa

1. pūrveṇa ind. See under pūrva

≫pūrvya

1. pūrvyá (rarely pū́rvya), mf(ā)n. former, previous, ancient, old (opp. to naviiyas, nū-tana &c.) RV. AV. ŚāṅkhŚr. ŚvetUp
2. precedent, first RV. RPrāt
3. next, nearest RV
4. most excellent ib. ŚBr. (Sch. 'young')
5. (ám), ind. before, formerly, at first, long since, hitherto RV
6. -stuti (pūrvyá-), f. first cr principal praise RV

pūl

1. pūl cl. 1. 10. P. pūlati, pūlayati, to collect, gather Dhātup. xv, 25
2. xxxii, 93

≫pūla

1. pūla m. a bunch, bundle MānGṛ. KātyŚr. Sch. (also -ka)
2. pl. straw ĀśvŚr. Sch

pūlāka

1. pūlāka g. palāśâdi

pūlāsa

1. pūlāsa n. g. saṃkalâdi Gaṇar. 81

⋙pūlāsakuraṇḍa

1. ○kuraṇḍa g. rāja-dantâdi

≫pūlāsaka

1. pūlāsaka in -karaṇḍa Kāś
2. -kuraṇḍa n. g. rāja-dantâdi Gaṇar. 83

pūlya

1. pūlya n. an empty or shrivelled grain of corn AV

pūṣ

1. pūṣ (= √2. puṣ), cl. 1. P. pūṣati, to nourish, increase Dhātup. xvii, 24

≫pūṣa

1. pūṣa m. a kind of mulberry tree L
2. (ā), f. N. of the third Kalā of the moon BrahmaP

≫pūṣa

1. pūṣa in comp. for ○ṣan

⋙pūṣadantahara

1. ○danta-hara m. 'taking away Pūshan's teeth', N. of Śiva L

⋙pūṣadhra

1. ○dhra (prob.) wṛ. for pṛṣa-dhra

⋙pūṣabhāsā

1. ○bhāsā f. 'sun-splendour', N. of the capital of Indra L. (wṛ. -bhāṣā)

⋙pūṣamitra

1. ○mitra m. 'friend of Pūsha', N. of a man L

⋙pūṣarāti

1. ○rāti mfn. (prob.) giving growth or increase RV

⋙pūṣātmaja

1. pūṣâtmaja or m. 'son or younger brother of Pūsha', N. of Parjanya MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙pūṣānuja

1. pūṣânuja m. 'son or younger brother of PṭPūsha', N. of Parjanya MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙pūṣāṣṭottara

1. pūṣâṣṭôttara n. N. of a Stotra

⋙pūṣāsuhṛd

1. pūṣâsuhṛd m. 'enemy of Pūsha', N. of Śiva L

≫pūṣaṇ

1. pūṣaṇ in comp. for ○ṣan

⋙pūṣaṇvat

1. ○vát mfn. accompanied by Pūshan RV. VS. AitBr

≫pūṣaṇa

1. pūṣáṇa m. N. of a god (= Pūshan) RV
2. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

≫pūṣan

1. pūṣán m. (the a not lengthened in the strong cases, but acc. ○ṣāṇam, in MārkP.) N. of a Vedic deity (originally connected with the sun, and therefore the surveyor of all things, and the conductor on journeys and on the way to the next world, often associated with Soma or the Moon as protector of the universe
2. he is, moreover, regarded as the keeper of flocks and herds and bringer of prosperity
3. in the Brāhmaṇas he is represented as having lost his teeth and feeding on a kind of gruel, whence he is called karambhâd
4. in later times he is one of the 12 Ādityas and regent of the Nakshatra Revatī or Paushṇa
5. du. 'Pūshan and Aryaman' VP. Sch.)
6. the sun Kād. Bālar
7. (?) growth, increase (cf. pūṣa-rāti)
8. the earth L

≫pūṣkara

1. pūṣkara n. a word formed for the explanation of puṣkara ŚBr

pṛ

1. pṛ cl. 3. P. (Dhātup. xxv, 4) píparti (3. pl. píprati RV
2. Impv. pipṛhi BhP
3. para VS
4. cl. 9. P. pṛṇāti, 'to protect' Dhātup. xxxi, 19
5. pf. 3. pl. pipruḥ BhP. [= pūrṇāḥ Sch.]
6. aor. Subj. parṣi, parṣati, parṣa, pāriṣat RV. [Page 645, Column]
7. apārīt Bhaṭṭ
8. inf. parṣáṇi RV.), to bring over or to (acc.), bring out of, deliver from (abl.), rescue, save, protect, escort, further, promote RV. AV. VS. ŚāṅkhGṛ. BhP. Bhaṭṭ
9. to surpass, excel (acc.) RV. viii, 50, 8 AV. xi, 5, 1 ; 2
10. to be able (with inf.) BhP.: Caus. pāráyati (ep. and m. c. also ○te
11. aor. apīparat
12. Pass. pāryate), to bring over or out, rescue, protect, save, preserve, keep alive RV. &c. &c
13. to get over, overcome, bring to an end ib
14. to resist, withstand, be a match for (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
15. to be capable of or able to (with an inf. which after pāryate has a pass. sense
16. √.śak and Pāṇ. 3-4, 66 Sch.) Kāv. Pur. &c. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [645,] Lat. porta, peritus ; Slav. pirati ; Germ. fahren ; Eng. fare.]

pṛ

1. pṛ cl. 5. P., 6. Ā. pṛṇoti or priyate (Dhātup. xxvii, 12 ; xxviii, 109), to be busy or active (only in ā-√pṛ and vy-ā-√pṛ, q.v.)

pṛkkā

1. pṛkkā f. Trigonella Corniculata L. (cf. spṛkkā)

pṛkta

1. pṛkta pṛkti, See under √1. pṛc

pṛktha

1. pṛktha n. possession, property, wealth L. (cf. riktha)

pṛkṣ

1. pṛ́kṣ f. (nom. wanting
2. prob. fr. √1. pṛc) refreshment, satiation, nourishment, food RV

pṛkṣa

1. pṛkṣá mfn. (either connected with pṛśni, pṛṣat, or fr. √1. pṛc) spotted, dappled (others 'fleet, swift'
2. others, having or bringing food')
3. m. a spotted (or a swift &c.) horse (others 'beast of burden'
4. others 'food, nourishment, abundance') RV
5. N. of a man ib. ii, 13, 8
6. = saṃgrāma Naigh. ii, 57

⋙pṛkṣaprayaj

1. ○prayaj (○kṣá-), mfn. in which oblations of food begin to be offered (said of the dawn) RV. iii, 7, 10 (Sāy
2. according to others 'hastening with swift horses')

⋙pṛkṣayāma

1. ○yāma (○kṣá-), mfn. 'driving swift horses' (prob. N. of a family) RV. i, 122, 7

pṛkṣu

1. pṛkṣú (prob.) wṛ. for pṛtsú SV

pṛkṣudh

1. pṛkṣúdh mfn. (?) RV. i, 141, 4

pṛc

1. pṛc cl. 7. P. (Dhātup. xxix, 25) pṛṇákti Ā. pṛṅkté (or cl. 2. pṛkte Dhātup. xxiv, 20
2. cl. 1. P. pṛñcati AV
3. cl. 3. P. pipṛgdhi, pipṛkta RV
4. pf. papṛcuḥ AitBr
5. papṛcāsi, ○cyāt, ○cāná RV
6. aor. párcas [p. pṛcāná ib
7. Prec. pricīmahi] ib
8. aprāk AV
9. apṛkṣi, ○kta ib
10. aparcīt, ○ciṣṭa Gr
11. fut. parciṣyati, ○te, parcitā ib
12. inf. -pṛ́ce, -pṛ́cas RV.), to mix, mingle, put together with (instr., rarely loc
13. dhanuṣā śaram, 'to fix the arrow upon the bow' Bhaṭṭ.), unite, join RV. &c. &c
14. to fill (Ā. one's self?), sate, satiate RV. MBh
15. to give lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (acc. or gen.) richly upon (dat.) RV
16. to increase, augment ib. (Prob. connected with √pṝ, to fill
17. cf. also √pṛj.)

≫pṛkta

1. pṛktá mfn. mixed or mingled with, full of
2. brought into contact with, touching (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
3. n. wṛ. for pṛktha L

≫pṛkti

1. pṛkti f. touch, contact L

≫pṛc

1. pṛ́c f. food, nourishment, refreshment RV. v, 74, 10 (cf. ghṛta-, madhu-)

pṛcchaka

1. pṛcchaka mf(ikā)n. (√prach) one who asks or inquires about (gen.) Yājñ. Śak. Pañc
2. inquiring into the future VarBṛS
3. m. an inquirer, inquisitive person W

≫pṛcchana

1. pṛcchana n. asking, inquiring W

≫pṛcchā

1. pṛcchā f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Kāv
2. an inquiry into the future VarBṛS

≫pṛcchya

1. pṛcchya mfn. to be asked or inquired after BhP

pṛj

1. pṛj pṛñj, cl. 2. Ā. pṛkte, pṛṅkte Dhātup.xxiv, 20 (vḷ. for pṛc) ; 15 (vḷ. for pij). Cf. an-ava-pṛgṇa, ava-prajjana
2. parjanya

pṛḍ

1. pṛḍ cl. 6. P. pṛḍati, to gladden, delight Dhātup. xxviii, 39

pṛṇ

1. pṛṇ cl. 6. P. pṛṇati (p. pṛṇát, Ved. Inf. pṛṇádhyai), See √pṝ

pṛṇākā

1. pṛṇākā f. the female young of an animal ( hariṇa-p○). [Page 645, Column]

pṛt

1. pṛt f. (only in loc. pl. pṛtsú, in one place [i, 129,] pṛtsúṣu RV
2. but according to Vop. also in other cases, viz. pṛtas, pṛtā, pṛdbhyām) battle, contest, strife

⋙pṛtsuti

1. ○sutí m. or f. hostile attack (Sāy. 'a host') RV

≫pṛtana

1. pṛ́tana n. an army or a hostile encounter TBr
2. (ā), f. See next

≫pṛtanā

1. pṛ́tanā f. battle, contest, strife RV. VS. Br
2. a hostile armament, army RV. &c. &c. (in later times esp. a small army or division consisting of 243 elephants, as many chariots, 729 horse, and 1215 foot= 3 Vahinīs)
3. pl. men, mankind Naigh. ī. 3

⋙pṛtanāj

1. ○"ṣj (○nâj), mfn. rushing to or in battle RV. (AV. vḷ. ○nâjí)

⋙pṛtanāja

1. ○"ṣja (○nâja), m. = śūra, a hero SāṅkhŚr

⋙pṛtanājaya

1. ○jaya m. victory in battle or over armies PārGṛ

⋙pṛtanājit

1. ○jít mfn. victorious in bṭbattle AV. ŚāṅkhBr
2. m. N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pṛtanājya

1. ○"ṣjya (○nâjya), n. 'rushing together in battle', close combat, fight RV

⋙pṛtanānī

1. ○nī or m. a leader in battle, commander, general MBh

⋙pṛtanāpati

1. ○pati m. a leader in battle, commander, general MBh

⋙pṛtanāṣāh

1. ○ṣ�āh mfn. victorious in bṭbattle RV. AV
2. m. N. of Indra L

⋙pṛtanāṣāhya

1. ○ṣā́hya (RV.) and n. = -jaya

⋙pṛtanāsāhya

1. ○sā́hya (TBr.), n. = -jaya

⋙pṛtanāhava

1. ○"ṣháva (○nâh○), m. challenge to battle, fight RV

≫pṛtanāya

1. pṛtanāya Nom. P., only p. ○yát, fighting together, engaged in combat RV. AV. VS

⋙pṛtanāyu

1. pṛtanāḍyú mfn. hostile
2. m. an enemy RV

≫pṛtanya

1. pṛtanya Nom. P. ○yáti, to attack, assail, fight against (acc.) RV. AV

⋙pṛtanyā

1. pṛtaḍnyā f. an army BhP

⋙pṛtanyu

1. pṛtaḍnyú mfn. attacking, hostile
2. m. an enemy RV. VS

≫pṛtsu

1. pṛtsu loc. of pṛt in comp

⋙pṛtsutur

1. ○túr mfn. victorious in battle RV

≫pṛtsudha

1. pṛtsudha (?), m. = saṃgrāma (vḷ. for pṛtsu Naigh. ii, 17)

≫pṛtsuṣu

1. pṛtsúṣu See pṛt

pṛth

1. pṛth cl. 10. P. parthayati, to extend Dhātup. xxxii, 10 (cf. √prath, of which it is only the weak form)

≫pṛth

1. pṛth f. = pṛthā below L

≫pṛtha

1. pṛthá m. the flat or palm of the hand ŚBr
2. a partic. measure (the length of the hand from the tip of the fingers to the knuckles, or = 13 Aṅgulis) KātyŚr
3. (ā), f. See below

⋙pṛthamātra

1. ○mātrá n. the breadth of a hand TBr
2. mfn. a hand broad KātyŚr

⋙pṛthavāna

1. ○vāna (pṛ́tha-), m. N. of a man RV

⋙pṛthahara

1. ○hara m. wṛ. for pṛthu-h○ MBh

⋙pṛthāśva

1. pṛthâśva m. N. of a king MBh

≫pṛthā

1. pṛthā f. N. of a daughter of Śūra and adopted daughter of Kuntī and one of the wives of Pāṇḍu (mother of Karṇa before her marriage, and of Yudhi-shṭhira, Bhīma, and Arjuna after her marriage
2. See Kuntī) MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙pṛthāja

1. ○ja m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Arjuna L
2. Pentaptera Arjuna L

⋙pṛthājanman

1. ○janman m. 'id.', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira, Pracaṇḍ

⋙pṛthātmaja

1. ○tmaja (○thâtm○), m. = prec. Veṇis

⋙pṛthāpati

1. ○pati m. 'husband of Pāṇḍu', N. of Pāṇḍu L

⋙pṛthābhū

1. ○bhū m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira, Pracaṇḍ

⋙pṛthāraṇi

1. ○raṇi (○thâr○), f. 'the Araṇi PṭPāṇḍu', N. of Kuntī the wife of Pāṇḍu (as the mystical wood from which the Pāṇḍavas were struck out or generated
2. cf. pāṇḍava-vahni and pāṇḍavâraṇi)

⋙pṛthāsuta

1. ○suta m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Arjuna Kir

⋙pṛthāsūnu

1. ○sūnu m. 'id.', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira Veṇis

≫pṛthak

1. pṛ́thak ind. (√pṛth or prath + añc) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally, one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c
2. (as a prep. with gen. or instr
3. Pāṇ. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or differently from L
4. (with abl.) without Prab
5. except, save Bhaṭṭ

⋙pṛthakkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. separating, setting apart ĀpŚr. Sch. Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pṛthakkāma

1. ○kāma mfn. (pl.) having different wishes KātyŚr

⋙pṛthakkārya

1. ○kārya n. a separate or private affair Mn. vii, 120

⋙pṛthakkula

1. ○kula mfn. (pl.) belonging to different families L

⋙pṛthakkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to make separate, sunder KātyŚr
2. to keep off, avert Sāy

⋙pṛthakkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. separated, sundered, cut off MārkP

⋙pṛthakkṛti

1. ○kṛti f. an individual BhP

⋙pṛthakkriyā

1. ○kriyā f. separation, disunion Mn. Yājñ

⋙pṛthakkṣetra

1. ○kṣetra m. pl. children of one father by different wives or by wives of different classes Yājñ. Sch

⋙pṛthakcara

1. ○cara mf(ī)n. going separately or alone MW

⋙pṛthakceṣṭā

1. ○ceṣṭā f. pl. different activities Bhag

⋙pṛthaktā

1. ○tā f. separateness, severalty, singleness, individuality Nyāyam. Sch

⋙pṛthaktva

1. ○tva
2. n. id. ŚāṅkhŚr. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68)
3. (ena), ind. singly, one by one MBh
4. -tas (ŚāṅkhŚr.) and -śas (Nyāyam. Sch.), separately, singly

⋙pṛthaktvacā

1. ○tvacā f. 'diverse-barked', Sanseviera Zeylanica L

⋙pṛthakpada

1. ○pada mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words (-tva n.) Vām

⋙pṛthakparṇikā

1. ○parṇikā f. 'diverse-leaved', = -tvacā L. [Page 646, Column]

⋙pṛthakparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. id. L
2. Hemionitis Cordifolia Car. Suśr

⋙pṛthakpinda

1. ○pinda m. a distant kinsman who offers the Śrāddha oblation ( See piṇḍa) by himself and not together with the other relations Mn. v, 78 (Kull. = 'samānôdaka')

⋙pṛthakśabda

1. ○śabda m. a separate or distinct or independent word Vop

⋙pṛthakśayyā

1. ○śayyā f. sleeping apart Hit

⋙pṛthakśāyin

1. ○śāyin mfn. (pl.) sleeping alone or apart Vishṇ

⋙pṛthakśruti

1. ○śruti mfn. uttering a distinct sound, distinctly heard RPrāt

⋙pṛthaksukha

1. ○sukha mfn. (pl.) having different joys MBh

⋙pṛthaksthita

1. ○sthita mfn. existing separately, separate MW

⋙pṛthaksthiti

1. ○sthiti f. separate existence, separation Vikr

≫pṛthakat

1. pṛthakat ind.= pṛthak Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Sch

≫pṛthag

1. pṛthag in comp. for ○thak

⋙pṛthagabhimati

1. ○abhimati mfn. regarding the world as separate (from God) MW

⋙pṛthagartha

1. ○artha mfn. (pl.) having separate or distinct advantages MBh
2. having separate or distinct meanings (-tā f.) Kir

⋙pṛthagātman

1. ○ātman mfn. 'having a sṭseparate nature or essence', separate, distinct, individual W
2. m. individualized spirit, the individual soul (as distinct from universal spirit or the soul of the universe) ib
3. ○ma-tā f. separateness, severalty L
4. discrimination, judgment W
5. ○mikā f. separate or individual existence, individuality L

⋙pṛthagālaya

1. ○ālaya mfn. (pl.) having sṭseparate dwelling Kathās

⋙pṛthagīśamānin

1. ○īśa-mānin mfn. regarding God as separate from the universe MW

⋙pṛthagupādāna

1. ○upâdāna n. separate mention Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

⋙pṛthaggaṇa

1. ○gaṇa m. a separate company or class Mn. i, 37

⋙pṛthagguṇa

1. ○guṇa mfn. having distinct properties. W

⋙pṛthaggotra

1. ○gotra mfn. (pl.) belonging to different families MārkP

⋙pṛthagjana

1. ○jana m. a man of lower caste or character or profession Mn. MBh. &c. (-vat ind. Ragh. viii, 89)
2. an ordinary professing Buddhist MWB. 132
3. a fool, blockhead Śiś
4. villain L
5. pl. common people, the multitude (also sg.) Mn. MBh. &c
6. = pṛthak-kṣetra W
7. -kalyāṇaka m. a man wishing for conversion Divyâv

⋙pṛthagjanapada

1. ○jana-pada n. each single country or people Lāṭy

⋙pṛthagjaya

1. ○jaya m. victory in a separate combat or duel (a-pṛth○) Gaut

⋙pṛthagdṛś

1. ○dṛś mfn. seeing something different from (abl.) BhP

⋙pṛthagdevata

1. ○devata mfn. having a separate or special deity Sāy

⋙pṛthagdvāra

1. ○dvāra n. pl. special doors i.e. means of attainment MBh

⋙pṛthagdharmavid

1. ○dharma-vid m. pl. each knowing different laws Gaut

⋙pṛthagbīja

1. ○bīja m. Semecarpus Anacardium L

⋙pṛthagbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. separate state or condition, difference, distinctness, individuality KaṭhUp. MBh. &c

⋙pṛthagbhū

1. ○√bhū to be peculiar to Divyâv
2. -bhūta mfn. become separate, separated, different MW

⋙pṛthagyoga

1. ○yoga mfn. (prob.) wṛ. for -bhāga (having different lots) or -bhoga (hṭhaving distinct enjoyments) Kathās

⋙pṛthagyogakaraṇa

1. ○yogakaraṇa n. the separation of a grammatical rule into two Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. yoga-vibhāga)

⋙pṛthagrasamaya

1. ○rasamaya mf(ī)n. made of a distinct or special sap or essence BhP

⋙pṛthagrūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. variously shaped, diverse, different, manifold L

⋙pṛthaglakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa mf(ā)n. having dṭdistinct characteristics KātyŚr

⋙pṛthagvartman

1. ○vartman (pṛ́thag-), mfn. having distinct courses ŚBr. ChUp

⋙pṛthagvarṣa

1. ○varṣa n. pl. a year in each case, each and every year Gaut

⋙pṛthagvādin

1. ○vādín mfn. each saying something different ŚBr

⋙pṛthagvidha

1. ○vidha mfn. of distinct kinds, manifold, various Mn. MBh. &c
2. distinct from (abl.) BhP

≫pṛthaṅ

1. pṛthaṅ in comp. for ○thak

⋙pṛthaṅniṣṭha

1. ○niṣṭha mfn. existing by itself, being something different or distinct in each case MBh

≫pṛthavī

1. pṛthavī f. = pṛthivii L

≫pṛthi

1. pṛ́thi m. N. of a man (protected by the Aśvins, according to Sāy. a Rājarshi) RV. (Cf. pṛthī, pṛthu
2. pārtha, ○thya.)

⋙pṛthisava

1. ○sava m. N. of a partic. ceremony TBr. Sch

≫pṛthikā

1. pṛthikā f. a centipede L

≫pṛthivi

1. pṛthivi f. = ○vii

⋙pṛthivitva

1. ○tvá n. the state or condition of the earth TS. TBr

⋙pṛthividā

1. ○dā mfn. earth-giving Kāṭh. ĀpŚr

⋙pṛthivibhāga

1. ○bhāga (○vii-), mfn. having the earth as a share, entitled to it TS

⋙pṛthivimūla

1. ○mūla m. 'e-rooted', N. of a man L

⋙pṛthiviloka

1. ○loká m. the earth regarded as a world ŚBr

⋙pṛthiviṣad

1. ○ṣád mfn. = -sad AV
2. -ṣṭha or -ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing on the earth, stepping firmly (as a horse) RV

⋙pṛthivisad

1. ○sád mfn. sitting on the earth VPrāt

≫pṛthivī

1. pṛthivī́ f. (= pṛthvii f. of pṛthu) the earth or wide world ('the broad and extended One', personified as devii and often invoked together with the sky [3. div and dyāvā-pṛthivii RTL. 18]
2. according to VP. daughter of pṛthu
3. the Veda makes 3 earths, one called bhūmi, inhabited by men, and a under it
4. there is also an earth between the world of men and the circumambient ocean "ṣBr. and one extending through the 3 worlds ṇaigh.) RV. &c. &c
5. land, ground, soil ib
6. earth regarded as one of the elements Prab. Suśr. [Page 646, Column]
7. = antarikṣa Naigh. i, 3
8. ○vyā vrata and saṃsarpa n. N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙pṛthivīkampa

1. ○kampa m. an earthquake MBh

⋙pṛthivīkṛtsna

1. ○kṛtsna n. one of the 10 mystical exercises called Kṛitsna L

⋙pṛthivīkṣit

1. ○kṣit mfn. dwelling on or ruling over the exercises, m. a prince, king KātyŚr. ChUp. &c

⋙pṛthivīgrantha

1. ○grantha m. N. of wk

⋙pṛthivīcandra

1. ○candra m. 'eṭexercises-moon', N. of a prince of the Tri-gartas Rājat

⋙pṛthivījaya

1. ○jaya vḷ. for next Hariv

⋙pṛthivīṃjaya

1. ○ṃ-jaya mfn. eṭexercises-conquering
2. m. N. of a Dānava MBh
3. of a son of Virāṭa ib

⋙pṛthivītala

1. ○tala n. 'eṭexercises-surface', ground, the terrestrial or infernal regions MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pṛthivītīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh

⋙pṛthivītva

1. ○tva n. state or condition of the exercises, earthiness Sarvad

⋙pṛthivīdaṇḍapāla

1. ○daṇḍapāla m. the police-magistrate of a country (-tā, f.) Mṛicch

⋙pṛthivīdevī

1. ○devī f. N. of a woman Kathās

⋙pṛthivīdyāvā

1. ○dyā́vā (○vií-), nom. du. eṭexercises and heaven RV. (cf. dyāvā-pṛthivii)

⋙pṛthivīdhara

1. ○dhara m. (with miśrâcārya) N. of an author Cat

⋙pṛthivīdharaṇa

1. ○dharaṇa n. a prop or support of the exercises Hariv

⋙pṛthivīṃdadā

1. ○ṃ-dadā f. 'eṭexercises-giving', N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ. (cf. pṛthivi-dā)

⋙pṛthivīndra

1. ○"ṣndra (○vii7ndra), m. 'the Indra of the exercises', a prince, king A

⋙pṛthivīpati

1. ○pati m. 'exercises-lord', a prince, king TBr. Mn. &c
2. N. of Yama L
3. (with sūri) N. of an author Cat
4. a species of bulbous plant growing on the Himâlaya L

⋙pṛthivīparipālaka

1. ○paripālaka m. 'eṭexercises-guardian', a prince, king MārkP

⋙pṛthivīpārvataka

1. ○pārvataka m. or n. rock-oil, petroleum (?) L

⋙pṛthivīpāla

1. ○pāla (MBh. Kāv.),

⋙pṛthivīpālaka

1. ○pāḍlaka (MārkP.), m. = -paripālaka

⋙pṛthivīpra

1. ○prá mfn. exercises-filling AV

⋙pṛthivīplava

1. ○plava m. 'eṭexercises-flood', the sea Gal

⋙pṛthivībhuj

1. ○bhuj m. 'eṭexercises-enjoyer', a king Vikr. Rājat

⋙pṛthivībhujaṃga

1. ○bhujaṃga m. 'eṭexercises-lover', a king MārkP

⋙pṛthivībhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. 'exercises-bearer', a mountain Śiś

⋙pṛthivīmaṇḍa

1. ○maṇḍa m.or n. eṭexercises-scum L

⋙pṛthivīmaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala m. or n. the circuit of the exercises MW

⋙pṛthivīmaya

1. ○máya mf(ī)n. formed of eṭexercises, earthen ŚBr

⋙pṛthivīrasa

1. ○rasa m. exercises-sap L

⋙pṛthivīrājya

1. ○rājya n. 'eṭexercises-dominion', sovereignty Kathās

⋙pṛthivīruha

1. ○ruha m. 'exercises-grower', a plant, tree Hariv

⋙pṛthivīloka

1. ○loka m. vḷ. for ○vi-loká, q.v

⋙pṛthivīvaralocana

1. ○vara-locana m. N. of Bodhi-sattva Kāraṇḍ

⋙pṛthivīśa

1. ○"ṣśa (vii7śa), m. 'eṭexercises-lord', a king MārkP

⋙pṛthivīśakra

1. ○śakra m. 'the Indra of the eṭexercises', id. L

⋙pṛthivīśvara

1. ○"ṣśvara (○vI7zv○), m. = ○vI7za○ R. MārkP

⋙pṛthivīṣad

1. ○ṣad mfn. abiding on eṭexercises MānŚr. (vḷ. -sad)

⋙pṛthivīsaṃśita

1. ○saṃśita (○vií-), mfn. impelled by the exercises AV

⋙pṛthivīsava

1. ○sava m. N. of a partic. ceremony ĀpŚr

≫pṛthivy

1. pṛthivy in comp. for ○vii before vowels

⋙pṛthivyāpīḍa

1. ○āpīḍa m. N. of 2 princes of Kaśmīra Rājat

⋙pṛthivyupasaṃkramaṇā

1. ○upasaṃkramaṇā f. N. of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ

≫pṛthī

1. pṛ́thī m. (nom. ○thī dat. ○thyai or ○thaye gen. ○thyās) N. of a mythical personage with the patr. Vainya (said to have been the first anointed sovereign of men, to have ruled also the lower animals, and to have introduced the arts of husbandry into the world
2. he is enumerated among the Ṛishis and said to be the author of RV. x, 148) RV. AV. Br. (cf. pṛthi, pṛthu
3. pārtha)

≫pṛthu

1. pṛthú mf(vií or u)n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious, large
2. great, important
3. ample, abundant
4. copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c. &c. (u ind.)
5. prolix, detailed Var
6. smart, clever, dexterous L
7. m. a partic. measure of length (= pṛtha) L
8. fire L
9. N. of Śiva MBh
10. of one of the Viśve Devās VP
11. of a Dānava Hariv
12. of a son of An-enas MBh. Hariv
13. of a Vṛishṇi and son of Citraka ib
14. of a son of Citra-ratha BhP
15. of a descendant of Ikshvāku (son of An-araṇya and father of Tri-śaṅku) R
16. of a son of Para Hariv
17. of a son of Prastāra VP
18. of a son of Rucaka BhP
19. of a son of one of the Manus Hariv
20. of one of the Saptarshis ib
21. of a son of Vaṭêśvara (father of Viśākha-datta) Cat
22. of a son of Veṇa MWB. 423
23. of a monkey R
24. (u), f. Nigella Indica L
25. = hiṅgu-pattrī L
26. opium L
27. (vii), f. See below. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Germ. platt ; Eng. plate.]

⋙pṛthukarman

1. ○karman m. [646,] N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu and grandson of Citra-ratha VP

⋙pṛthukalpiṇī

1. ○kalpiṇī f. vḷ. for patha-kalpanā

⋙pṛthukīrti

1. ○kīrti mfn. far-famed R
2. N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu VP
3. f. N. of a daughter of Surā Hariv

⋙pṛthukucotpīḍam

1. ○kucôtpīḍam ind. pressing a full bosom Prab

⋙pṛthukṛṣṇā

1. ○kṛṣṇā f. a species of cumin Bhpr

⋙pṛthukola

1. ○kola m. a species of jujube L

⋙pṛthuga

1. ○ga m. pl. 'far-moving', N. of a class of deities under Manu Cākshusha VP

⋙pṛthugman

1. ○gmán mfn. (prob.) = -jman RV

⋙pṛthugrīva

1. ○grīva m. 'broad-necked', N. of a Rākshasa RV

⋙pṛthucārvañcitekṣaṇa

1. ○cārv-añcitêkṣaṇa mf(ā)n. having large and beautiful and curved eyes Nal

⋙pṛthucchada

1. ○cchada m. 'broad-leaved', a species of plant L

⋙pṛthujaghana

1. ○jaghana mf(ā)n. large-hipped Bhartṛ

⋙pṛthujaya

1. ○jaya m. 'victorious far and wide', N. of a son of Śaśabindu VP. [Page 646, Column]

⋙pṛthujman

1. ○jman mfn. broad-pathed AV. (cf. -gman)

⋙pṛthujraya

1. ○jráya (f. ī) and mfn. widely extended RV

⋙pṛthujrayas

1. ○jráyas mfn. widely extended RV

⋙pṛthuṃjaya

1. ○ṃ-jaya vḷ. for ○thu-j○

⋙pṛthutama

1. ○tama mfn. broadest, widest, largest, greatest MW

⋙pṛthutara

1. ○tara mfn. broader, wider, larger, greater
2. ○rī-√kṛ, to open (the eyes) wider Ratnâv

⋙pṛthutā

1. ○tā f

⋙pṛthutva

1. ○tva n. breadth, width, largeness, greatness Suśr. Var

⋙pṛthudaṃṣṭra

1. ○daṃṣṭra mfn. large-tusked MBh

⋙pṛthudatta

1. ○datta m. N. of a frog Pañcat

⋙pṛthudarśin

1. ○darśin mfn. far-seeing, far-sighted (met.) Suśr

⋙pṛthudātṛ

1. ○dātṛ m. vḷ. for -dāna

⋙pṛthudāna

1. ○dāna m. N. of a son of Śasa-bindu VP

⋙pṛthudīrghabāhu

1. ○dīrghabāhu mfn. having broad and long arms MW

⋙pṛthudharaṇidhara

1. ○dharaṇi-dhara m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

⋙pṛthudharma

1. ○dharma m. vḷ. for -karman

⋙pṛthudhāra

1. ○dhāra mfn. broad-edged MBh. R

⋙pṛthunitamba

1. ○nitamba mfn. large-hipped MW

⋙pṛthupakṣas

1. ○pákṣas mfn. broad-flanked (said of a horse) RV

⋙pṛthupattra

1. ○pattra m. a kind of garlic (= rakta-laśuna) L

⋙pṛthuparśu

1. ○párśu mfn. armed with large sickles RV

⋙pṛthupalāśikā

1. ○palāśikā f. Curcuma Cedoaria (= śaṭī, palāśaka) L

⋙pṛthupājavat

1. ○pāja-vat mfn. containing the word pṛthu-pā́jas ĀpŚr

⋙pṛthupājas

1. ○pā́jas mfn. far-shining, resplendent RV

⋙pṛthupāṇi

1. ○pāṇi (pṛthú-), mfn. brṭbroad-handed RV

⋙pṛthupīnavakṣas

1. ○pīna-vakṣas mfn. having a brṭbroad and fleshy breast Var

⋙pṛthupragāṇa

1. ○pragāṇa (pṛthú-), mfn. having a wide approach or access, approached by wide avenues RV

⋙pṛthupragāman

1. ○pragāman (pṛthú-), mfn. wṭwide-striding, taking wide strides RV

⋙pṛthuprajña

1. ○prajña mfn. having a wide understanding L

⋙pṛthupratha

1. ○pratha mfn. farfamed, having a wide reputation Rājat

⋙pṛthuprotha

1. ○protha mfn. having broad or wṭwide nostrils (said of a horse) MBh

⋙pṛthubāhu

1. ○bāhu mfn. broad-armed, having brawny arms MBh

⋙pṛthubījaka

1. ○bījaka m. lentils L

⋙pṛthubudhna

1. ○budhna (or pṛthú-b○), mfn. brṭbroad-based, having a broad basis or foot, having a brṭbroad sole or under-part RV. AV. VS. ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy
2. broad in the hinder part (as a worm) Car

⋙pṛthubhuvana

1. ○bhuvana n. the wide world Bhartṛ

⋙pṛthumat

1. ○mat m. N. of a prince VP

⋙pṛthumukha

1. ○mukha mfn. wide-mouthed Pāṇ. 6-2, 168
2. having a thick point KātyŚr

⋙pṛthumṛdvīkā

1. ○mṛdvīkā f. 'wide grape', (prob.) a raisin MBh

⋙pṛthuyaśas

1. ○yaśas mfn. far-famed, of wṭwide renown MBh. Hariv. VarBṛ
2. m. N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu VP
3. of a son of Varāha-mihira Cat
4. of an author ib

⋙pṛthuyāman

1. ○yāman mfn. having a broad path (said of Ushas) RV

⋙pṛthuraśmi

1. ○raśmi m. N. of a Yati PañcavBr. Kāṭh

⋙pṛthurukma

1. ○rukma or m. N. of a son of Parā-jit (or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. VP

⋙pṛthurukman

1. ○rukḍman m. N. of a son of Parā-jit (or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. VP

⋙pṛthuroman

1. ○roman m. 'having broad hairs or scales', a fish VarBṛS
2. mayugma n. the zodiacal sign Pisces VarBṛ

⋙pṛthulalāṭatā

1. ○lalāṭatā f. having a wide forehead (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 72

⋙pṛthulocana

1. ○locana mf(ā)n. having large eyes MBh

⋙pṛthuvaktrā

1. ○vaktrā f. 'wide-mouthed', N. of one of the Matṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙pṛthuvakṣas

1. ○vakṣas mfn. having a broad breast R

⋙pṛthuvega

1. ○vega m. 'having excessive force or impetus', N. of a prince MBh

⋙pṛthuvyaṃsa

1. ○vyaṃsa mfn. brṭbroad-shouldered MBh

⋙pṛthuśimba

1. ○śimba m. a species of Śyonāka L

⋙pṛthuśiras

1. ○śiras (pṛthú-), mfn. brṭbroad-headed, flat-headed AV. Suśr
2. f. N. of a daughter of Puloman Hariv

⋙pṛthuśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga m. a broad-horned species of sheep Bhpr

⋙pṛthuśekhara

1. ○śekhara m. 'broad-crested', a mountain L

⋙pṛthuśrava

1. ○śrava m. wṛ. for next

⋙pṛthuśravas

1. ○śrávas mfn. far-famed, of wide renown
2. m. N. of a man RV. MBh
3. of a son of Śaśa-bindu Hariv. VP. BhP
4. of a son of Raghu BhP
5. of a son of the 9th Manu MārkP
6. of a serpent-demon PañcavBr. MBh
7. of a being attendant upon Skanda MBh. (wṛ. -śrava)
8. of the elephant of the north quarter Var

⋙pṛthuśrī

1. ○śrī mfn. having great fortune, highly prosperous MBh

⋙pṛthuśroṇi

1. ○śroṇi (pṛthú-) and f. broad-hipped, having large hips or buttocks ŚBr. MBh

⋙pṛthuśroṇī

1. ○śroṇī f. broad-hipped, having large hips or buttocks ŚBr. MBh

⋙pṛthuṣeṇa

1. ○ṣeṇa (ṣ for s), m. 'having an extensive army', N. of a son of Rucira (or Rucirâśva) Hariv. VP. (vḷ. -sena)
2. of a son of Vibhu BhP

⋙pṛthuṣṭu

1. ○ṣṭu or mfn. having a broad tuft of hair RV. (= -jaghana Nir.)

⋙pṛthuṣṭuka

1. ○ṣṭuka mfn. having a broad tuft of hair RV. (= -jaghana Nir.)

⋙pṛthusattama

1. ○sattama m. N. of a prince VP

⋙pṛthusattvavat

1. ○sattvavat mfn. abounding in great living creatures MW

⋙pṛthusampad

1. ○sampad mfn. possessing large property, rich, wealthy Rājat

⋙pṛthusena

1. ○sena m. vḷ. for -ṣeṇa, q.v

⋙pṛthuskandha

1. ○skandha m. 'bṭbroad-shouldered', aboar L

⋙pṛthuhara

1. ○hara m. N. of Śiva MBh

⋙pṛthūdaka

1. pṛthū7daka n. 'having extensive waters', N. of a sacred bathing-place on the northern bank of the Sarasvatī MBh
2. m. and -svāmin m. N. of the author of a Comm. on the Brahma-gupta BhP. Col

⋙pṛthūdara

1. pṛthū7dara m. 'broad-bellied', a ram L
2. N. of a Yaksha Kathās

⋙pṛthūpākhyāna

1. pṛthū7pâkhyāna n. 'episode of Pṛithu.' N. of the 29th and 30th ch. of Part II of PadmaP

≫pṛthuka

1. pṛ́thuka m. n. rice or grain flattened
2. rice scalded with hot water and then dried over a fire and ground in a mortar TBr. BhP. Suśr. (also -taṇḍula Āp. BhP.) [Page 647, Column]
3. m. a boy, the young of any animal Hariv. Śiś. &c
4. pl. a species of grain Car
5. vḷ. for pṛthu-ga VP
6. (ā), f. a girl L
7. a species of plant (= hiṅgu-pattrī) L

≫pṛthukīya

1. pṛthukīya and mfn. (fr. pṛthuka), g. apūpâdi

⋙pṛthukya

1. pṛthukya mfn. (fr. pṛthuka), g. apūpâdi

≫pṛthula

1. pṛthula mf(ā)n. broad, large, great MBh. Śiś. Kathās
2. m. vḷ. for pṛthulâkṣa VP
3. (ā), f. a species of plant (= hiṅgu-pattrī) L

⋙pṛthulalocana

1. ○locana mf(ā)n. large-eyed MBh

⋙pṛthulavakṣas

1. ○vakṣas mfn. broad-breasted MBh

⋙pṛthulavikrama

1. ○vikrama mfn. of great heroism BhP

⋙pṛthulākṣa

1. pṛthulâkṣa m. 'large-eyed', N. of a prince (son of Catur-aṅga) MBh. Hariv. VP. BhP

⋙pṛthulaujas

1. pṛthulâujas mfn. of great energy MārkP

≫pṛthūkṛ

1. pṛthū-√kṛ to extend, expand, enlarge, spread out MW

≫pṛthvikā

1. pṛthvikā f. = pṛthviikā

≫pṛthvī

1. pṛthvī́ f. (cf. pṛthivii) the earth (also as an element) RV. &c. &c
2. Nigella Indica L
3. Boerhavia Procumbens L
4. = hiṅgu-pattrī L
5. great cardamoms L
6. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
7. N. of the mother of the 7th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L

⋙pṛthvīkurabaka

1. ○kurabaka m. a species of tree L

⋙pṛthvīkhāta

1. ○khāta n. a hole or pit in the earth, cavern MW

⋙pṛthvīgarbha

1. ○garbha m. N. of Gaṇêśa L
2. of a Bodhi-sattva W

⋙pṛthvīgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. a dwelling in the earth, a cave Hariv

⋙pṛthvīcandrodaya

1. ○candrôdaya m. N. of wk

⋙pṛthvīja

1. ○ja m. 'earth-born', a tree A
2. N. of the planet Mars A
3. n. a species of salt (= gaḍa-lavaṇa) L

⋙pṛthvītala

1. ○tala n. the ground, dry land Pañcad

⋙pṛthvīdaṇḍapālatā

1. ○daṇḍapāla-tā f. vḷ. for pṛthivii-a○

⋙pṛthvīdānavidhi

1. ○dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙pṛthvīdhara

1. ○dhara m. 'e-supporter', a mountain Naish
2. N. of a demon Var. Vāstuv. Hcat
3. (also -bhaṭṭa and ○râcārya) N. of sev. authors Cat
4. of the author of Comm. on Mṛicch. Cat

⋙pṛthvīpati

1. ○pati m. 'earth-lord', a prince, king, sovereign Prab. Kathās
2. -tva n. princedom, kingdom Kathās

⋙pṛthvīpāla

1. ○pāla m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙pṛthvīpura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town in Magadha, Satr

⋙pṛthvīpremodaya

1. ○premôdaya m. N. of wk

⋙pṛthvībhara

1. ○bhara m. (?) a species of the Aty-ashṭi metre W

⋙pṛthvībhuj

1. ○bhuj m. 'earth-enjoyer', a prince, king Bālar. Inscr

⋙pṛthvībhṛt

1. ○bhṛt m. 'earth-bearer', a prince, king Subh

⋙pṛthvīmalla

1. ○malla and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙pṛthvīmallarāja

1. ○mallarāja m. N. of authors Cat

⋙pṛthvīrāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of a prince and poet Cat
2. -vijaya m. N. of a poem

⋙pṛthvīrājya

1. ○rājya n. earth-dominion, kingdom Kathās

⋙pṛthvīrūpa

1. ○rūpa m. N. of a prince Kathās

⋙pṛthvīvarāhasaṃvāda

1. ○varāha-saṃvāda m. N. of ch. of VarP

⋙pṛthvīśa

1. ○"ṣśa (○vii7śa), m. 'lord of the earth', a prince, king, sovereign MBh
2. -tā f. princedom, kingdom Hcat

⋙pṛthvīsārataila

1. ○sāra-taila n. a partic. med. preparation L

⋙pṛthvīhara

1. ○hara m. N. of a man Rājat

≫pṛthvīkā

1. pṛthvīkā f. large or small cardamoms L
2. Nigella Indica Suśr. (also pṛthvikā) L

pṛdāku

1. pṛ́dāku m. an adder, viper, snake VS. TS. AV. MBh. (also pṛdākū́, f). a tiger or panther L. [Lat. pardus, pardalis &c.]
2. an elephant L
3. a tree L

⋙pṛdākusānu

1. ○sānu (pṛ́d○), mfn. having a surface like that of a serpent, smooth or shining like a serpent RV

pṛśana

1. pṛ́śana n. (√spṛś) clinging to
2. (ī́), f. tender, gentle RV

⋙pṛśanāyu

1. pṛ́śaḍnāyú f. = ○nī ib

pṛśni

1. pṛ́śni mfn. (Uṇ.iv, 52) variegated, dappled, piebald, speckled, spotted (said esp. of cows, serpents, frogs &c.) RV. AV. Br. ŚrS. MBh
2. (pl.) manifold, different (as desires) TS
3. dwarfish, thin, small L
4. m. N. of a prince (the father of Śvaphalka) Hariv. VP
5. (pl.) N. of a family of Ṛishis MBh. (○nayo'jāh, the supposed authors of RV. ix, 86, 31-40 Anukr.)
6. (i), f. a dappled cow (fig. = milk, the earth, a cloud, the starry sky) RV. MBh
7. a ray of light L
8. N. of the mother of the Maruts RV
9. of the wife of Savitṛi BhP
10. of the wife of king Su-tapas (who in a former birth under the name of Devakī was mother of Kṛishṇa) ib
11. (ī), f. Pistia Stratiotes L
12. n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. [Cf. √pṛṣ
13. Gk. ?.] [647,]

⋙pṛśnigarbha

1. ○garbha (pṛ́○), mf(ā)n. being in the variegated bosom or in the being of the vṭvariegated one RV
2. m. N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Vishṇ. MBh. &c

⋙pṛśnigu

1. ○gu (pṛ́○), mfn. = next
2. m. N. of a man RV. i, 112, 7

⋙pṛśnigo

1. ○go (pṛ́○), mfn. driving with dappled cows ib. vii, 18, 10

⋙pṛśnitva

1. ○tvá n. the being variegated &c. TS

⋙pṛśnidhara

1. ○dhara m. 'earth-bearer', N. of Kṛishṇa W

⋙pṛśninipreṣita

1. ○niprêṣita mfn. sent or hastening down to Pṛiśni i.e. the earth RV. vii, 18, 10 (Sāy. 'sent by Pṛiśni')

⋙pṛśniparṇikā

1. ○parṇikā f. Hemionitis Cordifolia or Uraria. Lagopodioides L. [Page 647, Column]

⋙pṛśniparṇī

1. ○parṇī́ f. id. ŚBr. KātyŚr. Suśr

⋙pṛśnibāhu

1. ○bāhu (pṛ́○), mfn. having speckled arms i.e. front legs (said of a frog) AV
2. m. N. of a mythical being ib

⋙pṛśnibhadra

1. ○bhadra m. 'propitious to Devakī or to the earth', N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙pṛśnimat

1. ○mat mfn. containing the word pṛśni AitBr

⋙pṛśnimantha

1. ○mantha m. a drink made by stirring and mixing ingredients coming from a speckled cow Kauś

⋙pṛśnimātṛ

1. ○mātṛ (pṛ́○), mfn. having the earth for a mother (said of herbs) AV
2. having Pṛismni for a mother (said of the Maruts) RV. AV

⋙pṛśnivat

1. ○vat (pṛ́○), mfn. = -mat TBr

⋙pṛśnivāla

1. ○vāla mf(ā)n. having a spotted tail ĀpŚr

⋙pṛśniśapha

1. ○śapha mf(ā)n. having spotted hoofs ib

⋙pṛśniśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga m. 'having a small or a variegated crest', N. of Vishṇu or of Gaṇêśa L

⋙pṛśnisaktha

1. ○sakthá mfn. having spotted thighs TS. Kāṭh

⋙pṛśnihan

1. ○hán mfn. slaying the speckled (snake) AV

≫pṛśnikā

1. pṛśnikā f. Pistia Stratiotes L

≫pṛśnī

1. pṛśnī f. See pṛśni

≫pṛśnyāhvayā

1. pṛśny-āhvayā f. = pṛśni-parṇī Suśr

pṛṣ

1. pṛṣ cl. 1. P. parṣati, to sprinkle
2. to weary
3. to vex or hurt
4. to give Dhātup. xvii, 55
5. cl. 1. Ā. parṣate (xvi, 12, vḷ. for varṣ), to become wet. (Perhaps akin to √pruṣ
6. cf. also pṛśni.)

≫pṛṣa

1. pṛṣa in comp. for ○ṣat

⋙pṛṣadhra

1. ○dhra m. N. of a man RV. viii, 52, 4 (supposed author of RV. viii, 56)
2. of a son of one of the Manus MBh
3. of a warrior on the side of the Pāṇḍavas ib. (wṛ. -dhru
4. cf. pṛśni-dhara)

⋙pṛṣokta

1. pṛṣôkta m. N. of a prince VP

⋙pṛṣotthāna

1. pṛṣôtthāna mfn. g. pṛṣôdarâdi (vḷ. ○ṣôdvāni)

⋙pṛṣodara

1. pṛṣôdará mf(ā)n. having a spotted belly TS. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 109)

⋙pṛṣodyāna

1. pṛṣôdyāna n. a small garden or grove L

⋙pṛṣodvāni

1. pṛṣôdvāni See ○ṣôtthāna

≫pṛṣat

1. pṛ́ṣat mf(atī)n. spotted, speckled, piebald, variegated AV. VS. Br. GṛŚrS
2. sprinkling W
3. m. the spotted antelope R. (cf. g. vyāghrâdi, where Kāś. pṛṣata)
4. a drop of water (only pl
5. ○tām pati m. 'lord of the drops of water', the wind) Śiś. vi, 55
6. (atī), f. a dappled cow or mare (applied to the animals ridden by the Maruts) RV. VS. ŚBr. ŚrS
7. a spotted doe MBh. R. &c
8. = pārṣatī, the daughter of Pṛishata MBh. i, 6390
9. n. a drop of water or any other liquid Hariv. BhP

⋙pṛṣattā

1. ○tā f

⋙pṛṣattva

1. ○tva n. the being spotted or variegated KātyŚr. Sch

≫pṛṣata

1. pṛṣata mfn. having white spots, speckled, variegated L
2. (○tá), m. the spotted antelope VS. &c. &c. (ī f. See under pṛṣat)
3. a drop of water MBh. Hariv. Kāv
4. a spot, mark Var
5. N. of the father of Dru-pada MBh. Hariv. Pur

⋙pṛṣatāśva

1. pṛṣatâśva m. air, wind (= pṛṣad-aśva) L

≫pṛṣatka

1. pṛṣatka m. a round spot Harav
2. an arrow (as being variegated or as bring as swift as an antelope) L. (cf. IW. 405, n. 1)
3. the versed sine of an arc Gaṇit

≫pṛṣad

1. pṛṣad in comp. for ○ṣat

⋙pṛṣadaṃśa

1. ○aṃśa g. utsâdi (Kāś. pṛṣa, daṃśe),

⋙pṛṣadaśva

1. ○aśva (pṛ́○), mfn. having piebald horses or having antelopes for horses (said of the Maruts) RV
2. m. wind or the god of wind Hcar
3. N. of Śiva Śivag
4. N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Pravar. MBh
5. of a son of An-aranya and father of Hary-aśva VP
6. of a son, of Virūpa BhP

⋙pṛṣadājya

1. ○ājyá n. curdled or clotted butter, ghee mixed with coagulated milk (forming an oblation) RV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
2. -dhānī f. a vessel for an oblation of ghee and curds ĀpŚr
3. -praṇutta (○jyá-), mfn. driven away from the oblṭoblation of ghee and curds AV

⋙pṛṣaddhra

1. ○dhra wṛ. for pṛṣa-dhra

⋙pṛṣadyoni

1. ○yoni (pṛ́○), mfn. (prob.) = pṛśni-garbha RV

⋙pṛṣadvat

1. ○vat (pṛ́○), mfn. party-coloured, variegated RV

⋙pṛṣadvatsa

1. ○vatsa mfn. having a spotted calf Kāṭh

⋙pṛṣadvarā

1. ○varā f. 'best among spotted antelopes', N. of a wife of Ruru and daughter of a Vidyā-dhara by Menakā (a sort of antelope) Kathās

⋙pṛṣadvala

1. ○vala m. 'Piebald', N. of a horse of Vāyu or the wind (cf. -aśva) L

⋙pṛṣadvāṇa

1. ○vāṇa m. 'having variegated arrows', N. of a man (cf. pārṣadvāṇa)

≫pṛṣanti

1. pṛṣanti m. a drop of water L

≫pṛṣāta

1. pṛṣāta mfn. spotted, variegated Gal

≫pṛṣātaka

1. pṛṣā́taka m. n. a mixture of ghee and coagulated milk or some similar compound (cf. pṛṣad-ājya) AV. GṛŚrS
2. m. (pl.) a kind of ceremony PārGṛ
3. N. of Rudra MānGṛ
4. (ī́), f. a kind of disease or N. of a female demon causing it AV

≫pṛṣita

1. pṛṣita n. rain Gobh

pṛṣabhāṣā

1. pṛṣabhāṣā f. = pūṣa-bhāsā L. [Page 647, Column]

pṛṣākara

1. pṛṣākara (?), f. a small stone used as a weight L

pṛṣṭa

1. pṛṣṭá mfn. (√prach) asked, inquired, questioned, interrogated, demanded, wished for, desired, welcome RV. &c. &c
2. n. a question, inquiry ĀpGṛ. Pāṇ

⋙pṛṣṭaprativacana

1. ○prativacana n. the act of answering a question or inquiry Pāṇ. 3-2, 120

⋙pṛṣṭabandhu

1. ○bandhu mfn. one by whom adherents or praisers are wished for (Agni) RV. iii, 20, 3

⋙pṛṣṭahāyana

1. ○hāyana m. an elephant ('whose years are inquired about', sc. in buying or selling?) L

⋙pṛṣṭabhidhāyin

1. pṛṣṭabhidhāyin mfn. answering when asked, i.e. not puzzled how to answer an inquiry Var

≫pṛṣṭvā

1. pṛṣṭvā ind. See √prach

pṛṣṭaparṇī

1. pṛṣṭa-parṇī f. Hemionitis Cordifolia L. (cf. pṛśni-p○)

pṛṣṭi

1. pṛṣṭí f. a rib (cf. parśu) RV. AV. (○ṭī, xi, 1, 34) VS. ŚBr. -tás ind. on the ribs TS

⋙pṛṣṭivāh

1. ○v�ā́h mfn. carrying on the sides (or on the back) AV

⋙pṛṣṭisācaya

1. ○sācayá mfn. joined with the ribs ŚBr

⋙pṛṣṭyāmaya

1. pṛṣṭy-āmayá m. a pain in the side AV
2. ○yín mfn. suffering from it RV

≫pṛṣṭyā

1. pṛṣṭyā́ f. a side-horse (mare) AV. vi, 102, 2 (cf. praṣṭi)

pṛṣṭi

1. pṛṣṭi f. touch L. (cf. spṛṣṭi)
2. a ray of light L. (cf. pṛśni)

pṛṣṭi

1. pṛṣṭi = pṛṣṭha Pañcad. Kauś. Sch

pṛṣṭha

1. pṛṣṭhá n. (prob. fr. pra-stha, 'standing forth prominently'
2. ifc. f. ā) the back (as the prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything RV. &c. &c. (pṛṣṭhena-√yā, with gen., to ride on
3. ○ṭhena-√vah, to carry on the back
4. ○ṭhaṃ-√dā, to give the back, make a low obeisance
5. ○ṭhe ind. behind or from behind)
6. the upper side, surface, top, height ib. (with diváḥ, or nā́kasya, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven
7. cf. ghṛta-p○)
8. the flat roof of a house (cf. gṛha-p○, harmya-p○)
9. a page of a book MW
10. N. of partic. arrangement of Sāmans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the Rathaṃtara, Bṛihat, Vairūpa, Vairāja, Śākvara, and Raivata Śalkvara) TS. Br. ŚrS
11. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙pṛṣṭhaga

1. ○ga mfn. mounted or riding on Kathās

⋙pṛṣṭhagāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. going behind, following, devoted or faithful Pañcat. (B.)

⋙pṛṣṭhagālana

1. ○gālana (?), HYogas

⋙pṛṣṭhagopa

1. ○gopa m. one who guards or protects the rear of a tighting warrior MBh

⋙pṛṣṭhagranthi

1. ○granthi m. 'back-knot', a hump on she back L
2. a kind of swelling L
3. mfn. hump-backed A

⋙pṛṣṭhaghna

1. ○ghna m. 'killing from behind' (?)
2. N. of a man Cat

⋙pṛṣṭhacakṣus

1. ○cakṣus m. 'having eyes in the back', a crab L
2. a bear, V

⋙pṛṣṭhaja

1. ○ja m. 'back-born', N. of a form (or a son) of Skanda MBh. (vḷ. pṛ́ṣṭha-taḥ)

⋙pṛṣṭhajāha

1. ○jāha n. 'back-√', (prob.) os coccygis L

⋙pṛṣṭhatap

1. ○tap mfn. having one's back burned (by the sun) Āpast

⋙pṛṣṭhatalpana

1. ○talpana n. the exterior muscles of an elephant's back L

⋙pṛṣṭhatas

1. ○tás ind. from or on or behind the back, behind (with gen. or ifc.)
2. to the back, backwards
3. secretly, covertly ŚBr. &c. &c. (with √kṛ, to place on the back R
4. to neglect, abandon, forsake, give up, renounce MBh. R. &c
5. with √gam, to go behind, follow, pursue Pañc
6. with √bhū, to be behind, be disregarded or of no account MBh.)
7. -"ṣto-bhāvam ind. Pāṇ. 3-4, 61 Sch
8. -"ṣto-mukha mfn. with back turned Divyâv

⋙pṛṣṭhatāpa

1. ○tāpa m. 'back-burning', noon, midday MBh

⋙pṛṣṭhadṛṣṭi

1. ○dṛṣṭi m. 'looking backwards', a bear L

⋙pṛṣṭhadeśa

1. ○deśa m. the back part, rear
2. (e), ind. behind (with gen.) Pañcat

⋙pṛṣṭhadhāraka

1. ○dhāraka mfn. bearing on the back, bearing (a weight as burden) ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pṛṣṭhapātin

1. ○pātin mfn. being behind a person's back, following, watching, observing, controlling Rājat

⋙pṛṣṭhapīṭhī

1. ○pīṭhī f. a broad back Bālar

⋙pṛṣṭhaphala

1. ○phala n. (in alg.) the superficial contents of a figure Col

⋙pṛṣṭhabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. 'breaking or bending the back', N. of a mode of fighting MBh

⋙pṛṣṭhabhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the hinder part, back, rear Kāv

⋙pṛṣṭhabhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. the upper story or roof-terrace of a house Kathās

⋙pṛṣṭhamadhya

1. ○madhya m. the middle of the back MW

⋙pṛṣṭhamāṃsa

1. ○māṃsa n. the flesh on the back (○saṃ-√khād or bhakṣ, 'to eat the flesh of a person's back', backbite) MBh. Kāv
2. ○sâda or ○sâdana mfn. a backbiter, slanderer L
3. backbiting, slandering A

⋙pṛṣṭhayajvan

1. ○yájvan m. one who sacrifices on high places RV

⋙pṛṣṭhayāna

1. ○yāna n. 'going on the back (of a horse &c.)', riding Suśr
2. mfn. = next Kām. [Page 648, Column]

⋙pṛṣṭhayāyin

1. ○yāyin mfn. riding on the back of (comp.) Kām. Sch

⋙pṛṣṭharakṣa

1. ○rakṣa m.= -gopa MBh

⋙pṛṣṭharakṣaṇa

1. ○rakṣaṇa n. protection or defence of the back MārkP

⋙pṛṣṭhalagna

1. ○lagna mfn. hanging about a person's (gen.) back, following Pañc

⋙pṛṣṭhavaṃśa

1. ○vaṃśa m. the back-bone Suśr

⋙pṛṣṭhavāstu

1. ○vāstu n. the upper story of a house Mn. iii, 91

⋙pṛṣṭhavāh

1. ○v�ā́h mfn. 'borne on the back', riding Hariv
2. carrying a load on the back MaitrS
3. wṛ. for paṣṭha-v○ and praṣṭha-v○, q.v

⋙pṛṣṭhavāha

1. ○vāha m. a beast of burnt, draught-ox Nīlak

⋙pṛṣṭhavāhya

1. ○vāhya m. id. L

⋙pṛṣṭhaśamanīya

1. ○śamanīya m. N. of a partic. Agni-shṭoma Nyāyam. Sch

⋙pṛṣṭhaśaya

1. ○śaya mfn. lying on the back, g. pārśvâdi

⋙pṛṣṭhaśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga m. 'having horns over the back', a wild goat L
2. ○gin m. (L.) 'id.', a ram
3. a buffalo
4. a eunuch
5. N. of Bhāma

⋙pṛṣṭhaśveta

1. ○śveta m. 'white on the back or on the other side', N. of a kind of rice Gal

⋙pṛṣṭhastotra

1. ○stotra n. N. of a partic. arrangement of Sāmans (= pṛṣṭha, q.v.) Br. ŚrS

⋙pṛṣṭhākṣepa

1. pṛṣṭhâkṣepa m. acute and violent pain in the back Car

⋙pṛṣṭhānuga

1. pṛṣṭhânuga (R.),

⋙pṛṣṭhānugāmin

1. pṛṣṭhânugāmin (Pañcat.), mfn. going behind, following

⋙pṛṣṭhānupṛṣṭhaka

1. pṛṣṭhânupṛṣṭhaka mf(ikā)n. being behind a person's back, pursuing, following

⋙pṛṣṭhāvaguṇṭhanapaṭa

1. pṛṣṭhâvaguṇṭhana-paṭa m. a horse-cloth (covering the back) Kād

⋙pṛṣṭhāṣṭhīla

1. pṛṣṭhâṣṭhīla m. or n. the back of a tortoise Bālar

⋙pṛṣṭhāsthi

1. pṛṣṭhâsthi n. the back bone L

⋙pṛṣṭhodaya

1. pṛṣṭhôdaya mfn. rising from behind (applied to the zodiacal signs Aries, Taurus Gemini, Sagittarius, and Capricorn) Var

⋙pṛṣṭhopatāpa

1. pṛṣṭhôpatāpa m. the shining of the sun upon the back SāmavBr

≫pṛṣṭhaka

1. pṛṣṭhaka n. the back R
2. ○ke-√kṛ, to place behind, postpone, neglect, resign Caurap. Pañc

≫pṛṣṭhībhū

1. pṛṣṭhī-√bhū to become depressed or dejected L. (prob. wṛ. for piṣṭī-√bhū)

≫pṛṣṭhe

1. pṛṣṭhe loc. of pṛṣṭha in comp

⋙pṛṣṭhemukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face in the back MBh

≫pṛṣṭhya

1. pṛṣṭhyá mfn. belonging to or coming from the heights (with payas or andhas n. the milk or the plant from the heights, i.e. the Soma) RV
2. carrying on the back
3. m. (with or sc. aśva) a horse for riding or for draught Lāṭy. MBh
4. (ā), f. the edge which runs along the back of a Vedi KātyŚr. Sulbas
5. (pṛ́○), mfn. forming the Stotras called Pṛishṭha TāṇḍBr
6. having these Stotras (said of a partic. period of 6 sacrificial days as subst. m., viz. pṛṣṭhyâhan, pṛṣṭhya-tryaha, -pañcâha, -stotriya, -caturtha, -ṣaṣṭha Vait.)
7. m. = pṛṣṭhānāṃ samūhaḥ Pāṇ. 4-2, 42 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙pṛṣṭhyastoma

1. ○stoma m. N. of 6 Ekâhas or of a period of 6 sacrificial days (cf. above) ŚrS

⋙pṛṣṭhyāvalamba

1. pṛṣṭhyâvalamba m. (sc. pañcâha), a period of 5 sacrificial days ib

pṛṣṇi

1. pṛṣṇi (L.) mfn. = pṛśni
2. f. = pārṣṇi, or = pṛśni (ray of light)

pṛṣṇiparṇī

1. pṛṣṇi-parṇī wṛ. for pṛśni-p○

pṛṣva

1. pṛ́ṣva mf(ā)n. produced by hoar-frost TS. (Sch.)

pṝ

1. pṝ cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 19) pṛṇā́ti RV
2. cl. 6. P. (√pṛṇ, xxviii, 40) priṇáti ib
3. cl. 3. P. (xxv, 4) píparti ib. (also Ā
4. Impv. pipīpṛhi BhP. iv, 19, 38
5. pf. papāra, 3. pl. paparuḥ, or papruḥ Pāṇ. 7-4, 12
6. pupūre, ○rire Bhaṭṭ
7. -pupūryās RV
8. papṛvás [?] MaitrS
9. aor. apārīt Gr., pūriṣṭhās TĀr
10. Impv. pūrdhí RV
11. Prec. priyāsam AV., pūryāt Gr
12. fut. [par�ISyati], [par�ItA] Gr
13. ind. p. pūrtvā Gr., -pūrya MBh
14. -pūram [in comp. with its object
15. cf. udara-p○, goṣpada-p○, carma-p○. and Pāṇ. 3-4, 31 ; 3]
16. inf. pṛṇádhyai RV
17. -puras Kāṭh
18. pūritum R.), to fill (Ā. 'one's self') RV. AV
19. to fill with air, blow into (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
20. to sate, cherish, nourish, bring up RV. AV
21. to refresh (as the Pitṛis) Bhaṭṭ. (aor. apārīt vḷ. atārpsīt)
22. to grant abundantly, bestow on (dat.), present with (instr.) RV. AV. (often p. pṛṇát = bounteous, liberal, ungrudging)
23. to fulfil, satisfy (as a wish) BhP.: Pass. pūryáte (ep. also ○ti, and RV. Ā. pū́ryate, p. pū́yamāṇa), to be filled with, become full of (instr.), be sated RV. VS. ŚBr. MBh. &c
24. to become complete (as a number) Lāṭy.: Caus. pārayati, to fill Dhātup. xxxii, 15
25. to fulfil (only aor. pīparat) RV
26. pūráyati (Dhātup. xxxiii, 126), ○te (Pass. pūryate [above].
27. aor. apūri, apūriṣṭa), to fill, fill up with (instr.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
28. to fill (with a noise, said also of the noise itself) MBh. R
29. to fill with wind, blow (a conch) ib. [Page 648, Column]
30. to draw (a bow or an arrow to the ear) R
31. to make full, complete, supplement (a sentence) Kuval
32. to cover completely, overspread, bestrew, surround MBh. Kāv. &c
33. to load or enrich or present with (instr.) ib
34. to fulfil (a wish or hope) AV. &c. &c
35. to spend completely (a period of time) R.: Desid. [pipar�ISati], pupūrṣati Gr.: Intens. pāparti, popūrti, popūryate ib. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [648,] Lat. plere, plenus ; Lit. pílti, pílnas ; Slav. [pl�un�u] ; Goth. fulls ; Germ. voll ; Eng. full.]

peki

1. peki m. or f. a species of bird Svapnac

pecaka

1. pecaka m. (√1. pac?) an owl (cf. kṛṣṇa-p○)
2. the tip or the √of an elephant's tail Var
3. a couch, bed (= paryaṅka) L
4. a louse L
5. a cloud L
6. (ikā), f. a kind of owl Hariv. (vḷ. picaka and pecuka)

≫pecakin

1. pecakin m. an elephant L. (vḷ. picakin)

≫pecila

1. pecila m. id. L. (vḷ. picila)

pecu

1. pecu n. Colocasia Antiquorum L

≫pecuka

1. pecuka n

⋙peculī

1. peḍculī f. id. L

peja

1. peja m. See tila-p○
2. (ā), f. = peyā L

peñjūṣā

1. peñjūṣā f. the wax of the ear L

peṭa

1. peṭa mf(ā, or ī)n. (√piṭ?) a basket, bag L
2. a multitude L
3. a retinue L
4. m. the open hand with the fingers expanded (= pra-hasta) L

⋙peṭakandaka

1. ○kandaka m. a species of bulbous plant Gal

⋙peṭālu

1. peṭâlu n. id. ib

≫peṭaka

1. peṭaka mf(ikā)n. a little basket, casket, box Daś. Sāy. Kull. (cf. kośa-peṭaka, bhūṣaṇa-peṭikā)
2. m. n. = dvaṃdva L
3. n. a multitude, company, quantity, number Rājat. Kathās. (○kaṃ-√kṛ, with instr. 'to join or consort with')
4. (iká), f. a species of plant L

≫peṭāka

1. peṭāka m. a basket L

≫peṭṭāla

1. peṭṭāla m. or n. id. Mālatīm. vi, 18/19 (vḷ. ○laka)

≫peḍā

1. peḍā f. id. (?) Divyâv

peṭṭibhaṭṭa

1. peṭṭi-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the father of Viśvêśvara-bhaṭṭa Cat

peḍḍanācārya

1. peḍḍanâcārya m. N. of an author Cat

peḍḍabhaṭṭa

1. peḍḍa-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the commentator Mallinātha Cat

peḍhāla

1. peḍhāla m. N. of the eighth Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī L

peṇ

1. peṇ cl. 1. P. peṇati, to go
2. to grind
3. to embrace Dhātup. xiii, 15 (cf. paiṇ, praiṇ, laiṇ)

peṇḍa

1. peṇḍa m. a way, road Gal

petva

1. pétva m. (√1. pā?) a ram, wether RV. AV. VS. TBr
2. a small part, W
3. n. nectar, Amṛita Uṇ. iv, 115 Sch
4. ghee or clarified butter L

pedu

1. pedú m. (√pad?) N. of a man (under the especial protection of the Aśvins, by whom he was presented with a white horse that killed serpents) RV

pepīyamāna

1. pepīyamāna mfn. (√1. pā, Intens.) drinking separately or greedily ChUp. Hariv

≫peya

1. peya mfn. to be drunk or quaffed, drinkable MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to be tasted, tastable MBh. (opp. to ghreya, spṛśya &c.)
3. to be taken (as medicine) Car
4. to be drunk in or enjoyed by (cf. śrotra-p○)
5. m. (sc. yajña-kratu) a drink offering, libation ŚāṅkhŚr
6. (ā), f. rice gruel or any drink mixed with a small quantity of boiled rice MBh. Car. Suśr
7. a species of anise (= miśreyā) L
8. n. a drink, beverage MBh. R. Suśr

≫peru

1. perú mfn. drinking VS. (Mahīdh
2. perhaps rather = 3. péru)
3. (péru), thirsty (?) TS
4. m. (only L.) the sun
5. fire
6. the ocean
7. the golden mountain (cf. meru)

peb

1. peb cl. 1. Ā. pebate Dhātup. x, 11 (vḷ. for sev, q.v.)

peyālam

1. peyālam (?), ind. once more, repeatedly L

peyūṣa

1. peyūṣa m. or n. (= and vḷ. for pīyūṣa, q.v.) biestings
2. fresh butter
3. nectar L

peraja

1. peraja or peroja n. a turquoise L. (cf. Pers. ?). [Page 648, Column]

peraṇi

1. peraṇi or ○ṇī f. (in music) a kind of dance

peramabhaṭṭa

1. perama-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the father of Jagan-nātha Paṇḍita-rāja Cat

peralasthalamāhātmya

1. perala-sthala-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

perā

1. perā f. a kind of musical instrument Bhaṭṭ

peru

1. perú mfn. (√1. pṛ) carrying across, rescuing, delivering RV. (For 1. See col. 2.)

peru

1. péru mfn. (√pī, pyai) swelling or causing to swell RV. TĀr
2. m. seed, germ, off-spring (with apā́m = Soma) ib. VS. TS. MaitrS

peruka

1. peruká m. N. of a man RV

perubhaṭṭa

1. peru-bhaṭṭa m. (with lakṣmīkānta) N. of the Guru of Jagan-nātha Paṇḍita-rāja Cat. (cf. perama-bh○)

pel

1. pel cl. 1. 10. P. pelati (Dhātup. xv, 34), peláyati (Naigh. ii, 14), to go

≫pela

1. pela m. a small part W
2. going W
3. n. = next L

≫pelaka

1. pelaka m. a testicle L

≫pelava

1. pelava mf(ā) n. delicate, fine, soft, tender Kālid. Kathās. (ifc. 'delicate like' or 'too dṭdelicate for')
2. thin, slim, slender Śiś. Suśr. (opp. to bahala)

⋙pelavakṣauma

1. ○kṣauma n. fine linen Suśr

⋙pelavapuṣpapattrin

1. ○puṣpa-pattrin mfn. having tender flowers for arrows Kum

≫peli

1. peli g. chāttry-ādi

⋙peliśālā

1. ○śālā f. ib

≫pelin

1. pelin m. a horse W

≫peluvāsa

1. pelu-vāsa (?), m. a chameleon L

pev

1. pev cl. 1. Ā. pevate, = sev Dhātup. xiv, 33

peśa

1. péśa m. (√piś) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5 ; vii, 34, 11
2. ornament, decoration AitBr. BhP. (cf. puru- and su-
3. g. gaurâdi and sidhmâdi)
4. (ī), f. See below

≫peśana

1. péśana mf(ī)n. well formed, beautiful RV. AV

≫peśala

1. peśalá mf(ā)n. (g. sidhmâdi) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr
2. beautiful, charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kāv. &c
3. soft, tender, delicate, Kalid
4. expert, skilful, clever Bhartṛ
5. fraudulent, crafty L
6. (am), ind. tenderly, delicately Kathās
7. m. N. of Vishṇu, V
8. n. charm, grace, beauty, loveliness BhP

⋙peśalatva

1. ○tva n. dexterity, skill VarBṛS. Sch

⋙peśalamadhya

1. ○madhya mfn. slender-waisted Ragh

⋙peśalākṣa

1. peśalâkṣa mfn. having beautiful eyes
2. -tā f. Rājat

≫peśalīkṛ

1. peśalī-√kṛ to render beautiful R

≫peśas

1. péśas n. shape, form, colour RV
2. an artificial figure, ornament, embroidery, an embroidered garment ib. VS. AitBr

⋙peśaskarī

1. ○karī f. a bee (conceived of as a female) Gal

⋙peśaskārin

1. ○kārin m. a wasp BhP

⋙peśaskārī

1. ○kārī́ f. a female embroiderer VS. ŚBr

⋙peśaskṛt

1. ○kṛt m. the hand (as 'the artist') BhP
2. a wasp ib

⋙peśasvat

1. ○vat (péśas-), mfn. decorated, adorned VS

≫peśi

1. peśi m. wṛ. for peṣi
2. f. an egg or = next L

≫peśikā

1. peśikā f. rind, shell (of fruit) Suśr

≫peśitṛ

1. peśitṛ́ m. one who cuts in pieces or carves, carver, a VS

≫peśī

1. peśī f. (g. gaurâdi) a piece of flesh or meat (also māṃsa-p○ or peśī māṃsa-mayī) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. MBh. (cf. piśita)
2. the fetus shortly after conception (-tva n.) Nir. MBh. Suśr
3. a muscle (of which there are said to be 500 in the human body) Yājñ. Suśr
4. the peel or rind (of fruit) Suśr. (cf. peśikā)
5. a kind of drum MBh
6. a sheath, scabbard L
7. a shoe L
8. the egg of a bird L
9. spikenard L
10. a blown bud L
11. N. of a Piśācī and a Rākshasī L
12. of a river L

⋙peśīkośa

1. ○kośa m. a bird's egg L

≫peśī

1. peśī ind. for ○śa

⋙peśīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. cut into pieces, carved R. (cf. 1. peṣī)

≫peśyaṇḍa

1. peśy-aṇḍa n. a piece of flesh (esp. the fetus soon after conception) BhP
2. a bird's egg L

≫peśvara

1. peśvara mfn. (prob.) who or what grinds Vop

peṣ

1. peṣ cl. 1. Ā. peṣate, to exert one's self, strive diligently Dhātup. xvi, 14

peṣa

1. peṣa mf(ī)n. (√piṣ) pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. śilā-p○)
2. m. the act of pounding or grinding or crushing Śiś. (cf. piṣṭa-p○)

≫peṣaka

1. peṣaka mf(ikā)n. one who pounds or grinds (cf. gandhaka-peṣikā). [Page 649, Column]

≫peṣaṇa

1. peṣaṇa n. pounding, grinding (of grain) KātyŚr. Hcat
2. crushing (○ṇaṃ-√yā, to be crushed), MārkP
3. a threshing floor L
4. a hand-mill L
5. Euphorbia Antiquorum L
6. (ī), f. See below

⋙peṣaṇavat

1. ○vat mfn. a word formed for the explanation of pipiṣvat Sāy

≫peṣaṇi

1. peṣaṇi f. = next L

≫peṣaṇī

1. peṣaṇī f. a grind-stone Mn. iii, 68

⋙peṣaṇīputraka

1. ○putraka m. a small grind-stone L

≫peṣaṇīya

1. peṣaṇīya mfn. to be ground or pounded or pulverized MW

≫peṣāka

1. peṣāka m. a small grind-stone L

≫peṣi

1. peṣi m. a thunderbolt L

≫peṣī

1. peṣī ind. for peṣa

⋙peṣīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya or -kṛtvā), to crush, pound MBh. (cf. 2. peśī)

≫peṣṭṛ

1. peṣṭṛ mfn. who or what pounds or grinds Kull

≫peṣya

1. peṣya mfn. = peṣaṇīya
2. (ifc.) to be ground into Suśr

peṣī

1. péṣī f. swaddling-clothes RV. v, 2, 2 (others 'churning-stick'
2. others 'nurse' Sāy. = hiṃsikā, piśācikā)

peṣṭra

1. peṣṭra n. (√piś) a bone AV

pes

1. pes cl. 1. P. pesati, to go (= pis) Dhātup. xvii, 69

≫pesuka

1. pésuka mfn. (√pis) spreading, extending ŚBr

≫pesvara

1. pesvara mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 175) going, moving W
2. destructive ib
3. splendid ib

pai

1. pai cl. 1. P. pāyati, to dry, wither Dhātup. xxii, 23

paiṅga

1. paiṅga mfn. (fr. piṅga) relating to a rat or mouse Kauś
2. m. N. of a teacher (prob. wṛ. for ○gya)
3. n. N. of wk

⋙paiṅgarāja

1. ○rājá m. a kind of bird VS

≫paiṅgākṣīputra

1. paiṅgākṣī-putra m. and (fr. piṅgâkṣī-putra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 28 Vārtt. 1 ; 2 Pat

⋙paiṅgākṣīputrīya

1. paiṅgākṣī-puḍtrīya mfn. (fr. piṅgâkṣī-putra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 28 Vārtt. 1 ; 2 Pat

≫paiṅgāyanibrāhmaṇa

1. paiṅgāyani-brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. ĀpŚr

≫paiṅgi

1. paiṅgi m. patr. of Yāska L

≫paiṅgin

1. paiṅgin mfn. derived from Paiṅgya Pāṇ. Sch
2. m. a follower of Pāṇ. Anup

⋙paiṅginpaiṅgirahasyabrāhmaṇa

1. ○paiṅgi-rahasyabrāhmaṇa n. N. of wk

≫paiṅgī

1. paiṅgī f. of ○gya

⋙paiṅgīputra

1. paíṅgī-pútra m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

≫paiṅgya

1. paíṅgya m. patr. of a teacher Br. MBh
2. n. the doctrine of Paíṅgya Br

⋙paiṅgyasmṛti

1. ○smṛti f. N. of wk

≫paiṅgyāyanabrāhmaṇa

1. paiṅgyāyana-brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. (cf. paiṅgāyani-br○)

paiṅgarāyaṇa

1. paiṅgarāyaṇa m. patr. fr. piṅgara g. naḍâdi

paiṅgala

1. paiṅgala m. (sg. and pl.) patr. fr. piṅgala g. kaṇvâdi
2. n. the manual of Piṅgala

⋙paiṅgalakāṇva

1. ○kāṇva m. pl. the followers of Piṅgala-kāṇva Pāṇ. 1-1, 173 Vārtt.8 Pat

⋙paiṅgalopaniṣad

1. paiṅgalôpaniṣad f. N. of wk

≫paiṅgalāyana

1. paiṅgalāyana (g. naḍâdi),

⋙paiṅgalāyani

1. paiṅgalāḍyani (Saṃskārak
2. next.), m. patr. fr. piṅgala

≫paiṅgalaudāyani

1. paiṅgalaudāyani m. g. pailâdi (Kāś. paiṅgalāyani)

≫paiṅgalya

1. paiṅgalya m. patr. fr. piṅgala g. gargâdi
2. n. brown or tawny colour Suśr

paicchilya

1. paicchilya n. (fr. picchila) sliminess, mucilaginousness Suśr

paija

1. paija m. N. of a teacher BhP

paijavana

1. paijavaná m. (fr. pijavana) patr. of Su-dās and of several men RV. &c. &c

paijūlāyana

1. paijūlāyana patr. fr. pijūla g. aśvâdi

paiñjūṣa

1. paiñjūṣa m. the ear L. (cf. piñjūṣa, peñjūṣa)

paiṭaka

1. paiṭaka or paiṭāka m. patr. fr. [piT�Aka] g. śivâdi

≫paiṭākika

1. paiṭ�ākika mfn. = [piT�Akena harati] g. utsaṅgâdi

paiṭakalāyana

1. paiṭakalāyana m. sg. and pl. patron. Saṃskārak

paiṭhara

1. paiṭhara mf(ī)n. (fr. piṭhara) cooked in a saucepan R

≫paiṭharika

1. paiṭharika m. (prob.) one who uses a saucepan for making musical sounds Pat

paiṭhasarpa

1. paiṭhasarpa mfn. (fr. pīṭha-sarpin) Pāṇ. 6-4, 144 Vārtt. 1 Pat. [Page 649, Column]

≫paiṭhika

1. paiṭhika m. (prob.) patr. fr. pīṭha Hariv

paiṭhīna

1. paiṭhīna m. = next Cat

≫paiṭhīnasi

1. paiṭhīnasi m. patr. of an ancient teacher (a Muni and author of a system of laws) AV.Pariś. Pravar. &c

⋙paiṭhīnasismṛti

1. ○smṛti f. N. of wk

≫paiṭhīnasya

1. paiṭhīnasya m. patr. Saṃskārak

paiḍika

1. paiḍika mf(ī)n. (fr. piḍakā) relating to boils or pustules Suśr

paiḍva

1. paiḍva wṛ. for paidva

paiṇ

1. paiṇ cl. 1. P. paiṇati, to go
2. to send
3. to embrace Dhātup. xiii, 15 (cf. peṇ)

paiṇḍapātika

1. paiṇḍapātika mf(ī)n. (fr. piṇḍapāta) living on alms Buddh

≫paiṇḍāyana

1. paiṇḍāyana m. patr. fr. piṇḍa g. naḍâdi

≫paiṇḍikya

1. paiṇḍikya n. (fr. piṇḍika), g. purohitâdi

≫paiṇḍinya

1. paiṇḍinya n. (fr. piṇḍin) L

⋙paiṇḍya

1. paiṇḍḍya n. metron. (fr. piṇḍī) Pāṇ. 4-1, 151

paitadārava

1. paitadārava mfn. (fr. pīta-dāru), g. rajatâdi

paitarāvaṇa

1. paitarāvaṇa m. patr. (fr. pītarāvaṇa?) Pravar

paitā

1. paitā Vṛiddhi form of pitā in comp

⋙paitāputrīya

1. ○putrīya mfn. relating to father and son KātyŚr

⋙paitāmaha

1. ○maha mf(ī)n. relating to or derived from a grandfather AitBr. MBh
2. relating to or derived from or presided over by Brahmā MBh. Kāv. &c
3. m. Brahmā's son (patr. of Manu) MBh
4. (pl.) forefathers, ancestors MW
5. n. the lunar mansion called Rohiṇī Var
6. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP
7. -siddhânta m. ○hī-bhāṣya n. N. of wks

⋙paitāmahaka

1. ○mahaka mfn. belonging or relating to a grandfather Pāṇ. 3-4, 77 Sch

≫paitṛ

1. paitṛ Vṛiddhi form of pitṛ in comp

⋙paitṛkriyā

1. ○kriyā f. N. of wk

⋙paitṛmatya

1. ○matyá mfn. sprung from one who has an illustrious father ĀpŚr. Sch
2. m. the grandson of an illustrious man VS. Pravar. (g. kurv-ādi)

⋙paitṛmedhika

1. ○medhika mfn. relating to a sacrifice to the Pitṛis
2. m. or n. N. of wk
3. -vidhāna n. -vidhāna-prayoga m. -vidhi m. -sūtra, n. N. of wks

⋙paitṛyajñika

1. ○yajñika (Lāṭy.),

⋙paitṛyajñīya

1. ○yajñīya (Mn.), mfn. = -medhika

⋙paitṛṣvaseya

1. ○ṣvaseya mf(ī)n. sprung from a father's sister or paternal aunt Mn. MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 133)
2. m. a fathers's sister's son BhP
3. (ī), f. a father's sister's daughter Mn. xi, 171

⋙paitṛṣvasrīya

1. ○ṣvasrīya mfn. = prec. Pāṇ. 4-1, 132

≫paitṛka

1. paitṛka mf(ī)n. belonging to a father, paternal, ancestral Mn. MBh. &c
2. relating or sacred to the Pitṛis Rājat
3. n. a sacred rite or Śrāddha in honour of deceased ancestors MBh

⋙paitṛkatithinirṇaya

1. ○tithi-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙paitṛkadhana

1. ○dhana n. ancestral property, patrimony MW

⋙paitṛkabhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. the country of one's ancestors
2. a paternal estate W

⋙paitṛkavidhāna

1. ○vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙paitṛkaṣvaseya

1. ○ṣvaseya m

⋙paitṛkaṣvaseyī

1. ○ṣvaseḍyī f. = paitṛ-ṣ○ above

≫paitra

1. paitra mf(ī)n. = paitṛka ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh
2. n. a partic. part of the hand (cf. pitṛ-tīrtha) W

⋙paitrāhorātra

1. paitrâhorātra m. a day and night of the Pitṛis (= one month) W

≫paitrika

1. paitrika (prob.) wṛ. for paitṛka

≫paitrya

1. paitrya mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to the Pitṛis MārkP. Suśr

paitudārava

1. paitudārava mfn. relating to or derived from the tree Pītu-dāru Br. ŚrS

≫paitudrava

1. paitudrava mfn. = daivadārava ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch

paitta

1. paitta mf(ī)n. (fr. pitta) relating to the bilious humour, bilious Suśr

≫paittika

1. paittika mf(ī)n. id. ib
2. of a bilious temperament Var

paittala

1. paittala mf(ī)n. (fr. pittala) made of brass, brazen L

paidva

1. paidvá m. (scil. aśva) the serpent-killing horse of Pedu RV

painaddhaka

1. painaddhaka mfn. (fr. pi-naddha), g. varāhâdi

paināka

1. paināka mf(ī)n. (fr. pinākin) belonging to or coming from Rudra-Śiva R
2. m. patr. fr. pināka Pravar

painya

1. painya n. (fr. pīna) fatness, thickness Dhātup. ix, 46

paippala

1. paippala mf(ī)n. (fr. pippala) made of the wood of the holy fig-tree Mcar. [Page 649, Column]

⋙paippalava

1. paippaḍlava mfn. g. kaṇvâdi

⋙paippalavya

1. paippaḍlavya m. (fr. pippalū), g. gargâdi

≫paippalāda

1. paippalāda mf(ī)n. derived from Pippalâda GarbhUp
2. m. patr. fr. pippalâda
3. pl. N. of a school of the AV
4. ○dôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙paippalādaka

1. paippalāḍdaka mf(ī)n. peculiar to or taught by Pippalâda or Paippalāda
2. n. the treatise or text of Pippalâda Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Vārtt. 23 Pat

⋙paippalādi

1. paippalāḍdi m. patr. of a teacher Pravar. MBh. Hariv
2. (pl.) N. of a school of the AV. Col

≫paippalāyani

1. paippalāyani m. patr. of a teacher VP. (cf. pippalāyani)

≫paippalīkacchapa

1. paippalī-kacchapa mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 126

paiyavana

1. paiyavana wṛ. for paijavana

paiyūkṣa

1. paiyūkṣa mfn. (fr. pīyūkṣa), g., tālâdi

paiyūṣa

1. paiyūṣa n. = pīyūṣa L

paila

1. paila m. (metron. fr. pīlā Pāṇ. 4-1, 118) N. of a teacher (a sage and promulgator of the Ṛig-veda) GṛS. MBh. &c

⋙pailagarga

1. ○garga m. N. of a man MBh

⋙pailagarbha

1. ○garbha m. 'offspring of PṭPāṇ. N. of a man MW

⋙pailameli

1. ○meli m.patr. Saṃskārak

⋙pailaśyāparṇeya

1. ○śyāparṇeya m. pl., g. kārta-kaujapâdi

⋙pailasūtrabhāṣya

1. ○sūtra-bhāṣya n. N. of wk

≫pailīya

1. pailīya m.pl. the disciples of Paila Pat

≫paileya

1. paileya m. metron. fr. pīlā Pāṇ. 4-1, 118

pailava

1. pailava mf(ī)n. made of the wood of the Pīlu tree (as the staff borne by a Vaiśya) Mn. Gaut

≫pailu

1. pailu Vṛiddhi form of pīlu in comp

⋙pailukuṇa

1. ○kuṇa mfn. g. utsâdi

⋙pailumūla

1. ○mūla mfn. = pīlu-mūle dīyate kāryaṃ vā g. vyuṣṭâdi

⋙pailuvaha

1. ○vaha

⋙pailuvahaka

1. ○vaḍhaka Pāṇ. 4-2, 122 Sch

⋙pailuśīrṣi

1. ○śīrṣi m

⋙pailuśīrṣyā

1. ○śīrṣyā f. Pāṇ. 6-1, 61 Vārtt. 3 Pat

pailya

1. pailya m. vḷ. for paila ĀrshBr

paillya

1. paillya n. (fr. pilla) blear-eyedness Car

pailva

1. pailva m. vḷ. for paila ĀrshBr

≫pailvakāyana

1. pailvakāyana m. sg. and pl. patr. Saṃskārak

paiśalya

1. paiśalya n. (fr. peśala) graciousness, affability MBh

paiśāca

1. paiśāca mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to the Piśācas, demon-like, infernal GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c. (with graha m. demoniacal possession MBh.)
2. m. a Piśāca or kind of demon (also as N. of a tribe) MBh. (cf. g. parśv-ādi)
3. the eighth or lowest form of marriage (when a lover secretly embraces a damsel either sleeping or intoxicated or disordered in her intellect) Mn. iii, 34
4. (ī), f. a present made at a religious ceremony to secure friendly regard W
5. (in dram.) a sort of jargon spoken by demons on the stage (cf. piśāca-bhāṣā)
6. night L
7. n. N. of wk

⋙paiśācabhāṣya

1. ○bhāṣya a. N. of Comm. on Bhag

≫paiśācika

1. paiśācika mf(ī)n. relating to the Piśācas, demoniacal (cf. cūlikā-p○)

≫paiśācya

1. paiśācya n. demoniacal nature BhP

paiśuna

1. paiśuna n. (fr. piśuna) tale-bearing, backbiting, calumny, malignity, wickedness Mn. MBh. &c

≫paiśunika

1. paiśunika mfn. slanderous Divyâv

≫paiśunya

1. paiśunya n. = paiśuna n. Mn. MBh. &c. (-vādin mfn. slanderous Daś.)
2. = bhikṣâśitva L. (prob. wṛ. for paiṇḍinya)

paiṣṭa

1. paiṣṭa mf(ī)n. (fr. piṣṭa) made of flour, ground or made up into a cake Gṛihyās. Hcat
2. m. patr. fr. piṣṭa g. śivâdi
3. (ī), f. spirituous liquor distilled from rice or other grain L. (cf. RTL. 193)

≫paiṣṭika

1. paiṣṭika mf(ī)n. made of meal or flour Suśr
2. (ā), f. = paiṣṭī
3. n. a quantity of cakes L

paisukāyana

1. paisukāyana m. patr. Pravar

po

1. po (nom. pauḥ), fr. Nom. pāvaya Pāṇ. 1-1, 58 Vārtt. 2 Pat

pogaṇḍa

1. pogaṇḍa mfn. not full-grown or adult, young Pur
2. deformed, having a redundant or defective member L
3. m. a boy, one from his 5th to his 16th year W. (cf. a-p○)

≫paugaṇḍa

1. paugaṇḍa mf(ī)n. relating to a boy, boyish Pur
2. n. (also ○ḍaka) boyhood, a period lasting from the 5th to the 16th year BhP. Sch. [Page 650, Column]

poñch

1. poñch cl. 1. Ā. poñchate, to clean (shoes) Divyâv. (prob. for prôñch, q.v.)

poṭa

1. poṭa m. (√puṭ?) the foundation of a house L. (cf. pota)
2. putting together, uniting, mixing L
3. = śakala (?) Hcar. Sch
4. (ā), f. a hermaphrodite or a woman with a beard Hcar
5. a female servant or slave L
6. (ī), f. the rectum PārGṛ. Sch
7. a large alligator L

⋙poṭagala

1. ○gala m. (only L.) a species of reed
2. Saccharum Spontaneum
3. a fish
4. = pañcajanya

≫poṭaka

1. poṭaka m. a servant KātyŚr. Sch
2. (ikā), f. a species of plant L

≫poṭāya

1. poṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate = poṭāṃ karoti Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Vārtt. 1

poṭala

1. poṭala (Car.) and ○laka (KātyŚr. Sch.), m. ○likā (L.), f. a bundle or packet

≫poṭṭala

1. poṭṭala n

⋙poṭṭalī

1. poṭṭaḍlī f. id. L

≫poṭṭalaka

1. poṭṭalaka m. or n. id. Car

≫poṭṭalīkṛ

1. poṭṭalī-√kṛ to put together into a bundle or packet Car

poṭika

1. poṭika m. a pustule, boil L

poṭṭila

1. poṭṭila m. (with Jainas) N. of the ninth Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī L

poḍu

1. poḍu m. the parietal bone, the bone forming the upper part of the skull L

pota

1. pota m. (hardly fr. √pū
2. but Uṇ. iii, 86) a young animal or plant (mostly ifc., e.g. mṛga-p○ 'a young deer', cūta-p○ 'a young mango tree') MBh. Kāv. &c
3. a fetus which has no enveloping membrane L
4. cloth, a garment L
5. the foundation of a house L. (cf. poṭa)
6. m. n. a vessel, ship, boat MBh. Hariv. Var. Kāv. [Cf. Lat. putus
7. Lit. pautas.]

⋙potaja

1. ○ja mfn. produced from a fetus which has no enveloping membrane (opp. to jarāyu-ja) L

⋙potatva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of (being) a ship Mcar

⋙potadhāra

1. ○dhāra (Gal.),

⋙potadhārin

1. ○dhāḍrin (Śatr.), m. a ship-owner, master of a vessel

⋙potaplava

1. ○plava m. 'floating in a ship', a seaman, mariner Var

⋙potabaṇij

1. ○baṇij See -vaṇij

⋙potabhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. shipwreck Kathās. Pañc

⋙potarakṣa

1. ○rakṣa m. 'ship-governing', the rudder of a boat L

⋙potavaṇij

1. ○vaṇij m. 'ship-merchant', a voyaging merchant Hit

⋙potavāha

1. ○vāha (L.),

⋙potavāhaka

1. ○vāḍhaka (Pañcad.), m. 'boat-conductor', a boatman, steersman

⋙potaśāli

1. ○śāli m. small or young rice L

⋙potācchādana

1. potâcchādana n. 'cloth-covering', a tent L

⋙potādhāna

1. potâdhāna n. small fry, a shoal of young fish, Vāsav

⋙potābha

1. potâbha m. a species of camphor Gal. (cf. potāsa)

≫potaka

1. potaka m. a young animal or plant (mostly ifc
2. cf. pota) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. N. of a serpentdemon MBh
4. the site or foundation of a house L. (cf. gṛha-p○)
5. (ikā), f. (only L.) cloth, a garment
6. Basella Lucida or Rubra
7. Anethum Sowa
8. = mūlapotī
9. (ī), f. Turdus Macrourus or Basella Lucida L

≫potāya

1. potāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be a ship Siṃhâs

≫potyā

1. potyā f. = potānāṃ samūhaḥ g. pāśâdi

potana

1. potana n. N. of a town HPariś

potaraka

1. potaraka m. or n. = next Buddh

≫potala

1. potala m. or n. N. of a seaport on the Indus (= ?
2. later applied to the residence of the Dalai Lama in Lhassa) Buddh. (cf. MWB. 292 &c.)

≫potalaka

1. potalaka m. or n. N. of a mountain (= potala?) L
2. (ikā), f. See go-potalikā

⋙potalakapriya

1. ○priya m. 'fond of the mountain Potālaka', N. of a Buddha or of a Jina L

potāla

1. potāla m. N. of a Brāhman L
2. wṛ. for potala

potāsa

1. potāsa m. a species of camphor L. (Eng. potaṣ?)

potimatsaka

1. potimatsaka m. N. of a prince MBh. (vḷ. pautimatsyaka and yotimatsaka)

potu

1. potu m. (√1. pū) = mānabhāṇḍa-śo-dhaka L

≫potṛ

1. pótṛ or m. 'Purifier', N. of one of the 16 officiating priests at a sacrifice (the assistant of the Brāhman

⋙potṛ

1. potṛ́ m. 'Purifier', N. of one of the 16 officiating priests at a sacrifice (the assistant of the Brāhman
2. = yajñasya śodhayiṭri Sāy.) RV. Br. ŚrS. Hariv
3. N. of Vishṇu L
4. (trī), f. N. of Durgā Gal. (cf. pautrī)

⋙potṛtvaprayoga

1. ○tva-prayoga or m. N. of wk

⋙potṛtṛprayoga

1. ○ḍtṛprayoga m. N. of wk

≫potra

1. potrá n. the Soma vessel of the Potṛi RV
2. the office of the Potṛi ib. KātyŚr
3. the snout of a hog, Ṛit. Hcar
4. a ploughshare L
5. a garment or a thunderbolt (= vastra vḷ. vajra L.)
6. a ship or boat L. (cf. pota)

⋙potramaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. 'snout-orb', the round snout (of a hog &c.), Ṛit. [Page 650, Column]

⋙potrāyudha

1. potrâyudha m. armed with a snout, a hog, boar L

≫potri

1. potri in comp. for ○trin

⋙potridaṃṣṭrāja

1. ○daṃṣṭrā-ja m. a kind of gem (supposed to be produced in the tusk of a boar) L

⋙potrirathā

1. ○rathā f. 'hog-vehicled', (with Buddhists) N. of Māyā
2. (with Jainas) N. of a Śakti or female divinity

≫potrin

1. potrin m. 'snouted', a wild boar Vcar

≫potrī

1. potrī f. a garment (?) Divyâv

≫potrīya

1. potrīya mfn. relating or belonging to the Potṛi AitBr. KātyŚr

≫ponaka

1. ponaka See śata-p○

≫popuva

1. popuva mfn. (fr. Intens.) purifying much or repeatedly Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Sch

potha

1. potha m. (√puth) a blow, stroke R

≫pothakī

1. pothak�ī f. a kind of ulcer on the eyelids Suśr. (cf. poṭika)

≫pothikā

1. pothikā See ava-p○

ponnūrusthalamāhātmya

1. ponnūru-sthala-māhātmya n. N. of wk

poyā

1. poyā f. a kind of wind instrument Kalpas

poyāladaha

1. poyāladaha m. or n. N. of a tank or pool Kshitîś

pora

1. pora = parvan, in nīla-p○ and śata-p○, q.v

≫poraka

1. poraka id. in śata-p○

pola

1. pola m. (√pul) magnitude, bulk, heap L. (g. jvalâdi)
2. (ī), f. See next

≫polikā

1. polikā (Bhpr.),

⋙polī

1. poḍlī (L.), a kind of cake (cf. pūlikā, paulī, pūpālī)

polinda

1. polinda m. the mast or the ribs of a ship or boat L. (cf. padāra, ○raka, pādālinda)

poviya

1. poviya m. N. of the father of Gaṅga-dāsa Cat

poṣa

1. póṣa m. (√puṣ) thriving, prosperity, abundance, wealth, growth, increase RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS
2. nourishing, nurture, rearing, maintaining, supporting Kāv. Pur. &c

⋙poṣaka

1. póḍṣaka mf(ikā)n. nourishing, feeding, a nourisher, supporter, breeder, keeper Mn. MBh. &c
2. (ifc.) subsisting on or by Hariv

⋙poṣaṇa

1. póḍṣaṇa mfn. nourishing, cherishing (cf. pakṣa-p○)
2. n. the act of nourishing, fostering, keeping, supporting MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙poṣaṇīya

1. póḍṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or kept or protected MārkP

⋙poṣam

1. póḍṣam ind. (with √puṣ) to thrive or prosper in (comp.) Pat

≫poṣayitṛ

1. poṣayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who nourishes or cherishes or rears L

⋙poṣayitnu

1. poḍṣayitnú mfn. causing to grow or thrive, nourishing, fostering RV
2. m. the Indian cuckoo L

⋙poṣayiṣṇu

1. poḍṣayiṣṇú mfn. causing to thrive, advantageous, beneficial AV

≫poṣas

1. poṣas See viśvấyu-poṣas

≫poṣita

1. poṣita mfn. nourished, cherished, supported MW

⋙poṣitavya

1. poḍṣitavya mfn. to be cherished or protected W

⋙poṣitṛ

1. poḍṣitṛ mfn. one who breeds or rears Kull

≫poṣin

1. poṣin mfn. nourishing, rearing Kathās

≫poṣuka

1. poṣuka mfn. prospering, growing ṢaḍvBr

≫poṣṭṛ

1. poṣṭṛ mfn. = ○ṣitṛ MBh. Var
2. m. grey benduc W
3. -vara mfn. the best of nourishers, nourishing best W

≫poṣya

1. póṣya mfn. thriving, well fed RV
2. abundant, copious ib
3. causing wealth or prosperity AV
4. to be nourished or fed or brought up or taken care of MBh. Kāv. Pur
5. -putra (W.), -putraka (Pur.), m. an adopted son
6. -putra-karaṇa n. adoption MW
7. -varga m. a class of persons or objects to be cherished (as parents, children, guests, and the sacred fire) W

⋙poṣyāvat

1. póḍṣyā́-vat mfn. causing prosperity, beneficial RV

poṣadha

1. poṣadha m. (with Buddhists) fasting, a fasting day Lalit
2. sacred day Jātakam

⋙poṣadhotsava

1. poṣaḍdhôtsava m. sacred festival Jātakam
2. ○dhôṣita mfn. keeping the fast Divyâv

⋙poṣadhika

1. poṣadhika mfn. relating to fasting or a fṭfestival day (?) L

⋙poṣadheya

1. poṣadheya n. fasting must be observed Lalit

pauṃścalīya

1. pauṃścalīya mfn. (fr. puṃś-cali) belonging or relating to harlots, meretricious
2. -vidyā f. knowledge concerning harlots Rājat

⋙pauṃścaleya

1. pauṃśḍcaleyá m. the son of a hṭharlots TBr

⋙pauṃścalya

1. pauṃśḍcalya n. female incontinency, harlotry Mn. Hariv

pauṃsavana

1. pauṃsavana n. fr. and = puṃsavana L. ( See p. 630, col. 3.) [Page 650, Column]

pauṃsāyana

1. pauṃsāyaná m. patr. fr. 2. puṃs ŚBr

≫pauṃsna

1. pauṃsna mf(ī)n. worthy of or fit for or relating to a man, manly, human BhP
2. n. manhood, virility ib

≫pauṃsya

1. paúṃsya mfn. belonging to men, manly Śaṃk
2. n. manhood, virility, manly strength or a manly deed RV

paukkasa

1. paukkasa vḷ. for paulkasa BrahmUp

paugaṇḍa

1. paugaṇḍa ○ḍaka, See pogaṇḍa

pauccha

1. pauccha mfn. (fr. puccha) being on the tail, caudal Kathās

pauñjiṣṭha

1. pauñjiṣṭhá m. (fr. puñjiṣṭha) a fisherman (vḷ. ○ṣṭa) AV. TBr
2. patr. (vḷ. pauj○) Saṃskārak

pauṭali

1. pauṭali m. a patr. Saṃskārak

pauṭāyana

1. pauṭāyana m. a patr. fr. puṭa g. aśvâdi

pauḍa

1. pauḍa See pakta-p○

pauṇaki

1. pauṇaki m. patr. fr. puṇaka Hcar

pauṇiki

1. pauṇiki m. ○kyā f. patr. fr. puṇika Pāṇ. 4-1, 79 Sch

pauṇikera

1. pauṇikera m. metron. (fr. ?) Pat

pauṇḍarīka

1. pauṇḍarīka mf(ī)n. (fr. puṇḍarīka) made or consisting of lotus-flowers (as a garland) Mālatīm
2. m. a kind of Soma sacrifice lasting 11 days ṢaḍvBr. ŚrS. &c
3. patr. of Kshema-dhṛitvan TāṇḍBr
4. n. (sc. kuṣṭha) a kind of leprosy Suśr

⋙pauṇḍarīkakārikā

1. ○kārikā f

⋙pauṇḍarīkakḷptiprayoga

1. ○kḷpti-prayoga m

[[]]

1. pauṇḍarīkadaśadivasapaddhati3pauṇḍarīka--daśa-divasa-paddhati f

⋙pauṇḍarīkapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f

⋙pauṇḍarīkaprayoga

1. ○prayoga m

⋙pauṇḍarīkaratnākara

1. ○ratnâkara m

⋙pauṇḍarīkasāman

1. ○sāman n. pl.,

⋙pauṇḍarīkahotṛsaptaka

1. ○hotṛ-saptaka n

⋙pauṇḍarīkahautraprayoga

1. ○hautra-prayoga m. N. of wks

pauṇḍarīya

1. pauṇḍarīya ○rīyaka and ○rya n. a kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes (= puṇḍarya) L

pauṇḍra

1. pauṇḍra m. (fr. puṇḍra) a species of sugar-cane of a pale straw colour Suśr
2. (pl.) N. of a people and of a country (said to include part of South Behar and Bengal) MBh. Hariv. Pur
3. (sg.) a king of this country (regarded as a son of Vasudeva) ib
4. N. of the conch-shell of Bhīma MBh
5. n. a sectarian mark KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pauṇḍrarāja

1. ○rāja m. a king of the Pauṇḍras Kathās

⋙pauṇḍraviṣaya

1. ○viṣaya m. the country of the PṭPauṇḍras ib

≫pauṇḍra

1. pauṇḍra Vṛiddhi form of puṇḍra in comp

⋙pauṇḍranāgara

1. ○nāgara mfn. Pāṇ. 7-3. 24 Sch

⋙pauṇḍramatsyaka

1. ○matsyaka m. N. of a prince MBh

⋙pauṇḍravatsa

1. ○vatsa m. N. of a Vedic school L. (vḷ. -vaccha)

⋙pauṇḍravardhana

1. ○vardhana n. N. of a city (= puṇḍra-v○) R. Kathās. (also -vivardhana Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch.)
2. m. N. of a country (Behar) L

≫pauṇḍraka

1. pauṇḍraka m. the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane Bhpr
2. a prince or (pl.) the people of the Pauṇḍras Mn. MBh. Hariv. Pur
3. N. of a partic. mixed caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the son of a Vaiśya by a woman of the distiller class, regarded as one of the degraded races of Kshatriyas) Mn. x, 44
4. n. (as mfn. ifc.) a sectarian mark BhP

≫pauṇḍrika

1. pauṇḍrika m. a species of sugar-cane L
2. pl. N. of a people MBh

pauṇḍhra

1. pauṇḍhra wṛ. for pauṇḍra

pauṇya

1. pauṇya mfn. (fr. puṇya) acting rightly, virtuous, worthy TāṇḍBr. KātyŚr

pautakrata

1. pautakratá m. metron. fr. pūtakratā RV

pautana

1. pautana m. (fr. pūtanā?) N. of a country or people Suśr. (Sch. = mathurā-pradeśa)

≫pautanya

1. pautanya n. (fr. pūtanā) Pat

pautarīya

1. pautarīya mfn. (fr. pūtara), Gaṇ

pautava

1. pautava n. a kind of mensure L. (cf. potu)

pauti

1. pauti Vṛiddhi form of pūti in comp

⋙pautināsikya

1. ○nāsikya n. fetor of the nostrils Mn. xi, 50

⋙pautimāṣa

1. ○māṣa mfn. (fr. -māṣya), g. kaṇvâdi

⋙pautimāṣya

1. ○māṣya m. (g. gargâdi) patr. or metron. of a teacher BṛĀrUp. (also ○ṣī-putra)
2. (ā), f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 74 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙pautimāṣyāyaṇa

1. ○māṣyāyaṇa (paúti-), m. patr. fr. prec. ŚBr
2. (ī), f. Pat. [Page 651, Column]

pautika

1. pautika mfn. (fr. pūtika, or ○kā), g. saṃkalâdi
2. (ī), f. a kind of pot-herb L

≫pautikya

1. pautikya n. g. purohitâdi Kāś

pautudruva

1. paútudruva mfn. relating to the tree Pūtu-dru ĀpŚr

pautṛka

1. pautṛka mfn. (fr. potṛ) Pāṇ. 4-3, 78 Sch

pauttika

1. pauttika n. (fr. puttikā) a kind of honey Bhpr

pautra

1. paútra mf(ī)n. (fr. putra) derived from or relating to a son or children AV. MBh. &c. (with iṣṭi f. 'a sacrifice performed to obtain a son' R.)
2. m. a son's son, grandson AV. Br. &c. (also -ka Kāv.)
3. (ī), f. a granddaughter MBh. Hariv. Kathās
4. N. of Durgā L

⋙pautrajīvika

1. ○jīvika n. an amulet made of the seeds of Putranjiva Roxburghī Suśr

⋙pautramartya

1. ○martya n. the dying of children MantraBr

⋙pautramṛtyu

1. ○mṛtyu in. id. HirGṛ

⋙pautrāgha

1. pautrâgha n. any injury or evil happening to children AV

⋙pautrādya

1. pautrâdya (prob.) wṛ. for prec

≫pautrāyaṇa

1. pautrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pautra ChUp

≫pautrika

1. pautrika m. patr. fr. putrika or = next

≫pautrikeya

1. pautrikeya m. (fr. putrikā) the son of a daughter adopted to raise issue for her father Kull

⋙pautrikeyavat

1. ○vat mfn. having a grandson by an adopted daughter ib

≫pautrikya

1. pautrikya n. (fr. putrika), g. purohitâdi

≫pautrin

1. pautrin mfn. (fr. pautra) having a grandson Mn. ix, 136

pautra

1. pautra n. the office of the Potṛi g. udgātrādi

paudanya

1. paudanya n. N. of a city MBh. (vḷ. vaidanya)

paudgalika

1. paudgalika mfn. (fr. pudgala) substantial, material, Śīl
2. selfish Divyâv

paunaḥ

1. paunaḥ Vṛiddhi form of punaḥ in comp

⋙paunaḥpunika

1. ○punika mfn. frequently reiterated, repeated again and again Vop

⋙paunaḥpunya

1. ○punya n. frequent repetition
2. (ena), ind. again and again, repeatedly Vedântas. Kāś. Vop

≫paunar

1. paunar Vṛiddhi form of punar in comp

⋙paunarādheyika

1. ○ādheyika mf(ī)n. relating to the rite of replacing or renewing the sacrificial fire ŚrS

⋙paunarukta

1. ○ukta n. repetition, tautology, Kad

⋙paunaruktika

1. ○uktika mfn. = punaruktam adhī7te veda vā g. ukthâdi

⋙paunaruktya

1. ○uktya n. = -ukta Ragh. Śaṃk. Sāh

⋙paunarnava

1. ○nava mfn. belonging to the Punar-navā (Boerhavia Procumbens) Suśr

⋙paunarbhava

1. ○bhava mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to a widow who has married a second husband
2. m. the son of a widow remarried Mn. Gaut. MBh. &c
3. m. (with bhartṛ) a woman's second husband Mn. ix, 176

⋙paunarbhavika

1. ○bhavika mf(ī)n. relating to regeneration L

⋙paunarvasava

1. ○vasava mfn. relating to the physician Punar-vasu
2. m. (with yuvan) a student of medicine Hcar

⋙paunarvācanika

1. ○vācanika or mfn. pleonastic, superfluous ĀśvGṛ. Sch

⋙paunarvācika

1. ○vācika mfn. pleonastic, superfluous ĀśvGṛ. Sch

paupika

1. paupika m. pl. (fr. pūpa?) patron. Saṃskārak

paumpā

1. paumpā f. N. of a sacred lake
2. -māhātmya n. N. of wk

pauyamāni

1. pauyamāni m. patr. fr. pūyamāna Pat

paura

1. paurá m. (√pṝ) 'filler, increaser', N. of Soma (Sāy. = udara-pūraka)
2. of Indra (Sāy. = pūrayitṛ)
3. of the Aśvins &c. RV
4. of a Ṛishi (author of RV. v, 73 ; 74)
5. (pl.) of a dynasty VP

paura

1. paura mf(ī)n. (fr. pura) belonging to a town or city, urban, civic
2. m. a townsman, citizen (opp. to jānapada) Gaut. MBh. Kāv. &c
3. a prince engaged in war under certain circumstances (= nāgara, q.v., applied also to planets opposed to each other) Var
4. (pl.) N. of a dynasty VP
5. (ī), f. the language of the servants in a palace L
6. n. a species of fragrant grass L

⋙paurakanyā

1. ○kanyā f. a maiden of the city Ragh

⋙paurakārya

1. ○kārya n. public business Śak

⋙paurajana

1. ○jana m. m. townsfolk, citizens MBh. R. &c

⋙paurajānapada

1. ○jānapada mf(ī)n. belonging to town and country
2. m. pl. townsmen and country-people MBh. R

⋙pauramukhya

1. ○mukhya m. chief man of the city Daś

⋙paurayoṣit

1. ○yoṣit f. a woman living in a city, townswoman MW

⋙paurarucideva

1. ○ruci-deva m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙pauraloka

1. ○loka m. sg. and pl.= -jana Kathās. Pañc

⋙pauravṛddha

1. ○vṛddha m. = -mukhya MBh. Daś

⋙paurasakhya

1. ○sakhya n. fellow-citizenship Mn. ii, 134

⋙paurastrī

1. ○strī f. = -yoṣit W

⋙paurāgragaṇya

1. paurâgragaṇya m. = paura-mukhya Daś. [Page 651, Column]

⋙paurāṅganā

1. paurâṅganā f. = ○rayoṣit Megh

≫pauraka

1. pauraka m. a garden in the neighbourhood of a city or round a house L

≫pauraṃjana

1. pauraṃjana mf(ī)n. sprung or descended from Puraṃ-jana and Puraṃ-janī BhP

≫pauraṃdara

1. pauraṃdara mf(ī)n. (fr. puraṃ-dara) relating to or derived from or sacred to Indra MBh. Kāv. &c
2. n. the Nakshatra Jyeshṭhā Var

≫paurika

1. paurika m. a townsman, citizen MārkP
2. a governor of a city L
3. N. of a prince of the city of Purikā MBh
4. pl. N. of a people MārkP

paurakutsī

1. paurakutsī f. wṛ. for pauru-k○ Hariv

pauragīya

1. pauragīya mfn. (fr. pura-ga), g. kṛśâśvâdī

pauraṇa

1. pauraṇa m. patr. fr. pūraṇa ĀśvŚr
2. (ī), f. wṛ. for paurāṇi Hariv

pauraṇṭaka

1. pauraṇṭaka and ○ṭhaka m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. paurandaka)

pauraṃdhra

1. pauraṃdhra mfn. (fr. puraṃdhri) belonging to a woman, feminine Viddh

paurava

1. paurava mf(ī)n. (fr. pūru) belonging to or descended from Pūru MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 168, Vartt. 3 Pat.)
2. m. a descendant of Paurava ib. &c
3. pl. the race of Paurava Śak. Pur
4. N. of a people in the north or north-east of India MBh. R. Var. (vḷ. paulava)
5. (ī), f. N. of the wife of Vasu-deva or of Yudhi-shṭhira Pur
6. (in music) N. of a Mūrchanā or a Rāga

⋙pauravatantava

1. ○tantava See para-p"ṣ-t○ (p. 587, col. 1)

≫pauravaka

1. pauravaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh

≫pauravīya

1. pauravīya mfn. devoted to Pūru Pāṇ. 4-3, 100 Sch

pauraścaraṇika

1. pauraścaraṇika mfn. (fr. puraś-caraṇa) Pāṇ. 4-3, 72

≫paurastya

1. paurastya mf(ā)n. (fr. puras) situated in front, foremost Ragh. BhP
2. eastern (-pavana m. east wind Kathās.)
3. pl. the people in the east (= gauḍa) Kāvyâd

paurāṇa

1. paurāṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. purāṇa) relating to the past or to former times, previous, ancient, primeval, Paurānic MBh. Hariv. R

⋙paurāṇika

1. paurāḍṇika mf(ī)n. id. Kāv. Pur. Suśr
2. versed in ancient legends and stories MBh. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60)
3. of the value of one Purāṇa (coin) Saṃskārak
4. m. a Brāhman well read in the Purāṇas, a mythologist W

paurika

1. paurika See above

pauriṇa

1. pauriṇa wṛ. for pauraṇa

pauru

1. pauru Vṛiddhi form of puru in comp

⋙paurukutsa

1. ○kutsa m. patr. of Trasa-dasyu Br. MBh. &c. (ī f. Hariv.)

⋙paurukutsi

1. ○kutsi (paúru-),

⋙paurukutsya

1. ○kutsyá m. id. RV

⋙paurumadga

1. ○madga n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. (wṛ. -mahna)

⋙paurumīḍha

1. ○mīḍha or n. N. of a Sāman ŚrS

⋙paurumīḻha

1. ○mīḻha n. N. of a Sāman ŚrS

⋙pauruśiṣṭi

1. ○śiṣṭi m. N. of a teacher TĀr

⋙pauruhanmana

1. ○hanmana n. N. of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy

⋙pauruhūta

1. ○hūta mfn. belonging to Puruhūta i.e. Indra Śak

⋙paurūravasa

1. paurūravasa mfn. belonging or relating to Purū-ravas MBh
2. m. patr. fr. purūravas ĀśvŚr. (wṛ. pauroravasa)

pauruṣa

1. pauruṣá mf(ī)n. (fr. puruṣa) manly, human ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. belonging or sacred to Purusha RPrāt. Mn. MBh. &c
3. = puruṣa-dvayasa, -daghna or -mātra Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 ; 38
4. m. a weight or load which can be carried by one man Mn. viii, 404 (Kull.)
5. N. of a Rākshasa VP. (vḷ. pauruṣeya)
6. (ī), f. a woman ŚāṅkhŚr
7. a period of 3 hours (= yāma) HPariś
8. n. manhood, virility (opp. to strītva) R
9. manliness, manly strength or courage or deed, valour, heroism MBh. Kāv. &c
10. force (opp. to buddhi, 'intellect') Kathās
11. a man's length VarBṛS
12. a generation ĀśvŚr. MārkP
13. semen virile L
14. the penis Suśr
15. a sun-dial L

⋙pauruṣatā

1. ○tā f. and manhood, manly strength or spirit W

⋙pauruṣatva

1. ○tva n. manhood, manly strength or spirit W

≫pauruṣa

1. pauruṣa Vṛiddhi form of puruṣa in comp

⋙pauruṣamedhika

1. ○medhika (paúr○), mfn. relating or belonging to a human sacrifice ŚrS

⋙pauruṣavidhika

1. ○vidhika mfn. man-like, human Nir

⋙pauruṣāda

1. pauruṣāda mfn. relating or peculiar to man-eaters or cannibals Hariv

⋙pauruṣāsakin

1. pauruṣāsakin m. pl. the school of Purushāsaka, g. śaunakâdi (Kāś. vḷ. ○ṣāṃsakin)

≫pauruṣika

1. pauruṣika m. a worshipper of Purusha BhP

≫pauruṣeya

1. paúruṣeya mf(ī)n. relating to or derived from or made by man, human RV. VS. AV. Br. MBh. [Page 651, Column]
2. coming from the soul, spiritual Kap. Sch
3. m. a hireling, day-labourer SaddhP
4. = samūha, vadha or puruṣasya padântaram (?) L
5. N. of a Rākshasa BhP
6. n. human action, the work of man AV

⋙pauruṣeyatva

1. ○tva n. human nature or origin Jaim. Sch

⋙pauruṣeyavedavādin

1. ○veda-vādin m. one who asserts the human origin of the Veda Sarvad

≫pauruṣya

1. pauruṣya mfn. relating to Purusha VPrāt
2. n. manliness, manly strength or courage, heroism MārkP

paureya

1. paureya mfn. (fr. pūra), g. sakhyādi

pauro

1. pauro Vṛiddhi form of puro = puras in comp

⋙paurogava

1. ○gava m. an overseer or superintendent of a royal household, (esp.) the inspector of the royal kitchen MBh. Hariv. Rājat

⋙paurodāśa

1. ○dāśá m. relating to the Puroḍāśa (s.v.) ŚBr
2. m. a Mantra recited upon making the Puroḍāśa oblation Siddh
3. ○śika mf(ī)n. fr. prec. KātyŚr. Sch. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 70 Sch.)
4. ○śīya mfn. ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙paurodhasa

1. ○dhasa m. patr. fr. puro-dhas Saṃskārak
2. the office of the Purohita BhP

⋙paurobhāgya

1. ○bhāgya n. envy, malice Kālid

⋙paurohita

1. ○hita mf(ī)n. belonging to or proceeding from a Purohita MārkP

⋙paurohitika

1. ○hitika m. metron. fr. puro-hitikā g. śivâdi

⋙paurohitya

1. ○hitya mfn. belonging to the family of a Purohita ĀśvŚr
2. n. the office of a recited Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c

paurṇa

1. paurṇa Vṛiddhi form of pūrṇa in comp

⋙paurṇadarva

1. ○darva n. = pūrṇa-d○ ĀśvŚr

⋙paurṇamāsa

1. ○māsá mf(ī)n. relating to the full moon, usual or customary at full moon, having the fṭfull moon ŚBr. &c. &c
2. mṇ. full moon sacrifice AV. &c. &c. (-dharma m. the duty or rule of the full moon sacrṭsacrifice KātyŚr
3. -vat ind. like (at) the full moon sacrṭsacrifice ib
4. -sthālī-pāka-prayoga m. ○sêṣṭi f. and ○sêṣṭi-prayoga, m. N. of wks.)
5. m. patr. of a man Saṃskārak
6. of a son of Marīci and Sambhūti Pur
7. of a prince of the Āndhra dynasty ib
8. n. a day of full moon GṛŚrS. MBh
9. (ī), f. a day or night of full moon
10. (○sy-adhikaraṇa n. N. of wk.)
11. ○saka m. full moon sacrifice AgP
12. ○sāyana n. a kind of full moon sacrṭsacrifice SāṅkhŚr
13. ○sika mf(ī)n. used for the full moon sacrṭsacrifice KātyŚr. Sch
14. ○sya n. a full moon sacrṭsacrifice ib. MBh

⋙paurṇavatsa

1. ○vatsa m.pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda AV.Pariś

⋙paurṇasaugandhi

1. ○saugandhi m. patr. fr. pūrṇa-saugandha Saṃskārak

≫paurṇamī

1. paurṇamī f. a day of full moon (= pūrṇimā) L

≫paurṇima

1. paurṇima m. (fr. pūrṇimā) an ascetic
2. (ā), f. prec. W

paurta

1. paurta mfn. (fr. pūrta) with karman n. a meritorious or charitable work (such as feeding Brāhmans, digging wells &c.) MBh. MārkP

≫paurti

1. paurti m. patr. fr. pūrta Pat

≫paurtika

1. paurtika mfn. relating to a charitable or meritorious work Mn. Hcat

paurya

1. paurya patr. fr. pura g. kurv-ādi

paurva

1. paurva mf(ī)n. (fr. pūrva) relating or belonging to the past
2. relating to the east, eastern W

≫paurva

1. paurva Vṛiddhi form of pūrva in comp

⋙paurvakālya

1. ○kālya n. priority of time Pat

⋙paurvajanmika

1. ○janmika mfn. done in a former life Vajracch

⋙paurvadehika

1. ○dehika or mfn. belonging to or derived from a former body or a, former existence, done in a fṭformer life Yājñ. MBh. Hariv

⋙paurvadaihika

1. ○daihika mfn. belonging to or derived from a former body or a, former existence, done in a fṭformer life Yājñ. MBh. Hariv

⋙paurvanagareya

1. ○nagareya mfn. fr. pūrva-nagarī g. nady-ādi

⋙paurvapañcālaka

1. ○pañcālaka mfn. = pūrvaḥ pañcālānām Pāṇ. 7-3, 13 Sch

⋙paurvapadika

1. ○padika mfn. seizing by the fore-foot (?) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 39
2. relating to the first member of a compound Pat. (cf. auttarap○)

⋙paurvabhaktika

1. ○bhaktika mf(ī)n. taken before eating Car

⋙paurvamadrika

1. ○madrika mfn. fr. pūrva-madra Pāṇ. 4-2, 108 Kāś

⋙paurvavarṣika

1. ○varṣika mfn. = pūrvāsu varṣāsu bhavaḥ ib. vii, 3, 11 Sch

⋙paurvaśāla

1. ○śāla mfn. = pūrvasyāṃ śālāyām bhavaḥ ib. iv, 2, 107 Kāś

⋙paurvātitha

1. paurvātitha m. patr. fr. pūrvâtithi, Prav
2. n. N. of a Sāman Br

⋙paurvāparya

1. paurvāparya n. priority and posteriority, the relation of prior and posterior, succession, continuity Lāṭy. Śaṃk. &c

⋙paurvārdhaka

1. paurvārdhaka or mfn. living or situated on the eastern side of (gen.) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙paurvārdhika

1. paurvārḍdhika mfn. living or situated on the eastern side of (gen.) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙paurvāhṇika

1. paurvāhṇika mfn. (wṛ. ○hnika) relating to the morning, produced in the forenoon, matutinal KātyŚr. MBh. &c

≫paurvika

1. paurvika mf(ī)n. former, prior, ancient, old, ancestral Mn. MBh. &c
2. (ī), f. an ancestress MBh

paula

1. paula m. sg. and pl. patr. Saṃskārak

⋙paulahasti

1. ○hasti m. patr. ib

paulava

1. paulava vḷ. for paurava, q.v. [Page 652, Column]

paulastya

1. paulastya mfn. relating to or descended from Pulasti or Pulastya R
2. m. patr. of Kubera or Rāvaṇa MBh. Hariv. R
3. of Vibhīshaṇa L
4. (pl.) the brothers of Dur-yodhana MBh
5. (pl.) a race of Rākshasas L
6. the moon L
7. N. of an author
8. (-smṛti f. N. of wk.)
9. wṛ. for paurastya Kathās
10. (○stī). f. patr. of Sūrpa-ṇakhā (the sister of Rāvaṇa) L

paulāka

1. paulāka mfn. (fr. pūlāka), g. palāśâdi

paulāsa

1. paulāsa mfn. (fr. pūlāsa), g. saṃkalâdi

pauli

1. pauli m. grain half dressed or scorched or fried with ghee and made into a sort of cake L
2. patr. (also pl.) Saṃskārak

≫paulikā

1. paulikā f. a kind of cake L. (vḷ. polikā)

paulinya

1. paulinya mfn. (fr. pulina), g. saṃkāśâdi

pauliśa

1. pauliśa mfn. derived from or composed by Puliśa
2. -mata n. -siddhânta m. N. of astron. wks

pauluṣi

1. paúluṣi m. (fr. puluṣa) patr. of Satya-yajña ŚBr

pauloma

1. pauloma mfn. relating to or treating of Pulomā (N. of the 4th-12th Adhyāyas of MBh. i
2. IW. 371, n. 1)
3. relating to Puloman or Pulomā or Pulomī MBh. Hariv
4. m. N. of a Ṛishi Hariv
5. (pl.) of a class of demons KaushUp. MBh. &c
6. (ī), f. See next

≫paulomī

1. paulomī f. 'daughter of Puloman', N. of the wife of Indra Kāv. Pur
2. of the wife of Bhṛigu (cf. pulomā) VāyuP

⋙paulomīpati

1. ○pati m. 'lord or husband of Paulomī', N. of Indra Bhām

⋙paulomīvallabha

1. ○vallabha m. 'lover of PṭPaulomī', N. of Indra Bālar

⋙paulomīśa

1. paulomī7śa m. = ○mi-pati L

paulkasa

1. paulkasá m. (= pulkasa) the son of a Nishāda or of a Śūdra father and of a Kshatriyā mother VS. ŚBr. &c

pauṣa

1. pauṣa mf(ī), n. relating to or occurring at the time when the moon is in the asterism Pushya Ragh. Var
2. m. the month Pausha (December-January, when the full moon is in the asterism Pushya) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
3. N. of the 3rd year in the 12 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS
4. (ī), f. the night or day of full moon in the month Pausha Kauś
5. n. a festival or a partic. festival L
6. a fight, combat L
7. N. of sev. Sāmans Br

⋙pauṣamāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫pauṣya

1. pauṣya mfn. relating to the asterism Pushya MBh
2. relating to king Paushya (○ṣyôpâkhyāna n. N. of MBh. i, 3
3. IW. 371, n. 1)
4. m. N. of a prince (the son of Pūshan and king of Karaviirapura) MBh

pauṣadha

1. pauṣadha m. (cf. poṣadha) a fasting day Kalpas. HPariś. (also -dina n.)

pauṣkajiti

1. pauṣkajiti m. patr. (fr. puṣkajit?) Saṃskārak

pauṣkara

1. pauṣkara mf(ī)n. relating to or made of or connected with the blue lotus MBh. Hariv. Pur
2. (m. with or scil. prādur-bhāva, 'the appearance of Vishṇu in the form of a lotus flower' Hariv.)
3. relating to or derived from Costus Speciosus or Costus Arabicus
4. n. the √(with or sc. mūla) or fruit of Costus SpṭSpeciosus or Arc Suśr. L
5. N. of wk

⋙pauṣkaratantra

1. ○tantra n

⋙pauṣkarasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. N. of wks

≫pauṣkaraka

1. pauṣkaraka mfn. = pauṣkara (also with prādur-bhāva) Hariv

≫pauṣkarasādi

1. pauṣkarasādi m. (fr. puṣkara-sad) N. of a grammarian TPrāt

≫pauṣkariṇī

1. pauṣkariṇī f. = puṣkariṇī, a lotus pool L

≫pauṣkareyaka

1. pauṣkareyaka mfn. g. kattry-ādi

pauṣkala

1. pauṣkala m. (fr. puṣkala) a species of grain MārkP
2. n. N. of sev. Sāmans Br

≫pauṣkalāvata

1. pauṣkalāvata m. (fr. puṣkalā-vatī) N. of a physician Suśr
2. mfn. derived from or composed by PaushkṭPaushkalāvata ib

≫pauṣkaleyaka

1. pauṣkaleyaka mfn. g. kattry-ādi

≫pauṣkalya

1. pauṣkalya n. full growth, maturity, complete development BhP

pauṣki

1. pauṣki m. patron. (Kāś., vḷ. in g. taulvaly-ādi)

pauṣṭika

1. pauṣṭika mf(ī)n. (fr. puṣṭi) relating to growth or welfare, nourishing, invigorating, furthering, promoting (with gen.) Gṛihyās. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 652, Column]
2. n. a cloth worn during the ceremony of tonsure L

≫pauṣṭī

1. pauṣṭī f. (fr. puṣṭa?) N. of the wife of Pūru MBh

pauṣṭhimera

1. pauṣṭhimera m. patron. Saṃskārak

pauṣṇa

1. pauṣṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. pūṣan) belonging or relating or sacred to Pūshan VS. TS. Br. ŚrS
2. relating to the sun Jyot
3. n. the Nakshatra Revatī Var. (wṛ. ○ṇya)

≫pauṣṇāvata

1. pauṣṇāvata m. pl. patron Saṃskārak. (prob. wṛ. for pauṣtāvata fr. puṣṭā-vat)

pauṣpa

1. pauṣpa mf(ī)n. (fr. puṣpa) relating to or coming from or made of flowers, flowery, floral Kāv. Pur. (often wṛ. for pauṣya MBh.)
2. (ī), f. N. of the city of Pāṭali-putra (= puṣpa-purī) L

≫pauṣpaka

1. pauṣpaka mfn. = pauṣpa Hcat
2. n. oxide of brass considered as a collyrium, green vitriol L

≫pauṣpaketava

1. pauṣpaketava mfn. (fr. puṣpa-ketu) relating to the god of love Bālar

≫pauṣpāyaṇa

1. pauṣpāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pauṣpi g. taulvaly-ādi

≫pauṣpi

1. pauṣpi m. patr. fr. puṣpa ib

≫pauṣpīya

1. pauṣpīya mfn. fr. pauṣpi Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

pauṣpañji

1. pauṣpañji or ○piñji m. patr. of a teacher VāyuP
2. ○piñjin m. pl. his disciples ib

pauṣpiṇḍi

1. pauṣpiṇḍi or ○piṇḍya or ○pidya (?), m. N. of an ancient teacher Cat

pauṣya

1. pauṣya See under pauṣa

pauṣyañji

1. pauṣyañji ○yiñji vḷ. or wṛ. for pauṣpañji, ○piñji

pauskara

1. pauskara wṛ. for pauṣkara

pnā

1. pnā f. the braided hair of Śiva L

pyāṭ

1. pyāṭ ind. a particle used in calling, ho! hallo! L. (cf. g. câdi)

pyāy

1. pyāy See pyai below

pyukṣṇa

1. pyukṣṇa m. or n. a covering for a bow (made of sinews or of the skin of a serpent
2. only -veṣṭitaṃ dhanuḥ) ŚBr. KātyŚr

pyuṣ

1. pyuṣ cl. 4. 10. P. pyuṣyati, pyoṣayati vḷ. for vyuṣ Dhātup. xxvi, 7

pyus

1. pyus cl.4.P. pyusyati vḷ. for vyuṣ Dhātup. xxvi, 106

pyai

1. pyai or pyāy, cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 68 ; xiv, 17) pyā́yate (pf. papye Gr
2. aor. apyāyi ib
3. apyāsam AitĀr
4. Prec. pyāyiṣīmahi or pyāsiṣīmahi AV. VS. Br
5. fut. pyāsyate or pyāyiṣyate Gr
6. pyātā, pyāyitā ib.), to swell, be exuberant, overflow: Caus. pyāyáyati, ○te AV. &c
7. (Pass. pyāyyáte Br.) to make overflow, fill up (mostly in comp. with ā-, See ā-pyai
8. √.pi, pī)

≫pyāta

1. pyāta (TS.) or (Gr.), mfn. fat, swollen (= pīna)

⋙pyāna

1. pyāna (Gr.), mfn. fat, swollen (= pīna)

≫pyāyana

1. pyāyana mfn. causing to thrive, promoting growth or increase, invigorating Nir
2. n. growth, increase Vop

≫pyāyita

1. pyāyita mfn. fat
2. grown fat
3. increased
4. strengthened, refreshed (= pīna) MW

pra

1. prá ind. before
2. forward, in front, on, forth (mostly in connection with a verb, esp. with a verb of motion which is often to be supplied
3. sometimes repeated before the verb, Pāṇ. 8-1, 6
4. rarely as a separate word, e.g. AitBr. ii, 40)
5. as a prefix to subst. = forth, away, cf. pra-vṛtti, pra-sthāna
6. as pref. to adj. = excessively, very, much, cf. pra-caṇḍa, pra-matta
7. in nouns of relationship = great-, cf. pra-pitāmaha, pra-pautra
8. ('according to native lexicographers it may be used in the senses of gati, ā-rambha, ut-karṣa, sarvato-bhāva, prāthamya, khyāti, ut-patti, vy-avahāra) RV. &c. &c. [Cf. puras, purā, pūrva ; Zd. fra
9. Gk. ? ; Lat. pro ; Slav. pra-, pro- ; Lith. pra- ; [652,] Goth. faúr, faúra ; Germ. vor ; Eng. fore.]

pra

1. pra mfn. (√pṝ or prā) filling, fulfilling
2. (n. fulfilment, ifc
3. cf. ākūti-, kakṣya-, kāma-)
4. like, resembling (ifc
5. cf. ikṣu-, kṣura-). [Page 652, Column]

prauga

1. prá-�ga n. (prob. fr. pra-yuga) the forepart of the shafts of a chariot RV. (cf. hiraṇya-p○) TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr
2. a triangle MānGṛ. Śulbas
3. mṇ.= -śastra RV. VS. Br. ŚrS

⋙praugacit

1. prá-�ga--cít mfn. piled up or arranged in the form of a triangle ŚBr

⋙praugaciti

1. prá-�ga--cíti f. arrangement in the forepart of a triangle MaitrS

⋙praugaśastra

1. prá-�ga--śastra n. N. of the second Śastra or hymn at the morning libation Vait
2. N. of wk

⋙praugastotra

1. prá-�ga--stotra n. N. of a partic. Stotra ib

⋙praugādhyāya

1. pra�gâdhyāya m. N. of wk

≫praugya

1. pra-�gyá mfn. being at or on the forepart of the shafts of a chariot ŚBr

prakaṅkata

1. pra-kaṅkatá m. a partic. venomous worm or reptile RV

prakaca

1. pra-kaca mfn. (prob.) having the hair erect L. (cf. ut-k○, vi-k○)

prakaṭa

1. pra-kaṭa mf(ā)n. (according to Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 fr. pra + affix kaṭa
2. but prob. Prākr. = pra-kṛta, cf. ava-k○, ut-k○, ni-k○, vi-k○, saṃ-k○), evident, clear, manifest, open, plain, public Sūryas. Kāv. Kathās. (prakaṭah so'stu, 'let him show himself') Pur. &c
3. m. N. of a Śaiva philosopher Cat
4. ibc. and (am), ind. evidently, visibly, openly, in public Var. Kathās. Pañc
5. -prīti-vardhana m. 'evidently increaser of joy', N. of Śiva Śivag
6. -raktânta-nayana mfn. having the eye-corners visibly red Pañc
7. -vaikṛta mf(ā)n. openly inimical Rājat
8. -śīrṣa mfn. bearing the head uplifted Mṛicch
9. ○tâprakaṭa mf(ā)n. open and not open L

≫prakaṭa

1. pra-kaṭa Nom. P. ○ṭati (pr.p. ○ṭat), to appear, become manifest Hariv

⋙prakaṭana

1. pra-ḍkaṭana n. manifesting, bringing to light ŚārṅgP

⋙prakaṭaya

1. pra-ḍkaṭaya Nom.P. ○yati, to manifest, disclose, evince, display Kāv. Pur

⋙prakaṭāya

1. pra-ḍkaṭāya Nom. P. ○yati, to manifest, reveal, proclaim VarP

⋙prakaṭita

1. pra-ḍkaṭita mfn. manifested, unfolded, proclaimed, public, evident, clear Kāv. Pur
2. -hatâśeṣa-tamas mfn. having openly destroyed utter darkness Kāv

⋙prakaṭī

1. pra-ḍkaṭī ind. (= ○kaṭa) in -karaṇa n. making visible, manifesting, proclaiming Cat
2. -√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to manifest, unfold, display Kāv. Pañc. &c
3. -kṛta mfn. manifested, shown, displayed Kāv. Pur
4. -√bhū (ind. p. -bhūya), to become manifest, appear Kāv. Kathās
5. -bhūta mfn. manifest, open, plain Kāv. Pur. Pañc

prakaṇva

1. pra-kaṇva m. 'freed from evil' (?), N. of a place Pāṇ. 6-?153 Kāś

prakath

1. pra-√kath P. -kathayati (ind. p. kathayya Pāṇ. 6-4, 56 Sch.), to announce, proclaim R

⋙prakathana

1. pra-ḍkathana n. announcing, proclaiming Pāṇ. 1-3, 32 (am, ind. enclit. after a finite word, g. gotrâdi)

prakamana

1. pra-kamana n. (√2. kam) Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙prakamanīya

1. pra-ḍkamanīya mfn. ib

prakamp

1. pra-√kamp Ā. -kampate, to tremble, shake, quiver MBh. R
2. to become lax, be loosened Suśr
3. to vibrate (said of sound) RPrāt.: Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble R. BhP
4. to swing, wave, brandish, shake Br. KātyŚr

⋙prakampa

1. pra-ḍkampa mfn. trembling R
2. m. (ifc. f. ā) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering &c. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙prakampana

1. pra-ḍkampana mf(ā, or ī)n. trembling violently W
2. m. wind, air Śiś
3. N. of a hell L
4. of an Asura Kathās
5. n. great trembling, violent or excessive motion MBh. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch.)

⋙prakampanīya

1. pra-ḍkampanīya mfn. to be made to tremble Vop

⋙prakampita

1. pra-ḍkámpita (!), mfn. trembling, quaking Suparṇ. R
2. (fr. Caus.) made to tremble, shaken Bhaṭṭ
3. n. trembling or violent motion Var

⋙prakampin

1. pra-ḍkampin mfn. trembling, moving to and fro MārkP

⋙prakampya

1. pra-ḍkampya mfn. to be caused to tremble or shake R. (cf. duṣ-prak○)

prakara

1. pra-kara &c. See pra-√kṛ

prakara

1. pra-kara See pra-√kṝ, p. 654

prakarṣa

1. pra-karṣa &c. See pra-√kṛṣ

prakal

1. pra-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive onwards, chase, pursue MBh
2. to drive out (cattle for grazing) Gobh
3. to urge on, incite Kāṭh

⋙prakālana

1. pra-ḍkālana mfn. driving on, chasing, pursuing MBh. Hariv
2. m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki MBh

prakalā

1. pra-kalā f. part of a part, a minute portion L

⋙prakalavid

1. prakala-víd mfn. knowing very little, ignorant RV. vii, 18, 15 (Sāy
2. = vaṇij Nir.)

prakalpaka

1. pra-kalpaka ○pana &c. See pra √kḷp. [Page 653, Column]

prakalyāṇa

1. pra-kalyāṇa mfn. very excellent Śivag

prakaśa

1. pra-kaśá m. the thong or lash of a whip AV
2. the urethra (cf. niruddha-p○) Suśr
3. hurting, killing W

prakas

1. pra-√kas Caus. -kāsayati, to drive away Dhūrtas. (in Prākr.)
2. to cause to bloom Ghaṭ

prakāṅkṣ

1. pra-√kāṅkṣ P. -kāṅkṣati, to wish for, desire Suśr
2. to watch, lie in wait, waylay MBh

⋙prakāṅkaṅkṣā

1. pra-√kāṅḍkaṅkṣā f. desire of food, appetite Car

prakāṇḍa

1. pra-kāṇḍa m. n. the stem or trunk of a tree from the √to the branches Śiś. ix, 45
2. a branch, shoot W
3. (ifc.) anything excellent of its kind Mcar. Bālar. Naish. (cf. go-, -mantri-
4. also ○ḍaka Bhaṭṭ.)
5. m. the upper part of the arm L. (cf. pra-gaṇḍa)

⋙prakāṇḍara

1. prakāṇḍara m. a tree L

prakāma

1. pra-kāmá m. joy, delight VS
2. pl. objects of desire R
3. ibc. and am, or -tas ind. with delight, willingly, according to desire, sufficiently, very much, indeed MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙prakāmabhuj

1. ○bhuj mfn. eating till satisfied, eating enough Ragh

⋙prakāmavikasat

1. ○vikasat mfn. expanding or blooming abundantly Amar

⋙prakāmavinata

1. ○vinata mfn. quite drooping Śak

⋙prakāmavistāra

1. ○vistāra m. great expansiveness Ragh

⋙prakāmāntastapta

1. prakāmântastapta mfn. internally consumed by heat Mṛicch

⋙prakāmālokanīyatā

1. prakāmâlokanīyatā f. the being an object that may be viewed at pleasure Kum

⋙prakāmodya

1. prakāmốdya n. talking to the heart's content, talkativeness VS. ŚBr

prakāra

1. pra-kāra &c. See pra-√kṛ

prakāś

1. pra-√kāś Ā. -kāśate (ep. also P. ○tī), to become visible, appear, shine, become evident or manifest Up. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -kāśayati (rarely ○te), to make visible, cause to appear or shine, illumine, irradiate, show, display, manifest, reveal, impart, proclaim ib.: Intens. (only pr.p. -cākaśat) to illumine (and) to survey RV. iv, 53, 4

⋙prakāśa

1. pra-ḍkāśa mfn. visible, shining, bright ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. &c
2. clear, manifest, open, public Mn. MBh. &c. (nāmadheyam prakāśaṃ kṛtvā, 'pronouncing a name out loud' ŚāṅkhGṛ.)
3. expanded W
4. universally noted, famous, celebrated for (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kālid
5. renowned throughout (comp.) Ragh
6. (ifc.) having the appearance of, looking like, resembling MBh. R. &c
7. ibc. and (am), ind. openly, publicly, before the eyes of all Mn. MBh. &c. (○śaṃ nâbhyudaikṣata, 'he did not look up openly' R.)
8. aloud, audibly (esp. in dram., opp. to ātma-gatam, sva-gatam &c.)
9. m. clearness, brightness, splendour, lustre, light RV. &c. &c
10. (fig.) light, elucidation, explanation (esp. at the end of titles of explanatory works, e.g. kāvya-, tarka- &c.)
11. appearance, display. manifestation, expansion, diffusion MBh. Kāv. Sāh
12. publicity, fame, renown, glory Hariv
13. sunshine open spot or air MBh. Śak. MārkP. (e ind. openly, publicly, before the world, ifc. in the presence of MBh. Prab.)
14. the gloss on the upper part of a (horse's) body VS. (Mahīdh)
15. wṛ. for prāk○ TBr
16. a chapter, section, Cat
17. N. of sev. wks. ib
18. laughter L
19. N. of a Brāhman (son of Tamas) MBh
20. of Manu Raivata Hariv
21. (pl.) the messengers of Vishṇu L
22. n. bell-metal, brass L
23. -kartṛ m. 'light-maker', N. of the sun MBh
24. -karman m. 'whose work is to give light', N. of the sun MBh
25. -kāma mfn. wishing for renown ĀśvŚr
26. -kraya m. a purchase made publicly MW
27. -tā f. brightness, brilliance, splendour Yājñ. Pañcat
28. publicity (○tāṃ-√gam, to become known or public Mudr.)
29. renown MBh
30. -tva n. clearness, brightness Naish. Sch
31. appearance, manifestation (sva-, 'of one's self') Sāh
32. celebrity, renown MBh
33. -datta m. N. of a poet Cat
34. -devii f. N. of a princess Rājat
35. -dhara m. N. of an author Cat
36. -nārī f. 'public woman', a prostitute Mṛicch
37. -vañcaka m. 'open rogue, a public deceiver or cheat MW
38. -vat mfn. (-vat-tva n.) bright, brilliant, shining ChUp. Ragh. Sch. Śaṃk
39. m. N. of one of the feet of Brahmā ChUp
40. -varṣa m. N. of a poet Cat
41. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. -saptati f. -sūtra n. N. of wks
42. ○śâkāśa-kānti mfn. bright as a clear sky MW
43. ○śâtmaka mfn. = ○śâtman (○ka-tva n. the possession of a brilliant nature or character, brilliancy) Śaṃk
44. ○śâtman mfn. brilliant in character or nature, brilliant, shining Sūryas
45. m. N. of Śiva Śivag
46. the sun L
47. N. of sev. men and authors (also with yati and svāmin) Cat
48. ○śâditya m. and ○śânanda m. N. of authors Cat
49. ○śī-karaṇa n. giving light, illuminating R
50. ○śī-√kṛ P. Ā. to give light, illumine Var. [Page 653, Column]
51. to publish, make known Hariv
52. ○śī-bhāva m. the becoming light, morning twilight Nir
53. ○śêtara mfn. 'other than visible', invisible Śak
54. ○śêndra m. N. of a man (the father of Kshemêndra) Cat
55. ○śôdaya m. N. of wk

⋙prakāśaka

1. pra-ḍkāśaka mf(ikā)n. clear, bright, shining, brilliant Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. MBh
2. universally known, renowned Rājat
3. irradiating, illuminating, giving light BhP. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. MBh. &c
4. making clear, illustrating, explaining Sarvad. Śaṃk
5. making apparent or manifest, disclosing, discovering, publishing, evincing, betraying Sāh. MārkP
6. indicating, expressing L
7. m. 'light-giver', the sun Kathās
8. (ikā), f. N. of sev. Comms
9. n. bell-metal, brass L
10. ○ka-jñātṛ and -prajñātṛ m. 'knowing the giver of light, i.e. the sun', a cock L
11. ○ka-tva n. illustration, explanation Vedântas

⋙prakāśana

1. pra-ḍkāśana mfn. illuminating, giving light RāmatUp. MBh
2. (ā), f. teaching L
3. n. illuminating, giving light
4. causing to appear, displaying, bringing to light, publicly showing or manifesting Nir. MBh. Suśr. &c
5. -vat mfn. irradiating, illuminating Nir

⋙prakāśanīya

1. pra-ḍkāśanīya mfn. to be displayed, to be shown or manifested MW

⋙prakāśita

1. pra-ḍkāśita mfn. become visible, brought to light, clear, manifest, apparent, evident
2. displayed, unfolded, discovered
3. illumined, enlightened, irradiated
4. published, promulgated MBh. R. Suśr. &c
5. -viruddha-tā f. and ○ddha-tva n. (in rhet.) a partic. awkwardness in expression (saying something at variance with what ought to be said) Sāh

⋙prakāśin

1. pra-ḍkāśin mfn. visible, clear, bright, shining MBh. Hariv
2. making visible or manifest Pañcat
3. ○śi-tā f. and -tva n. clearness, brightness, brilliance, light MBh

⋙prakāśya

1. pra-ḍkāśya mfn. to be brought to light or made manifest Sāṃkhyak. Saṃk. Sāh
2. n. wṛ. for prāk○, q.v. MBh. R. MārkP
3. -tā f. the being manifest, publicity Rājat

prakiraṇa

1. pra-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pra-√kṝ

prakīrt

1. pra-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to announce, proclaim, declare, call, name, state, approve Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

⋙prakīrtana

1. pra-ḍkīrtana n. announcing, proclaiming, extolling, praising MBh. MārkP
2. (ā), f. mentioning, naming Nir

⋙prakīrti

1. pra-ḍkīrti f. celebration, declaration Bhag

⋙prakīrtita

1. pra-ḍkīrtita mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Yājñ
2. named, called Mn. Pañc
3. approved, praised, celebrated Yājñ. Pañc

prakuñca

1. pra-kuñca m. (cf. kuñci) a partic. measure of capacity (somewhat more or less than a handful) Suśr
2. = pala Car

prakuṭ

1. pra-√kuṭ (only ind. p. -kuṭya), to cut or carve (meat) into small pieces MBh

prakuthita

1. pra-kuthita mfn. (√kuth) putrid, putrescent Suśr

⋙prakotha

1. pra-ḍkotha m. putrefaction, putridity ib
2. mfn. in ○thôdaka n. filthy water ib

prakup

1. pra-√kup P. -kupyati, to be moved or agitated
2. to become enraged, fly into a passion MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -kopayati, to set in motion, agitate, excite, provoke to anger Mn. MBh. &c

⋙prakupita

1. pra-ḍkupita (prá-), mfn. moved, agitated, shaken RV. ii, 12, 2
2. very angry, incensed, enraged Mn. Yājñ. &c

⋙prakupta

1. pra-ḍkupta mfn. enraged, incensed Vikr. iv, 57

⋙prakopa

1. pra-ḍkopa m. effervescence, excitement, raging (of diseases, war &c.) Var. Rājat
2. tumult, insurrection Hit
3. violent anger, rage, fury, wrath, ire Mn. MBh. &c
4. (in med.) excess, superabundance, vitiation Suśr

⋙prakopaṇa

1. pra-ḍkopaṇa or mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus

⋙prakopana

1. pra-ḍkopana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus
2. Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.) exciting, irritating, provoking Suśr
3. n. anything irritating, irritation ib
4. provoking, exasperating, incensing MBh. Hit

⋙prakopaṇīya

1. pra-ḍkopaṇīya or mfn. to be irritated or provoked Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

⋙prakopanīya

1. pra-ḍkopanīya mfn. to be irritated or provoked Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

⋙prakopita

1. pra-ḍkopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) irritated, provoked, enraged R

⋙prakopitṛ

1. pra-ḍkopitṛ mfn. exciting, disquieting, disturbing (ifc.) MBh

⋙prakopin

1. pra-ḍkopin mfn. irritated Car
2. (ifc.) irritating, stimulating ib

prakubratā

1. prakubrátā f. (of unknown etym. and meaning) ŚBr

prakula

1. pra-kula n. a handsome or excellent body L. (vḷ. pra-hvala)

prakūj

1. pra-√kūj P. -kūjati, to utter groans Car

⋙prakūjana

1. pra-ḍkūjana n. groaning ib

prakūṭā

1. pra-kūṭā f. See paca-prak○ under 2. paca, p. 575, col. 2. [Page 653, Column]

prakūrd

1. pra-√kūrd P. -kūrdati, to jump forward, leap about Pañc

prakūṣmāṇḍi

1. pra-kūṣmāṇḍi f. N. of Durgā L

prakṛ

1. pra-kṛ √1. P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, -kṛṇoti, ○ṇute &c., to make, produce, accomplish, perform, achieve, effect RV. &c. &c
2. to make into, render (with double acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
3. (with dārān) to take to wife, marry MBh
4. to appoint, charge with (loc.) PārGṛ. Mn. Yājñ
5. to enable to, make fit for (inf.) RV
6. to remove, destroy, kill AV. Hariv
7. (only Ā. by Pāṇ. 1-3, 32) to violate, pollute (a girl) Mn. viii, 370
8. (Ā.) to induce, move, incline RV
9. to make a person perform anything PārGṛ
10. (with manas, or buddhim) to set the heart upon, make up the mind to (dat. or loc.), resolve, determine Mn. MBh. R
11. to gain, win, conquer RV
12. to lay out, expend Pāṇ. 1-3, 32
13. to put forward, mention first, make the subject of discussion ib
14. to serve, honour, worship Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to be made or prepared Gaut

≫prakara

1. pra-kara mf(ī)n. (for 2. See pra-kṝ) doing much or well W
2. m. aid, friendship ib
3. usage, custom ib
4. respect ib
5. seduction ib
6. (ī), f. a kind of song Yājñ
7. an episodical interlude inserted in a drama to explain what follows Daśar. (also ○rikā Pratāp.)
8. theatrical dress or disguise W

⋙prakaraṇa

1. pra-ḍkaraṇa n. production, creation Hariv
2. treatment, discussion, explanation
3. treatise, monograph, book, chapter (esp. introduction or prologue) GṛŚrS. MBh. Sarvad
4. a subject, topic, question, matter, occasion, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c
5. (asminn eva "ṣraṇe, 'on this occasion' or 'in this connection' MBh
6. na ca "ṣraṇaṃ vetsi, 'nor do you know what is the matter' Kathās.)
7. a kind of drama with a fictitious plot (such as Mṛicch. Mālatīm. &c.) Sāh. (IW. 47 r)
8. treating with respect W
9. doing much or well ib
10. N. of wk. (cf. nyāyapr○)
11. -tas ind. occasionally Suśr
12. -tva n. Vedântas
13. -pañcikā f. -pāda m. -vādârtha m. N. of wks
14. -śas ind. according to species or kind (opp. to pṛthak-tvena) Nir
15. -sama m. a kind of sophism, an assertion by two opponents of some argument which has the same force of argument pro and con Nyāyas. Car
16. ○ṇī (or ○ṇikā), f. a drama of the same character as the Prakaraṇa but of less extent Sāh

⋙prakaraṇikā

1. pra-ḍkaraṇikā and See above

⋙prakarikā

1. pra-ḍkarikā See above

⋙prakartavya

1. pra-ḍkartavya mfn. to be prepared MBh
2. to be disclosed or brought to light Pañcat
3. to be appointed to (loc.) MBh

⋙prakartṛ

1. pra-ḍkartṛ mfn. one who causes MBh

≫prakāra

1. pra-kāra m. sort, kind, nature, class, species, way, mode, manner, APrāt. Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
2. kena "ṣreṇa, in what way? how? Pañc
3. ○raiḥ, in one way or another R
4. rāmāyaṇasya bhāratasya vā "ṣraḥ, a kind of R. or MBh. Rājat. (mostly ifc. mfn
5. cf. tri- 'of three kinds', nānā-, bahu-)
6. similitude or difference L
7. -ka mfn. = kāra ifc. (cf. tat-, niṣ-)
8. -tā f. speciality Bhāshāp
9. -vat mfn. belonging to a species Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch

⋙prakārya

1. pra-ḍkārya mfn. to be evinced or manifested Pañc

⋙prakṛta

1. pra-ḍkṛta mfn. made, done, produced, accomplished, prepared RV. &c. &c
2. appointed, charged KātyŚr
3. (ifc.) made or consisting of (tat-p○) Pāṇ. 5-4, 21
4. commenced, begun or one who has commenced or begun, iii, 4, 71
5. put forward, mentioned, under discussion or in question KātyŚr. Kathās. Sāh
6. (in rhet.) = upa-meya Kpr
7. wished, expected W
8. genuine, real MW
9. m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi
10. n. something begun L
11. original subject, present case MW
12. -tā (prakṛtá-), f. the being begun or in process of execution ŚBr
13. -tva n. the being the subject of discussion Śaṃk
14. the being offended Jātakam
15. ○târtha mfn. having the original sense
16. real, true Kathās
17. ○tôkta mfn. being spoken of as the original subject of discussion Sāh

⋙prakṛti

1. pra-ḍkṛti f. See next p

⋙prakriyā

1. pra-ḍkriyā f. producing, production Sarvad
2. procedure, way, manner MBh
3. a ceremony, observance, formality Hariv. Kathās. Rājat
4. precedence, high position, elevation, privilege MBh. Rājat. Kathās
5. the insignia of high rank Rājat
6. characterisation Nyāyas
7. a chapter (esp. the introductory chapter of a work) Śaṃk. Cat
8. (in med.) a prescription Bhpr
9. (in gram.) etymological formation
10. rules for the formation and inflection of words MW
11. -kaumudī (and ○dī-vṛtti), f. -"ṣñjana-ṭīkā (○kriyâñj○), f. -pradīpa m. -bhūṣaṇa n. -mañjarī f. -ratna n. -rūpâvalī f. -"ṣrṇava (○kriyârṇ○), m. -saṃgraha m. -sarvasva n. -sāra m. N. of gram. wks. [Page 654, Column]

≫prakṛti

1. pra-kṛti f. 'making or placing before or at first', the original or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to vi-kṛti, q.v.) Prāt. Nir. Jaim. MBh
2. cause original source Mn. MBh. Śak. &c
3. origin, extraction Mṛicch
4. nature, character, constitution, temper, disposition MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c. (ibc. and ○tyā ind. by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly Prāt. ŚrS. Mn. &c.)
5. fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (esp. in ritual) ŚrS
6. (in the Sāṃkhya phil.) the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Guṇas called sattva, rajas and tamas), Nature (distinguished from puruṣa, Spirit as Māyā is distinguished from Brahman in the Vedântas)
7. pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole visible world (viz. a-vyakta, buddhi or mahat, ahaṃ-kāra, and the 5 tan-mātras or subtle elements
8. rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c
9. (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the Śakti or personified energy or wife of a deity, as Lakshmī, Durgā &c
10. also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140 RTL. 223
11. (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv
12. (in polit.) pl. a king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c
13. the subjects of a king, citizens, artisans &c. ib
14. the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz. king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294 ; 295)
15. the various sovereigns to be considered in case of war (viz. the madhyama, vijigīṣu, udāsīna and śatru
16. to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the mitra, arimitra, mitra-mitra, arimitra-mitra, pārṣṇi-graha, ākranda, pārṣṇigrāhâsāra, ākrandâsāsa
17. each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakṛitis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and army, so that the total number of Prakṛitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155 ; 157 Kull
18. (in gram.) the crude or elementary form of a word, base, √, an uninflected word Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch. Vop
19. N. of 2 classes of metres Col
20. (in arithm.) a co-efficient multiplier ib
21. (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours at the time of generation W
22. (with tritīyā) the third nature, a eunuch MBh
23. matter, affair Lalit
24. the male or female organ of generation L
25. a woman or womankind L
26. a mother L
27. an animal L
28. N. of a woman Buddh
29. N. of wk

⋙prakṛtikalyāṇa

1. ○kalyāṇa mf(ī)n. beautiful by nature MārkP

⋙prakṛtikṛpaṇa

1. ○kṛpaṇa mfn. naturally plaintive
2. nature feeble (in discriminating) MW

⋙prakṛtikhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa n. N. of BrahmaP. ii

⋙prakṛtigāna

1. ○gāna n. N. of wk

⋙prakṛtiguṇa

1. ○guṇa m. one of the 3 constituent essences of Pāṇ. ( See guṇa) MW

⋙prakṛtija

1. ○ja mfn. springing from nature, inborn, innate Bhag

⋙prakṛtitattvanirūpaṇa

1. ○tattva-nirūpaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙prakṛtitarala

1. ○tarala mfn. naturally changeful, volatile, fickle, dissolute W

⋙prakṛtitva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything Kap. Śulbas

⋙prakṛtiniṣṭhura

1. ○niṣṭhura mfn. naturally hard or cruel R

⋙prakṛtipāṭha

1. ○pāṭha m. = dhātup○, list of verbal roots Pat

⋙prakṛtipuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. a minister, servant Megh
2. a standard or model of a man Siṃhâs
3. (du.) nature and spirit L

⋙prakṛtipralaya

1. ○pralaya m. = -laya MW

⋙prakṛtibhava

1. ○bhava mfn. natural, usual, common Var

⋙prakṛtibhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the natural state or unaltered condition of anything ĀśvŚr
2. mfn. = -bhava Var

⋙prakṛtibhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. being in the original state or condition, original
2. ○têkāra m. the original sound or letter i MW

⋙prakṛtibhūman

1. ○bhūman n. pl. plurality of original form or nature Nir. vii, 4

⋙prakṛtibhojana

1. ○bhojana n. usual food Car

⋙prakṛtimañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. N. of wk

⋙prakṛtimaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. the aggregate of the Prakṛitis or of a king's subjects, the whole kingdom Ragh

⋙prakṛtimat

1. ○mat mfn. having the original or natural form or shape, natural, usual, common MBh
2. in a natural or usual frame of mind R

⋙prakṛtimaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. being in the natural state or condition RāmatUp

⋙prakṛtilaya

1. ○laya m. absorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe Sāṃkhyak
2. N. of a class of Yogins Yogas

⋙prakṛtivat

1. ○vat ind. as in the original form, Upal

⋙prakṛtivikṛti

1. ○vikṛti f. mutation of the original form or state Rājat
2. -yāga-kālaviveka m. N. of wk
3. -sva-bhāva m. the relation of (a word in its) radical form to (itself under the) mutations (of inflection &c.) MW

⋙prakṛtiviṣama

1. ○viṣama mfn. naturally rough Bhartṛ

⋙prakṛtivihārakārikā

1. ○vihāra-kārikā f. pl. N. of wk

⋙prakṛtiśraiṣṭhya

1. ○śraiṣṭhya n. superiority of origin Mn.x, 3

⋙prakṛtiṣṭha

1. ○ṣṭha mfn. = -stha Car

⋙prakṛtisampanna

1. ○sampanna mfn. endowed with a noble nature R. [Page 654, Column]

⋙prakṛtisiddha

1. ○siddha mfn. effected by nature, natural
2. n. true or real nature Bhartṛ

⋙prakṛtisubhaga

1. ○subhaga mfn. naturally pleasant or agreeable Megh

⋙prakṛtistha

1. ○stha mfn. being in the original or natural state, genuine, unaltered, unimpaired, normal, well, healthy Yājñ. Kāv. Var. Suśr. (also -sthita Var.)
2. inherent, innate, incidental to nature Ragh
3. bare, stripped of everything MW
4. -darśana mfn. one who has recovered the faculty of sight Śak. (Pi.) iii, 36/37

⋙prakṛtisthita

1. ○sthita mfn. See -stha

⋙prakṛtihautra

1. ○hautra n. N. of wk

⋙prakṛtījana

1. prakṛtī-jana m. sg. the subjects of a king R

⋙prakṛtīśa

1. prakṛtī7śa m. 'lord of subjects', a magistrate Hariv

⋙prakṛtīṣṭinirṇaya

1. prakṛtī7ṣṭi-nirṇaya m

⋙prakṛtyṛc

1. prakṛtyṛc f. N. of wks

prakṛt

1. pra-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ep. also -kartati), to cut off
2. to cut up, cut to pieces AV. MBh

⋙prakṛnta

1. pra-ḍkṛntá m. one who cuts to pieces TS. (vḷ. vi-kṛntá)

prakṛśita

1. pra-kṛśita (√kṛś), mfn. attenuated, thin, emaciate W

prakṛṣ

1. pra-√kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to draw or stretch forth, drag along or away Kauś. MBh. &c
2. to push off, remove from (abl.) R
3. to lead (an army) MBh. R
4. to draw or bend (a bow) MBh
5. to distract, trouble, disturb R.: Caus. -karṣayati, to cause (a field) to be ploughed ĀśvGṛ

⋙prakarṣa

1. pra-ḍkarṣa m. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, excess, intensity, high degree MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc., e.g. adhva-pr○, a great distance R
2. kāla-pr○, a long time Suśr
3. guṇa-pr○, extraordinary qualities Mṛicch
4. phala-pr○ mfn. consisting chiefly in fruit Suśr
5. śakti-pr○, possessing extraordinary power Inscr.)
6. length of time, duration Car
7. absoluteness, definitiveness W
8. (in gram.) the effect of the prefix pra upon roots ib
9. ibc. and (āt, or eṇa), ind. eminently, intensely, thoroughly, in a high degree MBh. Kāv. &c
10. -gamana n. going absolutely or finally, departure W
11. -tantra mfn. dependent on excellence or superior strength MW
12. -vat mfn. pre-eminent, excelling by or in (comp.) Śaṃk

⋙prakarṣaka

1. pra-ḍkarṣaka m. 'harasser, disquieter', N. of the god of love L

⋙prakarṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍkarṣaṇa m. one who distracts or troubles MBh
2. n. drawing away ib
3. pushing forth, advancing, Rprāt
4. drawing furrows, ploughing W
5. extension, length, duration (kāla-) Suśr
6. a bridle or whip MBh. vii, 6446
7. the act of harassing or disquieting MW
8. excellence, superiority W
9. realizing by the use of a pledge more than the interest of the money lent upon it ib

⋙prakarṣaṇīya

1. pra-ḍkarṣaṇīya mfn. to be dragged away or moved along KātyŚr. Sch

⋙prakarṣita

1. pra-ḍkarṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) drawn forth or out &c
2. exceeded in profit (as the interest of a loan) W
3. n. profit on a pledge beyond the interest of the money lent upon it W

⋙prakarṣin

1. pra-ḍkarṣin mfn. drawing forth, causing to move, leading (an army) Hariv
2. excellent, pre-eminent, distinguished Jātakam

⋙prakṛṣṭa

1. pra-ḍkṛṣṭa mfn. drawn forth, protracted, long (in space and time) MBh. R
2. superior, distinguished, eminent Mn. MBh. &c. (-tara mfn. Pañcat
3. -tama mfn. Daś.)
4. violent, strong Ratnâv
5. distracted, harassed, disquieted. MW
6. -keśâkhya m. coral (lit. having the name 'beautiful hair'
7. cf. pra-vāla) Kāvyâd
8. -tā f. (MW.), -tva n. (Hit.) transcendent excellence, pre-eminence, superiority

⋙prakṛṣya

1. pra-ḍkṛṣya mfn. = ○karṣaṇīya KātyŚr
2. excessive, much
3. -kutsita mfn. strongly censured Pāṇ. 2-3. 17, Vartt. 1, (prakṛṣṭa-k○ Bhaṭṭ. ii, 36 Sch.)

prakṝ

1. pra-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, to scatter forth, strew, throw about ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. to issue forth, spring up R. Suśr.: Pass. (and P. Pot. -kīryāt) to disappear, vanish MBh

≫prakara

1. prakara m. (for 1. See pra-kṛ) a scattered heap, heap, multitude, quantity, plenty MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a nosegay W
3. (ī), f. a place where four roads meet L
4. n. aloe wood, Agallochum L

⋙prakaritṛ

1. praḍkaritṛ́ m. one who sprinkles (or seasons?) VS

⋙prakiraṇa

1. praḍkiraṇa n. scattering, throwing about MārkP

⋙prakīrṇa

1. praḍkīrṇa mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed Nir. MBh. Kāv
2. squandered Dhūrtas
3. disordered, dishevelled MBh. R. Suśr
4. waved, waving Śiś. xii, 17
5. mixed, containing various subjects, miscellaneous Kām
6. standing alone, nowhere mentioned Vishṇ
7. confused, incoherent (as speech) Śiś. ii, 63
8. expanded, opened W
9. spread abroad, published ib
10. m. Guilandina Bonduc L
11. a horse (?) Gal
12. n. a miscellany, any miscellaneous collection L
13. a chapter or section of a book L
14. extent L
15. N. of a class of Jaina works MWB. 533 [Page 654, Column]
16. scattering or throwing about A
17. -keśa mf(ī)n. having dishevelled hair MBh. Suśr
18. (ī), f. N. of Durgā L
19. -pūjā f. -mantra m. pl. N. of wks
20. -maithuna mfn. living in mixed (connubial) intercourse MBh
21. -saṃgraha m. N. of wk
22. ○ṇâdhyâya m. a chapter containing miscellaneous subjects (N. of VarBṛS. xxii)
23. ○ṇâmbara-mūrdhaja mfn. with disordered garments and dishevelled hair MBh

⋙prakīrṇaka

1. praḍkīrṇaka mfn. scattered, dispersed, occurring singly or in single instances VarBṛS
2. mixed, containing various things ib. Sch
3. m. a horse L
4. m. (L. n.) a tuft of hair used as an ornament for horses MBh. R
5. a chowrie (the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a fan or fly-flap and as an ornṭornament for horses) L
6. n. a miscellany, any collection of heterogeneous objects Vām. i, 3, 12
7. a section or division of a book L
8. N. of the 3rd part of the Vākyapadīya and of another wk. Cat
9. (in law) a case not provided for by the Śāstras and to be decided by the judge or king W
10. extent, length L
11. -dāna n. pl. N. of wk

⋙prakīrya

1. praḍkīrya mfn. to be scattered or strewed &c. L
2. m. (and ā f.) N. of some medic. plant or plants Car. Suśr. (Guilandina Bonduc and a species of Karañja L.)

prakṝt

1. pra-√kṝt See pra-√kīrt

prakḷp

1. pra-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate (rarely P. ○ti), to prosper, succeed AV
2. to be fit or suitable (with inf.) KātyŚr. Sch.: Caus. -kalpayati, to place in front, put at the head, honour AV. ŚBr
3. to put down on (loc.) MBh
4. to appoint or elect to, select for (loc.) ib. BhP
5. to put in the place of (gen.) Pat
6. to contrive, invent, devise, prepare, provide Mn. MBh. &c
7. to fix, settle, determine Mn. Yājñ
8. to prescribe Car
9. to make out, ascertain, calculate Var
10. to make into, choose for (2 acc. or acc. and loc.) BhP
11. to suppose, imagine (with acc. and loc.) MBh

⋙prakalpaka

1. pra-ḍkalpaka mf(ikā)n. being in the right place Pat

⋙prakalpana

1. pra-ḍkalpana n. placing in, raising to (comp.) Sāh
2. (ā), f. fixing, settlement, allotment Mn. viii, 211
3. n. or f. supplying or mixing with (saha) Car

⋙prakalpayitri

1. pra-ḍkalpayitrí m. one who prepares or arranges ŚBr

⋙prakalpita

1. pra-ḍkalpita mfn. made, done, prepared, arranged, appointed MBh. Kāv. &c
2. shed (as a tear) Amar
3. (ā), f. a kind of riddle Cat

⋙prakalpya

1. pra-ḍkalpya mfn. to be appointed or settled or fixed or determined Mn. Yājñ

⋙prakḷpta

1. pra-ḍkḷpta mfn. done, made, prepared, arranged, ready R. Kathās
2. being in the right place, being right Pat
3. (am), ind. readily, easily ŚBr
4. -tva n. progress, success KātyŚr
5. -snāna-maṇḍana mfn. one whose ablutions and toilet have been arranged R

⋙prakḷpti

1. pra-ḍkḷpti f. the being there, existing KātyŚr. (wṛ. ○kṛti)
2. the being in the right place, being right or correct Pat

praketa

1. pra-ketá m. (√4. cit) appearance, apparition, sight RV
2. perception, intelligence, knowledge (concr. = a knower, vii, 11, 1 ; x, 104, 6) ib

⋙praketana

1. pra-ḍketana n. appearance, apparition (used to explain prec.) Nir. ii, 19

prakoṣṭha

1. pra-koṣṭha m. the fore-arm Kālid. BhP. Suśr
2. a room near the gate of a palace Mudr
3. (also n. L.) a court in a house, a quadrangle or square surrounded by buildings Mṛicch
4. a part of a door-frame W

⋙prakoṣṭhaka

1. pra-ḍkoṣṭhaka m. a room near the gate of a palace Kum

prakoṣṇā

1. prakoṣṇā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras VP

prakkhara

1. prakkhara m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant L. (cf. pra-kṣara, pra-khara)

prakrand

1. pra-√krand (only aor. 3. sg. -akran), to call or invoke loudly RV. v, 59, 1: Caus. (only aor. -acikradat) to roar, move with a rushing sound ib. ix, 77, 1

prakram

1. pra-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, (P.) to step or stride forwards, set out, walk on, advance, proceed, resort to (acc
2. aor. Ā. -cákramanta RV. ii, 19, 2
3. prâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), march, pass, go RV. &c. &c
4. (with pradakṣiṇam) to walk around from left to right BhP
5. to cross, traverse R
6. (Ā.) to undertake, commence, begin (with acc., artham ifc., or inf.) MBh. (also P., e.g. varayām pra-cakramuḥ = ○yāṃ-cakruḥ, i, 1809) Kāv. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 42)
7. to act or behave towards (loc.) MBh.: Caus., -krāmayati, to cause to step forwards PārGṛ.: Desid. cikraṃ-siṣyate Pāṇ. 7-2, 36 Vārtt. 2 Pat. [Page 655, Column]

⋙prakrantṛ

1. pra-ḍkrantṛ m. (L.) one who proceeds or begins
2. conquering, overpowering, surpassing

⋙prakrama

1. pra-ḍkramá m. (ifc. f. ā) stepping, proceeding L
2. a step, stride, pace (also as a measure of distance, the length of which is variously stated at 2 or 3 or 3 1/2 Padas, also at more or less) Br. GṛŚrS
3. commencement, beginning, procedure, course KātyŚr. Mālatīm. Prab. Kathās
4. leisure, opportunity L
5. relation, proportion, degree, measure Vedântas
6. method, order, regularity (esp in the position of words and in gram. construction
7. cf. -bhaṅga)
8. the reading of the Krama (= krama-pāṭha, q.v.) Pat
9. discussing any point in question
10. the case in question MW
11. (pl.) a series of oblations corresponding to the movements of a sacrificial horse ŚBr. KātyŚr
12. -tṛtīya n. the third of a square pace KātyŚr
13. -bhaṅga m. (in rhet.) want of order or method, the breaking of symmetry in composition or the violation of gram. construction (= bhagna-prakramatā) Kāvyâd. Sch
14. ○ga-vat mfn. wanting method or symmetry, irregular, unsymmetrical Pratāp
15. -viruddha mfn. stopped in the beginning Prab

⋙prakramaṇa

1. pra-ḍkramaṇa n. stepping forwards, proceeding, advancing towards (comp.) KātyŚr. Kālid
2. issuing forth Tattvas

⋙prakramaṇīya

1. pra-ḍkramaṇīya (W.), and mfn. to be gone or proceeded

⋙prakramitavya

1. pra-ḍkramitavya (Pat.), mfn. to be gone or proceeded

⋙prakramitṛ

1. pra-ḍkramitṛ m. = ○krantṛ Pat

⋙prakramya

1. pra-ḍkramya mfn. = ○kramaṇīya W

⋙prakrānta

1. pra-ḍkrānta mfn. proceeded, gone &c. Kāv
2. commenced, begun L
3. previously mentioned or stated MW
4. n. the setting out on a journey Yājñ
5. the point in question MW
6. -tva n. commencement, beginning Kull
7. the being meant or understood by anything Hcat

⋙prakrāmaṇī

1. pra-ḍkrāmaṇī f. a kind of magic Divyâv

prakraya

1. pra-kraya m. (√1. krī) = kḷptika (?) L

⋙prakrī

1. pra-ḍkrī́ mfn. to be bought, purchasable AV

prakrīḍ

1. pra-√krīḍ P. Ā. -krī́ḍati (krī́ḻati), ○te, to play, sport, disport one's self, frolic, amuse one's self (with anything, instr
2. with a person, instr. or saha) RV. AV. MBh. &c

⋙prakrīḍa

1. pra-ḍkrīḍá m. play, pastime VS. Hariv
2. (with marutāṃ) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
3. a place of sports, playground ĀśvGṛ

⋙prakrīḍita

1. pra-ḍkrīḍita mfn. playing, sporting MBh

⋙prakrīḍin

1. pra-ḍkrīḍín mfn. playing, sporting RV. vii, 56, 16

prakruś

1. pra-√kruś P. -króśati, to raise a cry, cry out MBh. R
2. to utter (cries, acc.), call R
3. to invoke, call upon, cry out to (acc.) MBh

⋙prakrośa

1. pra-ḍkrośa m. a shriek, scream Lāṭy

praklid

1. pra-√klid Ā. -klidyate, to become moist or humid, to become wet MBh. Suśr.: Caus. -kledayati, to moisten, wet, make wet Suśr
2. wṛ. for -kleśayati Car

⋙praklinna

1. pra-ḍklinna mfn. moist, humid, wet R. Suśr
2. putrefied Car
3. moved with compassion or sympathy BhP
4. -tva n. being moist or humid Suśr
5. -vartman n. a kind of disease of the eyelids (cf. klinna-v○) Suśr
6. -hṛdayêkṣaṇa mfn. having the heart and eyes moist (with affection) MW

⋙prakleda

1. pra-ḍkleda m. moistness, wetness, humidity MBh
2. -vat mfn. becoming moist or wet Suśr

⋙prakledana

1. pra-ḍkledana mfn. moistening, wetting ib

⋙prakledin

1. pra-ḍkledin mfn. id. ib
2. fusing, liquefying, resolving (-ditva n.) Car

prakliś

1. pra-√kliś Caus. -kleśayati, to put in a morbid state Car. (wṛ. -kled○)

prakvaṇ

1. pra-√kvaṇ P. -kvaṇati, to sound HPariś

⋙prakvaṇa

1. pra-ḍkvaṇa m. (f. ifc. ā) the sound of a Viṇā or lute Pāṇ. Sch

⋙prakvāṇa

1. pra-ḍkvāṇa m. the sound of a Vīṇā L
2. wṛ. for prahvāṇa TāṇḍBr

prakvātha

1. pra-kvātha m. (√kvath) seething, boiling Jātakam

prakṣa

1. prakṣá m. (for plakṣá, to explain an etymology) TS

prakṣa

1. prakṣa mfn. in vana-prakṣá vḷ. for -krakṣá SV
2. in nāgarājasama-pr○ wṛ. for nāgarāḍiva duṣ-prêkṣyaḥ MBh

prakṣapaṇa

1. pra-kṣapaṇa -kṣaya &c. See pra-√kṣi

prakṣar

1. pra-√kṣar P. -kṣárati, to stream forth, stream, ooze RV. ŚāṅkhŚr. Pañcad
2. to drop down Bhaṭṭ

⋙prakṣara

1. pra-ḍkṣara m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant (cf. pra-khara, prakkhara) Hemac. [Page 655, Column]

⋙prakṣaraṇa

1. pra-ḍkṣaraṇa n. flowing forth, oozing GopBr. Mn. Sch

prakṣal

1. pra-√kṣal P. -kṣālayati, to wash off, wash away, rinse ŚBr. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
2. to cleanse, purify MBh.: Caus. Ā. -kṣālāpayate (Pot. ○yīta), to have anything (as one's feet) washed ĀśvGṛ

⋙prakṣālaka

1. pra-ḍkṣālaka mfn. washing, one who washes Mn. MBh. R. (cf. sadyaḥ-p○)

⋙prakṣālana

1. pra-ḍkṣālana mfn. performing frequent ablutions, one who performs frequent ablutions R
2. n. washing, washes off, cleaning, cleansing, purifying, KātySr. Pur. Mn. MBh. &c
3. bathing MW
4. a means of cleaning, anything used for purifying, water for washing KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Yājñ. Suśr
5. ○nârthāya ind. for the sake of washing MW

⋙prakṣālanīya

1. pra-ḍkṣālanīya mfn. to be washed away or cleansed
2. to be purified ib

⋙prakṣālayitṛ

1. pra-ḍkṣālayitṛ m. one who washes (the feet of his guest) ĀpGṛ

⋙prakṣālita

1. pra-ḍkṣālita mfn. washed, cleansed
2. expiated ib
3. -pāṇi mfn. having one's hands washed MānGṛ
4. -pāda mfn. having one's feet washed Pāṇ. 6-2, 110 Sch. 1

⋙prakṣālya

1. pra-ḍkṣālya mfn. to be washed or purified MārkP. 2

⋙prakṣālya

1. pra-ḍkṣālya ind. having washed or rinsed ŚBr. MBh

prakṣāma

1. pra-kṣāma mfn. (prob.) burnt, singed (said of a sacrifice) ĀpŚr

prakṣi

1. pra-√kṣi P. -kṣiṇā́ti, to spoil, destroy, wear out, exhaust RV. AV. ŚBr.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to be destroyed, perish MBh
2. to be worn out or exhausted or diminished MW

⋙prakṣapaṇa

1. pra-ḍkṣapaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) destroying Rājat

⋙prakṣaya

1. pra-ḍkṣaya m. destruction, ruin, vanishing, end MBh. Hariv. Sarvad

⋙prakṣayaṇa

1. pra-ḍkṣayaṇa mfn. causing to perish, destroying (in ghaṭa-p○ q.v.)

⋙prakṣīṇa

1. pra-ḍkṣīṇa (prá-), mfn. destroyed, perished
2. vanished, disappeared
3. decayed, wasted, diminished (-candra m. the waning moon Var.) AV. BhP. Hit. &c
4. atoned MW
5. n. the spot where any one has perished (e.g. prakṣīṇam idam deva-dattasya, this is the spot where Deva perished) Pāṇ. 6-4, 60 Sch

prakṣin

1. prakṣin See upala-p○

prakṣip

1. pra-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipáti, -kṣipate, to cast, hurl, throw or fling at or into (loc.), place in, put before Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to let down Kathās
3. to launch a ship Divyâv
4. to add Sūryas
5. to insert, interpolate Pāṇ. Sch. R. Sch.: Caus. -kṣepayati, to cause or order to cast or put into (loc.) MBh

⋙prakṣipta

1. pra-ḍkṣipta mfn. thrown or cast at, hurled, flung
2. thrown forth, projected Hit
3. inserted, interpolated Pāṇ. 6-3, 83 Sch
4. -vat mfn. one who has thrown at, one who has thrown W

⋙prakṣipya

1. pra-ḍkṣipya ind. having thrown at, hṭhaving hurled Pañc

⋙prakṣepa

1. pra-ḍkṣepa m. throwing, casting, projecting
2. throwing into or upon, scattering upon Mn. Kull. BhP
3. putting, placing (pāda-p○ pl. steps Kād.)
4. adding to, increasing (e.g. a dose) Car
5. anything added or thrown into drugs while in course of decoction, an ingredient L
6. insertion, interpolation TBr. Sch. ĀpŚr. Sch. Śaṃk
7. (also ○paka m.) the sum deposited by each member of a commercial company Līl
8. the box of a carriage BhP
9. -lipi f. a partic. style of handwriting Lalit

⋙prakṣepaka

1. pra-ḍkṣepaka m. See ○kṣepa

⋙prakṣepaṇa

1. pra-ḍkṣepaṇa n. pouring upon Suśr
2. (ifc.) throwing on or into Śaṃk. Yājñ. Sch
3. fixing (as a price) Yājñ

⋙prakṣepaṇīya

1. pra-ḍkṣepaṇīya mfn. to be thrown or cast forth, to be thrown away MW

⋙prakṣepin

1. pra-ḍkṣepin mfn. (ifc.) throwing upon, placing upon Nir

⋙prakṣeptavya

1. pra-ḍkṣeptavya mfn. to be thrown into or upon (loc.), to be scattered upon Yājñ. Hariv. Hcat. Kathās

⋙prakṣepya

1. pra-ḍkṣepya mfn. to be thrown or put on (as an ornament) Śak. Sch

prakṣībita

1. pra-kṣībita or -kṣīvita (fr. √kṣīb or √kṣīv), drunken, intoxicated Pāṇ. 8-2, 55 Sch

prakṣud

1. pra-√kṣud P. -kṣuṇatti, to pound, crush Bhaṭṭ

⋙prakṣuṇṇa

1. pra-ḍkṣuṇṇa mfn. crushed Bhaṭṭ
2. pierced through, lacerated Pañcat

prakṣubh

1. pra-√kṣubh Ā. P. -kṣobhate, -kṣubhyati, to be moved or shaken or agitated or confused
2. to totter, stagger. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -kṣobhayati, to agitate, excite Suśr

⋙prakṣobhaṇa

1. pra-ḍkṣobhaṇa n. agitating, exciting Prab

prakṣai

1. pra-√kṣai P. -kṣāyati, to be consumed, burn (intr.) TBr

prakṣṇu

1. pra-√kṣṇu (only pf. -cukṣṇuvuḥ), to sharpen, whet, point Bhaṭṭ. [Page 655, Column]

prakṣveḍana

1. pra-kṣveḍana (Pañc.) or ○ḍanā f. ○dana m. ○danā f. (L
2. √kṣviḍ, or kṣvid) an iron arrow (as humming or whizzing)
3. calling aloud, clamour W

⋙prakṣveḍa

1. pra-ḍkṣveḍa f. humming, grumbling MBh

⋙prakṣveḍita

1. pra-ḍkṣveḍita (or ○dita), mfn. clamorous, shouting, noisy MBh. R
2. unctuous W
3. n. shout, hum R
4. -vat mfn. noisy
5. unctuous W

prakhan

1. pra-√khan (only aor. -khān), to dig up, up√, eradicate Kathās

prakhara

1. pra-khara mfn. very hard or rough Prasannar
2. very hot or acrid Bhām
3. m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant L. (cf. prakkhara, pra-kṣara)
4. a mule L
5. a dog L

prakhala

1. pra-khala m. a great scoundrel or villain Mṛicch

prakhād

1. pra-√khād P. -khādati, to eat up, devour RV

⋙prakhāda

1. pra-ḍkhādá mfn. swallowing, devouring ib

prakhid

1. pra-√khid (only pr. p. -khidát), to thrust away VS

prakhud

1. pra-√khud P. -khudáti, futuere AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ

prakhyā

1. pra-√khyā P. -khyāti, to see RV. (Subj. -khyat
2. inf. -khyaí) ŚBr. (ind. p. -khyāya)
3. to announce, proclaim, extol BhP. (Impv. -khyāhi): Pass. -khyāyate, to be seen or known
4. to be visible or public or acknowledged or celebrated Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -khyāpayati, to make generally known, proclaim, announce, publish Mālatīm. Rājat

⋙prakhya

1. pra-ḍkhyá mfn. visible, clear, bright ŚBr. MBh
2. (ā), f. look, appearance (only ifc. = resembling, like) MBh. R. &c
3. brightness, splendour (only ifc.) R
4. perceptibility, visibility, Jaini
5. making manifest, disclosure Daśar

⋙prakhyas

1. pra-ḍkhyas m. = prajā-pati Uṇ. iv, 232 Sch
2. the planet Jupiter L

⋙prakhyāta

1. pra-ḍkhyāta mfn. known, celebrated, acknowledged, recognised MBh. Kāv. &c
2. forestalled, claimed by right of pre-emption Mn. ( See below)
3. pleased, happy W
4. -bala-viirya mfn. of celebrated strength and valour R
5. -bhāṇḍa n. (with rājñaḥ) a commodity the pre-emption of which is claimed by a king Mn.viii, 399
6. -vaptṛka mfn. having a celebrated father L
7. -sad-bhartṛ m. known as a good husband Kathās

⋙prakhyāti

1. pra-ḍkhyāti f. visibility, perceptibility, celebrity (only a-prakh○) MBh
2. praise, eulogium W

⋙prakhyāna

1. pra-ḍkhyāna n. the being perceived or known Pāṇ. 1-2, 54
2. = ○khyāpana R

⋙prakhyānīya

1. pra-ḍkhyānīya mfn. to be celebrated or made known Vop

⋙prakhyāpana

1. pra-ḍkhyāpana n. making known, report, information R. Daś

⋙prakhyāpanīya

1. pra-ḍkhyāpanīya mfn. to be made known or published Vop

⋙prakhyāpita

1. pra-ḍkhyāpita mfn. known as, named (with nom.) Caṇḍ

⋙prakhyāyamāna

1. pra-ḍkhyāyamāna mfn. being celebrated or spoken about Nal

praga

1. pra-ga See under pra-√gam below

pragaṭa

1. pragaṭa wṛ. for pra-kaṭa HYog

pragaṇ

1. pra-√gaṇ P. -gaṇayati, to reckon up, calculate MBh. (ind. p. -gaṇayya Pāṇ. 6-4, 56 Sch.)

pragaṇḍa

1. pra-gaṇḍa m. the upper part of the arm (also ○ḍaka) L. (cf. pra-kāṇḍa)
2. (ī), f. an outer wall or rampart MBh

pragadita

1. pra-gadita mfn. (√gad) spoken, speaking, beginning to speak W

⋙pragādya

1. pra-gādya mfn. Pāṇ. 3-1, 100 Sch

pragam

1. pra-√gam P. -gacchati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to go forwards, set out, advance, proceed, go to, reach, attain RV. &c. &c

⋙praga

1. pra-ga mfn. going before, preceding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch
2. (e), ind., See below

⋙pragata

1. pra-gata mfn. gone forward, started MBh. Kāv. &c
2. separate, apart ( See below)
3. gone with difficulty W
4. -jānu, or ○nuka mfn. having the knees far apart, bandy-legged, bow-legged L

⋙pragama

1. pra-gama m. the first manifestation of love, first advance in courtship Pratāp

⋙pragamana

1. pra-gamana n. = prec. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch
2. a speech containing an excellent answer Sāh
3. progress, advance W
4. difficult progress (?) ib
5. disputing (?) ib

⋙pragamanīya

1. pra-gamanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙pragāman

1. pra-gāman n. walk, gait, step ( See pṛthu-g○)

⋙pragāmin

1. pra-gāmin mfn. setting out, being about to depart R. (vḷ. prāg-g○)

≫prage

1. pra-ge ind. early in the morning, at dawn, at day-break ('when the sun goes forth' ?) Lāṭy. Mn. &c
2. to-morrow morning Siṃhâs
3. -tana mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 23) matutinal, early Bālar. [Page 656, Column]
4. relating to the next day, future L
5. -niśa mfn. one who (sleeps) in the early morning as (if it, were) night MBh
6. -śaya mfn. asleep early in the morning ib

pragayaṇa

1. pra-gayaṇa n. an excellent answer Daś. (wṛ. for -gāmana?)

pragarj

1. pra-√garj P. -garjati, to begin to thunder MBh

⋙pragarjana

1. pra-garjana n. roaring, roar (cf. siṃha-)

⋙pragarjita

1. pra-garjita n. a roar, noise, din L

pragardhin

1. pra-gardhín mfn. (√gṛdh) pressing or hastening onwards, eager RV

pragal

1. pra-√gal Caus. -gālayati, to cause to fall off Car

⋙pragalita

1. pra-galita mfn. dripped down Megh

pragalbh

1. pra-√galbh Ā. -galbhate, to be bold or confident, behave resolutely Śiś
2. to be capable of or ready to (loc. or inf.) Bālar. Vcar
3. to be equal to or fit to pass for (nom.) Sarvad
4. to be arrogant or proud W

⋙pragalbha

1. pra-galbha mf(ā)n. bold, confident, resolute, brave, strong, able MBh. Kāv. &c
2. proud, arrogant, impudent Ragh
3. skilful Kād
4. illustrious, eminent W
5. mature (as age) MW
6. m. N. of the fire employed at the Jātakarman Gṛihyās
7. (with ācārya) N. of an author (called also Śubhaṃ-kara) Cat
8. (ā), f. a bold and confident woman (esp. one of the classes of heroines in dram. composition) Sāh
9. N. of Durgā L
10. (am), ind. courageously, resolutely Mṛicch
11. -kulāla m. a skilful potter Bhartṛ
12. -tā f. (Kum.), -tva n. (W.) boldness, wilfulness, resolution, energy, strength, power
13. -manas mfn. resolute-minded (a-) Amar
14. -lakṣaṇa n. and ○ṇa-prakāśa m. N. of wks
15. -vāc mfn. speaking confidently or proudly Kum

⋙pragalbhita

1. pra-galbhita mfn. proud, arrogant MW
2. eminent, conspicuous ib
3. shining or resplendent with (instr.) Cat

pragā

1. pra-√gā P. -jigāti, to go forwards proceed, advance, move, go RV. MBh. 1

⋙pragāṇa

1. pra-gāṇa n. (for 2. See under pra-√gai) access, approach, See pṛthu-prag○

pragāḍha

1. pra-gāḍha &c. See pra-√gāh below

pragātha

1. pra-gātha See pra-√gai, col. 2

pragāh

1. pra-√gāh Ā. -gāhate, to dive into, penetrate, pervade RV

⋙pragāḍha

1. pra-gāḍha mfn. dipped or steeped in, mixed with, soaked, impregnated (ifc.) Suśr
2. much, excessive MBh
3. rich in, full of (ifc.) Kām
4. advanced, late (hour) Daś
5. hard, difficult L
6. (am), ind. much, exceedingly, greatly Kāv. Suśr
7. tightly, firmly W
8. n. a crowd MBh. iv, 1977 (= saṃ-kaṭa Nīlak.)
9. pain, privation, penance W
10. -tā f. -tva n. abundance, excessiveness MW
11. hardness ib

⋙pragāhana

1. pra-gāhana n. dipping or plunging into (gen.) ĀpŚr

pragīta

1. pra-gīta ○ti, See pra-√gai

praguṇa

1. pra-guṇa mf(ā)n. straight (lit. and lig.), right, correct, honest, upright Mālatīm. Hcar
2. being in a good state or condition, excellent Ragh. Mālatīm
3. -racanā f. = next Daśar

⋙praguṇana

1. pra-guṇana n. putting straight, arranging Mālatīm

⋙praguṇaya

1. pra-guṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to put straight, set right Dhanaṃj
2. to develop, exhibit, manifest Nyāyam

⋙praguṇita

1. pra-guṇita mfn. made even or smooth or straight, put in order properly arranged Bālar. Pañc

⋙praguṇin

1. pra-guṇin mfn. smooth or even i.e. friendly towards (loc.) MBh

≫praguṇī

1. pra-guṇī in comp. for ○guṇa

⋙praguṇīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. putting straight, arranging properly KātyŚr. Sch

⋙praguṇīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to put straight or in order, make smooth or even Car. Pañc
2. to make amenable to (loc.) Mudr
3. to nourish, bring up A

⋙praguṇībhū

1. ○√bhū to make one's self fit or ready for (dat.), Kuv

≫praguṇya

1. praguṇya mfn. more exceeding, excellent W

pragup

1. pra-√gup Caus. -gopayati, to protect, guard Pañc. Bhaṭṭ
2. to conceal, keep secret Hcat

⋙pragopana

1. pra-gopana n. protection, preservation, salvation W

pragur

1. pra-√gur (only aor. -gūrta), to cry aloud RV. i, 173, 2 (Sāy. 'to make great efforts')

pragṝ

1. pra-gṝ √1. P. -gṛṇāti, to proclaim, announce to (loc.) RV. i, 152, 5
2. to extol, praise BhP

prage

1. pra-ge See under pra-√gam. [Page 656, Column]

pragai

1. pra-√gai P. -gāyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to begin to sing, sing, celebrate, praise, extol
2. to sound, resound RV. MBh. BhP. 2

⋙pragāṇa

1. pra-gāṇa n. (for 1. See pra-gā) singing, song L

⋙pragātṛ

1. pra-gātṛ m. a singer MBh. ('excellent singer' L.)

⋙pragātha

1. pra-gāthá m. a kind of stanza (the combination of a Bṛihatī or Kakubh with a Sato-bṛihatī so as to form a triplet) VS. RPrāt. &c
2. N. of a Ṛishi with the patr. Kāṇva and Ghaura, the author of RV. viii, 1, 2 ; 10 ; 48 ; 51-54
3. (pl.) N. of RV. viii (which contains a great many PrṭPragai stanzas)
4. -kāram ind. combining into a Pragai stanza Lāṭy

⋙pragāyin

1. pra-gāyin mfn. beginning to sing, singing Hariv

⋙pragīta

1. pra-gīta mfn. recited in a singing tone, sung Sarvad
2. resonant with singing, vocal MBh. R
3. singing, one who has begun to sing Kathās
4. n. song Ṛitus. Caurap
5. a sing-song or drawling recitation (regarded as a fault) Śiksh

⋙pragīti

1. pra-gīti f. a kind of metre Col

pragrath

1. pra-√grath P. -grathnāti, or -grathati, to string together, join, connect Nyāyam. Sch

⋙pragrathana

1. pra-grathana n. connecting or stringing together, intertwining Sāy

pragras

1. pra-√gras P. -grasati, to eat up, devour, swallow MBh

pragrah

1. pra-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte, to hold or stretch forth, hold AV. &c. &c
2. to offer, present ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
3. to seize, grasp, take hold of, take ŚrS. MBh. &c
4. to accept, receive Śak. Var
5. to draw up, tighten (reins), stop (horses) Śak
6. to befriend, favour, further, promote MBh. Hariv. R
7. to keep separated or isolated (cf. below): Caus. (inf. -grāhitum) to receive, accept MBh

⋙pragṛhīta

1. pra-gṛhīta mfn. held forth or out, taken, accepted &c. R. Hariv. &c
2. lofty Divyâv
3. joined, united with (ibc.) BhP
4. kept separate, pronounced without observing the rules of Saṃdhi
5. -pada mf(ā)n. having the words pronounced separately RPrāt. 1

⋙pragṛhya

1. pra-gṛhya mfn. to be seized or taken or accepted MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (in gram.) to be taken or pronounced separately, not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi (as the final ī, ū, and e of the dual terminations, e.g. kavii etau, 'these two poets') Prāt. Pāṇ. &c. 2,

⋙pragṛhya

1. pra-gṛhya ind. having taken or grasped, carrying away with, with MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pragraha

1. pra-graha m. (ifc. f. ā) holding in front, stretching forth MBh
2. seizing, clutching, taking hold of (○haṃ gataḥ, seized, taken) ib. Hariv
3. a partic. manner of fighting MBh. (= śatror uttānapā-tanârtham pādâkarṣaṇam, or = gala-hastakaḥ Nīlak.)
4. the seizure of the sun or moon, beginning of an eclipse (cf. graha) Sūryas
5. friendly reception, kindness, favour MBh. Hariv
6. obstinacy, stubbornness (○haṃgataḥ, obstinate, stubborn) MBh
7. a rein, bridle KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
8. a ray of light (like all words meaning 'rein' or 'bridle') L
9. a rope, halter, cord, string, thong MBh
10. the cord or string suspending a balance L
11. a guide, leader, ruler (also as N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa) MBh
12. a companion, satellite ib
13. binding L
14. taming, breaking (a horse) L
15. the arm L
16. a species of plant Car. (Cassis Fistula L.)
17. a vowel not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi TPrāt. (-tva n. Sch
18. 1. pra-gṛhya)
19. N. of a partic. sacrificial rite (also -homa KātyŚr. Sch.)
20. mf(ā)n. receiving, kind, hospitable (with sabhā f. a hall of reception, an audience hall) R. (B.)
21. = ūrdhvabāhu (?) R. Sch. (cf. práñjali-pragr○)
22. -vat mfn. (ifc.) one who has seized, holding MBh
23. receiving, kindly, obliging R. (Sch. 'keeping down the wicked' or 'controlling the organs of sense')
24. ○hâdi-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
25. ○hin mfn. guiding the reins BhP

⋙pragrahaṇa

1. pra-grahaṇa m. a leader, guide (only ifc. [f. ā] 'led by') MBh
2. stretching forth, offering ŚāṅkhŚr
3. taking, seizing, holding ib
4. the seizure of the sun and moon, commencement of an eclipse VarBṛS. Sūryas
5. a means for taming or breaking in MBh
6. the being a leader or guide, authority, dignity ib
7. a rein, bridle MW
8. a check, restraint ib

⋙pragrahītavya

1. pra-grahītavya mfn. to be checked or controlled Vajracch

⋙pragrāha

1. pra-grāha m. (only L.) seizing, taking, bearing, carrying (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 46)
2. a rein, bridle (cf. ib. 53)
3. the string of a balance (cf. ib. 52)
4. -vat mfn. having the string of a balance MW

⋙pragrāham

1. pra-grāham ind. taking the words separately, not pronouncing them according to the rules of Saṃdhi AitBr

pragrīva

1. pra-grīva m. n. (g. ardharcâdi
2. also -ka ifc. Hcar.) a wooden balustrade or fence round a building Rājat. viii, 328
3. a window, lattice, balcony (projecting like a neck
4. cf. grīvā) L
5. a summer-house, pleasure-house L. [Page 656, Column]
6. a painted turret L
7. a stable L
8. the top of a tree L

praglai

1. pra-√glai P. -glāyati, to fade, wither away Bhaṭṭ. (Sch. -mlāyati): Caus. -glāpayati Vop

⋙pragla

1. pra-gla mfn. wearied, fatigued, exhausted W

praghaṭ

1. pra-√ghaṭ Ā. -ghaṭate, to exert one's self, devote one's self to (loc.) Bhaṭṭ
2. to commence, begin ib

⋙praghaṭaka

1. pra-ghaṭaka (ifc.) a precept, rule, doctrine Cat

⋙praghaṭā

1. pra-ghaṭā f. the rudiments or first elements of a science
2. -vid m. = śāstra-gaṇḍa L
3. a general reader (but not a profound one) W. (cf. chāttra-g○)

praghaṭṭaka

1. pra-ghaṭṭaka m. (√ghaṭṭ) a precept, rule, doctrine Kap. Sch. (cf. pra-ghaṭaka)

praghaṇa

1. pra-ghaṇa m. n. (√han) a place or a terrace before a house Hcar. (also [○gh�Ana]) L
2. an iron mace or crowbar L
3. a copper pot L

⋙praghana

1. pra-ghana m. = prec
2. also vḷ. for prathana, Phaseolus Mungo L

⋙praghāṇa

1. pra-ghāṇa mṇ.= or vḷ. for ○ghaṇa Hcar. L
2. the trunk of a tree L

⋙praghāta

1. pra-ghātá m. a blow, stroke TS. Sch
2. a battle, fight L
3. the edging of a garment ŚBr

⋙praghāna

1. pra-ghāna See ○ghāṇa

praghasa

1. pra-ghasa m. (√ghas) a devourer (pl. N. of false gods) L. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-4, 37 ; 38)
2. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
3. of a monkey follower of Rāma R
4. (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙praghāsa

1. pra-ghāsa See varuṇa-praghāsá

⋙praghāsin

1. pra-ghāsín (VS.),

⋙praghāsya

1. pra-ghāsyá (TS.), mfn. voracious

praghātaya

1. pra-ghātaya P. ○yati (Caus. of pra-√han), to strike, kill Divyâv

praghuṇa

1. praghuṇa m. a guest, visitor L. (prob. wṛ. for prāghuṇa)

praghuṣ

1. pra-√ghuṣ Caus. -ghoṣayati, to cause to announce aloud, proclaim MBh

⋙praghuṣṭa

1. pra-ghuṣṭa mfn. sounding forth Var

⋙praghoṣa

1. pra-ghoṣa m. sound, noise BhP. (also -ka L.)
2. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

⋙praghoṣin

1. pra-ghoṣin m. 'roaring', N. of the 9 classes of the Maruts MW

praghūrṇa

1. pra-ghūrṇa mfn. (√ghūrṇ) turning round or rolling violently W
2. wandering, roaming ib
3. m. a guest, visitor L. (prob. wṛ. for prāgh○)

praghṛ

1. pra-√ghṛ P. -gharati, to ooze out Divyâv

praghṛṣ

1. pra-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub to pieces Kauś
2. to rub into, anoint Suśr

⋙pragharṣa

1. pra-gharṣa m. rubbing, anointing Car

⋙pragharṣaṇa

1. pra-gharṣaṇa m. grinding, crushing, destroying Kāv
2. n. rubbing, a remedy for rubbing in or anointing Car

⋙praghṛṣṭa

1. pra-ghṛṣṭa mfn. rubbed in, embrocated, anointed Suśr

praca

1. praca See acyuta-pr○ and nakha-pr○

pracakita

1. pra-cakita mfn. (√cak) trembling, shuddering, terrified Pañc

pracakra

1. pra-cakra n. an army in motion L

pracakṣ

1. pra-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to tell, relate, declare MBh. Ragh
2. to suppose, regard or consider as (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
3. to name, call Mn. BhP.: Caus. -cakṣayati, to irridiate, illumine RV

⋙pracakṣaṇam

1. pra-ḍcakṣaṇam ind. (after a fin. verb), g. gotrâdi

⋙pracakṣas

1. pra-ḍcakṣas m. N. of the regent of the planet Jupiter, Bṛihas-pati W

pracaṅkaśa

1. pra-caṅkaśa See a-pr○

pracaṇḍa

1. pra-caṇḍa mf(ā)n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful, formidable MBh. Kāv. &c
2. great, large, hot, burning, sharp ( See comp. below)
3. m. a species of oleander with white flowers L
4. N. of a Dānava Kathās
5. of a goblin MārkP
6. of a son of Vatsa-prī and Su-nandā ib
7. (ā), f. a species of Dūrvā with white flowers L
8. a form or Śakti of Durgā Cat

⋙pracaṇḍaghoṇa

1. ○ghoṇa mfn. large-nosed, having a long or prominent nose MBh

⋙pracaṇḍacaṇḍikā

1. ○caṇḍikā f. a form of Durgā
2. -sahasra-nāma-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙pracaṇḍatarībhū

1. ○tarī-√bhū to become fiercer or more passionate Kād

⋙pracaṇḍatā

1. ○tā f. great violence or passion Uttarar

⋙pracaṇḍadeva

1. ○deva m. N. of a prince W

⋙pracaṇḍapāṇḍava

1. ○pāṇḍava n. 'the wrathful sons of Pāṇḍu', N. of a drama by Rāja-śekhara (= bāla-bhārata)

⋙pracaṇḍabhairava

1. ○bhairava (prob.) m. N. of a Vyāyoga (kind of drama)

⋙pracaṇḍabhairavarasa

1. ○bhairava-rasa m. N. of a partic. medicinal preparation L

⋙pracaṇḍamādhava

1. ○mādhava m. (with kāśmīra) N. of a poet Cat

⋙pracaṇḍamūrti

1. ○mūrti m. Crataeva Roxburghī L

⋙pracaṇḍavadana

1. ○vadana mf(ā)n. having a terrible face Dhūrtas. [Page 657, Column]

⋙pracaṇḍavarman

1. ○varman m. N. of a prince Daś

⋙pracaṇḍaśakti

1. ○śakti m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙pracaṇḍaśarakārmuka

1. ○śarakārmuka mfn. having sharp arrows and a terrible bow (said of the god of love) MBh

⋙pracaṇḍaśephas

1. ○śephas m. N. of a man Kautukar

⋙pracaṇḍasūrya

1. ○sūrya mfn. having a hot or burning sun Ṛitus

⋙pracaṇḍasena

1. ○sena m. N. of a prince, of Tāmra-liptikā Vet

⋙pracaṇḍātapa

1. pracaṇḍâtapa m. fierce or stifling heat, Ṛit

⋙pracaṇḍogrā

1. pracaṇḍogrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

pracat

1. pra-√cat Caus. Ā. -cātayate, to drive or scare away, remove, destroy RV

⋙pracatā

1. pra-ḍcátā ind. secretly, in secret ib

pracapala

1. pra-capala mfn. very unsteady or restless Hariv

pracaya

1. pra-caya &c. See pra- √1. ci

pracar

1. pra-√car P. -carati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (acc.) RV. &c. &c
2. to come forth, appear MBh. R. &c
3. to roam, wander Prab. BhP
4. to circulate, be or become current (as a story) R. Var
5. to set about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with instr. of the object or of the means employed) AV. Br. KātyŚr
6. to be active or busy, be occupied or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP
7. to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn. MBh. &c
8. to come off, take place BhP.: Caus. -cārayati, to allow to roam, turn out to graze Hariv
9. to make public W

⋙pracara

1. pra-ḍcara m. a road, way, path L
2. usage, custom, currency W
3. going well or widely ib
4. pl. N. of a people R. (vḷ. praccara and pra-stara)

⋙pracaraṇa

1. pra-ḍcaraṇa n. going to graze Cat
2. proceeding with, beginning, undertaking ŚrS. Bālar
3. circulating, being current W
4. employing, using MW
5. (ī́), f. (sc. sruc) a wooden ladle employed for want of a better at a sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙pracaraṇīya

1. pra-ḍcaraṇīya mfn. being in actual use ŚBr

⋙pracarita

1. pra-ḍcarita mfn. followed, practised Mn. x, 100
2. arrived at, visited R
3. current, publicly known Car. Sch

⋙pracaritavya

1. pra-ḍcaritavya mfn. to be proceeded with or undertaken, to be performed AitBr

⋙pracaritos

1. pra-ḍcaritos inf. (with purā) before he (the Adhvaryu) sets to work GopBr. Vait

⋙pracaryā

1. pra-ḍcaryā f. an action, process ĀśvŚr

⋙pracāra

1. pra-ḍcāra m. roaming, wandering Hariv. (cf. bhikṣā-)
2. coming forth, showing one's self, manifestation, appearance, occurrence, existence MBh. Kāv. &c
3. application, employment, use ib
4. conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c
5. prevalence, currency, custom, usage W
6. a playground, place of exercise Hariv
7. pasture-ground, pasturage Mn. ix, 219 (= Vishṇ. xviii, 44, where Sch. 'a way or road leading from or to a house') Yājñ. MBh. Hariv. R

⋙pracāraṇa

1. pra-ḍcāraṇa n. (prob.) scattering, strewing Kād

⋙pracārita

1. pra-ḍcārita mfn. allowed to wander or roam about MW
2. made public or manifest ib. (cf. g. tārakâdi)

⋙pracārin

1. pra-ḍcārin mfn. coming forth, appearing MBh
2. following, adhering or sticking to (loc. or comp.) ib
3. proceeding with, acting, behaving ib
4. going about, wandering MW

pracal

1. pra-√cal P. -calati (rarely Ā. ○te), to be set in motion, tremble, quake TBr. MBh. &c
2. to stir, move on, advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP. Pañcat
3. to start, spring up from (a seat) R
4. to swerve, deviate from (abl.) MBh
5. to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or excited ib. BhP.: Caus. -calayati, to set in motion, move, jog, wag Kāv
6. to remove from (abl.) Suśr
7. -cālayati, to cause to shake or tremble R
8. to stir up, stir round Pañcat

⋙pracala

1. pra-ḍcala mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Kāv. Suśr
2. what goes well or widely W
3. current, circulating, customary ib
4. -kāñcana-kuṇḍala mfn. (an ear) adorned with golden rings Ṛitus
5. -dāsa m. N. of a poet Cat
6. -latā-bhuja mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers (= slender arms that tremble) Prab
7. -siṃha m. N. of a poet Cat
8. -"ṣcalâṅga mfn. having tremulous limbs MBh

⋙pracalaka

1. pra-ḍcalaka m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr. (cf. ○calāka)

⋙pracalakin

1. pra-ḍcalakin wṛ. for ○calākin

⋙pracalat

1. pra-ḍcalat mfn. moving, trembling, shaking MBh. Kāv. &c
2. going, proceeding far or much W
3. circulating, being current or customary W
4. prevailing, being recognized (as authority or law) ib

⋙pracalana

1. pra-ḍcalana n. trembling, shaking, rocking, swaying MaitrUp. Pañcat
2. retiring, flight Pañcat
3. going well or widely W
4. circulating, being current or customary ib

⋙pracalāka

1. pra-ḍcalāka m. shooting with arrows L
2. a peacock's tail or crest L
3. a chameleon Āpast
4. a snake or other venomous animal (cf. ○calaka) Suśr. [Page 657, Column]
5. (○calā́kā), f. springing up TS. Sch

⋙pracalākin

1. pra-ḍcalākin m. a peacock L
2. a snake L

⋙pracalāya

1. pra-ḍcalāya Nom. P. ○yati, to nod the head (while asleep) Jātakam

⋙pracalāyana

1. pra-ḍcalāyana n. nodding the head (on first becoming intoxicated) Car

⋙pracalāyita

1. pra-ḍcalāyita mfn. nodding the head (while asleep and in a sitting posture) L
2. rolling about, tumbling, tossed about (as a ship) MW
3. n. See under āsīna

⋙pracalita

1. pra-ḍcalita mfn. set in motion, moved, shaken, tremulous, rolling (as the eye) MBh. R. &c
2. one who has set out, proceeded, departed Pañcat. Hit. Vet
3. confused, bewildered, perplexed MBh. BhP
4. current, customary, circulating W
5. prevailing, recognized, received (as authority or law) ib
6. n. going away, departure BhP

⋙pracālaka

1. pra-ḍcālaka mf(ikā)n. causing to tremble, trembling with (comp.) L

⋙pracālana

1. pra-ḍcālana n. stirring, stir, noise (?) Pañcat

pracaṣāla

1. pra-caṣāla n. a partic. ornament on a sacrificial post MBh

pracāya

1. pra-cāya &c. See below

pracāla

1. pracāla m. the neck of the Vīṇā or Indian lute L. (wṛ. for pravāla)

praci

1. pra-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, -cinute, to collect, gather, pluck Gobh. MBh. &c
2. to mow or cut down (enemies) MBh
3. to increase, augment, enhance Var.: Pass. -cīyate, to be gathered or collected, to grow, thrive, multiply MBh. Kāv

≫pracaya

1. pra-caya m. (ifc. f. ā) collecting, gathering Pāṇ. 3-3, 40 (cf. puṣpa-)
2. accumulation, heap, mass, quantity, multitude Ṛitus. Rājat. Suśr
3. growth, increase A
4. slight aggregation W
5. = -svara TPrāt
6. (in alg.) the common increase or difference of the terms in a progression
7. -kāṣṭhâgata mfn. one who has attained the highest degree of intensity Nyāyam. Sch
8. -svara m. 'accumulated tone', the tone occurring in a series of unaccented syllables following a Svarita RPrāt. Śiksh

⋙pracayana

1. pra-ḍcayana n. gathering, collecting ( phala-)

⋙pracāya

1. pra-ḍcāya m

⋙pracāyikā

1. pra-ḍcāyikā f. gathering, plucking, collecting (with the hand or in turn, cf: puṣpa-
2. the latter also 'a female who gathers', A.)

⋙pracita

1. pra-ḍcita mfn. gathered, collected, heaped, accumulated
2. covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Suśr
3. pronounced with the Pracaya tone, accentless VPrāt
4. m. (also -ka) N. of a metre Col
5. -svara m. = pracaya-svara

⋙pracinvat

1. pra-ḍcinvat mfn. gathering, collecting, plucking MBh. Hariv
2. m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya Hariv. Pur

⋙praceya

1. pra-ḍceya mfn. to be collected or gathered
2. to be increased MW
3. spreading everywhere Jātakam

pracika

1. pracika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pracikīrṣu

1. pra-cikīrṣu mfn. (√1. kṛ Desid.) wishing or intending to requite BhP

pracit

1. pra-√cit P. Ā. -ciketti, -cikitte, to know or make known RV
2. to become visible or manifest, appear ib. TS.: Caus. -cetayati, to make known, cause to appear RV
3. (Ā.) to appear ib.: Desid. -cikitsati, to show, point out ib

⋙pracikita

1. pra-ḍcikita (prá-), mfn. knowing, familiar or conversant with VS. (Mahīdh.)

⋙pracetana

1. pra-ḍcetana mfn. illumining, illustrating SV

⋙pracetas

1. pra-ḍcetas (prá-), mfn. attentive, observant, mindful, clever, wise (said of the gods, esp. of Agni and the Ādityas) RV. AV. VS. TS
2. happy, delighted L
3. m. N. of Varuṇa Hariv. Kālid. BhP
4. of a Prajā-pati (an ancient sage and law-giver) Mn. i, 35 (-smṛti f. N. of wk.)
5. of a prince (son of Duduha) Hariv
6. of a son of Duryāman VP
7. of a son of Dur-mada BhP
8. pl. (wṛ. prāc○) N. of the 10 sons of Prācīna-barhis by a daughter of Varuṇa (they are the progenitors of Daksha) MBh. Hariv. Pur

⋙pracetasa

1. pra-ḍcetasa wṛ. for prāc○
2. (ī), f. Myrica Sapida L

⋙pracetita

1. pra-ḍcetita mfn. ( See a-prac○) noticed, observed

⋙pracetuna

1. pra-ḍcetúna mfn. affording a wide view or prospect RV

praciti

1. pra-citi f. (√2. ci) investigation, examination (= vi-citi) Kuṭṭanīm

pracint

1. pra-√cint P. -cintayati, to think upon, reflect, consider, find out, devise, contrive MBh. Kāv. &c. 1

⋙pracintya

1. pra-ḍcintya ind. having reflected or considered MBh. 2

⋙pracintya

1. pra-ḍcintya mfn. to be reflected or cṭconsidered ib

pracībala

1. pracībala m. or n. a species of plant Suśr

pracīra

1. pra-cīra m. N. of a son of Vatsaprī and Su-nandā MārkP. [Page 657, Column]

pracīrṇa

1. pra-cīrṇa mfn. (√car) come forth, appeared MBh

pracud

1. pra-√cud P. -codati, to set in motion, drive on, urge, impel RV.: Caus. -codayati id. RV. (Ā. to hasten, make haste, viii, 24, 13) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to excite, inspire RV
3. to command, summon, request, demand Mn. MBh. &c
4. to announce, make known, proclaim Mn. iii, 228

⋙pracudita

1. pra-ḍcudita mfn. (m. c. for ○codita) hurled, shot off MBh

⋙pracoda

1. pra-ḍcoda m. instigation Buddh

⋙pracodaka

1. pra-ḍcodaka mf(ikā)n. instigating
2. (ikā), f. 'inflamer', N. of the 4 daughters of Niyojikā (daughter of the demon Du?-saha) MārkP

⋙pracodana

1. pra-ḍcodana n. instigating, exciting MBh
2. direction, order, command R
3. a rule or law W
4. saying ib
5. sending ib
6. (ī), f. Solanum Jacquini L

⋙pracodita

1. pra-ḍcodita mfn. (fr. Caus.) driven on, urged, impelled MBh. Ragh
2. asked, requested, ordered, directed Mn. (cf. a-prac○) R
3. decreed, determined BhP
4. announced, proclaimed ŚvetUp
5. sent, dispatched W

⋙pracodin

1. pra-ḍcodin mfn. driving forward, urging Kathās
2. (inī), f. Solanum Jacquini L

pracupita

1. pra-cupita See upasthita-p○

pracura

1. pracura mf(ā)n. much, many, abundant (opp. to alpa)
2. plenteous, plentiful, frequent
3. (ifc.) abounding in, filled with MBh. Kāv. &c
4. m. a thief A

⋙pracuracandana

1. ○candana n. much sandal Ṛitus

⋙pracuracchala

1. ○cchala mfn. hidden in manifold disguises MBh

⋙pracuratā

1. ○tā f. (Var.),

⋙pracuratva

1. ○tva n. (Hariv. &c.) abundance, multitude

⋙pracuranityadhanāgama

1. ○nitya-dhanâgama mfn. receiving many and constant supplies of money Bhartṛ

⋙pracuraparibhava

1. ○paribhava m. frequent humiliation ib

⋙pracurapādapa

1. ○pādapa mfn. abounding with trees R

⋙pracurapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa mfn. abounding with men, populous W
2. m. a thief. L

⋙pracuraratnadhanāgama

1. ○ratna-dhanâgama mfn. having a large income of gems and money MW

⋙pracuraloma

1. ○loma mfn. having too much hair Kull

≫pracurī

1. pracurī in comp. for ○ra

⋙pracurīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. making abundant, augmenting, increasing W

⋙pracurīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. augmented, increased ib

⋙pracurībhū

1. ○√bhū to become abundant, increase Śiś

pracūrṇ

1. pra-√cūrṇ P. -cūrṇayati (only aor. prâcucūrṇat), to crush, grind to dust Bhaṭṭ

pracṛt

1. pra-√cṛt P. -cṛtati, to loose, loosen, untie AV. ĀśvŚr

⋙pracṛtta

1. pra-ḍcṛtta mfn. loose, dishevelled
2. -śikha mfn. with dishṭdishevelled hair ĀśvGṛ

pracetana

1. pra-cetana &c. See pra-√cit

pracetṛ

1. pracetṛ m. a charioteer L. (wṛ. for pra-vetṛ)

pracela

1. pra-cela n. (√cel?) yellow sandalwood L

⋙pracelaka

1. pra-ḍcelaka m. a horse L

praceluka

1. praceluka m. a cook L. (wṛ. for paceluka)

pracoda

1. pra-coda &c. See pra-√cud

pracchad

1. pra-cchad (√chad), P. Ā. -cchādayati, ○te, to cover, envelop, wrap up (Ā. with instr. 'to cover one's self with, put on') ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
2. to be in the way, be an obstacle to (acc.) R
3. to hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c

⋙praccchad

1. pra-cḍcchád f. a cover, covering VS. MaitrS

⋙praccchada

1. pra-cḍcchada m. a cover, coverlet, wrapper, blanket L
2. -paṭa m. (L.), -vāsas n. (Kathās.) id

⋙praccchanna

1. pra-cḍcchanna mfn. covered, enveloped, shut up ŚBr. MBh. &c
2. hidden, concealed, unobserved, private, secret, disguised (ibc. and am ind. 'secretly, covertly') Mn. MBh. &c
3. n. a private door
4. a lattice, loop-hole L
5. -gupta mfn. secretly hidden Bhartṛ
6. -cāraka and -cārin mfn. acting secretly or fraudulently R
7. -taskara m. a secret thief Mn
8. -pāpa m. a secretly sinner ib
9. -vañcaka m. a secretly rogue or rascal ib
10. -vṛtti f. a secretly manner or way Śukas
11. ○cchannī-√bhū, to hide or conceal one's self. L

⋙praccchādaka

1. pra-cḍcchādaka mf(ikā)n. concealing, covering (ifc.) MārkP. Suśr
2. m. the song of a wife deserted by her husband (sung with the accompaniment of a lute and containing a covert description of her sorrows) L

⋙praccchādana

1. pra-cḍcchādana mfn. concealing, hiding (cf. piplu-)
2. n. covering, concealing, concealment MBh. Pañcat
3. an upper or outer garment L
4. -paṭa m. a cover, coverlet, wrapper Pañcat

⋙praccchādita

1. pra-cḍcchādita mfn. covered, wrapped up, clothed, hidden, concealed R. Suśr. 1

⋙praccchādya

1. pra-cḍcchādya ind. having covered or hidden MBh. 2. [Page 658, Column]

⋙praccchādya

1. pra-cḍcchādya mfn. to be covered or hidden Kāv

pracchana

1. pracchana See under √prach

pracchāna

1. pra-cchāna pra-cchita, See under pra-ccho below

pracchāya

1. pra-cchāya (prob.) n. a shadowy place, dense shade Hariv. Śak. Kathās

pracchid

1. pra-cchid (√chid), P.Ā. -cchinatti, -cchintte, to cut off or through, pierce, split, cleave AV. &c. &c
2. to rend or take away, withdraw MBh.: Caus. -cchedayati, to cause to cut off &c. MBh.: Caus. of Intens. -cecchidayya Pat

⋙praccchid

1. pra-cḍcchíd mfn. cutting off or to pieces VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch.)

⋙praccchindyākarṇa

1. pra-cḍcchindyā-karṇa mf(ī)n. whose ear is to be cleft MaitrS. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 115)

⋙pracccheda

1. pra-cḍccheda m. a cutting, slip, strip KātyŚr
2. a musical division, bar (?) Divyâv

⋙praccchedaka

1. pra-cḍcchedaka m. a song sung by a wife who thinks her husband false to her Sāh. (cf. pra-cchādaka)

⋙praccchedana

1. pra-cḍcchedana n. dividing into small pieces ṢaḍvBr

⋙praccchedya

1. pra-cḍcchedya See a-pracchedya

pracchuḍ

1. pra-cchuḍ (√chuḍ), Caus. -cchoḍayati, to stretch out Kāraṇḍ

pracchṛd

1. pra-cchṛd (√chṛd), Caus. -cchardayati, to vomit Suśr

⋙praccchardana

1. pra-cḍcchardana n. emitting, exhaling Yogas
2. vomiting, an emetic Suśr

⋙praccchardi

1. pra-cḍcchardi (Gal.),

⋙praccchardikā

1. pra-cḍcchardikā (Pāṇ. 3-3, 108 Sch.), f. vomiting, sickness

praccho

1. pra-ccho (√cho
2. only ind. p. -cchayitvā), to bleed by making incisions in the skin, cup, lance, scarify Suśr

⋙praccchāna

1. pra-cḍcchāna n. scarifying, making sore ib

⋙praccchita

1. pra-cḍcchita mfn. cut, lanced, scarified ib

pracyu

1. pra-cyu Ā. -cyavate (ep. also P. ○ti), to move, proceed, depart TS. AV. ŚBr
2. to swerve or deviate from (abl.) MBh
3. to be deprived of, lose (abl.) ib. Kāv. Pañcat
4. to come or stream forth ib
5. to fall down, drop, stumble ŚBr. MBh. R
6. to fall (scil. from heaven i.e. be born again) HPariś.: Caus. -cyāvayati, to move, shake RV
7. to eject, remove or dispel or divert from (abl.) ib. &c. &c
8. to cause to fall (lit. and fig.) MBh. Daś. BhP. Suśr

⋙pracyava

1. pra-ḍcyava m. fall, ruin Kāṭh
2. withdrawal Kap. Sch
3. advancement, improvement MW

⋙pracyavana

1. pra-ḍcyavana mfn. removing, destroying Car. (wṛ. for ○cyāvana?)
2. n. falling down (esp. from heaven i.e. being born again) HPariś
3. departure, withdrawal Suśr
4. loss, deprivation (with abl.) MBh
5. oozing, dropping A

⋙pracyāvana

1. pra-ḍcyāvana n. means of removing or diminishing, a sedative Suśr
2. causing to give up, diverting from (abl.) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pracyāvuka

1. pra-ḍcyāvuka mfn. transitory, fragile, SāṅkhBr

⋙pracyuta

1. pra-ḍcyuta (prá-), mfn. routed, put to flight expelled, banished, retreated AV
2. streamed forth or issued from (abl.) ib. MBh. &c
3. fallen from (lit. and fig.), swerved from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
4. subtracted, Bījag
5. -tva n. deviation, retreat MW

⋙pracyuti

1. pra-ḍcyuti f. going away, withdrawing, departing Śaṃk
2. loss, deprivation (with abl.) ib
3. falling from, giving up (ifc.) Var. Sch
4. decay, fall, ruin (a-pr○) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

prach

1. prach cl.6. P. (Dhātup.xxviii, 120), pṛcchati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. pṛcchate
2. pf. papraccha Br. &c., papṛkṣé [?] RV. iv, 43, 7
3. aor. áprākṣīt AV. &c., áprāṭ RV., apraṣṭa Kāv
4. fut. prakṣyati Br. &c., praṣṭā Gr
5. ind. p. pṛṣṭvā, -pṛcchya MBh
6. inf. práṣṭum AV. &c., -pṛ́ccham, ○cche RV.), to ask, question, interrogate (acc.)
7. to ask after inquire about (acc.)
8. to ask or interrogate any one (acc.) about anything (acc., dat., loc., prati, or adhikṛtya with acc
9. arthe or hetoḥ ifc.) RV. (pr.p. Ā. pṛcchamāna, 'asking one's self', x ; 34, 6) &c. &c
10. (in astrol.) to consult the future Var
11. (with nāmato mātaram) to inquire about one's (gen.) mother's name Śak
12. (with na) not to trouble one's self with ĀśvŚr
13. to seek, wish, long for
14. to ask, demand, beg, entreat (acc.) RV.: Pass. pṛcchyáte, to be asked or questioned about (act., dat. &c., as above) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. pracchayati (aor. apapracchat), Gr.: Desid. pipṛcchiṣati Pāṇ. 1-2, 8: Intens. parīpṛcchyate Pāṇ. 7-4, 90 Pat. [Orig. pṛk ; Lat. preces, procus ; poscere for porscere ; Slav. prositi ; Lith. prasśy4ti ; Germ. frâhên, fragen ; forskôn, forschen.] [Page 658, Column]

⋙pracchana

1. pracchana n. (and ○nā f.) asking, inquiring, a question, inquiry L

praja

1. pra-ja See under pra-√jan

prajaṅgha

1. pra-jaṅgha m. N. of a monkey and of a Rākshasa R
2. (ā), f. a partic. portion of the lower part of the, thigh, Jātakam

prajan

1. pra-√jan Ā. -jāyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to be born or produced, spring up from (abl.) be begotten (by instr. or abl.
2. from abl.
3. or with loc.
4. in [loc. or adhi]) RV. &c. &c
5. to become an embryo ŚBr
6. to be born again MBh
7. to propagate offspring with or by (instr.) RV. ŚBr. Mn
8. to bring forth, generate, bear, procreate (acc.)
9. beget on (loc. or instr.) MBh
10. to cause to be reproduced ŚBr.: Caus. -janayati, to cause any one (acc.) to propagate offspring (instr.) RV
11. to beget, procreate MaitrS. (aor. prajanayām akaḥ
12. Pāṇ. 3-1, 42) AV. ŚBr
13. to cause to be reproduced ŚBr.: Desid. -jijaniṣate, to wish to be born ŚBr.: Desid. of Caus. -jijanayiṣati, to wish to cause to be conceived or born ib

⋙praja

1. pra-ḍja mf(ā)n. bringing forth, bearing ( a-praja)
2. m. a husband L
3. (ā), f. See below. 1

⋙prajajñi

1. pra-jajñi mfn. (for 2. See under pra-jñā) able to beget ( See 1. a-prajajñi)

⋙prajana

1. pra-ḍjana m. begetting, impregnation, generation, bearing, bringing forth (rarely n.) Mn. MBh
2. one who begets, generator, progenitor BhP
3. ○nartham ind. for the sake of procreation Mn. ix, 96

⋙prajanana

1. pra-ḍjánana mfn. begetting, generating, generative, vigorous VS. ŚBr
2. n. the act of begetting or bringing forth, generation, procreation, birth, production (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c
3. generative energy, semen TS. TBr. ŚrS
4. the male (RV. Br.) or female (L.) generative organ
5. offspring, children BhP
6. = pra-gama, or pra-gata L
7. -kāma mfn. desirous of begetting or bringing forth Kauś
8. -kuśala mfn. skilled in midwifery Suśr
9. -vat (○jánana-), possessing generative power AV

⋙prajanayitṛ

1. pra-ḍjanayitṛ́ m. a generator, begetter, progenitor TS. Br

⋙prajanikā

1. pra-ḍjanikā f. a mother L

⋙prajaniṣṇu

1. pra-ḍjaniṣṇú mfn. generative, procreative, producing ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 136)
2. being born or produced W
3. growing, standing (as corn) ib

⋙prajaniṣyamāṇā

1. pra-ḍjaniṣyamāṇā f. about to bring forth, being near the time of delivery Suśr

⋙prajanu

1. pra-ḍjanú mf. the organ of generation (of females) TBr

⋙prajanuka

1. pra-ḍjanuka (?), m. the body L

⋙prajas

1. pra-ḍjas (ifc.) = ○jā (cf. duṣ-, bahu-)
2. m. N. of a son of Manu Auttami VP

⋙prajāta

1. pra-ḍjāta (prá-), mfn. born, produced, Rv. &c. &c
2. (ā), f. a woman who has borne a child ŚrS. MBh. &c. (cf. ṛta-)

⋙prajāti

1. pra-ḍjāti (prá-), f. generating or generative power, generation, production, bringing forth, delivery Br. ŚrS. BhP
2. = upa-nayana, initiation with the sacred thread (as causing second birth) BhP. Sch
3. m. N. of a prince MārkP. (vḷ. pra-jāni)
4. -kāma mfn. desirous of propagation AitBr
5. -mat mfn. containing words relating to generation ib
6. ○tyānanda m. the joy of propagation BhP

≫prajā

1. prajā́ f. (ifc. f. ā
2. cf. pra-ja above) procreation, propagation, birth RV. AV
3. offspring, children, family, race, posterity, descendants, aftergrowth (of plants) RV. &c. &c
4. a creature, animal, man, mankind
5. people, subjects (of a prince) ib
6. seed, semen VS. (cf. -niṣeka)
7. an era Divyâv

⋙prajākara

1. ○kara m. a symbol. N. for 'a sword' (!) L

⋙prajākalpa

1. ○kalpa m. the time of creation Hariv. (perhaps wṛ. for purā-k○)

⋙prajākāma

1. ○kāma (○jā́-), mfn. desirous of offspring AV. &c. &c
2. m. desire of offspring ML

⋙prajākāra

1. ○kāra m. the author of creation Hariv

⋙prajāgupti

1. ○gupti f. protection of subjects Āpast

⋙prajāghnī

1. ○ghnī See -han

⋙prajācandra

1. ○candra m. 'people's moon', honorific N. of a prince Rājat

⋙prajātantu

1. ○tantu m. a line of descendants, a race TUp. BhP

⋙prajātīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. the auspicious moment of birth BhP

⋙prajādā

1. ○dā f. 'granting offspring', N. of a species of shrub L

⋙prajādāna

1. ○dāna n. procreation of children Āpast
2. 'people's gift', silver L

⋙prajādvāra

1. ○dvāra n. 'gate or means of obtaining progeny', N. of the sun MBh

⋙prajādhara

1. ○dhara mfn. supporting creatures (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ

⋙prajādhyakṣa

1. ○"ṣdhyakṣa (○jâdh○), m. 'surveyor of creatures', N. of the sun MBh
2. of Kardama and Daksha BhP

⋙prajānātha

1. ○nātha m. 'lord of creatures', N. of Brahmā or Manu Prab
2. of Daksha, Bh
3. = -pa Ragh. Rājat

⋙prajāniṣeka

1. ○niṣeka m. infusion of semen, impregnation, offspring Ragh. xiv, 60

⋙prajāntaka

1. ○"ṣntaka (○jânt○), m. 'destroyer of creatures', Yama, god of death L. -1

⋙prajāpa

1. ○pa mfn. (for 2. See pra-√jap) protecting subjects Nalac
2. m. a prince, king L

⋙prajāpati

1. ○pati (○jā-), m. 'lord of creatures', N. of Savitṛi, Soma, Agni, Indra &c. RV. AV
2. a divinity presiding over procreation, protector of life ib. VS. Mn. Suśr. BhP. [Page 658, Column]
3. lord of creatures, creator RV. &c. &c. (N. of a supreme god above or among the Vedic deities [RV. (only x, 21, 10) AV. VS. Br.] but in later times also applied to Vishṇu, Śiva, Time personified, the sun, fire, &c., and to various progenitors, esp. to the 10 lords of created beings first created by Brahmā, viz. Marīci, Atri, Aṅgiras, Pulastya, Pulaka, Kratu, Vasishṭha, Pracetas or Daksha, Bhṛigu, Nārada [Mn.i, 34
4. IW. 206, n.], of whom some authorities count only the first 7, others the last 3)
5. a father L
6. a king, prince L
7. a son-in-law L
8. N. of the 5th (39th) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
9. the planet Mars, a partic. star, ? Aurigae Sūryas
10. (in astrol.) = 2. kāla-nara, q.v
11. a species of insect L
12. N. of sev. men and authors Cat
13. (ī), f. a matron, lady Divyâv
14. N. of Gautama Buddha's aunt and nurse (with the patr. Gautamī, the first woman who assented to his doctrines) Lalit
15. -grihīta (○jā́-p○), mfn. seized by Prajā-pati VS
16. -carita n. N. of wk
17. -cití f. Prajā-pati's layer ŚBr
18. -datta m. N. of a man Pat
19. -nivāsinī f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ
20. -pati m. 'lord of the Prajā-pati', N. of Brahmā BhP
21. of Daksha ib
22. -bhakṣita (○jā́-p○), mfn. eaten by Prajā-pati VS
23. -mukha (jā́-p○), mfn. having Prajā-pati as head or chief ŚBr
24. -yajña m. 'sacrifice to Prajā-pati', the procreation of children enjoined by law VP
25. -loká m. Prajā-pati's world (situated between the sphere of Brahmā and that of the Gandharvas) ŚBr
26. -śarman m. N. of a man L
27. -sṛṣṭa (○jā́-p○), mfn. created by Prajā-pati AV. ŚBr
28. -smṛti f. N. of wk
29. -hṛdaya n. 'Prajā-pati's heart', N. of a Sāman ŚrS. (also prajā́pater-hṛ́d○ ŚBr. TS.)

⋙prajāpatika

1. ○patika m. endearing form of prajāpati-datta Pat

⋙prajāpatya

1. ○patya wṛ. for prājāpatya

⋙prajāpaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙prajāparipālana

1. ○paripālana n. the protection of subjects Vishṇ

⋙prajāpāla

1. ○pāla m. 'protector of creatures', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh
2. a prince, king ib. Rājat
3. N. of a king VarP

⋙prajāpālana

1. ○pālana n. = -paripālana Mn. ix, 253 &c
2. N. of wk

⋙prajāpāli

1. ○pāli m. 'protector of creatures', N. of Śiva Śivag. (cf. go-pāli)

⋙prajāpālya

1. ○pālya n. the office of protector of the people, royal office R

⋙prajāmṛtatva

1. ○"ṣmṛtatva (○jâmṛ○), n. perpetuity of posterity AV

⋙prajārtham

1. ○"ṣrtham and ind. for the sake of offspring MBh

⋙prajārthe

1. ○"ṣḍrthe (○jârth○), ind. for the sake of offspring MBh

⋙prajāvat

1. ○vat (○jā́-), mfn. having or granting offspring or children, prolific, fruitful RV. &c. &c
2. m. N. of a Ṛishi and his hymn ĀśvGṛ
3. (with the patr. prājāpatya) supposed author of RV. x, 183 Anukr
4. (atī), f. pregnant BhP
5. (ifc.) bringing forth, mother of MārkP. (cf. viira-)
6. a brother's wife Ragh
7. the wife of an elder brother L
8. N. of a tutelary deity of the Su-mantus VarP
9. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
10. of the wife of Priya-vrata MārkP

⋙prajāvarī

1. ○varī f. vḷ. for -vatī (f. of prec.) MānGṛ

⋙prajāvid

1. ○víd mfn. bestowing or granting progeny AV

⋙prajāvṛddhi

1. ○vṛddhi f. increase or abundance of offspring Āpast

⋙prajāvyāpāra

1. ○vyāpāra m. care for or anxiety about the people Siṃhâs

⋙prajāvyṛddhapaśuvyṛddha

1. ○vyṛddha-paśu-vyṛddha mfn. one who has ill luck with his children and cattle ĀpŚr

⋙prajāśānti

1. ○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙prajāsani

1. ○sáni mfn. = -vid VS

⋙prajāsṛj

1. ○sṛj m. creator of beings, N. of Brahmā and Kaśyapa Rājat
2. father or king Śiś. i, 28 Sch

⋙prajāhan

1. ○han mf(ghnī)n. killing offspring, destroying progeny PārGṛ

⋙prajāhita

1. ○hita mfn. favourable to or good for offspring or subjects
2. n. water W

⋙prajepsu

1. prajêpsu mfn. desirous to obtain offspring MW

⋙prajāśa

1. prajâśa m. 'lord of creatures', N. of the god presiding over the procreation of offspring BhP
2. 'lord of the people', a prince, king Ragh. BhP

⋙prajeśvara

1. prajêśvara m. 'lord of creatures', creator (cf. prājeśvara)
2. a prince, king Hariv. Ragh

⋙prajehā

1. prajêhā f. desire of offspring MBh

⋙prajotpatti

1. prajôtpatti f. the raising up of progeny MW

⋙prajotpādana

1. prajôtpādana n. id. Suśr

≫prajānā

1. pra-jānā f. the place of bringing forth AitĀr

⋙prajāni

1. pra-ḍjāni m. N. of a prince Pur. (cf. jāti)

⋙prajāyinī

1. pra-ḍjāyinī f. about to bring forth Suśr
2. (ifc.) bearing, bringing forth, a mother of (cf. viira-)

⋙prajijanayiṣitavya

1. pra-ḍjijanayiṣitavyá mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wished to be born ŚBr

⋙prajijaniṣamāṇa

1. pra-ḍjíjaniṣamāṇa mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to be born or produced ŚBr

prajap

1. pra-√jap P. -japati, to recite in a low tone, whisper, mutter MBh. 2

⋙prajāpa

1. pra-ḍjāpa mfn. (for 1. See under pra-jā) muttering prayers, praying Nalac

prajaya

1. pra-jaya See under pra-√ji

prajalp

1. pra-√jalp P. -jalpati, to talk, speak, tell, communicate, announce, proclaim Yājñ. MBh. &c

⋙prajalpa

1. pra-ḍjalpa m. prattle, gossip, heedless or frivolous words (esp. words used in greeting a lover) L. [Page 659, Column]

⋙prajalpana

1. pra-ḍjalpana n. talking, speaking Pañcat

⋙prajalpita

1. pra-ḍjalpita mfn. talked, spoken ib
2. one who has begun to talk Kum
3. n. spoken words, talk MBh

prajava

1. pra-java See pra-√jū below

prajahita

1. pra-jahita See pra-√hā

prajāgṛ

1. pra-√jāgṛ P. -jāgarti, to watch, watch over (loc.) Bhaṭṭ
2. to lie in wait for (gen.) MBh.: Caus. -jāgarayati (aor. -ajīgaḥ), to wake (trans.) RV

⋙prajāgara

1. pra-ḍjāgara mfn. one who wakes, waking MBh. &c
2. m. a watchman, guardian BhP
3. N. of Vishṇu MBh
4. waking, watching, attention, care (also pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
5. waking up (intr.) Kām
6. (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh

⋙prajāgaraṇa

1. pra-ḍjāgaraṇa n. being awake Suśr

⋙prajāgarūka

1. pra-ḍjāgarūka mfn. wide awake, Śrikaṇṭh

prajāpayitṛ

1. prajāpayitṛ́ in., wṛ. for pradājayitṛ́ TBr

praji

1. pra-√ji P. -jayati, to, win, conquer AV. &c. &c

⋙prajaya

1. pra-ḍjayá m. victory, conquest ŚBr

⋙prajit

1. pra-ḍjit mfn. conquering, defeating Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

prajita

1. prajita mfn. driven, impelled, urged on (prob. wṛ. for prâjita
2. See tottra-, daṇḍa-)

prajina

1. prajina m. wind, air (also spelt prajīna) L

prajinv

1. pra-√jinv P. -jinvati, or -jincti, to refresh, animate, promote, further RV

prajihīrṣu

1. pra-jihīrṣu mfn. (Desid. of √hṛ) being about to strike or hit Rājat

prajīvana

1. pra-jīvana n. (√jīv) livelihood, subsistence Mn. ix, 163

⋙prajīvin

1. pra-ḍjīvin m. N. of a minister of Megha-varṇa (the king of the crows) Pañcat

prajuṣṭa

1. pra-juṣṭa mfn. (√juṣ) strongly attached to or intent on (loc.) Mn. ii, 96

prajū

1. pra-√jū Ā. -javate, to hasten forwards RV. iii, 33, 1 (?): Caus. -jāvayati, to set in rapid motion, dart, shoot (arrows) Nir. ix, 17

⋙prajava

1. pra-ḍjavá m. haste, rapidity RV
2. mfn. rapid, swift Gal
3. (○jávam), ind. hastily, rapidly TS

⋙prajavana

1. pra-ḍjavana mfn. running very quickly Uttarar

⋙prajavita

1. pra-ḍjavita mfn. driven on, impelled MBh. Hariv. R
2. (ifc.) urged on, incited, summoned by (= pra-codita) Hariv

⋙prajavin

1. pra-ḍjavin mfn. hastening, rapid, swift Kād. Kathās. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 156)
2. m. a runner, courier, express

prajṛmbh

1. pra-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to begin to yawn, open the mouth MBh

prajṝ

1. pra-√jṝ P. -jīryati, to be digested Suśr

⋙prajīrṇa

1. pra-ḍjīrṇa mfn. digested Car

prajjaṭikā

1. prajjaṭikā f. a kind of Prākṛit metre Col

prajji

1. prajji m. N. of a man Rājat

prajña

1. pra-jña mfn. = pra-jñu L

prajñā

1. pra-√jñā P. -jānāti, to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action), discern, distinguish, know about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c
2. to find out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kāv. &c.:, Caus. [-jJ�Apayati], to show or point out (the way) ŚBr
3. to summon, invite Lalit. 2

⋙prajajñi

1. pra-ḍjájñi mfn. (for 1. See pra-√jan) knowing, conversant with ŚBr

≫prajña

1. pra-jña mf(ā)n. (for 1. See above) wise, prudent MāṇḍUp
2. (ifc.) knowing, conversant with (cf. nikṛti-, pathi-)
3. (ā), f. See col. 2
4. -tā (○jñá-) f. knowledge. ŚBr

⋙prajñaka

1. pra-jñaka See akṛta-prajñaka

⋙prajñapta

1. pra-jñapta mfn. (fr. Caus.) ordered, prescribed (cf. vaidya-)
2. arranged (as a seat) Divyâv

⋙prajñapti

1. pra-jñapti f. teaching, information, instruction BhP
2. an appointment, agreement, engagement W
3. arrangement (of a seat) Divyâv
4. (with Jainas) a partic. magical art personified as one of the Vidyā-deviis Kathās. (L. also ○tī)
5. -kauśika m. N. of a teacher acquainted with the magical art called Prajñapti Kathās
6. -vādin m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school SaddhP
7. -śāstra n. N. of wk

⋙prajñāta

1. pra-jñāta mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.), well-known, public, common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c

⋙prajñātavya

1. pra-jñātavya mfn. to be known, discernible KaushUp

⋙prajñāti

1. pra-jñāti (prá-), f. knowing the way to (gen.) or the right way ŚBr. TāṇḍBr

⋙jñātṛ

1. jñātṛ́ m. one who knows the way, guide, conductor RV

⋙jñātra

1. ḍjñātra See a-prajñātrá

⋙jñāna

1. ḍjñā́na mf(ī)n. prudent, wise L. [Page 659, Column]
2. easily known AV
3. n. knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, discrimination AV. &c. &c
4. a distinctive mark, token of recognition, any mark or sign or characteristic AV. MBh. R. &c
5. a monument, memorial ŚBr
6. -kumuda-candrikā f. N. of wk
7. -ghaná m. nothing but knowledge ŚBr. (cf. under ghaná)
8. -tṛpta mfn. satiated with, i.e. full of knowledge MBh
9. -saṃtati f. a train of thought Tattvas
10. ○nânanda, ○nâśrama, and ○nêndra m. N. of authors Cat

⋙jñāpana

1. ḍjñāpana n. (fr. Caus.) statement, assertion Nyāyas. Sch
2. -pradeśa-vyākhyā, f
3. ○nôpâṅga n. N. of wks

⋙jñāpanīya

1. ḍjñāpanīya or mfn. to be asserted Nyāyas. Sch

⋙jñāpayitavya

1. ḍjñāpayitavya mfn. to be asserted Nyāyas. Sch

⋙jñāpita

1. ḍjñāpita mfn. betrayed, disclosed Śak. i, 23/24 (v. l.)

≫prajñā

1. pra-jñā́ f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment ŚBr. &c. &c
2. device, design ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
3. a clever or sensible woman W
4. Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts and eloquence, Sarasvatī L
5. a partic. Śakti or energy Hcat
6. (with Buddh.) true or transcendental wisdom (which is three fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126 ; 128
7. the energy of Ādi-buddha (through the union with whom the latter produced all things) MWB. 204

⋙prajñākara

1. ○kara m. N. of a Buddh. scholar and of Sch. on Nalôd

⋙prajñākāya

1. ○kāya m. N. of Mañju-śri Buddh

⋙prajñākūṭa

1. ○kūṭa m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP

⋙prajñākośa

1. ○kośa m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙prajñāgupta

1. ○gupta mfn. protected by understanding (-śarīra) ŚārṅgP
2. N. of a Buddh. scholar

⋙prajñāghana

1. ○ghana m. nothing but intelligence BhP

⋙prajñācakṣus

1. ○cakṣus n. the eye of understanding Mālav. Vajracch
2. mfn. 'mind-eyed', wise, intelligent MBh. iii, 13891
3. blind ib. i, 147 &c
4. m. N. of the blind king Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

⋙prajñācandra

1. ○candra m. 'moon of wisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

⋙prajñāḍhya

1. ○"ṣḍhya (○jñâḍhya), m. 'rich in wisdom', N. of a man Kathās

⋙prajñātman

1. ○"ṣtman (○jñât○), mfn. 'one whose nature is wisdom', being all wisdom AitĀr

⋙prajñāditya

1. ○"ṣditya (○jñâd○), m. 'sun of wisdom', N. applied to a very clever man Rājat

⋙prajñādeva

1. ○deva m. 'god of wisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

⋙prajñāntaka

1. ○"ṣntaka (○jñât○), m. 'destroyer of wisdom', (with Buddh.) one of the 10 gods of anger Dharmas. 11

⋙prajñāpāramitā

1. ○pāramitā f. perfection in wṭwisdom Kathās. Kāraṇḍ
2. (with Buddh.) one of the 6 or 10 transcendent virtues Dharmas. 17 ; 18 MWB. 128
3. -sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙prajñāpeta

1. ○"ṣpêta (○jñâp○), mfn. destitute of wisdom or knowledge KaushUp

⋙prajñāprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙prajñāpratibhāsita

1. ○pratibhāsita m. 'illumined by wisdom', a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

⋙prajñābhadra

1. ○bhadra m. 'excelling in wṭwisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

⋙prajñāmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of wisdom or understanding MBh

⋙prajñāmātrā

1. ○mātrā f. an element of cognition, organ of sense KaushUp

⋙prajñāvat

1. ○vat mfn. wise, knowing, shrewd, intelligent Kathās. Pañcat. &c

⋙prajñāvardhanastotra

1. ○vardhana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙prajñāvarman

1. ○varman m. 'having wisdom for armour', N. of a man Buddh

⋙prajñāvāda

1. ○vāda m. a word of wisdom Bhag

⋙prajñāvṛddha

1. ○vṛddha mfn. old in wisdom or knowledge MBh

⋙prajñāsahāya

1. ○sahāya mfn. 'having wṭwisdom for a companion', wise, intelligent Kathās

⋙prajñāsāgara

1. ○sāgara m. 'sea of wisdom', N. of a king's minister Kathās

⋙prajñāsūktamuktāvalī

1. ○sū7kta-muktâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙prajñāhīna

1. ○hīna mfn. destitute of wṭwisdom, ignorant, silly, unwise W

≫prajñāla

1. prajñāla mfn. wise, prudent, g. sidhmâdi

≫prajñin

1. prajñin mfn. id. L

≫prajñila

1. prajñila mfn. id., g. picchâdi

prajñu

1. pra-jñu mfn. having the knees far apart, bandy-legged, bow-legged L. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 129)

prajval

1. pra-√jval P. -jvalati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to begin to burn or blaze, be kindled (lit. and fig.), flame or flash up, shine, gleam TBr. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-jv�Alayati], to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame GṛŚrS. ChUp. MBh. &c
2. (with Buddh.) to illustrate, explain Divyâv

⋙prajvaljvalana

1. pra-√jval--"ṣjvalana n. blazing up, flaming, burning Var. Pratāp

⋙prajvaljvalanīya

1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvalanīya mfn. to be set on fire, inflammable MW

⋙prajvaljvalita

1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvalita mfn. flaming, blazing, burning, shining Lāṭy. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. n. flaming up, blazing, burning Hariv

⋙prajvaljvālana

1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālana n. kindling, setting on fire Vishṇ

⋙prajvaljvālā

1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālā f. a flame, light R

⋙prajvaljvālita

1. pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālita mfn. lighted, kindled MW

prajvāra

1. pra-jvāra m. (√jvar) the heat cf fever (sometimes personified) BhP

praḍīna

1. pra-ḍīna mfn. (√ḍī) flown up or forward, taking flight R. Mṛicch
2. n. the act of flying, flying forward MBh. [Page 659, Column]

praṇa

1. praṇa mfn. (fr. 1. pra) ancient, old Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat

praṇakha

1. pra-ṇakha m. or n. (?) the point of the nails ChUp

praṇad

1. pra-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to resound, begin to sound or roar or cry MBh. R

⋙praṇadana

1. pra-ṇadana n. = ○ṇāda L

⋙praṇadita

1. pra-ṇadita mfn. sounding, buzzing, humming (as a bee) Śiś

⋙praṇāda

1. pra-ṇāda m. a loud sound or noise (esp. expressive of approbation or delight), shout, cry, roar, yell, neigh &c. MBh. R
2. a murmur or sigh of repture W
3. noise or buzzing in the ear (from thickening of the membranes &c.), SuŚr
4. N. of a Cakra-vattin Divyâv

⋙praṇādaka

1. pra-ṇādaka mfn. sounding &c. Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 Sch

praṇapāt

1. pra-ṇapāt m. a great-grandson RV. [Cf. Lat. pro-nepos.]

praṇabh

1. pra-ṇabh (√nabh), Ā. -ṇabhate, to burst, split, cleave RV

praṇam

1. pra-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (ind. p. -ṇamya), to bend or bow down before (often with mūrdhnā, śirasā &c.), make obeisance to (dat, gen., loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-n�Amayati], (ind. p. -namayya), to cause a person (acc.) to bow before (dat.) Kālid
2. to bow, incline ib

⋙praṇata

1. pra-ṇata mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined ŚāṅkhBr. Mn. &c
2. bowed to, saluted reverentially BhP
3. bent towards, offered respectfully Mālav. (cf. below)
4. humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP
5. skilful, clever W
6. a partic. kind of accentuation Sāy
7. of a Pariś. of SV
8. -kāya mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP
9. -bahu-phala mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered Mālav. i, 1
10. -vat mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W
11. -śiras mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W
12. ○tâtmavat mfn. 'having one's person bowed', inclined, stooping R. (B.)
13. ○tâśeṣa-sāmanta mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L

⋙praṇati

1. pra-ṇati f. bending, bowing, inclination, salutation, reverence, obeisance MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙praṇamana

1. pra-ṇamana n. bowing before, salutation, reverence (gen. or comp.) Bhartṛ. Kathās

⋙praṇamayya

1. pra-ṇamayya ind. bowing Divyāv

⋙praṇamita

1. pra-ṇamita mfn. bent, bowed, inclined (-śiras = praṇata-ś○) Mālav
2. offered or given respectfully Amar
3. a partic. kind of accentuation SaṃhUp

⋙praṇamra

1. pra-ṇamra mfn. bowing, inclined
2. ○rī-√bhū, to bow down Kāv

⋙praṇāma

1. pra-ṇāma m. (ifc. f. ā) bending, bowing, a bow, respectful salutation, prostration, obeisance (esp. to a Brāhman or to a deity) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. -kṛti f. making an obeisance Pañcat
3. -mitra m. N. of a man HPariś
4. ○mâñjali m. reverential salutation with the hands opened and hollowed Daś
5. ○mâdara m. reverential salutation Kum

⋙praṇāmin

1. pra-ṇāmin mfn. bending, bowing before, honouring (comp.) MBh

praṇaya

1. pra-ṇaya ○yana &c. See pra-ṇī

praṇava

1. pra-ṇáva See pra-ṇu

praṇaś

1. pra-ṇaś (√1. naś), P. -ṇaśati, to reach, attain (only aor. -ṇak and -naśīmahi) RV

praṇaś

1. pra-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇaśati, or ṇaśyati (ep. also Ā. ○te
2. fut. -naṅkṣyati
3. inf. -naṣṭum Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch.), to be lost, disappear, vanish RV. &c. &c
4. to flee, escape Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -ṇāśyati, to cause to disappear or perish AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
5. to allow to be lost i.e. leave unrewarded Hit

⋙praṇāśa

1. pra-ṇāśa m. vanishing, disappearance, cessation, loss, destruction, death R. Var. Suśr. &c

⋙praṇāśana

1. pra-ṇāśana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) causing to disappear, removing, destroying (ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Suśr. &c
2. n. destruction, annihilation Ragh

⋙praṇāśin

1. pra-ṇāśin mfn. = ○ṇāśana mfn. (only f. inī at the end of a verse) MBh. Hariv. R

≫pranaṣṭa

1. pra-naṣṭa mfn. (wrongly written pra-ṇaṣṭa Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch.) lost, disappeared, vanished, ceased, gone, perished, destroyed, annihilated Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pranaṣṭajñānika

1. ○jñānika mfn. one whose knowledge or memory is destroyed Suśr

⋙pranaṣṭavinaya

1. ○vinaya mfn. uncivil, rude MW

⋙pranaṣṭasvāmika

1. ○svāmika mfn. (property) the owner of which has disappeared Mn. viii, 30

⋙pranaṣṭādhigata

1. pranaṣṭâdhigata mfn. lost and found again ib., 33

praṇasa

1. pra-ṇasa mfn. having a prominent nose Pāṇ. 5-4, 119 Sch

praṇāḍikā

1. pra-ṇāḍikā or ○ḍī f. a channel, water-course, drain (met. = intervention, interposition) [Page 660, Column]
2. ○ḍikayā (Sarvad.), or ○ḍyā (ŚBr. Sch.), ind. mediately, indirectly

≫praṇāla

1. pra-ṇāla m. a channel from a pond, watercourse, drain L
2. (prob.) a row, series Kād
3. (ī), f. a channel &c. R. Mṛicch. Siś. Bhpr
4. recension (of a text
5. cf. pāṭha-)
6. intervention, interposition Naish

⋙praṇālikā

1. pra-ṇālikā f. a channel &c. (cf. sruk-praṇ○)
2. intervention, medium L
3. (ayā), ind. indirectly Mahīdh

praṇi

1. pra-ṇi for pra-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad ( See below), ci, 1. dā, dih, de, do, drā, dhā ( See below), dhe, nad ( below), pat ( See below), pad, psāmā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, vā, śam, so, han ( See below)
2. according to Vop. xii, 1 also before 1. mī

praṇiṃsita

1. pra-ṇiṃsita mfn. (√niṃs) kissed W

⋙praṇiṃsitavya

1. pra-ṇiṃsitavya or mfn. to be kissed Pāṇ. 8-4, 33

⋙praniṃsitavya

1. pra-niṃsitavya mfn. to be kissed Pāṇ. 8-4, 33

praṇikṣ

1. pra-ṇikṣ (√nikṣ
2. only fut. -ṇikṣiṣyati), to devour Bhaṭṭ

⋙praṇikṣaṇa

1. pra-ṇikṣaṇa or n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

⋙pranikṣaṇa

1. pra-nikṣaṇa n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

praṇigad

1. pra-ṇi-√gad (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -ṇigadati, to speak, say, declare Śiś. vi, 44

praṇij

1. pra-ṇij (√nij
2. aor. prâṇaikṣit), to wash away, cleanse AV. TS. ŚBr

⋙praṇejana

1. pra-ṇéjana mf(ī)n. washing or wiping away Lāṭy
2. n. the act of washing or bathing AV
3. water for washing ŚBr

praṇijñā

1. pra-ṇi-√jñā P. -jānāti, to reflect, consider Bhaṭṭ

praṇidhā

1. pra-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place in front, cause to precede MBh
2. to put down, deposit ib
3. to place in, bring into (loc.) ib
4. to set (a gem) in (loc.) Hit
5. to put on, apply Suśr
6. to touch MBh
7. to turn or direct (the eyes or thoughts) upon (loc.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (with manas and inf. 'to resolve upon' Bhaṭṭ
8. scil. manas, 'to give the whole attention to, reflect, consider' MBh
9. ātma praṇidhīyatām, 'one must think' ib.)
10. to send out or employ (a spy or emissary), to spy MBh. R
11. to find out or ascertain anything (acc.) to be (acc.) MBh

⋙praṇidhātavya

1. pra-ṇidhātavya mfn. to be turned upon (loc.) Car

⋙praṇidhāna

1. pra-ṇidhāna n. laying on, fixing, applying (also pl.) Car. Suśr
2. access, entrance L
3. exertion, endeavour SaddhP
4. respectful conduct, attention, paid to (loc.) MBh
5. profound religious meditation, abstract contemplation of (comp.) Ragh. Kathās. Vedântas
6. vehement desire Lalit
7. vow ib
8. prayer (threefold) Dharmas. 112

⋙praṇidhāyin

1. pra-ṇidhāyin mfn. employing, sending out (spies) Prasannar

⋙praṇidhi

1. pra-ṇidhi m. watching, observing, spying MBh
2. sending out (spies or emissaries) R
3. a spy, secret agent, emissary Mn. MBh. &c. (○dhī-√bhū, to become a spy Pañcat.)
4. an attendant, follower L
5. care, attention L
6. asking, solicitation, request SaddhP
7. prayer Divyâv
8. N. of a son of Bṛihad-ratha MBh

⋙praṇidheya

1. pra-ṇidheya mfn. to be applied or injected (as a clyster) Suśr
2. to be sent out (as a spy) MBh
3. n. employing, sending out (of emissaries) MW

⋙praṇihita

1. pra-ṇihita mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Suśr
2. put down, deposited Bālar. BhP
3. outstretched, stretched forth Megh. Sāh
4. directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartṛ. BhP
5. delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Bālar
6. contained in (comp.) BhP
7. sent out (as a spy) MBh
8. found out, discovered ib
9. ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54
10. one who has his thoughts concentrated on one point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhaṭṭ
11. obtained, acquired W
12. prudent, cautious, wary ib
13. resolved, determined ib
14. agreed to or admitted ib
15. -dhī (Bhartṛ.), ○tâtman (Āpast.), mfn. having the mind fixed upon (loc. or comp.)
16. ○têṣaṇa mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.) Hariv

praṇidhyai

1. pra-ṇi-√dhyai (only pf. -dadhyau), to attend to (acc.) BhP

praṇinad

1. pra-ṇi-√nad (only pr. p. -nadat Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), sounding deep or like thunder W

⋙praṇināda

1. pra-ṇināda m. a deep sound ib

praṇind

1. pra-ṇind (√nind
2. only ind. p. -ṇindya
3. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to blame, censure, upbraid Bhaṭṭ

⋙praṇindana

1. pra-ṇindana or n. censuring, upbraiding Pāṇ. ib. Sch

⋙praṇinindana

1. pra-ṇiḍnindana n. censuring, upbraiding Pāṇ. ib. Sch

praṇipat

1. pra-ṇi-√pat (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -patati (esp. ind. p. -patya), to throw one's self down before, bow respectfully to (acc., rarely dat. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause a person (acc.) to bow down or fall prostrate Mālav. [Page 660, Column]

⋙praṇipatana

1. pra-ṇipatana n. throwing one's self down before, falling at a person's feet Amar

⋙praṇipatita

1. pra-ṇipatita mfn. bowed down in reverence, saluting MBh. R

⋙praṇipāta

1. pra-ṇipāta m. (ifc. f. ā) falling at a person's feet, prostration, humble submission to (gen.), salutation, reverence, obeisance MBh. Kāv. &c
2. -gata mfn. resorting to a respectful salutation MBh
3. -puraḥsaram ind. preceded by prostration, with an obeisance MārkP
4. -pratīkāra mfn. having submission for a remedy, counteracted by submission Ragh
5. -rasa m. 'taking pleasure in submission', N. of a magical formula pronounced over weapons R

⋙praṇipātin

1. pra-ṇipātin mfn. falling at a person's feet, submissive, humble MBh

praṇihan

1. pra-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to slay, kill, destroy, extirpate. MBh. Kāv. (with acc. or gen
2. Pāṇ. 2-3, 56 Sch.)
3. to bend down lower (the hand) VPrāt
4. to pronounce lower (than Anudātta) ib

⋙praṇihata

1. pra-ṇihata mfn. = dviṣṭa, prati-skhalita, or baddha L

praṇihita

1. pra-ṇihita See pra-ṇī-√dhā

praṇī

1. pra-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead forwards, conduct, advance, promote, further RV. &c. &c
2. to bring or lead to, convey (esp. the sacrificial fire or water or Soma to its place at the altar) ib
3. to offer, present Bhaṭṭ
4. to produce, perform, execute, finish Up. MBh. Kāv. &c
5. to do away with, remove, dispel MBh
6. to manifest affection, love, desire MBh
7. to show, represent (a drama) Bālar. Prasannar
8. to inflict (as punishment) Mn. MBh. &c
9. to apply (as a clyster) Car
10. to establish, fix, institute, promulgate, teach MBh. Kāv. &c
11. to write, compose Sarvad
12. (Ā.) to draw in (the breath) ŚBr.: Desid. -ninīṣati (!), to wish to lead or conduct RV

≫praṇaya

1. pra-ṇaya m. a leader Pāṇ. 3-1, 142 (jyotiṣām Nir. ii, 14)
2. guidance, conduct MBh
3. manifestation, display Mṛicch
4. setting forth (an argument) Jātakam
5. affection, confidence in (loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc
6. āt, ena and ○yôpêtam ind. confidentially, affectionately, openly, frankly) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. desire, longing for (loc
8. anyathā, 'for something else') ib
9. an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr
10. reverence, obeisance L
11. final beatitude L
12. -kalaha m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kād. Pañcat
13. -kupita mfn. angry through love, feigning anger Megh
14. -kopa m. the (feigned) anger of a coquette towards her lover MW
15. -peśala mfn. soft through affection R
16. -prakarṣa m. excess of affṭaffection, extraordinary attachment Kathās
17. -bhaṅga m. breach of confidence, faithlessness Vikr. Pur
18. -madhura mfn. sweet through affection Bhartṛ
19. -maya mf(ī)n. full of confidence Jātakam
20. -māna m. 'love-pride', the jealousy of love W
21. -vacana n. a declaration of love or affection Megh
22. -vat mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank, open, confident Kālid
23. attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib
24. desirous of. longing for (loc.) Śiś
25. (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bālar
26. -virhāta = -vihata A
27. -vimukha mf(ī)n. averse from love or friendship Megh
28. -vihati f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W
29. -spṛś mfn. exciting love, affectionate Mālatīm
30. ○yâparādha m. an offence against (mutual) affection or confidence Amar
31. ○yâpahārin mfn. taking with confidence or without shyness MW
32. ○yâmṛta-pañcāśaka n. N. of wk
33. ○yī-√kṛ, to attach closely Vcar
34. ○yī-√bhū, to become attached or affectionate Suśr
35. ○yônmukha mf(ī)n. expectant through love Mālav
36. ○yâpêta mfn. possessing candour, frank, open MārkP

⋙praṇayana

1. pra-ṇayana n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching ŚrS. MBh. &c
2. means or vessel for bringing or fetching (cf. agni-)
3. showing, betraying (ct. śraddhā-)
4. (with daṇḍasya or daṇḍa.), applying(the rod), infliction of (punishment) Mn. Yājñ
5. establishing, founding (of a school) BhP
6. execution, performance, practice MBh. Kāv
7. bringing forward, adducing L
8. composing, writing L
9. satisfying, satiating R

⋙praṇayanīya

1. pra-ṇayanīya mfn. used in bringing or fetching (as wood employed in carrying the sacred fire) ŚrS

⋙praṇayin

1. pra-ṇayin mfn. having affection for (gen.), attached to, beloved, dear, intimate, familiar MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 660, Column]
2. feeling attracted towards, longing for, desirous of (instr. or comp.), affectionate, loving, kind ib
3. (ifc.) clinging to, dwelling or being in
4. turned towards, aiming at
5. combined or provided with Kāv
6. m. a friend, favourite Kum. v, 11
7. a husband, lover
8. (inī f.) a beloved female, wife Kālid. Bhartṛ. Kathās. &c
9. a worshipper, devotee Kum. iii, 66
10. a suppliant, suitor Vikr
11. ○yi-kriyā f. the business or affair of a lover or friend Vikr. iv, 31
12. ○yi-jana m. a friend or lover (also collect.) Kālid
13. ○yi-tā f. attachment or devotion to, desire or longing for (gen., loc. or comp.) Kāv
14. ○yi-bhava mfn. being attached to, being in (comp.) Bālar. i, 49
15. ○yi-mādhava-campū f. N. of a poem

⋙praṇāyaka

1. pra-ṇāyaka m. a leader, chief or commander(of an army) MBh

⋙praṇāyya

1. pra-ṇāyya mfn. (only L.) dear, beloved, fit, worthy
2. blameless, desireless
3. disapproved, rejected

⋙praṇinīṣeṇya

1. pra-ṇinīṣeṇya mfn. (fr. Desid.) forming the entrance or beginning (as a day) TāṇḍBr

≫praṇī

1. pra-ṇī́ m. a leader or guide TBr
2. f. guidance, furtherance, devotion (?) RV. iii, 38, 2

⋙praṇīta

1. pra-ṇīta (prá-), mfn. led forwards, advanced, brought, offered, conveyed (esp. to the altar, as fire or water or Soma) RV. &c. &c
2. brought into, reduced to (e.g. tamas, to blindness RV
3. -vaśam, to submission BhP.)
4. directed towards (loc.) Sāh
5. hurled, cast, shot MBh
6. led towards i.e. delivered, given (as a son
7. others 'exposed') MBh. i, 4672
8. performed, executed, finished, made, done, prepared Up. MBh. &c
9. inflicted, sentenced, awarded Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
10. established, instituted, taught, said, written MBh. Kāv. &c
11. (-tva n. Sarvad.) wished, desired (cf. manaḥ-)
12. good (as food) Divyâv
13. entered, approached L
14. m. (scil. agni) fire consecrated by prayers or mystical formulas W
15. (ā), f. a partic. vessel used at sacrifices, a sort of cup L
16. N. of a river L
17. pl. (scil. āpas) water fetched on the morning of a festival for sacrificial uses, holy water ŚBr. ŚrS. &c
18. n. anything cooked or dressed (such as a condiment) A
19. ○tavijñāpana n. begging for dainties L
20. ○tā-kāle ind. = praṇītānām praṇayana-kāle ŚāṅkhŚr
21. ○tā-caru m. the vessel for the holy water, ŚaṅkhGṛ
22. ○tā-praṇáyana n. the vessel in which holy water is fetched ŚBr. GṛŚrS

⋙praṇīti

1. pra-ṇīti (prá-), f. conduct, leading, guidance RV. AV
2. leading away AV
3. favour MW

⋙praṇīya

1. pra-ṇīya mfn. to be led on Pāṇ. 3-1, 123

⋙praṇetavya

1. pra-ṇetavya mfn. to be led or guided MBh
2. to be accomplished or executed or used or applied ib

⋙praṇetṛ

1. pra-ṇetṛ́ m. a leader, guide RV. &c. &c. (Ved. with gen. or acc
2. Class. gen. or comp.)
3. a maker, creator MBh. Hariv
4. an author, promulgator of a doctrine MBh. Pur
5. a performer or one who plays a musical instrument L
6. one who applies (a clyster) Car
7. -mat mfn. containing the notion of leading AitBr

⋙praṇetra

1. pra-ṇetra See vāyú-praṇetra

⋙praṇenī

1. pra-ṇenī́ mfn. (fr. Intens.) leading or guiding constantly or repeatedly RV

⋙praṇeya

1. pra-ṇeya mfn. to be guided or led, docile, obedient MBh. Hariv. Śaṃk
2. to be (or being) used or applied Bālar. Car
3. to be executed or accomplished MBh
4. to be fixed or settled ib

praṇu

1. pra-ṇu (√nu), P. Ā. -navati, ○te, to roar, bellow, sound, reverberate RV. AV
2. P. -ṇau. ti, to make a humming or droning sound
3. (esp.) to utter the syllable om Br. ChUp. ŚrS

⋙praṇava

1. pra-ṇáva (or prá-ṇ○), m. (ifc. f. ā) the mystical or sacred syllable om VS. TS. ŚBr. Mn. (ifc. also -ka) &c. (-tva n. RāmatUp.)
2. a kind of small drum or tabor = (and prob. wṛ. for) paṇana L
3. -kalpa m. -darpaṇa m. -pariśiṣṭa n. -vyākhyā f. ○vârcana-candṛkā f. ○vârtha-nirṇaya m. ○vârtha-prakāśikā-vyākhyāna n. ○vôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙praṇuta

1. pra-ṇuta mfn. praised, celebrated, lauded BhP

praṇud

1. pra-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, ○te, (inf. nódam RV.), to push on, propel, set in motion, drive or scare away RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -ṇodayati, to push or thrust away KaṭhUp
2. to move, excite Pañcat
3. to press a person to do anything (2 acc.) Var

⋙praṇutta

1. pra-ṇutta (prá-), mfn. pushed away, repelled, set in motion AV

⋙praṇud

1. pra-ṇud mfn. (ifc.) = next MBh. Suśr
2. who or what enjoins or commands W

⋙praṇuda

1. pra-ṇuda mfn. (ifc.) driving or scaring or forcing away Hariv

⋙praṇudita

1. pra-ṇudita mfn. beaten, struck MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙praṇunna

1. pra-ṇunna mfn. = ○ṇutta MBh. R. Śiś
2. sent, dispatched MW
3. shaken, trembling ib

⋙praṇottavya

1. pra-ṇottavya mfn. to be propelled AitBr

⋙praṇoda

1. pra-ṇoda m. driving, guiding (horses &c.) W
2. directing, ordering ib

⋙ṇodita

1. ṇodita mfn. (fr. Caus.) set in motion, agitated, Pañcat. [Page 661, Column]
2. driven, guided
3. directed, ordered W

⋙ṇodya

1. ḍṇodya mfn. to be driven or turned away, to be moved MW

praṇyasta

1. pra-ṇy-asta mfn. (√2. as) beat down or depressed in front TPrāt

pratakvan

1. pra-tákvan mfn. (√tak) rushing on
2. steep, Precipitous TS

≫prataṅkam

1. pra-táṅkam ind. gliding, creeping AV

pratakṣ

1. pra-√takṣ (only pf. Ā. -tatakehire), to build, make, produce RV

prataṭa

1. pra-taṭa n. (?) a high bank Ml

prataḍ

1. pra-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike down, knock down MBh. Pañcat

pratata

1. pra-tata See pra-√tan

pratatāmaha

1. pra-tatāmaha m. a great-grandfather AV

pratadvasu

1. pratád-vasu mfn. (for prathad-v○, or pra-tata-v○) increasing wealth RV. viii, 13, 27 (= prâpta-vasu Nir
2. = vistīrṇa-dhanu Sāy.)

pratan

1. pra-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, -tanute, to spread (intr.) or extend over, cover, fill A. &c. &c
2. to spread (trans.), disperse, diffuse, continue, propagate VS. &e. &c
3. to show, display, reveal, ŚiŚ
4. to undertake, begin, perform, execute, effect, cause, do, make (also with 2 acc.) MBh. Kāv. Rājat.: Pass. -tāyate, to spread or extend from, proceed from (abl.). ChUp
5. -tanyate, to be continued or extended or particularized Sarvad

⋙pratata

1. pra-ḍtata (prá-), mfn. spread over, diffused, covered, filled RV. R. Suśr
2. (am), ind. continuously, unintermittingly MW

⋙pratati

1. pra-ḍtati f. spreading, extension L
2. (also ī), a creeping plant L

⋙pratāna

1. pra-ḍtāná m. a shoot, tendril AV. &c. &c
2. a plant with tendrils Mn. Var
3. (met.) branching out, ramification Kathās. Suśr
4. N. of a section of a wk. whose name ends in kalpa-latā Cat
5. diffuseness, prolixity Sarvad
6. a kind of disease, tetanus, epilepsy L
7. N. of a man (pl., his descendants), g. upakâdi
8. (ā, or ī), f. N. of a plant (= go-jihvā) L
9. ○na-vat mfn. having shoots or tendrils Suśr
10. ramified ib

⋙pratānita

1. pra-ḍtānita mfn. treated diffusely or in a prolix manner Sarvad

⋙pratānin

1. pra-ḍtānin mfn. having shoots or tendrils L
2. spreading, extending W
3. (inī), f. a spreading creeper, climbing plant L

pratana

1. pra-tana mf(ī)n. (fr. 1. pra) ancient, old Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat. (cf. pra-tna)

pratanu

1. pra-tanu mfn. very thin or fine, delicate, minute, slender, small, insignificant Kāv. Suśr. (also -ka
2. ind. -kam)
3. ○nū-√kṛ, to render thin, emaciate, diminish, weaken MBh. Jātakam

pratap

1. pra-√tap P. -tapati, to give forth heat, burn, glow, shine (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to feel pain, suffer R
3. to warm, heat, shine upon ŚBr. &c. &c
4. to roast, bake R. Suśr
5. to kindle, light, illumine RV
6. to pain with heat, torment, harass MBh. Kāv.: Pass. -tapyate, to suffer pain BhP.: Caus. -tāpayati (fut. -tāpitā MBh. viii, 1971), to make warm, heat GṛŚrS. MBh. and e
7. to set on fire, irradiate, illuminate R
8. to destroy or pain with heat, torment, harass MBh. R. &c

⋙pratapa

1. pra-ḍtapa m. the heat of the sun
2. -tra n. a parasol BhP

⋙pratapat

1. pra-ḍtapat mf(antī)n. burning glowing, shining (lit. and fig.), feeling pain, doing penance MBh
2. m. the sun MW. (cf. MBh. iv, 42)
3. an ascetic R

⋙pratapana

1. pra-ḍtapana n. warming, heating KātyŚr. MBh. Suśr
2. ○ne-√kṛ, (prob.) to put near the fire, make warm (ind. p. -kṛtya, or -kṛtvā), g. sâkṣād-ādi

⋙pratapta

1. pra-ḍtapta mfn. hot, glowing shining MBh
2. subjected to great heat, annealed BhavP
3. pained (esp. by heat), tortured, harassed MBh. Kāv. &c
4. (prob.) n. annealed gold R

⋙prataptṛ

1. pra-ḍtaptṛ m. one who burns or singes Śaṃk

⋙pratāpa

1. pra-ḍtāpa m. glowing heat, heat, warmth Kāv. Var. Suśr
2. splendour, brilliancy, glory, majesty, dignity, power, strength, energy Mn. MBh. &c
3. Calotropis Gigantea (= arka) L
4. N. of a man MBh. Rājat
5. -candra m. N. of a king Kathās
6. of a Jaina author Sarvad
7. -deva (Cat), -dhavala (Inscr.), m. N. of princes
8. -nāraśiṃha or -nṛsiṃha m. N. of wks
9. -pāla m. N. of a man Rājat
10. -pura n. N. of a town ib
11. -mārtaṇḍa m. N. of sev. wks
12. -mukuṭa m. N. of a prince Vet
13. -rāja m. N. of a king Dharmaś
14. rāma-pūjā f. N. of wk. [Page 661, Column]
15. -rudra m. N. of a king of the Kākatīyas (or according to others of Vijayanagara or of Eka-śilā
16. sev. wks. are attributed to him, though in reality composed by different authors) Cat
17. ○dra-kalyāṇa n. N. of a drama
18. ○dra-yaśo-bhūṣaṇa, or = ○drīya n. N. of wk. by Vidyā-nātha on rhetoric (in which king Pratāpa-rudra is eulogized)
19. -vat mfn. full of splendour, majestic, glorious, powerful MBh. R. &c
20. m. N. of Śiva Śivag
21. of an attendant of Skanda MBh
22. -velâvalī f. (in music) N. of a Rāga
23. -śīla m. N. of a king (= śilâditya) Rājat
24. -śekhara m. (in music) a kind of measure
25. -siṃha and -siṃha-rāja m. N. of authors Cat
26. ○pâditya m. N. of sev. princes (-tā f.) Rājat
27. ○pâlaṃkāra m. N. of wk. (prob.= ○parudrīya)
28. ○pêndra m. N. of the sun Hcar

⋙tāpana

1. tāpana mfn. making hot, paining, tormenting MBh. R. Suśr
2. m. N. of Śiva Śivag
3. a partic. hell BhP
4. n. warming, heating, turning, paining, distressing MBh. Suśr

⋙tāpasa

1. ḍtāpasa m. Calotropis Gigantea Alba Bhpr

⋙tāpin

1. ḍtāpin mfn. burning, scorching, paining (ifc.)
2. glowing, shining, splendid, majestic, powerful MBh. Hariv. Rājat

pratam

1. pra-√tam P. -tāmyati, to become exhausted or breathless, faint away, lose self-consciousness, perish AitBr. MBh. Suśr

⋙pratamaka

1. pra-ḍtamaka m. a partic. form of asthma Suśr

⋙pratām

1. pra-ḍtām mfn. (nom. ○tān) Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 ; viii, 2, 64 Kāś. (also ind
2. g. svar-ādi)

⋙pratāmaka

1. pra-ḍtāmaka m. = ○tamaka Car

pratamām

1. pra-tamā́m ind. (fr. 1. prá) especially, particularly ŚBr. AitBr

⋙prataram

1. pra-tarám (RV. AV.),

⋙pratarām

1. pra-taḍrām (VS. ĀśvŚr.), ind. further, more particularly, in future

pratara

1. pra-tara ○raṇa &c. See pra-√tṝ

pratark

1. pra-√tark P. -tarkayati
2. to form a clear view or notion of (acc.), to gather, conclude MBh. Suśr
3. to regard as, take for (2. acc.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙pratarka

1. pra-ḍtarka m. conclusion, supposition, conjecture MBh. Śak

⋙pratarkaṇa

1. pra-ḍtarkaṇa n. judging, reasoning, discussion, logic L

⋙pratarkya

1. pra-ḍtarkya See a-pratarkya

pratardana

1. pra-tardana See under pra-√tṛd

pratala

1. pra-tala m. the open hand with the fingers extended L
2. m. n. one of the divisions of the lower regions L. (cf. pātāla)

pratavas

1. prá-tavas mfn. mighty, powerful, active (said of the Maruts) RV

pratāmra

1. pra-tāmra mfn. excessively red, very red, Sak

pratāra

1. pra-tāra ○raka &c. See under pra√tṝ

prati

1. práti ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nouns, sometimes pratī
2. for 2. See p, 664) towards, near to
3. against, in opposition to
4. back, again, in return
5. down upon, upon, on
6. before nouns it expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. prati-candra)
7. or it forms Avyayibhāvas of different kinds (cf. prati-kṣaṇam, prati-graham, praty-agni &c
8. rarely ifc. e.g. sūpaprati, a little broth Pāṇ. 2-1, 9)
9. or as a prep. with usually preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (e.g. śabdam p○, in the dirṭdirection of the sound R
10. agnim pr○, against the fire Mn
11. also praty-agni ind. Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Sch
12. ripum pr○, against the enemy Mn
13. ātmānam pr○, to one's self Ratnâv.)
14. opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. rodasī pr○, befṭbefore heaven and earth RV.)
15. in comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. indram pr○, in comparṭcomparison with little RV
16. sahasrāṇi pr○, on a par with i.e. equivalent to thousands ib
17. also with abl. or -tas
18. Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 ; ii, 3, 11)
19. in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. yūpam pr○, near the sacrificial post AitBr
20. gaṅgām pr○, at or on the Ganges R
21. etat pr○, at this point TS
22. āyodhanam pr○, on the field of battle MBh.)
23. at the time of, about, through, for (e.g. phālgunam pr○, about the month Phālguna Mn
24. ciram pr○, for a long time MBh
25. bhṛśam pr○, often, repeatedly Car.)
26. or used distributively (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90) to express at every, in or on every, severally (e.g. yajñam pr○, at every sacrifice Yājñ
27. yajñaṃ yajñam pr○ TS
28. varṣam pr○, every year, anually Pañcat
29. in this sense often comp
30. above.)
31. in favour of, for (Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
32. e.g. pāṇḍavān pr○, in favour of the Pāṇ. MBh.) [Page 661, Column]
33. on account of, with regard to, concerning (Pāṇ. ib., e.g. sīmām pr○, concṭconcerning a boundary Mn
34. gautamam pr○, with regṭregard to Ganges R.)
35. conformably or according to (e.g. mām pr○, according to me, i.e. in my opinion Mālav
36. cf. mām praty araṇyavat pratibhāti, 'it seems to me like a forest' Hit
37. na bubhukṣitam prati bhāti kiṃ cit, 'to a hungry man nothing is of any account' Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 2)
38. as, for (after a verb meaning, to regard or consider'
39. Vikr. iv, 69)
40. or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 Sch.)
41. with abl. or -tas See above
42. with abl. or gen. (?) to express, 'about', 'at the time of' (only prṭprati vastoḥ', at daybreak' RV.)
43. as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv. 10967. [Cf. Zd. paiti
44. Gk. ?, ?, ?.] [661,]

≫prati

1. prati in comp. with nouns not immediately connected with roots

⋙pratikañcuka

1. ○kañcuka m. (prob.) a critic, a critical work Āryabh

⋙pratikaṇṭham

1. ○kaṇṭham ind. 'throat by throat', singly, severally, one by one (so that each is reckoned), RPrat

⋙pratikaṇṭhukayā

1. ○kaṇṭhukayā (prob.) wṛ. for

⋙pratikaṇṭhikayā

1. ○kaṇḍṭhikayā ind. id. Divyâv

⋙pratikapālam

1. ○kapālam ind. in every cup KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pratikarkaśa

1. ○karkaśa mf(ā)n. equally hard, of the same hardness as (comp.) Mṛicch

⋙pratikalam

1. ○kalam ind. at every moment, constantly, perpetually Vcar

⋙pratikalpa

1. ○kalpa m. counter-part (cf. apr○ and also prati-√kḷp)

⋙pratikalpam

1. ○kalpam ind. in each cosmic period Nīlak

⋙pratikaśa

1. ○kaśa mfn. (prob.) not obeying the whip Pāṇ. 6-1, 152 Sch

⋙pratikaṣṭa

1. ○kaṣṭa mfn. comparatively (i.e. beyond expectation) bad Suśr

⋙pratikāṇḍam

1. ○kāṇḍam ind. for every section or chapter Baudh

⋙pratikāma

1. ○kāmá mfn. being according to wish or desire, desired, beloved AV
2. (ám), ind. according to wish, at will RV. ŚrS

⋙pratikāmin

1. ○kāmin mfn. contrary to desire, disagreeable ŚāṅkhBr
2. (inī), f. a female rival Śiś

⋙pratikāmya

1. ○kāmyá mfn. being according to wish or liking AV

⋙pratikāya

1. ○kāya m. 'counter-body', an adversary Kir
2. a target, butt, mark ib
3. an effigy, likeness, picture L
4. a bow Gal

⋙pratikitava

1. ○kitava m. an adversary at play Daś

⋙pratikīla

1. ○kīla m. an opposite post or peg Pat

⋙pratikuñjara

1. ○kuñjara m. a hostile elephant MBh

⋙pratikuṇḍam

1. ○kuṇḍam ind. in every fire-pit Hcat

⋙pratikūpa

1. ○kūpa m. a moat, ditch L

⋙pratikūla

1. ○kūla mf(ā)n. 'against the bank' (opp. to anu-kūla, q.v.), contrary, adverse, opposite, inverted, wrong, refractory, inimical, disagreeable, unpleasant Mn. MBh. &c
2. (kū́lam), ind. contrarily, against, in inverted order AV. &c. &c
3. n. inverted order, opposition
4. (ena, in invṭinverted order BhP
5. ○leṣu sthitaḥ, offering opposition Mn. ix, 275)
6. -kārin (Mālav.), -kṛt (R.), mfn. acting adversely, inimical
7. -tas ind. in contradiction to (-to-√vṛt, to be in cṭcontradiction to) MBh
8. -tā f. (Kāv. &c.), -tva n. (MW.) adverseness, opposition, hostility
9. perverseness, contumacy
10. -darśana mfn. looking cross or awry, having an ungracious aspect MW
11. -daiva mfn. opposed by fate (-tā f. hostility of fate) Pañcat
12. -pravartin mfn. (a ship) taking an adverse course or(tongue) causing unpleasantness ŚārṅgP. (v. l.)
13. -bhāṣin mfn. speaking against, contradicting R
14. -vacana n. refractory speech, contradiction Pañcat
15. -vat mfn. refractory, contumacious MBh
16. -vartin mfn. being adverse to, disturbing, troubling Kum
17. -vāda m. = -vacana MBh
18. -vādin mfn. = -bhāṣin ib
19. -visarpin mfn. (a ship) moving against the wind or stream, (a tongue) moving unpleasantly ŚārṅgP. (cf. -pravartin)
20. -vṛtti mfn. resisting, opposing (with gen.) BhP
21. -vedanīya mfn. causing an unpleasant effect Tarkas
22. -śabda mfn. sounding unpleasantly Kum
23. ○lâcarita n. an offensive action, injurious conduct Ragh
24. ○lôkta n. pl. contradiction Kathās

⋙pratikūlaya

1. ○kūlaya Nom. P. ○yati, to resist, oppose R. Kād

⋙pratikūlika

1. ○kūlika mfn. hostile, inimical Mcar. (prob. wṛ. for prāt○)

⋙pratikṛttikā

1. ○kṛttikā f. g. aśvâdi

⋙pratikoṇam

1. ○koṇam ind. for or in every quarter of the sky Hcat

⋙pratikriyam

1. ○kriyam ind. for each action Kap. ( See also under prati-√kṛ)

⋙pratikrūra

1. ○krūra mfn. cruel in return, returning harshness MBh. (a-pratikr○)

⋙pratikṣaṇam

1. ○kṣaṇam ind. at every moment, continually Kālid. Rājat. &c

⋙pratikṣatra

1. ○kṣatra m. N. of a descendant of Atri (author of RV. v, 46) Anukr
2. of a son of An-enas Hariv
3. of a son of Kshatra-vṛiddha VP
4. of a son of Śamin Hariv

⋙pratikṣapam

1. ○kṣapam ind. everynight Śiś

⋙pratikṣaya

1. ○kṣaya m. a guard L

⋙pratikṣetra

1. ○kṣetra n. place, stead
2. (e), ind. instead of (gen.) Gṛihyās

⋙pratikṣepa

1. ○kṣepa

⋙pratikṣepaṇa

1. ○kṣeḍpaṇa See pra-√kṣip

⋙pratikṣoṇibhṛt

1. ○kṣoṇi-bhṛt m. opposition king Vcar

⋙pratikhura

1. ○khura m. a partic. wrong position of a child at birth Suśr

⋙pratikheṭaka

1. ○kheṭaka g. aśvâdi

⋙pratigaja

1. ○gaja m.= -kuñjara MBh. Hariv. [Page 662, Column]

⋙pratigātram

1. ○gātram ind. in every limb (only ibc.) Dhūrtas

⋙pratigiri

1. ○giri m. an opposite mountain BhP

⋙pratigu

1. ○gu ind. against a cow Mn. iv, 52

⋙pratigṛham

1. ○gṛham (KātyŚr.),

⋙pratigeham

1. ○geham (Rājat.), ind. in every house

⋙pratigrāmam

1. ○grāmam ind. in every village Rājat
2. ○ma-samīpam ind. near every village Dharmaś

⋙praticakra

1. ○cakra n. a discus which is a match for any other MBh
2. a hostile army Nīlak

⋙praticandra

1. ○candra m. a mock moon, paraselene R

⋙praticaraṇam

1. ○caraṇam ind. in every school or branch L

⋙praticiti

1. ○citi ind. in every layer or pile KātyŚr

⋙praticodanam

1. ○codanam ind. on every order or injunction ĀśvŚr

⋙praticchanada

1. ○cchanada m. a reflected image
2. any image, likeness, substitute Hariv. Rājat
3. -kalyāṇa mfn. obliging, complaisant L

⋙praticchandaka

1. ○cchandaka m.= -cchanda Kull
2. mfn. versed in, familiar with Nalac

⋙praticchāyā

1. ○cchāyā f. reflection, likeness, image, shadow, phantom Hariv. Śaṃk
2. the distorted image of a sick man (indicative of approaching death) Car
3. -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of the distṭdistorted imṭimage of a sick man ib

⋙praticchāyikā

1. ○cchāyikā f. an image, phantom Naish

⋙pratijaṅghā

1. ○jaṅghā f. the shin-bone L

⋙pratijana

1. ○janá m. an adversary AV
2. ○nya (pratī-), mfn. adverse, hostile RV

⋙pratijanam

1. ○janam ind. in every one Śiś

⋙pratijanman

1. ○janman See prati-√jan

⋙pratijihvā

1. ○jihvā and f. the uvula L

⋙pratijihvikā

1. ○jihvikā f. the uvula L

⋙pratijūtivarpas

1. ○jūti-varpas (práti-), mfn. assuming any form according to impulse RV. iii, 60, 1

⋙pratitadvid

1. ○tad-vid f. recognition of the contrary KaushUp

⋙pratitantram

1. ○tantram ind. according to each Tantra or opinion W
2. ○tra-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
3. ○tra-siddhânta m. a doctrine adopted in various systems (but not in all) Nyāyas. Car

⋙pratitarām

1. ○tarā́m ind. (with √bhū) to retire or shrink more and more ŚBr

⋙pratitaru

1. ○taru ind. at each tree Gīt

⋙pratitāla

1. ○tāla m. (in music) a kind of measure
2. (ī), f. the key of a door L

⋙pratitālaka

1. ○tālaka m. = prec. (m. and f.) L

⋙pratitūṇī

1. ○tūṇī f. a modification of the nervous disease called Tūṇī Suśr. (cf. pra-tūṇī)

⋙pratitryaham

1. ○tryaham ind. for three days at a time Gaut

⋙pratidaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa mfn. refractory under the rod, disobedient, obstinate TāṇḍBr

⋙pratidantin

1. ○dantin m. = -kuñjara Kir
2. ○ty-anīkam ind. against the army of elephants ib

⋙pratidinam

1. ○dinam and ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat

⋙pratidivasam

1. ○divasam ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat

⋙pratidiśam

1. ○diśam ind. in every direction or quarter, all around GṛŚrS. Megh. &c

⋙pratidūta

1. ○dūta m. a messenger sent in return Rājat. Kathās

⋙pratidṛś

1. ○dṛś mfn. similar, like TS

⋙pratidṛśam

1. ○dṛśam ind. in or for every eye BhP

⋙pratidṛṣṭānta

1. ○dṛṣṭânta m. a counter example Nyāyas
2. -sama m. an irrelevant objection by adducing a cṭcounter example which ignores the opponent's example ib

⋙pratidevatā

1. ○devatā f. a corresponding deity MuṇḍUp
2. ○tam ind. = -daivatam KātyŚr

⋙pratideśam

1. ○deśam ind. = -diśam Var. Rājat

⋙pratideham

1. ○deham ind. in each bady Śaṃk

⋙pratidaivatam

1. ○daivatam ind. for each deity ib

⋙pratidoṣam

1. ○doṣám ind. in the evening, in the dark RV

⋙pratidvaṃdva

1. ○dvaṃdva m. an adversary, rival, foe (in a-pratidv○) MBh. R. &c
2. n. opposition, hostility W
3. ○dvaya Nom. P. ○yati, to rival Divyâv
4. ○dvin m. = ○dva m. (ifc. vying with) MBh. Kāv
5. ○dvii-bhūta mfn. being an advṭadversary' Śaṃk

⋙pratidvādaśan

1. ○dvādaśan mfn. pl. twelve in each case Gaut

⋙pratidvāram

1. ○dvāram (Kathās.),

⋙pratidvāri

1. ○dvāri (BhP.), ind. at every gate or door

⋙pratidvipa

1. ○dvipa m. = -kuñjara Kir

⋙pratidvirada

1. ○dvirada m. id. MBh. Hariv

⋙pratidvīpam

1. ○dvīpam ind. in every part of the world Hcar

⋙pratidhī

1. ○dhī mfn. (ifc.) as intelligent as, Pracaṇḍ

⋙pratidhura

1. ○dhura m. a horse harnessed by the side of another VS. Sch. (cf. apratidh○)

⋙pratinagaram

1. ○nagaram ind, in every town Hcar

⋙pratinadi

1. ○nadi ind. at every river Bālar

⋙pratinaptṛ

1. ○naptṛ m. a great grandson, a son's grandson L. (cf. praṇapāt)

⋙pratinamaskāra

1. ○namaskāra mfn. one who returns a salutation ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pratinayana

1. ○nayana (ibc.), into the eye Mālatīm

⋙pratinava

1. ○nava mfn. new, young, fresh
2. -javāpuṣpa n. a newly opened China rose Megh

⋙pratināga

1. ○nāga m. = -kuñjara MBh

⋙pratināḍī

1. ○nāḍī f. a branch vein L

⋙pratināman

1. ○nāman (práti-), mf(minī)n. having corresponding names, related by name ŚBr
2. ○ma ind. by name, mentioning the name Veṇis
3. ○ma-grahaṇam ind. mentioning each individual name Kād

⋙pratināyaka

1. ○nāyaka m. 'counter hero', the adversary of the hero (in a play) Sāh
2. an image, likeness, counterfeit, Śrikaṇṭh

⋙pratinārī

1. ○nārī f. a female rival Śiś

⋙pratiniśam

1. ○niśam ind. every night Kathās

⋙pratiniścaya

1. ○niścaya m. a contrary opinion MBh

⋙pratiniṣka

1. ○niṣka m. or n. (?) a Nishka (s.v.) in each case Hcat

⋙pratiniṣṭha

1. ○niṣṭha mfn. standing on the opposite side Car

⋙pratinṛpati

1. ○nṛpati m. = -kṣoṇibhṛt Dhanaṃj

⋙pratinyāyam

1. ○nyāyám ind. in inverted order ŚBr

⋙pratinyāsa

1. ○nyāsa a counter deposit Nār

⋙pratinyūṅkha

1. ○nyūṅkha m. a corresponding insertion of the vowel o ŚāṅkhŚr
2. ○khaya Nom. ○yati, to insert the vowel o in the corresponding stanza or verse ib. [Page 662, Column]

⋙pratipakṣa

1. ○pakṣa m. the opposite side, hostile party, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c
2. an obstacle Divyâv
3. an adversary, opponent, foe ib. (ifc. = a rival in, match for, equal, similar Kāvyâd.)
4. a respondent, defendant (in law) W
5. m. N. of a king VāyuP
6. -graha m. the taking of the opposite side (○haṃ cakruḥ, they took the oppṭopposite side) MBh
7. -caṇḍa-bhairava m. N. of the chief of a partic. sect Cat
8. janman mfn. caused by the enemy. Śiś
9. -tā f. (BhP.), -tva n. (Śaṃk.) opposition, hostility
10. ○kṣita mfn. containing a contradiction, contradictory Bhāshāp
11. nullified by a contradictory premiss (one of the 5 kinds of fallacious middle terms) MW

⋙pratipakṣin

1. ○pakṣin m. an opponent, adversary Śaṃk
2. ○kṣi-tā f. self-contradiction, the being self-contradictory MW

⋙pratipacanam

1. ○pacanam ind. at each cooking Gobh. Sch.- 1

⋙pratipaṇa

1. ○paṇa m. (for 2. See p. 667) the stake of an adversary at play Kathās

⋙pratipaṇya

1. ○paṇya n. merchandise in exchange Divyâv

⋙pratipattraphalā

1. ○pattraphalā f. a kind of gourd L

⋙pratipatni

1. ○patni f. (m. c. for ○tnī) a female rival (-vat BhP.)
2. ind. for each wife ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pratipatha

1. ○patha m. way back Harav
2. (am), ind. along the road Kathās. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 42)
3. backwards Rājat
4. ○tha-gati mfn. going a long the road Kum. iii, 76
5. ○thika mfn. id. Pāṇ. 4-4, 42. 1

⋙pratipad

1. ○pad ind. (cf. prati-√pad, p. 667) = -padam
2. -darśinī f. 'looking at every step', a woman L

⋙pratipada

1. ○pada n. N. of an Upâṅga
2. (am), ind. (also ○da ibc.) at every step, on every occasion, at every place, everywhere Kāv
3. at every word, word by word Sarvad
4. literally, expressly (Pāṇ. 2-2, 10 Vārtt.1 ; vi, 2, 26 Sch.)
5. each, singly R. (= pratyekam Sch.)
6. ○da-tva n. walking step by step Kāṭh

⋙pratipadmam

1. ○padmam ind. at every lotus flower Hcat

⋙pratiparṇaśiphā

1. ○parṇa-śiphā f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙pratiparyāyam

1. ○paryāyam ind. at every turn GṛŚrS

⋙pratiparva

1. ○parva ind. at every change of the moon Vcar

⋙pratipalam

1. ○palam ind. every moment Bhām

⋙pratipallava

1. ○pallava m. an opposite or outstretched branch Ragh

⋙pratipaśu

1. ○paśu ind. at every sacrificial victim TBr. Sch. 1

⋙pratipāṇa

1. ○pāṇa m. (for 2. See s.v.) a counter-pledge, anything staked against another thing MBh
2. a counter-stake, counter-game, revenge at play Nal. (cf. -paṇa, above)

⋙pratipātram

1. ○pātram ind. (in dram.) in each part, in each character, by every actor Śak

⋙pratipādapam

1. ○pādapam ind. in every tree Vikr

⋙pratipādam

1. ○pādam ind. in each Pāda, in eṭeach quarter of a verse Piṅg

⋙pratipāpa

1. ○pāpa mfn. wicked or evil in return, recompensing evil for evil MBh

⋙pratipāpin

1. ○pāpin mfn. id. Nīlak

⋙pratipiṇḍam

1. ○piṇḍam ind. in each Piṇḍa (s.v.) MānŚr

⋙pratipuṃniyata

1. ○puṃ-niyata mfn. settled for every soul singly Sarvad

⋙pratipur

1. ○púr f. a hostile castle MaitrS

⋙pratipura

1. ○pura g. aṃśv-ādi Kāś

⋙pratipuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa or m. 'a counter-person', a similar man

⋙pratipūr

1. ○pūr○ m. 'a counter-person', a similar man
2. a companion, assistant
3. a deputy, substitute KātyŚr. Sch
4. (a-pratip○, unmatched BhP.)
5. the effigy of a man (which thieves push into the interior of a house before entering it themselves) Mṛicch
6. (ibc. and ám ind.) man by man, every man, for each mṭman Br. GṛŚrS. Hcar. Āp
7. for each soul Sāṃkhyak

⋙pratipuṣyam

1. ○puṣyam ind. at each time of the moon's entrance into the constellation Pushya Var

⋙pratipustaka

1. ○pustaka n. a copy of an original manuscript, a copy in general Sāy. on ŚBr

⋙pratipūruṣa

1. ○pūruṣa See -puruṣa above

⋙pratipūrvāhṇam

1. ○pūrvâhṇam ind. every forenoon Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Sch

⋙pratipṛṣṭhā

1. ○pṛṣṭhā f. each page of a leaf. Cat

⋙pratipraṇavaṃ

1. ○praṇavaṃ ind. at every repetition of the syllable om KātyŚr
2. ○va-saṃyukta mfn. accompanied each time with the sṭsyllable om Yājñ

⋙pratipraṇāma

1. ○praṇāma m. a bow or obeisance in return, saluting in turn Rājat. Kād

⋙pratiprati

1. ○pratí mf(tínī)n. being a counter-part, counter-balancing
2. being a match for, equal to (acc.) Br. Nir

⋙pratipratīka

1. ○pratīka (ibc.) and ind. at each initial word ĀśvŚr

⋙pratipratīkam

1. ○pratīḍkam ind. at each initial word ĀśvŚr
2. on or at every part of the body Naish

⋙pratiprabhātam

1. ○prabhātam ind. every morning Kathās. Inscr

⋙pratiprayāṇakam

1. ○prayāṇakam ind. with each day's journey Kād

⋙pratiprayoga

1. ○prayoga m. counter-application or parallel setting forth of a proposition, Savad

⋙pratipraśna

1. ○praśna m. a question asked in return ĀpŚr
2. an answer Var
3. (ám), ind with regard to the controversy ŚBr. (Sāy.)

⋙pratiprasava

1. ○prasava See under prati-pra- √1. sū

⋙pratiprasavam

1. ○prasavam ind. in each birth Sarvad

⋙pratiprākāra

1. ○prākāra m. an outer rampart L

⋙pratiprāni

1. ○prâni ind. in or for every living creature Bādar. Sch

⋙pratiprāś

1. ○prāś (práti-), m. an opponent in controversy, adversary in a lawsuit ( See prati-√prach) AV

⋙pratiprāśita

1. ○prāśita mfn. opposed in debate Kauś

⋙pratipriya

1. ○priya mfn. agreeable to (gen.) ĀpŚr
2. n. kindness or service in return MBh. Ragh

⋙pratiprekṣaṇa

1. ○prêkṣaṇa n. looking at in return Āp. [Page 662, Column]

⋙pratipraīṣa

1. ○praī7ṣa m. a cry or call in return, direction given in return KātyŚr

⋙pratiphalīkaraṇam

1. ○phalī-karaṇam ind. at each cleaning of the corn KātyŚr. Comm

⋙pratiphullaka

1. ○phullaka See p. 668

⋙pratibandhu

1. ○bandhu m. an equal in rank or station MBh. 1

⋙pratibala

1. ○bala n. a hostile army Vcar. Daś. 2

⋙pratibala

1. ○bala mfn. having equal strength or power, equally matched, a match for (with gen. or ifc., e.g. astra-p○, equal in arms), being able to (dat. or inf.) MBh. R. (cf. a-p○)

⋙pratibāṇi

1. ○bāṇi See -vāṇi below

⋙pratibāhu

1. ○bāhu m. fore-arm Var
2. an opposite side (in a square or polygon) Col
3. N. of sev. men BhP

⋙pratibimba

1. ○bimba n. (rarely m.) the disc of the sun or moon reflected (in water)
2. a reflection, reflected image, mirrored form MBh. Pañcat. Kāv. &c. (also ○baka)
3. a resemblance or counterpart of real forms, a picture, image, shadow W
4. (among the synonyms of 'equal' Kāvyâd.)
5. N. of the chapters of the Kāvya-ptakāśâdarśa Cat
6. -vartin mfn. being reflected or mirrored MW
7. -bimbâta (?), m. a mirror W

⋙pratibimba

1. ○bimba Nom. P. ○bati, to be reflected or mirrored Kap. Sch
2. ○bita mfn. reflected, mirrored (-tva n.) ib. &c
3. ○bī-√kṛ, to reflect, represent, equal Daś

⋙pratibimbana

1. ○bimbana n. the being reflected, Sāṃkhyaprav. Sch. Nīlak
2. reflection
3. comparing together, comparison Sāh

⋙pratibimbaya

1. ○bimbaya Nom. P. ○yati, to reflect, mirror L. (cf. ○bita above)

⋙pratibīja

1. ○bīja n. bad seed L

⋙pratibījam

1. ○bījam ind. for every sort of grain ĀpŚr

⋙pratibhaṭa

1. ○bhaṭa mfn. a match for, vying with (gen. or comp.), rivalling Vcar. Caṇḍ. Rājat
2. (○ṭī-kṛ, to equalize to Naish
3. m. an adversary Rājat.)
4. -tā f. emulousness, emulation Rājat

⋙pratibhaya

1. ○bhaya mf(ā)n. exciting fear, formidable, terrible, dangerous ĀśvGṛ. Gobh. MBh. &c
2. n. fear (with abl. or ifc.) MBh. Rājat
3. danger ĀśvGṛ. Rājat
4. (am), ind. formidably, frightfully Ragh
5. -kara and ○yaM-k○ mfn. causing fear R. Kathās
6. -bhayâkāra mfn. having a formidable aspect MW

⋙pratibhavam

1. ○bhavam ind. for this and all future births L. 1

⋙pratibhāga

1. ○bhāga (ibc.), for every degree Siddhântaś. (for 2. See under prati-√bhaj)

⋙pratibhī

1. ○bhī f. fear Bhojapr

⋙pratibhuja

1. ○bhuja m. = -bāhu Col

⋙pratibhūpāla

1. ○bhūpāla m. = next Vcar
2. (pl.) each single prince, all the princes together. Naish

⋙pratibhūbhṛt

1. ○bhūbhṛt m. a hostile prince Vcar

⋙pratibhairava

1. ○bhairava mf(ā)n. dreadful Var

⋙pratimaṅgalavāra

1. ○maṅgala-vāra m. pl. (prob.) every Tuesday Cat

⋙pratimañca

1. ○mañca and m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

⋙pratimañcaka

1. ○mañḍcaka m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

⋙pratimaṇṭhaka

1. ○maṇṭhaka (prob.) m. id. Cat. (cf. maṇṭhaka)

⋙pratimaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. a secondary disk (of the sun &c.) Hariv
2. an eccentric orbit Col

⋙pratimatsya

1. ○matsya m. pl. N. of a people MBh. VP. (vḷ. -māsya)

⋙pratimantram

1. ○mantram ind. with or at every formula or verse KātyŚr. Gaut

⋙pratimandiram

1. ○mandiram ind. in every house Rājat

⋙pratimanvantara

1. ○manv-antara n. every Manv-antara
2. am (Mcar.), e (Hcat.), ind. in each MṭManv-antara

⋙pratimalla

1. ○malla m. an opponent in wrestling or boxing, an antagonist or rival Hariv. Kathās. Vcar
2. -tā f. rivalry Harav

⋙pratimahānasa

1. ○mahânasa n. every kitchen Gobh. Comm

⋙pratimahāvyāhṛti

1. ○mahā-vyāhṛti ind. at each Mahā-vyāhṛiti KātyŚr

⋙pratimahiṣa

1. ○mahiṣa m. a hostile buffalo Kāv

⋙pratimāṃsa

1. ○māṃsa n. new or restored flesh Kathās

⋙pratimātṛ

1. ○mātṛ ind. mother by mother, every mother Gaut

⋙pratimātrā

1. ○mātrā f. pl. every measure (of time) NṛisUp

⋙pratimāyā

1. ○māyā f. counter-spell, cṭcounter-charm MBh. Kathās

⋙pratimārga

1. ○mārga m. the way back MBh
2. (e), ind. on the way Divyâv

⋙pratimārgaka

1. ○mārgaka m. the city of Hari-ścandra (said to hover in the air) L

⋙pratimālā

1. ○mālā f. an exercise analogous to capping verses, reciting verse for verses as a trial of memory or skill (one of the 64 Kalās Cat.) W

⋙pratimāsa

1. ○māsa (ibc.) and ind. every month, monthly L

⋙pratimāsam

1. ○māḍsam ind. every month, monthly L

⋙pratimāsya

1. ○māsya m. pl. N. of a people (vḷ. for -matsya, q.v.)

⋙pratimitra

1. ○mitra wṛ. for praty-amitra, q.v. MBh

⋙pratimukula

1. ○mukula (ibc.), in or upon every bud Prab

⋙pratimukha

1. ○mukha n. the reflected image of the face Harav
2. (in dram.) a secondary plot or incident which hastens or retards the catastrophe, the Epitasis (also ○khasaṃdhi) Daśar. Pratāp. Sāh. Sch
3. an answer Sāh
4. mf(ā or ī)n. standing before the face, facing R. BhP. Vajracch
5. being near, present R
6. (ibc. or am ind.) towards, in front, before GṛS. Mn. MBh
7. (i), wṛ.for -mukharī, q.v. Saṃgīt
8. ○khâṅga n. (in dram.) progressive narration of events W

⋙pratimukharī

1. ○mukharī f. a partic. mode of drumming Saṃgīt

⋙pratimudrā

1. ○mudrā f. a counter-seal Mn. Kull
2. the impression of a seal Lalit

⋙pratimuhus

1. ○muhus ind. again and again, repeatedly Prab. Caurap. Śātiś

⋙pratimuhūrta

1. ○muhūrta (ibc.) and ind. every moment, constantly Caurap

⋙pratimuhūrtam

1. ○muhūrḍtam ind. every moment, constantly Caurap

⋙pratimūrti

1. ○mūrti f. a corresponding form, image L

⋙pratimūṣikā

1. ○mūṣikā f. a species of rat W

⋙pratiyāmini

1. ○yāmini ind. every night Kathās. [Page 663, Column]

⋙pratiyuvati

1. ○yuvati f. a concubine, female rival Vcar

⋙pratiyuvam

1. ○yuvam ind. towards the young man Śiś. viii, 35

⋙pratiyūthapa

1. ○yūthapa m. the leader of. a hostile herd (of elephants) MBh

⋙pratiyūpam

1. ○yūpam ind. post by post ĀpŚr

⋙pratiyogam

1. ○yogam ind. rule by rule Pat

⋙pratiyoni

1. ○yoní ind. according to source or origin ŚBr

⋙pratirajani

1. ○rajani ind. every night Naish

⋙pratiratha

1. ○ratha m. an opposite fighter in a war-chariot, an adversary in war, equal adversary Kathās. (cf. a-p○)
2. N. of a descendant of Atri (author of the hymn RV. v, 47) RAnukr
3. of a son of Mati-nāra and father of Kaṇva Hariv
4. of a son of Vajra and father of Sucāru ib

⋙pratirathyam

1. ○rathyam ind. in every road Kāv

⋙pratirāja

1. ○rāja (Kull.) or (R.), m. a hostile king, royal adversary

⋙pratirājan

1. ○rāḍjan (R.), m. a hostile king, royal adversary

⋙pratirājam

1. ○rājam ind. king by king, for every king Pat

⋙pratirātram

1. ○rātram (Hit.) or (Vcar.), ind. each night, nightly

⋙pratirātri

1. ○rāḍtri (Vcar.), ind. each night, nightly

⋙pratiripu

1. ○ripu ind. against the enemy or the enemies Śiś

⋙pratirūpa

1. ○rūpa n. the counterpart of any real form, an image, likeness, representation MBh. Var. BhP. (also ā f. KaushUP.)
2. a pattern, model for imitation (cf. -dhṛk below)
3. anything falsified, a counterfeit of (gen.) Vishṇ
4. mf(ā)n. like, similar, corresponding, suitable, proper, fit RV. &c. &c. (○pam akurvan, not requiting. MārkP.)
5. agreeable, beautiful MBh
6. m. N. of a Dānava ib
7. (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Meru BhP
8. -carya mfn. exemplary in conduct, worthy of imitation MW
9. -caryā́ f. suitable or exemplary conduct ŚBr
10. -tā f. resemblance Harav
11. -dhṛk mfn. offering (i.e. being) a model or pattern BhP

⋙pratirūpaka

1. ○rūpaka n. an image, a picture L
2. forgery Nār
3. (prob.) a forged edict MBh
4. mf(ikā)n. similar, corresponding, having the appearance of anything (generally ifc.) MBh. Mn. Śak. &c
5. m. a quack, charlatan Car

⋙pratirūpya

1. ○rūpya in a-p○ wṛ. for a-prātirūpya, See prātir○

⋙pratiraudrakarman

1. ○raudra-karman mfn. acting cruelly against others R

⋙pratilakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. 'a counter-mark', mark, sign MBh. R

⋙pratiliṅgam

1. ○liṅgam ind. at every Liṅga Rājat

⋙pratilipi

1. ○lipi f. a copy, transcript, written reply L

⋙pratiloka

1. ○loka m. every world Hcat

⋙pratiloma

1. ○lomá mf(ā)n. against the hair or grain (opp. to anu-l○), contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted
2. adverse, hostile, disagreeable, unpleasant
3. low, vile ŚBr. RPrāt. ŚrS. &c
4. left, not right W
5. contrary to caste (where the mother is of a higher caste than the father) ib
6. (ibc. and ám ind.) against the hair, against the grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. ĀśvŚr. &c
7. m. N. of a man
8. pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi
9. (ā), f. a partic. incantation (to be recited from the end to the beginning) Kathās
10. n. any disagreeable or injurious act
11. (ena), ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cāṇ
12. -ja mfn. born in the inverse order of the classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brāhmaṇī mother, or of a Vaiśya fṭfather and Kshatriyā man or Brāhmaṇī man, in which cases the wife is of a higher caste than the husband
13. Mn. x, 16) W
14. -tas ind. in consequence of the inverted order or course Mn. x, 68
15. invertedly, in inverted order or series Yājñ. MBh. Pañcat
16. -rūpa mfn. inverted KaushUp
17. ○mânuloma mfn. speaking against or for anything
18. (ibc. and am ind.) in inverted order or course and in the natural order or course Mn. Yājñ
19. ○ma-tas ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner R

⋙pratilomaka

1. ○lomaka mfn. against the hair or grain', reverse, inverted BhP
2. n. inverted order, perversion Pañcat

⋙prativaktram

1. ○vaktram ind. on every face Hcat

⋙prativat

1. ○vat mfn. containing the word prati AitBr

⋙prativatsara

1. ○vatsara m. a year MBh
2. (am), ind. every year, yearly Rājat. Kathās

⋙prativanam

1. ○vanam ind. in every wood or forest Bhartṛ

⋙prativanitā

1. ○vanitā f. a female rival Śiś

⋙prativargam

1. ○vargam ind. group by group KātyŚr

⋙prativarṇa

1. ○varṇa m. every caste Hcat
2. (am), ind. containing by containing Gaut

⋙prativarṇika

1. ○varṇika mfn. having a corresponding colour, similar L

⋙prativartman

1. ○vartmán mfn. taking an opposite road or course AV

⋙prativarman

1. ○varman See su-prati-v○

⋙prativarṣa

1. ○varṣa (ibc.) or (ind.), every year, yearly MārkP. Pañcat

⋙prativarṣam

1. ○varḍṣam (ind.), every year, yearly MārkP. Pañcat

⋙prativallabhā

1. ○vallabhā f. = -yuvati Vcar

⋙prativaṣaṭkāram

1. ○vaṣaṭkāram ind. at each exclamation Vashaṭ ĀśvŚr

⋙prativasati

1. ○vasati ind. in every habitation or house Kathās

⋙prativastu

1. ○vastu n. a counterpart, equivalent
2. anything given in return, anything contrasted with another Kathās. Pratāp
3. vastū7pamā f. (rhet.) a simile or parallel (in which a pṭparallel is, drawn between two different objects by stating some common characteristic belonging to both) Kāvyâd. Sāh. Kuval. &c

⋙prativahnipradakṣiṇam

1. ○vahni-pradakṣiṇam ind. at each perambulation from left to right of the sacred fire Kathās

⋙prativākyam

1. ○vākyam ind. in every sentence L. 1. [Page 663, Column]

⋙prativāṇi

1. ○vāṇi m. fn. unseemly, unsuitable L. 2

⋙prativāṇi

1. ○vāṇi f. n. an answer L
2. opposition L. (wṛ. ○vāni)
3. f. = paribhāṣā, prajñapti &c. Gal

⋙prativāta

1. ○vāta m. a contrary wind, Mn Suśr
2. (am), ind. against the wind KātyŚr. Śak. Pañcat
3. (e), ind. on the lee side MW. -1

⋙prativāraṇa

1. ○vāraṇa m. (for 2. See under prati-√vṛ) a hostile elephant. Hariv
2. a sham or mock elephant
3. (with daitya), a Daitya in the form of an elephant BhP

⋙prativārttā

1. ○vārttā f. account, information Śak

⋙prativāsaram

1. ○vāsaram ind. every day, daily Rājat. Kathās. Hcat
2. (e), ind. -tad-dinam L

⋙prativāsarika

1. ○vāsarika mfn. daily Hcat

⋙prativāsudeva

1. ○vāsudeva m. 'opponent of a Vāsudeva', (with Jainas) N. of nine beings at enmity with VṭVāsudeva (= viṣṇu-dviṣ) Col

⋙prativiṭapam

1. ○viṭapam ind. to every branch, Śāntiś

⋙pratividyam

1. ○vidyam ind. in every doctrine Gaut

⋙prativindhya

1. ○vindhya m. N. of a king who ruled over a particular part of the Vindhya mountains MBh
2. of a son of Yudhi-shṭhira
3. pl. N. of his descendants MBh. Pur

⋙prativipāśam

1. ○vipāśam ind. along the Vipāś river Laghuk

⋙prativimba

1. ○vimba &c. = -bimba &c. 1

⋙prativirati

1. ○virati ind. (for 2. See prati-vi√ram) at every pause, at each cessation or disappearance, Śāntiś

⋙prativiśva

1. ○viśva mfn. pl. one and all
2. (eṣu), ind. in all cases Cat

⋙prativiṣa

1. ○viṣa n. 'counter-poison', an antidote L
2. mf(ā)n. containing an antṭantidote Rājat
3. (ā), f. Aconitum Heterophyllum Car. Bhpr

⋙prativiṣaya

1. ○viṣaya m. pl. the various objects of sense L
2. (ibc. and am ind.) in relation to each single object of sṭsingle Sāṃkhyak

⋙prativiṣṇu

1. ○viṣṇu ind. at every (image of) Vishṇu Vop
2. towards Vishṇu, in place of Vishṇu W

⋙prativiṣṇuka

1. ○viṣṇuka m. Pterospermum Suberifolium L

⋙prativīra

1. ○vīra m.an antagonist, a well-matched opponent MBh. Vcar. BhP
2. -tā f. the being a well-mṭman opponent, antagonism Prab

⋙prativīrya

1. ○vīrya n. (the being a match for in valour) in a-p○ mfn. unequalled, matchless, irresistible MBh. R
2. a-prativiiyârambha, not having sufficient strength to undertake anything SaddhP

⋙prativṛtta

1. ○vṛtta n. an eccentric circle Gol

⋙prativṛttāntam

1. ○vṛttântam ind. according to the saying, as they say Rājat

⋙prativṛtti

1. ○vṛtti ind. according to the modulation (of the voice) RPrāt

⋙prativṛṣa

1. ○vṛṣa m. a hostile bull Hariv

⋙prativedam

1. ○vedam ind. at or for every Veda Yājñ. Bādar
2. ○da-śākham ind. for every branch or school of the VṭVeda Madhus

⋙prativedāntam

1. ○vedântam ind. in every Upanishad Bādar. Sch

⋙prativelam

1. ○velam ind. on every occasion MBh

⋙prativeśa

1. ○veśa (práti- or pratī-
2. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 3). mf(ā)n. neighbouring, a neighbour RV. TS. ŚBr. &c
3. auxiliary Br. TBr. Comm
4. m. a neighbouring house L
5. -tās ind. from the neighbourhood ŚBr
6. -vāsin mf(nī)n. living in the neighbourhood
7. m.f. a neighbour Alaṃkārak

⋙prativeśin

1. ○veśin (or pratī-v○). mfn. neighbouring
2. m. and (nī), f. a neighbour Dhūrtas. Mṛicch. Sāh

⋙prativeśma

1. ○veśma ind. in every house Śiś

⋙prativeśman

1. ○veśman n. a neighbour's house Pañcat

⋙prativeśya

1. ○veśya m. a neighbour MBh

⋙prativaira

1. ○vaira n. requital of hostilities, revenge MBh

⋙prativyoma

1. ○vyoma or m. N. of a prince Pur

⋙prativyoman

1. ○vyoḍman m. N. of a prince Pur

⋙pratiśatru

1. ○śatru (práti-), m. an adversary, opponent, enemy AV. Kuval. Sch

⋙pratiśabda

1. ○śabda (or ○daka Kād. Hcar.), m. echo, reverberation MBh. R. Ragh. &c
2. -ga mfn. going after a sound or in the direction of a sṭsound MBh
3. -vat mfn. re-echoing, resounding Kathās. 1

⋙pratiśaraṇa

1. ○śaraṇa n. (for 2. See under prati-√śṝ) confidence in (ifc.) Divyâv
2. -bhūta mfn. resorted to (acc.) ib. (cf. -saraṇa under prati-√sṛ)

⋙pratiśarāsana

1. ○śarâsana n. an adversary's bow Vās

⋙pratiśarīram

1. ○śarīram ind. concerning one's own body or person Pat

⋙pratiśaśin

1. ○śaśin m. a mock moon, paraselene Var

⋙pratiśākham

1. ○śākham ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda) Bādar. Sch

⋙pratisākhavat

1. ○sākha-vat See -śākhā

⋙pratiśākhā

1. ○śākhā f. a side branch, sound shoot (pl. all the schools of the Veda BhP.)
2. -nāḍī f. a branch vein PraśnUp
3. ○khavat mfn. having anything as side branches MBh. 1

⋙pratiśāsana

1. ○śāsana n. (for 2. See prati-√śās) a rival command or authority (cf. a-p○) Ragh

⋙pratiśilpa

1. ○śilpa n. a counter-Śilpa ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pratiśiṣya

1. ○śiṣya m. under-disciple (?) Divyâv

⋙pratiśukrabudha

1. ○śukra-budha (ibc.), towards the planets Venus or Mercury Var

⋙pratiśukram

1. ○śukram (perhars two words), ind. towards the planet Venus R

⋙pratiśulka

1. ○śulka wṛ. for -śrutkā ( See under prati-√śru) Lalit

⋙pratiśṛṅgeṇa

1. ○śṛṅgeṇa ind. horn by horn Hcat

⋙pratiśrotas

1. ○śrotas ind. wṛ. for -srotas, q.v

⋙pratiśloka

1. ○śloka m. a counter Śloka Siṃhâs. L
2. (am), ind. at every ŚlṭŚloka BhP

⋙pratiṣka

1. ○ṣka &c., See prati-ṣkaśa, p. 671

⋙pratisaṃyoddhṛ

1. ○saṃyoddhṛ m. an adversary in war MBh

⋙pratisaṃvatsaram

1. ○saṃvatsaram ind. at every year, yearly Yājñ. ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙pratisaṃskāram

1. ○saṃskāram ind. at every ceremony. ĀpŚr

⋙pratisaṅgakṣikā

1. ○saṅgakṣikā f. a cloak to keep off the dust (worn by Buddhist mendicants) L. (prob. wṛ. for -saṃkakṣikā). [Page 663, Column]

⋙pratisadanam

1. ○sadanam ind. every one to his dwelling Mcar

⋙pratisadṛkṣa

1. ○sadṛkṣa or (práti-), mfn. similar VS

⋙pratisadṛś

1. ○sadṛś (práti-), mfn. similar VS

⋙pratisadma

1. ○sadma ind. at or in every house BhP

⋙pratisama

1. ○sama mfn. equal to, a match for MBh. Nāg

⋙pratisamantam

1. ○samantam (práti-), ind. on every side, everywhere ŚBr

⋙pratisambandhi

1. ○sambandhi ind. according to the respective connection Sāh

⋙pratisarga

1. ○sarga See under prati-√sṛj

⋙pratisargam

1. ○sargam ind. in every creation Mn. Kull

⋙pratisavya

1. ○savya mfn. in inverted order, inverted, reverse L

⋙pratisāma

1. ○sāma mfn. (prob.) unkind, unfriendly Pāṇ. 5-4, 75

⋙pratisāmanta

1. ○sāmanta m. 'a hostile neighbour', enemy, adversary Kuval. Hcar

⋙pratisāmarthya

1. ○sāmarthya n. relative suitableness R

⋙pratisāyam

1. ○sāyam ind. towards evening Gobh

⋙pratisiṃha

1. ○siṃha m. a hostile lion Kathās

⋙pratisīrā

1. ○sīrā f. a curtain L
2. a screen or wall of cloth, an outer tent W

⋙pratisundarī

1. ○sundarī f. = -yuvati, q.v. Vcar

⋙pratisūrya

1. ○sūrya (or ○yaka), m. a mock sun, parhelion Var
2. a kind of lizard, a chameleon (which lies or basks in the sun) Uttarar. Suśr
3. (am), ind. opposite to the sun Mn
4. -matsya m. a partic. appearance in the sun
5. (accord. to Comm.) a mock sun and a comet Āp
6. -śayānaka m. 'lying or basking in the sun', a kind of lizard, a chameleon L

⋙pratisenā

1. ○senā f. an opposing or hostile army Hariv

⋙pratisomā

1. ○somā f. a kind of plant (= mahiṣa-vallī) L

⋙pratisomodakadvijam

1. ○somôdakadvijam ind. against the moon or water or a Brāhman Mn. iv, 52

⋙pratiskandha

1. ○skandha m. every shoulder (instr. 'each on his shoulder') Hit
2. N. of an attendant of Skanda (vḷ. kapi-sk○) MBh
3. (am), ind. upon the shoulders W
4. in every section of a book Pratāp

⋙pratistrī

1. ○strī mfn. lying on a woman ChUp

⋙pratisthānam

1. ○sthānam ind. in every place, everywhere Prab. Sch

⋙pratisneha

1. ○sneha m. (prob.) wṛ. for pati-s○ Kathās

⋙pratisrota

1. ○srota mf(ā) n. = next (mandakinīm"ṣtām anuvraja, go up the Mercury i.e. up or against the stream) R

⋙pratisrotam

1. ○srotam (BhP.) or (Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.), ind. against the stream, up the stream

⋙pratisrotas

1. ○srotas (Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.), ind. against the stream, up the stream
2. (wṛ. śrotas)

⋙pratisvam

1. ○svam ind. 'each for itself.' one by one, singly ĀśvŚr. RPrāt. Comm

⋙pratisvāhākāram

1. ○svāhākāram ind. at every exclamation Svāhā ĀpGṛ

⋙pratihasta

1. ○hasta (-tva n. Vcar.),

⋙pratihastaka

1. ○hastaka (Hit.), m. a deputy, substitute, proxy

⋙pratihasti

1. ○hasti ind. towards elephants MBh

⋙pratihastin

1. ○hastin m. the keeper of a brothel Daś. (Sch. 'a neighbour')

⋙pratihṛdayam

1. ○hṛdayam ind. in every heart BhP. Sch

≫praty

1. praty in comp. before vowels for prati above

⋙pratyaṃśa

1. ○aṃśa m. a portion, share Buddh

⋙pratyaṃśu

1. ○aṃśu m. = pratigato'ṃśuḥ Pāṇ. 6-2, 193
2. mfn. = pratigata aṃśavo'sya ib. Sch

⋙pratyaṃsa

1. ○aṃsa m. = -aṃśa, q.v

⋙pratyaṃsam

1. ○aṃsam ind. on the shoulders Śiś

⋙pratyak

1. ○ák See pratyáñc

⋙pratyakṣa

1. ○akṣa See s.v

⋙pratyakṣara

1. ○akṣara (ibc.) in each syllable Vās
2. -śleṣa-maya mf(ī)n. containing a Ślesha in each sṭsyllable ib

⋙pratyagam

1. ○agam ind. on every mountain Dharmaśarm

⋙pratyagni

1. ○agni ind. towards the fire Kauś
2. at or near or in every fire KātySr. MBh

⋙pratyagra

1. ○agra mf(ā)n. fresh, recent, new, young MBh. R. Kāv. &c
2. repeated, reiterated Hariv. Kathās
3. pure W
4. (ibc. and am ind.) recently Mṛicch. Kathās
5. m. N. of a son of Vasu Upari-cara and prince of the Cedis BhP. (cf. agraha below)
6. -kṣarat mfn. fresh-flowing, flowing freshly Prab
7. -gandhā f. a species of shrub, Rhinacanthus Communis L
8. -tā f. or -tva n. newness, freshness W
9. -prasavā f. recently delivered, having lately brought forth Pāṇ. 2-1, 65 Sch
10. -yauvana mf(ā)n. being in the bloom of youth Kathās
11. -rūpa mf(ā)n. juvenile, young MBh
12. -vayas mfn. young in age, youthful MBh. R
13. n. youth W
14. -śodhita mfn. recently purified, pure L

⋙pratyagraha

1. ○agraha m. N. of a son of Vasu and king of the Cedis MBh. Hariv
2. (= -agra
3. prob. a contracted form for pratyaggraha)

⋙pratyaṅka

1. ○aṅka mf(ā)n. recently marked (as cattle) Pāṇ. 2-1, 14 Kāś

⋙pratyaṅkam

1. ○aṅkam ind. in every act (of a drama) Sāh

⋙pratyaṅga

1. ○aṅga n. a minor or secondary member of the body (as the forehead, nose, chin, fingers, ears &c
2. the 6 Aṅgas or chief members being the trunk, head, arms and legs) MBh. R. Suśr. &c
3. a division, section, part Suśr. Nir
4. a subdivision (of a science &c.) W
5. a weapon BhP
6. m. a kind of measure Saṃgīt
7. N. of a prince MBh
8. (ibc. or am ind.) on every part or member of the body, on the limbs severally Pañcat. Hit. Gīt. Kathās
9. for one's own person Pat. (cf. -vartin)
10. for every part or subdivision (of a sacrifice &c.) Mn
11. (in gram.) in each base Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat
12. -tva n. the belonging to TPrāt
13. -dakṣiṇā f. a fee for each part (of a sacrifice) Mn. [Page 664, Column]
14. -vartin mfn. occupying one's self withone's own person Pat

⋙pratyaṅgiras

1. ○aṅgiras m. N. of a mythical personage (who like Aṅgiras married several of the daughters of Daksha) R

⋙pratyaṅgirasa

1. ○aṅgirasa m. N. of a mythical personage regarded as the father of certain Ṛicas Hariv. VP

⋙pratyaṅgirā

1. ○aṅgirā f. Acacia Sirissa Rasar
2. a form of Durgā, one of the goddesses of the Tāntrikas Cat
3. -kalpa m. -tattva n. -pañcâṅga n. -prayoga m. -mantra m. -mantra-ṛk-samudāya m. -sahasra-nāman and ○mastotra n. -siddha-mantrôddhāra m. -sū7kta n. -stotra n. -stotrôpâsanâdi m. or n. N. of wks

⋙pratyajira

1. ○ajira n. g. aṃśv-ādi Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

⋙pratyañc

1. ○áñc See p. 674

⋙pratyadhikaraṇam

1. ○adhikaraṇam ind. at each paragraph Nyāyam

⋙pratyadhidevatā

1. ○adhidevatā f. a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one Hcat

⋙pratyanantara

1. ○anantara mfn. being in the immediate neighbourhood of (gen.) R
2. standing nearest (as an heir) Mn. viii, 185
3. closely connected with, immediately following MBh. R
4. (am), ind. immediately after (abl.) MBh
5. next in succession W
6. ○rī-√bhū, to betake one's self close to (gen.) Prasannar

⋙pratyanilam

1. ○anilam ind. against the wind MW

⋙pratyanīka

1. ○anīka mfn. hostile, opposed, injuring (with gen.)
2. withstanding, resisting MBh. BhP. Sarvad
3. opposite Suśr. Sarvad
4. equal, vying with Kāvyâd
5. m. an adversary, enemy BhP
6. n. a hostile army MBh. Hariv
7. hostility, enmity, a hostile relation, hostility position, rivality (sg. and pl.) MBh. R
8. injuring the relatives of an enemy who cannot be injured himself Pratāp. Kpr. Kuval
9. injuring one who cannot retaliate (?) W
10. -tva n. = -bhāva Suśr
11. the state of an enemy, hostility MW
12. -bhāva m. being the contrary Nyāyad

⋙pratyanuprāsa

1. ○anuprâsa m. a kind of alliteration Śiś. Comm

⋙pratyanumāna

1. ○anumāna n. a contrary deduction, opposite conclusion KapS

⋙pratyanuyoga

1. ○anuyoga m. a counter-question, quṭquestion in return Car

⋙pratyanūkāntam

1. ○anūkântam ind. at the end of each back part of the altar KātyŚr. Comm

⋙pratyanta

1. ○anta mfn. bordering on, adjacent or contiguous to, skirting W
2. m. a border, frontier Ragh. Lalit
3. a bordering country i.e. a country occupied by barbarians L
4. (pl.) barbarous tribes Var
5. -janapada n. a bordering country
6. ○dâpapatti f. birth in a bordṭbordering or barbarous cṭcountry (with Buddhists one of the eight inauspicious ways of being born) Dharmas. 134
7. -deśa m. a country bordering upon another, Śāṅkh. Sch
8. -parvata m. an adjacent (small) hill L
9. -vāsa n. (!) a frontier-place Lalit

⋙pratyantarībhū

1. ○antarī-√bhū = -anantarī-√bhū Uttarar

⋙pratyantāt

1. ○antāt ind. in each case to the end Lāṭy

⋙pratyantika

1. ○antika mfn. being or situated at the border Kāraṇḍ

⋙pratyantima

1. ○antima mfn. = -antika Divyâv

⋙pratyandhakāra

1. ○andhakāra mfn. spreading shadow Buddh

⋙pratyapara

1. ○apara mfn. = -avara, q.v. Vajras

⋙pratyapāya

1. ○apâya m. perishing again, Śīl

⋙pratyabdam

1. ○abdam ind. every year, yearly Kathās

⋙pratyabhyāsam

1. ○abhyāsam ind. at each repetition ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙pratyamitra

1. ○amitra mfn. opposed as an enemy, hostile
2. m. an enemy, opponent, adversary MBh

⋙pratyayanam

1. ○ayanam ind. every half year Yājñ

⋙pratyayanastva

1. ○ayanastvá n. obtaining again, recovery TBr

⋙pratyara

1. ○ara m. (ŚvetUp. Comm.) or (ŚvetUp.) an intermediate spoke of a wheel

⋙pratyarā

1. ○arā f. (ŚvetUp.) an intermediate spoke of a wheel

⋙pratyaraṇya

1. ○araṇya (ibc.), near or in a forest Buddh

⋙pratyari

1. ○ari m. a well-matched opponent, equally powerful enemy MBh

⋙pratyarka

1. ○arka m. a mock sun, parhelion Var

⋙pratyargala

1. ○argala n. the rope by which a churning-stick is moved Gal

⋙pratyarṇam

1. ○arṇam ind. at each syllable Sarvad

⋙pratyartham

1. ○artham ind. in relation to anything Jaim
2. at every object, in every case Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch
3. wṛ. for aty-a○ MBh

⋙pratyardha

1. ○ardha g. aṃśv-ādi Kāś

⋙pratyardhi

1. ○ardhi (práty-), mfn. (prob.) possessing or claiming half of, having equal claims, equal to (gen.) RV

⋙pratyarham

1. ○arham ind. in yathā-p○, q.v

⋙pratyavabhāṣa

1. ○avabhāṣa or wṛ. for -bhāsa, q.v. Uttarar

⋙pratyavabhāṣā

1. ○avabhāḍṣā wṛ. for -bhāsa, q.v. Uttarar

⋙pratyavamarṣa

1. ○ava-marṣa

⋙pratyavamarṣavat

1. ○ava-marḍṣa-vat wṛ. for ava-marśa, ○śa-vat, q.v

⋙pratyavayava

1. ○avayava (ibc.) or (ind.), on or at every part of the body Naish. Comm

⋙pratyavayavam

1. ○avayaḍvam (ind.), on or at every part of the body Naish. Comm
2. in every part or particular, in detail Bādar. Sch
3. -varṇanā f. a detailed or minute description Vikr

⋙pratyavara

1. ○avara mfn. lower, more insignificant, less honoured than, (abl.) Mn. MBh. R. &c
2. -kālam ind. after, later than (with abl. or ifc.) Car. =

⋙pratyaśman

1. ○aśman m. red chalk L

⋙pratyaṣṭhīlā

1. ○aṣṭhīlā f. a kind of nervous disease Suśr. Bhpr

⋙pratyastagamana

1. ○asta-gamana n. the setting (of the sun) ChUp. Sch

⋙pratyastam

1. ○astam ind. (with √gam) to go down, cease Sarvad
2. -aya m. the setting (of the sun)
3. cessation, disappearance, end, destruction Bādar. Sch

⋙pratyastra

1. ○astra n. missile hurled in return BhP. Kathās

⋙pratyaha

1. ○aha mfn. daily Rājat
2. (am), ind. day by day, every day KātyŚr. Mn. Kāv. &c. [Page 664, Column]
3. in the morning W

⋙pratyākāra

1. ○ākāra m. a scabbard, sword-sheath L

⋙pratyāgāra

1. ○āgāra (?), m. former place or state W

⋙pratyācāra

1. ○ācāra m. suitable behaviour, conformable conduct MBh

⋙pratyātāpa

1. ○ātāpá m. a sunny place ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙pratyātma

1. ○ātma (ibc.), or ind. for every soul, in every soul Sarvad

⋙pratyātmam

1. ○ātḍmam ind. for every soul, in evṭevery soul Sarvad
2. singly Pat
3. ○maviniyata mfn. individual Car

⋙pratyātmaka

1. ○ātmaka mfn. belonging to one's self SaddhP

⋙pratyātmika

1. ○ātmika mfn. = -ātmaka ŚāṅkhGṛ
2. peculiar, original Car

⋙pratyātmya

1. ○ātmya n. similarity with or resemblance to one's self
2. (ena), ind, after one's own image BhP

⋙pratyādarśa

1. ○ādarśa m. wṛ. for -ādeśa, q.v. Pañcat

⋙pratyāditya

1. ○āditya m. a mock sun, parhelion AV.Pariś. MBh
2. (ibc.) towards the sun (e.g. p"ṣ-guda, one whose hinder parts are towards the sun Suśr.)

⋙pratyānīka

1. ○ānīka m. (with rājan) a partic. personification ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙pratyāpīḍa

1. ○āpīḍa m. a kind of metre Col

⋙pratyāmnāyam

1. ○āmnāyam ind. for every single text-book ĀśvŚr. Comm

⋙pratyārdra

1. ○ārdra mfn. fresh
2. -tara mfn. Buddh

⋙pratyārdrā

1. ○ārdrā f. g. aṃśv-ādi to Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

⋙pratyārdrīkṛ

1. ○ārdrī-√kṛ to moisten again, refresh again Kād
2. to wipe out, efface Kir

⋙pratyārdhapura

1. ○ārdhapura g. aṃśv-ādi (Kāś. praty-ardha, prati-pura)

⋙pratyālayam

1. ○ālayam ind. in every house Dharmaśarm

⋙pratyāvāsakam

1. ○āvāsakam ind. to every station, to every tent Kād

⋙pratyāvāsam

1. ○āvāsam ind. in every house Vcar

⋙pratyāśam

1. ○āśam ind. in all directions Veṇis

⋙pratyāśā

1. ○āśā f. confidence, trust, hope, expectation Prab. Kathās. &c. (○śa-tva n. ifc. Mālatīm.)

⋙pratyāśin

1. ○āśin mfn. hoping, expecting W
2. trusting, relying upon MW

⋙pratyāha

1. ○āha mfn. wṛ. for -aha, q.v. Rājat

⋙pratyāhuti

1. ○āhuti ind. at each oblation ĀpŚr. Kauś

⋙pratyuta

1. ○uta See p. 677

⋙pratyuttara

1. ○uttara n. a reply to an answer, rejoinder, answer Pañcat. Hit. Prab. &c
2. ○rīkaraṇa n. replying, an answer Mcar
3. ○rī-√kṛ, to answer Kād

⋙pratyudadhi

1. ○udadhi ind. at the sea Bālar

⋙pratyupamāna

1. ○upamāna n. a counter comparison, the ideal of an ideal Vikr

⋙pratyupasadam

1. ○upasadam ind. at each celebration of an Upasad KātyŚr

⋙pratyupāsanam

1. ○upâsanam ind. for every kind of worship Bādar. Sch

⋙pratyurasa

1. ○urasa n. = pratigatam uraḥ Vop
2. (am), ind. against the breast, upon the breast Śiś. Kir. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 82)

⋙pratyulūka

1. ○ulūka m. a bird resembling an owl
2. (according to the Sch.) a hostile owl or a crow regarded as an owl's enemy BhP

⋙pratyulūkaka

1. ○ulūkaka m. a bird resembling an owl Hariv

⋙pratyuṣṭra

1. ○uṣṭra m. g. aṃśv-ādi to Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

⋙pratyūrdhvam

1. ○ūrdhvam ind. on the upper side of (acc.), above, Susr

⋙pratyṛcam

1. ○ṛcam ind. at or in each verse GṛŚrS

⋙pratyṛtu

1. ○ṛtu ind. in each season Vait

⋙pratyeka

1. ○eka mfn. each one, each single oṭone, every one Jaim. Sch
2. n. a partic. sin Buddh
3. (ibc. or am ind.) one by one, one at a time, singly, for every single one ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. Kāv. &c
4. -naraka m. a partic. hell Divyâv
5. -buddha m. a Buddha who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only (as opp. to those Buddhas who liberate others also) Buddh. (cf. MWB. 134 &c.)
6. (-kathā f. -catuṣṭaya n. N. of wks
7. -tva n. the state of a Pratyeka Buddha Buddh.)
8. -bodhi f. = -buddhatva Kāraṇḍ
9. -śas ind. one by one, singly, severally MBh

⋙pratyenas

1. ○enas (práty-), m. an officer of justice, punisher of criminals ŚBr
2. a surety, the heir nearest of kin who is responsible for the debts of a deceased person Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhŚr. MaitrS

⋙pratyenasya

1. ○enasya n. the nearest heirship to (gen.) Kāṭh

prati

1. prati m. N. of a son of Kuśa BhP

pratika

1. pratika mf(i)n. (fr. 1. prati) worth a Kārshāpaṇa or 16 Paṇas of cowries Pāṇ. 5-1, 25 Vārtt. 2

pratikamp

1. prati-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to shake, cause to tremble MBh

pratikara

1. prati-kara &c. See prati- √1. kṛ

pratikarṣa

1. prati-karṣa m. (√kṛṣ) aggregation, combination KātyŚr. Sch
2. anticipating that which occurs afterwards W

⋙pratikṛṣṭa

1. prati-ḍkṛṣṭa mfn. ploughed back again L
2. thrust back KātyŚr
3. rejected, despised L

pratikāṅkṣ

1. prati-√kāṅkṣ Ā. -kāṅkṣate, to wish or long for R

⋙pratikāṅkāṅkṣitavya

1. prati-√kāṅḍkāṅkṣitavya mfn. to be expected Vajracch

⋙pratikāṅkāṅkṣin

1. prati-√kāṅḍkāṅkṣin mfn. wishing for, desirous of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Hariv

pratikāśa

1. prati-kāśa m.= pratī-k○ L

pratikuñcita

1. prati-kuñcita mfn. (√kuñc) bent, curved W. [Page 664, Column]

pratikūj

1. prati-√kūj P. -kūjati, to coo or warble in return (with acc.) R

pratikṛ

1. prati-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, (inf. pratī-kartum BhP.), to do or make an opposition AitBr
2. to return, repay, requite (good or evil acc., with gen. dat. or loc. of pers.) MBh. R. &c
3. to counteract, resist (acc. or gen.) ib
4. to treat, attend to, cure (a disease) Suśr
5. to repair, mend, restore Mn
6. to pay back (a debt) Gaut.: Caus. Ā. -kārayate, to cause to be repeated ŚBr.: Desid. -cikīrṣati, to wish to take revenge on (acc. or loc.) for (acc.) MBh. R

⋙pratikara

1. prati-ḍkara mf(ī)n. acting against, counteracting(ifc.) Suśr
2. m. requital, compensation R. Rājat

⋙pratikaraṇīya

1. prati-ḍkaraṇīya mfn. to be counteracted or prevented, remediable MW

⋙pratikartavya

1. prati-ḍkartavya mfn. to be requited or returned, to be repaid (lit. and fig.) MBh. Hariv. Śaṃk
2. to be counteracted or resisted R. Prab
3. to be treated or cured Suśr

⋙pratikartṛ

1. prati-ḍkartṛ m. a requiter, recompenser MBh
2. an opponent, adversary Kull

⋙pratikarman

1. prati-ḍkarman n. requital, retaliation, corresponding action MBh. R
2. counteraction, cure, medical treatment Car
3. decoration, toilet, personal adornment MBh. R. &c
4. (a), ind. in every work, at each performance or celebration KātyŚr. MBh

⋙pratikāra

1. prati-ḍkāra m. (cf. pratīk○) requital, retaliation, reward, retribution, revenge. R. Kathās. Rājat
2. opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy MBh. Suśr
3. = sama and bhaṭa L
4. -karman n. opposition, resistance Rājat
5. -jña mfn. knowing what remedy should be applied MBh
6. -vidhāna n. medical treatment Ragh

⋙pratikārin

1. prati-ḍkārin See a-pratikārin

⋙pratikārya

1. prati-ḍkārya mfn. (cf. pratī-k○) to be revenged
2. n. retribution MBh. i, 6259 (Nīlak., m. 'an enemy')

⋙pratikṛta

1. prati-ḍkṛta mfn. returned, repaid, requited &c. R
2. n. recompense, requital MBh
3. resistance, opposition Ragh

⋙pratikṛti

1. prati-ḍkṛti f. resistance, opposition, prevention Hariv
2. retaliation, return, revenge W
3. an image, likeness, model
4. counterpart, substitute MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratikriyā

1. prati-ḍkriyā f. requital (of good or evil), retaliation, compensation, retribution MBh. Kāv. &c
2. opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy, help ib. (ifc. = removing, destroying)
3. -tva n. MBh
4. venting (of anger) Kathās
5. embellishment, decoration (of the person) MBh
6. -śūlinī-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

≫praticikīrṣ

1. prati-cikīrṣ mfn. (fr. Desid
2. nom. ○cikīr before b) wishing to requite (loc) HPariś

⋙praticikīrṣā

1. prati-ḍcikīrṣā f. wish to requite, desire to be revenged upon (acc. or loc.) MBh. BhP

⋙praticikīrṣu

1. prati-ḍcikīrṣu mfn. wishing to return or requite MBh. (vḷ. -jihīrṣu)

pratikṝ

1. prati-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter towards (cf. prati-s-√kṝ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 141)

⋙pratikīrṇa

1. prati-ḍkīrṇa mfn. scattered towards MW

pratikḷp

1. prati-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate (pf. [-c�AklRpe]), to be at the service of (acc.), receive hospitably ŚBr
2. to regulate, arrange AV

⋙pratikalpya

1. prati-ḍkalpya mfn. to be arranged or prepared MBh. (for pratikalpa, See p. 661, col. 3)

pratikopa

1. prati-kopa (√kup), m. anger against (any one), wrath MBh

pratikram

1. prati-√kram P. -krāmati (pf. -cakrāma and -cakrame), to come back, return ŚBr. ChUp. MBh
2. to descend, decrease (in number, opp. to abhi-√kram) Nid
3. to confess Śatr

⋙pratikrama

1. prati-ḍkrama m. reversed or inverted order Pratāp

⋙pratikramaṇa

1. prati-ḍkrámaṇa n. stepping to and fro ŚBr
2. going to confession Kalpas
3. -vidhi m. -sūtra n. N. of wks

pratikrudh

1. prati-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to he angry with (acc.) in return Mn. MBh

⋙pratikrodha

1. prati-ḍkrodha m. anger in return Kull

pratikruṣṭa

1. prati-kruṣṭa mfn. (√kruś) miserable, poor Divyâv

⋙pratikrośa

1. prati-ḍkrośá m. crying out to, halloing AV

pratikṣi

1. prati-√kṣi (only pr. p. -kṣiyát RV., -kṣyát TS.), to settle near (acc.)

pratikṣip

1. prati-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 80), to throw into (loc.) MBh. (vḷ. pari-)
2. to push against, hurt Suśr
3. to reject, despise, oppose, contradict, ridicule, confute Kathās. Sarvad. Lalit

⋙pratikṣipta

1. prati-ḍkṣipta mfn. thrown into &c. (cf. prec
2. -tva n. Sarvad.) sent, dispatched L
3. n. medicine L

⋙pratikṣepa

1. prati-ḍkṣepa m. contest MBh. (vḷ. vyati-)
2. objection, contradiction, repudiation ib. Sarvad. [Page 665, Column]

⋙pratikṣepaṇa

1. prati-ḍkṣepaṇa n. contradiction, opposing, contesting Prab

pratikṣuta

1. prati-kṣuta n. (√kṣu) sneezing, wheezing W

pratikhyā

1. prati-√khyā P. -khyāti (impf. -akhyat), to see, behold RV. AV. Br

⋙pratikhyāti

1. prati-ḍkhyāti f. renown (v. l. for pra-vikh○) L

pratigad

1. prati-√gad P. -gadati, to speak in return, answer MBh

pratigam

1. prati-√gam P. -gacchati, to go towards, go to meet RV. MBh. &c
2. to go back, return, go home MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratigata

1. prati-gata mfn. gone towards or back MBh
2. flying backwards and forwards, wheeling in flight W
3. lost from the memory R

⋙pratigati

1. prati-gati f. (I.),

⋙pratigamana

1. prati-gamana n. (R.) return

pratigarj

1. prati-√garj P. -garjati, to roar against or in return, answer with roars MBh
2. to resist, oppose Hariv. Ragh
3. to vie with (instr. or gen.), Kāvy,

⋙pratigarjana

1. prati-garjana n. (AV.Pariś.),

⋙pratigarjanā

1. prati-garjanā f. (MBh.) thundering or roaring against or in return, an answering roar

pratigā

1. prati-√gā (only aor. -agāt), to go back, return

pratigāh

1. prati-√gāh Ā. -gāhate, to penetrate, enter R

pratigu

1. prati-√gu (only Intens. -jóguve), to proclaim RV

pratigupta

1. prati-gupta mfn. (√gup) guarded protected Inscr

⋙pratigupya

1. prati-gúpya mfn. to be guarded
2. (am), ind. one must guard against (abl .) ŚBr

pratigṛdh

1. prati-√gṛdh P. -gṛdhyati, to be greedy or eager for (acc.) MBh

pratigṛbhāya

1. prati-gṛbhāya Nom. P. ○yati, to take, receive
2. (esp.) to take into the mouth, eat RV

pratigṝ

1. prati-√gṝ P. Ā. -gṛṇāti, -gṛṇīte, to invoke, salute (acc.) RV
2. (with dat
3. Pāṇ. 1-4, 41 Sch.) to respond in recitation or chanting (also with prati-garam) ib. TS. Br. ŚrS
4. to agree with (dat.) Vop

⋙pratigara

1. prati-gará m. the responsive call of the Adhvaryu to the address of the Hotṛi TS. Br. ĀśvŚr

⋙pratigaritṛ

1. prati-garitṛ m. one who makes a responsive cry or chant AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pratigīrya

1. prati-gīrya mfn. to be answered in recitation or chanting AitBr

pratigrah

1. prati-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, -gṛhṇīte (irreg. 2. sg. Impv. -gṛhṇa R
2. aor. -ajagrabhat AitBr.), to take hold of, grasp, seize (in astrol. = to eclipse, obscure) AV. &c. &c
3. to take (as a present or into possession), appropriate, receive, accept RV. &c. &c. (śirasā, 'with the head' i e. 'humbly, obediently' R.)
4. to gain, win over R
5. to take as a wife, marry Mn. MBh. &c
6. to take = eat, drink RV. VS. TBr
7. to receive (a friend or guest) RV. &c. &c
8. to receive (anything agreeable as a good word or omen) R. Kālid
9. to assent to, acquiesce in, approve MBh. R
10. (rarely) to receive (an enemy), oppose, encounter MBh. Ragh.: Caus. -grāhayati, to cause to accept, present with (2 acc.) MBh. R. Kālid
11. to answer, reply BhP.: Desid. -jighṛkṣati, to wish to accept Gaut

⋙pratigṛhīta

1. prati-gṛhīta mfn. taken, received, accepted, married MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratigṛhītavya

1. prati-gṛhītavya

⋙pratigṛhītṛ

1. prati-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grahītavya, ○grahītṛ

⋙pratigṛhya

1. prati-gṛ́hya mfn. to be accepted, acceptable TS. ('from', gen. Pāṇ. 3-1, 118 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)
2. one from whom anything may be accepted ( See a-pratigṛhyá)

⋙pratigraha

1. prati-grahá m. receiving, accepting, acceptance of gifts (as the peculiar prerogative of Brāhmans
2. IW. 237 ; 262) ŚBr. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (○grahaṃ-√kṛ, to receive presents Mn.)
3. friendly reception MBh
4. favour, grace MBh
5. taking a wife, marrying R
6. receiving with the ear i.e. hearing Kathās
7. a grasper, seizer (keśa-, a hair-cutter, barber) Gobh. a receiver KātyŚr. R
8. a chamber-vessel or any similar convenience for sick persons Car
9. a spittoon L
10. a gift, present (esp. a donation to a Brāhman at suitable periods) Yājñ. MBh. &c. (instr. 'as a present Kathās.)
11. N. of the objects or functions corresponding to the 8 Grahas L
12. = kriyā-kāra L
13. the reserve of an army (a detachment posted with the general 400 yards in the rear of a line) W
14. the sun near the moon's node ib
15. -kalpa m. N. of Pariś. of MānGṛS
16. -dhana n. money received as a present Kathās. [Page 665, Column]
17. mfn. one whose wealth consists only in presents Pañcat
18. -prâpta mfn. received as a present Kathās
19. -prâyaścitta-prakāra m. N. of wk

⋙pratigrahaṇa

1. prati-grahaṇa mfn. accepting ŚāṅkhGṛ. (perhaps wṛ.)
2. n. receipt, acceptance ib. Lāṭy
3. taking a wife, marrying R. (cf. á-pratig○)
4. a vessel ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙pratigrahaṇīya

1. prati-grahaṇīya mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable W

⋙pratigrahin

1. prati-grahin mfn. one who receives, a receiver (opp. to dātṛ) MBh

⋙pratigrahītavya

1. prati-grahītavya mfn. to be received Kull

⋙grahītṛ

1. grahītṛ́ mfn. id. AV. &c. &c
2. m. one who takes a wife, one who marries (nom. ○tā, also as 3. sg. fut.) MBh. R

⋙grāha

1. grāha m. a spittoon L
2. accepting gifts W

⋙grāhaka

1. grāhaka mfn. one who receives or accepts ( á-pratig○)

⋙grāhin

1. grāhín mfn. id. TS

⋙grāhya

1. grāhya mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. a-pratig○)
2. one from whom anything may be received MBh. (cf. ○gṛhya and Pāṇ. ib.)
3. m. N. of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch

pratigha

1. prati-gha m. (√han) hindrance, obstruction, resistance, opposition (cf. a-p○)
2. struggling against (comp.) Car
3. anger, wrath, enmity Mcar. Lalit. (one of the 6 evil passions Dharmas. 67)
4. = mūrchā L
5. combat, fighting W
6. an enemy ib
7. opposition, contradiction L

⋙pratighāta

1. prati-ghāta m. (cf. pratī-gh○) warding off, keeping back, repulse, prevention, resistance, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c
2. rebound Kum
3. -kṛt mfn. depriving any one (gen.) of (gen.) Yājñ
4. -vid mfn. knowing how to resist, apt to resist MBh

⋙pratighātaka

1. prati-ghātaka mf(ikā)n. disturbing MBh
2. (ifc.) = ○ghāta ib

⋙pratighātana

1. prati-ghātana n. warding off, repulsing ib
2. killing, slaughter L

⋙pratighātaya

1. prati-ghātaya (Caus. of prati-√han), ○yati, to ward off MBh

⋙pratighātin

1. prati-ghātin mfn. keeping off, repulsing, disturbing, injuring Daś. Kām
2. dazzling (netra-) Kum

⋙pratighna

1. prati-ghna n. the body L.]

pratighoṣin

1. prati-ghoṣin mfn. (√ghuṣ) roaring or crying out against
2. (iṇī), f. N. of a class of demons ŚāṅkhŚr

pratiṅgirā

1. pratiṅgirā f. N. of a Buddh. deity W

praticakṣ

1. prati-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to see, perceive RV. BhP
2. to expect BhP
3. to cause to see, let appear, show RV

⋙praticakṣa

1. prati-ḍcakṣa See su-praticakṣá

⋙praticakṣaṇa

1. prati-ḍcákṣaṇa n. looking at, at viewing RV. BhP. (showing, displaying Sch.)
2. appearance, look, aspect AV

⋙praticakṣin

1. prati-ḍcakṣin mfn. regarding, observing AV.Paipp

⋙praticakṣya

1. prati-ḍcákṣya mf(ā)n. visible, conspicuous RV

praticar

1. prati-√car P. -carati, to advance towards, approach RV. TS
2. Caus. -cārayati, See below

⋙praticāra

1. prati-ḍcāra m. personal adornment, toilet, Śīl

⋙praticārita

1. prati-ḍcārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) circulated, proclaimed, published MBh

⋙praticārin

1. prati-ḍcārin mfn. exercising, practising L

praticikīrṣ

1. prati-cikīrṣ See prati-√kṛ

praticint

1. prati-√cint P. Ā. -cintayati, ○te, to consider again, reflect upon, remember R
2. Caur

⋙praticintana

1. prati-ḍcintana n. thinking repeatedly, considering W

⋙praticintanīya

1. prati-ḍcintanīya mfn. to be thought over again Kāv

praticud

1. prati-√cud Caus. -coḍayati, to drive or urge on, impel R

⋙praticodanam

1. prati-ḍcodanam See p. 662, col. 1

⋙praticodanā

1. prati-ḍcodanā f. prevention, prohibition BhP. (= niṣedha, opp. to vidhi, or = smriti, opp. to śruti Sch.)

⋙praticodita

1. prati-ḍcodita mfn. impelled or excited against (acc.) R

praticchad

1. prati-cchad (√chid), P. -cchādayati, to cover, envelop, hide, conceal, Kauś MBh. &c

⋙praticcchadana

1. prati-cḍcchadana n. a cover, covering L

⋙praticcchanna

1. prati-cḍcchanna mfn. covered, enveloped, hidden, concealed, disguised MBh. Kāv. &c
2. endowed or furnished with (ifc.) MBh. iii, 1268

praticchid

1. prati-cchid (√chid), P. -cchinatti, to cut or tear off ŚāṅkhŚr. (v. l. pra-cch○)
2. to retaliate by cutting to pieces MBh

⋙praticccheda

1. prati-cḍccheda m. cutting off
2. resistance, opposition W

praticyavīyas

1. práti-cyavīyas mfn. (√cyu) pressing closer against or towards RV. x, 86, 6

pratijagdha

1. práti-jagdha mfn. (√2. jakṣ) eaten, consumed MaitrS

pratijan

1. prati-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born or produced again PraśnUp

⋙pratijanman

1. prati-ḍjanman n. re-birth Kathās. [Page 665, Column]

⋙pratijāta

1. prati-ḍjāta mfn. born again, renewed
2. -kopa mfn. once more angry MBh

pratijap

1. prati-√jap P. -japati, to mutter in response Gobh

⋙pratijāpa

1. prati-ḍjāpa m. the act of muttering against Kauś

pratijalp

1. prati-√jalp P. -jalpati, to answer, reply MBh. R

⋙pratijalpa

1. prati-ḍjalpa m. an answer, reply L

⋙pratijalpaka

1. prati-ḍjalpaka m. a polite but evasive answer L

pratijāgṛ

1. prati-√jāgṛ P. -jāgarti, to watch beside (acc.) RV. VS. AV
2. to keep (?) Divyâv

⋙pratijāgara

1. prati-ḍjāgara m. watchfulness, attention L

⋙pratijāgaraṇa

1. prati-ḍjāgaraṇa n. watching, guarding, attending to MārkP

⋙pratijāgaraṇaka

1. prati-ḍjāgaraṇaka m. or n. (?) a district Inscr

⋙pratijāgṛvi

1. prati-ḍjāgṛvi mfn. watchful, attentive Cat

pratiji

1. prati-√ji P. -jayati, to conquer, defeat (in battle or at play) TS. MBh.: Desid. -jigīṣati, to wish to conquer or defeat, attack, assail MBh

pratijihīrṣu

1. prati-jihīrṣu mfn. (√hṛ Desid.) wishing to return or requite MBh. (v. l. ○cikīrṣu
2. p. 664, col. 3)

pratijīvana

1. prati-jīvana n. (√jīv) returning to life, resuscitation R

⋙pratijīvita

1. prati-ḍjīvita n. id. Bālar

pratijuṣ

1. prati-√juṣ Ā. -juṣate, to be kind or tender towards (acc.), honour, serve RV
2. to be gratified by, delight in (acc.) ib

pratijṛ

1. prati-√jṛ Ā. -jarate (inf. -jarádhyai), to roar (as fire) in the direction of, to call out to, salute (acc.) RV

pratijñā

1. prati-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, to admit, own, acknowledge, acquiesce in, consent to, approve RV. AV. MBh
2. to promise (with gen., dat. or loc. of pers., and acc. with or without prati, or dat. of thing, also with inf. MBh. Kāv. &c
3. with vākyam and gen. 'to promise fulfilment of a person's word' MBh
4. with satyam 'to promise verily or truly' ib.)
5. (Ā) to confirm, assert, answer in the affirmative ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
6. to maintain, assert, allege, state MBh. R. &c. (śabdaṃ nityatvena, 'to assert the eternity of sound' Pāṇ. 1-3, 22 Sch.)
7. (Ā) to bring forward or introduce (a topic) Nyāyam. Sch
8. to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of MBh. Hariv
9. to remember sorrowfully (only in this sense P. by Pāṇ. 1-3, 46
10. but really Ā. MBh. xii, 8438)

⋙pratijña

1. prati-jña mfn. acknowledging (ifc.) Vajracch
2. (ā), f. See below

≫pratijñā

1. pratijñā f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation ib
3. (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or proposition to be proved, the first member or avyaya of the fivemembered Nyāya syllogism IW. 61
4. (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment, prosecution Yājñ

⋙pratijñākara

1. ○kara m. N. of Sch on Nalôd. (usually called prajñā-k○)

⋙pratijñāntara

1. ○ntara (○jñânt○), n. (in logic) a subsequent proposition on failure of the first Nyāyas

⋙pratijñāpattra

1. ○pattra or n. a promissory note, a written contract, bond W

⋙pratijñāpattraka

1. ○patḍtraka n. a promissory note, a written contract, bond W

⋙pratijñāparipālana

1. ○paripālana n. adherence to a promise, keeping one's word VP

⋙pratijñāpariśiṣṭa

1. ○pariśiṣṭa n. N. of Pariś. of the white Yajur-veda

⋙pratijñāpāraga

1. ○pāraga mfn. one who keeps his word R

⋙pratijñāpāraṇa

1. ○pāraṇa n. fulfilment of a vow MBh

⋙pratijñāpālana

1. ○pālana n. = -paripālana MBh

⋙pratijñāpūrvakam

1. ○pūrvakam ind. so as to begin with the plaint Yājñ. Sch

⋙pratijñābhaṅga

1. ○bhaṅga m. breach of a promise
2. -bhīru mfn. apprehensive of breaking a promise MW

⋙pratijñālakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. (prob.) 'the characteristic of a proposition'
2. -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -didhiti-ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vivecana n. ○ṇânugama m. ○ṇâloka m. N. of wks

⋙pratijñāvāda

1. ○vāda and m. N. of wks

⋙pratijñāvādārtha

1. ○vādârtha m. N. of wks

⋙pratijñāvirodha

1. ○virodha m. contradiction between a logical proposition and the argument Nyāyas
2. acting contrary to a promise or agreement W

⋙pratijñāvivāhita

1. ○vivāhita mfn. promised in marriage, betrothed ib

⋙pratijñāsaṃnyāsa

1. ○saṃnyāsa m. abandonment of one's own proposition (after hearing the argument of the opponent) Nyāyas
2. breaking a promise W

⋙pratijñāsūtra

1. ○sūtra n. N. of Pariś on the white Yajur-veda

⋙pratijñāhāni

1. ○hāni f. giving up a proposition or argument Nyāyas

≫pratijñāta

1. prati-jñāta (práti-), mfn. admitted, acknowledged KātyŚr. Mn
2. promised, agreed MBh. Kāv. &c
3. declared, stated, asserted, proposed, alleged ib
4. agreeable, desirable ŚBr
5. ○târtha m. a statement, averment Yājñ

⋙pratijñātavya

1. prati-jñātavya mfn. to be promised or assented to W. [Page 666, Column]

⋙pratijñāti

1. prati-jñāti (prob.) wṛ. for pratiprajñāti

⋙pratijñāna

1. prati-jñāna n. admission, assertion, assent, agreement, promise, APrāt. Yājñ. Sch
2. bringing forward or introducing (a topic) Kull
3. -vākya n. N. of Pariś. of the white Yajur-veda

⋙pratijñāpita

1. prati-jñāpita mfn. betrayed Śak. i, 23/24 (vḷ
2. cf. pra-jñāpita)

⋙pratijñeya

1. prati-jñeya mfn. to be promised or assented to W
2. m. a panegyrist, herald, bard L

pratijval

1. prati-√jval P. -jvalati, to flame, blaze, shine MBh

pratitaḍ

1. prati-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike in return MBh

⋙pratitāḍitavya

1. prati-ḍtāḍitavya n. (impers.) a blow must be returned L

pratitap

1. prati-√tap P. -tapati, to throw out or emit heat towards or against (acc.) AV. TāṇḍBr
2. to heat, warm, foment GṛŚrS

pratitara

1. prati-tara m. (√tṝ) a sailor, oarsman, ferryman Suśr

pratitarkita

1. prati-tarkita mfn. (√tark) expected, comprehensible (a-pr○) R. (B.)

pratitarj

1. prati-√tarj (only ind. p. -tarjya), to menace, threaten, terrify Kir. xiv, 26

pratitij

1. prati-√tij to emit heat or fire against or towards MaitrS. (only Impv. práti-tigdhi and titigáhi, for which Kāṭh. prati-tityagdhi [!], and ĀpŚr. prati-tiṅḍhi [!])

pratithi

1. pra-tithi m. N. of a Ṛishi and teacher (with the epithet Deva-taratha) VBr. Bālar

pratidah

1. prati-√dah P. -dahati (fut. -dhakṣyati), to burn towards, encounter with flames, consume RV. AV. ŚBr. ChUp.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti), to be burnt or consumed by fire MBh

pratidā

1. prati-√dā P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, to give back, restore, return AV. &c. &c
2. to give, offer, present MBh. R.: Caus. -dāpayati, to cause to be given back or restored Yājñ

⋙pratidātavya

1. prati-ḍdātavya mfn. to be given back or restored Yājñ

⋙pratidāna

1. prati-ḍdāna n. restitution (of a deposit), restoration L
2. giving or a gift in return Daś. Pāṇ. 1-4, 92
3. exchange, barter L. (v. l. for pari-d○)

⋙pratidāpya

1. prati-ḍdāpya mfn. to be caused to be restored Āpast

⋙pratideya

1. prati-ḍdeya mfn. to be given back or returned Yājñ. MBh
2. n. a pledge, pawn
3. an article purchased and given back W

≫pratītta

1. pratī-tta See á-pr○

pratidāraṇa

1. prati-dāraṇa n. (√dṝ) battle, fighting, fierce conflict L

pratidiv

1. prati-div √2. P. -dīvyati, to throw or cast against Pāṇ. 2-3, 59 Sch
2. to play at dice with (acc.), to stake anything (gen. or acc.) at dice against AV. MBh

⋙pratidivan

1. prati-ḍdivan m. the sun L
2. a day Uṇ. i, 156 Sch

⋙pratidīvan

1. prati-ḍdī́van m. an adversary at play RV. AV
2. the sun L

pratidiś

1. prati-√diś Caus. -deśayati, to point towards, point out MBh
2. to confess L

⋙pratidiśam

1. prati-ḍdiśam and See p. 662, col. 1

⋙pratideśam

1. prati-ḍdeśam See p. 662, col. 1

⋙pratideśanīya

1. prati-ḍdeśanīya mfn. to be reported or related L

pratidīpta

1. prati-dīpta mfn. (√dīp) flaming against MBh

pratiduh

1. prati-√duh (P. impf. -aduhat aor. -adhukṣat), to add by milking TS
2. (P. Pot. -duhīyat A. Subj. -dohate) to yield (like milk), grant RV. (cf. Nir. i, 7)

⋙pratiduh

1. prati-ḍdúh n. (nom dhuk
2. gen. instr. also dhuṣas, ○ṣā) fresh milk, milk still warm AV. TS. MaitrS. Br. ŚrS
3. ○dhuk-tva n. TS

pratidūṣita

1. prati-dūṣita mfn. (√2. duṣ, Caus.) defiled, rendered unclean, contaminated Mn. iv, 65

pratidṛś

1. prati-dṛś (ind. p. -dṛśya), to look at, behold, perceive, notice ŚBr
2. Ā. and Pass. -dṛśyate, to become visible, appear, appear as, be RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to cause to see, show, teach MBh

⋙pratidarśa

1. prati-ḍdarśa m. (cf. pratī-d○) looking at, viewing ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pratidarśana

1. prati-ḍdarśana n. id. R
2. (ifc. f. ā) sight, look, appearance MBh

⋙pratidṛś

1. prati-ḍdṛś

⋙pratidṛśam

1. prati-ḍdṛśam See p. 662, col. 1

⋙dṛṣṭa

1. dṛṣṭa mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (= pra-khyāta Sch.)
2. ○ṭānta, See p. 662, col. 1

pratidru

1. prati-√dru (only aor. -adu bruvat), to run towards (acc.) Bhaṭṭ. [Page 666, Column]

pratidruh

1. prati-druh m. (√druh) one who seeks to injure in return (a-p○) BhP

pratidhā

1. prati√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte (Ved. inf. práti-dhātave), to put on or in or near or back, return, restore (loc. or dat.) RV. AV. Br
2. to adjust (an arrow), aim ib
3. to put to the lips (for drinking) RV. iv, 27, 5
4. to put down (the feet), step out Br
5. to offer, present AitBr
6. to use, employ Śatr
7. to restrain BhP
8. (Ā.) to commence, begin, approach RV. AV

⋙pratidhā

1. pratiḍdhā́ f. putting to the lips, a draught RV

⋙pratidhāna

1. pratiḍdhāna n. (ifc.) putting to or on Gobh
2. adopting precautions Kull

⋙pratidhi

1. pratiḍdhí m. a cross-piece on the pole of a carriage RV. VS

≫pratihita

1. práti-hita mfn. put on or in &c
2. (ā), f. an arrow fitted to the bow-string RV. AV
3. ○têṣu mfn. = ○hitāyīn Kauś

⋙pratihitāyin

1. práti-ḍhitāyín mfn. one who has adjusted the arrow ŚBr

⋙pratihiti

1. práti-ḍhiti f. adjusting an arrow Kāṭh

pratidhāv

1. prati-√dhāv P.Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run back AV
2. to rush upon (acc.), attack MBh. R

⋙pratidhāvana

1. prati-ḍdhāvana n. rushing upon, onset, attack MBh. (vḷ. -bādhana)

pratidhī

1. prati-√dhī (only pf. -didhima), to expect, hope RV

⋙pratidhī

1. prati-ḍdhī mfn. See p. 662, col. 1

pratidhṛ

1. prati-√dhṛ P. Ā. -dhārayati, ○te, to keep back, stop, check ŚBr
2. to keep erect, support AitBr

⋙pratidhartṛ

1. prati-ḍdhartṛ́ m. one who keeps back or stops VS

pratidhṛṣ

1. prati-√dhṛṣ (only pf. -dadharṣa and Ved. inf. -dhṛ́ṣe), to be bold against, brave, defy RV. Kāṭh. (cf. a-pratidhṛṣṭa and ○dhṛṣya)

pratidhyāta

1. prati-dhyāta mfn. (√dhyai) thought upon, meditated MBh. (v. l. pra-dhyāta)

pratidhvani

1. prati-dhvani m. (√2. dhvan) echo, reverberated sound Hcar

⋙pratidhvāna

1. prati-ḍdhvāna m. (n. L.) id. Hit

⋙pratidhvānita

1. prati-ḍdhvānita (Nāg.),

⋙pratidhvānin

1. prati-ḍdhvānin (Sāh.), mfn. sounding, resounding

pratidhvasta

1. prati-dhvasta mfn. (√dhvaṃs) sunk, hanging down MBh

pratinad

1. prati-√nad P. -nadati, to sound back, answer with a cry or shout MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -nādayati, to cause to resound, make resonant, fill with cries ib

⋙pratināda

1. prati-ḍnāda m. echo, reverberation Kād

⋙pratinādita

1. prati-ḍnādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) filled with sounds, resonant, echoing or echoed Hariv. R

⋙pratininada

1. prati-ḍninada m. = ○nāda Kir

pratinand

1. prati-√nand P. -nandati, to greet cheerfully, salute (also in return), bid welcome or farewell, address kindly, favour, befriend AV. &c. &c
2. to receive joyfully or thankfully, to accept willingly (with na, to decline, refuse, reject) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -nandayati, to gladden, delight, gratify MBh. Kām

⋙pratinananda

1. prati-√naḍnanda m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙pratinanandana

1. prati-√naḍnándana n. greeting, salutation, friendly acceptance AV
2. thanksgiving MW

⋙pratinanandita

1. prati-√naḍnandita mfn. saluted or accepted kindly or cheerfully MBh. Kāv. &c

pratinam

1. prati-√nam (only pf. -nānāma), to bow or incline towards (acc.) RV

pratinard

1. prati-√nard P. Ā. -nardati, ○te, to roar or cry against or after (food), greet or hail with cries MBh. Hariv

pratināha

1. prati-nāha (√nah), See karṇapr○ and cf. pratī-nāha under 1. pratī, p. 673

pratiniḥsṛj

1. prati-niḥ-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to drive towards, give up to (dat.) ŚBr

⋙pratiniḥsarga

1. prati-ḍniḥsarga m. giving back, abandonment Lalit. (wṛ. niḥsaṅga)

⋙pratiniḥsṛjya

1. prati-ḍniḥsṛjya mfn. to be given up or abandoned L

⋙pratiniḥsṛṣṭa

1. prati-ḍniḥsṛṣṭa mfn. driven away Divyâv

pratinikṣip

1. prati-ni-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to put down or deposit again MBh

pratinigad

1. prati-ni-√gad P. -gadati, to speak to, address KātyŚr
2. to recite or repeat singly TBr. Sch

pratinigrah

1. prati-ni-√grah Ā. -gṛhṇīte, to take up (liquids), ladle out ŚBr

⋙pratinigrāhya

1. prati-ḍnigrāhya mfn. to be ladled out ĀpŚr. (cf. ○nirgr○)

pratinidhā

1. prati-ni-√dhā P. -dadhāti, to put in the place of another, substitute ŚrS. Śaṃk
2. to order, command MBh
3. to slight, disregard MW. [Page 666, Column]

⋙pratinidhātavya

1. prati-ḍnidhātavya mfn. to be substituted Nyāyam. Sch

⋙pratinidhāpayitavya

1. prati-ḍnidhāpayitavya mfn. to be caused to be substituted ib

⋙pratinidhi

1. prati-ḍnidhi m. substitution
2. a substitute, representative, proxy, surety ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
3. a resemblance of a real form, an image, likeness, statue, picture Kāv
4. (ifc.) an image of i.e. similar, like Kāvyâd. (○dhī-√kṛ, to substitute anything acc. for comp. MBh. Ragh.)

⋙pratinidheya

1. prati-ḍnidheya mfn. to be substituted Nyāyam

pratinind

1. prati-√nind P. -nindati, to abuse, blame, censure MBh

pratinipāta

1. prati-ni-pāta m. (√pat) falling down, alighting MBh

pratiniyata

1. prati-ni-yata mfn. (√yam) fixed or adopted for each single case, particular or different for each case Kap. Śaṃk

⋙pratiniyama

1. prati-ḍniyama m. a strict rule as to applying an example to particular persons or things only Kap

pratiniras

1. prati-nir-√as P. -asyati, to throw back ĀpŚr

pratinirgrāhya

1. prati-nir-grāhya mfn. (√grah) to be taken up with a ladle ĀpŚr. (cf. prati-nigr○)

pratinirjita

1. prati-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) appropriated, turned to one's own advantage MBh

pratinirdiś

1. prati-nir-√diś (only Pass. -diśyate), to point or refer back Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 53

⋙pratinirdiṣṭa

1. prati-ḍnirdiṣṭa mfn. referred to again KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pratinirdeśa

1. prati-ḍnirdeśa m. a reference back to (with gen.), renewed mention Śaṃk

⋙pratinirdeśaka

1. prati-ḍnirdeśaka mfn. pointing or referring back (ifc.) KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pratinirdeśya

1. prati-ḍnirdeśya mfn. referred to or mentioned again Sāh

pratiniryat

1. prati-nir-√yat Caus. -yātayati, to give back, return MBh

⋙pratiniryātana

1. prati-ḍniryātana n. giving back, returning Pāṇ. 2-3, 11 Sch
2. rewarding, retaliation L

pratiniryā

1. prati-nir-√yā P. -yāti, to come forth again MBh. MārkP

pratinirvap

1. prati-nir-√vap P. -vapati, to distribute in return TS. TBr. Kauś

pratinivāraṇa

1. prati-ni-vāraṇa n. (√1. vṛ) keeping off, warding off BhP

pratinivāsana

1. prati-ni-vāsana n. (√4. vas) a kind of garment Buddh

pratiniviṣṭa

1. prati-ni-viṣṭa mfn. (√viś) quite prepossessed with (loc.) R
2. obstinate, obdurate
3. -mūrkha m. an obstinate fool Bhartṛ

⋙pratiniveśa

1. prati-ḍniveśa m. obstinacy, obdurateness Baudh

pratinivṛt

1. prati-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (P. 2. pl. fut. -vartsyatha MBh.), to turn back or round, return MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to turn away from (abl.), escape, run away, take flight MBh
3. to cease, be allayed or abated BhP.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to go back, turn back, avert R. BhP

⋙pratinivartana

1. prati-ḍnivartana n. returning, coming back ( See punaḥ-pr○)

⋙pratinivartita

1. prati-ḍnivartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to return, led back R

⋙pratinivṛtta

1. prati-ḍnivṛtta mfn. turned back or from (abl.), come back, return MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratinivṛtti

1. prati-ḍnivṛtti f. coming back, return ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiniṣkraya

1. prati-niṣ-kraya m. (√krī) retaliation, retribution L

pratiniṣpū

1. prati-niṣ-√pū P. -punāti, to cleanse or winnow again, purify KātyŚr. Kauś. Suśr

⋙pratiniṣpūta

1. prati-niṣ-ḍpūta mfn. cleansed, winnowed Suśr

pratinistṝ

1. prati-nis-√tṝ P. -tarati, to accomplish Divyâv

pratinihan

1. prati-ni-√han (only 2. pers. pf. -jaghántha), to aim a blow at (acc.) RV. i, 52, 15

⋙pratinihanihata

1. prati-ni-√haḍnihata mfn. hit, slain, killed MBh

pratinī

1. prati-√nī P. -nayati, to lead towards or back AV. &c. &c
2. to put into, mix Kauś

⋙pratināyaka

1. prati-ḍnāyaka See p. 662, col. 1

pratinu

1. prati-√nu P. -nauti, to commend, approve Pat

pratinud

1. prati-√nud P. Ā. -nudati, ○te, to thrust back, repulse, ward off RV. VS. TS. Br

⋙pratinoda

1. prati-ḍnoda hrusting back, repulse TāṇḍBr. (cf. á-pr○)

pratinṛt

1. prati-√nṛt P. -nṛtyati, to dance before (in token of contempt), mock in turn by dancing before (acc.) MBh.: Intens. -narnṛtīti, to dance before (in token of love), delight or gladden by dancing before (acc.) Pat. [Page 667, Column]

pratinyas

1. prati-ny-√as (only ind. p. -nyasya), to place apart or lay down separately (for different persons) deposit R. (v. l. pra-vi-n○)

⋙pratinyāsa

1. prati-ḍnyāsa See p. 662, col. 1

pratinyāgam

1. prati-ny-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come back, return Kāṭh

pratipa

1. pratipa m. N. of a prince L. (prob. wṛ. for pratīpa, q.v.)

pratipaṇa

1. prati-paṇá m. (√paṇ) barter, exchange AV. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 1)

pratipat

1. prati-√pat P. -patati, to hasten towards, run to meet (acc.) MBh

pratipad

1. prati-√pad Ā. -padyate (ep. fut. also -patsyati), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, resch, attain VS. &c. &c
2. to walk, wander, roam ChUp
3. to come back to (acc.), return MBh
4. to happen, occur, take place PārGṛ. MBh
5. to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self. ŚBr. &c. &c
6. to receive back, recover AitBr. Śak
7. to restore to favour Ragh
8. to undertake, begin (acc., dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kāv. &c
9. to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (loc., gen. or acc.) MBh. Hariv. R
10. to make, render MBh
11. to fall to a person's (acc.) lot or share, PārGr
12. to let a person (dat.) have anything Āpast
13. to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183
14. to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c
15. to deem, consider, regard Śaṃk. Sāh
16. to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. tathā, or tathêti), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kāv. &c
17. to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br
18. to answer ChUp. (also with uttaram R.): Caus. -pādayati, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc., dat. or gen.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
19. to give in marriage Āpast
20. to spend. ib
21. to present with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ
22. to put in, appoint to (loc.) R
23. to produce, cause, effect MBh. R. &c
24. to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart MBh. R. &c
25. to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (vḷ. -vadasi for -pādayasi): Desid. -pitsate (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain Śaṃk
26. to wish to know Bhām.: Desid. of Caus. -pipādayiṣati, to wish or intend to explain or analyze Śaṃk

⋙pratipattavya

1. prati-ḍpattavya mfn. to be obtained or received MBh
2. to be given (as an answer) R
3. to be conceived or understood Car. Śaṃk
4. to be done or begun MBh
5. n. (impers.) it is to be assumed or stated Śaṃk
6. one should act or proceed or behave MBh. Daś. Pañcat

⋙pratipatti

1. prati-ḍpatti f. gaining, obtaining, acquiring Gaut. Śaṃk
2. perception, observation, ascertainment, knowledge, intellect MBh. Kāv. &c
3. supposition, assertion, statement Bhartṛ. Tattvas
4. admission, acknowledgment Yājñ
5. giving, granting, bestowing on (loc. or comp) MBh. Kām
6. causing, effecting Kām
7. beginning, action, procedure in or with (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (tatra kā pratipattiḥ syāt, what is to be done there? MBh
8. kā tasya pratipattiḥ. what is to be done with it? Kull.)
9. respectful reception or behaviour, homage, welcome ib. (○ttiṃ-√dā, to show honour Śak.)
10. confidence, assurance, determination R. (cf. a-pratp○)
11. resource, means for (loc.), expedient against (gen.) Jaim
12. high rank or dignity, rule, reign Cat
13. conclusion ĀśvŚr
14. -karman n. a concluding rite or ceremony ĀpŚr. Sch
15. -dakṣa mfn. knowing how to act or what is to be done Pañcat
16. -darśin mfn. showing what ought to be done SaddhP
17. -niṣṭhura mfn. difficult to be understood Ragh
18. -paṭaha m. a kind of kettle-drum (allowed only to chiefs of a certain rank) L
19. -parāṅmukha mf(ī)n. averse from compliance, obstinate, unyielding Bhaṭṭ
20. -pradāna n. the giving of preferment, conferring promotion Hit
21. -bheda m. diversity of views, difference of opinions RPrāt
22. -mat mfn. possessing appropriate knowledge, knowing what is to be done, active, prompt R. Kām. Suśr
23. celebrated, high in rank W
24. -viśārada mfn. = -dakṣa MBh

⋙pratipattṛ

1. prati-ḍpattṛ mfn. one who perceives or hears Sāh
2. one who comprehends or understands Śaṃk. [Page 667, Column]
3. one who maintains or asserts ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pratipad

1. prati-ḍpád f. access, ingress. entrance VS. ŚBr
2. the path to be walked, the right path L
3. beginning, commencement TS. TBr
4. an introductory verse or stanza Br. ŚrS
5. (also ○padā or ○padī) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the moon's wane) AgP. L
6. understanding, intelligence L
7. taste for anything Jātakam
8. rank, consequence W
9. a kettle-drum ib
10. ○paccandra m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh
11. ○pat-tūrya n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. ○patti-paṭaha) L
12. ○pan-maya mfn. obedient, willing Jātakam

⋙pratipadā

1. prati-ḍpadā or f. See under ○pad

⋙pratipadī

1. prati-ḍpadī f. See under ○pad

⋙pratipanna

1. prati-ḍpanna mfn. come up or resorted to, got into (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Kālid
2. met with, obtained, found, gained, won Kād
3. overcome, conquered, subdued W
4. undertaken, begun, done ib
5. ascertained, known, understood Kum
6. familiar with (loc.) MBh
7. convinced, sure of anything Śaṃk
8. one who has consented or agreed to or promised Kathās. (also -vat) Pañcat
9. agreed upon, promised, consented to, to R. Pañcat. (-tva Śukas.)
10. avowed, acknowledged (as a brother), admitted (as a debt) Yājñ. Pañcat
11. answered, replied Kathās
12. offered, given, presented to (loc.) Āpast
13. acting or behaving towards (loc.) MBh
14. -prayojana mfn. one who has attained his object R

⋙pratipannaka

1. prati-ḍpannaka m. 'arrived at an aim', (with Buddh.) N. of the 4 orders of Āryas (viz. the Śrota-āpanna, Sakṛid-āgāmin, An-āgāmin, and Arhat) L

⋙pratipādaka

1. prati-ḍpādaka mf(ikā)n. causing to obtain, giving, presenting to (loc.) MBh. (a-pratip○)
2. stating, demonstrating, explaining, teaching (-tva n.) MBh. Kāś. Vedântas
3. effective, accomplishing, promoting MW
4. m. or n. (?) a receptacle for hair L

⋙pratipādana

1. prati-ḍpādana n. causing to attain, giving, granting, bestowing on, presenting to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. giving back, restoring, returning MBh. (a-pratip○ Kull.)
3. bringing back R
4. putting in, appointing to (loc.), inauguration ib
5. producing, causing, effecting, accomplishing W
6. stating, setting forth, explaining, teaching, pro. pounding, illustrating Var. Śaṃk. Sāh
7. begining, commencement MBh
8. action, worldly conduct W

⋙pratipādanīya

1. prati-ḍpādanīya mfn. to be given, to be married Śak
2. to be propounded or discussed or treated of Kap. Sch
3. to be accomplished MW

⋙pratipādayitavya

1. prati-ḍpādayitavya mfn. to be offered or given, Kā

⋙pratipādayitṛ

1. prati-ḍpādayitṛ m. a giver, bestower on (loc.) Āpast
2. a teacher, propounder, instructor Kāś

⋙pratipādita

1. prati-ḍpādita mfn. caused to attain, given (also in marriage), delivered, presented MBh. Hariv. R
2. stated, proved, set forth, explained, taught MBh. Kathās. BhP
3. (-tva n.) Sāh
4. caused, effected, produced MBh. R

⋙pratipāduka

1. prati-ḍpāduka mf(ī)n. recovering Śiś
2. determining, ascertaining W
3. causing, effecting ib

⋙pratipādya

1. prati-ḍpādya mfn. to be treated of or discussed, to be explained or propounded (-tva. n.) Śaṃk. Vedântas. Kāś

≫pratipitsā

1. prati-pitsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of obtaining, striving after (comp.) Saṃk

⋙pratipitsu

1. prati-ḍpitsu mfn. desirous of obtaining, longing for (acc. or comp.) ib
2. desirous of hearing or learning (acc.) Gobh. Sch

⋙pratipipādayiṣā

1. prati-ḍpipādayiṣā f. desire of setting forth or discussing or treating of (acc.) Kāvyâd. Sch

⋙pratipipādayiṣu

1. prati-ḍpipādayiṣu mfn. wishing to explain, about to treat of Kull

pratiparāṇī

1. prati-parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead back ŚBr

pratiparāhṛ

1. prati-parā-√hṛ P. -harati, to hand over ŚBr

pratiparigamana

1. prati-pari-gamana n. (√gam) walking round backwards or again ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiparī

1. prati-parī ([pari+√i]), P. -paryeti, to go round in a reverse direction KātySr

pratipare

1. prati-paré ([parA+i]), ind. p. -parêtya, to return again ŚBr

pratiparyāvṛt

1. prati-pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn round in an opposite direction ŚāṅkhŚr. Kauś

pratiparyāhṛ

1. prati-pary-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to turn round again ŚāṅkhŚr

pratipaś

1. prati-√paś only pr. P. -paśyati, to look at, perceive, see, behold RV. AV. Br. MBh
2. to live to see, experience MBh
3. (Ā. ○te) to see in one's own possession AV

pratipāṇa

1. prati-pāṇá (√paṇ), m. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 2) ready to exchange, bartering AV. [Page 667, Column]

pratipāna

1. prati-pāna n. (√1. pā) drinking Āpast. (cf. pratī-p○)
2. water for drinking R

pratipāl

1. prati-√pāl P. -pālayati (ep. also ○te), to protect, defend, guard, keep MBh. R
2. to observe, maintain ib
3. to wait, wait for, expect ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratipālaka

1. prati-ḍpālaka mf(ikā)n. protecting preserving
2. a protector W

⋙pratipālana

1. prati-ḍpālana n. guarding, protecting, keeping, cherishing MBh. Kāv. &c
2. maintaining, observing MBh. R
3. waiting, expecting Ratnâv

⋙pratipālanīya

1. prati-ḍpālanīya (Śak.),

⋙pratipālayitavya

1. prati-ḍpālayitavya (MBh.), mfn. to be guarded or watched or waited for

⋙pratipālita

1. prati-ḍpālita mfn. cherished, protected
2. practised, followed W

⋙pratipālin

1. prati-ḍpālin mfn. guarding MBh

⋙pratipālya

1. prati-ḍpālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. Śak

pratipitsā

1. prati-pitsā -pitsu, -pipādayiṣā, -pipādayiṣu, See col. 2

pratipiṣ

1. prati-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi (ep. impf. -apiṃṣat), to rub one thing against another, rub together MBh. (karaṃ kare, or hastair hastâgram, the hands)
2. to bruise, grind, crush, destroy. Nir. ChUp. MBh

⋙pratipiṣṭa

1. prati-ḍpiṣṭa mfn. rubbed or rubbing against each other (as horses), struck against each other, crossed (as swords)
2. bruised, crushed MBh. Suśr

⋙pratipeṣam

1. prati-ḍpeṣam ind. rubbing or pressing against each other (uraḥ-pratipeṣaṃ yudhyante, they fight breast to breast) Pāṇ. 3-4, 55 Sch

pratipīḍ

1. prati-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press, oppress, harass, afflict MBh. R

⋙pratipīḍana

1. prati-ḍpīḍana n. oppressing, harassing, molesting Kām

pratipīy

1. prati-√pīy P. -pī́yati, to abuse, revile RV

pratipūj

1. prati-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to return a salutation, reverence, salute respectfully, honour, praise, commend, approve Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pratipūjaka

1. prati-ḍpūjaka mfn. honouring, revering, a reverer (ifc.) R

⋙pratipūjana

1. prati-ḍpūjana n. doing homage, honouring, revering (with gen.) R

⋙pratipūjā

1. prati-ḍpūjā f. id (with gen. or loc.) MBh

⋙pratipūjita

1. prati-ḍpūjita mfn. honoured, revered, presented with (instr.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. exchanged as civilities W

⋙pratipūjya

1. prati-ḍpūjya mfn. to be honoured Mn

pratipṝ

1. prati-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti (only 2. du. Impv. -pṛṇītám), to bestow in return RV. vii, 65, 5: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill up, make full ĀśvGṛ. Suśr
2. to fill (said of a noise) MBh
3. to sate, satiate, satisfy ib
4. to fulfil, accomplish R

≫pratipūraṇa

1. prati-pūraṇa n. filling up, filling R
2. injecting a fluid or other substance, pouring a fluid over Suśr
3. the being filled with (instr.) Gaut
4. obstruction, congestion (of the head) Car

⋙pratipūrita

1. prati-ḍpūrita mfn. filled with, full of Hariv
2. satisfied, contented BhP

⋙pratipūrṇa

1. prati-ḍpūrṇa mfn. id. ChUp. MBh. &c
2. -bimba mfn. 'having its disc filled', full (the moon) MBh
3. mānasa mfn. (having one's heart) satisfied Hariv

⋙pratipūrti

1. prati-ḍpūrti f. fulfilment, perfection Lalit

pratipragrah

1. prati-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to take up or receive again MBh

pratiprach

1. prati-√prach P. -pṛcchati, to ask, question, inquire of (2 acc.) R. Kathās

⋙pratipraśna

1. prati-ḍpraśna m. a question in return ĀpŚr. Vait
2. an answer Var

⋙pratiprāś

1. prati-ḍprāś

⋙pratiprāśita

1. prati-ḍprāśita See p. 662, ccl. 2

pratiprajñā

1. prati-pra-√jñā P. -jānāti, to seek out or find again ŚBr

⋙pratiprajñāti

1. prati-ḍprajñāti f. discrimination, ascertainment, statement AitBr. Kāṭh

pratipradā

1. prati-pra-√dā P. -dadāti, to give back again MBh

⋙pratipratta

1. prati-ḍpratta mfn. given up, delivered ŚBr

⋙pratipradāna

1. prati-ḍpradāna n. giving back, returning R
2. giving in marriage ib

pratiprabrū

1. prati-pra-√brū P. -braviiti, to speak in return, reply, answer ŚBr

pratiprabha

1. prati-prabha m. N. of an Ātreya (author of RV. v, 49) Anukr
2. (ā), f. reflection (of fire) MBh

pratipramuc

1. prati-pra-√muc P. -muñcati, to admit (a calf to the cow) ŚBr

pratiprayam

1. prati-pra-√yam P. -yacchati, to give back, return, restore TS. GṛŚrS. Daś

pratiprayavaṇa

1. prati-pra-yavaṇa n. (√2. yu) repeated mixture Suśr

pratiprayā

1. prati-pra-√yā P. -yāti, to go back, return RV. &c. &c

⋙pratiprayāṇa

1. prati-ḍprayāṇa n. going back, return R. (○ṇakam, See p. 662, col. 2). [Page 668, Column]

⋙pratiprayāta

1. prati-ḍprayāta mfn. gone back, returned MBh. Kāv. &c

pratiprayuj

1. prati-pra-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to add instead of something else, substitute TāṇḍBr
2. (Ā.) to pay back, restore (a debt) MBh. (B.)

pratipravac

1. prati-pra-√vac (only pf. -próvāca and ind. p. -prôrya), to report, relate, tell TS. Br

⋙pratiprokta

1. prati-ḍprôkta mfn. returned, answered AitBr. BhP

pratipravid

1. prati-pra-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to proclaim, announce TS

pratipraviś

1. prati-pra-√viś P. -viśati, to go back, return R

pratipravṛt

1. prati-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to lead towards Kauś

pratipraśna

1. prati-praśna See prati-√prach

pratipraśrabdhi

1. prati-pra-śrabdhi f. (√śrambh) omission, removal L

pratiprasū

1. prati-pra-√sū Ā. -suvate, to allow or enjoin again ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙pratiprasava

1. prati-ḍprasava m. counter-order, suspension of a general prohibition in a particular case Śaṃk. KātyŚr. Sch. Kull
2. an exception to an exception TPrāt. Sch
3. return to the original state Yogas

⋙pratiprasavam

1. prati-ḍprasavam ind., See p. 662, col. 2

⋙pratiprasūta

1. prati-ḍprasūta mfn. re-enjoined after having been forbidden KātyŚr. Sch

pratiprasṛp

1. prati-pra-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep near again ĀśvŚr

pratiprasthātṛ

1. prati-pra-sthātṛ́ m. (√sthā) N. of a priest who assists the Adhvaryu TS. Br. ŚrS

⋙pratiprasthāna

1. prati-ḍprasthā́na m. N. of a partic. Soma-Graha VS
2. n. the office of the Prati-prasthātṛi ( See ○prāsthānika)
3. the milk-vessel of the Prati ĀpŚr

⋙pratiprāsthānika

1. prati-ḍprāsthānika mfn. relating to the office of the Prati
2. (with karman), n. the office of the Prati MBh

pratiprahāra

1. prati-pra-hāra m. (√hṛ) a counter-blow, returning a blow Hariv. Ragh

pratiprahi

1. prati-pra-√hi P. -hiṇoti, to drive or chase back AV. ŚBr

pratiprahve

1. prati-pra-√hve (only Pass. -hūyate), to call near, invite to (acc.) RV

pratiprāyā

1. prati-prâ-√yā P. -yāti, to come near, approach RV

pratiprāś

1. prati-prāś -prāśita, See prati√prach and p. 662, col. 2

pratiprās

1. prati-prâs (pra + √as), P. -prâsyati, to throw or cast upon KātyŚr

pratiplavana

1. prati-plavana n. (√plu) jumping or leaping back R

pratiphal

1. prati-√phal P. -phalati, to bound against, rebound, be reflected Kāv
2. to requite MW

⋙pratiphala

1. prati-ḍphala m. (L.),

⋙pratiphalana

1. prati-ḍphalana n. (Kāv.) reflection, image, shadow
2. (W.) return, requital, retaliation

pratiphullaka

1. prati-phullaka mfn. flowering, in blossom L

pratibandh

1. prati-√bandh P. Ā. -badhnāti, -badhnīte (ep. impf. also -abandhat), to tie to, fasten, fix, moor (Ā., anything of one's own) ŚBr. Hariv. &c
2. to set, enchase MBh
3. to exclude, cut off Ragh. Kull
4. to keep back or off, keep at a distance Daś. Naish
5. to stop, interrupt Śak

⋙pratibaddha

1. prati-ḍbaddha mfn. tied or bound to, fastened, fixed Kām. Ragh. Suśr
2. twisted, wreathed (as a garland), Mālatim. ii, 0/1
3. dependent on, subject to (comp.) Kād. Saṃk
4. attached to, joined or connected or provided with (instr.) Kap. MBh. Hit
5. harmonizing with, (loc.) Kum
6. fixed, directed (upari, or comp.) Śaṃk. Pañcat
7. hindered, excluded, cut off, Mallin
8. kept at a distance MBh
9. entangled, complicated Var
10. disappointed, thwarted, crossed, vexed L
11. (in phil.) that which is always connected or implied (as fire in smoke) MW
12. -citta mfn. one whose mind is turned to or fixed on (comp.) Pañcat
13. -tā f. the being connected with (comp.) L
14. -prasara mfn. hindered or blunted in its course (as a thunderbolt), Mallin. on Kum. iii, 12
15. -rāga mfn. having passion in harmonious connection with (loc.), Kum. vii, 91

⋙pratibadhya

1. prati-ḍbadhya mfn. to be obstructed or hindered L. [Page 668, Column]

⋙pratibanddhṛ

1. prati-ḍbanddhṛ m. a hinderer, preventer, obstructor
2. -tā f. Naish

⋙pratibandha

1. prati-ḍbandha m. connection, uninterruptedness, Kap. Kāś
2. a prop, support Kād
3. investment, siege Hariv
4. obstacle, hindrance, impediment Kālid. Śaṃk
5. opposition, resistance Śak. (ena, by all kinds of resṭresistance Nal.)
6. a logical impediment, obstructive argument Sarvad
7. stoppage, suspension, cessation Pāṇ. 3-3, 51 (cf. varṣapr○) ; vii, 1, 45
8. -kārin mfn. creating obstacles, hindering, preventing W
9. -mukta mfn. freed from obstṭobstacles Śatr
10. -vat mfn. beset with obstṭobstacles, difficult to attain Mālav

⋙pratibandhaka

1. prati-ḍbandhaka (ifc.) = ○bandha, impediment, obstacle MBh
2. mf(ikā)n. obstructing, preventing, resisting MBh. Rājat. TPrāt. Sch
3. m. a branch L
4. N. of a prince VP

⋙pratibandhana

1. prati-ḍbandhana n. binding, confinement, obstruction W

⋙pratibandhi

1. prati-ḍbandhi in. contradiction, objection L
2. -kalpanā f. (in logic) an assumption liable to a legitimate contradiction Sarvad

⋙pratibandhin

1. prati-ḍbandhin mfn. meeting with an obstacle, being impeded or prevented Pāṇ. 6-2, 6
2. (ifc.) impeding, obstructing
3. -tā f. Vikr

pratibādh

1. prati-√bādh Ā. -bādhate (ep. also P. ○ti), to beat back, ward off, repel MBh. R
2. to check, restrain ŚBr
3. to pain, torment, vex Hariv. R

⋙pratibādhaka

1. prati-ḍbādhaka mf(ikā)n. thrusting back, repelling (ifc.) R
2. preventing, obstructing MW

⋙pratibādhana

1. prati-ḍbādhana n. beating back, repulsion (gen., acc., or comp.) MBh. BhP

⋙pratibādhita

1. prati-ḍbādhita mfn. beaten back, repelled MBh

⋙pratibādhin

1. prati-ḍbādhin mfn. obstructing
2. m. an opponent MW

pratibudh

1. prati-√budh Ā. -budhyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to awaken (intr.), awake, wake Mn. MBh. &c
2. to perceive, observe, learn RV. (2. pf. Subj. -búbodhatha
3. p. Ā. búdhyamāna, 'attentive') AV. Br. BhP
4. to awaken (trans.) RV.: Pass. (only aor. abodhi) to expand BhP.: Caus. bodhayati, to awaken (trans.) Kāv. Kathās. BhP
5. to instruct, inform, admonish MBh. Kāv. &c
6. to commission, charge, order MW

⋙pratibuddha

1. prati-ḍbuddha (práti-), mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c
2. one who has attained to perfect knowledge ŚBr. (cf. MWB. 98, n.)
3. illuminated, enlightened BhP
4. observed, recognized ib
5. known, celebrated W
6. made prosperous or great ib
7. -vastu mfn. understanding the real nature of things BhP
8. ○ddhâtman mfn. having the mind roused or awakened, awake MW

⋙pratibuddhaka

1. prati-ḍbuddhaka mfn. known, recognized (a-pratib○) MBh

⋙pratibuddhi

1. prati-ḍbuddhi f. awakening Cat
2. hostile disposition or purpose (= śatru-b○) MW
3. -vat mfn. having hostile intentions ib

⋙pratibodha

1. prati-ḍbodha m. (cf. pratī-b○) awaking, waking Ragh. BhP
2. perception, knowledge KenUp. BhP
3. instruction, admonition Śukas
4. N. of a man, g. bidâdi
5. -vat mfn. endowed with knowledge or reason Śak

⋙pratibodhaka

1. prati-ḍbodhaka mfn. awakening (with acc.) R
2. m. a teacher, instructor Siṃhâs

⋙pratibodhana

1. prati-ḍbodhana mfn. awakening, enlivening, refreshing (ifc.) BhP. Suśr
2. (ā), f. awaking, recovering consciousness Kād
3. n. awaking, expanding, spreading MBh. Suśr
4. awakening (trans.) R
5. instruction, explanation BhP

⋙pratibodhanīya

1. prati-ḍbodhanīya mfn. to be awakened Ratnâv

⋙pratibodhita

1. prati-ḍbodhita mfn. awakened R
2. instructed, taught, admonished W

⋙pratibodhin

1. prati-ḍbodhin mfn. awaking, about to awake Kathās. (cf. g. gamy-ādi)

pratibrū

1. prati-√brū P. Ā. -braviiti, -brūve, to speak in reply, answer RV. &c. &c. (also with 2 acc. R.)
2. (Ā.) to answer i.e. return (an attack &c.) RV
3. to refuse, deny BhP

pratibhakṣ

1. prati-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to eat separately or alone ĀśvŚr

pratibhaj

1. prati-√bhaj P. -bhajati, to fall again to one's share, return to (acc.) Daś. 2

⋙pratibhāga

1. prati-ḍbhāga m. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 3) division VāyuP. (wṛ. for pra-vibh○?)
2. a share, portion, daily present (consisting of fruit, flowers &c. and offered to a king) Mn. viii, 307
3. -śas ind. in divisions or classes Suśr

pratibhañj

1. prati-√bhañj P. -bhanakti, to fracture, break in pieces RV. AV. TBr

pratibhaṇ

1. prati-√bhaṇ P. -bhaṇati, to speak in reply, answer Bhaṭṭ

⋙pratibhaṇita

1. prati-ḍbhaṇita mfn. answered, replied W

pratibhaṇḍitavya

1. prati-bhaṇḍitavya mfn. (√bhaṇḍ) to be derided or scoffed in return L

pratibhā

1. prati-√bhā P. -bhāti, to shine upon (acc.) Lāṭy
2. to come in sight, present or offer one's self to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. &c. [Page 668, Column]
3. to appear to the mind (also with manasi), flash upon the thoughts, become clear or manifest, occur to (acc. or gen.) Up. MBh. &c. (nóttaram pratibhātime, 'no answer occurs to me' Hariv.)
4. to seem or appear to (gen., acc. with or without prati) as or like (nom. with or without iva, or yathā, or -vat ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (iti pratibhāti me manaḥ, 'so it seems to my mind' MBh.)
5. to seem fit, appear good, please to (gen.or acc.) Vikr. Pañcat. &c. (sā bhāryā pratibhāti me, 'this one would please me as a wife' Kathās.)

⋙pratibha

1. prati-ḍbha mfn. wise, intelligent Ragh. viii, 79 (vḷ.)

⋙pratibhā

1. prati-ḍbhā f. an image Nir
2. light, splendour ( See niṣ-pr○)
3. appearance (a-pr○) Gaut
4. fitness, suitableness (a-pr○), Śrs
5. intelligence, understanding MBh. Kāv. Sāh
6. presence of mind, genius, wit Kām
7. audacity, boldness (a-pr○) Nyāyad
8. a thought, idea Daś. Kathās
9. a founded supposition Naish
10. fancy, imagination MBh. Kathās. Sāh
11. -kṣaya m. loss or absence of knowledge, want of sense Kull
12. -tas ind. by fancy or imagination Kathās
13. -"ṣnvita (○bhânv○), mfn. intelligent, wise L
14. confident, hold L
15. -balāt ind. by force of reason or intelligence, wisely Rājat
16. -mukha mfn. at once hitting the right, quick-witted L. (confident, arrogant W.)
17. -vat mfn. endowed with presence of mind, shrewd, intelligent Kathās
18. confident, bold L
19. m. (L.) the sun, the moon, fire
20. -vaśāt ind. = -tas, Kithās
21. -vilāsa m. N. of sev. wks
22. -hāni f. privation of light, dulness, darkness W
23. = -kṣaya ib

⋙pratibhāta

1. prati-ḍbhāta n. (prob.) a symbolical offering Hariv. (vḷ. ○bhâna and ○bhāva)

⋙pratibhāna

1. prati-ḍbhāna n. becoming clear or visible, obviousness TS. Sch
2. intelligence Hariv
3. eloquence Lalit
4. brilliancy W
5. boldness, audacity ib
6. v. l. for ○bhāta Hariv
7. -kūṭa m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva L
8. -vat mfn. endowed with presence of mind, quick-witted, shrewd, intelligent MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tva n. Mālatim.)
9. bright, brilliant W
10. bold, audacious ib

pratibhāṣ

1. prati-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to speak in return or to (acc.), answer, relate, tell MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to call, name (2 acc.), Śrut

⋙pratibhāṣā

1. prati-ḍbhāṣā f. an answer, rejoinder L

⋙pratibhāṣya

1. prati-ḍbhāṣya n. N. of ch. of BhavP

pratibhās

1. prati-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to manifest one's self. appear as or look like or as (nom.) Rājat. (nānā-tvena, 'to appear different' Vedântas.)
2. to shine, be brilliant, have a bright appearance Kathās

⋙pratibhāsa

1. prati-ḍbhāsa m. appearance, look, similitude, Vedantas. Sāh
2. appearing or occurring to the mind Kpr. R. Sch
3. illusion Lalit

⋙pratibhāsana

1. prati-ḍbhāsana n. appearing, appearance Kap. Sch. Sāy
2. look, semblance Sāh

pratibhid

1. prati-√bhid P. -bhinatti, to pierce, penetrate MBh
2. to disclose, betray Daś
3. to reproach, censure, be indignant with (acc.) Ragh. Śiś

⋙pratibhinna

1. prati-ḍbhinna mfn. pierced, divided W
2. distinguished by (instr. or comp.) Kum. vii. 7 ; 35

⋙pratibhinnaka

1. prati-ḍbhinnaka mfn. undecided (?) Divyâv

⋙pratibheda

1. prati-ḍbheda m. (ifc. f. ā) splitting, dividing (?) MBh
2. discovery, betrayal Rājat. Kathās

⋙pratibhedana

1. prati-ḍbhedana n. piercing, cutting, dividing W
2. putting out (as the eyes) Yājñ

pratibhuj

1. prati-√bhuj P. -bhunakti, to enjoy MBh
2. to eat food besides the prescribed diet Car

⋙pratibhukta

1. prati-ḍbhukta mfn. one who has eaten food reserved for him Car
2. one who has eaten food other than the prescribed diet ib

⋙pratibhoga

1. prati-ḍbhoga m. enjoyment MBh
2. = next Car
3. vḷ. for -bhāga Mn.viii, 307

⋙pratibhojana

1. prati-ḍbhojana n. prescribed diet Car

⋙pratibhojita

1. prati-ḍbhojita mfn. one who has been allowed to eat food besides the prescribed diet ib

⋙pratibhojin

1. prati-ḍbhojin mfn. eating the prṭprescribed diet ib

pratibhū

1. prati-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be equal to or on a par with (acc.) ŚBr.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to observe, become acquainted with (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -bhāvyate, to be considered as, pass for (nom.) Rājat

⋙pratibhāva

1. prati-ḍbhāva m. counterpart (-tā f.) Prasannar
2. corresponding character or disposition W
3. -vat mfn. having corresponding characters, social ib

⋙pratibhū

1. prati-ḍbhū m. a surety, security, bail Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

pratibhūṣ

1. prati-√bhūṣ P. -bhūṣati, to make ready, prepare, fit out RV
2. to serve, wait upon, honour, worship ib. TS
3. to concede, acquiesce in, agree to (acc.) RV

pratibhṛ

1. prati-√bhṛ P. -bharati, to carry towards, offer, present RV
2. (-bibharti), to support (a parent) Divyâv

⋙pratibhṛta

1. prati-ḍbhṛta mfn. offered, prevented ib. [Page 669, Column]

pratimaṇḍita

1. prati-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) decorated, adorned SaddhP

pratiman

1. prati-√man Ā. -manute, to render back in return or in reply, contrast with (also with 2 acc.) VS. ChUp.: Caus. -mānayati, to honour, esteem, approve, consider, regard MBh. R. &c

⋙pratimānanā

1. prati-ḍmānanā f. homage, reverence Śiś

⋙pratimānayitavya

1. prati-ḍmānayitavya mfn. to be regarded or considered Mudr

pratimantr

1. prati-√mantr P. -mantrayati, to call out or reply to ŚrS
2. to consecrate with sacred texts MBh

⋙pratimantraṇa

1. prati-ḍmantraṇa n. an answer, reply Kauś

⋙pratimantrayitavya

1. prati-ḍmantrayitavya mfn. to be answered L

⋙pratimantrita

1. prati-ḍmantrita mfn. consecrated with sacred texts MBh

pratimanyūya

1. prati-manyūya Nom. Ā. ○yate, á-pratimanyūyamāna

pratimarśa

1. prati-marśa m. (√mṛś) a kind of powder used as a sternutatory Car. Suśr. (wṛ. -marṣa)

pratimā

1. prati-√mā Ā. -mimīte (Ved. inf. prati-mai), to imitate, copy RV. VS. Kauś

pratimā

1. prati-√mā m. a creator, maker, framer AV. VS
2. (ā́), f. an image, likeness, symbol RV. &c. &c
3. a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv. Ragh. (IW. 218, 1 ; 241)
4. reflection (in comp. after a word meaning 'moon', below.)
5. measure, extent (cf. below)
6. N. of a metre RPrāt
7. the part of an elephant's head between the tusks (also ○ma m.) L. (ifc. like, similar, resembling, equal to TBr. MBh. &c
8. having the measure of, as long or wide &c. as, e.g. tri-nalva-pr○, 3 Nalvas long Hariv
9. ○ma-tā f. -tva n. reflection, image, shadow W.)
10. -gata mfn. present in an idol (as a deity) Ragh
11. -candra m. 'reflection-moon', image of the moon Ragh
12. -dāna n. -dravyâdi-vacana n. N. of wks
13. -paricāraka m. an attendant upon an idol (= devala) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1)
14. -pūjā f. worship of images MWB. 464
15. -pratiṣṭhā f. (and ○thā-vidhi, m.), -rodanâdi-prâyaścitta-vidhi m. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
16. viśeṣa m. a sort of image, a kind of figure MW
17. -śaśâṅka m. = -candra Ragh
18. -samprôkṣaṇa n. N. of wk
19. ○mêndu m. = ○mācandra Rājat

⋙pratimātavya

1. prati-ḍmātavya mfn. comparable MW

⋙pratimāna

1. prati-ḍmā́na n. a counterpart, well-matched opponent, adversary RV
2. a model, pattern MBh. BhP
3. an image, picture, idol L
4. comparison, likeness, similarity, resemblance MBh. Mālatīm
5. a weight Vishṇ. Yājñ. (cf. pratī-m○)
6. = -bhāga MBh
7. pratimāna-kalpa mfn. like, similar MBh
8. -bhāga m. the part of an elephant's head between the tusks L

⋙pratimita

1. prati-ḍmita mfn. imitated, reflected, mirrored Kathās. Rājat

⋙pratimāmiti

1. prati-√mā--miti f. reflected image, Śrikaṇṭh

⋙meya

1. meya mfn. comparable ( See a-pratim○)

pratimit

1. prati-mít f. (√mi) a prop, stay, support AV

pratimih

1. prati-√mih P. -mehati, to make water in the direction of (acc.) MBh. R

pratimīv

1. prati-√mīv P. -mīvati, to push or press back TS
2. to close by pressing, shut ŚBr

pratimuc

1. prati-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to put (clothes, a garland &c.) on (dat., gen., loc.), to fix or fasten on, append AV. &c. &c
2. (Ā., later also P.) to put on one's self, dress one's self, assume (a shape or form) RV. &c. &c
3. to attach or fasten to (loc.) KātyŚr. BhP
4. to inflict on (loc.) TBr
5. to set at liberty, release, let go, send away Ragh. Rājat. Kathās
6. to give up, resign Mṛicch. Pañcat
7. to return, restore, pay back (as a debt) MBh
8. to fling, hurl RV. MBh. R.: Pass. -mucyate, to be freed or released from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -mocayati, to set free, rescue, save MBh

⋙pratimukta

1. prati-ḍmukta mfn. put on, applied Ragh
2. fastened, tied, bound BhP
3. released, liberated, freed from (abl.) Ragh. Rājat. MārkP
4. given up, relinquished Mṛicch
5. flung, hurled MBh

⋙pratimoka

1. prati-ḍmoka m. (ifc.) putting or hanging round ŚBr

⋙pratimocana

1. prati-ḍmocana n. liberation, release from (comp.) MBh. Ragh

⋙pratimocita

1. prati-ḍmocita mfn. released, saved, delivered Mṛicch

pratimuṭ

1. prati-√muṭ Caus. -moṭayati, to put an end to, kill Chandom

pratimud

1. prati-√mud Ā. -modate (rarely P.) ○ti, to rejoice at, welcome with joy, be glad to see (with acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -modayate, to gladden, cheer ŚBr.: Desid. of Caus. -mumodayiṣati, to wish to make cheerful ib. [Page 669, Column]

pratimuh

1. prati-√muh Caus. -mohayati, to bewilder, confound AV

pratimokṣa

1. prati-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) liberation, deliverance
2. (with Buddh.) emancipation L
3. the formulary for releasing monks by penances Kāraṇḍ
4. -sūtra n. N. of Buddh. Sūtras MWB. 268

⋙pratimokṣaṇa

1. prati-ḍmokṣaṇa n. remission (of taxes) Kām

pratiyaj

1. prati-√yaj P. -yajati, to sacrifice in return or with an aim towards anything (acc.) ŚBr. ĀpŚr

⋙pratiyāga

1. prati-ḍyāga a sacrifice offered with an aim towards anything ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiyat

1. prati-√yat Ā. -yatate, to guard against, counteract ŚBr. Śak. i, 32/33 (vḷ.): Caus. yātayati, to retaliate, requite (with vairam, or ○raṇi, 'to take revenge') MBh

⋙pratiyatna

1. prati-ḍyatna m. care be stowed upon anything, effort, endeavour, exertion Pāṇ. 1-3, 32
2. ī. 3, 53 &c
3. preparation, elaboration, manufacture Śiś. iii, 54 (cf. a-p"ṣ-pūrva)
4. imparting a new quality or virtue Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 53
5. retaliation, requital W
6. (also = lipsā, upagraha or ○haṇa, nigrahâdi, grahaṇâdi, pratigraha L.)
7. mfn. exerting one's self, taking care or trouble L
8. cautious, heedful Jātakam

⋙pratiyātana

1. prati-ḍyātana n. requital, retaliation (vaira-pr○, 'taking revenge') MBh
2. (ā), f. an image, model, counterpart, a picture, statue (of a god &c.) Ragh. Śiś. Hcar
3. (ifc.) appearing in the shape of. Hcar

pratiyabh

1. prati-√yabh (only inf. -yabdhum), to have intercourse with a female TBr. Sch

pratiyam

1. prati-√yam P. -yacchati, to be equivalent to, be worth as much as (acc.) TBr
2. to grant or bestow perpetually (Impv. -yaṃsi) RV
3. to return, restore BhP

pratiyā

1. prati-√yā P. -yāti, to come or go to (acc., also with prati) RV. MBh
2. to go against (acc.) Hariv
3. to go or come back, return to or into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to comply with, oblige, please (acc.) R
5. to equal, be a match for (acc.) BhP
6. to be returned or requited ib.: Caus. -yāpayati, to cause to return to (acc.) BhP

⋙pratiyāta

1. prati-ḍyāta mfn. gone towards or against or back or away, turned, returned, opposed MBh. R
2. -nidra mfn. 'one whose sleep is gone', awakened, wake BhP
3. -buddhi mfn. one whose mind is turned towards (dat.) R

pratiyu

1. prati-√yu P. -yauti, to tie to, bind, fetter TS

⋙pratiyuta

1. prati-ḍyuta mfn. tied to, bound, fettered ib

⋙pratiyuvana

1. prati-ḍyuvana n. repeated mixture Hcat

pratiyuj

1. prati-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to fasten on, tie to (acc.) RV
2. (Ā.) to pay back (a debt) MBh. (C. prati-pray○): Caus. -yojayati, to fix on, adjust (the arrow on the bow) MBh

⋙pratiyoga

1. prati-ḍyoga m. resistance, opposition, contradiction, controversy BhP
2. an antidote, remedy Kathās
3. cooperation, association W
4. the being a counterpart of anything ib

⋙pratiyogi

1. prati-ḍyogi in comp. = ○yogin
2. -jñānakāraṇatā f. -jñāna-kāraṇatā-vāda m
3. -jñānasya hetutva-khaṇḍana n. N. of wks
4. -tā f. correlation, dependent existence Bhāshāp. Sch
5. mutual co-operation, partnership W
6. -tā-vāda m. N. of wk
7. -tva n. = -tā Tarkas
8. nirūpaṇa n. ○gyanadhikaraṇe nāśasyôtpatti-nirāsa m. N. of wks

⋙pratiyogika

1. prati-ḍyogika mfn. antithetical, relative, correlative (-tva n.) Tarkas. Vedântap

⋙pratiyogin

1. prati-ḍyogin
2. mfn. id. Tarkas. Śaṃk. TS. Sch. &c. (cf. a-pratiy○)
3. m. an adversary, rival Mcar
4. any object dependent upon another and not existing without it W
5. a partner, associate ib
6. a counterpart, match ib

⋙pratiyojayitavya

1. prati-ḍyojayitavya mfn. to be fitted with strings Ragh

pratiyudh

1. prati-√yudh Ā. P. -yudhyate, ○ti, to fight against, be a match for (acc.), fight MBh. Hariv. R.: Caus. -yodhayati id. MBh. Var

⋙pratiyuddha

1. prati-ḍyuddha mfn. fought against, fought R
2. n. fighting against, battle in return Hariv

⋙pratiyoddhavya

1. prati-ḍyoddhavya mfn. to be attacked in return MBh

⋙pratiyoddhṛ

1. prati-ḍyoddhṛ m. an antagonist, adversary, well-matched opponent ib. R
2. one who begins a battle Mn. xi, 81 (vḷ.)

⋙pratiyodha

1. prati-ḍyodha m. an opponent, adversary MBh. Ragh

⋙pratiyodhana

1. prati-ḍyodhana n. fighting against, assailing in turn MBh

⋙pratiyodhin

1. prati-ḍyodhin m. an antagonist, well-matched opponent, g. gamy-ādi (cf. a-pratiy○)

pratira

1. pra-tira ○ram, See under pra-√tṝ. [Page 669, Column]

pratirakṣ

1. prati-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to preserve, guard, protect AV. MBh
2. to keep (a promise) MBh
3. to be afraid of, fear (acc.) VS

⋙pratirakṣaṇa

1. prati-ḍrakṣaṇa n. preserving, protecting W

⋙pratirakṣā

1. prati-ḍrakṣā f. safety, preservation
2. ○ṣârtham ind. for the sake of saving MW

pratirañjita

1. prati-rañjita mfn. (√rañj) coloured, reddened MBh. R

pratirap

1. prati-√rap P. -rapati, to whisper to, tell something (acc.) in a whisper to (dat.) RV

pratiram

1. prati-√ram P. -ramati, to look towards with joy, long for, expect (acc.) Kāraṇḍ

⋙pratirata

1. prati-ḍrata mfn. delighting in, zealous for (loc.) R

pratirambha

1. prati-rambha m. (√rabh) = pratilambha L
2. passion, rage, violent or passionate abuse W

pratiras

1. prati-√ras P. -rasati, to echo, resound Caṇḍ

⋙pratirasita

1. prati-ḍrasita n. echo, resonance, Veṇis

pratirāj

1. prati-√rāj Ā. -rājate, to shine like (iva), equal in splendour Hariv

pratirādh

1. prati-√rādh (only ind. p. -rādhya), to counteract, oppose (acc.) Gaut.: Desid. -ritsati Pāṇ. 7-4. 54 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙pratirāddha

1. prati-ḍrāddha mfn. counteracted Gaut

⋙pratirādha

1. prati-ḍrādha m. 'obstacle, hindrance', N. of partic. verses of the AV. AitBr. Vait. (cf. pratī-r○, p. 673)

pratirih

1. prati-√rih P. -rihati, to lick AV

pratiru

1. prati-√ru P. -rauti, to cry or call to (acc.) Var

⋙pratirava

1. prati-ḍravá m. crying or calling out to, quarrelling Pañcat
2. (also pl.) echo ib. Kathās. Rājat
3. (prob.) = upa-rava VS. ŚBr

⋙pratiruta

1. prati-ḍruta mfn. answered by crying or calling Var

⋙pratirurūṣu

1. prati-ḍrurūṣu mfn. wishing to speak or tell W

pratiruc

1. prati-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to please (with acc.) RV.: Caus. -rocayati, to be pleased to (acc.), resolve, decide upon MBh

pratirudh

1. prati-√rudh P. Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, or -rundhati, ○te, to check, hinder, prevent, oppose, resist TS. Br. &c
2. to confine, keep back, shut off MBh. BhP
3. to cover, conceal MBh. Hariv

⋙pratiruddha

1. prati-ḍruddha mfn. checked, prevented, stopped, disturbed, interrupted Mn. MBh. &c
2. shut off, kept away, withdrawn MBh. BhP
3. rendered imperfect, impaired MW

⋙pratiroddhṛ

1. prati-ḍroddhṛ m. an opposer (with gen.) Mn. MBh

⋙pratirodha

1. prati-ḍrodha m. opposition, impediment, obstruction (-kara mfn. obstructing Suśr.)
2. = tiraskāra, vyutthāna, caurya L

⋙pratirodhaka

1. prati-ḍrodhaka m. an opposer, preventer Kād
2. a robber, thief. Māav
3. an obstacle W

⋙pratirodhana

1. prati-ḍrodhana n. obstruction, prevention MBh
2. allowing anything (gen.) to pass by fruitlessly Mn. ix, 93

⋙pratirodhin

1. prati-ḍrodhin mfn. obstructing, hindering &c
2. m. a robber, thief. Mālatim

pratiruh

1. prati-√ruh P. -rohati, to sprout or grow again MBh.: Caus. -ropayati, to plant anything in its proper place Var
2. to plant again (lit. and fig.), re-establish Ragh

⋙pratirūḍha

1. prati-ḍrūḍha mfn. imitated BhP

⋙pratiropita

1. prati-ḍropita mfn. (fr. Caus.) planted again Ragh

pratiroṣitavya

1. prati-roṣitavya n. impers. (√ruṣ) anger is to be returned L

pratil

1. pra-√til P. -tilati, to be desirous of sexual intercourse VS. (= snihyati, Mahidh.)

pratilaṅgh

1. prati-√laṅgh Caus. -laṅghayati, to mount, sit down upon (acc.) Sarvad
2. to transgress, violate MBh

pratilabh

1. prati-√labh Ā. -labhate, to receive back, recover MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to obtain, gain, partake of (acc.) MBh. BhP
3. to get back i.e. get punished MBh
4. to learn, understand MBh. R
5. to expect R.: Pass. -labhyate, to be obtained or met with, appear Śaṃk.: Caus. -lambhayati, to provide or present with (instr.), HParit

⋙pratilabhya

1. prati-ḍlabhya mfn. to be received or obtained, obtainable BhP

⋙pratilambha

1. prati-ḍlambha m. receiving, obtaining, finding, getting Nir. Kāv
2. recovering, regaining (ifc.) Kād
3. conceiving, understanding Sarvad
4. censure, abuse W

⋙pratilambhita

1. prati-ḍlambhita (fr. Caus.), n. obtaining, getting MW
2. censure, reviling ib

⋙pratilābha

1. prati-ḍlābha m. recovering, receiving, obtaining Śaṃk. [Page 670, Column]

pratilamb

1. prati-√lamb (only ind. p. -lambya) to hang up, suspend Pañcat. i, 453/454 (v. l)

pratilikh

1. prati-√likh P. -likhati, to write back, answer by letter Mālav
2. to wipe off, cleanse, purify HPariś

⋙pratilikhita

1. prati-ḍlikhita mfn. written back, answered Mālav

⋙pratilekhana

1. prati-ḍlekhana n. or the regular cleaning of all implements or objects for daily use HPariś

⋙pratilekhanā

1. prati-√lekhanā f. the regular cleaning of all implements or objects for daily use HPariś

pratilih

1. prati-√lih Caus. -lehayati, to cause to lick at (2 acc.) ŚBr. (cf. prati-√rih)

pratilī

1. prati-√lī Pass. -līyate, to disappear BhP

⋙pratilīna

1. prati-ḍlīna mfn. unmoved or retired, ŚaṅkhGṛ

pratilubh

1. prati-√lubh Caus. -lobhayati, to illude, infatuate RV
2. to attract, allure MBh

prativac

1. prati-√vac P. -vakti, to announce, indicate, recommend RV. i, 41, 4 (Ā. Subj. aor. -voce)
2. to speak back, answer, reply (also with 2 acc.) VS. &c. &c
3. to refute Śaṃk

⋙prativaktavya

1. prati-ḍvaktavya mfn. to be answered or replied to, to be given (as an answer) R
2. to be opposed or contradicted ib
3. to be contested or disputed Śaṃk

⋙prativaktṛ

1. prati-ḍvaktṛ mfn. answering to (gen.), explaining (the law) Baudh

⋙prativacana

1. prati-ḍvacana m. a verse or formula serving as an answer ĀpŚr
2. n. a dependent or final clause in a sentence Nir
3. an answer Mṛicch. Prab. &c
4. an echo W
5. ○nī-kṛta mfn. answered Śak

⋙prativacas

1. prati-ḍvacas n. (also with uttara) an answer, reply MBh. Kathās
2. an echo W

⋙prativākya

1. prati-ḍvākya n. an answer Nal
2. mfn. answerable W

⋙prativāc

1. prati-ḍvāc f. an answer Śiś
2. (pl.)yelling at (acc.) MBh

⋙prativācika

1. prati-ḍvācika n. an answer Naish

⋙prativācya

1. prati-ḍvācya mfn. to be contradicted (a-prativ○) GobhGṛ

⋙pratyukta

1. práty-ukta mfn. answered (pers. and thing) Br. MBh. &c
2. n. = next Megh

⋙pratyukti

1. praty-ukti f. an answer, Satr

prativad

1. prati-√vad P. -vadati, to speak to (acc) RV. Kauś
2. to speak back, answer, reply to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to repeat KaṭhUp. MBh.: Intens. p. -vāvadat mfn. contradicting AitBr

⋙prativaditavya

1. prati-ḍvaditavya mfn. to be contested or disputed, Śaṃk

⋙prativāda

1. prati-ḍvāda m. contradiction, rejection, refusal AitĀr. (a-prativ○) MBh. BhP
2. an answer, reply, rejoinder MW

⋙prativādin

1. prati-ḍvādin mfn. contradicting, disobedient ( á-prativ○)
2. answering, rejoining. MW
3. m. an opponent, adversary Mālav. VarYogay
4. a defendant, respondent (○di-tā f.) Yājñ. Kull
5. ○di-bhayaṃ-kara m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pratyudita

1. praty-udita mfn. rejected, repelled BhP. Sch

prativadh

1. prati-√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt), to beat back, ward off MBh

prativand

1. prati-√vand (only ind. p. -vandya), to receive deferentially Kum

prativap

1. prati-√vap P. -vapati, to insert (jewels &c.), set or stud with (instr.) Ragh
2. to fill up ĀśvŚr
3. to add TBr

⋙prativāpa

1. prati-ḍvāpa m. (cf. pratī-v○) admixture of substances to medicines either during or after decoction Car

⋙pratyupta

1. praty-upta mfn. fixed into (loc.) Uttarar
2. (ifc.) set with Daś

prativas

1. prati-√vas Ā. -vaste, to put on, clothe one's self in (acc.) RV

⋙vāsita

1. vāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dressed or clothed in (instr.) MBh

prativas

1. prati-√vas P. -vasati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to live, dwell MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vasayati, to cause to dwell, settle RV
2. to lodge, receive as a guest MBh

⋙prativasatha

1. prati-ḍvasatha m. a settlement, village L

⋙prativāsita

1. prati-ḍvāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) inhabited Divyâv

⋙prativāsin

1. prati-ḍvāsin mfn. neighbouring, a neighbour MBh

prativah

1. prati-√vah P. -vahati, to lead or draw towards RV. Hariv
2. to oppose Divyâv.: Caus. -vāhayati, to carry along MBh

⋙prativahana

1. prati-ḍvahana n. leading back L
2. beating back, warding off L

⋙prativāha

1. prati-ḍvāha m. (cf. pratī-v○) N. of a son of Śvaphalka Hariv

⋙prativodhavya

1. prati-ḍvodhavya mfn. to be carried home R

prativāś

1. prati-√vāś Ā. -vāśyate, to bellow or cry out against or in return RV. TāṇḍBr
2. Lāṭy. Var

⋙prativāśa

1. prati-ḍvāśa mfn. to be contradicted or opposed (vḷ. ○śya in a-prativ○) PārGṛ

prativighāta

1. prati-vi-ghāta m. (√han) striking back, warding off, defence MBh

prativijñā

1. prati-vi-√jñā P. -√jānāti, to acknowledge gratefully MBh. [Page 670, Column]

prativid

1. prati-√vid P. -vetti, to perceive, understand RV.: Caus. -vedayati, to make known, report, announce (also with 2 acc.) MBh. R. &c
2. to offer, present RV. AV. MBh. &c

⋙prativedita

1. prati-ḍvedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) apprised or informed of (acc.) R

⋙prativedin

1. prati-ḍvedin mfn. experiencing, knowing, (ifc.) Lalit

prativid

1. prati-√vid P. Ā. -vindati, ○te, to find in addition Br
2. (Ā. p. -vidāna) to be opposite to (acc.) ŚBr
3. to become acquainted with (acc.) MBh

⋙prativedin

1. prati-ḍvedin See prati-√vid

pratividhā

1. prati-vi-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to dispose, arrange, prepare, make ready R
2. to despatch (spies) ib
3. to counteract, act against (gen.) Kād
4. to contradict a conclusion Śaṃk

⋙pratividhātavya

1. prati-ḍvidhātavya mfn. to be used or employed MBh
2. to be provided against Prasannar
3. n. (impers.) care should be taken R

⋙pratividhāna

1. prati-ḍvidhāna n. arrangement against, prevention, precaution (gen. or comp.) R. Pañcat
2. care or provision for (comp.) Prasannar. Kull
3. a subsidiary or substituted ceremony W

⋙pratividhi

1. prati-ḍvidhi m. a means or remedy against BhP
2. retaliation MW

⋙pratividhitsā

1. prati-ḍvidhitsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire or intention to counteract Kathās

⋙pratividheya

1. prati-ḍvidheya mfn. to be counteracted or to be done in any special case Kālid
2. to be rejected Vām
3. n. (impers.) measures should be taken Kād. Pat

⋙prativihita

1. prati-ḍvihita mfn. counteracted, guarded against Mudr

prativinud

1. prati-vi-√nud P. -nudati, to get rid of. Divyâv

prativiparī

1. prati-vi-parī7 (pari-√i), P. -pary-eti, to turn back again KātyŚr

⋙prativiparīta

1. prati-ḍviparī7ta mfn. exactly opposite Car

prativibudh

1. prati-vi-√budh Ā. -budhyate, to be awakened Divyâv

prativibhaj

1. prati-vi-√bhaj (only ind. p. bhajya), to distribute severally. apportion KātyŚr

⋙prativibhāga

1. prati-ḍvibhāga m. distribution, apportionment ib

prativiram

1. prati-vi-√ram P. -ramati to abstain Divyâv. 2

⋙prativirati

1. prati-ḍvirati f. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) desisting from (abl.), leaving off L

prativiruddha

1. prati-vi-ruddha mfn. (√rudh) rebellious Divyâv

prativiśiṣṭa

1. prati-vi-śiṣṭa mfn. (√śiṣ) more distinguished or peculiar, better or worse MBh

⋙prativiśeṣa

1. prati-ḍviśeṣa m. peculiarity, singularity, a peculiar circumstance ib

⋙prativiśeṣaṇa

1. prati-ḍviśeṣaṇa n. detailed specification TPrāt. Sch

prativiśrabdha

1. prati-vi-śrabdha mfn. (√śrambh) full of confidence or trust MBh

prativisṛj

1. prati-vi-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to send out, despatch RV

prativihā

1. prati-vi-√hā P. -jahāti, to quit, abandon MBh

prativī

1. prati-√vī P. -veti, to receive, accept RV

prativīkṣ

1. prati-vī7kṣ (vi-√īkṣ), only ind. p. vii7kṣya, to look upon, observe, perceive R

⋙prativīkṣaṇa

1. prati-ḍvī7kṣaṇa n. looking upon, returning a look MW

⋙prativīkṣaṇīya

1. prati-ḍvī7kṣaṇīya and See duṣ-prativ○

⋙prativikṣya

1. prati-ḍvikṣya See duṣ-prativ○

prativīta

1. prati-vīta mfn. (√vye) covered GopBr
2. -tama mfn. totally covered, muffled, suppressed, low (as a voice) Vait

prativṛ

1. prati-√vṛ Caus. -vārayati, to keep back, ward off, restrain, prevent, prohibit MBh. R. &c
2. to contradict, refute R

⋙prativāra

1. prati-ḍvāra m. warding off, resisting (a-prativ○) Suśr. 2

⋙prativāraṇa

1. prati-ḍvāraṇa mfn. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) keeping or warding off, opposing. preventing MBh
2. n. the act of keeping off &c. ib. R. (cf. duṣ-prativ○)

⋙prativārita

1. prati-ḍvārita mfn. kept off, prohibited, prevented Mn. MBh. &c
2. n. prohibition R

⋙prativārya

1. prati-ḍvārya mfn. to be warded off or restrained or prevented (a-prativ○) MBh. R

prativṛ

1. prati-√vṛ (only Ā. aor. -avṛṣata), to choose, elect AV

prativṛj

1. prati-√vṛj P. -varjati &c., to throw against Kāṭh

prativṛt

1. prati-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to accrue to (acc.) Mn. i, 81 (v. l. for upa-v○): Caus. -vartayati, to fling, hurl RV. [Page 670, Column]

⋙prativartana

1. prati-ḍvartana n. return, reappearance (a-prativ○) MBh

⋙prativartman

1. prati-ḍvartman

⋙prativarttā

1. prati-ḍvarttā and See under prati

⋙prativṛtta

1. prati-ḍvṛtta See under prati

prativṛṣ

1. prati-√vṛṣ P. -varṣati, to rain or pour down upon, cover with (instr.) MBh

⋙prativarṣaṇa

1. prati-ḍvarṣaṇa n. pouring out or emitting again Śrīkaṇṭh

prativeśa

1. prati-veśa ○śin &c. See p. 663

prativeṣṭ

1. prati-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to shrink back TS.: Caus. -veṣṭayati, to strike or drive or turn or bend back ib. Prāt

prativoḍhavya

1. prati-voḍhavya See under prati√vah, col. e

prativyadh

1. prati-√vyadh P. -vidhyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to shoot against, hit, wound RV. &c, &c.: Pass. -vidhyate, to be aimed at or hit, to be touched upon or discussed AV

⋙pratividdha

1. prati-ḍviddha mfn. pierced, wounded MBh

prativyāhāra

1. prati-vyāhāra m. an answer, reply Kāraṇḍ

prativyūh

1. prati-√vyūh Ā. -vyūhate (rarely P. ○ti), to array one's self against (acc.), draw up (an army) against MBh

⋙prativyūḍha

1. prati-ḍvyūḍha mfn. drawn out in array against
2. broad R

⋙prativyūha

1. prati-ḍvyūha m. drawing out an army in opposite battle-array MBh
2. echo, reverberation Hariv. 3605 Nīlak
3. others 'multitude')
4. N. of a prince VP. (v. l. ○vyoman)

prativraj

1. prati-√vraj P. -vrajati, to return home Bhaṭṭ

pratiśaṃs

1. prati-√śaṃs P. -śaṃsati to call or shout to, praise ŚBr. (cf. á-pratiśaṃsat and ○śasta)

pratiśak

1. prati-śak (only pf. -śekuḥ), to keep one's ground against, be a match for (acc.) MBh.: Desid. -śikṣati, to allure, invite RV

pratiśaṅk

1. prati-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate, to be doubtful or anxious, hesitate MBh
2. to trouble one's self about, care for (acc.) BhP

⋙pratiśaṅkanīya

1. prati-ḍśaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted about or feared W

⋙pratiśaṅkā

1. prati-ḍśaṅkā f. (ifc.) doubt, supposition Kām
2. constant fear or doubt W

pratiśap

1. prati-√śap P. -śapati, to curse in return (with acc. or gen.) R. BhP

⋙pratiśāpa

1. prati-ḍśāpa m. a curse in return, retorted imprecation MBh. Kād. Pur

pratiśam

1. prati-√śam Caus. -śāmayati (ind. p. -śāmya, or -śāmayitvā or -śamayya), to reestablish, restore, put to rights Vajracch. Divyâv

⋙pratiśama

1. prati-ḍśama m. (ifc.) deliverance from, cessation of MBh

⋙pratiśānta

1. prati-ḍśānta mfn. extinguished, allayed
2. -kopa mfn. one whose anger is past ib

pratiśaraṇa

1. prati-śaraṇa. 2 See p. 663 and prati-√śṝ

pratiśāsana

1. prati-śāsana (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2), n. giving orders, commissioning, sending a servant on a message L

⋙pratiśāsti

1. prati-ḍśāsti f. id. MW

⋙pratiśiṣṭa

1. prati-ḍśiṣṭa mfn. sent on a message, despatched Śiś
2. refused L
3. celebrated, famous W

pratiśikṣ

1. prati-√śikṣ See prati-√śak

pratiśī

1. prati-√śī (only pf. -śiśye and fut. -śeṣyāmi), to lie or press against, i.e. urge, importune MBh

⋙pratiśayita

1. prati-ḍśayita mfn. pressing, importuning, importuned Kād. Hcar
2. n. the act of importuning, molestation Kād

⋙pratiśīvan

1. prati-ḍśīvan mf(arī)n. serving as a couch or resting-place AV. TS

pratiśīta

1. prati-śīta (Pāṇ. 6-1, 25 Sch.),

⋙pratiśīna

1. prati-ḍśīna and mfn. melted, fluid, dropping

⋙pratiśīnavat

1. prati-ḍśīna-vat (Kāś. ib.), mfn. melted, fluid, dropping

⋙śyā

1. śyā f

⋙śyāya

1. ḍśyāya m. a cold, catarrh Suśr. Car

⋙śyāyin

1. ḍśyāyin mfn. having a cold Suśr

pratiśuc

1. prati-√śuc P. -śocati, to burn towards or against (acc.) MaitrS

pratiśuṣ

1. prati-√śuṣ P. -śuṣyati, to be dried up, wither, perish RV

pratiśṝ

1. prati-√śṝ P -śṛnāti, to break off or in pieces RV. TS. TBr

⋙pratiśara

1. prati-ḍśara m. breaking, going in pieces (a-pratiś○) AitBr. 2

⋙pratiśaraṇa

1. prati-ḍśaraṇa n. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) breaking off, blunting (a point or edge) TBr. Sch

pratiśobhita

1. prati-śobhita mfn. (√śubh, Caus)beautified with (instr.) Hariv. (vḷ. for pari-s○). [Page 671, Column]

pratiśrama

1. prati-śrama m. (√śram) toil, trouble Divyâv

pratiśraya

1. prati-śraya m. (√śri) refuge, help, assistance MBh
2. a place of refuge, shelter, asylum, house, dwelling Mn. MBh. &c
3. a receptacle recipient (tvaṃ tasya pratiśrayaḥ, 'you know all this') MBh
4. a jaina-monastery HPariś
5. an almshouse, a place where food &c. is given away L
6. a place of sacrifice L
7. an assembly L

⋙pratiśrita

1. prati-ḍśrita n. a place of refuge MBh

pratiśru

1. prati-√śru P. -sṛṇoti, to hear listen RV. i, 25, 20 (Ā. 3. sg. śṛṇve, 'to be heard' or 'audible', i, 169, 7)
2. to listen, give ear to (gen.) Vajracch
3. to assure, agree, promise anything (acc.) to any one (gen. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -śuśrūṣati, to wish to promise Pāṇ. 1-3, 59

⋙pratiśrava

1. prati-ḍśravá mfn. answering VS. xvi, 34 (Mahīdh. 'echo, reverberation')
2. m. (ifc. f. ā) promise, asurance R. Rājat. MārkP
3. ○vânte ind. after the expiration of a promise i.e. the lapse of a promised period R

⋙pratiśravaṇa

1. prati-ḍśravaṇa n. hearkening to, listening (cf. below)
2. answering Gaut
3. assenting to, agreeing, promising Mn. ii, 195 (others 'hearkening' or 'answering') MBh. (-pūrva mfn. promised, assured) Pāṇ. 8-2, 99 (Kāś., 'hearkening')
4. (prob.) a partic. part of the ear, ṢaḍvBr

⋙pratiśravas

1. prati-ḍśravas m. N. of a son of Bhīma-sena MBh

⋙pratiśrut

1. prati-ḍśrut f. an echo, resonance Ragh
2. a promise, assurance Siṃhâs

⋙pratiśruta

1. prati-ḍśruta mfn. heard R
2. promised (also in marriage), assented, agreed, accepted (○te', the promise having been made ) GṛS. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: echoing. resounding R
3. m. N. of a son of Ānakadundubhi BhP
4. n. a promise, engagement ( See above)

⋙śruti

1. śruti f. an answer Hariv. Śatr
2. a promise, assent Vait
3. = next Śiś

⋙śrutkā

1. ḍśrútkā f. an echo, reverberation VS. ChUp

⋙śrotas

1. ḍśrotas wṛ. for ○srotas

⋙śrotṛ

1. ḍśrotṛ mfn. one who promises or assents MW

pratiśvas

1. prati-√śvas (only pr. p. -śvasat), to breathe fiercely or with a snorting sound towards or against RV

pratiṣañj

1. prati-ṣañj (√sañj), P. Ā. -ṣajati, ○te, to attach something to (loc
2. Ā., to one's self') TS. Lāṭy. (cf. prati-saṅgin)

pratiṣic

1. prati-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour upon, mix together TS. ŚrS
2. (-siñcati), to besprinkle or moisten in return BhP

⋙pratiṣicya

1. prati-ḍṣícya mfn. to be besprinkled or moistened TBr

⋙pratiṣeka

1. prati-ḍṣeka m. besprinkling, moistening TBr. Sch

⋙pratiṣekya

1. prati-ḍṣekyá mfn. accompanied by the act of besprṭbesprinkling or moistening MaitrS

pratiṣidh

1. prati-ṣidh (√2. sidh), P. -ṣedhati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to drive away RV
2. to keep back, ward off, prevent, restrain from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
3. to forbid, prohibit, disallow Nir. MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -ṣedhayati, to keep back, prevent, restrain ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
4. to prohibit, interdict Āpast. MBh. Hariv
5. to deny Sarvad

⋙pratiṣiddha

1. prati-ḍṣiddha mfn. driven back, kept off, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c
2. forbidden, prohibited, disallowed, refused, denied Mn. MBh. &c
3. -vat mfn. one who has forbidden or interdicted something Rājat
4. -vāma mfn. refractory when driven back Śak. vi, 18/19 (vḷ.)
5. -sevana n. doing what is prohibited W
6. -sevin mfn. following or doing what is forbidden ib

⋙pratiṣeddhavya

1. prati-ḍṣeddhavya mfn. to be warded off or kept back or prohibited or forbidden MBh. R
2. to be denied Nyāyas

⋙pratiṣeddhṛ

1. prati-ḍṣeddhṛ mfn. one who wards off or keeps back &c. MBh. R
2. resisting (with acc.) BhP

⋙pratiṣedha

1. prati-ḍṣedha m. keeping back, warding off, prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr
2. prohibition, refusal, denial ŚrS. Nir. Kālid
3. contradiction, exception W
4. (in gram.) negation, a negative particle VPrāt. Pāṇ. Vām
5. (in rhet.) enforcing or reminding of a prohibition Kuval
6. (in dram.) an obstacle to obtaining the desired object Sāh
7. ○dhâkṣara n. 'words of denial', a negative answer Śak. iii, 22 (vḷ.)
8. ○dhâtmaka mfn. having a negative form or character Yājñ. Sch
9. ○dhâpavāda m. annulment of a prohibition Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 68
10. ○dhârthīya mfn. having the meaning of a negation Nir
11. ○dhôkti f. expression of denial or refusal Kāvyâd
12. ○dhômā f. a comparison expressed in a negative form ib

⋙pratiṣedhaka

1. prati-ḍṣedhaka mf(ikā)n. keeping off, prohibiting, preventive MBh
2. denying negative TPrāt

⋙pratiṣedhana

1. prati-ḍṣedhana mfn. keeping or, warding off MBh
2. n. the act of keeping or warding off, restraining from (abl.), prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr. [Page 671, Column]
3. rejection, refutation Suśr

⋙pratiṣedhanīya

1. prati-ḍṣedhanīya mfn. to be kept back or restrained or prevented Ragh. Pañcat

⋙pratiṣedhayitṛ

1. prati-ḍṣedhayitṛ mfn. denying, negative Śaṃk

⋙pratiṣedhya

1. prati-ḍṣedhya mfn. to be prevented or rejected or prohibited Pat
2. to be denied or negatived Nyāyas. Sch

pratiṣiv

1. prati-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati, to sew on Kāṭh

⋙pratiṣevaṇa

1. prati-ḍṣevaṇa n. sewing on ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiṣkabh

1. prati-ṣkabh (√skabh), only inf. -ṣkábhe, for leaning or pressing one's self against RV. i, 39, 2

pratiṣkaśa

1. prati-ṣ-kaśa m. (according to Pāṇ. 6-1, 152 fr. √kaś) a messenger or guide or spy L
2. a whip or leather thong W. (cf. kaśā)

⋙pratiṣka

1. prati-ḍṣka m. (abridged fr. prec.) a messenger or spy L

⋙ṣkaṣa

1. ṣkaṣa m. a leather thong L

⋙ṣkaṣkasa

1. ṣkaḍṣkasa m. = ○ṣka L

pratiṣku

1. prati-ṣku (√sku), only impf. praty-askunot, to cover in return (with arrows &c.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙pratiṣkuta

1. prati-ḍṣkuta See á-prati-ṣkuta

pratiṣṭabdha

1. prati-ṣṭabdha mfn. (√stambh) obstructed, impeded, stopped, withstood W

⋙pratiṣṭambha

1. prati-ḍṣṭambha m. obstruction, impediment, hindrance Ragh

⋙pratiṣṭambhin

1. prati-ḍṣṭambhin mfn. impeding (ifc.) R. (cf. pratistambh)

pratiṣṭuti

1. práti-ṣṭuti f. (√stu) praise or a song of praise RV. TāṇḍBr

⋙pratiṣṭotṛ

1. práti-ḍṣṭotṛ m. one who rivals in praising ĀśvŚr

pratiṣṭubh

1. prati-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati. to shout in return, answer with a shout RV

pratiṣṭhā

1. prati-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te, to stand, stay, abide, dwell RV. &c. &c
2. to stand still, set (as the sun), cease MBh. BhP
3. to stand firm, be based or rest on (loc.), be established, thrive, prosper RV. &c. &c
4. to depend or rely on (loc.) Vajracch
5. to withstand, resist (acc.) MBh. Hariv
6. to spread or extend over (acc.) MBh.: Caus. ṣṭhāpayati, to put down, place upon, introduce into (loc.) Br. GṛŚrS
7. to set up, erect (as an image), Ratnav
8. to bring or lead into (loc.) MBh
9. to establish in, appoint to (loc.) ib. R. &c
10. to transfer or offer or present to, bestow or confer upon (dat. or loc.) ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c
11. to fix, found, prop, support, maintain TS. Br. MBh. Hariv
12. to hold against or opposite R

⋙pratiṣṭha

1. prati-ḍṣṭhá mf(ā)n. standing firmly, steadfast ŚBr. MBh
2. resisting Kauś
3. (ifc.) ending with, leading to Jātakam
4. famous W
5. m. N. of the father of Su-pārśva (who was 7th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇi) L
6. (ā), f. See next
7. n. point of support, centre or base of anything RV. x, 73, 6 (pratiṣṭhā́hṛdyā jaghantha, 'thou hast stricken to the quick
8. pratiṣṭhā may also be acc. pl. of next)

≫pratiṣṭhā

1. prati-ṣṭhā́ f. (ifc. f. ā) standing still, resting, remaining, steadfastness, stability, perseverance in (comp.) VS. &c. &c
2. a standpoint, resting-place, ground, base, foundation, prop, stay, support RV. &c. &c
3. a receptacle, homestead, dwelling, house AV. &c. &c. (ifc. abiding or dwelling in Ragh. Pur.)
4. a pedestal, the foot (of men or amimals) AV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
5. limit, boundary W
6. state of rest, quiet, tranquillity, comfort, ease MBh. Kāv
7. setting up (as of an idol &c. RTL. 70)
8. pre-eminence, superiority, high rank or position, fame, celebrity Kāv. Kathās. Rājat
9. establishment on or accession to (the throne &c.) Hariv. Śak. Var. Rājat
10. the performance of any ceremony or of any solemn act, consecration or dedication (of a monument or of an idol or of a temple &c
11. cf. prâṇa-pr○), settling or endowment of a daughter, completion of a vow, any ceremony for obtaining supernatural and magical powers Var. Kathās. Rājat. Pur
12. a mystical N. of the letter ā L
13. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
14. of sev. metres RPrāt
15. (with prajā-pateḥ) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
16. = hrasva Naigh. iii, 2
17. = yoga-siddhi or -niṣpatti L
18. -kamalâkara m. -kalpalatā f. -kalpâdi, m.pl. N. of wks
19. -kāma (○ṣṭhā́-), mfn. desirous of a firm basis or a fixed abode or a high position TS. TāṇḍBr. GṛŚrS. BhP
20. -kaumudī f. -kaustubha m. or n. -cintāmaṇi m. -tattva n. -tantra n. -tilaka n. N. of wks
21. -tva n. the being a basis or foundation Śaṃk
22. -darpaṇa m. -darśa m. -dīdhiti f. -dyota m. -nirṇaya m. N. of wks. [Page 671, Column]
23. -"ṣnvita (○ṣṭhânv○), mfn. possessed of fame, celebrated MW
24. -paddhati f. -mayūkha m. -ratna n. -rahasya n. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
25. -vat mfn. having a foundation or support TUp
26. -vidhi m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -samuccaya m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -hemâdri m. ○ṣṭhôddyota, m. N. of wks

⋙pratiṣṭhātṛ

1. prati-ḍṣṭhātṛ m. N. of a partic. priest (= prati-prasthātṛ) Hariv

⋙pratiṣṭhāna

1. prati-ḍṣṭhā́na n. a firm standing-place, ground, foundation PārGṛ. MBh. &c
2. a pedestal, foot TBr. MBh. R
3. the foundation (others 'consecration') of a city SkandaP
4. N. of a town at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā (on the left bank of the Gaṅgā opposite to Allāhābad, the capital of the early kings of the lunar dynasty) MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c. (IW. 511, n. 1)
5. m. N. of a locality on the Go-dāvari Kathās
6. (du.) of the constellation Proshṭha-pada L

⋙pratiṣṭhāpana

1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpana n. fixing, placing, locating
2. (esp.) the erection or consecration of the image of a deity Var. (-paddhati f. N. of wk.)
3. establishment, corroboration Sarvad
4. (ā), f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis Car

⋙pratiṣṭhāpam

1. prati-ḍṣṭhā́pam ind. p. (of Caus.) placing, locating ŚBr
2. (as inf.) for founding or establishing TāṇḍBr

⋙pratiṣṭhāpayitavya

1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpayitavya mfn. to be placed or fixed or established Kāraṇḍ. (wṛ. ○sthAp○)

⋙pratiṣṭhāpayitṛ

1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpayitṛ m. a founder, establisher VPrāt

⋙pratiṣṭhāpita

1. prati-ḍṣṭhāpita mfn. set up, fixed, erected Kathās

⋙pratiṣṭhāpya

1. prati-ḍṣṭhā́pya mfn. to be placed or located or fixed TS. AitBr
2. to be consigned or transferred or entrusted to (loc.) MBh

⋙pratiṣṭhi

1. prati-ḍṣṭhí f. resistance RV. vi, 18, 12 (Sāy. 'āśraya')

⋙pratiṣṭhikā

1. prati-ḍṣṭhikā f. a basis, foundation Hcat

⋙pratiṣṭhita

1. prati-ḍṣṭhita (práti.), mfn. standing, stationed, placed, situated in or on (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
2. abiding or contained in (loc.) ŚBr. &c. &c
3. fixed, firm, rooted, founded, resting or dependent on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c
4. established, proved Mn. viii, 164
5. ordained for, applicable to (loc.) ib., 226
6. secure, thriving, well off ChUp. Hariv. &c
7. familiar or conversant with (loc.) MBh
8. transferred to (loc.) Hariv
9. undertaken Pañcat. (B. anu-ṣṭhita)
10. ascended into, having reached (comp.) Śak. vii, 4/5 (vḷ.)
11. complete, finished W
12. consecrated ib
13. endowed, portioned ib
14. established in life, married ib
15. prized, valued ib
16. famous, celebrated ib
17. m. N. of Vishṇu A
18. -pada mfn. containing verses of a fixed or constant number of syllables AitBr
19. -mātra mfn. having just got a firm footing Mṛicch
20. -yaśas mfn. one whose renown is well founded Ratnâv. (su-pr○)
21. -saṃtāna mfn. one who has progeny or offspring secured MW

⋙pratiṣṭhiti

1. prati-ḍṣṭhiti (práti-), f. standing firmly, a firm stand or footing VS. Br

pratiṣṭhāsu

1. pra-tiṣṭhāsu mfn. (√sthā Desid.) wishing to start Śiś
2. wishing to stay or remain W

pratiṣṭhiv

1. prati-√ṣṭhiv P. -ṣṭhīvati, to spit upon (acc.) AV

pratiṣṇā

1. prati-ṣṇā and ○ṣṇikā f. (√snā), g. suṣāmâdi Kāś

⋙pratiṣṇāta

1. prati-ḍṣṇāta (with sūtra) and mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś

⋙pratisṇāta

1. prati-sṇāta mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś

pratiṣvad

1. prati-ṣvad (√svad), Caus. -ṣvādayati, to taste, relish Kām. Sch

pratisaṃyat

1. prati-saṃ-√yat Ā. -yatate, to fight against ŚBr

⋙pratisaṃyatta

1. prati-saṃyatta mfn. completely prepared or armed MBh

pratisaṃyāta

1. prati-saṃ-yāta mfn. (√yā) going against, assailing (with acc.) MBh

pratisaṃyukta

1. prati-saṃ-yukta mfn. (√yuj) bound or attached to something else MBh. (B.)

pratisaṃyudh

1. prati-saṃ-√yudh (only pf. -yuyudhuḥ), to resist an attack together BhP

⋙pratisaṃyoddhṛ

1. prati-saṃyoddhṛ m. an adversary in war MBh

pratisaṃrabh

1. prati-saṃ-√rabh Ā. -rabhate, to seize, take hold of MBh. vii, 3169 (B. -saṃ-carate)

⋙pratisaṃrabdha

1. prati-saṃrabdha mfn. (pl.) holding one another by the hands MBh
2. excited, furious ib. R

pratisaṃruddha

1. prati-saṃ-ruddha mfn. (√rudh) contracted into itself shrunk BhP

pratisaṃlayana

1. prati-saṃ-layana n. (√lī) retirement into a lonely place, privacy Lalit. Divyâv
2. complete absorption SaddhP

⋙pratisaṃlīna

1. prati-saṃlīna mfn. retired, in privacy Divyâv
2. complete retirement for the sake of meditation Lalit. [Page 672, Column]

pratisaṃvad

1. prati-saṃ-√vad Ā. -vadate, to agree with any one (acc.) AitBr

pratisaṃvid

1. prati-saṃ-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to recognize (?) Divyâv. (Ā. p. -vedayamāna, feeling ib.)

⋙pratisaṃvid

1. prati-saṃvid f. analytical science (4 with Buddhists) Dharmas. 51 Lalit
2. ○vit-prâpta m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva ib
3. ○vin-niścayâvatārā f. N. of a partic. Dhāraṇī L

⋙pratisaṃvedaka

1. prati-saṃvedaka mfn. giving detailed information L

⋙pratisaṃvedana

1. prati-saṃvedana n. experiment, enjoyment Nyāyas. Sch

⋙pratisaṃvedin

1. prati-saṃvedin mfn. feeling, experiencing, being conscious of anything ib

pratisaṃvidhāna

1. prati-saṃ-vi-dhāna n. (√1. dhā) a counter action, stroke in return Mcar

pratisaṃveṣṭ

1. prati-saṃ-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to shrivel, shrink up, contract MBh

pratisaṃśri

1. prati-saṃ-√śri P. -śrayati, to seek refuge or protection in reply MBh

pratisaṃśru

1. prati-saṃ-√śru (only ind. p. -śrutya), to Promise MBh

pratisaṃsṛj

1. prati-saṃ-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to mingle with (instr.) Suśr

⋙pratisaṃsaṃsarga

1. prati-saṃ-saṃsarga m. = pratisarga VāyuP

⋙pratisaṃsaṃsṛṣṭa

1. prati-saṃ-saṃsṛṣṭa mfn. mingled with (instr.) ib
2. -bhakta mfn. one who is temperate in eating ib

pratisaṃskṛ

1. prati-saṃ-skṛ (√skṛ = kṛ
2. only Pot. -kuryāt), to repair, restore Mn. ix, 279

⋙pratisaṃsaṃskāra

1. prati-saṃ-saṃskāra m. restoration (○raṃ-√kṛ, to restore) Kāraṇḍ

⋙pratisaṃsaṃskāraṇā

1. prati-saṃ-saṃskāraṇā f. id. L

⋙pratisaṃsaṃskṛta

1. prati-saṃ-saṃskṛta mfn. joined or united with (comp.) Suśr

pratisaṃstambh

1. prati-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, encourage MārkP

pratisaṃstara

1. prati-saṃ-stara n. (√stṛ) friendly reception L

pratisaṃsthāna

1. prati-saṃ-sthāna n. (√sthā) settling in, entering into (comp.) Lalit

pratisaṃsmṛ

1. prati-saṃ-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember R

pratisaṃhita

1. prati-saṃhita See col. 2

pratisaṃhṛ

1. prati-saṃ-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to draw together, contract (with ātmānam, 'one's self' i.e. to shrink, return to its usual bed, said of the sea) Hariv
2. to draw or keep back, withdraw (as a weapon, the eye &c.) MBh. Kāv
3. to take away, put off Āpast
4. to absorb, annihilate, destroy MBh. Pur. Jātakam
5. to check, stop, repress MBh. R. &c
6. to change MW.: Caus. -hārayati, to retract R

⋙pratisaṃharaṇīya

1. prati-saṃharaṇīya n. (sc. karman) a partic. punishment L

⋙pratisaṃhāra

1. prati-saṃhāra m. drawing in, withdrawing MBh
2. giving up, resigning ib
3. keeping away, abstention from (abl.) ib
4. compression, diminution W
5. comprehension ib

⋙pratisaṃhṛta

1. prati-saṃhṛta mfn. kept back, checked, restrained R
2. comprehended, included W
3. compressed, reduced in bulk ib

⋙pratisaṃjihīrṣu

1. prati-saṃjihīrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to withdraw or to be freed from (abl.) BhP

pratisaṃhṛṣ

1. prati-saṃ-√hṛṣ P. -harṣati, to rejoice again, be glad MBh

⋙pratisaṃhṛṣṭa

1. prati-saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. glad, merry R

pratisaṃkāśa

1. prati-saṃ-kāśa m. (√kāś) a similar appearance, resemblance MBh

pratisaṃkram

1. prati-saṃ-√kram Ā. -kramate, to go back again, come to an end BhP.: Caus. -krāmayati, to cause to go back or return ib

⋙pratisaṃkrama

1. prati-saṃkrama m. re-absorption, dissolution (m.c. also ○krāma) ib
2. (ifc. f. ā) impression Sarvad

pratisaṃkruddha

1. prati-saṃ-kruddha mfn. (√krudh) angry with, wroth against (acc.) MBh. R

pratisaṃkhyā

1. prati-saṃ-√khyā (only ind. p. khyāya), to count or reckon up, number ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙pratisaṃkhyā

1. prati-saṃkhyā f. consciousness
2. -nirodha m. (with Buddh.) the conscious annihilation of an object (?) Dharmas. 32 (cf. a-prṭprati-n○)

⋙pratisaṃkhyāna

1. prati-saṃkhyāna n. the tranquil consideration of a matter Jātakam

pratisaṅgin

1. prati-saṅgin mfn. (√sañj) cleaving or clinging to, adhering
2. (a-pr○) not meeting with any obstacle, irresistible Hariv

pratisaṃgrah

1. prati-saṃ-√grah P. Ā. -grihṇāti, ○ṇīte, to receive, accept MBh. R
2. to meet with, find MBh. [Page 672, Column]

pratisac

1. prati-√sac Ā. -sacate, to pursue with vengeance ŚBr

pratisaṃcar

1. prati-saṃ-√car P. -carati, to meet, come together MBh

⋙pratisaṃcara

1. prati-saṃcara m. going or moving backwards (a-pr○) Suśr
2. re-absorption or resolution (back again into Prakṛiti) Śaṃk. MārkP
3. that into which anything is re-absorbed or resolved MBh
4. a place of resort, haunt ib

pratisaṃjāta

1. prati-saṃ-jāta mfn. (√jan) born, sprung up, arisen R

pratisaṃjñā

1. prati-saṃ-√jñā Ā. -jānīte, to be kindly disposed ŚBr

pratisad

1. prati-√sad P. -sīdati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 66), to start back, abhor MBh

pratisaṃdiś

1. prati-saṃ-√diś P. -diśati, to give a person (acc. or haste with gen.) a message or commission in return R. Kād
2. to send back a message to (gen.) MBh
3. to order, command ib

⋙pratisaṃdeśa

1. prati-saṃdeśa m. a message in return, answer to a message R. Mṛicch. Kathās

⋙pratisaṃdeṣṭavya

1. prati-saṃdeṣṭavya mfn. (an answer) to be given in reply to a message Kād

pratisaṃdhā

1. prati-saṃ-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (P.) to put together again, re-arrange ŚBr
2. (Ā.) to put on, adjust (an arrow) MBh
3. (A.) to return, reply Hariv. BhP
4. (P.Ā.) to remember, recollect Nyāyas
5. (Ā.) to comprehend, understand Prab. vi, 2/3

⋙pratisaṃhita

1. prati-saṃhita mfn. aimed at, directed against MBh

⋙pratisaṃdhātṛ

1. prati-saṃdhātṛ m. one who recollects or remembers Nyāyas

⋙pratisaṃdhāna

1. prati-saṃdhāna n. putting together again, joining together MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a juncture, the period of transition between two ages VāyuP
3. memory, recollection Nyāyas. Sch
4. praise, panegyric L
5. self-command, suppression of feeling for a time W
6. a remedy MW

⋙pratisaṃdhi

1. prati-saṃdhi m. reunion MBh
2. re-entry into (comp.) or into the womb L
3. re-birth Divyâv
4. the period of transition between two ages VāyuP
5. resistance, adverseness (of fate) MBh
6. -jñāna n. recognition Nyāyas. Sch

⋙pratisaṃdhita

1. prati-saṃdhita mfn. (cf. saṃdhaya) fastened, strengthened, confirmed BhP

⋙pratisaṃdheya

1. prati-saṃdheya mfn. to be opposed (apr○, 'irresistible') MBh

⋙pratisāṃdhānika

1. prati-sāṃdhānika m. (fr. ○saṃdhāna) a bard, panegyrist L

pratisamayya

1. prati-samayya ind. having arranged Divyâv. (prob. wṛ. for -śamayya
2. See prati-√śam)

pratisamas

1. prati-sam-√as P. -asyati (ind. p. -āsam), to put back again to its place ĀpŚr

pratisamādiś

1. prati-sam-ā-√diś P. -diśati, to answer, reply Daś
2. to order, command R

⋙pratisamādiṣṭa

1. prati-samādiṣṭa mfn. bidden, directed, ordered, commanded R. MārkP

pratisamādhā

1. prati-sam-ā-√dhā P. -dadhāti, to put back again, replace, re-arrange, restore Daś
2. to redress, correct (an error) Śaṃk

⋙pratisamādhāna

1. prati-samādhāna n. collecting one's self again, composure Kād
2. cure, remedy W

⋙pratisamāhita

1. prati-samāhita mfn. fitted to the bowstring (as an arrow) MBh

pratisamāpana

1. prati-sam-āpana n. (√āp) the going against, attacking (with gen.) R

pratisamāśrita

1. prati-sam-ā-śrita mfn. (√śri) depending on (acc.) MBh

pratisamās

1. prati-sam-√ās Ā. -āste, to be a match for, cope with, resist (acc.) MBh. R

⋙pratisamāsamāsana

1. prati-sam-√āḍsamāsana n. the being a match for, with standing, resisting (with gen.) MBh

⋙pratisamāsamāsita

1. prati-sam-√āḍsamāsita mfn. equalled, opposed, fought ib

pratisamindh

1. prati-sam-√indh Ā. -inddhe, to kindle again, rekindle ŚBr

pratisamīkṣ

1. prati-sam-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to hold out, persevere (Sch. = √jīv) BhP

⋙pratisamīkṣaṇa

1. prati-samīkṣaṇa n. looking at again, returning a glance ib

pratisambuddha

1. prati-sam-buddha mfn. (√budh) restored to consciousness. recovered MBh

pratisambhū

1. prati-sam-bhū P. -bhavati, to apply or give one's self to (acc.) MBh

pratisammud

1. prati-sam-√mud Caus. -modayati, to give friendly greeting Divyâv

⋙pratisammodana

1. prati-sammodana n. greeting, salutation (also ā f.)
2. -kathā f. friendly address as a salutation Jātakam. [Page 672, Column]

pratisah

1. prati-√sah Ā. -sahate, to be a match for, overcome (acc.) R

pratisupta

1. prati-supta mfn. (√svap) fallen asleep, sleeping MBh

pratisṛ

1. prati-√sṛ P. -sarati (ind. p. -sāram ŚāṅkhBr.), to go against, rush upon, attack, assail (acc.) Hariv
2. to return, go home BhP
3. to go round or from place to place (not only on the main road) TS.: Caus. -sārayati, to cause to go back Car
4. to put back again, restore to its place Kālid
5. to spread over, tip or touch with (instr.) Suśr
6. to put asunder, sever, separate SaddhP.: Pass. to void or emit per anum(?) Suśr

⋙pratisara

1. prati-sará m. (ifc. f. ā) a cord or ribbon used as an amulet worn round the neck or wrist at nuptials &c. AV. &c. &c. (also ā f. Var. ḍharmas. 5
2. and n. [g. ardharcâdi])
3. a bracelet Kir
4. a line returning into itself. circle ŚBr
5. assailing, an attack (a-pr○) Hariv
6. a wreath, garland L
7. a follower, servant L
8. the rear of an army L
9. dressing or anointing a wound L
10. day-break L
11. -bandha m. a partic. nuptial ceremony ĀpGṛ. Sch
12. pl. N. of partic. magical verses or formulas protecting from demons ŚBr
13. m. n. a watch, guard L
14. (ā), f. (cf. above) a female servant L
15. (with Buddh.) one of the 5 protectors Dharmas. 5

⋙pratisaraṇa

1. prati-saraṇa mfn. leaning or resting upon (ifc
2. -tā f.) Lalit
3. n. streaming back (of rivers) Car
4. leaning or resting on (comp.) L

⋙pratisarya

1. prati-saryá mfn. present in an amulet or at an incantation VS. (Mahidh.)

⋙pratisāraṇa

1. prati-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) dressing and anointing the edges of a wound (or an instrument for doing so) Suśr
2. N. of a partic. process to which minerals (esp. quicksilver) are subjected Cat

⋙pratisāraṇīya

1. prati-sāraṇīya mfn. to be dressed or anointed (as a wound) Car
2. to be applied for dressing a wound Suśr

⋙pratisārita

1. prati-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) repelled, removed Vikr
2. dressed (as a wound) Suśr

⋙pratisārin

1. prati-sārin mfn. going round or from one to the other MBh

⋙pratisṛta

1. prati-sṛta mfn. met, encountered, pushed back, removed Suśr

pratisṛj

1. prati-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to hurl or utter in reply (a curse) BhP
2. to send away, despatch Śak. iv, 21/22 (vḷ.)

⋙pratisarga

1. prati-sarga m. secondary or continued creation out of primitive matter Pur
2. dissolution, destruction ib
3. the portion of a Purāṇa which treats of the destruction and renovation of the world IW. 511 ; 517

⋙pratisṛṣṭa

1. prati-sṛṣṭa mfn. (v. l. ○śiṣṭa, only L.) despatched, despised, celebrated, given

pratisṛp

1. prati-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep back ChUp
2. to creep into, enter MBh

pratisev

1. prati-√sev Ā. -sevate, to pursue, follow (pleasure) Divyâv
2. to be kind towards (acc.), serve, honour(= prati-√juṣ) Sāy. on RV. iii, 33, 8

pratiskṝ

1. prati-s-√kṝ P. -kirati (pf. -caskare), to hurt, injure, to tear to pieces Śiś. i, 47 Pāṇ. 6-1, 141

⋙pratiskīrṇa

1. prati-s-kīrṇa n. the being hurt or injured Pāṇ. ib. Sch. (cf. prati-√kṝ)

pratiskhalita

1. prati-skhalita mfn. (√skhal) warded off Śiś. (= prati-ṣkuta Nir. vi, 16)

pratistambh

1. prati-√stambh P. Ā. -stabhnāti, -sṭabhate, to lean or press (Ā. 'one's self') against Hariv. Pañcat

⋙pratistabdha

1. prati-stabdha mfn. leaned against, pressed, M Bh
2. stopped, checked Bhaṭṭ
3. obstructed, constipated Suśr. (cf. prati-ṣṭabdha)

pratisnāta

1. prati-snāta mfn. (√snā) bathed, washed Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś. (cf. prati-ṣṇāta)

pratispandana

1. prati-spandana n. (√spand) throbbing, vibration W

pratispardh

1. prati-spardh Ā. -spardhate, to emulate, compete, rival BhP

⋙pratispardhā

1. prati-spardhā f. emulation, rivalry L

⋙pratispardhin

1. prati-spardhin mfn. emulous, coping with (gen.), a rival MBh. Rājat. Kāraṇḍ
2. (ifc.) resembling, like Kāvyâd

pratispaśa

1. prati-spaśá (TS.), -spā́śana (AV.), mfn. (√spaś) spying, watching, lying in wait

pratisphur

1. prati-√sphur P. -sphurati, to push away, remove RV

pratismṛ

1. prati-√smṛ P. Ā. -smarati, ○te, to remember, recollect (acc.) RV. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. -smārayati, to remind MBh

⋙pratismṛti

1. prati-smṛti f. 'recollection', N. of a partic. kind of magic MBh

pratisvan

1. prati-√svan P. -svanati, to resound MBh.: Caus. -svānayati, to make resound BhP. [Page 673, Column]

⋙pratisvana

1. prati-svana m. (also pl.) echo, reverberation Vcar. BhP

pratisvara

1. prati-svara m. (√svar) a rever berated sound, echo MBh. Ragh
2. a focus Nir.vii, 23

pratihan

1. prati-√han P. -hanti (ep. also Ā. pf. -jaghne), to beat against (gen.) TāṇḍBr
2. to attack, assail MBh
3. to strike down ib
4. to crush, break RV
5. to put on a spit ib. i, 32, 12
6. to strike in return, strike back, ward off remove, dispel, check, prevent, frustrate MBh. Kāv. &c
7. (with ājñām), to disregard a command Śiś.: Pass. -hanyate, to be beaten back &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
8. to be kept away from or deprived of (abl.) Śaṃk.: Caus. -ghātayati, See under prati-gha

⋙pratihata

1. prati-ḍhata mfn. struck or striking against R. Śak. Rājat
2. repelled, warded off, checked, impeded, obstructed, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c
3. dazzled (as eyes, i.e. impeded in their functions) BhP
4. dulled, blunted (as teeth by acids, = hṛṣita) L. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 7-2, 29)
5. hostile (cf. below)
6. disappointed L
7. hated, disliked L
8. tied, bound L
9. sent, despatched L. (prob. wṛ. for pra-hita)
10. -dhī mfn. hostile-minded, having hostile intentions Bhartṛ
11. -mati mfn. id. W
12. -raya mfn. whose current is impeded Megh

⋙pratihati

1. prati-ḍhati f. a stroke, blow Bālar
2. beating back, recoil, rebound Śiś
3. disappointment W

⋙pratihatya

1. prati-ḍhatya ind. in inverse direction Kauś

⋙pratihanana

1. prati-ḍhanana n. impeding, suppressing Yogas. Sch
2. striking again, returning a blow W

⋙pratihantavya

1. prati-ḍhantavya mfn. to be opposed or resisted MBh. Hariv

⋙pratihantṛ

1. prati-ḍhantṛ m. one who wards off, preventer Ragh. (v. l. ○hartṛ)

pratihary

1. prati-√hary P. Ā. -háryati, ○te, to desire, love, accept gladly, long for RV. AV
2. to despise, reject AV

pratihā

1. prati-√hā P. -jahāti, to leave unheeded, neglect Hariv.: Pass. -hīyate, to stay behind (abl.), be defeated MBh

⋙pratihāna

1. prati-ḍhāna (?), next.

≫pratihānākūṭa

1. pratihānâ-kūṭa m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ. (prob. wṛ. for pratihāra-k○)

pratihāsa

1. prati-hāsa m. (√has) returning a laugh, laughing with or at W
2. fragrant oleander, Nerium Odorum L

pratihiṃsā

1. prati-hiṃsā f. (√hiṃs) retaliation, revenge W

⋙pratihiṃsita

1. prati-ḍhiṃsita mfn. injured in return
2. n. = prec. Pañcat

pratihita

1. prati-hita &c. See prati-√dhā

pratihu

1. prati-√hu P. -juhoti, to offer a supplementary sacrifice Gobh

⋙pratihotavya

1. prati-ḍhotavya mfn. to be offered as a supplementary sacrifice ib. Sch

⋙pratihoma

1. prati-ḍhoma m. a supplementary sacrifice, jaim. Nyāyam

pratihṛ

1. prati-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (ind. p. pratī-hāram Kauś
2. inf. prati-hartave BhP.), to throw back AV
3. to strike or pound Kauś
4. to keep shut, close by pressure (an udder) TāṇḍBr
5. to bring back Lāṭy
6. to deliver, offer, present BhP
7. to procure ib
8. (Ā.) to take i.e. eat ChUp
9. to join in the Sāman hymns as Pratihartṛi ( See below) Lāṭy.: Caus. hārayati, to have one's self announced to (gen.) Jātakam.: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to requite or revenge MBh. (cf. prati-jihīrṣu)

≫pratiharaṇa

1. prati-háraṇa n. throwing back, repelling, rejecting AV
2. avoiding, shunning L

⋙pratihartṛ

1. prati-ḍhartṛ́ m. (cf. pratī-h○) one who draws back or absorbs, a destroyer MBh
2. one who keeps or wards off, an averter Ragh
3. N. of one of the 16 priests (the assistant of the Udgātṛi) Br. ŚrS. &c
4. N. of a king (son of Pratihāra or of Pratîha) Pur

≫pratihāra

1. prati-hāra m. striking against, touch, contact (esp. of the tongue with the teeth in the pronunciation of the dentals) RPrāt
2. shutting, closing, stopping (a-pr○) TāṇḍBr
3. N. of partic. syllables in the Sāman hymns (with which the Pratihartṛi begins to join in singing, generally at the beginning of the last Pada of a stanza
4. also pratī-h○ AV. ŚāṅkhBr.) Br. ŚrS. &c
5. N. of a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. ○ra-tara)
6. (that which keeps back), a door, gate (also pratī-h○ L
7. comp. below)
8. a door-keeper, porter Hariv. Kāv. Pur. &c. (also pratī-h○
9. du. two door-kṭkeeper i.e. two statues at the entrance of a temple VarBṛS
10. ī f. a female door-kṭkeeper, portress, Priyad.)
11. a juggler L
12. juggling, trick, disguise L
13. -goptrī f. a female door-keeper Vcar
14. -tara m. See above
15. -pa m. a door-keeper BhP. [Page 673, Column]
16. -bhūmi f. 'door-place', a threshold Kum
17. the office of a porter or a portress Ragh
18. -rakṣī f. = -goptrī Vcar
19. -vat mfn. containing the Priyad syllables (above) Lāṭy
20. -sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙pratihāraka

1. prati-ḍhāraka m. a juggler L

⋙pratihārāya

1. prati-ḍhārāya Nom. to act as door-keeper (○yitam impers.) Prasannar

⋙pratihārya

1. prati-ḍhārya mfn. to be pushed back or repelled, resistible R. (cf. a-pr)
2. n. jugglery L
3. N. of an Avadāna

≫pratihṛta

1. prati-hṛta mfn. held back ŚBr
2. fastened KātyŚr

pratihṛṣ

1. prati-√hṛṣ Ā. -hṛṣyate, to show joy in return for anything MBh.: Caus. harṣayati, to gladden, rejoice ib

⋙pratiharṣa

1. prati-ḍharṣa m. expression of joy Dhātup

⋙pratiharṣaṇa

1. prati-ḍharṣaṇa mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing joy in return R

pratiheṣ

1. prati-√heṣ Ā. -heṣate, to neigh towards (acc.) Var

pratihrāsa

1. prati-hrāsa m. (√hras) abbreviation, abridgment, ŚrS

pratihvara

1. prati-hvará m. (√hvṛ) a slope, the rising vault (of the sky) RV

pratihve

1. prati-√hve Ā. -huváte, to call RV

pratī

1. pratī in comp. for prati (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 3 Pat.)

⋙pratīkāra

1. ○kāra m. = prati-k○ ( See under prati-√kṛ MBh. Kāv. &c
2. an alliance resting on the requital of former services Kām

⋙pratīkārya

1. ○kārya mfn. (cf. prati-k○) one on whorn vengeance might be taken, punishable (a-pr○) Rājat

⋙pratīkāśa

1. ○kāśá m. reflexion, resemblance, appearance AV. Kauś
2. (ifc.), similar, resembling, like MBh. R. &c

⋙pratīghāta

1. ○ghāta m. (cf. prati-gh○) warding off (ifc.) MBh
2. m. prevention, obstruction, repression, hindrance, resistance Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pratīghātin

1. ○ghātin mfn. in a-pratighāti-tā, q.v

⋙pratītoda

1. ○toda m. N. of partic. initial forms of Padas in hymns Nid

⋙pratīdarśa

1. ○darśá m. (cf. prati-d○) N. of a man ŚBr

⋙pratīnāha

1. ○nāha m. (cf. prati-n○, p. 666, col. 2) obstruction, constipation Car. Suśr
2. a flag, banner ŚBr
3. -bhājana n. that which represents a banner ib

⋙pratīpāna

1. ○pāna n. (cf. prati-p○) drinking Āpast

⋙pratībodha

1. ○bodhá m. (cf. under prati-√budh) vigilance AV

⋙pratīmāna

1. ○māna n. (cf. prati-m○) a weight (measure) Mn. viii, 403

⋙pratīrādha

1. ○rādha m. = prati-r○, Śāṅkh

⋙pratīvarta

1. ○vartá mfn. returning into itself (= parisara) AV

⋙pratīvāpa

1. ○vāpa m. = prati-v○ Suśr
2. a disease, pestilence L

⋙pratīvāha

1. ○vāha m. (cf. prati-v○) fee, reward GopBr. Kauś

⋙pratīvī

1. ○vī́ mfn. (cf. prati-√vii) receiving gladly, accepting RV
2. m. or f. acceptance ib

⋙pratīveśa

1. ○veśa

⋙pratīveśin

1. ○veśin = prati-v○ (p. 663, col. 2)

⋙pratīsāram

1. ○sāram See prati-√sṛ

⋙pratīhartṛ

1. ○hartṛ m. (cf. prati-h○) a doorkeeper, porter Rājat

⋙pratīhāra

1. ○hārá m. (in most meanings) = prati-hāra, q.v
2. a partic. alliance L. (wṛ.) for pratī-kāra above)
3. N. of a family of kings Cat
4. -tā f. (Rājat.), -tva n. (Pañcat.) the office of a door keeper or chamberlain
5. -dhuraṃ-dharā f. a female door-keeper Vcar

⋙pratīhāram

1. ○hāram See prati-hṛ

⋙pratīhāsa

1. ○hāsa m. (cf. prati-h○) Nerium Odorum L

pratī

1. pratī7 (prati-√i), P. praty-eti, to go towards or against, go to meet (as friend or foe) RV. &c. &c
2. to come back, return ib
3. to resort or apply to RV. AV. ŚBr
4. to fall to a person's (dat.) lot or share AitBr
5. to receive, accept MBh
6. (also Pass.) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 acc.) GṛŚrS. Nir. R. &c
7. to trust, believe (with gen.) Kathās.: Pass. pratī7yate, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result Kāv. Śaṃk. Hit. (p. ○yamāna, known, understood, implicit Pāṇ. Sāh.): Caus. praty-āyayati (Pass. praty-āyyate), to lead towards i.e. cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the truth of anything) Kālid
8. to make clear, prove Śaṃk. Sāh.: Desid. pratī7ṣiṣati, to wish or try to understand Pāṇ. 2-4, 47 Sch

⋙pratīta

1. pratī7ta mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known (śyāmaiti, 'by the name of Śaṃk') Nir. Mn. MBh. &c
2. convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (comp.) KaṭhUp. MBh. Hit
3. satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased AitBr. MBh. &c
4. respectful L
5. past, gone L
6. clever, wise L
7. m. N. of a divinity enumerated among the Viśve Devās. MBh
8. -sena m. N. of a prince Buddh
9. ○tâkṣarā f. N. of a Comm. on the Mitâksharā
10. ○tâtman mfn. confident, resolute MBh
11. ○târtha mfn. having a recognized or acknowledged meaning Nir
12. ○tâśva m. N. of a prince VP

⋙pratīti

1. prátī7ti f. going towards, approaching RV
2. the following from anything (as a necessary result), being clear or intelligible by itself Vedântas. [Page 673, Column]
3. clear apprehension or insight into anything, complete understanding or ascertainment, conviction Śak. Śaṃk. Kathās. &c
4. confidence, faith, belief. Daś
5. trust, credit Inscr
6. fame, notoriety W
7. respect ib
8. delight ib
9. -mat mfn. known, understood Harav

⋙pratītya

1. pratī7tya n. confirmation, experiment RV. vii, 68, 6
2. comfort, consolation ib. iv, 5, 14 (others mfn. to be acknowledged or recognized)
3. -samutpāda m. (Buddh.) the chain of causation Lalit. (twelvefold
4. Dharmas. 42)

≫pratyaya

1. pratyaya m. belief firm conviction, trust, faith, assurance or certainty of (gen., loc. or comp.)
2. proof, ascertainment Mn. MBh. &c. (pratyayaṃ-√gam, to acquire confidence, repose confidence in MBh
3. asty atra pratyayo mama, that is my conviction Kathās
4. kah pratyayo'tra, what assurance is there of that? ib.)
5. conception, assumption, notion, idea KātyŚr. Nir. Śaṃk. &c
6. (with Buddhists and Jainas) fundamental notion or idea (-tva n.) Sarvad
7. consciousness, understanding, intelligence, intellect (in Sāṃkhya = buddhi)
8. analysis, solution, explanation, definition L
9. ground, basis, motive or cause of anything MBh. Kāv. &c. (in med.) = nimitta, hetu &c. Cat
10. (with Buddhists) a co-operating cause
11. the concurrent occasion of an event as distinguished from its approximate cause
12. an ordeal Kāty
13. want, need Kāraṇḍ
14. fame, notoriety Pāṇ. 8-2, 58
15. a subsequent sound or letter Prāt
16. an affix or suffix to roots (forming verbs, substantives, adjectives and all derivatives) Prāt. Pāṇ
17. an oath L
18. usage, custom L
19. religious meditation L
20. a dependant or subject L
21. a householder who keeps a sacred fire L
22. -kara (R.), -kāraka (Pañcat.), kāraṇa (Śak.), mfn. one who awakens confidence, trustworthy
23. -kārin mfn. id. L
24. (iṇī), f. a seal, signet L
25. -tattva-prakāśikā f. N. of wk
26. -tva n. (cf. above) the being a cause, causality Sarvad
27. -dhātu m. the stem of a nominal verb Pat
28. -prativacana n. a certain or distinct answer, Sak
29. -mauktika-mālā f. N. of wk
30. -lopa m. (in gram.) elision of an affix
31. -sarga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the creation which proceeds from Buddha
32. -svara m. (in gram.) an accent on an affix
33. ○ayâtma mfn. causing confidence R. (v. l. pratyag-ātma)
34. ○ayâdhi m. a pledge which causes confidence in regard to a debt L
35. -"ṣayânta-śabda-kṛd-anta-vyūha m. N. of wk

⋙pratyayāya

1. praḍtyayāya Nom. P. ○yati, to convince HPariś. (prob. wṛ. for Caus. praty-āyayati)

⋙pratyayika

1. praḍtyayika mfn. (in ātma-pr○) that of which everybody can convince himself. MBh

⋙pratyayita

1. praḍtyayita mfn. proved, trustworthy (compar. -tara) Jaim
2. wṛ. for ○tyāyita Pañcat

⋙pratyayitavya

1. praḍtyayitavya mfn. credible Śaṃk

⋙pratyayin

1. praḍtyayin mfn. deserving confidence, trustworthy R
2. trusting, believing W

≫pratyāya

1. praty-āya m. toll, tribute L

⋙pratyāyaka

1. praty-ḍāyaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to know or understand (-tva n.) Sarvad
2. convincing, credible MBh. 1

⋙pratyāyana

1. praty-ḍāyana mfn. (for 2. See praty-ê) convincing, credible MBh. (v. l. ○āyaka)
2. (ā), f. convincing, persuasion Kathās
3. consolation, comfort Ratnâv
4. n. elucidation, explanation, demonstration Kathās. Sāh
5. (am), ind. (after a finite verb) Siddh

⋙pratyāyayitavya

1. praty-ḍāyayitavya mfn. to be explained or demonstrated Mālav

⋙pratyāyita

1. praty-ḍāyita mfn. convinced of, trusting (ifc.) Pañcat. (wṛ. ○ayita)
2. m. a trustworthy person, confidential agent, commissioner, SāṅkhBr

⋙pratyāyitavya

1. praty-ḍāyitavya wṛ. for ○āyayitavya Mālav

⋙pratyāyya

1. praty-ḍāyya mfn. to be encouraged or comforted Subh

≫pratyetavya

1. praty-etavya mfn. to be acknowledged, or admitted, to be understood as (nom.) RPrāt. Śaṃk

⋙pratyetṛ

1. praty-ḍetṛ mfn. believing, trusting, a believer W

pratīka

1. pratīka See p. 675, col. 1

pratīkṣ

1. pratī7kṣ (prati-√īkṣ), Ā. pratikṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at, behold, perceive AV. KātyŚr
2. to look forward to, wait for, expect TS. &c. &c
3. to look at with indifference, bear with, tolerate (acc.) Mn. ix, 77

≫pratīkṣa

1. pratī7kṣa mf(ā)n. looking backward ( See apr○)
2. (also ○kṣaka R.) looking forward to, waiting for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. having regard to (ifc.) Hariv
4. (ā́), f. expectation TBr. KaṭhUp
5. consideration, attention, respect, veneration Āpast. MBh. R

⋙pratīkṣaṇa

1. pratī7kṣaṇa n. looking to or at, considering, regard, attention BhP
2. observance, fulfilment Prab

⋙pratīkṣaṇīya

1. pratī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be waited for or expected Kull
2. to be looked at or considered or regarded W

⋙pratīkṣam

1. pratī7kṣam ind. having expected (ifc., e.g. śarat-pr○) R. [Page 674, Column]

⋙pratikṣita

1. pratikṣita mfn. contemplated, considered
2. respected, honoured
3. expected, hoped W

⋙pratīkṣin

1. pratī7kṣin mfn. looking or waiting for, expecting MBh. Rājat. 1

⋙pratīkṣya

1. pratī7kṣya mfn. to be expected or waited for Mn. MBh. &c
2. to be observed or fulfilled Śiś
3. to be considered or regarded, respectable, worthy Ragh. Rājat. 2

⋙pratīkṣya

1. pratī7kṣya ind. 'while expecting or waiting', gradually, slowly Mṛicch. iii, 17/18

pratīcchaka

1. pratīcchaka See pratiṣ

pratīḍ

1. pratī7ḍ (prati-√iḍ), only 3.pl. pratī7ḻate, to praise RV. vii, 76, 7

pratīta

1. pratī7ta &c. See under 2. pratī7

pratītta

1. pratī-tta See á-pratītta

pratīndhaka

1. pratī7ndhaka m. (√indh) N. of a prince of Videha R

pratīnv

1. pratī7nv (prati-√inv), P. pratī7nvati, to urge, promote, advance RV. i, 54, 7

pratīpa

1. pratīpa mf(ā)n. (fr. [prati+ap]
2. cf. anūpa, dviipa, samīpa), 'against the stream', 'against the grain', going in an opposite direction, meeting, encountering, adverse, contrary, opposite, reverse MBh. R. Ragh. &c
3. inverted, out of order Suśr. Var
4. displeasing, disagreeable Mn. MBh. R. Hariv
5. resisting, refractory, cross, obstinate
6. impeding, hindering BhP. MBh. R. &c. backward, retrograde
7. turned away, averted W
8. m. an adversary, opponent BhP
9. N. of a prince, the father of Śāṃtanu and grandfather of Bhīshma AV. MBh. Hariv. &c
10. n. (in rhet.) inverse comparison (e.g. 'the lotus resembles thine eyes', instead of the usual comparison 'thine eṭeyes resemble the lotus ; 5 forms are enumerated) Kuval. Pratāp. Sāh. Kpr
11. N. of a gram. wk
12. (ám), ind. against the stream, backwards
13. against RV. &c. &c
14. in return Bālar
15. in inverted order Mn
16. refractorily (with √gam, to resist Śak
17. with abhy-upa-√gam, to go against, oppose R.)

⋙pratīpaga

1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going against, flowing against, flowing backwards Ragh. Var

⋙pratīpagati

1. ○gati f. (VarBṛS. Sch.) or (ib. Kum.) a retrograde movement

⋙pratīpagamana

1. ○gamana n. (ib. Kum.) a retrograde movement

⋙pratīpagāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. (ifc.) going against, acting in contravention to Daś

⋙pratīpataraṇa

1. ○taraṇa n. sailing agṭagainst the stream Vikr

⋙pratīpadarśanī

1. ○darśanī or f. 'turning away the face', a woman L

⋙pratīparśinī

1. ○"ṣrśinī f. 'turning away the face', a woman L

⋙pratīpadīpaka

1. ○dīpaka n. a partic. figure of speech Bhaṭṭ. Sch

⋙pratīpavacana

1. ○vacana n. contradiction Amar

⋙pratīpāśva

1. pratīpâśva m. N. of a Prince VP. (v. l. pratīkâśva)

⋙pratīpokti

1. pratīpôkti f. contradiction Naish

≫pratīpaka

1. pratīpaka mfn. opposed to, hindering, hostile BhP
2. m. N. of a prince ib

≫pratīpaya

1. pratīpaya Nom. P. ○yati, to oppose one's self to, be hostile to (loc.) BhP
2. to cause to turn back, bring back, reverse Kum

≫pratīpāya

1. pratīpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to oppose one's self to, be hostile to, be against (gen.) Bhaṭṭ. (g. sukhâdi)

≫pratīpin

1. pratīpin mfn. unfavourable, unkind, g. sukhâdi

pratīps

1. pratī7ps Detsid. of praty-√āp, q.v

pratīr

1. pratī7r (prati- √īr), only Caus. 2ḍu. impf. praty-airayatam, to put on, fix on RV. i, 117, 22

pratīra

1. pra-tīra m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya MārkP
2. n. = tīra, a shore, bank L

pratīṣ

1. pratī7ṣ (prati-√iṣ), P. pratī7cchati (ind. p. pratī7ṣya), to strive after, seek RV. x, 129, 4
2. to receive, accept from MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to regard, mind, attend to, obey ib

⋙pratīcchaka

1. pratī7cchaka m. one who receives, a receiver Mn. iv, 194

pratīṣita

1. pratī7ṣita mfn. (√īṣ) stretched out towards Kāṭh

pratud

1. pra-√tud P. -tudati, to strike at, cut through, pierce MBh. Hariv. BhP.: Caus. -todayati, to push on, urge, instigate MBh. Mṛicch

⋙pratud

1. pra-ḍtud m. 'pecker', N. of a class of birds (including the falcon, hawk, owl, parrot, crow, raven, peacock &c.) Āpast

⋙pratuda

1. pra-ḍtuda m. id., Gaut Mn. Yājñ. Suśr
2. an instrument for piercing Suśr

⋙pratoda

1. pra-ḍtodá m. a goad or long whip AV. &c. &c. (also -yaṣṭi f. Divyâv.)
2. sg. (with aṅgirasām) and du. (with kaśyapasya), N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
3. -yantra n. N. of wk

⋙pratodin

1. pra-ḍtodin See śroṇi-pratodin

pratur

1. pra-tur See su-pratúr. [Page 674, Column]

praturv

1. pra-√turv (only pr. p. -tū́rvat), to be victorious RV. v, 65, 4

pratuṣ

1. pra-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati, to delight in (instr.) Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -toṣayati, to give pleasure, gratify BhP

⋙pratuṣṭi

1. pra-ḍtuṣṭi f. satisfaction (-da mfn. giving satisfaction) Pañcat

⋙pratoṣa

1. pra-ḍtoṣa m. 'gratification', N. of one of the 12 sons of Manu Svāyambhuva BhP

pratustuṣu

1. pra-tustuṣu See pra-√stu

pratūṇī

1. pra-tūṇī f. a kind of disease (causing pain of the nerves extending from the rectum and generative organs to the bowels
2. wṛ. for pratitūṇī?) Suśr

pratūrṇa

1. pra-tūrṇa ○tūrta &c., See pra-√tvar

pratṛd

1. pra-√tṛd (only ind. p. -tṛdya), to thrust through with a spit ŚBr

⋙pratardana

1. pra-ḍtardana mfn. piercing, destroying (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
2. m. N. of a king of KāSi (son of Divo-dāsa and author of RV. ix, 96) Br. MBh. &c
3. of a Rākshasa R
4. of a class of divinities under Manu Auttama MārkP

⋙pratṛṇṇa

1. pra-ḍtṛṇṇa n. (piercing i.e. splitting scil. the words) recitation of the Pada-pāṭha AitĀr

⋙tṛd

1. tṛd mfn. cleaving, piercing (applied to the Tṛitsus) RV. vii, 33, 14

pratṛp

1. pra-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate, refresh, strengthen, satisfy Pañcat. Suśr

pratṝ

1. pra-√tṝ P. Ā. -tarati, ○te (Ved. also -tirati, ○te
2. inf. -tíram), to go to sea, pass over, cross ŚBr. &c. &c
3. to set out, start RV. ŚBr
4. (Ā.) to rise, thrive, prosper RV
5. to raise, elevate, augment, increase, further, promote ib. AV. ŚBr. MBh
6. to extend: prolong (esp. with ā́yus, 'to promote long life
7. Ā. 'to live on, live longer') RV.: Caus. -tārayati (aor. prâtītarat), to extend, widen MBh
8. to prolong (life) AV
9. to mislead, take in, deceive Mṛicch. Kathās
10. to lead astray, seduce, persuade to (dat. or loc.) Ragh. Kathās

⋙pratara

1. pra-ḍtara m. passing over, crossing (cf. duṣ- and su-pr○)
2. N. of the joints (saṃdhī) on the neck and of the spinal vertebrae Suśr

⋙prataraṇa

1. pra-ḍtáraṇa mf(ī)n. furthering, promoting, increasing (with āyuṣaḥ, 'prolonging life') RV. AV. VS. PārGṛ
2. n. going to sea, passing over, crossing MBh. Kāv. &c. ○tarītṛ́ (RV.),

⋙pratarītṛ

1. pra-ḍtárītṛ (AV.), m. a furtherer, promoter (esp. of long life)

⋙pratāra

1. pra-ḍtāra m. passing over, crossing (with gen.) MBh. R
2. deception, fraud L

⋙tāraka

1. tāraka mfn. cheating, deceitful, a deceiver Bhartṛ. Vcar

⋙tāraṇa

1. ḍtāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) ferrying over, carrying across, SāriṅgP
2. passing over, crossing (m. c. for ○taraṇa) R. Rājat
3. deceiving, cheating (also ā f.) ŚārṅgP. L

⋙tāraṇīya

1. ḍtāraṇīya mfn. to be deceived, deceivable KātyŚr. Sch

⋙tārayitṛ

1. ḍtārayitṛ m. a furtherer, promoter AitBr

⋙tārita

1. ḍtārita mfn. misled, deceived, imposed upon MBh. Kāv. &c
2. persuaded or seduced to (dat.) Ragh. (v. l. pra-codita). 1

⋙tira

1. ḍtirá mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitĀr. 2

⋙tira

1. ḍtíra mfn. (?) carrying across, furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)

⋙tīrṇa

1. ḍtīrṇa (prá-), mfn. having put to sea ŚBr
2. having spread over (acc.) Ragh

pratolī

1. pra-tolī f. a broad way, principal road through a town or village (ifc. ○līka) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a kind of bandage applied to the neck or to the penis Suśr

pratta

1. prá-tta prá-tti, See pra-√dā

pratna

1. pra-tná mf(ā́)n. former, preceding
2. ancient, old
3. traditional, customary RV. AV. TS. Br. BhP
4. n. a kind of metre RPrāt

⋙pratnathā

1. pratnáthā ind. as formerly, as of old, in the usual manner RV. 1

⋙pratnavat

1. pratna-vát ind., id' ib. 2

⋙pratnavat

1. pratnávat mfn. containing the word pratna ŚBr

pratyaṃśa

1. praty-aṃśa &c. See p. 663, col. 3

pratyak

1. pratyak See p. 675, col. 1

pratyakṣa

1. praty-akṣa mf(ā)n. present before the eyes, visible, perceptible (opp. to paro'kṣa, q.v.) Up. MBh. &c
2. clear, distinct, manifest, direct, immediate, actual, real ŚBr. &c. &c
3. keeping in view, discerning (with gen.) MBh
4. n. ocular evidence, direct perception, apprehension by the senses (in Nyāya one of the 4 Pramāṇas or modes of proof. cf. pramāṇa)
5. superintendence of, care for (gen.) Mn. ix, 27
6. (in rhet.) a kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses Kuval
7. (pratyákṣam), ind. (also ○kṣa ibc.) before the eyes, in the sight or presence of (gen. or comp.), clearly, explicitly, directly, personally AV. &c. &c. [Page 674, Column]
8. (āt), ind. explicitly, actually, really Br
9. (eṇa), ind. before the eyes, visibly, publicly, expressly, directly Lāṭy. MBh. MārkP
10. (e), ind. before one's face, publicly Pañcat

⋙pratyakṣakaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. one's own perception Car

⋙pratyakṣakṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. addressed directly or personally, containing a personal address Nir
2. (ā) f. (scil. ṛc) a hymn or verse in which a deity is addressed directly or in the 2nd person MW

⋙pratyakṣakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. n. N. of part I of the Tattvacintāmaṇi
2. -cintāmaṇi m. and -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

⋙pratyakṣacārin

1. ○cārin mfn. walking personally before the eyes of (gen.) Kāvyâd

⋙pratyakṣajñāna

1. ○jñāna n. immediate perception Tarkas

⋙pratyakṣatamāt

1. ○tamāt or ind. most perceptibly or directly or really &c. Br

⋙pratyakṣatamām

1. ○tamā́m ind. most perceptibly or directly or really &c. Br

⋙pratyakṣatas

1. ○tas ind. before the eyes, visibly, perceptibly (○taḥ śrutam, heard perceptibly or with the ears) MBh. Pāṇ. Sch. Kathās
2. evidently, clearly, plainly MW

⋙pratyakṣatā

1. ○tā f. the being before the eyes, before visible, visibility MBh. Kathās. MārkP. &c
2. addressing in the 2nd person MW
3. (ayā), ind. before the eyes of any one Pañcat

⋙pratyakṣatva

1. ○tva n. ocular evidence, explicitness KātyŚr
2. the being ocular evidence or immedite perception Sarvad
3. addressing in the 2nd person MW

⋙pratyakṣadarśana

1. ○darśana n. seeing with one's own eyes
2. the power of discerning (the presence of a god) MBh
3. m. an eye-witness L

⋙pratyakṣadarśin

1. ○darśin mfn. seeing anything (gen.) with one's own eyes, one who has seen with his own eṭeyes MBh

⋙pratyakṣadarśivas

1. ○darśivas mfn. one who has seen anything with his own eyes
2. seeing anything (acc.) clearly as if before the eyes MBh. Hariv. Sūryas

⋙pratyakṣadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙pratyakṣadṛś

1. ○dṛś mfn. seeing distinctly, one who sees anything (acc.) clearly as if before the eyes MārkP

⋙pratyakṣadṛśya

1. ○dṛśya mfn. to be seen with the eyes, visible, perceptible Nir. Kathās

⋙pratyakṣadṛṣṭa

1. ○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen with the eṭeyes, Ratnâv. Kathās

⋙pratyakṣadviṣ

1. ○dviṣ (pratyákṣa-), mfn. not liking that which is clear ŚBr

⋙pratyakṣadharman

1. ○dharman mfn. keeping in view the merits (of men) MBh

⋙pratyakṣapara

1. ○para mfn. setting the highest value on the visible Car

⋙pratyakṣapariccheda

1. ○pariccheda m. N. of wk. (also ○da-mañjūṣā f. and ○da-rahasya n.)

⋙pratyakṣaparīkṣaṇa

1. ○parī7kṣaṇa n. real observation Var

⋙pratyakṣapṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ĀśvŚr

⋙pratyakṣapramā

1. ○pramā f. a correct notion obtained through the senses Vedântap

⋙pratyakṣapramāṇa

1. ○pramāṇa n. ocular or visible proof, the evidence of the senses
2. an organ or faculty of perception W
3. N. of wk. (also ○ṇyâloka-ṭippaṇī f.)

⋙pratyakṣaphala

1. ○phala mfn. having visible consequences (-tva n.) Āp
2. n. a visible consequence MW

⋙pratyakṣabandhu

1. ○bandhu (pratyákṣa-), mfn. with evident relation MaitrS

⋙pratyakṣabṛhatī

1. ○bṛhatī f. an original Bṛihati ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pratyakṣabhakṣa

1. ○bhakṣa m. real eating ŚrS

⋙pratyakṣabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become visible, appeared personally Hit

⋙pratyakṣabhoga

1. ○bhoga m. enjoyment or use of anything in the presence or with the knowledge of the owner W

⋙pratyakṣamaṇi

1. ○maṇi m

⋙pratyakṣamaṇiraśmicakra

1. ○maṇi-raśmicakra n. N. wks. (= -vāda)

⋙pratyakṣavat

1. ○vat ind. as if it were evident Āp

⋙pratyakṣavāda

1. ○vāda m. N. of wk. by Ruci-datta

⋙pratyakṣavādin

1. ○vādin mfn. 'asserting perception by the senses', one who admits of no other evidence than perception by the senses
2. m. a Buddhist L

⋙pratyakṣavidhāna

1. ○vidhāna n. an express injunction Gaut

⋙pratyakṣaviṣayībhū

1. ○viṣayī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to move only within range of the sight Naish. Comm

⋙pratyakṣavihita

1. ○vihita mfn. expressly enjoined, ŚāṅkhŚr,

⋙pratyakṣavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti mfn. having a form visible to the eye
2. composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word) Nir. Sch

⋙pratyakṣasiddha

1. ○siddha mfn. determined by evidence of the senses MW

⋙pratyakṣāgamana

1. pratyakṣâgamana n. approaching in person Siṃhâs

⋙pratyakṣānumāna

1. pratyakṣânumāna n. (-ṭīka f. and -śabda-khaṇḍana n.) of wks

⋙pratyakṣāvagama

1. pratyakṣâvagama mfn. plainly in telligible Bhag

≫pratyakṣaya

1. pratyakṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make visible or perceptible Mālav
2. to see with one's own eyes Kād

≫pratyakṣāya

1. pratyakṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to come clearly before the eyes, be visible
2. ○yamāṇa-tva n. coming clearly before the eyes Sāh

≫pratyakṣin

1. pratyakṣin mfn. seeing with one's own eyes
2. m. an eye-witness Jātakam

≫pratyakṣī

1. pratyakṣī in comp. for ○kṣa

⋙pratyakṣīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. looking at, viewing Mn. Kull
2. making manifest or apparent W

⋙pratyakṣīkṛ

1. ○√kṛ to make visible or evident MW
2. to inspect, look at or See with one's own eyes MBh. Mṛicch. Kād. &c

⋙pratyakṣīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. seen with the eṭeyes Śak. Hit
2. made present or visible, manifested, displayed W

⋙pratyakṣībhū

1. ○√bhū to come before the eṭeyes, be visible, appear in person Kathās. Siṃhâs

pratyañc

1. praty-áñc mfn. (nom. pratyáṅ. pratī́cī, pratīcī́ [and pratyañcī Vop.] [Page 675, Column]
2. pratyák) turned towards, facing (acc.) RV. AV. VS
3. coming (opp. to arvāñc, 'going') RV
4. being or coming from behind, turning the back, averted, moving in an opposite direction ib. Br. KātyŚr
5. westward, western, occidental, to the west of (abl.) VS. AV. Br. Mn. &c
6. turned back or inward, inner, interior Prab. BhP. Vedântas
7. equal to, a match for (acc.) AV
8. past, gone L
9. m. the individual soul Prab. vi, 4/5
10. (pratī́cī), f. (with or scil. diś) the west AV. &c. &c
11. N. of a river BhP
12. (pratyák), ind. backwards, in an opposite direction RV. AV
13. behind (abl.) KātyŚr
14. down (opp. to ūrdhvam) KaṭhUp
15. westward, to the west of (abl.) ŚrS. MBh. BhP
16. inwardly, within BhP. Vedântas
17. in former times L

≫pratīka

1. prátīka mf(ā)n. (for praty-aka
2. cf. anūka, apāka, abhīka) turned or directed towards
3. (ifc.) looking at BhP
4. (prob.) going uphill MBh
5. adverse, contrary, inverted, reversed L
6. n. exterior, surface RV
7. outward form or shape, look, appearance, face (cf. ghṛta-p○, cāru-p○, tveṣa-p○) ib. Nir
8. the face (esp. the mouth) RV. ŚBr. PārGṛ
9. the front MW
10. an image, symbol ChUp. Sch
11. a copy Vām
12. (also m.) the first part (of a verse), first word Br. &c. &c
13. m. a part, portion, limb, member L. (cf. prati-pr○, p. 662, col. 2)
14. N. of a son of Vasu and father of Ogha-vat BhP
15. of a son of Maru VP

⋙pratīkatva

1. ○tva n. the being an image or symbol ChUp. Sch

⋙pratīkadarśana

1. ○darśana n. a symbolic conception Bādar. Sch

⋙pratīkavat

1. ○vat (prátīka-), mfn. having an outward form or face or mouth
2. m. N. of Agni TS

⋙pratīkāśva

1. pratīkâśva m. N. of a prince BhP

⋙pratīkopāsana

1. pratīkôpâsana n. image-worship, the service of idols Mn. Kull

≫pratīcī

1. pratīcī f. of pratyáñc

⋙pratīcīpati

1. ○pati m. 'lord of the west', N. of Varuṇa, the ocean Prasannar

⋙pratīcīśa

1. ○"ṣśa (○cī7śa), m. id. L

≫pratīcīna

1. pratīcīná mfn. turned towards, going or coming towards RV
2. (○cī́na), mfn. turned away from, turning the back RV
3. being behind, coming from behind AV
4. turning westward, western TS. Br
5. subsequent, future (with abl.) RV. TBr
6. (am), ind. back to one's self TBr
7. backwards, behind TS. TBr. Kāṭh. BhP

⋙pratīcīnagrīva

1. ○grīva (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having the neck turned westward Br

⋙pratīcīnaprajanana

1. ○prajanana (pratīcī́na-), mfn. ŚBr

⋙pratīcīnaphala

1. ○phala (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having fruit turned or bending backwards ib. AV

⋙pratīcīnamukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī́)n. having the face turned westward ŚBr

⋙pratīcīnaśiras

1. ○śiras (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having the head turned westward ib

⋙pratīcīnastoma

1. ○stoma m. a partic. Ekâha Vait

⋙pratīcīneḍa

1. pratīcīnêḍa mfn
2. n. (with kāśīta) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

≫pratīcya

1. pratīcya mfn. being or living in the west MBh. R
2. (ibc.) the west, western country MBh
3. (ā), f. N. of the wife of Pulastya ib
4. (pratī́cya), n. a designation of anything remote or concealed Naigh. iii, 25 (perhaps wṛ. for pratī74tya)

≫pratyak

1. pratyak in comp. for ○tyañc

⋙pratyakcintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙pratyakcetana

1. ○cetana mfn. one whose thoughts are turned inwards or upon himself Yogas
2. (ā), f. thoughts turned inwards or upon one's self ib

⋙pratyaktattvadīpikā

1. ○tattva-dīpikā (or -pradīpikā), f

⋙pratyaktattvaviveka

1. ○tattva-viveka m. N. of philos. wks

⋙pratyaktva

1. ○tva n. backward direction, dṭdirection towards one's self BhP. Sch

⋙pratyakparṇī

1. ○parṇī f. Achyranthes Aspera (= apâmārga) L
2. Anthericum Tuberosum (= dravantī) ib

⋙pratyakpuṣkara

1. ○puṣkara mf(ā)n. having the bowl turned westward (as a ladle) AitBr

⋙pratyakpuṣpī

1. ○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L
2. (accord. to Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 1 the correct form would be -puṣpā)

⋙pratyakprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙pratyakpravaṇa

1. ○pravaṇa mfn. devoted to the individual soul
2. (-tā f.) Prab

⋙pratyakśiras

1. ○śiras mfn. (ĀpŚr. &c.) and f. (Kauś.) having the head turned towards the west

⋙pratyakśīrṣī

1. ○śīrṣī f. (Kauś.) having the head turned towards the west

⋙pratyakśreṇī

1. ○śreṇī f. N. of various plants (Anthericum Tuberosum, Croton Polyandrum or Croton Tiglium, Salvinia Cucullata &c.) Car. L

⋙pratyakśrotas

1. ○śrotas mfn. wṛ. for -srotas

⋙pratyaksarasvatī

1. ○sarasvatī f. the western Sarasvatī BhP

⋙pratyaksthalī

1. ○sthalī f. N. of a Vedī R

⋙pratyaksrotas

1. ○srotas mfn. flowing towards the west MBh. R. Śiś. Sch

⋙pratyaksvarūpa

1. ○svarūpa m. N. of an author Cat

≫pratyag

1. pratyag in comp. for ○tyañc

⋙pratyagakṣa

1. ○akṣa n. an inner organ BhP
2. mfn. having inner organs ib
3. -ja mfn. discerned by the internal faculties, visible to the eye of the soul MW

⋙pratyagātma

1. ○ātma mfn. concerning the personal soul or self R

⋙pratyagātman

1. ○ātman m. the individual soul KaṭhUp. Vedântas. BhP. &c
2. an individual Bādar. Sch
3. ○ma-tā f. being an individual soul RāmatUp
4. ○ma-tva n. universal permeation of spirit MW. [Page 675, Column]

⋙pratyagānanda

1. ○ānanda mfn. inwardly rejoicing, appearing as inward delight Vedântas

⋙pratyagāśāpati

1. ○āśā-pati m. 'lord of the western quarter', N. of Varuṇa L

⋙pratyagāśis

1. ○āśis f. a personal wish KātyŚr. Sch
2. mfn. containing a personal wish ĀpŚr

⋙pratyagudak

1. ○udak ind. towards the north-west ĀśvŚr

⋙pratyagekarasa

1. ○ekarasa mfn. having taste or pleasure only for the interior, delighting only in one's own soul RāmatUp

⋙pratyagjyotis

1. ○jyotis n. the inward light Mcar

⋙pratyagdakṣiṇatas

1. ○dakṣiṇatas ind. towards the south-west KātyŚr

⋙pratyagdakṣiṇā

1. ○dakṣiṇā ind. towards the south-west ĀśvŚr
2. -pravaṇa mfn. sloping towards the s-wṭwest, ĀŚvGṛ

⋙pratyagdiś

1. ○diś f. the western quarter AV. AitBr. MBh. &c

⋙pratyagdṛś

1. ○dṛś f. a glance directed inwards BhP
2. mfn. one whose glance is directed inwards RāmatUp

⋙pratyagdhāman

1. ○dhāman mfn. radiant within, internally illuminated BhP

⋙pratyagratha

1. ○ratha m. N. of a prince VP
2. pl. N. of a warrior-tribe (also called ahi-cchattra
3. cf. prātyagrathi) Pāṇ. 4-1, 173

⋙pratyagvahanaprayoga

1. ○vahana-prayoga m. N. of wk

≫pratyaṅ

1. pratyaṅ in comp. for ○tyañc

⋙pratyaṅmukha

1. ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or westward GṛŚrS. &c
2. -tva n. facing the west Hcat

pratyañj

1. praty-√añj P. -anakti, or -añjati, to smear over, besmear ŚBr
2. to decorate, adorn RV

⋙pratyañjana

1. praty-ḍañjana n. smearing, anointing Suśr. Bhpr

pratyad

1. praty-√ad P. -atti, to eat in return or in compensation for anything ŚBr

⋙pratyadana

1. praty-ḍadana n. eating, food L

pratyadhiśri

1. praty-adhi-√śri P. -śrayati. to put down beside (the fire) KātyŚr

pratyadhī

1. praty-adhī7 (adhi-√i), Ā. -adhī7yate, to read through or study severally MBh

pratyanujñā

1. praty-anu-√jñā P. -jānāti, to refuse, reject, spurn R

pratyanutap

1. praty-anu-√tap Pass. -tapyate, to feel subsequent remorse, repent, regret R

pratyanunī

1. praty-anu-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to speak friendly words, induce to yield, persuade MBh
2. (Ā.) to beg a person's (acc.) pardon for (acc.) ib

pratyanubhū

1. praty-anu-√bhū P. -bhavati, to enjoy singly or severally PraśnUp. Divyâv

pratyanuyāc

1. praty-anu-√yāc P. -yācati, to beseech, implore (with acc.) R

pratyanuvāśita

1. praty-anu-vāśita mfn. (√vāś) roared against, answered by roaring Var

pratyanusmṛ

1. praty-anu-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember R

pratyapakṛ

1. praty-apa-√kṛ (only ind. p. -kṛtya), to take vengeance on (acc.) Daś

⋙pratyapapakāra

1. praty-apḍapakāra m. offending or injuring in return, retaliation Kum

pratyapayā

1. praty-apa-√yā P. -yāti, to go back, withdraw, retreat, flee into (acc.) MBh

pratyapavah

1. praty-apa-√vah P. -vahati, to drive back, repel BhP

pratyapasṛp

1. praty-apa-√sṛp Caus. -sarpayati, to cause to go back, put to flight MBh

pratyaporṇu

1. praty-apôrṇu (-apa-√ūrṇu), Ā. -apôrṇute, to uncover one's self in the presence of (acc.) TS

pratyabhighṛ

1. praty-abhi-√ghṛ Caus. -ghārayati, to sprinkle over repeatedly GṛS

⋙pratyabhighāraṇa

1. praty-ḍabhighāraṇa n. sprinkling over afresh GṛŚrS

pratyabhicar

1. praty-abhi-√car P. -carati, to use spells or charms against AV. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pratyabhicabhicaraṇa

1. praty-abhi-√cḍabhicáraṇa mfn. using spells or charms against AV

pratyabhicita

1. praty-abhi-cita mfn. (√1. cī7) built up in defence GopBr. (w. r. -jita)

pratyabhijñā

1. praty-abhi-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, to recognize, remember, know, understand MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to come to one's self, recover consciousness Kathās.: Caus. -jñāpayati, to recall to mind Śaṃk

⋙pratyabhijñā

1. praty-ḍabhijñā f. recognition Kap. Bhāshāp. &c. (ifc. ○jña mfn. Daś. Rājat.)
2. regaining knowledge or recognition (of the identify of the Supreme and individual soul) Sarvad
3. -darśana n. N. of a philos. system IW. 118
4. -vimarśinī f. N. of Comm. on -hṛdaya
5. -śāstra n. N. of a philos. manual [Page 675, Column]
6. -sūtra n. -hṛdaya n. N. of wks

⋙pratyabhijñāta

1. praty-ḍabhijñāta mfn. recognized, known MBh. Śak. &c
2. -vat mfn. Kathās

⋙pratyabhijñāna

1. praty-ḍabhijñāna n. recognition MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a token of recognition (brought by a messenger to prove that he has accomplished his mission) R
3. reciprocity ĀśvŚr. Sch
4. -ratna n. a jewel (given as token) of recognition MW

⋙pratyabhijñāpana

1. praty-ḍabhijñāpana n. causing to recognize Śaṃk

⋙pratyabhijñāyamānatva

1. praty-ḍabhijñāyamāna-tva n. the being recognized Kap. Sch

pratyabhidhā

1. praty-abhi-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to take or draw back, re-absorb BhP
2. (Ā.) to reply, answer ib

⋙pratyabhihita

1. praty-ḍabhihita mfn. answered, having received an answer from (instr.) Śak
2. approved MBh

pratyabhidhāv

1. praty-abhi-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run or hasten towards R

pratyabhinand

1. praty-abhi-√nand P. -nandati, to greet in return, return a salutation MBh
2. to bid welcome Śak. (v. l. for abhi-n○)

⋙pratyabhinabhinandita

1. praty-abhi-√nḍabhinandita mfn. saluted, welcomed MBh

⋙pratyabhinabhinandin

1. praty-abhi-√nḍabhinandin mfn. receiving thankfully (ifc.) Ragh

pratyabhiprasthā

1. praty-abhi-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to set out for, depart MBh

pratyabhibhāṣin

1. praty-abhi-bhāṣin mfn. (√bhāṣ) speaking to, addressing (acc.) R

pratyabhibhūta

1. praty-abhi-bhūta mfn. (√bhū) overcome, conquered Prab. v, 8 (v. l. aty-abhibh○)

pratyabhimith

1. praty-abhi-√mith P. -methati, to answer scornfully or abusively ŚBr

⋙pratyabhimethana

1. praty-ḍabhimethana n. a scornful reply ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyabhimṛś

1. praty-abhi-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to stroke or rub over, touch, lay hold of Gobh. Vait

⋙pratyabhimarśa

1. praty-ḍabhimarśa m. (AitBr.),

⋙pratyabhimṛśana

1. praty-abhi-√mṛḍśana n. (Lāṭy.) stroking or rubbing over, rubbing, touching

⋙pratyabhimṛṣṭa

1. praty-ḍabhimṛṣṭa mfn. touched (a-praty-abh○) AitBr

pratyabhiyā

1. praty-abhi-√yā P. -yāti, to go against (acc.) BhP

pratyabhiyuj

1. praty-abhi-√yuj Ā. -yuṅkte, to make a counter attack against (acc.) Bālar.: Caus. -yojayati, to make a counter plaint or charge against (acc.) Yājñ

⋙pratyabhiyukta

1. praty-ḍabhiyukta mfn. attacked by (instr.) Prab. (-vat, mfn. Kathās.)
2. accused in return or by a counter plaint MW

⋙pratyabhiyoga

1. praty-ḍabhiyoga m. a counter plaint or charge, recrimination Yājñ

pratyabhilekhya

1. praty-abhi-lekhya n. (√likh) a counter document, a document brought forward by the opposing party Vas

pratyabhivad

1. praty-abhi-√vad P. -vadati, to return a salute, greet in return Āpast.: Caus. Ā. -vādayate id. Mṛicch

⋙pratyabhivabhivāda

1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivāda m. return salutation Pāṇ. 8-2, 83

⋙pratyabhivabhivādaka

1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādaka mfn. returning a salutation Kull

⋙pratyabhivabhivādana

1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādana n. the act of retṭreturning a salutation Mn. ii, 126

⋙pratyabhivabhivādayitṛ

1. praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādayitṛ mfn. one who returns a salutation Kull

pratyabhiskandana

1. praty-abhi-skandana n. (√skand) a counter plaint or charge, an accusation brought against the accuser or plaintiff Yājñ. Sch. (cf. praty-abhiyoga)

pratyabhihṛ

1. praty-abhi-√hṛ Caus. -hārayati, to offer, present Gobh. (v. l.)

pratyabhyanujñā

1. praty-abhy-anu-jñā f. (√jñā) leave, permission ĀśvGṛ

⋙pratyabhyanujñāta

1. praty-abhy-ḍanujñāta mfn. dismissed on taking leave, allowed to depart MBh

pratyabhyutthāna

1. praty-abhy-utthāna n. (√sthā) rising from a seat through politeness (ifc. f. ā) Kād

pratyaya

1. pratyaya &c. See p. 673, col. 3

pratyarc

1. praty-√arc P. -arcati, to shine upon (acc.) RV.: Caus. -arcayati, to greet in return or one by one MBh. R

⋙pratyarcana

1. praty-ḍarcana n. returning a salutation or obeisance MBh

⋙pratyarcita

1. praty-ḍarcita mfn. saluted in return MBh

pratyarth

1. praty-√arth P. -arthayati, to challenge (to combat) Bhaṭṭ

⋙pratyarthaka

1. praty-ḍarthaka m. an opponent, adversary L

⋙pratyarthika

1. praty-ḍarthika (ifc.), id. MBh

⋙pratyarthin

1. praty-ḍarthin mfn. hostile, inimical
2. (ifc.) opposing, rivalling, emulating MBh. Kāv. &c
3. m. an adversary, opponent, rival ib
4. (in law) a defendant Mn. Yājñ. &c
5. ○thi-tā f. and ○thi-tva n. the state of a defendant at law MW
6. ○thi-bhūta mfn. become an obstacle Kum. [Page 676, Column]
7. ○thy-āvedana n. (in law) the verbal information or deposition of the defendant which is written down by the officers of the court MW

pratyard

1. praty-√ard Caus. -ardayati, ○te, to oppress or assault in return R

pratyarpaṇa

1. praty-arpaṇa &c. See praty-√ṛ

pratyavakarśana

1. praty-ava-karśana mfn. (√kṛś) bringing down, baffling, annihilating BhP

pratyavagam

1. praty-ava-√gam P. -gacchati to know singly or exactly MBh

pratyavagrah

1. praty-ava-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to draw or put back MaitrS
2. to retract, revoke, recall R

pratyavatṝ

1. praty-ava-√tṝ P. -tarati, to disembark Divyâv

pratyavado

1. praty-ava-√do P. -dātí, or -dyati, to divide again TBr

pratyavadhā

1. praty-ava-dhā √1. P. -dadhāti, to put in again ŚBr

pratyavanejana

1. praty-ava-nejana n. (√nij) washing off again PārGṛ

pratyavabhāṣ

1. praty-ava-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to call to Divyâv

pratyavabhāsa

1. praty-ava-bhāsa m. (√bhās) becoming visible, appearance (ifc. f. ā) Uttarar. (wṛ. ○bhāṣā)

pratyavabhuj

1. praty-ava-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, to bend back Kauś

pratyavamṛś

1. praty-ava-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to touch Kauś
2. to reflect, meditate Daś. BhP

⋙pratyavavamarśa

1. praty-avḍavamarśa m. (wrongly spelt ○ṣa) inner contemplation, profound meditation BhP
2. counter conclusion Kull
3. recollection Hariv
4. consciousness Jātakam
5. -vat mfn. absorbed in thought, meditative MBh

⋙pratyavavamarśana

1. praty-avḍavamarśana n. contemplation, meditation BhP

pratyavamṛṣ

1. praty-ava-√mṛṣ P. Ā. -mṛṣyati, ○te, or -marṣati, ○te, to endure reluctantly, suffer beyond endurance MW

pratyavarudh

1. praty-ava-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rudhya), to recover BhP

⋙pratyavavaruddha

1. praty-avḍavaruddha mfn. stopped, suppressed ib

⋙pratyavavarodhana

1. praty-avḍavarodhana n. obstruction, interruption MBh

pratyavaruh

1. praty-ava-√ruh P. -rohati, to come down again, desend from (abl.), alight upon (acc.) TS. Br. ĀśvŚr
2. to descend (from a seat, chariot &c.) in honour of (acc.) TS. ŚBr. MBh
3. to celebrate the festival called Pratyavarohaṇa ŚāṅkhGṛ.: Caus. -ropayatí, to bring down from, deprive of (abl. or instr.) MBh

⋙pratyavavarūḍhi

1. praty-avḍávarūḍhi f. descending towards TS

⋙pratyavavaroha

1. praty-avḍavarohá m. id
2. a descending series Br. ŚrS

⋙pratyavavarohaṇa

1. praty-avḍavarohaṇa n. = ○avarūḍhi ŚrS
2. N. of a partic. Gṛihya festival in the month Mārgaśīrsha GṛS

⋙pratyavavarohaṇīya

1. praty-avḍavarohaṇīya m. a partic. Ekâha sacrifice forming part of the Vājapeya ŚrS

⋙pratyavavaroham

1. praty-avḍavaroham ind. descending AitBr

⋙pratyavavarohin

1. praty-avḍavarohin mfn. descending, moving downwards Br. Lāṭy
2. moving or rising from a seat (a-pratyav○) KātyŚr
3. (iṇī), f. N. of a partic. litany TāṇḍBr

pratyavasad

1. praty-ava-√sad P. -sīdati, to sink down, perish MBh

pratyavasṛj

1. praty-ava-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to throw on (loc.) Hariv
2. to relinquish, leave ŚBr

pratyavasṛta

1. praty-ava-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ) gone away Divyâv

pratyavasṛp

1. praty-ava-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep towards ŚBr

pratyavaso

1. praty-ava-√so P. -syati, to come back, return to (loc.) ŚBr

⋙pratyavavasāna

1. praty-avḍavasāna n. consuming, eating Pāṇ. 1-4, 52

⋙pratyavavasita

1. praty-avḍavasita mfn. relapsed into the old (bad) way of life MBh. Nār. (Sch. 'one who has given up the life of a religious mendicant')
2. consumed, eaten L. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-2, 195 Kāś.)

pratyavaskanda

1. praty-ava-skanda m. (√skand) an attack, surprise Kathās
2. = next L

⋙pratyavaskandavaskandana

1. praty-ava-skandḍavaskandana n. a special plea at law (admitting a fact, but qualifying or explaining it so as not to allow it to be a matter of accusation), Bṛihasp. [Page 676, Column]

pratyavasthā

1. praty-ava-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to return, re-appear (with punar) BhP
2. to resist, oppose, object to Kap. Sch
3. to stand alone or separately MW
4. to re-attain, recover Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to cause to stand firm, encourage (with ātmānam 'to collect one's self, recover') Vikr

⋙pratyavavasthā

1. praty-avḍavasthā f. = pary-avasthā L

⋙pratyavavasthātṛ

1. praty-avḍavasthātṛ m. an opponent, adversary L

⋙pratyavavasthāna

1. praty-avḍavasthāna n. objection Nyāyas
2. removal, setting aside L
3. former state or place, status quo W
4. opposition, hostility ib

⋙pratyavavasthāpana

1. praty-avḍavasthāpana n. (fr. Caus.) refreshing, strengthening Car

≫pratyavasthita

1. praty-avasthita mfn. standing separately or opposite R
2. being in a partic. condition MBh

pratyavahan

1. praty-ava-√han P. -hanti, to strike back, repel RV. v, 29, 4

pratyavahṛ

1. praty-ava-√hṛ (only Ved. inf. -hartos), to lessen, shorten, diminish AitBr.: Caus. -hārayati, to suspend, interrupt, finish MBh

⋙pratyavavahāra

1. praty-avḍavahāra m. drawing back, withdrawal MBh
2. dissolution, re-absorption Ragh

pratyavāp

1. praty-avâp (ava-√āp), only pf. -avâpuḥ, to re-obtain, recover Śiś

pratyave

1. praty-avê (-ava-√i), P. avaī7ti, to come down again, reach in descending Br
2. to offend, sin Śaṃk

⋙pratyavāya

1. praty-ḍavâya m. decrease, diminution KātyŚr. MBh
2. reverse, contrary course, opposite, conduct Mn. iv, 245
3. annoyance, disappointment Śak. Prab
4. offence, sin, sinfulness Āpast. Vedântas
5. disappearance of what exists or non-production of what does not exist W

pratyavekṣ

1. praty-avêkṣ (-ava-√īkṣ), Ā. -avêkṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at ŚBr
2. to inspect, examine, look or inquire after MBh. R. &c
3. to consider, have regard for (acc.) R

⋙pratyavekṣaṇa

1. praty-ḍavêkṣaṇa n. looking after, care, attention Kām. Kull
2. (ā), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 5 kinds of knowledge Dharmas. 94

⋙pratyavekṣā

1. praty-ḍavêkṣā f. = prec. n. Rājat

⋙pratyavekṣya

1. praty-ḍavêkṣya mfn. to be regarded or paid attention to MBh

pratyaṣṭa

1. praty-aṣṭa mfn. (√1. aś) fallen to a person's (loc.) lot or share Kauś

pratyas

1. praty-as √1. P. -asti, to be equal to or a match for (acc.) RV. ŚBr

pratyas

1. praty-as √2. P. -asyati, to throw to or down AV
2. to turn over or round ŚBr

⋙pratyasta

1. praty-ḍasta (práty-), mfn. thrown down, laid low VS. ŚBr
2. thrown off, given up Bhartṛ

⋙pratyastra

1. praty-ḍastra n. a missile hurled in return Kathās

pratyah

1. praty-√ah (only pf. -āha), to say anything in the presence of (acc.) AV
2. to tell, relate (with acc. of pers. and thing) Hit
3. to answer, reply to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyākalita

1. praty-ā-kalita mfn. (√3. kal) enumerated, held forth, reproached Daś
2. interposed, introduced (as a step in legal process) W
3. n. judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case after the defendant has pleaded Yājñ. Sch
4. (defendant's) supplement to the written deposition of two litigants Nār

pratyākāṅkṣ

1. praty-ā-√kāṅkṣ Ā. -kāṅkṣate, to be desirous of, long for, expect MBh

pratyākṛṣ

1. praty-ā-√kṛṣ P. -kṛṣati, to withdraw BhP

pratyākram

1. praty-ā-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to step back ĀpŚr

pratyākruś

1. praty-ā-√kruś P. -krośati, to challenge or revile in return MBh

⋙pratyākroṣṭavya

1. praty-ḍākroṣṭavya mfn. to be reviled in return L

pratyākṣepaka

1. praty-ā-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. (√kṣip) reviling in turn, deriding (-tva n.) Kuval

pratyākhyā

1. praty-ā-√khyā P. -khyāti, to proclaim one by one ŚBr
2. to refuse, repudiate, reject ib. &c. &c
3. to deny Daś
4. to refute Śaṃk
5. to counteract (by remedies) Suśr.: Desid. -cikhyāsati, to wish to refute Śaṃk

⋙pratyākhyākhyāta

1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāta mfn. rejected, refused, disallowed, denied (-tva n.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. prohibited, interdicted Śak
3. set aside, outvied, surpassed Mālav
4. informed, apprised W
5. celebrated, notorious ib

⋙pratyākhyākhyātavya

1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyātavya mfn. to be opposed or refuted Śaṃk

⋙pratyākhyākhyātṛ

1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyātṛ m. a refuser BhP. [Page 676, Column]

⋙pratyākhyākhyāna

1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāna mfn. conquered, overcome (as a passion) HYog
2. n. rejection, refusal, denial, disallowance, repulse MBh. Kāv. &c
3. counteracting, combating (of feelings &c.) HYog
4. non-admittance, refutation Śaṃk
5. N. of a Jaina wk
6. -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙pratyākhyākhyāyam

1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyā́yam ind. enumerating one by one TS. ŚBr

⋙pratyākhyākhyāyin

1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāyin mfn. rejecting, refuting (a-pr○) GṛS

⋙pratyākhyākhyeya

1. praty-ā-√khyḍākhyeya mfn. to be declined or refused MBh. Yājñ
2. to be refuted or denied W
3. to be cured, curable (as a disease) Car

pratyāgam

1. praty-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come back again, return TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to come to one's self, recover consciousness, revive Kālid

⋙pratyāgata

1. praty-ḍāgata mfn. come back again, returned, arrived MBh. Kāv. &c
2. -prâṇa mfn. one who has recovered his breath or life MBh
3. -smṛti mfn. one who has recovered his memory R
4. ○tâsu mfn. = -prâṇa Ragh

⋙pratyāgati

1. praty-ḍāgati f. coming back, return, arrival Hariv

⋙pratyāgama

1. praty-ḍāgama m. id. ib. R. &c
2. ○mâvadhi ind. till (my) return MW

⋙pratyāgamana

1. praty-ḍāgamana n. coming back, return to (acc.), coming home again MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (nirūha-pr○) the coming back of a clyster Suśr

pratyāgṝ

1. praty-ā-√gṝ P. -gṛṇāti, to speak to in return, answer, respond ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyācakṣ

1. praty-ā-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to refuse, decline, reject, repulse (with acc. of pers. or thing) ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to answer, refute, oppose in argument MW

⋙pratyācakṣāṇaka

1. praty-ḍācakṣāṇaka mfn. desirous of refuting or objecting to (acc.) Nyāyas. Sch

pratyājan

1. praty-ā-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born again Kāraṇḍ. (Pot. -jāyeyam SāmavBr.)

pratyātan

1. praty-ā-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, -tanute, to extend in the direction of, shine upon or against, irradiate RV. AV
2. to bend (a bow) against (acc.) RV

pratyādā

1. praty-ā-√dā Ā. -datte, to receive back MBh
2. to take back, revoke ib
3. to draw forth from (abl.) BhP
4. to repeat, return AV. ŚāṅkhSr

⋙pratyādādāna

1. praty-ā-√dḍādāna n. re-obtaining, recovery MBh
2. repetition, reiteration RPrāt. ĀśvŚr

⋙pratyādāditsu

1. praty-ā-√dḍāditsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of recovering or obtaining BhP

⋙pratyādādeya

1. praty-ā-√dḍādeya mfn. to be received back, to be (or being) received Inscr

pratyādiś

1. praty-ā-√diś P. -diśati, to enjoin, direct, advise R. BhP
2. to report, relate (with 2 acc.) MBh
3. to summon Hit
4. to decline, reject, repel MBh. Kāv

⋙pratyādiṣṭa

1. praty-ḍādiṣṭa mfn. enjoined, directed, &c
2. overcome, surpassed MBh. Śak. Ragh
3. informed, apprised W
4. warned, cautioned ib
5. declared (as from heaven) ib

⋙pratyādeśa

1. praty-ḍādeśa m. order, command Vet
2. an offer Jātakam
3. rejection, refusal Kālid
4. warning, determent, prevention Mn. viii, 334
5. obscuring, eclipsing Daś
6. putting to shame Kād
7. who or what puts to shame, shamer of, reproach to (gen.) Vikr

⋙pratyādeṣṭṛ

1. praty-ḍādeṣṭṛ m. one who warns or cautions MW

pratyādṛ

1. praty-ā-√dṛ Ā. -driyate, to show respect to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyādru

1. praty-ā-√dru P. -dravati, to run against, rush upon (acc.) MBh

pratyādhāna

1. praty-ā-dhā́na n. (√dhā) a place where anything is deposited or laid up, repository ŚBr

pratyādhmāna

1. praty-ā-dhmāna n. (√dhmā) a partic. nervous disease, a kind of tympanites or winddropsy Suśr

pratyānah

1. praty-ā-√nah P. -nahyati, to put upon, cover with ŚBr

⋙pratyānāha

1. praty-ḍānāha m. inflammation in the chest, pleuritis Gal

pratyānī

1. praty-ā-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te (inf. -nayitum R.), to lead or bring back, restore Kauś. R. BhP
2. to recover, regain Hariv. BhP
3. to pour or fill up again ŚBr. Kauś.: Desid. Ā. -ninīṣate, to wish to bring back, try to rearrange or restore MBh

⋙pratyānayana

1. praty-ḍānayana n. leading or bringing back, recovery, restoration Hariv. Vikr. Kād

⋙pratyāninīṣu

1. praty-ḍāninīṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of bringing back W

⋙pratyānīta

1. praty-ḍānīta mfn. led or brought back BhP

⋙pratyāneya

1. praty-ḍāneya mfn. to be repaired or made good MBh

pratyāp

1. praty-√āp only Desid. pratī7psati, to ask (a girl) in marriage Kathās. [Page 677, Column]

pratyāpatti

1. praty-ā-patti f. (√pad) return BhP
2. turning back (from evil), conversion MBh. (= vairāgya Nīlak.)
3. restoration, restitution Pāṇ. 3-1, 26 Vārtt. 6 ; viii, 4, 68 Vārtt. 1
4. expiation Āpast. (= śuddhi Sch.)

⋙pratyāpanna

1. praty-ḍāpanna mfn. returned, regained, restored Daś. BhP

pratyāplavana

1. praty-ā-plavana n. (√plu) springing or leaping back R

pratyābrū

1. praty-ā-√brū P. -braviiti, to reply to, answer (acc.) MBh

pratyābhū

1. praty-ā-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be at hand or at a person's (acc.) command TS

pratyāmnā

1. praty-ā-√mnā (only -mnāyus), to repeat or recite again RPrāt

⋙pratyāmnāmnātavya

1. praty-ā-√mnḍāmnātavya mfn. to be rejected (a-pr○) BhP

⋙pratyāmnāmnāna

1. praty-ā-√mnḍāmnāna n. contrary determination, altered purpose Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Sch

⋙pratyāmnāmnāya

1. praty-ā-√mnḍāmnāya m. id. ĀpŚr
2. (in log.) the proposition re-stated, conclusion (= nigamana)

pratyāya

1. praty-āya &c. See p. 673, col. 3

pratyāyā

1. praty-ā-√yā P. -yāti, to come back, return to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyārambha

1. praty-ā-rambha m. (√rabh) beginning again, recommencement Kauś
2. prohibition Pāṇ. 8-1, 31
3. annulment Pat

pratyāruh

1. praty-ā-√ruh Caus. -ropayati, to cause to mount again R. Uttarar

pratyālabh

1. praty-ā-√labh Ā. -labhate, to seize by the opposite side ĀśvŚr
2. to take up an attitude of resistance ( a-pratyālabhamāna)

pratyāliṅg

1. praty-ā-√liṅg P. -liṅgati, to embrace in return Mṛicch

pratyālī

1. praty-ā-√lī (only Ā. pf. -lilye) to cling to (acc.) L

pratyālīḍha

1. praty-ā-līḍha mfn. (√lih) eaten L
2. extended towards the left L
3. n. a partic. attitude in shooting (the left foot advanced and right drawn back) L

pratyāvap

1. praty-ā-vap √2. P. -vapati to cast or throw upon once more Kauś. MānGṛ

pratyāvṛt

1. praty-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn against (acc.) RV
2. to return, come back Kathās. Hit. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to drive back, repel RV. ŚBr

⋙pratyāvartana

1. praty-ḍāvartana n. coming back, returning R

⋙pratyāvṛtta

1. praty-ḍāvṛtta mfn. turned back (as a face) Amar
2. returned, come back ib. Megh. &c
3. repeated Var

⋙pratyāvṛtti

1. praty-ḍāvṛtti f. coming back, return Mālatīm

pratyāvraj

1. praty-ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go back, return Lāṭy. ĀśvGṛ

pratyāśaṃs

1. praty-ā-√śaṃs Ā. -śaṃsate, to expect, presuppose R

pratyāśī

1. praty-ā-√śī Ā. -śete, to lie before (acc.) RV

pratyāśraya

1. praty-ā-śraya m. (√śri) a shelter, refuge, dwelling Sāṃkhyak. Sch

pratyāśru

1. praty-ā-√śru Caus. -śrāvayati, to pronounce the ejaculatory response AV. Br. &c

⋙pratyāśrāva

1. praty-ḍāśrāvá m. (VS.),

⋙pratyāśrāvaṇa

1. praty-ḍāśrā́vaṇa n. (ŚBr. ŚrS.) the ejaculatory response (a partic. sacrificial formula)

⋙pratyāśrāvita

1. praty-ḍā́śrāvita (Br.),

⋙pratyāśruta

1. praty-ḍā́śruta (TS.), n. id

pratyāśvas

1. praty-ā-√śvas P. -śvasiti, to breathe again, respire, revive, take heart again MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console, encourage R

⋙pratyāśvasta

1. praty-ḍāśvasta mfn. refreshed, revived, recollected MBh. Hariv. R

⋙pratyāśvāsa

1. praty-ḍāśvāsa m. breathing again, respiration, recovery MBh

⋙pratyāśvāsana

1. praty-ḍāśvāsana n. (fr. Caus.) consolation R

pratyās

1. praty-√ās Ā. -āste, to sit down opposite, or in the direction of (acc.) ŚBr

pratyāsaṃkalita

1. praty-ā-saṃ-kalita n. (√3. kal) the putting together or combining of various evidence, consideration pro and con Smṛitit

pratyāsaṅga

1. praty-ā-saṅga m. (√sañj) combination, connection VPrāt

pratyāsad

1. praty-ā-√sad P. -sīdati, to be near or close at hand Nyāyas. Sch
2. to wait for, expect Kir

⋙pratyāsatti

1. praty-ḍāsatti f. immediate proximity (in space, time &c.), close contact Lāṭy. Śak. &c. [Page 677, Column]
2. good humour, cheerfulness Ratnâv
3. (in gram.) analogy

⋙pratyāsanna

1. praty-ḍāsanna mfn. near at hand, close to (gen. or comp.), proximate, neighbouring MBh. Kāv. &c
2. imminent Megh. Kathās. &c
3. closely connected or related Āpast. MBh
4. feeling repentance MBh. (Nīlak.)
5. n. = -tā f. proximity, neighbourhood MBh
6. -mṛtyu mfn. one whose death is imminent, at the point of death MW

pratyāsev

1. praty-ā-√sev Ā. -sevate = prati-√juṣ, Caus. Nir. viii, 15

pratyāsthā

1. praty-ā-√sthā P. -tiṣṭhati, to keep firm, stand fast AV

pratyāsvara

1. praty-ā-svara mfn. (√svṛ) shining back, reflecting ChUp

pratyāsvādaka

1. praty-ā-svādaka m. (√svad) a fore-taster (?) Nalac

pratyāhan

1. praty-ā-√han P. -hanti (pf. Ā. -jaghne), to drive back, keep away, ward off AV. MBh

⋙pratyāhata

1. praty-ḍāhata mfn. driven back, repelled, repulsed, rejected MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyāhṛ

1. praty-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to draw in or back ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
2. to withdraw (the senses from worldly objects) Pur
3. to replace, fetch or bring back, recover ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to rearrange, restore R
5. to take up again, continue (a business, sacrifice &c.) MBh. Hariv
6. to report, relate MBh
7. to utter (a speech), cry MW
8. to withdraw (what has been created), destroy Hariv. Pur
9. wṛ. for pra-vyā-hṛ MBh. &c

⋙pratyāharaṇa

1. praty-ḍāharaṇa n. drawing hither and thither Gobh. Sch
2. bringing back, recovery Vikr
3. drawing back, withdrawing (esp. the senses from external objects) Vedântas

⋙pratyāharaṇīya

1. praty-ḍāharaṇīya or mfn. to be taken back or withheld or restrained or controlled W

⋙pratyāhartavya

1. praty-ḍāhartavya mfn. to be taken back or withheld or restrained or controlled W

≫pratyāhāra

1. praty-āhāra m. drawing back (troops from a battle), retreat MBh
2. withdrawal (esp. of the senses from external objects), abstraction MBh. Mn. Pur. Vedântas. (cf. IW. 93)
3. withdrawing (of created things), re-absorption or dissolution of the world MBh
4. (in gram.) the comprehension of a series of letters or roots &c. into one syllable by combining for shortness the first member with the Anubandha (s.v.) of the last member
5. a group of letters &c. so combined (as ac or hal in the ŚivaSūtras) Pāṇ. 1-1, 1 &c
6. (in dram.) N. of a partic. part of the Pūrva-raṅga (s.v.) Sāh
7. speaking to, address (○raṃ-√kṛ, with gen., to speak to a person) Kāraṇḍ. (prob. wṛ. for pravyāh○)
8. sound ib. (prob. wṛ. for id.)

⋙pratyāhāhārya

1. praty-āhḍāhārya mfn. to be taken back or withheld &c
2. to be heard or learnt from (abl.) MBh

⋙pratyāhāhṛta

1. praty-āhḍāhṛta mfn. resumed, restrained, withheld W

pratyāhve

1. praty-ā-√hve Ā. -hvayate (ind. P. -hūya), to answer a call BhP
2. to respond to the Āhāva (s.v.) TS

⋙pratyāhvaya

1. praty-ḍāhvaya m. echo, resonance BhP

⋙pratyāhvāna

1. praty-ḍāhvāna n. answering a call ĀśvŚr. Sch

pratyukta

1. praty-ukta See prati-√vac, p. 670

pratyukṣ

1. praty-√ukṣ P. -ukṣati, to sprinkle ĀpŚr

pratyuccar

1. praty-uc-car (-ud-√car), Caus. -cārayati, to rouse up, excite, urge MBh
2. to repeat RPrāt

⋙pratyuccāra

1. praty-ḍuccāra m. repetition L

⋙pratyuccāraṇa

1. praty-ḍuccāraṇa n. speaking in return, answering (a-pratyuc○) Nyāyas. Sch

pratyucchri

1. praty-ucchri (-ud-√śri), P. Ā. -chrayati, ○te, (P.) to erect against ŚBr
2. (Ā.) to rise against, revolt ib

⋙pratyucchrita

1. praty-ḍúcchrita mfn. rising ib

pratyujjīv

1. praty-ujjīv (-ud-√jīv), P. -jīvati, to return to life, revive Ratnâv. Kathās.: Caus. -jīvayati, to restore to life, revivify, resuscitate Pañcat

⋙pratyujjīvana

1. praty-ḍujjīvana n. returning to life, reviving MBh. Kād. Bālar
2. (fr. Caus.) restoring to life, revivifying MBh. Kād

pratyuta

1. praty-uta ind. on the contrary, rather, even Kāv. Kathās. Pur. &c. (cf. 2. utá)

pratyutkarṣa

1. praty-ut-karṣa m. (√kṛṣ) outdoing, surpassing Pratāp

pratyutkrama

1. praty-ut-krama m. (√kram) undertaking, the first step or measure in any business L
2. setting out to assail an enemy W
3. declaration of war W. [Page 677, Column]

⋙pratyutkramaṇa

1. praty-ḍutkramaṇa n. id. W

⋙pratyutkrānta

1. praty-ḍutkrānta mfn. about to pass away
2. -jīvita mfn. one whose life is about to pass away, almost dead Daś

⋙pratyutkrānti

1. praty-ḍutkrānti f. = -utkrama L

pratyuttambh

1. praty-ut-tambh (√stambh), P. -tabhnāti, or -tabhnoti, to prop up, support AitBr

⋙pratyuttabdhi

1. praty-ḍúttabdhi f. upholding, propping up, supporting, fixing Br

⋙pratyuttambha

1. praty-ḍuttambha m. (TāṇḍBr.),

⋙pratyuttambhana

1. praty-ḍuttambhana n. (Sāy.) id

pratyuttara

1. praty-uttara &c. See p. 664

pratyuttṝ

1. praty-ut-√tṝ (only ind. p. -uttīrya), to come home, return R
2. to betake one's self to (acc.), id

pratyutthā

1. praty-ut-thā (√sthā), P. -tiṣṭhati, to rise up before (acc.), rise to salute, go to meet Br. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pratyutthāna

1. praty-ḍutthāna n. rising from a seat to welcome a visitor, respectful salutation or reception Mn. Gaut. MBh. &c
2. rising up against, hostility Hariv. (v. l. abhy-utth○)

⋙pratyutthāyika

1. praty-ḍutthāyika v. l. or wṛ. for ○yuka

⋙pratyutthāyin

1. praty-ḍutthāyín mfn. rising again ŚBr

⋙pratyutthāyuka

1. praty-ḍutthāyuka mfn. rising respectfully (a-pratyutth○) GopBr. ŚrS. (v. l. ○yika)

⋙pratyutthita

1. praty-ḍutthita mfn. risen to meet (acc.) MBh. R

⋙pratyuttheya

1. praty-ḍuttheya mfn. to be honoured or saluted by rising from the seat AitBr

pratyutpanna

1. praty-ut-panna mfn. (√pad) existing at the present moment, present, prompt, ready MBh. Kāv. &c
2. reproduced, regenerated W
3. (in arithm.) produced by multiplication, multiplied Col
4. n. multiplication or the product of a sum in mṭmultiplication ib

⋙pratyutpannajāti

1. ○jāti f. (in arithm.) assimilation consisting in multiplication, or reduction to homogeneousness by multiplication ib

⋙pratyutpannamati

1. ○mati mfn. ready-minded, sharp, confident, bold MBh. Suśr. Śak. v, 19/20 (-tva n. presence of mind ib., v. l.)
2. m. 'Ready-wit', N. of a fish Kathās. Hit

pratyutpā

1. praty-ut-pā √5. Ā. -pipīte, to rise against (acc.) TS

pratyutsad

1. praty-ut-√sad P. -sīdati, to resort to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyudāvraj

1. praty-ud-ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go in a contrary direction Kauś

pratyudāhṛ

1. praty-ud-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to speak in return, reply, answer R
2. (in gram.) to adduce a contrary example Pāṇ. Sch

⋙pratyudāharaṇa

1. praty-ḍudāharaṇa n. a counter example or illustration ib. Vām. VPrāt. Sch

⋙pratyudāhārya

1. praty-ḍudāhārya mfn. to be adduced as a counter example Pat

⋙pratyudāhṛta

1. praty-ḍudāhṛta mfn. named, answered BhP

pratyudi

1. praty-ud-√i P. -eti, to ascend to (acc.) AV
2. to rise and go towards (acc.) ib. &c

pratyudita

1. praty-udita See prati-√vad

pratyudīkṣ

1. praty-ud-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to look up at, perceive, behold R. Bhaṭṭ

pratyudīr

1. praty-ud-√īr (only ind. p. -īrya), to utter in return, reply BhP

pratyudgam

1. praty-ud-√gam P. -gacchati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to go out towards, advance to meet (a friend or an enemy) Mn. MBh. &c
2. to come forth again, Peasannar
3. to set out for (acc. or loc.) Kāraṇḍ

⋙pratyudgata

1. praty-ḍudgata mfn. gone to meet (a friend or an enemy) MBh
2. met, encountered R. Ragh
3. risen as from a seat W

⋙pratyudgati

1. praty-ḍudgati f. (Kād. &c.),

⋙pratyudgama

1. praty-ḍudgama m. (Ragh. &c.),

⋙pratyudgamana

1. praty-ḍudgamana n. (Prab.) going forth towards, rising from a seat (as a mark of respect) and going out to meet (esp. a guest)

⋙pratyudgamanīya

1. praty-ḍudgamanīya mfn. to be met or treated respectfully L
2. fit or suitable for the respectful salutation of a guest Kum
3. n. a clean suit of clothes, the upper and lower garments as worn at meals &c. L

pratyudgā

1. praty-ud-gā √1. (only aor. -údgāḥ), to rise before or over (acc.) RV

pratyudgāra

1. praty-ud-gāra m. (√gṝ) a kind of nervous disease L

pratyudgīta

1. praty-ud-gīta mfn. (√gai) answered in singing or in chanting Lāṭy

pratyudgrah

1. praty-ud-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to set aside, dismiss Lāṭy

⋙pratyudgraha

1. praty-ḍudgraha m

⋙pratyudgrahaṇa

1. praty-ḍudgrahaṇa n. setting aside, dismissing ib. Sch

pratyudghāta

1. praty-udghāta prob. wṛ. for praty-udyāta. [Page 678, Column]

pratyuddīp

1. praty-ud-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate, to flame against ŚBr

pratyuddharaṇa

1. praty-uddharaṇa n. (√hṛ) recovering, re-obtaining W

⋙pratyuddhāra

1. praty-ḍuddhāra m. offering, tendering L

⋙pratyuddhṛta

1. praty-ḍuddhṛta mfn. re-obtained
2. rescued, delivered from (abl.) Ragh

pratyuddhā

1. praty-uddhā (-ud- √1. hā), only aor. -ahāsata, to ascend towards (acc.) RV

pratyudyam

1. praty-ud-√yam P. -yacchati, to counterbalance (acc.) TāṇḍBr

⋙pratyudyata

1. praty-ḍudyata mfn. presented, offered BhP
2. wṛ. for ○udgata

⋙pratyudyama

1. praty-ḍudyama m. (TāṇḍBr.), ā f. (ŚāṅkhBr.) counterbalance, equipoise

⋙pratyudyamin

1. praty-ḍudyamin mfn. maintaining an equipoise, counterbalancing ŚāṅkhBr

⋙pratyudyāmin

1. praty-ḍudyāmín mfn. id., resisting, refractory AitBr. ŚBr

pratyudyā

1. praty-ud-√yā P. -yāti, to rise and go towards or against, go to meet (a friend or an enemy) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratyudyāta

1. praty-ḍudyāta mfn. met, encountered, received Kālid

⋙pratyudyātṛ

1. praty-ḍudyātṛ mfn. going forth against, attacking an assailant MBh

⋙pratyudyāna

1. praty-ḍudyāna n. the act of going forth against &c. L

pratyudvad

1. praty-ud-√vad Caus. -vādayati, to cause to resound ŚBr

pratyudvraj

1. praty-ud-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go forth to meet Ragh

pratyunnamana

1. praty-un-namana n. (√nam) rising or springing up again, rebounding Suśr

pratyunmiṣ

1. praty-un-miṣ (-ud- √1. miṣ), P. -miṣati, to rise or shine forth (as the sun) Daś

pratyupakṛ

1. praty-upa-√kṛ Ā. -kurute, to do a service in return, requite a favour Pañcat

⋙pratyupakāra

1. praty-ḍupakāra m. returning a service or favour, gratitude MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratyupakārin

1. praty-ḍupakārin mfn. requiting a favour, grateful R

⋙pratyupakriyā

1. praty-ḍupakriyā f. = ○upakāra Kād. Rājat. Kathās

pratyupakram

1. praty-upa-√kram Ā. -kramate, to go or march forth against (acc.) GopBr

pratyupagam

1. praty-upa-√gam P. -gacchati, to come near, approach MW

⋙pratyupagata

1. praty-ḍupagata mfn. come near, approached ib

pratyupadiś

1. praty-upa-√diś P. -diśati to explain singly or severally Suśr
2. to teach anything (acc.) in return to (dat.) Mālav

⋙pratyupadiṣṭa

1. praty-ḍupadiṣṭa mfn. advised or cautioned in return MW

⋙pratyupadeśa

1. praty-ḍupadeśa m. instruction or advice in return Kum

pratyupadru

1. praty-upa-√dru P. -dravati, to rush against, fall upon, assail (acc.) MBh. Pañcat

pratyupadhā

1. praty-upa-dhā √1. P. -dadhāti, to put or place upon, cover ŚBr

pratyupapanna

1. praty-upa-panna v. l. for pratyutpanna, in -mati, ○ti-tva, Sak. v, 19/20

pratyupabhuj

1. praty-upa-bhuj √2. Ā. -bhuṅkte, to eat, enjoy R

⋙pratyupabhupabhoga

1. praty-upa-bhḍupabhoga m. enjoyment MārkP

pratyupayā

1. praty-upa-√yā P. -yāti, to go again towards, return MBh

pratyuparuddha

1. praty-upa-ruddha mfn. (√2. rudh) obstructed, choked BhP

pratyupalabdha

1. praty-upa-labdha mfn. (√labh) gained back, recovered Vikr. BhP

⋙pratyupalabdhacetas

1. ○cetas mfn. one who has recovered his senses MW

pratyupaviś

1. praty-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down opposite to or before (acc.)
2. to beset or besiege a person (to make him yield) MBh. R.: Caus. -veśayate, to cause a person to beset or besiege another Āpast
3. to oppose, resist, k

⋙pratyupaviṣṭa

1. praty-ḍupaviṣṭa mfn. one who besets or besieges another Āpast

⋙pratyupaveśa

1. praty-ḍupaveśa m

⋙pratyupaviśana

1. praty-upa-√viḍśana n. besetting or besieging a person (to make him yield) R

pratyupavraj

1. praty-upa-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go against, attack (acc.) MBh

pratyupasṛ

1. praty-upa-√sṛ P. -sarati, to return BhP

pratyupasthā

1. praty-upa-√sthā P. Ā. tiṣṭhati, ○te, (Ā.) to stand opposite to ŚBr
2. (Ā.) to wait on MBh. [Page 678, Column]
3. (P.) to insist on (loc.) Vajracch.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to call forth, manifest Śaṃk

⋙upasthāna

1. upasthāna n. proximity, imminence Śaṃk

⋙upasthāpana

1. ḍupasthāpana n. mental realization ib

≫pratyupasthita

1. praty-upasthita mfn. come near to (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Hariv. &c
2. standing or being in (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Var
3. present, assisting at (loc.) SaddhP
4. gone against, standing opposite to (acc.) MBh
5. assembled ib
6. happened, occurred (or about to happen, imminent) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. collecting, pressing (as urine) Suśr

pratyupaspṛś

1. praty-upa-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch or sip again (water for internal ablution) Gobh

⋙pratyupasparśana

1. praty-ḍupasparśana n. touching or sipping (water) again ib

pratyupahāra

1. praty-upa-hāra m. (√hṛ) handing back, restitution Ragh

pratyupahve

1. praty-upa-√hve Ā. -havate, to call, invite Br

⋙pratyupahava

1. praty-ḍupahavá m. a response to an invitatory formula or the repetition of it ib. ĀśvŚr

pratyupākaraṇa

1. praty-upâ-karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) recommencement of Vedic study Gobh

pratyupādhā

1. praty-upâ-dhā √1. Ā. -dhatte, to regain, recover BhP

pratyupāhṛ

1. praty-upâ-√hṛ P. -harati, to give up, desist MBh

pratyupe

1. praty-upê (-upa-√i), P. -upâiti, to approach again, recommence AitBr. Kauś

⋙pratyupeya

1. praty-ḍupeya mfn. to be met or dealt with MBh

pratyupekṣita

1. praty-upêkṣita mfn. (√īkṣ) disregarded, neglected R

pratyupodita

1. praty-upôdita mfn. (√vad) addressed with offensive words TāṇḍBr

pratyupta

1. praty-upta See prati-√vap, p. 670

pratyuṣ

1. praty-√uṣ P. -oṣati, to singe, scorch RV

⋙pratyuṣṭa

1. praty-ḍuṣṭa (práty-), mfn. burnt or consumed one by one VS

⋙pratyuṣya

1. praty-ḍuṣyá mfn. to be singed or scorched ŚBr

pratyūh

1. praty-√ūh P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te (ind. p. -uhya Naish.), to push back, strip off RV. ŚBr. ŚrS
2. to bring back, recover BhP
3. to ward off, keep away AV. ŚBr. ChUp
4. to interrupt Mn. Naish
5. to offer, present ŚBr

⋙pratyūḍha

1. praty-ḍūḍha mfn. rejected, refused R
2. neglected Divyâv
3. surpassed, excelled BhP
4. covered, enveloped Sarvad

⋙pratyūha

1. praty-ḍūha m. an obstacle, impediment MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙pratyūbana

1. praty-ḍūbana n. interruption, discontinuance ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyṛ

1. praty-√ṛ Caus. -arpayati, to cause to go towards, throw towards AV
2. to fasten, fix, put on ŚBr. Ragh
3. to render up, deliver back, restore, return Mṛicch. Kālid
4. to give again or anew Kathās

⋙pratyṛta

1. praty-ḍṛta mfn. fixed, inserted Nir

≫pratyarpaṇa

1. praty-arpaṇa n. giving back, restoring, returning Ragh. Kull

⋙pratyarpaṇarpaṇīya

1. praty-arpaṇḍarpaṇīya mfn. to be given back Kull

⋙pratyarpaṇarpita

1. praty-arpaṇḍarpita mfn. restored Yājñ

pratye

1. praty-ê (-ā-√i
2. P. pr. 3. pl. -ā-yanti, p. -ā-yat
3. Pot. -êyāt
4. pf. -êyāya
5. ind. p. -êtya), to come back, return to (acc.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. ChUp. MBh. 2

⋙pratyāyana

1. praty-âyana n. (for 1. ○Ay○ See p. 673, col. 3) setting (of the sun) ChUp

pratyetavya

1. praty-etavya See p. 673, col. 3

pratyeṣ

1. praty-êṣ (ā-√īṣ), Ā. -êṣate, to attach one's self to, enter into (loc.) RV. v, 86, 3

pratras

1. pra-√tras P. -trasati, to flee in terror AV. ŚBr.: Caus. -trāsayati, to frighten or scare away AV

⋙pratrāsa

1. pra-ḍtrāsá m. trembling, fear ib

pratvakṣ

1. pra-√tvakṣ only in Ā. pr. p. -tvakṣāṇá, eminent, superior RV

⋙pratvakṣas

1. pra-ḍtvakṣas (prá-), mfn. energetic, vigorous, strong (Maruts and Indra) ib

pratvar

1. pra-√tvar Ā. -tvarate, to hasten forwards, speed MBh

⋙pratūrṇa

1. pra-ḍtūrṇa mfn. quick, fleet Hcar. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-2, 61)

⋙pratūrta

1. pra-ḍtūrta (prá-), mfn. id. ŚBr

⋙pratūrtaka

1. pra-ḍtūrtaka mfn. containing the word pratūrta g. goṣad-ādi

⋙pratūrti

1. pra-ḍtūrti (prá-), f. rapid or violent motion, haste, speed RV
2. mfn. hastening, rapid, violent ib. VS. [Page 678, Column]

prath

1. prath cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xix, 3) práthate (rarely P. ○ti e.g. impf. 2. du. áprathatam RV
2. Impv. prathantu VS
3. pf. paprathatuḥ BhP
4. mostly Ā., pf. paprathé, p. paprathāná RV
5. aor. prathiṣṭa, p. prathāná ib
6. fut. prathiṣyate, prathitā Gr.), to spread, extend (intrans
7. P. trans. and intrans.), become larger or wider, increase RV. &c. &c
8. to spread abroad (as a name, rumour &c.), become known or celebrated MBh. Kāv. &c
9. to come to light, appear, arise Kir. Rājat
10. to occur (to the mind) Rājat.: Caus. pratháyati (rarely ○te
11. aor. apaprathat Pāṇ. 7-4, 95
12. Subj. papráthat RV
13. paprathanta ib
14. práthayi TS.), to spread, extend, increase RV. &c. &c. (prathayati-tarām Ratnâv. iv, 3
15. Ā. intr. RV. AV.)
16. to spread abroad, proclaim, celebrate R. Hariv. BhP
17. to unfold, disclose, reveal, show Kāv. Pur
18. to extend over i.e. shine upon, give light to (acc.) RV. iii, 14, 4

≫pratha

1. pratha m. N. of a Vāsishṭha (supposed author of RV. x, 181, 1), Aūkr
2. (ā), f. spreading out, extending, flattening, scattering Nyāyam. KātyŚr. Sch
3. fame, celebrity Śiś. Kathās. Rājat. (○thāṃ-√gam or gā, to become famous or celebrated Rājat
4. ○thâpaha mfn. destroying fame ib.)
5. growing, becoming (in anyathā-pr○, 'the becoming different') Vedântas

≫prathana

1. práthana n. spreading out, extending, flattening Nir. RPrāt
2. the place for spreading &c. TBr
3. unfolding, displaying, showing Rājat
4. throwing, projecting W
5. celebrating ib
6. m. Phaseolus Mungo L. (cf. pra-ghana)

≫prathaya

1. prathaya Nom. P. ○yati = pṛthum ācaṣṭe Pat. (cf. Caus. of √prath)

≫prathayat

1. pratháyat mfn. spreading out, extending &c. AV. &c. &c
2. seeing, beholding W

≫prathayitṛ

1. prathayitṛ mfn. one who spreads or expands or divulges or proclaims BhP

≫prathas

1. práthas n. width, extension RV

⋙prathasvat

1. ○vat (práthas-), mfn. wide, spacious VS

≫prathita

1. prathita mfn. spread, extended, increased
2. divulged, displayed, published, known, celebrated MBh. Kāv. &c
3. cast, thrown W
4. intent upon, engaged in ib
5. m. N. of Manu Svārocisha Hariv
6. of Vishṇu A

⋙prathitatithinirṇaya

1. ○tithi-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙prathitatva

1. ○tva n. fame, celebrity L

⋙prathitayaśas

1. ○yaśas mfn. of wide renown Mālav

⋙prathitavidiśālakṣaṇa

1. ○vidiśā-lakṣaṇa mfn. renowned under the title of Vidiśā Megh

⋙prathitānurāga

1. prathitânurāga mfn. manifesting or showing affection MW

≫prathiti

1. prathiti f. extension of fame, celebrity, notoriety. L

≫prathiman

1. prathimán m. extension, width, greatness RV. &c. &c. (instr. prathinā́ RV.)

≫prathimin

1. prathimin mfn. having size or magnitude W
2. (inī), f. Pāṇ. 5-2, 137 Sch

≫prathivī

1. prathivī wṛ. for pṛthivii, the earth

≫prathiṣṭha

1. práthiṣṭha mfn. broadest, widest, very large or great RV. ŚBr. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 161 Sch.)

≫prathīyas

1. práthīyas mfn. broader, wider
2. also = prec. ŚBr. Prab. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 161 Sch.)

≫prathu

1. prathu mfn. (= pṛthu) wide, reaching farther than (abl.) Rājat
2. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

≫prathuka

1. prathuka m. (= pṛthuka) the young of any animal L

prath

1. prath or pṛth, cl. 10. P. prāthayati or parthayati, to throw, cast
2. to extend Dhātup. xxxii, 19

prathama

1. prathamá mf(ā́)n. (for pra-tama, superl. of 1. pra
2. rarely declined as a pron., e.g. ○másyāḥ AV. vi, 18, 1
3. ○me PañcavBr. xxv, 18, 5 R. iv, 37, 11 Kir. ii, 44
4. Pāṇ. 1-1, 33) foremost, first (in time or in a series or in rank)
5. earliest, primary, original, prior, former
6. preceding, initial, chief, principal, most excellent RV. &c. &c
7. often translatable adverbially = ibc. (cf. below) and (ám), ind. firstly, at first, for the first time
8. just, newly, at once, forthwith (also āt Hariv.)
9. formerly, previously (am also as prep. with gen. = before, e.g. Mn. ii, 194
10. prathamam-anantaram, or paścāt, first-afterwards
11. prṭprathamam-tatas, firstnext)
12. m. (in gram., scil. varṇa), the first consonant of a Varga, a surd unaspirate letter
13. (scil. puruṣa), the first (= our 3rd) person or its terminations
14. (scil. svara), the first tone
15. in math. the sum of the products divided by the difference between the squares of the cosine of the azimuth and the sine of the amplitude
16. (ā), f. (in gram.) the first or nominative case and its terminations [Page 679, Column]
17. du. the first two cases and their terminations

⋙prathamakathita

1. ○kathita mfn. aforesaid, before-mentioned Megh

⋙prathamakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. a primary or principal rule Mn

⋙prathamakalpika

1. ○kalpika m. a term applied to a Yogī just commencing his course (cf. prāthama-k○) Yogas. Comm

⋙prathamakalpita

1. ○kalpita mfn. placed first, first in rank or importance Mn. MBh

⋙prathamakusuma

1. ○kusuma m. or n. (?) white marjoram L

⋙prathamagarbha

1. ○garbha m. first pregnancy, first litter GṛS. VS. Mahīdh
2. (-gárbhā), f. pregnant for the first time ŚBr

⋙prathamagrantha

1. ○grantha m. N. of a poem by Jagaj-jīvana-dāsa

⋙prathamacittotpādika

1. ○cittôtpādika mfn. one who first thinks (of doing anything) Kāraṇḍ

⋙prathamacchad

1. ○cchád mfn. typical, figurative RV. (accord. to Sāy. = prathamam ācchādayitṛ, covering first)

⋙prathamaja

1. ○já or mfn. firstborn, a firstling

⋙prathamajā

1. ○jā́ mfn. firstborn, a firstling
2. original, primary RV. &c. &c
3. (-ja), being the issue of the first (i.e. fṭfirst-mentioned) marriage Yājñ

⋙prathamajāta

1. ○jāta mfn. firstborn AitBr. Gobh

⋙prathamataram

1. ○taram ind. first of all Divyâv

⋙prathamatas

1. ○tas ind. first, at first, firstly Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c
2. forthwith, immediately Hariv
3. before, in preference to (with gen.) Caurap
4. (ifc.) before, sooner than ŚārṅgP

⋙prathamatrisauparṇa

1. ○trisauparṇa m. N. of Vishinu MBh

⋙prathamadarśana

1. ○darśana n. first sight
2. (e), ind. at first sight MW
3. -dina n. the first day of seeing any one (gen.) Hit

⋙prathamadivasa

1. ○divasa m. a first day, principal day MW

⋙prathamadugdha

1. ○dugdhá mfn. just milked ŚBr

⋙prathamadhāra

1. ○dhāra m. a first drop Kauś

⋙prathamanirdiṣṭa

1. ○nirdiṣṭa mfn. first mentioned, first named
2. -tā f. Hcat

⋙prathamaparāpātin

1. ○parāpātin mfn. flying off first ĀpŚr

⋙prathamaparigṛhīta

1. ○parigṛhīta mfn. formerly married Śak

⋙prathamapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. the first (= our 3rd) person in the verb or its terminations L. ( See above)
2. N. of an author Cat

⋙prathamapravada

1. ○pravada mfn. uttering the first sound (as a child) Kauś

⋙prathamaprasūtā

1. ○prasūtā f. (a cow) that has calved for the first time Hcat

⋙prathamapluta

1. ○pluta mfn. leapt off first ĀpŚr

⋙prathamabhakṣa

1. ○bhakṣá m. (ŚBr.),

⋙prathamabhakṣaṇa

1. ○bhakṣaṇa n. (ĀpŚr. Comm.) the first enjoyment of (gen.) ŚBr

⋙prathamabhāj

1. ○bhā́j mfn. one to whom the first share is due RV

⋙prathamabhāvin

1. ○bhāvin mfn. becoming or being like the first RPrāt

⋙prathamamaṅgala

1. ○maṅgala mfn. highly auspicious MW

⋙prathamamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. a partic. Rāga Saṃgīt. (cf. paṭha-m○)

⋙prathamayajña

1. ○yajñá m. the first sacrifice Br. ĀśvŚr

⋙prathamayauvana

1. ○yauvana n. early youth Var

⋙prathamarātra

1. ○rātrá m. the beginning of night Br. Car

⋙prathamavayas

1. ○vayas n. earliest age, youth Vcar

⋙prathamavayasin

1. ○vayasín mfn. young ŚBr

⋙prathamavaṣaṭkāra

1. ○vaṣaṭ-kārá m. making the first exclamation Vashaṭ over (gen.) ib

⋙prathamavasati

1. ○vasati f. the original home Vcar

⋙prathamavāsya

1. ○vāsyá mfn. worn formerly (as a garment) AV

⋙prathamavittā

1. ○vittā f. a first wife KātyŚr

⋙prathamaviraha

1. ○viraha m. first separation
2. (e), ind. immediately after separation MW

⋙prathamavṛttānta

1. ○vṛttânta m. former circumstances, earlier history Śak

⋙prathamavaiyākaraṇa

1. ○vaiyākaraṇa m. a beginner in grammar Pāṇ. 6-2, 56 Sch
2. a distinguished or first-rate grammarian ib

⋙prathamaśravas

1. ○śravas (○má-śr○)
2. superl. -śravastama mfn. having a distinguished reputation RV

⋙prathamaśrī

1. ○śrī mfn. one who has just become rich or fortunate Mṛicch

⋙prathamasaṃgama

1. ○saṃgama m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙prathamasamāvṛtta

1. ○samāvṛtta mfn. just turned towards (loc.) Nir

⋙prathamasāhasa

1. ○sāhasa m. the first or lowest degree of punishment or fine MW

⋙prathamasukṛta

1. ○su-kṛta n. a former service or kindness ib

⋙prathamasoma

1. ○soma m. the first oblation of Soma
2. -tā f. KātyŚr. Comm

⋙prathamasthāna

1. ○sthāna n. the first or lowest scale (in pronunciation, low but audible) KātyŚr

⋙prathamasvara

1. ○svara m. the first sound SaṃhUp
2. mfn. supplied with the first sound Lāṭy
3. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙prathamāgāmin

1. prathamâgāmin mfn. occurring first, first mentioned Nir

⋙prathamādeśa

1. prathamâdeśa m. placing (a word) at the beginning of a sentence ib

⋙prathamābhitapta

1. prathamâbhitapta mfn. first scorched or scalded (with tears) Ragh

⋙prathamābhidheya

1. prathamâbhidheya n. original meaning
2. -tā f. Śiś

⋙prathamārdha

1. prathamârdha m. n. the first half Śrutab

⋙prathamāvaratva

1. prathamâvara-tva n. the being the first and the last Kum

⋙prathamāstamita

1. prathamâstam-ita n. the having just set (said of the sun) KātyŚr. iv, 15, 12

⋙prathamāham

1. prathamâhám ind. on the first day ŚBr

⋙prathamāhāra

1. prathamâhāra m. the first application KātyŚr

⋙prathametara

1. prathamêtara mfn. 'other than first', the second Piṅg. Sch

⋙prathamotpatita

1. prathamôtpatita mfn. leapt off first MānŚr

⋙prathamotpanna

1. prathamôtpanna mfn. produced first, firstborn MW

⋙prathamodita

1. prathamôdita mfn. first uttered, uttered previously Ragh

≫prathamaka

1. prathamaka mfn. first, foremost Śrutab

pradakṣiṇa

1. pra-dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. moving to the right ŚāṅkhGṛ
2. standing or placed on the right (with √kṛ, or pra-√kṛ, 'to turn towards persons or things so as to place them on one's right', 'turn the right side towards' as a token of respect) Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 679, Column]
3. auspicious, favourable MBh. R
4. respectful, reverential MBh
5. (ám), ind. from left to right, so that the rṭreverential side is turned towards a person or object AV. &c. &c. (also ibc
6. comp. below
7. with √kṛ and pra-√kṛ as above)
8. towards the south Mn. Var. (eṇa ind. = ám in both meanings BhP. Var.)
9. m. (ā) f. and n. turning the right side towards, circumambulation from left to right of a person or object (gen. or comp
10. with √kṛ or √1. dā dat., gen. or loc.) as a kind of worship R. Kathās. Pañcat. RTL. 68, 2 ; 145 &c

⋙pradakṣiṇakriyā

1. ○kriyā f. going round from left to right (as a mark of respect) Ragh

⋙pradakṣiṇagāmitā

1. ○gāmi-tā f. the state of one who walks towards the right (one of the 80 minor marks of Buddhists) Dharmas. 84, 15

⋙pradakṣiṇapaṭṭikā

1. ○paṭṭikā f. a yard, court-yard L

⋙pradakṣiṇānuloma

1. pradakṣiṇânuloma mfn. respectful and obedient (said of a slave) MBh

⋙pradakṣiṇārcis

1. pradakṣiṇârcis mfn. shooting out flames towards the right Ragh

⋙pradakṣiṇāvarta

1. pradakṣiṇâvarta mfn. turned towards the reverential MBh. R. Var
2. -nābhitā f. having a navel which turns to the rṭreverential Dharmas. 84, 40 (cf. ○ṇa-gāmitā)
3. -śikha mfn. = ○ṇárcis MBh
4. ○tâika-romatā f. having single hairs on the body and all turning to the reverential Dharmas. 83

⋙pradakṣiṇāvṛtka

1. pradakṣiṇâvṛtka mfn. turned towards the right, having (any one or anything) on the right Yājñ

≫pradakṣiṇaya

1. pradakṣiṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to go round from left to right, Śāntiś. Rājat

≫pradakṣiṇit

1. pradakṣiṇit ind. from left to right, so as to turn one's right side towards any one or anything RV

≫pradakṣiṇīkṛ

1. pradakṣiṇī-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to turn the right side towards (acc.), go round from left to right MBh. Kāv. &c

pradagdha

1. pra-dagdha &c. See pra-√dah

pradaghas

1. pra-dághas (Ved. inf. of √dagh), to cause to fall, throw down ŚBr. (wṛ. -dághos)

pradaṇḍavat

1. pra-daṇḍa-vat mfn. inflicting severe punishment Parāś

pradatta

1. pra-datta &c. See pra- √1. dā

pradam

1. pra-dam Caus. -damayate, to subdue, conquer Bhaṭṭ

⋙pradānta

1. pra-ḍdānta m. pl. N. of a school L

⋙pradām

1. pra-ḍdām m. (nom. dān) Pāṇ. 8-2, 64 Sch

pradara

1. pra-dara See pra-√dṝ

pradarpa

1. pra-darpa m. (√dṛp) pride, arrogance MW

⋙pradṛpita

1. pra-ḍdṛpita See á-pradṛpita

⋙pradṛpta

1. pra-ḍdṛpta mfn. proud, haughty, conceited MW

⋙pradṛpti

1. pra-ḍdṛpti (prá-), f. haughtiness, arrogance, madness RV

pradarvidā

1. pra-darvidā (?) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-3, 63 (cf. pra-pharvidā)

pradarśa

1. pra-darśa &c. See pra-√dṛś

pradala

1. pra-dala m. an arrow (= pra-dara) L

pradava

1. pra-dava ○vya &c. See pra- √2. du

pradas

1. pra-√das P. -dasyati, to dry up, become dry Kāṭh

pradah

1. pra-√dah P. -dahati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to burn, consume, destroy AV. &c. &c.: Pass. -dahyate (ep. also ○ti), to take fire, be burnt, burn MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dāhayati, to cause to be burnt Vcar

⋙pradagdha

1. pra-ḍdagdha (prá-), mfn. burnt, destroyed ŚBr. R. Var
2. ○dhâhuti (prá-), mfn. one who has burnt the sacrificial oblation ŚBr

⋙pradagdhavya

1. pra-ḍdagdhavya mfn. to be burnt MBh

⋙pradāha

1. pra-ḍdāha m. burning, heating, consuming by fire Br. Gaut
2. destruction, annihilation Śaṃk

pradā

1. pra-dā √1. P. -dadāti, rarely Ā. -datte, (Ved. inf. prá-dātos TS
2. irreg. Pot. P. -dadet Hcat.), to give away, give, offer, present, grant, bestow RV. &c. &c. (with or scil. bhāryām, to give in marriage
3. with prativacas, to grant an answer
4. with pravṛttim, to information about an event
5. with yuddham, to grant battle
6. with dvaṃdva-yuddham, to engage in single combat
7. with vidyām, to communicate or impart knowledge
8. with hutâśanam, to set fire to)
9. to give up, abolish TS
10. to sell (with instr. of price) Pañcat
11. to restore (anything lost &c.) Mn
12. to pay, discharge (a debt) Yājñ
13. to put or place in (loc.) ib. MBh.: Pass. -dīyate, to be given away, be given Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati, to cause to give TS. &c. &c
14. to compel to give back or to repay Yājñ. Kull. [Page 679, Column]
15. to cause to put in or to MBh. Bhpr
16. to put or place in (loc.) Car
17. (with vastim), to apply a clyster ib.: Desid. -ditsate, to wish to give in marriage Daś

≫pratta

1. prá-tta mfn. (for pra-datta) given away (also in marriage), offered, presented, granted, bestowed TS. &c.&c
2. -vat mfn. one who has given or presented W

⋙pratti

1. prá-tti f. giving away, giving, gift TS. AitBr

≫prada

1. pra-da mf(ā)n. giving, yielding, offering, granting, bestowing, causing, effecting, uttering, speaking (cf. anna-, jaya-, bahu-, sukha-, -śāpa &c.)
2. (ā), f. a gift L

⋙pradatta

1. pra-ḍdatta mfn. = pratta R. Kathās. Pañcat. (-nayanôtsava mfn. affording a feast to the eyes i.e. beautiful to behold Kathās.)
2. m. N. of a Gandharva R

⋙pradadi

1. pra-ḍdadi See á-pradadi

≫pradātavya

1. pra-dātavya mfn. to be given (also in marriage) or offered or presented or restored or imparted &c. (teṣāṃ saṃskṛtam pradātavyam, to these Saṃskṛit is to be imparted i.e. these are to be taught Saṃskṛit Sāh.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. to be placed or put into Var

⋙pradātṛ

1. pra-ḍdātṛ́ m. a giver, bestower (mostly in comp. with the object, rarely with the receiver) AV. &c. &c
2. an offerer, presenter (viṣa-, of poison) Car
3. one who gives a daughter in marriage Mn. MBh
4. an imparter (of knowledge) Pañcat
5. a granter (of a wish) BrahmaP. (f. trī)
6. N. of Indra TS. ŚBr
7. of one of the Viśve Devā? MBh

⋙pradātrikā

1. pra-ḍdā́trikā f. a female giver MaitrS

≫pradāna

1. pra-dā́na n. (for 2. See below) giving, bestowal, presentation (esp. of an offering in the fire
2. also N. of the sacred text recited on this occasion) TS. &c. &c
3. a gift, donation Mn. MBh. &c
4. giving away in marriage Mn. Yājñ. &c
5. applying (of a clyster) Suśr
6. turning (the eyes) Kum
7. making (an attack) Pañcat
8. uttering (a curse) VP
9. granting (a boon) MBh
10. teaching, imparting, announcing, declaring Mn. R. Kathās
11. -kṛpaṇa mfn. mean or niggardly in making presents MBh
12. -pūrvam ind. with a present Kathās
13. -ruci m. 'delighting in giving', N. of a man Buddh
14. -vat mfn. giving, liberal MBh
15. -śūra m. 'a hero in giving', an excessively liberal man Lalit
16. N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP

⋙pradānaka

1. pra-ḍdānaka n. an offering, donation Cat

⋙pradānika

1. pra-ḍdānika See go-pr○, jala-pr○ and dattâpradānika

⋙pradāpayitṛ

1. pra-ḍdāpayitṛ́ m. a giver TS

⋙pradāpya

1. pra-ḍdāpya mfn. to be caused to give or compelled to pay Yājñ

⋙pradāya

1. pra-ḍdāya n. a present MBh

⋙pradāyaka

1. pra-ḍdāyaka mfn. giving, granting, presenting, bestowing (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
2. -tva n. Kull

⋙pradāyin

1. pra-ḍdāyin mfn. id. Mn. MBh. &c
2. ○yi-tva n. Kum

⋙pradi

1. pra-ḍdi m. a gift, present Pāṇ. 3-3, 92 Sch

⋙praditsā

1. pra-ḍditsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire to give Jātakam

⋙praditsu

1. pra-ḍditsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to give (with acc.) MBh

≫pradeya

1. pra-deya mf(ā)n. to be given or presented or granted or offered or communicated or imparted or taught (with dat., sometimes in comp. with the recipient) Mn. MBh. &c
2. to be instructed or initiated in (loc.) MBh
3. (ā), f. to be given in marriage, marriageable MBh. R. Kathās
4. m. a present, gift MBh. R

pradāna

1. pra-dāna n. (√do) a goad L. (for 1. See under pra- √1. dā)

pradānta

1. pra-dānta See pra-√dam

pradāsa

1. pra-dāsa m. (?) Divyâv

pradigdha

1. pra-digdha See pra- √dih

pradiv

1. pra-dív f. (fr. 3. div, 'heaven'
2. nom. -dyaús) the third or highest heaven (in which the Pitṛis are said to dwell) AV
3. the fifth of seven heavens ŚāṅkhBr. ; mfn. (fr. 3. div, 'day' [Lat. diu]) existing from olden times, ancient RV
4. (-dívas), ind. from of old, long since, always, ever (ánuprad○, as of old, as formerly) ib. AV
5. (-dívi), ind. at all times, always, ever RV

pradiś

1. pra-√diś P. Ā. -diśati, ○te, to point out, show, indicate, declare, appoint, fix, ordain RV. &c. &c
2. to direct, bid, urge R
3. to assign, apportion, grant Mn. MBh. (-diśyati, i, 6472) Kāv. &c.: Caus. -deśayati, to urge on, incite MBh. R.: Intens. (pr. p. -dédiśat), to animate RV

≫pradiś

1. pra-díś f. pointing to or out, indication, direction, order, command, dominion RV. AV. VS
2. a direction, quarter, region of the sky ib. MBh. Hariv. (acc. pl. 'in all directions, everywhere' MBh
3. with pitryā, 'the region of the Pitṛis' i.e. the south AV.)
4. an intermediate point or half-quarter (as northeast) AV. &c. &c

⋙pradiṣṭa

1. pra-ḍdiṣṭa (prá-), mfn. pointed out, indicated, fixed, ordained RV. &c. &c. [Page 680, Column]

≫pradeśa

1. pra-deśa m. (ifc. f. ā) pointing out, showing, indication, direction, decision, determination Nir. ŚrS
2. appeal to a precedent Suśr
3. an example (in grammar, law &c.) RPrāt. MBh. Yājñ. Sch
4. a spot, region, place, country, district (often in comp. with a part of the body, e.g. kaṇṭha-, hṛdaya-) MBh. Kāv. &c. (n. Pañcad.)
5. a short while ( See comp. below)
6. a wall L
7. a short span (measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the forefinger) L
8. (with Jainas) one of the obstacles to liberation Sarvad. ('atomic individuality' W.)
9. -kārin m. N. of a kind of ascetic L
10. -bhāj mfn. of short duration Daśar
11. -vat mfn. possessing or occupying a place Brahmas. Sch
12. -vartin mfn. = -bhāj (○ti-tvā f.) Hcar
13. -śāstra n. a book containing examples MBh
14. -stha mfn. = -bhāj Sāh
15. being or situated in a district MW

⋙pradeśana

1. pra-ḍdeśana n. a gift, present, offering L
2. (ī), f. = ○śinī L

⋙pradeśita

1. pra-ḍdeśita mfn. urged, directed MBh

⋙pradeśinī

1. pra-ḍdeśinī f. the forefinger (or the corresponding toe) ŚrS. MBh. &c

⋙pradeṣṭṛ

1. pra-ḍdeṣṭṛ m. one who pronounces judgment, chief justice Pañcat

pradih

1. pra-√dih P. -degdhi, to smear over, besmear, anoint Suśr

⋙pradigdha

1. pra-ḍdigdha mfn. smeared over, anointed, stained or covered with (instr. or comp.) ib. MBh. R. &c
2. n. (scil. māṃsa) a kind of dish prepared with meat L
3. m. a kind of sauce or gravy W

⋙pradeha

1. pra-ḍdeha m. a plaster, a thick or viscid ointment, poultice Suśr
2. applying a plaster, unction ib
3. solid food (perhaps inspissated juice &c.) ib

⋙pradehana

1. pra-ḍdehana n. smearing, anointing Kauś

pradī

1. pra-dī √2. (only pr. Subj. -dī́dayat and pf. -dīdiyuḥ), to shine forth RV

pradīp

1. pra-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate, to flame forth, blaze, burst into flames ŚBr. MBh. Var.: Caus. -dīpayati, to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame KātyŚr. MBh. &c

⋙pradīpa

1. pra-ḍdīpa m. a light, lamp, lantern MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc. 'the light i.e. the glory or ornament of', e.g. kula-pr○, q.v
2. also in titles of explanatory wks. = elucidation, explanation, e.g. mahābhāṣya-pr○)
3. N. of wk
4. -mañjarī f. N. of Comm. on the Amara-kośa
5. -śaraṇa-dhvaja m. N. of a Mahôraga-rāja L
6. -sāha m. N. of a prince Cat. (sāha = ?)
7. -siṃha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙pradīpaka

1. pra-ḍdīpaka m. (ikā), f. and n. a small lamp, a lamp MBh
2. (ifc.) explanation, commentary Cat

⋙pradīpana

1. pra-ḍdīpana mfn. inflaming, exciting Suśr
2. m. a sort of poison L
3. n. the act of kindling or inflaming R

⋙pradīpāya

1. pra-ḍdīpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to act as a lamp Mṛicch

⋙pradīpīya

1. pra-ḍdīpīya or mfn. g. apūpâdi

⋙pradīpya

1. pra-ḍdīpya mfn. g. apūpâdi

⋙pradīpta

1. pra-ḍdīpta mfn. kindled, inflamed, burning, shining ŚBr. &c. &c
2. excited, stimulated MBh. Kāv. &c
3. (in augury) clear, shrill (opp. to pūrṇa) VarBṛS
4. -bhās mfn. shining bright, Ṛit
5. -śiras mfn. one whose head is hot or burning Vedântas
6. ○tâkṣa m. 'having lustrous eyes', N. of a Yaksha Kathās

⋙pradīpti

1. pra-ḍdīpti f. light, lustre, brilliancy L
2. -mat mfn. bright, radiant, luminous MBh

pradīrgha

1. pra-dīrgha mfn. exceedingly long Var. Suśr

pradu

1. pra-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to be consumed by fire ChUp
2. P. -dunoti, to distress, pain, press hard Suśr. Bhaṭṭ

⋙pradava

1. pra-ḍdava mfn. burning, inflaming Pāṇ. 3-1, 142 Kāś

⋙pradavya

1. pra-ḍdavyá m. (with agni) a forest fire ŚBr

⋙pradāva

1. pra-ḍdāvá m. id. MaitrS

⋙pradāvya

1. pra-ḍdāvyá m. (with agni) id. TS. ŚāṅkhBr. ŚrS

pradugdha

1. pra-dugdha See á- and savya-pradugdha

praduṣ

1. pra-√duṣ P. -duṣyati, to become worse, deteriorate Suśr
2. to be defiled or polluted, fall (morally) Mn. Yājñ
3. to commit an offence against (acc.) MBh
4. to become faithless, fall off ib.: Caus. -dūṣayati, to spoil, deprave, corrupt, pollute, defile MBh. Kāv. &c
5. to abuse, blame, censure R
6. (with cittam) to be angry Divyâv

⋙praduṣṭa

1. pra-ḍduṣṭa mfn. corrupt, wicked, bad, sinful MBh. Kāv. &c
2. wanton, licentious (woman), Ṛit

⋙pradūṣaka

1. pra-ḍdūṣaka mfn. polluting, defiling MBh

⋙pradūṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍdūṣaṇa mfn. corrupting, defiling, impairing MBh. Suśr

⋙pradūṣita

1. pra-ḍdūṣita mfn. corrupted, spoilt, made worse MBh. R. Var. Suśr. 1

⋙pradoṣa

1. pra-ḍdoṣa mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) corrupt, bad, wicked Śiś
2. m. defect, fault, disordered condition (of the body or of a country), mutiny, rebellion Pañcat
3. -nirṇaya m. -śānti f. ○ṣôdyāpana n. N. of wks. [Page 680, Column]

praduh

1. pra-duh mfn. (nom. -dhuk) milking Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

⋙pradoha

1. pra-ḍdoha See su-pradoha

⋙pradohana

1. pra-ḍdohana m. N. of a man ( See prādohani)

pradṛś

1. pra-√dṛś Pass. -dṛśyate (cf. pra√paś), to become visible, be seen, appear RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to make visible, show, indicate, explain, teach, describe Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. -didṛkṣate, to wish to see Bhaṭṭ

≫pradarśa

1. pra-darśa m. look, appearance ( See su-prad○)
2. direction, injunction Suśr

⋙pradarśaka

1. pra-ḍdarśaka mfn. showing, indicating RPrāt
2. proclaiming, foretelling MārkP
3. teaching, expounding Cat
4. m. a teacher MBh
5. n. (?) a doctrine, principle Kap. Sch. (v. l. pra-ghaṭṭaka)

⋙pradarśana

1. pra-ḍdarśana n. look, appearance (often ifc., with f. ā) MBh. R
2. pointing out, showing, propounding, teaching, explaining, Rprāt. MBh. Śaṃk
3. an example Yājñ
4. prophesying W
5. (ā), f. indication Kāvyâd. Sch
6. m. pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Auttami VP

⋙pradarśita

1. pra-ḍdarśita mfn. shown, pointed out, indicated
2. taught, mentioned, specified Mn. MBh. &c
3. prophesied W

⋙pradarśin

1. pra-ḍdarśin mfn. (ifc.) seeing, viewing MBh. Suśr
2. pointing out, showing, indicating MBh. Hariv. Kathās

pradṝ

1. pra-√dṝ (of P. only Ved. Impv. -dárṣi), to break or tear to pieces RV. vi, 26, 5: Pass. -dīryate, to cleave asunder, split open (intr.) AitBr. KātyŚr
2. to be dispersed or scattered (as an army) MBh.: Caus. -dārayati, to split, cleave, tear asunder ib

⋙pradara

1. pra-ḍdará m. dispersion, rout (of an army) MBh
2. a crevice, cleft (in the earth) VS. Br. &c
3. moenorrhagia (a disease of women) Car
4. a kind of arrow MBh
5. rending, tearing W
6. pl. N. of a people MBh

pradeśa

1. pra-deśa &c. See pra-√diś

pradoṣa

1. pra-doṣa m. (for 1. See under pra-duṣ) the first part of the night, evening (also personified as a son of Doshā and associated with Niśitha and Vyushṭa) MBh. Kāv. Pur. &c
2. (ám), ind. in the evening, in the dark RV. GṛŚrS

⋙pradoṣakāla

1. ○kāla m. evening tide Hit

⋙pradoṣatimira

1. ○timira n. evening darkness, the dusk of early night Mṛicch

⋙pradoṣapūjāvidhi

1. ○pūjāvidhi m

⋙pradoṣamahiman

1. ○mahiman m

⋙pradoṣamāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n. N. of wks

⋙pradoṣaramaṇīya

1. ○ramaṇīya mfn. pleasant or delightful in the evening MW

⋙pradoṣavelā

1. ○velā f. = -kāla A

⋙pradoṣaśivapūjā

1. ○śivapūjā f. N. of wk

⋙pradoṣasamaya

1. ○samaya m. = -kāla A

⋙pradoṣastotra

1. ○stotra n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

⋙pradoṣāgama

1. pradoṣâgama m. the coming on of evṭevening, nightfall Amar

⋙pradoṣānila

1. pradoṣânila m. the evening wind Mṛicch

≫pradoṣaka

1. pradoṣaka m. evening Mṛicch. v, 35 (v. l.)
2. born in the evening (?) Pāṇ. 4-3, 28

pradyu

1. pra-dyu n. merit (of good works) leading to heaven or securing heaven L

pradyut

1. pra-dyut √1. Ā. -dyotate, to begin to shine ŚBr.: Caus. -dyotayati, to irradiate, illumine Prab. BhP

⋙pradyutita

1. pra-ḍdyutita mfn. beginning to shine, illuminated Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

≫pradyota

1. pra-dyotá m. radiance, light ŚBr
2. a ray of light L
3. N. of a Yaksha MBh
4. of a king of Magadha and founder of a dynasty VP. Kathās
5. of a king of Ujjayinī and other princes Lalit
6. Priyad. BhP

⋙pradyotana

1. pra-ḍdyotana m. the sun L
2. N. of a prince of Ujjayinī Lalit
3. (with bhaṭṭâcārya) N. of an author, Cat
4. (pl.) of a dynasty BhP
5. n. blazing, shining, light L

⋙pradyotita

1. pra-ḍdyotita mfn. = ○dyutita Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

⋙pradyotin

1. pra-ḍdyotin mfn. (ifc.) illustrating, explaining Cat

pradyumna

1. pra-dyumna m. 'the pre-eminently mighty one', N. of the god of love (re-born as a son of Kṛishṇa and Rukmiṇī, or as a son of Saṃkarshaṇa and then identified with Sanat-kumāra) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. the pleasant (= kāma) Subh
3. the intellect (= manas) Śaṃk
4. N. of a son of Manu and Naḍvalā BhP
5. of a king Kathās
6. of sev. authors and teachers Cat
7. of a mountain Rājat
8. of a river ib

⋙pradyumnapura

1. ○pura n. 'Pradyumna's city', N. of a town on the Candra-bhāgā or Chenab Kathârṇ

⋙pradyumnarahasya

1. ○rahasya n. 'PṭPradyumna's secret', N. of wk

⋙pradyumnavijaya

1. ○vijaya m. 'PṭPradyumna's victory', N. of a drama

⋙pradyumnaśikhara

1. ○śikhara n. 'PṭPradyumna's peak', N. of a mountain Kathās
2. -pīṭhâṣṭaka n. N. of wk

⋙pradyumnāgamana

1. pradyumnâgamana n. Pradyumna's arrival
2. ○manīya mfn. treating of it Pāṇ. 4-3, 88 Sch

⋙pradyumnācārya

1. pradyumnâcārya m. former N. of Veda-nidhi-tīrtha (died in 1576) Cat

⋙pradyumnānanda

1. pradyumnânanda m. 'Pradyumna's joy', N. of a Bhāṇa (also ○dīya n.)

⋙pradyumnābhyudaya

1. pradyumnâbhyudaya m. 'PṭPradyumna's rise', N. of a Nāṭaka

⋙pradyumnāstra

1. pradyumnâstra n. Pradyumna's weapon Kathās. [Page 680, Column]

⋙pradyumnottaracarita

1. pradyumnôttaracarita n. 'PṭPradyumna's further deeds', N. of a poem

⋙pradyumnopākhyāna

1. pradyumnôpâkhyāna n. 'the story of Pradyumna', N. of a tale

≫pradyumnaka

1. pradyumnaka m. N. of the god of love BhP

pradrāṇaka

1. pra-drāṇaka mfn. (√2. drā) sorely distressed, very needy or poor, ChUP

pradru

1. pra-√dru P. -dravati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to run forwards, run away, flee RV. &c. &c
2. to hasten towards, rush upon or against (acc.) MBh. R
3. to escape safely to (acc.) MBh. (v. l. prâd○): Caus. -drāvayati, to cause to run away, put to flight MBh

⋙pradrava

1. pra-ḍdrava mfn. fluid, liquid Suśr

⋙pradrāva

1. pra-ḍdrāva m. running away, flight Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-3, 27)
2. going quick or well W

⋙pradrāvin

1. pra-ḍdrāvin mfn. fleeing, runaway, fugitive Kauś. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 145)

≫pradruta

1. prá-druta mfn. run away, fled, departed TBr. MBh

pradruh

1. pra-druh mfn. (nom. -dhruk) one who hurts or injures Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

pradrek

1. pra-√drek Ā. -drekate, to begin to neigh or roar or bellow &c. Bhaṭṭ

pradvār

1. pra-dvār f. a place before a door or gate MBh. (v. l. a-dvār)

⋙pradvāra

1. pra-ḍdvāra n. id. R. Kathās

pradviṣ

1. pra-√dviṣ P. Ā. -dveṣṭi, -dviṣṭe, to feel dislike or repugnance for, hate, show one's hatred against (acc.) MBh. R

≫pradviṣ

1. pra-dviṣ mfn. (nom. ṭ) disliking, hating Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

⋙pradveṣa

1. pra-ḍdveṣa m. dislike, repugnance, aversion, hatred, hostility to (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (ī), f. N. of the wife of Dīrghatamas MBh

⋙pradveṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍdveṣaṇa n. hatred, dislike of (comp.) MBh

⋙pradveṣṭṛ

1. pra-ḍdveṣṭṛ mfn. one who dislikes or hates
2. a disliker, hater W

pradhana

1. pra-dhána n. (cf. dhána) spoil taken in battle, a prize gained by a victor, the battle or contest itself RV. &c. &c
2. the best of one's goods, valuables Nār
3. tearing, bursting &c. (= dāraṇa) L
4. m. N. of a man
5. pl. his descendants BrahmaP

⋙pradhanāghātaka

1. pradhanâghātaka mfn. bringing about a contest Hcar

⋙pradhanāṅgaṇa

1. pradhanâṅgaṇa n. a battle-field Vcar

⋙pradhanottama

1. pradhanôttama n. 'best of battles', a great battle or contest MW

≫pradhanya

1. pradhanyá mf(ā)n. forming the spoil or booty (as cattle) RV

pradhamana

1. pra-dhamana See pra-√dhmā

pradharṣa

1. pra-dharṣa &c. See pra-√dhṛṣ

pradhā

1. pra-dhā √1. Ā. -dhatte, to place or set before, offer RV
2. to send out (spies) ib. vii, 61, 3
3. to give up, deliver TS. Kāṭh
4. to devote one's self to (acc.) Lalit

≫pradha

1. pra-dha^ m. Pāṇ. 3-1, 139 Sch
2. (ā), f. ib. vi, 4, 64 Sch
3. N. of a daughter of Daksha MBh. MārkP. (prob. wṛ. for prādhā)

≫pradhāna

1. pradhāna n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. (ibc.) the principal or first, chief, head of
3. [often also ifc. (f. ā), e.g. indra-pradhāna, (a hymn) having Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir
4. prayoga-p○, (the art of dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mālav.]
5. 'the Originator', primary germ, original source of the visible or material universe (in Sāṃkhya = prakṛti, q.v.) IW. 53, 1 &c
6. primary or unevolved matter or nature Sarvad
7. supreme or universal soul L
8. intellect, understanding L
9. the first companion or attendant of a king, a courtier, a noble (also m.) L
10. an elephant-driver (also m.) L
11. (in gram.) the principal member of a compound (opp. to upasarjana, q.v.)
12. mf(ā)n. chief, main, principal, most important
13. pre-eminent in (instr.)
14. better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
15. m. N. of an ancient king MBh
16. (ā), f. N. of a Śakti, Tantr. (cf. IW. 522)

⋙pradhānakarman

1. ○karman or n. chief or principal action

⋙pradhānakārya

1. ○kārya n. chief or principal action
2. principal mode of treatment (in med.), Suśr Madhus

⋙pradhānakāraṇavāda

1. ○kāraṇa-vāda m. the doctrine that Pradhāna is the original cause (according to the Sāṃkhya) Bādar. Sch

⋙pradhānatama

1. ○tama mfn. most excellent or distinguished, most important, chiefest MBh. Suśr

⋙pradhānatara

1. ○tara mfn. more excellent, better MārkP

⋙pradhānatas

1. ○tas ind. according to eminence or superiority Mn. MBh. Hariv

⋙pradhānatā

1. ○tā f. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, prevalence R. Hariv. Hit. Vedântas. [Page 681, Column]
2. the being Pradhāna, q.v
3. (in MBh. iii, 173 = jagat-kāraṇatā
4. cf. śarīra-p○)

⋙pradhānatva

1. ○tva n. pre-eminence, superiority, excellence ĀśvŚr. MBh
2. (in Sāṃkhya) the being Pradhāna Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙pradhānadhātu

1. ○dhātu m. 'chief element of the body', semen virile L

⋙pradhānapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. a chief person, most distinguished personage, an authority Mn. Mālav
2. 'the supreme soul', N. of Śiva MBh
3. ○ṣâtī7ta m. transcending Pradhāna and Purusha (matter and spirit)
4. N. of Śiva MW

⋙pradhānabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. 'receiving the chief share', most excellent or distinguished MBh

⋙pradhānabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. one who is the chief person Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 54

⋙pradhānamantrin

1. ○mantrin m. a prime minister R. Hit. Vet

⋙pradhānamitra

1. ○mitra n. a chief friend R

⋙pradhānavādin

1. ○vādin m. one who asserts the Sāṃkhya doctrine (of Pradhāna), Badar. Sch

⋙pradhānavāsas

1. ○vāsas n. the best clothes, fulldress Mṛicch

⋙pradhānavṛṣṭi

1. ○vṛṣṭi f. copious rain, heaviest rain Var

⋙pradhānaśiṣṭa

1. ○śiṣṭa mfn. taught or laid down as of primary importance MW. (cf. anvācaya-ś○)

⋙pradhānasabhika

1. ○sabhika m. the chief of a gambling-house Mṛicch

⋙pradhānasevā

1. ○sevā f. chief or principal service Pañcat

⋙pradhānāṅga

1. pradhānâṅga n. a chief member, the chief member of the body
2. most eminent person in a state
3. principal branch of a science &c. W

⋙pradhānātman

1. pradhānâtman m. supreme or universal soul, N. of Vishṇu VP
2. (identified with the original cause of the universe or Viśva-bhāvana W.)

⋙pradhānādhyakṣa

1. pradhānâdhyakṣa m. a chief superintendent
2. -tā f. the office of chief superintendent Kathās

⋙pradhānāmātya

1. pradhānâmātya m. a prime minister W

⋙pradhānottama

1. pradhānôttama mfn. best of the eminent, illustrious
2. warlike, brave W

≫pradhānaka

1. pradhānaka n. (in Sāṃkhya) the original germ out of which the material universe is evolved (= pradhāna, a-vyakta, q.v.) Tattvas

≫pradhānya

1. pradhānya wṛ. for prādh○, q.v. MBh

≫pradhi

1. pra-dhí m. the felly of a wheel (also pl.) RV. &c. &c
2. orb, disc (of the moon) RV. x, 138, 6
3. a segment, Śulbas
4. -maṇḍala n. the circumference of (the felly of) a wheel MW
5. ○dhy-anīka n. the centre of a segment, Śulbas
6. a well L

pradhā

1. pra-dhā √2. See pra-√dhe, col. 2

pradhāv

1. pra-dhāv √1. P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run forwards, run forth, run away, set out, start RV. ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
2. to rush upon Kathās
3. to run or go to (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
4. to pervade, permeate Suśr
5. to become diffused, spread MBh.: Caus. P. -dhāvayati, to put to flight Kathās
6. to drive away. run Br. 1

⋙pradhāvana

1. pra-ḍdhāvana m. a runner L

⋙pradhāvita

1. pra-ḍdhāvita mfn. run away, set out, started MBh. R. Pañcat. &c

pradhāv

1. pra-dhāv √2. P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to wash or rub off ŚBr.: Caus. P. Ā. -dhāvayati, ○te, to wash or cause to wash off MBh. 2

⋙pradhāvana

1. pra-ḍdhāvana m. air, wind L. (regarded as a 'purifier', cf. pavana
2. or perhaps fr. √1. dhāv, regṭregarded as a 'runner')
3. n. rubbing or washing off Suśr. Gaut

pradhi

1. pra-dhi See above

pradhī

1. pra-√dhī (or -dīdhī, only p. pr. -dīdhyat and -dī́dhyāna), to long for, strive after RV. i, 113, 10
2. to look out, be on the watch AV. x, 4, 11

pradhī

1. pra-dhī f. great intelligence Vop
2. mfn. of superior intelligence, pre-eminently intelligent ib

pradhura

1. pra-dhura n. the tip of a pole ĀpŚr

pradhū

1. pra-√dhū P. Ā. [-dh�Unoti], ○nute, to move forward PañcavBr
2. to blow away ChUp. MBh.: to blow or shake out (the beard after drinking) RV.: Intens. -dodhuvat, -dūdhot, to blow (the beard, acc.)
3. to blow into (loc.) RV

≫pradhūpita

1. pra-dhūpita mfn. fumigated, perfumed MBh
2. heated, burnt
3. lighted, inflamed
4. afflicted
5. excited W
6. (ā), f. (with or scil. diś) the quarter to which the sun is proceeding L
7. a woman in trouble or affliction ib

≫pradhūmita

1. pra-dhūmita mfn. smothered with smoke, giving out smoke, smouldering Ragh

pradhṛ

1. pra-√dhṛ (only pf. Ā. -dadhre, with manas), to set the mind upon anything (dat.), resolve, determine MBh.: Caus. P. -dhārayati, to chastise, inflict a punishment on any one (loc
2. cf. daṇḍaṃ-√dhṛ) MBh
3. to keep in remembrance ib
4. to reflect, consider ib. Pat
5. (pradhārayantu wṛ. for pra dhārā yantu ĀśvGṛ. iii, 12, 14)

⋙pradhāraṇa

1. pra-ḍdhāraṇa mfn. keeping, preserving, protecting ( See pāda-pr○) [Page 681, Column]
2. (ā), f. constantly fixing one's mind on a certain object MBh

pradhṛṣ

1. pra-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣati, -dhṛṣṇoti, to be bold against, assail with courage or daring, lay hands on, hurt, injure, harass, overpower, overcome R.: Caus. P. -dharṣayati id. ib. KaushĀr. MBh. &c
2. to violate (a woman) MBh
3. to destroy, devastate R

⋙pradharṣa

1. pra-ḍdharṣa m. attacking, assaulting, assailing ( See duṣ-p○)

⋙pradharṣaka

1. pra-ḍdharṣaka mfn. (ifc.), molesting, hurting, violating (the wife of another) MBh. R. Hariv

⋙pradharṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍdharṣaṇa mfn. (ifc.) attacking, molesting, harassing MBh
2. n. or (ā), f. attacking, assailing, an attack, assault, illtreatment, molestation (keśa-p○, dragging by the hair) MBh. R

⋙pradharṣaṇīya

1. pra-ḍdharṣaṇīya mfn. to be assailed, assailable, open to attack, exposed to injury or ill-treatment MBh

⋙pradharṣita

1. pra-ḍdharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) attacked, hurt, injured MBh. R. BhP
2. haughty, arrogant W
3. -vat mfn. arrogant, proud W

⋙pradharṣin

1. pra-ḍdharṣin mfn. = ○dharṣaṇa mfn. Dharmaśarm

⋙pradhṛṣṭa

1. pra-ḍdhṛṣṭa mfn. treated with contumely W
2. proud, arrogant ib

⋙pradhṛṣṭi

1. pra-ḍdhṛṣṭi f. overpowering, subjugation ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pradhṛṣya

1. pra-ḍdhṛṣya mfn. to be hurt or injured, violable ( See a-p○, duṣ-p○, su-p○)

pradhe

1. pra-√dhe Caus. -dhāpayati, to cause to suck MānGṛ

pradhmā

1. pra-√dhmā (or dham), P. (Ā. Pot. -dhmāyīta ChUp.) -dhamati, to blow before or in front, blow away AV
2. to scare Car
3. to destroy MBh
4. to blow into (esp. into a conch shell, acc.) ib. Suśr. Hariv. &c
5. (Ā.) to cry out ChUp. vi, 14, 1 Śaṃk
6. (others, 'to be tossed about', 'wander about'): Caus. P. Ā. -dhmāpayati, ○te, to blow into, blow (a conch shell) MBh. R. Hariv

⋙pradhamana

1. pra-ḍdhamana n. blowing into (the nose, as powder)
2. a sternutatory Suśr

⋙pradhmā

1. pra-ḍdhmā mfn. blowing violently MW

⋙pradhmāpana

1. pra-ḍdhmāpana n. (fr. Caus.) a remedy for difficult respiration (in med.) Suśr

⋙pradhmāpita

1. pra-ḍdhmāpita mfn. blown into, blown (as a conch shell) MBh

pradhyai

1. pra-√dhyai P. Ā. -dhyāyati, ○te, to meditate upon, think of (acc. with or without prati) Gobh. MBh. Hariv
2. to reflect, consider MBh. R. Kir
3. to excogitate, devise, hit upon MBh

⋙pradhyāna

1. pra-ḍdhyāna n. meditating upon, reflection, thinking, deep thought, subtle speculation MBh. R. Suśr. Car

pradhraj

1. pra-√dhraj P. -dhrajati, to run forward RV. i, 166, 4

pradhvaṃs

1. pra-√dhvaṃs Ā. -dhvaṃsate, to flow off (as water) ĀśvGṛ
2. to fall to pieces, perish ChUp.: Caus. -dhvaṃsayati, to scatter, sprinkle ŚBr
3. to cause to fall, destroy, cause to perish MBh. Śiś

⋙pradhvaṃsa

1. pra-ḍdhvaṃsa m. utter destruction, annihilation, perishing, disappearance Var. Bhartṛ
2. = ○dhvaṃsâbhāva (below) Sarvad
3. -tva n. state of destruction, desolation, ruin KapS. Sch
4. ○dhvaṃsâbhāva m. non-existence in consequence of annihilation, ceasing to exist Tarkas. Sarvad. &c

⋙pradhvaṃsana

1. pra-ḍdhváṃsana mfn. destroying, annihilating MBh
2. m. one who destroys, a destroyer (as a partic. personification) ŚBr. (cf. prādhvaṃsana)

⋙pradhvaṃsita

1. pra-ḍdhvaṃsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) destroyed, annihilated, dispelled MW

⋙pradhvaṃsin

1. pra-ḍdhvaṃsin mfn. passing away, transitory, perishable (utpanna-p○, arisen and passing away again, i.e. having no further consequences TPrāt. Comm.) MBh
2. (ifc.) destroying, annihilating R

⋙pradhvasta

1. pra-ḍdhvasta mfn. destroyed, perished, disappeared MBh. R. Bhartṛ. BhP

pradhvan

1. pra-√dhvan P. -dhvanati, to sound, resound Śiś.: Caus. -dhvanayati, to cause to sound Car

⋙pradhvāna

1. pra-ḍdhvāna m. a loud sound Dharmaśarm

pranakṣ

1. pra-√nakṣ P. Ā. -nakṣati, ○te, to draw near, approach RV. vii, 42, 1

pranaptṛ

1. pra-naptṛ m. a great grandson Uṇ. Sch

pranabh

1. pra-√nabh Ā. -nabhate, to burst asunder, open AV

pranard

1. pra-√nard P. -nardati Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 Sch

⋙pranardaka

1. pra-ḍnardaka mfn. ib

pranaṣṭa

1. pra-naṣṭa See pra-ṇaś, p. 659

pranāyaka

1. pra-nāyaka mfn. one whose leader is away, whose rulers are abroad
2. destitute of a guide Pāṇ. 1-4, 59 ; viii, 4, 14 Sch. [Page 681, Column]

pranāla

1. pra-nāla -nālī = -ṇāla, -ṇālī, q.v

pranāśin

1. pra-nāśin wṛ. for -ṇāśin, q.v

praniṃsita

1. pra-niṃsita -niṃsitavya = -ṇiṃsita, -ṇiṃsitavya, q.v

pranikṣaṇa

1. pra-nikṣaṇa = -ṇikṣaṇa Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

pranighātana

1. pra-nighātana n. (fr. pra-ni√han) killing, slaughter, murder L

pranindana

1. pra-nindana = -ṇindana Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

pranibhid

1. pra-ni-√bhid P. -bhinatti Pāṇ. 8-4, 18 Sch

pranirakṣ

1. pra-ni-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati Vop

pranīḍa

1. pra-nīḍa mfn. wṛ. for pra-ḍīna, (q.v.) MBh. xii, 9314

pranud

1. pra-nud mfn. wṛ. for -ṇud (q.v.) Suśr

pranṛt

1. pra-√nṛt P. Ā. -nṛtyati, ○te, to dance forwards, begin to dance, dance AV. MBh. R. &c
2. to gesticulate as in dancing (in token of derision) before any one (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -nartayati, to cause to dance Kathās
3. id. met. Kād

⋙pranartita

1. pra-ḍnartita mfn. caused to dance forwards, set in motion, shaken, agitated
2. dandled MW

⋙pranṛtta

1. pra-ḍnṛtta mfn. one who has begun to dṭdance, dancing MBh. R. Kathās
2. n. a dance MārkP
3. -vat mfn. having begun to dance MBh. Kathās

⋙pranṛtya

1. pra-ḍnṛtya mfn. or n. wṛ. for ○nṛtta

⋙pranṛtyavat

1. pra-ḍnṛtya-vat wṛ. for ○nṛtta-vat

prapakṣa

1. pra-pakṣa m. the extremity of a wing (of an army drawn out in the form of a bird) MBh. R
2. mfn. forming the extremity of a wing (in an army so arranged) MBh
3. m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa VP

prapac

1. pra-pac √1. (or pañc). See pra-pañcaya under pra-pañca

prapac

1. pra-pac √2. P. Ā. -pacati, ○te, to begin to cook Pāṇ. 8-1, 44 Sch
2. to be accustomed to cook R

⋙prapakva

1. pra-ḍpakva mfn. (in med.) inflamed Suśr

⋙prapāka

1. pra-ḍpāka m. ripening (of a boil &c.) Suśr
2. digestion Car
3. (prob.) a partic. part of the flesh of a victim Kauś

prapañca

1. pra-pañca m. (√1. pac, or pañc) expansion, development, manifestation MāṇḍUp. Kāv. Kathās
2. manifoldness, diversity Kāv. Śaṃk. Pañcat
3. amplification, prolixity, diffuseness, copiousness (in style
4. ○cena and ○ca-tas ind. diffusely, in detail) Hariv. Hit
5. manifestation of or form of (gen.) Hit. Bhāshāp
6. appearance, phenomenon Vcar
7. (in phil.) the expansion of the universe, the visible world Up. Kap. Sarvad
8. (in rhet.) mutual false praise Pratāp
9. (in dram.) ludicrous dialogue Sāh
10. (in gram.) the repetition of an obscure rule in a clearer form Pāṇ. Sch
11. (said to be encl. after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi)
12. deceit, trick, fraud, error L
13. opposition, reversion L
14. -catura mfn. skilful in assuming different forms Amar
15. -tva n. = maraṇa, death, Sāṃkhyas. (v. l.)
16. -nirmāṇa n. the creation of the visible world BhP
17. -buddhi mfn. having a cunning mind, artful
18. m. N. of a man Kathās. -mithyā-tva n. the unreality of the visible world
19. ○tvânumāna n. (○māna-khaṇḍana n. and ○ḍana-paraśu, m.) N. of wks
20. -vacana n. diffuse or prolix discourse Hit
21. -viveka m. -sāra m. -sāra-viveka m. and -sāra-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
22. ○câmṛta-sāra m. N. of wk
23. ○câsya mf(ā)n. (prob.) having various faces Hcat

⋙prapañcaka

1. pra-ḍpañcaka mf(ikā)n. multiplying Hcat
2. amplifying, explaining in detail L
3. (ikā), f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

⋙prapañcana

1. pra-ḍpañcana n. development, diffusion, copiousness, prolixity MBh. Pur. Sarvad

≫prapañcaya

1. pra-pañcaya Nom. P. ○yati, to develop, amplify, explain in detail Śaṃk. Sāh
2. to dwell upon a note (acc.) in music Gīt

⋙prapañcita

1. pra-ḍpañcita mfn. amplified, extended, treated at length Hariv. Rājat
2. represented in a false light BhP
3. erring, mistaken W
4. deceived, beguiled W

prapaṭh

1. pra-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to recite aloud Hariv

⋙prapāṭha

1. pra-ḍpāṭha or m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br. &c

⋙prapāṭhaka

1. pra-ḍpāṭhaka m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br. &c

⋙prapāṭhita

1. pra-ḍpāṭhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) taught, expounded L

prapaṇa

1. pra-paṇá m. (√paṇ) exchange, barter AV. [Page 682, Column]

prapat

1. pra-√pat P. -patati, to fly away or along, hasten towards (loc.), fly or fall down upon (loc.), fall RV. &c. &c
2. to fall from, be deprived of, lose (abl.) MBh.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fly away AV. ŚBr
3. to chase, pursue MBh
4. to throw down ib.: Desid. -pipatiṣati, to wish to hurry away AV.: Intens. -pāpatīti, to shoot forth RV

⋙prapatana

1. pra-ḍpatana n. flying forth or away MBh. (cf. haṃsa-)
2. flying or falling down, falling from (abl. or comp.) or into (loc. or comp.) Gaut. MBh. &c
3. a steep rock, precipice L
4. death, destruction W

⋙prapatita

1. pra-ḍpatita mfn. flown away or along, fallen, come down, fallen or got into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

≫prapāta

1. pra-pāta m. a partic. mode of flying Pañcat
2. springing forth Var
3. an attack L
4. starting off, setting out, departure Kathās
5. falling down, falling from (abl. or comp.) or into (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
6. falling out (of teeth, hair &c.) Suśr
7. discharge, emission, flow (of semen) VP
8. letting fall (a glance on anything) Kum
9. a steep rock, cliff, precipice MBh. Hariv. &c
10. a steep bank or shore L
11. a cascade, waterfall L
12. ○tâbhimukha mf(ī)n. inclined to precipitate one's self from a rock Kathās
13. ○tâmbu n. waterfalling from a rock Rājat

⋙prapātana

1. pra-ḍpātana n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall, throwing down R
2. throwing, casting (akṣa-p○, 'casting-dice') Hariv

⋙prapātam

1. pra-ḍpātam ind. falling down MBh

⋙prapātin

1. pra-ḍpātin m. a rock, cliff, mountain L

⋙prapitva

1. pra-ḍpitvá See col. 2

⋙prapitsu

1. pra-ḍpitsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to fall or throw one's self down Śiś

prapatha

1. prá-patha m. a way, journey (esp. to a distant place) RV. AitBr
2. (ifc. f. ā) a broad road or street Kāṭh. BhP
3. mfn. 'about to go off' (?), loose, relaxed L

⋙prapathin

1. prá-ḍpathín mfn. roaming on distant paths (superl. -tama) RV
2. m. N. of a man ib

⋙prapathya

1. prá-ḍpathyá mfn. being on the road, wandering (also applied to Pūshan, the protector of travellers) VS
2. (ā), f. = pathyā, Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L

⋙prapātha

1. prá-ḍpātha m. a road, way L

prapad

1. pra-pad √2. Ā. -padyate (ep. also P.), to fall or drop down from (abl.), throw one's self down (at a person's feet) MBh
2. to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with acc., rarely loc.) AV. &c. &c
3. to fly to for succour, take refuge with (acc.) TS. &c. &c
4. to fall upon, attack, assail RV. AV
5. to come to a partic. state or condition, incur, undergo (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
6. (with an adv. in sāt), to become, e.g. sarpasāt pra-√pad, to becṭbecome a serpent Bhatt
7. to obtain, gain (patini, 'as husband'), partake of, share in (acc.) ib
8. to adopt or embrace (a doctrine) Rājat
9. to undertake, commence, begin, do MBh. Kāv
10. to form (a judgment) MBh
11. to assume (a form) Kathās
12. to enjoy (pleasure) R
13. to take to (dat.) Hariv
14. to come on, approach, appear AV. R. Hariv
15. to take effect, succeed MBh
16. to turn out (anyathā, 'differently' i.e. without any effect or consequence) Hariv
17. to admit (a claim) R.: Caus. -pādayati, ○te, to cause to enter, introduce into (acc. or loc.) Br.: Desid. P. pítsati, to wish to enter ŚBr
18. Ā. -pitsate (cf. Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be going to incur or undertake Daś

≫prapatti

1. pra-patti f. pious resignation or devotion, Śāṇd
2. -pariśilana n. ○tty-upâdhitva-niṣedha m. N. of wks

≫prapad

1. pra-pad f. away AitBr
2. N. of partic. sacred texts Br. GṛŚrS

⋙prapadana

1. pra-ḍpadana n. entering, entrance into (comp.) ĀśvGṛ. Vait
2. access, approach ŚBr. ChUp

⋙prapadam

1. pra-ḍpadam ind. a term applied to a partic. mode of recitation (in which the Vedic verses are divided, without reference to the sense and construction, into parts of an equal number of syllables and between these parts partic. formulas inserted containing the word pa-padye) AitBr

≫prapanna

1. pra-panna mfn. arrived at, come to (śaraṇam, for protection), got into (any condition) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (with pādau) fallen at a person's feet R
3. suppliant (cf. comp.)
4. approached, appeared, happened, occurred R
5. acknowledged (as a claim) Yājñ
6. provided with (instr.) Śak. 1, 1
7. effecting, producing W
8. poor, distressed ib
9. -gati-dīpikā f. -dina-caryā f. -duṣṭâriṣṭa-śānti f. -pārijāta m. N. of wks
10. -pāla m. 'protector of suppliants', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh
11. -mālikā f. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
12. ○nnâmṛta n. 'nectar for suppliants', N. of a legendary biography of Rāmânuja (cf. RTL. 119 &c.)
13. ○nnârti-hara mf(ī)n. relieving the distress of suppliants MW

⋙prapāda

1. pra-ḍpāda See á-prapāda. [Page 682, Column]

⋙prapāduka

1. pra-ḍpā́duka mfn. falling away prematurely (as a fetus) TS. Kāṭh

⋙prapitsu

1. pra-ḍpitsu mfn. desirous of plunging into (loc). Śiś
2. desirous of entering upon (acc.) Kir

prapad

1. prá-pad f. (fr. 3. pad) the fore part of the foot AV

≫prapada

1. prá-pada n. id. the point of the foot, tip of the toes (ais, ind. on tiptoe) RV. &c. &c

≫prapadīna

1. prapadīna wṛ. for ā-prapadīna, q.v

prapanna

1. pra-panna &c. See col. 1

prapannāḍa

1. prapannāḍa m. Cassia Tora L. (cf. prapunāṭa &c.)

praparṇa

1. pra-parṇa mfn. whose leaves are fallen Pat

prapalāy

1. pra-palây (palā = parā and √ay = i), Ā. -palâyate (ind. p. -palâyya), to run away, flee, escape MBh. Hariv. R

⋙prapalāyana

1. pra-ḍpalâyana n. running away, flight, rout Pañcat

⋙prapalāyita

1. pra-ḍpalâyita mfn. run away
2. routed, defeated Kathās. Pañcat

⋙prapalāyin

1. pra-ḍpalâyin mfn. running away, flying, a fugitive MBh

prapalāśa

1. pra-palāśa mfn. = pra-parṇa Pat

prapavaṇa

1. pra-pavaṇa or pra-pavana n. (√1. pū) purifying, straining (Soma juice) Pāṇ. viii, 4, 34 Sch

⋙prapavaṇīya

1. pra-ḍpavaṇīya or mfn. to be cleansed or purified ib

⋙prapavanīya

1. pra-ḍpavanīya mfn. to be cleansed or purified ib

prapaś

1. pra-√paś P. -paśyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to see before one's eyes, look at, observe, behold RV. &c. &c
2. to judge, discern MBh
3. to know, understand R
4. to regard as, take for (two acc.) MBh

⋙prapaśyat

1. pra-ḍpaśyat or mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh

⋙prapaśyamāna

1. pra-ḍpaśyamāna mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh

prapā

1. pra-pā √1. P. -píbati, (ind. p. -pāya Pāṇ. 6-4, 69), to begin to drink, drink RV. &c. &c
2. to imbibe (cakṣuṣā, with the eye i.e. feast the eyes upon) MBh

≫prapā

1. pra-pā́ f. a place for supplying water, a place for watering cattle or a shed on the road-side containing a reservoir of water for travellers, fountain, cistern, well AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 58 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)
2. a supply of water, affluent (of a tank &c.) L
3. -pālikā or ○lī f. a woman who distributes water to travellers Vcar
4. -pūraṇa n. filling a cistern with water
5. ○ṇīya mfn. serving to fill a cistern with with Pāṇ. 5-1, 111 Vārtt. 1 Pat
6. -maṇḍapa m. a shed with water for travellers Vcar
7. -vana n. 'fountaingrove', a cool grove L

⋙prapāṇa

1. pra-ḍpāṇa n. drinking, a drink or beverage (in a-prap○ and su-prap○ cf. also pra-pāna)

⋙prapāṇīya

1. pra-ḍpāṇīya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable W

⋙prapāna

1. pra-ḍpāna n. drinking, sipping R
2. the under part of a horse's upper lip (which he uses in drinking) Var. (v. l. ○pāṇa)

⋙prapānaka

1. pra-ḍpānaka n. sherbet Bhpr. Sāh

⋙prapāyin

1. pra-ḍpāyin mfn. drinking, one who drinks W

⋙prapīti

1. pra-ḍpīti f. the act of drinking Kauś. Sch

prapā

1. pra-pā √3. P. -pāti, to protect, defend from (abl.) BhP

⋙prapāyin

1. pra-ḍpāyin mfn. who or what protects W

⋙prapālaka

1. pra-ḍpālaka m. (cf. √pāl) a guardian, protector Kāv

⋙prapālana

1. pra-ḍpālana n. guarding, protecting, protection Cat

⋙prapālin

1. pra-ḍpālin m. 'protector', N. of Baladeva L

prapāka

1. pra-pāka See pra- √2. pac

prapāṭikā

1. pra-pāṭikā f. a young shoot or sprout L

prapāṭhaka

1. pra-pāṭhaka See pra-√paṭh

prapāṇi

1. pra-pāṇi or ○ṇika m. the fore-arm Car

prapāṇḍu

1. pra-pāṇḍu or ○ḍura mfn. very white, of a dazzling white colour Suśr

prapāta

1. pra-pāta &c. See pra-√pat

prapādika

1. prapādika or ○dīka m. a peacock L

prapāduka

1. pra-pāduka &c. See above

prapitāmaha

1. prá-pitāmaha m. a paternal great-grandfather VS. TS
2. (○mahá) AV. &c. &c
3. N. of Kṛishṇa and Brahmā MBh
4. (ī), f. a paternal great-grandmother ib
5. m. pl. great-grandfathers, ancestors R. Kathās

≫prapitṛvya

1. pra-pitṛvya m. a paternal grand-uncle L

prapitva

1. pra-pitvá n. (perhaps for pra-pit-tva fr. √pat [Page 682, Column]
2. cf. apa-pitva) start, flight, haste RV
3. the advanced day i.e. evening ib

≫prapitsu

1. pra-pitsu See col. 2

prapinv

1. pra-√pinv P. Ā. -pinvati, ○te, to swell, be full of, be rich, flow over RV

prapiṣ

1. pra-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi, to crush to pieces, pound Pañcat.: Caus. -peṣayati, to pound, grind or crush to pieces Suśr

⋙prapiṣṭa

1. pra-ḍpiṣṭa (prá-), mfn. crushed or ground down ŚBr. KātyŚr
2. -bhāga (○ṭá-), mfn. whose share has been ground down' TS

prapī

1. pra-√pī &c. See pra-√pyai

prapīḍ

1. pra-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press, squeeze ŚBr. MBh. Suśr
2. to suppress (the breath) ChUp
3. to afflict, torment, harass MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙prapīḍana

1. pra-ḍpīḍana n. pressing, squeezing Suśr
2. an astringent ib

⋙prapīḍita

1. pra-ḍpīḍita mfn. pressed, afflicted, tortured MBh. Kāv. &c

prapīti

1. pra-pīti See pra- √1. pā

prapuṭa

1. pra-puṭa m. 'a large cornucopia' Kauś. (dṛḍhaḥ puṭaḥ Sch.)

prapuṇḍarīka

1. pra-puṇḍarīka v. l. for prapauṇḍ○, q.v

praputra

1. pra-putra m. a grandson, descendant Inscr

praputh

1. pra-√puth Caus. -pothayati, to push away (anyo'nyam, 'each other') R

prapunāṭa

1. prapunāṭa (L.), ○nāḍa (Suśr.), prapuṃnaḍa, or ○nāṭa (L.), ○nāḍa (Suśr.), ○nāla (L.), m. Cassia Tora or Cavia Alata

prapurāṇa

1. pra-purāṇa mfn. very old, kept a long time Car

prapuṣ

1. pra-√puṣ P. -puṣyati (RV.), puṣṇāti (BhP.), to nourish, feed, support

prapuṣpita

1. pra-puṣpita mfn. flowering, in blossom, blooming MBh. R

prapūj

1. pra-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to respect, honour, esteem MBh. Kāv. Śaṃk
2. to honour i.e. present with (instr.) Hcat

⋙prapūjita

1. pra-ḍpūjita mfn. honoured, respected MBh

prapṛ

1. pra-pṛ √1. (only aor. Subj. -parṣi), to carry across, bring over (ati) RV. i, 174, 9

prapṛc

1. pra-√pṛc P. -pṛṇakti, or -pṛñcati, to come in contact with (acc.) RV. TBr

prapṛthak

1. pra-pṛthák ind. singly, one by one AV

prapṛṣṭha

1. pra-pṛṣṭha mfn. having a prominent or protuberant back Pāṇ. 6-2, 177 Sch

prapṝ

1. pra-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti ( See pra-pra-√pṝ), Pass. -pūryate, to be filled, become full or satiated, be completed or fulfilled or accomplished MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill up, complete MBh. R
2. to make rich, enrich Mṛicch

⋙prapūraka

1. pra-ḍpūraka mf(ikā)n. filling up, fulfilling, satisfying Kāvyâd. Sch
2. (ikā), f. Solanum Jacquini L

⋙prapūraṇa

1. pra-ḍpūraṇa mf(ī)n. filling up (oil, and) increasing (love) Cat
2. the act of filling up, filling, putting in, inserting, injecting (with loc. or comp.) Suśr
3. satiating, satisfying Cat
4. bending (of a bow) R
5. adorning, embellishing (of Indra's banner) Var

⋙prapūrita

1. pra-ḍpūrita mfn. filled up, completed MBh

prapauṇḍarīka

1. pra-pauṇḍarīka n. the √of Nymphaea Lotus Car. (v. l. prapuṇḍ○)
2. Hibiscus Mutabilis Suśr

prapautra

1. pra-pautra m. the son of a son's son, a great-grandson Kathās. Rājat. (also ○traka Yājñ.)
2. (ī), f. a great-granddaughter Hcat

prapyasa

1. pra-pyasá mfn. swelling AV. (cf. next)

prapyai

1. pra-√pyai Ā. -pyāyate, to swell out, swell up, be distended or exuberant RV. VS. TS.: Caus. -pyāyayati, to cause to swell out, distend RV. ŚBr

≫prapīta

1. prá-pīta mfn. swollen out, swollen up, distended RV

⋙prapīna

1. prá-pīna mfn. id. VS

≫prapyāta

1. prá-pyāta mfn. id. TS

⋙prapyāna

1. prá-ḍpyāna mfn. id. Pāṇ. 6-1, 28 Sch. [Page 683, Column]

≫prapyāyana

1. pra-pyāyana n

⋙prapyāyanapyāyanīya

1. ○pyāyanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

≫prapyāyayitṛ

1. pra-pyāyayitṛ́ mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to swell out, distending ŚBr

praprajan

1. pra-pra-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born again and again RV. v, 58, 5

praprapṝ

1. pra-pra-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti, to fill up, complete RV. v, 5, 5

praprarṣ

1. pra-prarṣ (-pra-√ṛṣ), P. -arṣati, to stream forth towards (dat.) RV. ix, 9, 2

prapravī

1. pra-pra-√vī P. -veti, to advance against, attack RV. vii, 6, 3

prapraśaṃs

1. pra-pra-√śaṃs Pass. -śasyate, to be praised RV. i, 138, 1 (cf. vi, 48, 1)

prapraśru

1. pra-pra-√śru Pass. (3. sg.) -śṛṇve, to be celebrated RV. vii, 8, 4

praprasthā

1. pra-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to rise, advance RV. i, 40, 7

praprās

1. pra-prâs (-pra- √1. as), P. -asti, to be in a high degree or prominently RV. i, 150, 3

praprī

1. pra-√prī Caus. -prīṇayati, to make pleasant Divyâv

prapruth

1. pra-√pruth P. -prothati, to snort (as a horse) RV. TS
2. to blow or puff out (the cheeks) RV. iii, 32, 1
3. to shake the limbs noisily TāṇḍBr. Sch

⋙praprotha

1. pra-ḍprothá m. snorting, blowing, puffing MaitrS
2. the nostrils of a horse Āpast
3. N. of a partic. plant (sometimes used as a substitute for the Soma) TāṇḍBr

prapre

1. prá-prê (-pra-√i), P. 3. pl. -yanti, to go forth, move on, advance RV. iii, 9, 3

praplu

1. pra-√plu Ā. -plavate, to go to sea (samudram), float or sail away TS. AitBr.: Caus. -plāvayati, to cause to float or sail away ṢaḍvBr
2. to wash or flood with water ŚBr. GṛŚrS

⋙praplāvana

1. pra-ḍplāvana n. flooding with water, extinguishing (a fire) AitBr

⋙prapluta

1. pra-ḍpluta (prá-), mfn. dipped in water VS

prapharvī

1. prapharvī́ f. a wanton or lascivious girl RV. AV. VS
2. ○vi-dā (ĀpŚr.), ○vii-dā (Kāṭh.), f. bestowing a wanton girl

praphulta

1. pra-phulta mfn. = pra-phulla Pāṇ. 7-4, 89 Sch

⋙praphulti

1. pra-ḍphulti f. blooming, blossoming ib

≫praphulla

1. praphulla mfn. ( See √phull. phal) blooming forth, blooming, blown MBh. Kāv. &c
2. covered with blossoms or flowers R. Hariv
3. expanded, opened wide (like a full-blown flower), shining, smiling, cheerful, pleased ( See comp.)

⋙praphullanagavat

1. ○naga-vat mfn. rich in blooming trees R

⋙praphullanayana

1. ○nayana (W.),

⋙praphullanetra

1. ○netra (Śatṛ.), mfn. having fully opened or sparkling eyes, having eyes expanded with joy

⋙praphullavadana

1. ○vadana mfn. having the face expanded with joy, looking gay or happy W

prabandh

1. pra-√bandh P. -badhnāti, to bind on, fasten, fetter, check, hinder ŚBr
2. &c &c

⋙prabaddha

1. pra-ḍbaddha mfn. bound, tied, fettered ChUp. &c. &c
2. dependent on (comp.) MBh
3. checked, stopped, suppressed
4. -mūtra mfn. suffering from retention of urine Suśr

⋙prabanddhṛ

1. pra-ḍbanddhṛ m. 'one who connects together', a composer, author Pratāp
2. an interpreter (○ddhṛ-tā f.) Naish

⋙prabandha

1. pra-ḍbandha m. a connection, band, tie (garbha-nāḍī-prab○, the umbilical cord) Suśr
2. an uninterrupted connection, continuous series, uninterruptedness, continuance Hariv. Kāv. &c
3. a composition, (esp.) any literary production Kāv. Rājat. Pratāp
4. a commentary Naish. Sch
5. -kalpanā f. a feigned story, a work of fiction L
6. -kośa m. -cintāmaṇi m. N. of wks
7. -varṣa m. incessant rain Var
8. ○dhâdhyāya m. N. of the 4th ch. of the Saṃgīta-darpaṇa and of the Saṃgītaratnâkara
9. ○dhârtha m. the subject-matter of a composition or treatise, A

⋙prabandhana

1. pra-ḍbandhana n. binding, fettering Kir
2. connection, bond, tie Suśr

prababhra

1. prababhra m. N. of Indra Kāṭh. (cf. pravabhrá)

prabarha

1. pra-barha m. (√1 bṛh) the best, most excellent MBh. R. (cf. pra-varha)

prabarhaṇa

1. pra-barhaṇa n. (√2. bṛh, bṛṃh) tearing off or out ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙prabarham

1. pra-ḍbarham See pravarham. [Page 683, Column]

prabala

1. pra-bala mf(ā)n. strong, powerful, mighty, great, important (as a word), violent (as pain) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. dangerous, pernicious MārkP
3. (ifc.) abounding in Suśr
4. (ám), ind. greatly, much ŚBr
5. m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
6. of an attendant of Vishṇu ib
7. of a Daitya Kathās
8. wṛ. for pra-vāla L
9. (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L
10. (ī), f. See s.v

⋙prabalatara

1. ○tara mfn. stronger, very strong or mighty Prab

⋙prabalatā

1. ○tā f. (Rājat.),

⋙prabalatva

1. ○tva n. (Kull.) strength, power, might, validity

⋙prabalatoya

1. ○toya mfn. abounding in water Rājat

⋙prabalanirṇayavyākhyā

1. ○nirṇaya-vyākhyā f. N. of wk

⋙prabalarudita

1. ○rudita n. strong crying, excessive weeping Megh

⋙prabalavat

1. ○vat mfn. strong, mighty MBh

⋙prabalavirasā

1. ○virasā f. decay Divyâv

≫prabala

1. pra-bala Nom. P. ○lati, to become strong or powerful L

⋙prabalanatā

1. pra-ḍbalana-tā f. strengthening Kāv

≫prabalaya

1. prabalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to strengthen, increase Mcar

≫prabalī

1. prabalī in comp. for ○bala

⋙prabalībhū

1. ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become strong or mighty Kathās

prabalī

1. prabalī f. a class, division of a community (?) Inscr

prabahlikā

1. pra-bahlikā See pra-vahlikā

prabādh

1. pra-√bādh Ā. -bādhate (ep. also P. ○ti), to press forward, drive, urge, promote RV. Nir
2. to repel, drive away, keep off MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to torment, vex, hurt, injure, annoy ib
4. to set aside, annul Pāṇ. 7-2, 90 Sch.: Intens., See below

⋙prabādhaka

1. pra-ḍbādhaka mfn. (ifc.) pressing back, keeping away Suśr
2. refusing MW

⋙prabādhana

1. pra-ḍbādhana n. keeping off, keeping at a distance MBh. MārkP
2. pressing hard upon, tormenting, paining MBh. (also ā f. Jātakam.)
3. refusing, denying MW

⋙prabādhita

1. pra-ḍbādhita (prá-), mfn. driven, urged on RV. x, 108, 9
2. oppressed MW

⋙prabādhin

1. pra-ḍbādhin mfn. (ifc.) harassing, paining, tormenting Bālar

⋙prabābadhāna

1. pra-ḍbā́badhāna mfn. (fr. Intens.) hastening on before, overtaking RV

prabāla

1. pra-bāla See pra-vāla

prabālaka

1. pra-bālaka m. N. of a Yaksha MBh
2. (ikā), f. N. of a woman, Vāsav. introd. (printed ○vālikā)

prabālika

1. pra-bālika (or -vālika ?), m. a kind of purslain L

prabāhu

1. pra-bāhu m. the fore-arm Var. VP
2. 'long-armed', N. of a man MBh. (also ○huka VP.)

prabāhuk

1. pra-bā́huk ind. in an even line, on a level TS. Br. (= bāhulyena TBr. Sch.)

⋙prabāhukam

1. pra-bā́ḍhukam ind. at the same time or on high L. (g. svar-ādi)

prabudh

1. pra-√budh Ā. -budhyate (Ved. inf. -búdhe), to wake up, wake, awake (intrans.) RV. &c. &c
2. to expand, open, bloom, blossom MBh. Kāv. &c
3. P. -bodhati, to become conscious or aware of know, understand, recognise as (2. acc.) MBh.: Caus. -bodkayati, to wake up, awaken (trans.) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to cause to expand or bloom Kum
5. to stimulate (by gentle friction), ŚarṅgS
6. to make sensible, cause to know, inform, admonish, persuade, convince MBh. Kāv. &c
7. to instruct, teach (two acc.) Cāṇ

⋙prabuddha

1. pra-ḍbuddha mfn. awakened, awake, roused, expanded, developed, opened, blown Up. MBh. &c
2. come forth, appeared Vcar
3. (anything) that has begun to take effect (as a spell) Cat
4. known, understood, recognised Kap
5. enlightened, clear-sighted, clever, wise Kathās. Hcar
6. m. N. of a teacher BhP
7. -tā f. intelligence, wisdom MārkP

≫prabudh

1. pra-budh mfn. watchful, attentive RV
2. f. awaking ib

⋙prabudha

1. pra-ḍbudha m. a great sage BhP

≫prabodha

1. pra-bodha m. awaking (from sleep or ignorance), becoming conscious, consciousness Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat
2. opening, blowing (of flowers) Kālid
3. manifestation, appearance (of intelligence) Pañcat. (v. l.)
4. waking, wakefulness Śak
5. knowledge, understanding, intelligence Ragh. BhP. Śāntiś
6. awakening (trans.) R
7. friendly admonition, good words (pl.) Naish
8. reviving of an evaporated scent VarBṛS
9. N. of wk
10. -candra m. 'the moon of knowledge', knowledge personified and compared with the moon Prab
11. -candrikā f. 'moonlight of knowledge', N. of sev. wks
12. -candrôdaya m. 'rise of the moon of knowledge', N. of a celebrated philosophical drama and of sev. other wks
13. ○daya-saṃgraha m. ○dayâmalaka m. or n. (?) N. of wks
14. -cintāmaṇi m. -dīpikā f. -prakāśa m. -mañjarī f. -mānasôllāsa m. -ratnâkara m. N. of wks. [Page 683, Column]
15. -vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
16. -siddhi f. -sudhâkara m. -sū7kti-vyākhyā f. N. of wks
17. ○dhânanda m. (with sarasvatī), N. of an author Cat
18. ○dhôtsava m. = ○dhinī (below)
19. N. of wk. (cf. nārāyaṇaprabodh○)
20. ○dh4ôdaya m. rise of knowledge Prab
21. N. of wk

⋙prabodhaka

1. pra-ḍbodhaka mfn. awakening, causing to open or blossom Subh
2. m. a minstrel whose duty is to wake the king L
3. (ifc.) = ○bodha, understanding, intelligence (e.g. sukha-prabodhaka f. ikā, of easy intelligence i.e. easily intelligible Cat.)

⋙prabodhana

1. pra-ḍbodhana mfn. awaking, arousing, Ṛit. Pañcat
2. m. N. of a Buddha Buddh
3. (ī), f. the 11th day in the light half of the month Kārttika, celebrated as a festival in commemoration of the waking of Vishṇn Pur
4. Alhagi Maurorum L
5. n. waking, awaking MBh. Kāv. &c
6. awakening, arousing, MHh. Hariv
7. knowledge, understanding, comprehension Pañcat
8. enlightening, instructing ib. Prab
9. reviving of an evaporated scent L

⋙prabodhita

1. pra-ḍbodhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) awakened, aroused &c. MBh. Kāv. &c. (also -vat Sāh.)
2. (ā), f. N. of a metre Chandom

⋙prabodhin

1. pra-ḍbodhin mfn. awaking Ragh
2. coming forth from (abl.) R
3. (inī), f. the 11th day in the light half of Kārttika (= ○bodhanī) Cat
4. ○dhi-tā f. awaking, wakefulness (a-prab○) MBh

⋙prabodhya

1. pra-ḍbodhya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be awakened MBh. Kathās. Suśr

prabrū

1. pra-√brū P. Ā. -braviiti, -brūte, to exclaim, proclaim, announce, declare, teach, indicate, betray RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
2. to praise, celebrate RV
3. to speak kindly to (dat.) ib
4. to say, tell, relate MBh. Kāv. &c. (with two acc. Bhaṭṭ
5. with satyam, to speak the truth, speak sincerely VarBṛS.)
6. to read before (gen. or dat.) MW
7. to call, name BhP
8. to describe as (two acc.) MBh
9. to announce i.e. recommend anything to (dat.), offer, present Āpast. (cf. ni- √1. vid, Caus.)

prabhaj

1. pra-√bhaj P. Ā. -bhajati, ○te, to execute, accomplish Pañcar
2. to honour Buddh
3. to divide MW. 0bhāga, m. division KātySr
4. (fr. pra + bhāga) the fraction of a fraction, a sub-fraction Col
5. -jāti f. reduction of sub-fractious to a common denominator ib

⋙prabhāj

1. pra-ḍbhāj mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 62 Sch

prabhañj

1. pra-√bhañj P. -bhanákti, to break up, crush, destroy, rout, defeat RV. &c. &c.: Pass. pr. p. -bhajyamāna, being broken to pieces or broken up BhP

⋙prabhagna

1. pra-ḍbhagna mfn. crushed to pieces, defeated MBh. R

⋙prabhaṅga

1. pra-ḍbhaṅgá m. a breaker, crusher RV
2. breaking, crushing, destruction R

⋙prabhaṅgin

1. pra-ḍbhaṅgín mfn. breaking, crushing, destroying RV

⋙prabhaṅgura

1. pra-ḍbhaṅgura mfn. breaking (perishable ?) L

⋙prabhañjana

1. pra-ḍbhañjana mfn. = ○bhaṅgin Kauś. MBh. Hariv
2. m. wind or the god of wind, storm, tempest, hurricane MBh. R. &c
3. a nervous disease Suśr
4. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
5. N. of a prince MBh
6. n. the act of breaking to pieces AdbhBr

prabhadra

1. pra-bhadra n. Azadirachta Indica L
2. (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L

⋙prabhadraka

1. pra-ḍbhadraka mfn. exceedingly handsome or beautiful MBh. R
2. n. a kind of metre Col
3. a combination of 4 Ślokas containing one sentence Kāvyâd. Sch

prabhartavya

1. pra-bhartavya &c. See pra-√bhṛ

prabhava

1. pra-bhava &c. See under pra-√bhū

prabhā

1. pra-bhā √1. P. -bhāti, to shine forth, begin to become light, shine, gleam RV. &c. &c
2. to appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without iva) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to illuminate, enlighten TUp

≫prabhā

1. prabhā́ f. light, splendour, radiance, beautiful appearance (ifc. often mfn. with f. ā) Mn. MBh. &c
2. the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial Sūryas
3. light variously personified (as wife of the sun, or as wife of Kalpa and mother of Prātar, Madhyaṃ-dina and Sāya i.e. morning, midday and evening, or as a form of Durgā in the disc of the sun) Hariv. Pur
4. N. of a Śakti Hcat
5. of an Apsaras MBh
6. of a daughter of Svar-bhānu and mother of Nahusha Hariv
7. of the city of Kubera L
8. of a kind of metre Col
9. of sev. wks

⋙prabhākara

1. ○kara m. 'light-maker', the sun (du. sun and moon) MBh. Kāv. Kathās
2. the moon L
3. fire L
4. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
5. N. of Śiva Śivag
6. of a class of deities under the 8th Manu MārkP
7. of a serpentdemon MBh
8. of a sage of the race of Atri Hariv. Pur
9. of a son of Jyotish-mat VP
10. of a teacher of the Māmāṃsā philosophy (associated with Kumārilabhaṭṭa) Col. [Page 684, Column]
11. of sev. other teachers and authors (also prabhākara-guru, -candra, -datta, -deva, -nandana, -mitra) Cat
12. -pariccheda m. N. of wk
13. -vardhana m. N. of a king Hcar
14. -varman m. N. of a minister Rājat
15. -siddhi m. N. of a scholar Buddh
16. -svāmin m. N. of the statue of the tutelary deity of Prabhākara-varman Rājat
17. ○râhnika n. N. of wk
18. (ī), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 10 stages of perfection Dharmas. 64
19. n. N. of a Varsha MBh

⋙prabhākīṭa

1. ○kīṭa m. 'light-insect', a firefly L

⋙prabhāñjana

1. ○"ṣñjana (○bhâñj○), m. Hyperanthera Moringa L

⋙prabhātarala

1. ○tarala mfn. tremulously radiant, flashing Śak

⋙prabhātīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

⋙prabhānanā

1. ○"ṣnanā (○bhân○), f. N. of a Surâṅganā, Siṇhâs

⋙prabhāpadaśakti

1. ○pada-śakti f. N. of wk

⋙prabhāpallavita

1. ○pallavita mfn. overspread with lustre Vikr

⋙prabhāpāla

1. ○pāla m. N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh

⋙prabhāpraroha

1. ○praroha m. a shoot i.e. flash or ray of light Ragh

⋙prabhāmaṇḍala

1. ○maṇḍala n. (also ○la-ka n. Kathās.) a circle or crown of rays ib
2. -śobhin mfn. shining with a circle of rays Ragh
3. N. of wk
4. m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

⋙prabhāmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of light, shining MBh. Hariv
2. m. a partic. Gaṇa of Śiva Harav

⋙prabhālepin

1. ○lepin mfn. covered with splendour Hcar

⋙prabhālocana

1. ○"ṣlocana (○bhâl○), n. N. of wk

⋙prabhāvat

1. ○vat mfn. luminous, radiant, splendid MBh. Kāv. &c
2. (ī), f. the lute of one of the Gaṇas or demigods attendant on Śiva L
3. a kind of metre Śrutab
4. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
5. N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit
6. of the wife of the sun MBh
7. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda ib
8. of an Apsaras VP
9. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
10. of a sister of the Asura Indra-damana L
11. of a daughter of king Vajra-nābha and wife of Pradyumna Hariv
12. of the wife of Citra-ratha king of Aṅga MBh
13. of the daughter of Suviira and wife of Marutta MārkP
14. of a Tāpasī MBh
15. of them other of Malli (the 19th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī) L
16. of the daughter of the Śreshṭhin Soma-datta and wife of Madana the son of Vikrama-sena Śukas
17. of a river W
18. (-pariṇaya m. 'the marriage of Prabhāvatī', N. of a drama by Viśva-nātha)

⋙prabhāvalī

1. ○"ṣvalī (○bhâv○), f. N. of wk

⋙prabhāvyūha

1. ○vyūha m. N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit

⋙prabheśvaratīrtha

1. prabhêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

≫prabhāta

1. prabhāta mfn. shone forth, begun to become clear or light MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. N. of a son of the sun and Prabhā VP
3. (ā), f. N. of the mother of the Vasus Pratyūsha and Prabhāsa MBh
4. n. daybreak, dawn, morning Gaut. MBh. &c

⋙prabhātakaraṇīya

1. ○karaṇīya n. a morning rite or ceremony Śak

⋙prabhātakalpa

1. ○kalpa mf(ā)n. nearly become light, approaching dawn (as night) R

⋙prabhātakāla

1. ○kāla m. time of daybreak, early morning Suśr

⋙prabhātaprāya

1. ○prâya mfn. = -kalpa Kād

⋙prabhātasamaya

1. ○samaya m. = -kāla MBh

≫prabhāna

1. pra-bhāna n. light, radiance, shining Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙prabhānīya

1. pra-ḍbhānīya mfn. to be irradiated or lighted ib

⋙prabhānu

1. pra-ḍbhānu m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

⋙prabhāpana

1. pra-ḍbhāpana n. (from Caus.) causing to shine Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Vārtt. 2. Pat

⋙prabhāpanīya

1. pra-ḍbhāpanīya mfn. to be caused to shine Pāṇ. ib. Sch

prabhāga

1. prabhāgá See pra-√bhaj

prabhāraka

1. prabhāraka wṛ. for prabhā-kara MBh

prabhāva

1. pra-bhāva &c. See pra-√bhū

prabhāṣ

1. pra-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to speak, tell, declare, disclose, manifest, explain, call, name MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to talk to, converse with (acc.) MBh

⋙prabhāṣa

1. pra-ḍbhāṣa m. declaration, doctrine Hariv. (Nīlak.)
2. wṛ. for -bhāsa

⋙prabhāṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍbhāṣaṇa n. explanation Suśr
2. ○ṇīya mfn. relating to an explṭexplanation ib

⋙prabhāṣita

1. pra-ḍbhāṣita mfn. spoken, uttered, declared MBh. Kāv. &c
2. n. speech, talk Var

⋙prabhāṣin

1. pra-ḍbhāṣin mfn. saying, speaking MBh. BhP

prabhās

1. pra-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate (ep. also P. ○ti), to shine, glitter, be brilliant MBh. Hariv
2. to appear like (iva) MBh.: Caus. -bhāsayati, to irradiate, illuminate, enlighten MBh. R

⋙prabhāsa

1. pra-ḍbhāsa M. 'splendour', 'beauty', N. of a Vasu MBh
2. of a being attendant on Skanda ib
3. of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP
4. (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gaṇâdhipas L
5. of a son of a minister of Candraprabha king of Madra Kathās
6. (pl.) N. of a race of Ṛishis MBh
7. m. or n. N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvārakā MBh. Kāv. &c. (also -kṣetra n. -kṣetra-tīrtha n. -deśa m.)
8. -kṣetra-tīrtha-yātrânukrama m. -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -khaṇḍa m. or n. and ○sêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of wks. [Page 684, Column]

⋙prabhāsana

1. pra-ḍbhāsana n. irradiating, illumining MBh

⋙prabhāsura

1. pra-ḍbhāsura (R.),

⋙prabhāsvat

1. pra-ḍbhāsvat (Hariv.), mfn. shining forth, shining brightly, brilliant

⋙prabhāsvara

1. pra-ḍbhāsvara mfn. id. R. Kathās
2. clear, shrill (as a voice) L
3. (ā), f. a partic. mythical plant Divyâv

prabhid

1. pra-√bhid P. -bhinatti, to cleave, split asunder, break, pierce, open RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken in pieces, crumble ŚBr
2. to be dissolved, open KaṭhUp
3. to split, divide (intr.) MBh.: Caus. of Intens. -bebhidayya Pat

⋙prabhid

1. pra-ḍbhid mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

⋙prabhinna

1. pra-ḍbhinna mfn. split asunder, cleft, broken, pierced, opened MBh. Kāv. &c
2. blown (as a flower) Sāh
3. exuding (as blood) Suśr
4. flowing with juice (cf. -karaṭa
5. m. an elephant in rut) MBh. R
6. broken through, interrupted R
7. disfigured, altered, depressed MBh
8. -karaṭa mfn. having the temples cleft and flowing with juice (as a rutting elephant) MBh. R. (○ṭā-mukha mfn. having the fissure in the temples flowing with juice MBh.)
9. -viṣ mfn. secreting or relaxing the feces, aperient Suśr
10. ○bhinnâñjana n. mixed collyrium, an eye-salve mixed with oil Ṛitus. Pañcat

⋙prabheda

1. pra-ḍbheda m. splitting, piercing, cutting through Yājñ. MBh. Ragh
2. the flowing of juice from the temples of an elephant Megh
3. division, subdivision, variety, species, kind, sort MBh. Kap. Hcat. Suśr

⋙prabhedaka

1. pra-ḍbhedaka mf(ikā)n. tearing asunder, cleaving, piercing (cf. carma-prabhedikā)

⋙prabhedana

1. pra-ḍbhedana mfn. id. MBh

prabhī

1. pra-√bhī (only pf. -bibhayāṃ-cakāra), to be terrified at (abl.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙prabhīta

1. pra-ḍbhīta mfn. terrified, afraid MBh

prabhu

1. pra-bhu See under pra-√bhū below

prabhuj

1. pra-bhuj √1. (only ind. p. -bhujya), to bend, incline Br. Kauś

⋙prabhugna

1. pra-ḍbhugna mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 Sch

prabhuj

1. pra-bhuj √3. (only pr. p. -bhuñjatī́), to befriend, protect (?) RV. i, 48, 5

⋙prabhukta

1. pra-ḍbhukta mfn. begun to be eaten (as rice) Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

prabhū

1. pra-√bhū P. -bhavati (rarely Ā. ○te
2. Ved. inf. -bhūṣáṇi), to come forth, spring up, arise or originate from (abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur ŚBr. &c. &c
3. to be before, surpass (with pṛṣṭham, 'to be greater or more than the back can carry', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13, 4) to become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. prabhavati-tarām, 'has more power' Vikr. v, 18)
4. to rule, control, have power over, be master of (gen., loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c
5. to be equal to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib
6. to be a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat
7. to be able to (inf.) Kālid. Kathās. &c
8. to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br
9. to implore, beseech (?) Hariv.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to increase, spread out, extend, augment, multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater number of vessels) Br
10. to provide more amply, endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture ib. MBh. &c
11. (as Nom. fr. -bhāva below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R
12. to recognise R.: Desid. of Caus. -bibhāvayiṣati, to wish to increase or extend AitBr

≫prabhava

1. pra-bhavá mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV
2. m. production, source, origin, cause of existence (as father or mother, also 'the Creator'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. ā, springing or rising or derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c
3. might, power (= pra-bhāva) L
4. N. of a Sādhya Hariv
5. of Vishṇu A
6. of sev. men HPariś
7. N. of the first or 35th year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
8. -prabhu and -svāmin m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 6 Śruta-kevalins L

⋙prabhavat

1. pra-ḍbhavat mf(antī)n. coming forth, arising &c
2. mighty, powerful, potent MBh. Kāv

⋙prabhavana

1. pra-ḍbhavana n. production, source, origin (ifc. 'springing from'
2. cf. meru-prabh○ and Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch.)
3. ruling, presiding (?) W

⋙prabhavanīya

1. pra-ḍbhavanīya mfn. Pāṇ. ib

⋙prabhavitṛ

1. pra-ḍbhavitṛ mfn. powerful, potent
2. m. a great lord or ruler Bhartṛ

⋙prabhaviṣṇu

1. pra-ḍbhaviṣṇu mfn. = prec. (also m
2. with gen. or loc. 'lord over') MBh. Kāv. &c
3. tā f. lordship, supremacy, dominion, tyranny Var
4. power to (inf.) Rājat

⋙prabhavya

1. pra-ḍbhavya mfn. (fr. pra-√bhū) Pāṇ. 3-1, 107 Sch
2. (fr. pra-bhava) being at the source or origin, original Lāṭy
3. fit for rule (?) W

⋙prabhāva

1. pra-ḍbhāva m. (ifc. f. ā) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. (○veṇa, ○vāt and ○vatas ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [Page 684, Column]
2. supernatural power Kālid
3. splendour, beauty MBh. R
4. tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L
5. N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriyā Cat
6. N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MārkP
7. -ja mfn. proceeding from conscious majesty or power W
8. -tva n. power, strength Kām
9. -vat mfn. powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Kathās

⋙prabhāvaka

1. pra-ḍbhāvaka mfn. prominent, having power or influence Śatr. Siṃhâs

⋙prabhāvana

1. pra-ḍbhāvana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) creating, creative MBh
2. explaining, disclosing (= prakāśaka) R. (B.)
3. m. creator MBh. R. Hariv
4. (ā), f. disclosing, revealing, promulgation (of a doctrine) HYog

⋙prabhāvaya

1. pra-ḍbhāvaya Nom. ○yati, See under Caus. above

⋙prabhāvayitṛ

1. pra-ḍbhāvayitṛ mfn. making powerful or mighty Daś

⋙prabhāvita

1. pra-ḍbhāvita (Kām.),

⋙prabhāvin

1. pra-ḍbhāvin (Śiś.), mfn. powerful, mighty

≫prabhu

1. pra-bhú mfn. (Ved. also ū́ f. vii) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c
2. more powerful than (abl.) MBh
3. having power over (gen.) VP
4. able, capable, having power to (loc., inf. or comp.) Kāv
5. a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat
6. constant, eternal L
7. m. a master, lord, king (also applied to gods, e.g. to Sūrya and Agni RV
8. to Prajā-pati Mn
9. to Brahmā ChUp
10. to Indra R
11. to Śiva MBh
12. to Vishṇu L.)
13. the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142
14. a sound, word L
15. quicksilver L
16. N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP
17. of a son of Kardama Hariv
18. of a son of Śuka and Pīvarī ib
19. of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP
20. of a poet Cat
21. of sev. other men HPariś
22. (○bhvii f. N. of a Śakti Pañcar.)
23. -kathā f. N. of wk
24. -tā f. lordship, dominion, supremacy Yājñ. (v. l.) Kathās
25. power over (loc.) Śak
26. possession of (comp.) Ragh
27. prevalence (instr. 'for the most part') Ratnâv
28. -tva n. lordship, sovereignty, high rank, might, power over (gen., loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
29. prevalence (instr. 'for the most part') Suśr
30. -tvabodhi f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kāraṇḍ
31. -tvâkṣepa m. (in rhet.) an objection based on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kāvyâd. ii, 138
32. -deva m. N. of a Yoga teacher Cat
33. (ī), f. (with lāṭī) N. of a poetess ib
34. -bhakta mfn. devoted to his master (as a dog) Cāṇ
35. m. a good horse L
36. -bhakti f. loyalty, faithfulness MW
37. -liṅga-caritra n. -liṅga-līlā f. -vaṃśa m. N. of wks
38. -śabda-śeṣa mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh

⋙prabhū

1. pra-ḍbhū = ○bhu (cf. above)
2. -tva n. sufficiency KātyŚr. (cf. prabhu-tva)
3. -vasu (○bhū́- Padap. ○bhú-), mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV
4. m. N. of a descendant of Aṅgiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36 ; ix, 35, 36

≫prabhūta

1. prá-bhūta mfn. come forth, risen, appeared &c
2. (ifc.) become, transformed into Daś
3. abundant, much, numerous, considerable, high, great ŚBr. &c. &c. (compar. -tara Pañcat
4. superl. -tama Daś.)
5. abounding in (comp.) R
6. able to (inf.) Sāh
7. governed, presided over W
8. mature, perfect ib
9. m. a class of deities in the 6th Manvantara Hariv. (v. l. pra-sūta)
10. n. (in phil.) a great or primary element (= mahā-bhūta) Sāṃkhyak
11. -jihvatā f. having a long tongue (one of the 32 signs of perfection of a Buddha) Dharmas. 83 (also -tanu-jihv○, 'having a long and thin tongue ib.)
12. -tā f. quantity, plenty, multitude, large number Śiś
13. -tva n. id. Pañcat
14. sufficiency KātyŚr. (v. l. for prabhū-tva)
15. -dhana-dhānya-vat mfn. rich in money and corn R
16. -nāgâśva-ratha mfn. having many elephants and horses and chariots MBh
17. -bhrānta n. much roaming Pañcat
18. -yavasêndhana mfn. abounding in fresh grass and fuel ib
19. -ratna m. N. of a Buddha SaddhP
20. -rūpa n. great beauty MW
21. -vayas mfn. advanced in years, old Kāv
22. -varṣa n. pl. many years, Pañeat
23. -śas ind. many times, often Car
24. ○tôtka m. ardently desirous of or longing for Kāvyâd. iii, 118

⋙prabhūtaka

1. prá-ḍbhūtaka mfn. containing the word prabhūta g. goṣad-ādi
2. m. pl. a partic. class of deceased relatives, KāṭhAnukr

⋙prabhūti

1. prá-ḍbhūti (prá-), f. source, origin TāṇḍBr
2. imperious demeanour, violence RV. iv, 54, 3
3. sufficiency RV. TBr
4. a ruler, lord (?) RV. viii, 41, 1

⋙prabhūvarī

1. prá-ḍbhūvarī f. reaching or extending beyond (acc.) VS

⋙bhūṣṇu

1. bhūṣṇu mfn. powerful, strong, able L. (cf. ○bhaviṣṇu)

prabhūṣ

1. pra-√bhūṣ P. -bhūṣati, to offer, present RV. i, 159, 1

prabhṛ

1. pra-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te, to bring forward, place before, offer, present RV. AV. ŚāṅkhŚr. [Page 685, Column]
2. to stretch forth, extend RV
3. to hurl, cast ib
4. (Ā.) to quiver ib
5. to be borne along, rush on ib
6. to praise ib

⋙prabhartavya

1. pra-ḍbhartavya mfn. to be supported or nourished Yājñ

⋙prabhartṛ

1. pra-ḍbhartṛ (prá-), m. bringer, procurer (with acc.) RV

⋙prabharman

1. pra-ḍbharman (prá-), n. placing before, presenting RV
2. reciting, recitation ib

≫prabhṛta

1. prá-bhṛta mfn. brought forward &c
2. placed in (loc.), introduced RV
3. filled with (instr.) R. (B.)

⋙prabhṛti

1. prá-ḍbhṛti (prá-), f. bringing forward, offering (of sacrifice or praise) RV. AV
2. a throw or stroke RV
3. beginning, commencement ŚBr. &c. &c. (ifc. = 'commencing with' or 'et caetera', e.g. munayaḥ somaśravaḥ-prabhṛtayaḥ, 'the Munis beginning with Somaśrava? i.e. 'the Munis, Somaśrava? &c.'
4. in this sense also ○tika)
5. ind. (after an abl., adv. or ifc.) beginning with, from-forward or upward, since GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (e.g. bālyāt prabhṛti, 'from boyhood upwards'
6. janma-pr○, 'from birth'
7. adya pr○, 'beginning from to-day, henceforth'
8. tataḥ or tadā pr○, 'thenceforth' &c.)

≫prabhṛtha

1. pra-bhṛthá m. an offering, oblation RV

prabheda

1. pra-bheda See pra-√bhid

prabhraṃś

1. pra-√bhraṃś Ā. -bhraśyate, to fall away, slip off, drop down, disappear, vanish R. Suśr
2. to escape from (abl.) TBr. KātyŚr
3. to be deprived of (abl.) Mṛicch.: Caus. -bhraṃśayati, to cause to fall down, cast down Suśr
4. to cause to fall from, deprive of (abl.) MBh. Ragh

⋙prabhraṃśa

1. pra-ḍbhraṃśa See á-prabhraṃśa

⋙prabhraṃśathu

1. pra-ḍbhraṃśathu m. a disease of the nose accompanied with discharge of mucus Suśr

⋙prabhraṃśana

1. pra-ḍbhraṃśana See nāva-prabh○ under 2. nāva

⋙prabhraṃśita

1. pra-ḍbhraṃśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall down, deprived of, expelled from (abl.) MBh

⋙prabhraṃśin

1. pra-ḍbhraṃśin mfn. falling off, falling down Ragh

⋙prabhraṃśuka

1. pra-ḍbhraṃśuka mf(ā)n. falling off, vanishing, disappearing ŚBr. TBr

⋙prabhraṣṭa

1. pra-ḍbhraṣṭa mfn. fallen down Ratnâv
2. strayed, runaway, escaped from (abl.) ib. Mṛicch
3. broken W
4. -śīla mf(ā)n. of fallen character, immoral Var

⋙prabhraṣṭaka

1. pra-ḍbhraṣṭaka n. a chaplet or wreath of flowers suspended from the lock on the crown of the head L

prabhram

1. pra-√bhram P. -bhramati, or -bhrāmyati, to roam about, wander through (acc.) Kathās

prabhrāj

1. pra-√bhrāj Ā. -bhrājate, to shine forth, gleam AV

⋙prabhrāj

1. pra-ḍbhrāj mfn. (nom. ṭ) shining forth Āpast

pram

1. pram ind. (√1. prā). See goṣpadapram

pramaṃhiṣṭhīya

1. pramaṃhiṣṭhīya n. N. of the hymn RV. i, 57 (beginning with prá máṃhiṣṭhāya) AitBr
2. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

pramaganda

1. prá-maganda m. the son of a usurer RV. iii, 53, 14 (Sāy
2. others 'N. of a king')

pramagna

1. pra-magna See pra-√majj below

pramaṅkana

1. pra-maṅkana n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 32

pramaṅgana

1. pra-maṅgana n. Kāś. on Pāṇ. ib

pramajj

1. pra-√majj P. -majjati, to immerse one's self in, dip into Kāṭh

⋙pramagna

1. pra-ḍmagna mfn. immersed, dipped, drowned Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 Sch

pramaṇas

1. pra-maṇas mfn. careful, attentive, kind AV
2. good-natured, cheerful Hariv. (cf. pramanas)

pramaṇḍala

1. pra-maṇḍala n. (prob.) the felly of a wheel MBh

pramata

1. pra-mata See pra-√man

pramatta

1. pra-matta See pra-√mad

pramath

1. pra-√math (or manth), P. -mathati, or -mathnāti, to stir up violently, churn (the ocean) Ragh
2. to tear or strike off, drag away ŚBr. MBh. R
3. to handle roughly, harass, distress, annoy MBh. Kāv. &c. (ind. p. -mathya, violently, forcibly)
4. to destroy, lay waste MBh.: Caus. -māthayati, to assault violently, harass, annoy MBh

⋙pramatha

1. pra-ḍmatha m. 'Tormentor', N. of a class of demons attending on Śiva MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 238)
2. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
3. a horse L
4. (ā), f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L
5. N. of the wife of Kshupa and mother of Vīra MārkP
6. pain, affliction W
7. -nātha (Kād.), -pati (L.), m. 'lord of the Pramathas', N. of Śiva [Page 685, Column]
8. -prathama m. 'first of the Pramathas', N. of Bhṛiṅgiriṭi Bālar
9. ○thâdhipa m. 'ruler of the Pramathas', N. of Śiva VarBṛS
10. of Gaṇêśa L
11. ○thâlaya m. 'abode of torment', hell L

⋙pramathana

1. pra-ḍmathana mf(ī)n. harassing, tormenting, hurting, injuring MBh. Hariv. R
2. destroying Subh
3. m. N. of a magical formula pronounced over weapons R
4. N. of a Dānava Kathās
5. hurting, destroying, killing R
6. agitating, churning W

⋙pramathita

1. pra-ḍmathita mfn. well churned W
2. torn off, dragged away, harassed, annoyed, injured, killed MBh. Kāv. &c
3. -puraḥ-sara mfn. having the leader killed Kām

⋙pramathin

1. pra-ḍmathin mfn. harassing, annoying, tormenting Mudr

⋙pramathyā

1. pra-ḍmathyā f. a kind of paste or dough prepared by boiling any medicinal substance in water Car. Bhpr

⋙pramantha

1. pra-ḍmantha m. a stick used for rubbing wood to produce fire KātyŚr

⋙pramanthu

1. pra-ḍmanthu m. N. of a son of Vīra-vrata and younger brother of Manthu BhP. [cf. ?]

≫pramātha

1. pra-mātha m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv
2. rape (cf. draupadī-pr○)
3. subjugation, destruction (of enemies) Uttarar
4. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
5. of one of the attendants of Skanda ib
6. of a Dānaya Kathās
7. pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on Śiva Hariv. (cf. pramatha)

⋙pramāthita

1. pra-ḍmāthita mfn. (fr. Caus.) roughly handled, violated, ravished, forcibly carried off MBh

⋙pramāthin

1. pra-ḍmāthin mfn. stirring about, tearing, rending, troubling, harassing, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c
2. striking off, used for striking off MBh
3. (in med.) throwing out i.e. producing secretion of the vessels Car. Bhpr
4. m. N. of the 13th (47th) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var. (also wṛ. for pra-mādin)
5. of a Rākshasa MBh
6. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
7. of a monkey R
8. (inī), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv

pramad

1. pra-√mad (or mand), P. (rarely Ā.) -madati, -mandati, -mādyati (○te), to enjoy one's self, be joyous, sport, play RV
2. to be careless or negligent, to be indifferent to or heedless about (abl. or loc.) RV. &c. &c
3. to neglect duty for, idle away time in (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
4. to be thrown into confusion MBh.: Caus. P. [-m�Adayati], to gladden, delight Bālar
5. Ā. -mādayate, to enjoy, indulge in RV

≫pramatta

1. pra-matta mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat
2. drunken, intoxicated Śak
3. mad, insane W
4. inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
5. indulging in (loc.) MBh. R
6. blundering, a blunderer W
7. -gīta mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person Pat
8. -citta mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kām
9. -tā f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity (a-pram○) Rājat
10. -rajju f. (?) Kauś
11. 1. -vat mfn. inattentive, careless (a-pram○) MBh
12. 2. -vat ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW
13. -śramaṇa n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat

⋙pramad

1. pra-ḍmád or f. lust, desire VS. AV

⋙pramad

1. prá-mad f. lust, desire VS. AV

≫pramada

1. pra-mada m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Kathās
2. mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also ○daka Nir.)
3. mad, intoxicated L
4. m. the thorn-apple L
5. the ankle L
6. N. of a Dānava Hariv
7. of a son of Vasishṭha and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP
8. (ā f. See below)
9. -kaṇṭha m. N. of a man Rājat
10. -kānana n. = ○dA-k○ L
11. -ropya n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pañcat
12. -vana n. = ○dA-v○ Kālid

⋙pramadana

1. pra-ḍmadana n. amorous desire Kauś
2. a pleasure-grove MānGṛ

⋙pramadā

1. pra-ḍmadā f. (of ○da) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c
2. the sign of the zodiac Virgo L
3. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
4. -kānana n. the royal garden or pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L
5. -jana m. womankind, the female sex R. Var
6. -"ṣnana (○dân○), n. a kind of metre Col
7. -vana n. = -kānana R
8. (○na-pālikā f. a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Mālav.)
9. -"ṣspada (○dâsp○), n. the gynaeceum of a prince Kathās

⋙pramadāya

1. pra-ḍmadāya Nom. P. ○yati, to behave like a wanton woman BhP

⋙pramaditavya

1. pra-ḍmaditavya mfn. to be neglected or disregarded
2. n. (impers.) one should be negligent regarding (abl.), TaittUp

⋙pramadvara

1. pra-ḍmadvara mf(ā)n. inattentive, careless HPariś
2. (ā), f. N. of the wife of Ruru and mother of Śunaka MBh. Kathās

⋙pramanda

1. pra-ḍmanda m. a species of fragrant plant Kauś

⋙pramandanī

1. pra-ḍmandanī́ f. N. of an Apsaras AV

≫pramāda

1. pra-mā́da m. intoxication RV. MBh
2. madness, insanity L
3. negligence, carelessness about (abl. or comp.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c
4. an error, mistake W
5. a partic. high number L
6. -cārin mfn. acting in a careless manner Kāraṇḍ
7. -pāṭha m. a wrong reading Śaṃk
8. -vat mfn. = ○mādin L

⋙pramādikā

1. pra-ḍmādikā f. a deflowered girl L. [Page 685, Column]
2. an imprudent or careless woman W

⋙pramādita

1. pra-ḍmādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) trifled away, forfeited, lost R

⋙pramādin

1. pra-ḍmādin mfn. negligent, careless, incautious, indifferent MBh. Kāv. &c
2. drunken, intoxicated W
3. insane ib
4. (○di-tā f. Jātakam.)
5. n. N. of the 47th (21st) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter L. (cf. pra-nāthin)

praman

1. pra-√man (only Ā. 1. pl. pr. -manmahe), to think upon, excogitate RV. i, 62, 1

⋙pramata

1. pra-ḍmata mfn. thought out, excogitated, wise MW

⋙pramataka

1. pra-ḍmataka m. N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙pramati

1. pra-ḍmati (prá-), f. care, providence, protection
2. provider, protector. RV. AV
3. m. N. of a Ṛishi in the 10th Mauv-antara Hariv. (v. l. prām○)
4. of a son of Cyavana and father of Ruru MBh
5. of a prince (son of Janam-ejaya) R
6. of a son of Prâṃśu BhP

≫pramanas

1. pra-mánas mfn. careful, tender AV
2. pleased, cheerful, willing MBh. Kāv. (cf. pra-maṇas)

≫pramantra

1. pra-mantra m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh. (cf. pra-mātra)

≫pramanyu

1. pra-manyu mfn. incensed or enraged against (loc.) MBh
2. very sad Daś

pramanth

1. pra-manth See pra-√math

pramanda

1. pra-manda ○danī, See under pra-√mad

pramaya

1. pra-maya. 2 See under pra-√mā and pra-√mī

pramara

1. pra-mará See under pra-√mṛ

pramarda

1. pra-marda ○daka &c. See under pra-√mṛd

pramahas

1. prá-mahas mfn. of great might or splendour (said of Mitra-Varuṇa) RV

pramā

1. pra-√mā Ā. -mimīte (Ved. inf. pra-mé
2. Pass. -mīyate), to measure, mete out, estimate AV. ŚrS. MBh
3. to form, create, make ready, arrange RV. MBh
4. to form a correct notion of (acc.), understand, know MaitrUp. Hariv. Hit.: Caus. -māpayati, to cause correct knowledge, afford proof or authority MW. 1

⋙pramaya

1. pra-ḍmaya m. (for 2. See under pra-√mī) measuring, measure L

≫pramā

1. pra-mā́ f. basis, foundation AV
2. measure, scale RV
3. right measure, true knowledge, correct notion Prab. Kap. Tarkas. IW. 59 &c
4. a kind of metre RPrāt
5. -tva n. accuracy of perception Bhāshāp
6. -tva-cihna n. N. of wk

≫pramāṇa

1. pramāṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) measure, scale, standard
2. measure of any kind (as size, extent, circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity, duration) KātyŚr. KaṭhUp. Mn. &c. (instr. 'on an average' Jyot.)
3. prosodical length (of a vowel) Pāṇ. 1-1, 50 Sch
4. measure in music MBh. (Nīlak.)
5. accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Saṃgīt
6. measure of physical strength Śak. (cf. comp. below)
7. the first term in a rule of three sum Col
8. the measure of a square i.e. a side of it, Śulbas
9. principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col
10. right measure, standard, authority GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (pramāṇam bhavatī, 'your ladyship is the authority or must judge' Nal
11. in this sense also m. and f. sg. and pl., e.g. vedāḥ pramāṇāḥ, 'the Vedas are authorities' MBh
12. strī pramāṇī yeṣām, 'they whose authority is a woman Pāṇ. Sch.)
13. a means of acquiring Pramā or certain knowledge (6 in the Vedânta, viz. pratyakṣa, perception by the senses
14. anumāna, inference
15. upamāna, analogy or comparison
16. śabda or āpta-vacana, verbal authority, revelation
17. an-upalabdhi or abhāva-pratyakṣa, non-perception or negative proof
18. arthâpatti, inference from circumstances
19. the Nyāya admits only 4, excluding the last two
20. the Sāṃkhya only 3, viz. pratyakṣa, anumāna and śabda
21. other schools increase the number to 9 by adding sambhava, equivalence
22. aitihya, tradition or fallible testimony
23. and ceṣṭā, gesture IW. 60 &c. &c.)
24. any proof or testimony or evidence Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
25. a correct notion, right perception (= pramā) Tarkas
26. oneness, unity L
27. = nitya L
28. m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on the bank of the Ganges MBh
29. (ī), f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre Col

⋙pramāṇakuśala

1. ○kuśala mfn. skilful in arguing Kap

⋙pramāṇakoṭi

1. ○koṭi f. the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof Sarvad

⋙pramāṇakhaṇḍana

1. ○khaṇḍana n

⋙pramāṇajāla

1. ○jāla n. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇajña

1. ○jña mfn. knowing the modes of proof A
2. m. N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙pramāṇaṭīkā

1. ○ṭīkā f

⋙pramāṇatattva

1. ○tattva n. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇatara

1. ○tara n. a greater authority than (abl. [Page 686, Column]
2. -tva n.) L

⋙pramāṇatas

1. ○tas ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137
2. according to proof or authority. W

⋙pramāṇatā

1. ○tā f

⋙pramāṇatva

1. ○tva n. authority, warranty MBh. (the latter also 'correctness' Nīlak.)

⋙pramāṇadarpaṇa

1. ○darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙pramāṇadṛṣṭa

1. ○dṛṣṭa mfn. sanctioned by authority Kap
2. demonstrable Ml

⋙pramāṇanāmamālā

1. ○nāma-mālā f

⋙pramāṇanirṇaya

1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇapattra

1. ○pattra n. a written warrant MW

⋙pramāṇapatha

1. ○patha m. the way of proof (acc. with na and ava-√tṝ, 'not to admit of proof') Sarvad

⋙pramāṇapadārtha

1. ○padârtha m. N. of wk

⋙pramāṇapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. = -patha (○tiṃ na adhy-√ās = ○thaṃ na ava-√tṝ) Sarvad
2. N. of wk

⋙pramāṇapallava

1. ○pallava m. or n

⋙pramāṇapārāyaṇa

1. ○pārâyaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇapuruṣa

1. ○puruṣa m. an umpire, arbitrator, judge Hit

⋙pramāṇapramoda

1. ○pramoda m. N. of wk

⋙pramāṇapravīṇa

1. ○pravīṇa mfn. skilful in arguing Prasannar

⋙pramāṇabhakti

1. ○bhakti f

⋙pramāṇabhāṣyaṭīkā

1. ○bhāṣya-ṭīkā f. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇabhuta

1. ○bhuta m. 'authoritative', N. of Śiva Śivag. (cf. -jña)

⋙pramāṇamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f

⋙pramāṇamālā

1. ○mālā f. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇayukta

1. ○yukta mfn. having the right measure Var

⋙pramāṇaratnamālā

1. ○ratnamālā f. N. of wk

⋙pramāṇarāśi

1. ○rāśi m. the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sum Āryabh

⋙pramāṇalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n

⋙pramāṇalakṣaṇaparīkṣā

1. ○lakṣaṇa-parī7kṣā f. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇavat

1. ○vat mfn. established by proofs, well-founded Prab

⋙pramāṇavākya

1. ○vākya n. authoritative statement authority Madhus

⋙pramāṇavārttika

1. ○vārttika n

⋙pramāṇaviniścaya

1. ○viniścaya m. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇaśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. any wk. of sacred authority, scripture MW

⋙pramāṇasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m

⋙pramāṇasamuccaya

1. ○samuccaya m

⋙pramāṇasāra

1. ○sāra m. (and ○ra-prakāśikā f.) N. of wks

⋙pramāṇasiddhi

1. ○siddhi m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙pramāṇasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. a measuring cord Mṛicch

⋙pramāṇastha

1. ○stha mfn. of normal size Hcat
2. being in a normal state or condition, imperturbed Hariv

⋙pramāṇādarśa

1. pramāṇâdarśa m. N. of a drama

⋙pramāṇādinirūpaṇa

1. pramāṇâdi-nirūpaṇa n. and N. of wks

⋙pramāṇādiprakāśikā

1. pramāṇâdi-prakāśikā f. N. of wks

⋙pramāṇādhika

1. pramāṇâdhika mfn. being beyond measure, excessive, unnaturally strong Śak
2. longer than (comp.) Mṛicch

⋙pramāṇānurūpa

1. pramāṇânurūpa mfn. corresponding to (a person's) physical strength Śak

⋙pramāṇāntara

1. pramāṇântara n. another means of proof (-tā f.) Bhāshāp

⋙pramāṇābhāva

1. pramāṇâbhāva m. absence of proof, want of authority W

⋙pramāṇābhyadhika

1. pramāṇâbhyadhika mfn. exceeding in size, bigger Pañcat

⋙pramāṇāyāmatas

1. pramāṇâyāma-tas ind. according to size and length MBh

≫pramāṇaka

1. pramāṇaka (ifc.) = pramāṇa, measure, quantity, extent MBh
2. argument, proof. Kull
3. (ikā), f. a kind of metre Chandom

≫pramāṇaya

1. pramāṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to regard or set up a person (acc.) as an authority in (loc.) Hit
2. to use as evidence Sarvad

⋙pramāṇita

1. praḍmāṇita mfn. adjusted Car
2. proved, demonstrated, shown clearly Rājat

≫pramāṇī

1. pramāṇī in comp. for ○ṇa

⋙pramāṇīkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. setting up or quoting as an authority Pat

⋙pramāṇīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. meted out for or apportioned to (gen.)
2. regarded as authority, conformed to Kālid. Kathās. Rājat
3. regarded as evidence R

⋙pramāṇībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become or regarded as an authority or proof W

≫pramātṛ

1. pra-mātṛ mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) one who has a correct notion or idea, authority, performer of (the mental operation resulting in a) true conception Kap. Sch. Vedântas. Sarvad
2. (-tā f. Sarvad
3. -tva n. Śaṃk.)
4. a partic. class of officials Inscr

⋙pramāpaka

1. pra-ḍmāpaka mfn. proving Sarvad
2. m. an authority MW. 1

⋙pramāpaṇa

1. pra-ḍmāpaṇa n. (for 2. See col. 2) form, shape MBh

≫pramita

1. pra-mita mfn. meted out, measured KātyŚr. (ifc. measuring, of such and such measure or extent or size Var
2. cf. māsa-pram○)
3. limited, moderate, little, few Var. Kathās
4. that about which a correct notion has been formed Śaṃk
5. known, understood, established, proved W
6. m. N. of a teacher VP
7. ○tâkṣara n. pl. 'measured syllables', few words Kathās
8. (ā), f. N. of a metre Śrutab
9. ○tâbha m. pl. 'of limited splendour', N. of a class of gods in the 5th Manv-antara VP

⋙pramiti

1. pra-ḍmiti f. a correct notion, right conception, knowledge gained or established by Pramāṇa or proof Nyāyas. Sch. Sarvad
2. manifestation BhP
3. inference or analogy W
4. measuring ib

⋙prameya

1. pra-ḍmeya mfn. to be measured, measurable (also = limited, small, insignificant Naish.), to be ascertained or proved, provable MBh. Kāv. &c
2. that of which a correct notion should be formed Vedântas
3. n. (ifc. f. ā) an object of certain knowledge, the thing to be proved or the topic to be discussed Kap. Sch. Vedântas. MBh. R. (cf. IW. 63)
4. -kamala-mārtaṇḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -tattvabodha m. N. of wks
5. -tva n. provableness, demons-rability Tarkas
6. -dīpikā f. -nava-mālikā f. -pariccheda m. -mālā f. -muktâvalī f. -ratnâvalī f. -saṃgraha m. -saṃgraha-vivaraṇa n. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks. [Page 686, Column]

pramātavya

1. pra-mātavya See pra-√mī below

pramātṛ

1. pra-mātṛ f. (for 1. See col. 1) the mother's mother VP

≫pramātāmaha

1. pra-mātāmaha m. a maternal great-grandfather GobhŚrāddh. AgP. (v. l. ○mātṛ-kāmaha)
2. (ī), f. a maternal great-grandmother W

pramātra

1. pra-mātra m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh

pramātha

1. pra-mātha &c. See pra-√math

pramāda

1. pra-mā́da &c. See pra-√mad

pramāpaṇa

1. pra-māpaṇa See pra-√mā

pramāpaṇa

1. pra-māpaṇa &c. See pra-√mī

pramāra

1. pra-mārá See pra-√mṛ

pramārjaka

1. pra-mārjaka &c. See pra-√mṛj

prami

1. pra-mi √1. P. Ā. -minoti, -minute, to erect, build KaushUp
2. to judge, observe, perceive
3. Sāh. Nyāyad. Comm. Suśr. (ind. p. pra-māya). 2

⋙pramita

1. pra-ḍmita n. (for 1. See col. 1) a hall KaushUp

pramid

1. pra-√mid P. Ā. -medyati, -medate, to begin to become fat L

⋙praminna

1. pra-ḍminna mfn. one who has begun to become fat Pāṇ. 7-2, 17

⋙pramedita

1. pra-ḍmedita mfn. id. ib
2. one who has begun to show affection Bhaṭṭ. (-vat mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-2, 19)
3. being or made unctuous, unctuous, greasy MW

pramih

1. pra-√mih P. -mehati, to make water, pass urine MBh

⋙pramīḍha

1. pra-ḍmīḍha mfn. passed as urine
2. thick, compact L

⋙prameha

1. pra-ḍmeha m. urinary disease (N. applied to all urinary disease, of which there are 21 varieties including diabetes, gleet, gonorrhoea &c.) Suśr. Var. &c

⋙pramehaṇa

1. pra-ḍmehaṇa mfn. causing flow of urine Kauś. (others ○mehana n. 'the penis')

⋙pramehin

1. pra-ḍmehin mfn. suffering from urinary disease Suśr

pramī

1. pra-√mī P. -mināti (-mīṇāti Pāṇ. 8-4, 15
2. -miṇoti BhP
3. Ved. inf. -míyam, -míye and -metos, below.), to frustrate, annul, destroy, annihilate RV. AV. BhP
4. to change, alter RV
5. to neglect, transgress, infringe ib
6. to miss, lose (one's way or time), forget ib. ŚBr
7. to cause to disappear, put out of sight RV
8. to leave behind, outstrip, surmount, surpass ib. Bhaṭṭ.: (Ā. or Pass. -mīyate aor. Subj. -meṣṭhāḥ) to come to naught, perish, die AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -māpayati, to destroy, annihilate, kill, slay Nir. Mn. Yājñ. &c
9. to cause to kill Yājñ

≫pramaya

1. pra-maya m. (for 1. See pra-√mā) or f. (only L.) ruin, downfall, death Kāṭh. Rājat. Kathās

⋙pramayā

1. pra-ḍmayā f. (only L.) ruin, downfall, death Kāṭh. Rājat. Kathās
2. killing, slaughter W

⋙pramayu

1. pra-ḍmayú mfn. liable to be lost or destroyed, perishable AV

≫pramātavya

1. pra-mātavya mfn. to be slain MBh

≫pramāpaṇa

1. pra-māpaṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus
2. for 1. See col. 1) murdering, a murderer Yājñ
3. n. (also ○māpana L.) slaughter Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

⋙pramāpayitṛ

1. pra-ḍmāpayitṛ mfn. causing to perish
2. -tva n. destructiveness, murderousness Śaṃk. on ChUp

⋙pramāpita

1. pra-ḍmāpita mfn. destroyed, killed, slain Rājat

⋙pramāpin

1. pra-ḍmāpin mfn. destroying, killing W

≫pramāyu

1. pra-māyu (Ṣaḍv Br.) or (TS. Br. ĀśvGṛ.), mfn. liable to destruction, perishable, dying away

⋙pramāyuka

1. pra-ḍmā́yuka (TS. Br. ĀśvGṛ.), mfn. liable to destruction, perishable, dying away

≫pramiyam

1. pra-míyam (Ved. inf.), to miss, lose RV. iv, 55, 7

⋙pramiyamiye

1. pra-míyaḍmíye (Ved. inf.), to frustrate, annihilate ib. iv, 54, 4

≫pramī

1. pra-mī mfn. in vā́ta-p○, q.v

⋙pramīṇat

1. pra-ḍmīṇat mfn. injuring, killing
2. overcoming, subduing W

⋙pramīta

1. pra-ḍmīta mfn. deceased, dead Kāṭh. TS. Mn. MBh
2. immolated L
3. m. an animal immolated A
4. -patikā f. (a wife) whose husband is dead, a widow Mn

⋙pramīti

1. pra-ḍmīti f. ruin, destruction Nir

⋙pramīya

1. pra-ḍmīya mfn. See a-p○

⋙prametos

1. pra-ḍmetos (Ved. inf.), to perish TBr

pramīḍha

1. pra-mīḍha See pra-√mih above

pramīl

1. pra-√mīl P. -mīlati, to close or shut the eyes Gīt

⋙pramīlaka

1. pra-ḍmīlaka m. (Bhpr. Car.),

⋙pramīlikā

1. pra-ḍmīlikā f. (Car.) shutting the eyes, sleepiness

⋙pramīlā

1. pra-ḍmīlā f. (ifc. f. ā) id. Naish
2. lassitude, enervation, exhaustion from indolence or fatigue W
3. N. of a woman (sovereign of a kingdom of women) A

⋙pramīlita

1. pra-ḍmīlita mfn. one who has the eyes closed, with closed eyes MBh

⋙pramīlin

1. pra-ḍmīlin m. N. of a demon (who causes closed eyes or faintness) AV

pramīv

1. pra-√mīv P. -mīvati, to push towards, press
2. to instigate, incite TS. ŚBr. [Page 686, Column]

pramukti

1. pra-mukti See pra-√muc below

pramukha

1. pra-mukha mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R
2. first, foremost, chief, principal, most excellent Hit
3. (generally ifc
4. f. ā) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by, accompanied by or with [cf. prīti-p○
5. vasiṣṭhap○] MBh. Kāv
6. honourable, respectable L
7. m. a chief, respectable man, sage W
8. a heap, multitude L
9. Rottleria Tinctoria L
10. n. the mouth MW
11. commencement (of a chapter) BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk
12. time being, the present, the same time Pratāp
13. (ibc. or e ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv
14. (with √kṛ) to cause to go before or precede R

⋙pramukhatas

1. ○tas ind. at the head of, in front of, before the face of, before, opposite to (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Hariv
2. before all others, first, in the first place BhP

⋙pramukhatā

1. ○tā f. or superiority, predominance W

⋙pramukhatva

1. ○tva n. superiority, predominance W

pramugdha

1. pra-mugdha See pra-√muh

pramuc

1. pra-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to set free, let go, liberate, release from (abl.) RV. AitBr. MBh. Yājñ
2. to loosen, loose, untie, unbind, undo RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ChUp
3. to rid one's self of (gen.), escape R
4. (ind. p. -mucya, having liberated one's self from abl. ChUp.)
5. to drive away, banish, shake off RV. VS. TBr. MBh
6. to give up, resign, renounce MBh. R
7. to discharge, emit, throw out, shed AV. MBh. R. &c
8. to hurl, fling, throw, shoot MBh. Kathās
9. to utter MW
10. to throw or put on (as a garland &c.) ib
11. to lend, bestow MBh. R.: Pass. -mucyate, to free one's self from (abl. or instr.) Mn. MBh. BhP. &c
12. to be loosened, become loose or detached, fall off (as fruits) ŚBr. MBh
13. to leave off, cease ŚBr. KaṭhUp.: Caus. -mocayati, to liberate from (abl.) MBh
14. to loosen, untie Ragh. Sch.: Desid. -mumukṣati, to be about to give up or resign MBh

≫pramukta

1. pra-mukta mfn. loosened, untied, released, liberated from (abl. or instr.) MBh. R
2. free from (abl.) L
3. forsaken, abandoned R
4. given up, renounced ib
5. discharged, thrown out, shed Var. Kāraṇḍ
6. hurled, shot R

⋙pramukti

1. pra-ḍmukti (prá-), f. liberation
2. pl. N. of partic. sacred texts TBr. iii, 8, 18, 4

≫pramuca

1. pra-muca (MBh. MārkP.) or (R.) ?or (R.) ?or (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

⋙pramuci

1. pra-muḍci (R.) or (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

⋙pramucu

1. pra-muḍcu (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

⋙pramucyamānahoma

1. pra-ḍmucyamānahoma m. pl. N. of partic. oblations accompanied with prayers beginning with pramucyamānaḥ Vait

≫pramoka

1. pra-moka m. liberation Śiś

⋙pramoktavya

1. pra-ḍmoktavya mfn. to be liberated, to be set free MBh

⋙pramocana

1. pra-ḍmocana mf(ī)n. liberating from (comp.) MBh. Hariv. MārkP
2. (ī), f. a species of cucumber L
3. n. setting free, the act of liberating from (comp.) Kathās. Kull
4. discharging, emitting, shedding MBh. (Cf. unmocana-pramocaná.)

pramud

1. pra-√mud Ā. -modate, to become joyful, rejoice greatly, exult, be delighted AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -modayati, to make glad, delight Mn. MBh. Hariv. Sāh

⋙pramud

1. pra-ḍmud mfn. pleased, happy L
2. (○múd), f. gladness, delight, pleasure (esp. sensual plṭpleasure) RV. VS. ŚBr. MBh. Pañcat. (○mude-√bhū, to become a cause of delight)

⋙pramudita

1. pra-ḍmudita mfn. delighted, pleased, glad VS. MBh. R. &c
2. gladsome (said of the autumn) MBh
3. wṛ. for pracudita (which m. c. for pra-codita) MBh
4. (ā), f. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 10 Bhūmis Dharmas. 64
5. n. gladness, gaiety Var. Kathās
6. N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Sāṃkhyak. Sch
7. -pralamba-sunayana m. N. of a Gandharva prince L
8. -vat mfn. pleased Kathās
9. -vadanā f. N. of a metre Col
10. -hṛdaya mfn. delighted in heart Gīt

≫pramoda

1. pra-modá m. (also pl
2. ifc. f. ā) excessive joy, delight, gladness VS. Up. MBh. &c
3. (also n.) one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas. Sāṃkhyak. Sch
4. (with Jainas) joy as exhibited in the virtuous HYog
5. Pleasure personified Hariv. (as a child of Brahmā VP.)
6. the 4th year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS. viii, 29
7. a strong perfume BhP
8. a kind of rice Gal
9. N. of a being attendant upon Skanda MBh
10. of a Nāga ib
11. of an author Cat
12. of sev. men VP. Rājat
13. -cārin wṛ. for pramāda-c○, q.v
14. -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W
15. -nṛtya n. joyous dancing, a joyful dance MW
16. ○modâḍhyā f. a partic. plant, = aja-modā Gal

⋙pramodaka

1. pra-ḍmodaka m. a kind of rice (= ṣaṣṭikā) Suśr. Car
2. N. of a man Mudr

⋙pramodana

1. pra-ḍmodana mfn. making glad, exhilarating MBh. [Page 687, Column]
2. m. N. of a Ṛishi R
3. n. making glad ib
4. gladness, joyousness ib. (cf. sa-p○)

⋙pramodam

1. pra-ḍmodam ind., in uccaiḥ-p○, with loud expressions of joy Prab

⋙pramodamāna

1. pra-ḍmodamāna n. (Sāṃkhyak. Sch.) or (Tattvas.), 'rejoicing' N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections (cf. sadā-pramudita)

⋙pramodamānā

1. pra-modámānā f. (Tattvas.), 'rejoicing' N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections (cf. sadā-pramudita)

⋙pramodita

1. pra-ḍmodita mfn. delighted, rejoiced MW
2. m. N. of Kubera L
3. (ā), f. N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas

⋙pramodin

1. pra-ḍmodín mfn. causing excessive joy, delighting AV
2. delighted, happy W
3. m. a kind of rice (= ○modaka) Vāgbh
4. (inī), f. Odina Wodier (= jiṅginī) Bhpr

pramurch

1. pra-√murch P. -mūrchati, to become thick or solid, congeal ŚBr

pramuṣ

1. pra-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, to steal away, rob, carry off, take away RV. ŚBr. PārGṛ. &c

⋙pramuṣita

1. pra-ḍmuṣita mfn. stolen or taken away (also ○muṣṭa) BhP
2. distracted, beside one's self ib. Kathās
3. (ā), f. a kind of riddle Cat

≫pramoṣa

1. pra-moṣa m. stealing or taking away BhP

pramuh

1. pra-√muh P. -muhyati, to become bewildered or infatuated MBh
2. to faint, swoon ib. Suśr.: Caus. -mohayati, to be wilder, infatuate MBh

⋙pramugdha

1. pra-ḍmugdha mfn. unconscious, fainting Uttarar. Mālatīm
2. very charming Pañcar

⋙pramūḍha

1. pra-ḍmūḍha mfn. bewildered, unconscious MBh. Hariv. Uttarar
2. infatuated, foolish MuṇḍUp. ŚārṅgP
3. disjointed MBh
4. -saṃjña mfn. having the mind perplexed, bewildered, infatuated R

⋙pramoha

1. pra-ḍmoha m. bewilderment, infatuation MBh. Suśr. Uttarar
2. insensibility, fainting W
3. -citta mf(ā)n. bewildered in mind MBh

⋙pramohana

1. pra-ḍmohana mf(ī)n. bewildering the mind MBh. Hariv

⋙pramohita

1. pra-ḍmohita mfn. bewildered, infatuated MBh

⋙pramohin

1. pra-ḍmohin mfn. (ifc.) bewildering, infatuating ib

pramūtrita

1. pra-mūtrita mfn. begun to be urined (n. impers.) Subh. Sch

pramūra

1. pra-mūra in á-p○, q.v

pramūrch

1. pra-√mūrch See pra-√murch

pramūṣikā

1. pra-mūṣikā f. the external corner of the eye VarBṛS. lviii, 7 Comm

pramṛ

1. pra-√mṛ Caus. P. -mārayati, to put to death ŚBr

⋙pramara

1. pra-ḍmará m. death RV

⋙pramaraṇa

1. pra-ḍmaraṇa n. dying, death BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk

⋙pramāra

1. pra-ḍmārá m. dying AV

⋙pramṛta

1. pra-ḍmṛta mfn. deceased, dead MBh
2. withdrawn or gone out of sight
3. covered, concealed W
4. n. death MBh. MārkP
5. tillage, cultivation (as causing the death of many beings) Mn. iv, 4, 5 (cf. x, 83)

⋙pramṛtaka

1. pra-ḍmṛtaka mfn. dead BhP

pramṛgam

1. pra-mṛgam ind. (√mṛg), g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

⋙pramṛgamṛgya

1. pra-mṛgaḍmṛgya mfn. to be sought or searched after
2. peculiarly adapted to or fitted for (dat.) Kām

pramṛj

1. pra-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi (-mārjati, ○te MBh
2. -mārjayati Suśr.), to wipe, wipe off, wash off, clean, cleanse Kāṭh. ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
3. to rub, pass the hand over, rub gently, stroke MBh. R
4. to wipe out, wash out, remove, expel, rid one's self of ib. GopBr. Kāv. &c
5. to render unavailing, frustrate (as a wish) Rājat
6. to destroy AitBr
7. to make ready, prepare MW

⋙pramārjaka

1. pra-ḍmārjaka mfn. wiping off, causing to disappear, removing MBh

⋙pramārjana

1. pra-ḍmārjana n. the act of rubbing off, wiping off Suśr
2. (aśru-p○, the wiping away or drying of tears, consoling MBh. R. Hariv. Kām
3. weeping MBh.)
4. causing to disappear, removing Kāvyâd

≫pramṛṣṭa

1. pra-mṛṣṭa mfn. rubbed off, cleaned, polished MBh. Mālav. &c
2. rubbed with (instr.) R
3. wiped away, removed, expelled Ragh
4. given up, left Hariv. (v. l. prasṛṣṭa)

pramṛḍa

1. pra-mṛḍa mfn. gracious, making glad or happy BhP

pramṛṇ

1. pra-√mṛṇ P. -mṛṇati, to crush, destroy RV

⋙pramṛṇa

1. pra-ḍmṛṇá mf(ā́)n. destroying, crushing RV. TBr

pramṛta

1. pra-mṛta &c. See pra-√mṛ

pramṛd

1. pra-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, to crush down, bruise, destroy, ravage, devastate MBh. R. Hariv. &c

⋙pramarda

1. pra-ḍmarda m. N. of a partic. position of the moon in the Nakshatras Sūryapr

⋙pramardaka

1. pra-ḍmardaka mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying Lalit. [Page 687, Column]
2. m. N. of a demon ib

⋙pramardana

1. pra-ḍmardana mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying MBh. R. Hariv
2. expelling Suśr
3. m. N. of Vishṇu MBh
4. of an attendant of Śiva L
5. of a demon causing disease Hariv
6. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās
7. of a general-officer of Śambara Hariv
8. n. crushing, destroying ib

⋙pramardita

1. pra-ḍmardita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crushed, bruised R

⋙pramarditṛ

1. pra-ḍmarditṛ mfn. one who crushes, a destroyer MBh

⋙pramardin

1. pra-ḍmardin mfn. (ifc.) crushing, destroying Hariv

pramṛś

1. pra-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to lay hold of touch, handle AV. ŚBr. Kathās. (to reflect, consider, deliberate Mahīdh.)

⋙pramṛśa

1. pra-ḍmṛśá mfn. laying hold of, handling VS. (= paṇḍita Mahīdh.)

⋙pramṛṣṭi

1. pra-ḍmṛṣṭi f. rubbing over with (comp.) Hcar

pramṛṣ

1. pra-√mṛṣ (only pf. -mamarṣa aor. -marṣiṣṭhāḥ, and inf. -mṛ́ṣe), to forget, neglect (with acc. or dat.) RV. (to destroy Sāy.)

⋙pramṛṣya

1. pra-ḍmṛṣya mfn. in a-pramṛṣyá, q.v

pramṝ

1. pra-√mṝ P. -mṛṇāti (cf. pra-mṛṇ), to crush, destroy RV. AV

≫pramūrṇa

1. prá-mūrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed AV

prame

1. pra-mé ind. See under pra-√mā

prametos

1. pra-metos See under pra-√mī

pramedita

1. pra-medita See pra-√mid

prameya

1. pra-meya See p. 686, col. 1

prameha

1. pra-meha &c. See under pra-√mih

pramoka

1. pra-moka &c. See pra-√muc

pramokṣa

1. pra-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) letting fall, dropping, losing R
2. discharging, dismissing, liberation, liberation from (comp.)
3. final deliverance MBh. R

⋙pramokṣaka

1. pra-ḍmokṣaka m. N. of a mountain Divyâv
2. of a serpent demon L

⋙pramokṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍmokṣaṇa n. the end of an eclipse Var

pramota

1. pra-móta (perhaps fr. √mīv), a partic. kind of disease (others, mfn. mute') AV. ix, 8, 4

pramoda

1. pra-moda &c. See pra-√mud

pramoṣa

1. pra-moṣa See pra-√muṣ

pramoha

1. pra-moha &c. See pra-√muh

pramrad

1. pra-√mrad (only Ved. inf. -mradé), to destroy, kill ŚBr. (cf. pra-mṛd)

pramluc

1. pra-√mluc P. -mlocati, to go down, sink down ŚBr

⋙pramlocantī

1. pra-ḍmlócantī (VS.) or (MBh. Hariv. Pur.), f. N. of an Apsaras

⋙pramlocā

1. pra-ḍmlocā (MBh. Hariv. Pur.), f. N. of an Apsaras

pramlai

1. pra-√mlai P. -mlāyati, to fade or wither away Bhaṭṭ. Kuval
2. to be sad or dejected or languid A

≫pramlāna

1. pramlāna mfn. faded, withered MBh. R. Kām. Ragh
2. soiled, dirty Prab

⋙pramlānavadana

1. ○vadana mfn. having a sickly-looking face MBh

⋙pramlānaśarīra

1. ○śarīra mfn. withered in body, having an exhausted frame Var

≫pramlānībhū

1. pramlānī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to fade away Pañcar

prayakṣ

1. pra-√yakṣ P. Ā. -yakṣati, ○te (inf. -yákṣe), to hasten forward, press onward, be eager
2. (with acc.) to strive after, pursue, attain RV

⋙prayakṣa

1. pra-ḍyakṣa (prá-), mfn. eager, strenuous (?) RV. i, 62, 6 (= pūjya Sāy.)

prayaj

1. pra-√yaj P. Ā. -yajati, ○te (inf. -yájadhyai), to worship, sacrifice to (acc.) RV
2. to offer the Prayāja sacrifice (cf. below) TS

⋙prayaj

1. pra-ḍyáj f. an offering, oblation AV

⋙prayajyu

1. pra-ḍyajyu (prá-), mfn. worshipful, adorable RV. (= prakarṣeṇa pūjya Sāy
2. others 'pressing onwards, rushing on')

≫prayāga

1. prayāga m. 'place of sacrifice', N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Allāhābād) at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā with the supposed subterranean Sarasvatī (also -ka AgP
2. cf. tri-veṇī
3. ifc. also in Deva-pṭpilgrimage, Rudra-pṭpilgrimage, Karṇa pilgrimage and Nanda-pṭpilgrimage) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 375
4. as N. of a country Priy. i, 3/4
5. pl. the inhabitants of Prayāga MBh.)
6. a sacrifice L
7. a horse L. (cf. pra-yoga)
8. N. of Indra L
9. N. of a man (also -ka) Rājat

⋙prayāgakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. N. of ch. of the Tristhalī-setu (q.v.)

⋙prayāgatīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP

⋙prayāgadāsa

1. ○dāsa m. N. of 2 men Cat

⋙prayāgaprakaraṇa

1. ○prakaraṇa n

⋙prayāgapraghaṭṭaka

1. ○praghaṭṭaka m. or n. (?) N. of chs. of the Tristhalī-setu. [Page 687, Column]

⋙prayāgabhaya

1. ○bhaya m. 'fearing sacrifice', N. of Indra L

⋙prayāgamāhātmya

1. ○māhātmya n

⋙prayāgaratnakroḍa

1. ○ratna-kroḍa m

⋙prayāgarājāṣṭaka

1. ○rājâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙prayāgavana

1. ○vana n. N. of a forest R

⋙prayāgasetu

1. ○setu m. N. of wk

≫prayāja

1. prayājá m. 'pre-sacrifice', preliminary offering (cf. anu-yāja, q.v.), N. of partic. texts or invocations, and of the Ājya libations at which they are employed (they form part of the Prâyaṇīya or introductory ceremony in a Soma sacrifice and are generally 5, but also 9 and 11 in number) RV. TS. VS. Br. GṛŚrS
2. a principal ceremony or sacrifice W

⋙prayājatva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of a Prayāja Kapishṭh

⋙prayājavat

1. ○vat (○yājá-), mfn. accompanied by a Prayāja TS

⋙prayājānuyāja

1. prayājânuyājá m. pl. preliminary offering and after-sacrifice AitBr

⋙prayājāhuti

1. prayājâhuti f. the offering of a PṭPrayāja ib

≫prayājyā

1. prayājyā f. (also pl.) the words spoken at the moment of offering the Prayājyā TBr. Sch

prayat

1. pra-√yat Ā. -yatate, to be active or effective TBr. (ep. also P. ○ti)
2. to strive, endeavour, exert one's self, devote or apply one's self to (loc., dat., acc., arthe, artham, hetos, or inf.) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙prayatana

1. pra-ḍyatana n. effort, endeavour (used to explain pra-yatna) Pat

⋙prayatita

1. pra-ḍyatita n. (impers.) pains have been taken with (loc.) MBh

⋙prayatitavya

1. pra-ḍyatitavya n. (impers.) pains have to be taken with (loc.) R. Bālar. Car

⋙prayatta

1. pra-ḍyatta mfn. intent, eager Bhartṛ

⋙prayattavya

1. pra-ḍyattavya n. (impers.) = ○yatitavya Nal

⋙prayatna

1. pra-ḍyatna m. persevering effort, continued exertion or endeavour, exertion bestowed on (loc. or comp.), activity, action, act Mn. MBh. &c. (instr. sg. and pl. abl. and -tas ind. with special effort, zealously, diligently, carefully
2. ○tna ibc. and ○tnāt ind. also = hardly, scarcely)
3. great care, caution Pañcat
4. (in phil.) active efforts (of 3 kinds, viz. engaging in any act, prosecuting it, and completing it)
5. pl. volitions (one of the 17 qualities of the Vaiśeshikas) IW. 68
6. (in gram.) effort in uttering, mode of articulation (also āsya-pray○, distinguished into ābhyantara-p○ and bāhya-p○, internal and external effort) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 Sch
7. (ā), f. N. of a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
8. -cchid mfn. frustrating a person's (gen.) efforts Mudr
9. -prêkṣaṇīya mfn. hardly visible Śak
10. -muktâsana mfn. rising with difficulty from a seat Ragh
11. -vat mfn. assiduous, diligent, persevering Kām
12. ○tnânanda m. N. of wk

prayabh

1. pra-√yabh P. -yabhati, futuere TBr

prayam

1. pra-√yam P. Ā. -yacchati, ○te, to hold out towards, stretch forth, extend RV. AV
2. to place upon (loc.) MBh
3. to offer, present, give, grant, bestow, deliver, despatch, send, effect, produce, cause (with dat., gen. or loc. of pers. and acc. of thing) RV. &c. &c. (with vikrayeṇa, to sell
4. with uttaram, to answer
5. with śāpam, to pronounce a curse
6. with yuddham, to give battle, fight
7. with viṣam, to administer poison
8. with buddhau, to set forth or present to the mind)
9. to restore, pay (a debt), requite (a benefit) Mn. MBh. &c
10. to give (a daughter) in marriage AitBr. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. &c

≫prayata

1. prá-yata mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV
2. placed upon (loc.) RV
3. offered, presented, given, granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c
4. piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Āpast. R.), selfsubdued, dutiful, careful, prudent KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c
5. m. a holy or pious person W
6. -tā f. -tva n. purity, holiness MBh
7. -dakṣiṇa (práy○), mfn. one who has made presents (to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV
8. -parigraha-dvitīya mfn. accompanied by a pious or chaste wife MW
9. -mānasa mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh
10. ○tâtman or ○tâtma-vat mfn. id. Mn. R

⋙prayati

1. prá-ḍyati (prá-), f. offering, gift, donation RV
2. intention, will, effort, exertion ib. VS

⋙prayantṛ

1. prá-ḍyantṛ́ mfn. one who offers or presents, a giver, bringer (with gen. or acc.) RV
2. a guide, driver (gaja-, of elephants) MBh

⋙prayamaṇa

1. prá-ḍyamaṇa n. purification Āpast

⋙prayāma

1. prá-ḍyāma m. dearth, scarcity (= nīvāka) L
2. checking, restraining W
3. extension, length (in space or time) Jātakam
4. progress ib

⋙prayāmya

1. prá-ḍyāmya mfn. to be checked or controlled ib

prayas

1. pra-√yas P. -yásyati (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 71), to begin to bubble AV
2. to endeavour, labour, strive after (dat.) Naish

⋙prayasta

1. pra-ḍyasta (prá-), mfn. bubbling over RV. AV
2. striving, eager Śak
3. well cooked or prepared L. (cf. 2. práyas)

⋙prayāsa

1. pra-ḍyāsá m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., -arthāya or -nimittena) VS. TS. Kāv. &c. (cf. a-prayāsena) [Page 688, Column]
2. high degree Jātakam
3. -bhāj mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W

⋙prayāsita

1. pra-ḍyāsita n. (fr. Caus.) effort, exertion Mālatīm. (v. l. ā-yāsita)

prayas

1. práyas n. (√prī) pleasure, enjoyment, delight RV. (prā́yase, iv, 21, 7 = práyase)
2. object of delight, pleasant food or drink, dainties, libations (práyāṃsi nadī́nām, 'refreshing waters') ib
3. mfn. valuable, precious (?) W

⋙prayasvat

1. ○vat (práyas-), mfn. having or bestowing pleasant food, offering libations RV. (○svanto'trayaḥ, N. of the authors of v, 20)
2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

≫prayoga

1. prayo-gá (Padap. pra-yóga), mfn. (for 2 under. pra-√yuj) coming to a meal RV. x, 7, 5 (Sāy. = pra-yoktavya)
2. m. N. of a Ṛishi TS
3. (with bhārgava) author of RV. viii, 91 Anukr

prayā

1. pra-√yā P. -yāti, to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (acc., also with accha, or prati, or loc.) RV. &c. &c
2. to walk, roam, wander MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to part, go asunder, be dispersed, pass away, vanish, die ib
4. to get into a partic. state or condition, enter, undergo, incur (acc.) ib
5. to proceed i.e. behave Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
6. to cause to go i.e. to lead into (acc.) Hcat.: Caus. -yāpayati, to cause to set out ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 ; 30 Sch.): Desid. -yiyāsati, to wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid. -yiyāsayati, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhaṭṭ

≫prayā

1. pra-yā́ f. onset RV

≫prayāṇa

1. pra-yā́ṇa n. (Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion onwards, progress, journey, march, invasion RV. &c. &c. (with gardabhena, 'riding on an ass' Pañcat.)
2. departure, death (cf. prâṇa-pray○)
3. onset, beginning, commencement Kāṭh. ŚBr
4. -kāla m. time of departure, death Bhag
5. -paṭaha m. a drum beaten while marching Hcar
6. -purī f. N. of a town (○rī-māhātmya n. N. of wk.)
7. -bhaṅga m. the breaking or suspending of a journey, a halt Pañcat
8. -vicāra m. N. of wk
9. ○ṇârha mfn. deserving death W

⋙prayāṇaka

1. pra-ḍyāṇaka n. a journey, march Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (cf. a-pray○)

⋙prayāṇi

1. pra-ḍyāṇi See a-prayāṇi

⋙prayāṇīya

1. pra-ḍyāṇīya or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayānīya

1. pra-ḍyānīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāta

1. pra-ḍyāta mfn. set out, gone, advanced MaitrUp. R. &c
2. arrived at, come to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. gone or passed away, vanished, deceased, dead Kathās

⋙prayātavya

1. pra-ḍyātavya mfn. to be attacked or assailed MBh
2. n. (impers.) one should set out ib. R. Kathās

⋙prayātṛ

1. pra-ḍyātṛ m. one who goes or can go or fly Kathās
2. setting out on a march or journey Var

⋙prayātrā

1. pra-ḍyātrā f. See prāyātrika

⋙prayāpaṇa

1. pra-ḍyāpaṇa or n. (fr. Caus.) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāpana

1. pra-ḍyāpana n. (fr. Caus.) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāpaṇi

1. pra-ḍyāpaṇi See a-prayāpaṇi

⋙prayāpaṇīya

1. pra-ḍyāpaṇīya or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāpanīya

1. pra-ḍyāpanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāpita

1. pra-ḍyāpita mfn. driven or sent away, made to go or pass away W

⋙prayāpin

1. pra-ḍyāpin mfn. (du. ○piṇau or ○pinau) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāpya

1. pra-ḍyāpya mfn. to be caused to go, to be sent away AitBr

⋙prayāpyamāṇa

1. pra-ḍyāpyamāṇa or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāpyamāna

1. pra-ḍyāpyamāna mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙prayāman

1. pra-ḍyāman (prá-), n. setting out, start RV

⋙prayāyin

1. pra-ḍyāyin mfn. (du. ○yeṇau Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) going forwards, marching, driving, riding MBh. R

⋙prayāvan

1. pra-ḍyāvan See vṛṣa and supra-yāvan

⋙prayiyu

1. pra-ḍyíyu mfn. (fr. Desid.) used for driving (as a horse) RV. (Nir. iv, 15)

prayāga

1. pra-yāga ○yāja, See pra-√yaj

prayāc

1. pra-√yāc P. Ā. -yācati, ○te, to ask for, beg, solicit, request (with acc. of pers. and thing) MBh. Hariv. R

⋙prayācaka

1. pra-ḍyācaka mfn. asking, requesting, imploring (with artham ifc.) MBh

⋙prayācana

1. pra-ḍyācana n. asking, begging, imploring ib

prayāṇa

1. pra-yāṇa &c. See under pra-√yā

prayāsa

1. pra-yāsa See under pra-√yas

prayu

1. pra-yu √1. (only aor. Subj. -yoṣat), to remove, keep away RV. viii, 31, 17. 1

⋙prayuta

1. pra-ḍyuta (prá-), mfn. absent in mind, inattentive, heedless, careless (cf. a-pray○) RV. VS
2. (pra-yúta), n. (also m. Siddh.) a million VS. &c. &c. (cf. 2. ayúta)

⋙prayuti

1. pra-ḍyuti (prá-), f. absence (with manasaḥ = thoughtlessness) RV

⋙prayutvan

1. pra-ḍyutvan See á-prayutvan

⋙prayotṛ

1. pra-ḍyotṛ́ m. a remover, expeller RV

prayu

1. pra-yu √2. P. -yauti, to stir, mingle TS. MaitrS
2. to disturb, destroy Nir

⋙prayut

1. pra-ḍyút mfn. stirring, mingling TBr., 2

⋙prayuta

1. pra-ḍyuta (prá-), mfn. mingled with (instr.) MānŚr
2. confused (as a dream) MānGṛ
3. destroyed, annihilated MaitrS
4. m. N. of a Deva-gandharva MBh
5. ○têśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP. [Page 688, Column]

⋙prayuvana

1. pra-ḍyuvana n. stirring, mingling Hcat

prayuch

1. pra-√yuch P. -yucchati, to be absent
2. (with or scil. manasā) to be absent in mind, be careless or heedless RV

prayuj

1. pra-√yuj Ā. -yuṅkte (rarely P. -yunakti
2. Pāṇ. 1-3, 64), to yoke or join or harness to (loc.) RV
3. to unite with (instr.) AV
4. to turn (the mind) to (loc.) RV
5. to prepare for (dat.) ib
6. to set in motion, throw, cast (also dice), discharge, hurl at (loc. or dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. to utter, pronounce, speak, recite ib
8. to fix, place in or on (loc.) BhP
9. to direct, order, urge to (dat. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
10. to choose for (two acc.) Kum
11. to lead towards, bring into (acc.) BhP
12. to use, employ, practise, display, exhibit, perform, accomplish, contrive, do Br. &c. &c
13. to undertake, commence, begin Vait. R
14. to cause, effect, produce Kum. BhP. Sarvad
15. to represent on the stage, act Mṛicch. Kālid
16. to lend (for use or interest) Mn. Yājñ.: Pass. -yujyate, to be fit or suitable, conduce to (dat.) Kāv. Pañcat.: Caus. -yojayati, to throw, discharge, hurl at or against (loc.) MBh
17. to utter, pronounce R
18. to show, display, exhibit BhP
19. (with manas) to concentrate the mind ŚvetUp
20. to urge, direct, appoint to (loc.) MBh. BhP
21. to transfer or entrust to (dat.) MBh
22. to undertake, begin Kām
23. to represent on the stage Hariv. Sāh
24. to cause to be represented by (instr.) Uttarar
25. to use, employ MBh. Kām. Suśr. &c
26. to perform, practise Mn. iii, 112
27. (with vṛddhim) to take interest ib. x, 117
28. (with prayogam) to invest capital SaddhP
29. to be applicable, g. kṣubhnâdi
30. to aim at, have in view Pāṇ. 6-3, 62 Sch.: Desid. -yuyukṣate, to wish to use, want, require Pat

≫prayukta

1. pra-yukta mfn. yoked, harnessed MBh. R. &c
2. stirred (by wind) Ragh
3. directed, thrown, hurled MBh. Kāv. &c
4. drawn (as a sword) BhP
5. vented (as anger) MBh
6. uttered, pronounced, recited Up. Śiksh. &c
7. urged, ordered, bidden Gobh. Bhag. &c
8. used, employed, practised, performed, done Br. Kauś. MBh. &c
9. undertaken, begun, contrived R. Mālav. Prab
10. made, prepared Kum
11. (n. impers.) behaved or acted towards (loc. or acc. with prati) Śak
12. lent (on interest) Yājñ
13. suitable, appropriate Pañcat. ( See a-pray○)
14. resulting from (comp.) ib
15. n. a cause W
16. -tama mfn. most used AitBr
17. -saṃskāra mfn. to which polish has been applied, polished (as a gem) Ragh

⋙prayukti

1. pra-ḍyukti (prá-), f. impulse, motive RV
2. setting in motion, employment TBr. Śaṃk. Rājat

⋙prayuga

1. pra-ḍyuga n. orig. form of prau0ga (q.v.) Vprāt

≫prayuj

1. pra-yúj (prob.) f. a team RV
2. impulse, motive VS. AV
3. acquisition RV
4. (○yujāṃ haviiṃṣi or ○yug-ghav○, N. of 12 oblations, one of which is offered each month ŚBr.)
5. mfn. joining, connected with (lit. or fig., as a cause, motive &c.) W

⋙prayoktavya

1. pra-ḍyoktavya mfn. to be thrown or discharged MBh
2. to be used or employed, applicable, suitable ib. R. &c
3. to be exhibited or represented Mālav
4. to be uttered or pronounced or recited Śiksh. Śaṃk

⋙prayoktṛ

1. pra-ḍyoktṛ m. a hurler, shooter (of missiles) MBh. R
2. an executor, agent (of an action) MBh. Ragh. &c
3. an undertaker (of a sacrifice) KātyŚr. Sch
4. a procurer MBh
5. an employer ib. Kām
6. an actor, mime Ragh
7. a speaker, reciter RPrāt. Kāvyâd
8. a performer (of music) R
9. a composer, author, poet Uttarar
10. a money-lender Yājñ. Sch
11. -tā f. -tva n. the state or condition of an employer Sarvad

⋙prayoktra

1. pra-ḍyoktra n. harness Divyâv

≫prayoga

1. prayoga m. (for 1. See under 2. práyas, col. 1) joining together, connection Var
2. position, addition (of a word) Vprāt. Pāṇ. (loc. often = in the case of Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 25 ; 26 &c.)
3. hurling, casting (of missiles) MBh. R. &c
4. offering, presenting Hariv
5. undertaking, beginning, commencement ŚBr. ŚrS
6. a design, contrivance, device, plan Mālav. Rājat
7. application, employment (esp. of drugs or magic
8. IW. 402, 1), use GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (ena, āt and ○ga-tas ifc. = by means of)
9. practice, experiment (opp. to, 'theory') Mālav
10. a means (only ais, by use of means) MBh. Suśr
11. (in gram.) an applicable or usual form Siddh. Vop
12. exhibition (of a dance), representation (of a drama) Mṛicch. Kālid. (○ga-to-√dṛś, to see actually represented, See on the stage Ratnâv.)
13. a piece to be represented Kālid. Prab
14. utterance, pronunciation, recitation, delivery ŚrS. RPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
15. a formula to be recited, sacred text Śiksh. [Page 688, Column]
16. lending at interest or on usury, investment Mn. MBh
17. principal, loan bearing interest Gaut
18. an example L
19. cause, motive, affair, object W
20. consequence, result ib
21. ceremonial form, course of proceeding ib
22. a horse (cf. pra-yāga) L

⋙prayogakārikā

1. ○kārikā f

⋙prayogakaustubha

1. ○kaustubha m. or n. N. of wks

⋙prayogagrahaṇa

1. ○grahaṇa n. acquirement of practice Daś

⋙prayogacandrikā

1. ○candrikā f

⋙prayogacintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m

⋙prayogacūḍāmaṇi

1. ○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wks

⋙prayogajña

1. ○jña mfn. skilful in practice Suśr

⋙prayogatattva

1. ○tattva n

⋙prayogadarpaṇa

1. ○darpaṇa m

⋙prayogadīpa

1. ○dīpa m

⋙prayogadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā and f. N. of wks

⋙prayogadīpikāvṛtti

1. ○dīpiḍkā-vṛtti f. N. of wks

⋙prayoganipuṇa

1. ○nipuṇa mfn. = -jña Bhartṛ

⋙prayogapañcaratna

1. ○pañcaratna n

⋙prayogapaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. N. of wks

⋙prayogapāda

1. ○pāda n. smoking for the sake of one's health Car

⋙prayogapārijāta

1. ○pārijāta m

⋙prayogapustaka

1. ○pustaka m. or n. N. of wks

⋙prayogapradhāna

1. ○pradhāna mfn. consisting chiefly in practice (not in theory) Mālav

⋙prayogamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f

⋙prayogamaṇimālikā

1. ○maṇi-mālikā f

⋙prayogamantra

1. ○mantra m

⋙prayogamayūkha

1. ○mayūkha m

⋙prayogamuktāvalī

1. ○muktâvalī f

⋙prayogamukhavyākaraṇa

1. ○mukha-vyākaraṇa n

⋙prayogaratna

1. ○ratna n

⋙prayogaratnakroḍa

1. ○ratna-kroḍa m

⋙prayogaratnamālā

1. ○ratna-mālā or f

⋙prayogaratnamālikā

1. ○ratna-māḍlikā f

⋙prayogaratnasaṃskāra

1. ○ratna-saṃskāra m

⋙prayogaratnākara

1. ○ratnâkara m

⋙prayogaratnāvalī

1. ○ratnâvalī f

⋙prayogavidhi

1. ○vidhi m

⋙prayogaviveka

1. ○viveka and m. N. of wks

⋙prayogavivekasaṃgraha

1. ○viveḍka-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙prayogavīrya

1. ○vīrya n. (with Buddhists) energy in practice (one of the 3 energies) Dharmas. 108

⋙prayogavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f

⋙prayogavaijayantī

1. ○vaijayantī f

⋙prayogaśikhāmaṇi

1. ○śikhāmaṇi m

⋙prayogasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha and m

⋙prayogasaṃgrahaviveka

1. ○saṃgraḍha-viveka m

⋙prayogasaraṇi

1. ○saraṇi f

⋙prayogasāra

1. ○sāra m

⋙prayogasāraṇī

1. ○sāraṇī f

⋙prayogasārasamuccaya

1. ○sāra-samuccaya m. N. of wks

⋙prayogāṇḍabilā

1. prayogâṇḍabilā f. N. of wk

⋙prayogātiśaya

1. prayogâtiśaya m. (in dram.) 'excess in representation', pronouncing the name of a character the moment that he enters the stage Pratāp
2. the useless appearance of a character on the stage during the prelude Sāh

⋙prayogāmṛta

1. prayogâmṛta n. N. of wk

⋙prayogārtha

1. prayogârtha mfn. having the sense of prayoga L

≫prayogin

1. prayogin mfn. being employed or used, applicable, usual (○gi-tva n.) KātyŚr
2. having some object in view W
3. performing (on the stage)
4. m. an actor Bhar

⋙prayogīya

1. praḍyogīya mfn. treating of the application (of medicines &c.) Cat

⋙prayogya

1. praḍyogya m. any animal harnessed to a carriage, draught animal ChUp

⋙prayojaka

1. praḍyojaka mf(ikā)n. causing, effecting, leading to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Rājat. Sarvad
2. (ifc.) prompting, instigating, instigator, promoter Pāṇ. 1-4, 55
3. effective, essential Sāh
4. deputing, anointing W
5. m. an author, composer Yājñ
6. a money-lender, creditor ib
7. a founder or institutor of any ceremony W
8. an employer A
9. -kartṛ-tva n. the acting as instigator or promoter W
10. -tā f. (Nyāyam. Sch.), -tva n. (Kāś.) agency
11. ○kâdhyāya-bhāṣya n. N. of wk

≫prayojana

1. pra-yojana n. (ifc. f. ā) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim, end Prāt. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. prayojanena, with a particular intention, on purpose MBh
3. ○na-vaśāt id. Pañcat
4. kena "ṣnena, from what cause or motive ? Prab
5. kasmai "ṣnāya, kasmāt "ṣnāt, kasya "ṣnasya and kasmin "ṣne, id. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27
6. ○nam ati-√kram, to neglect an opportunity MBh
7. profit, use or need of, necessity for Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (with instr., taruṇā kim prayojanam, what is the use of the tree? Kuval
8. bhavatv etaiḥ kusumaiḥ prayojanam, let these flowers be used Śak
9. with gen. or dat. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27 ; ii, 3, 72)
10. means of attaining Mn. vii, 100
11. (in phil.) a motive for discussing the point in question IW. 64
12. -vat mfn. having or connected with or serving any purpose or interest, interested R
13. serviceable, useful Suśr. (○ttva n. Sarvad.)
14. having a cause, caused, produced W

⋙prayojayitṛ

1. pra-ḍyojayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) a causer, occasioner Āpast

⋙prayojya

1. pra-ḍyojya mfn. to be cast or shot (missile) MBh. Hariv
2. to be used or employed or practised (-tva n.) Mn. MBh. &c
3. to be appointed or commissioned, dependent, a servant or slave Sarvad
4. to be represented (on the stage) Sāh
5. n. capital (to be lent on interest)
6. -tva n. the state of being used or employed (a-pray○) Vām
7. the state of being appointed or commissioned, dependence (a-pray○) Sarvad

prayudh

1. pra-√yudh Ā. -yudhyate (rarely P. ○ti), to begin to fight, attack, fight with (acc.) RV. MBh. R. Hariv.: Caus. -yodhayati, to cause to begin to fight ĀśvGṛ
2. to attack, combat Hariv.: Desid. Ā. -yuyutsate, to wish to fight with (instr.) MBh

⋙prayutsu

1. pra-ḍyutsu m. (only W.) a warrior
2. a ram
3. an ascetic
4. air, wind
5. N. of Indra (for ○yuyutsu)

⋙prayuddha

1. pra-ḍyuddha mfn. fighting, one who has fought MBh. Hariv. R. Kathās
2. n. fight, battle Kathās
3. ○yud-dhârtha mfn. having the sense of pra-yuddha (accord. to others, m. = pratyutkrama, war, battle, going to wṭwar or battle [Page 689, Column]
4. accord. to others v. l. for prayogârtha) L

⋙prayudh

1. pra-ḍyúdh mfn. attacking, assailing RV. v, 59, 5

⋙prayoddhṛ

1. pra-ḍyoddhṛ mfn. one who fights, a combatant Sāy

prayuvana

1. pra-yuvana See under pra- √2. yu

prayai

1. pra-yaí See under pra-√yā

prayoktavya

1. pra-yoktavya pra-yoga, pra-yojaka, pra-√yuj○

prayotṛ

1. pra-yotṛ́ See under pra- √1. yu

prayyamedha

1. prayyamedha = praiyyamedha (wṛ. for praiyamedha, q.v.) AitBr

prarakṣ

1. pra-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to protect against, save from (abl
2. See -rakṣita below)

⋙prarakṣa

1. pra-ḍrakṣa mfn. one from whom any one is protected Siddh

⋙prarakṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍrakṣaṇa n. protecting, protection Pañcat

⋙prarakṣita

1. pra-ḍrakṣita mfn. protected against, saved from (abl.) Pañcat. (v. l.)

praratham

1. pra-ratham ind., g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

prarad

1. pra-√rad P. -radati, to scratch or cut in, dig out (as a channel), mark out (as a path) RV

prarap

1. pra-√rap P. -rapati, to prate, talk RV

prarapś

1. pra-√rapś (only Ā. pf. -rarapśe), to reach beyond (abl.) RV

praram

1. pra-√ram Caus. P. -ramayati, to delight or gladden greatly, exhilarate Nir. ii, 18

prarādhas

1. pra-rādhas m. (√rādh) N. of a descendant of Aṅgiras SV. (v. l. purādhas)

⋙prarādhya

1. pra-ḍrā́dhya mfn. to be satisfied or made content RV. v, 39, 3

praric

1. pra-√ric Ā. -ricyate, to excel, surpass, be superior to (abl.) RV. TS
2. to empty excessively, become excessively empty TĀr.: Caus. -recayati, to leave remaining RV
3. to quit, abandon ib

⋙prarikvan

1. pra-ḍríkvan mfn. reaching beyond, surpassing (with abl.) RV. i, 100, 15

⋙prareka

1. pra-ḍreká m. (iii, 30, 19) and n. (i, 17, 6) abundance, plenty RV

⋙prarecana

1. pra-ḍrécana n. (i, 17, 6) abundance, plenty RV

prarī

1. pra-√rī P. -riṇāti, to sever, detach, take away RV. ii, 22, 4
2. Ā. -rīyate, to penetrate, enter (?), v, 7, 8

praru

1. pra-√ru P. -rauti, to roar or cry out loudly RV

praruc

1. pra-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine forth RV
2. to be liked, please ŚBr.: Caus. -rocayati, to enlighten, illuminate RV
3. to cause to shine ib
4. to make apparent or specious, make pleasing AV. TS. Br

⋙prarocana

1. pra-ḍrocana mf(ī)n. exciting or inciting to love (as a spell), seductive Kathās
2. (ā), f. highest praise Bālar
3. (in dram.) exciting interest by praising an author in the Prologue of a drama Daśar. Sāh. Pratāp. (also n.)
4. favourable description of that which is to follow in a play ib
5. n. stimulating, exciting Mālatīm
6. seduction Prab
7. praising ChUp. Śaṃk. Kap. Sch. Mālatīm
8. illustration, explanation PañcavBr

⋙prarocita

1. pra-ḍrocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) commended, praised, approved, liked MBh

praruj

1. pra-√ruj P. -rujati, to break down, break RV. MBh. BhP

⋙praruja

1. pra-ḍruja m. N. of a mythical being conquered by Garuḍa MBh
2. of a Rākshasa ib

prarud

1. pra-√rud P. -roditi, to begin to mourn or cry or weep, lament or cry aloud ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. R. &c
2. to weep with any one (acc.) MBh

⋙prarudita

1. pra-ḍrudita mfn. one who has begun to weep, weeping MBh. R. Vikr. Kathās

prarudh

1. pra-rudh P. Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, to keep or hold back, check, stop Br. MBh

praruh

1. pra-√ruh P. -rohati, to grow up, shoot forth, shoot up VS. Br. ChUp. &c
2. to heal up (as a wound) MBh. (v. l.)
3. to grow, increase MBh. Rājat. ŚārṅgP.: Caus. -ropayati, to fasten to, put into or on (loc.) Var

⋙praruh

1. pra-ḍrúh mfn. shooting forth, growing up (like a plant)
2. (with giri), m. a mountain which rises in the foreground Hariv. 5327
3. f. a shoot, a new branch AV

⋙prarūḍha

1. pra-ḍrūḍha mfn. grown up, full-grown R. Kāv. Var
2. (ifc.) overgrown with Hariv
3. filled up, healed up R
4. grown, widely spread, become great or strong Sāh. BhP. Kathās. &c
5. old L
6. growing or proceeding from a √, rooted, fastened L. [Page 689, Column]
7. arisen or proceeded from (comp.) Hariv. R. Śak. BhP
8. -kakṣa mfn. a place where shrubs have grown ĀpŚr
9. -keśa mfn. one whose hair has grown long, having lṭlong having Pañcat
10. -mūla mfn. having roots gone deep A
11. -śāli m. full-grown rice MW

⋙prarūḍhi

1. pra-ḍrūḍhi f. the having shot up Hcar
2. growth, increase Rājat

⋙prarodhana

1. pra-ḍródhana n. rising, ascending TS

⋙praropita

1. pra-ḍropita mfn. (fr. Caus.) sown, planted R. Sāh
2. shown or done (as a kindness) Rājat

⋙praroha

1. pra-ḍroha m. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth (lit. and fig
2. cf. dṛḍhap○) Kum. Kull. &c
3. a bud, shoot, sprout, sprig Hariv. Kāv. Suśr. &c
4. an excrescence Suśr
5. a new leaf or branch MW
6. (fig.) a shoot = ray (of light
7. See prabhā-p○) Kum. Ragh. BhP
8. -vat mfn. possessing vegetation, covered with vṭvegetation Suśr

⋙prarohaka

1. pra-ḍrohaka mfn. causing to grow Nalac

⋙prarohaṇa

1. pra-ḍrohaṇa n. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth, growth (lit. and fig.) MBh. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. Siṃhâs
2. a bud, shoot, sprig MBh. Hariv

⋙prarohin

1. pra-ḍrohin mfn. growing or shooting up, shooting up from (comp.) Mn. i, 46
2. (ifc.) causing to grow, propagating MBh. Hariv. Hcat
3. ○hi-śākhin mfn. (a tree) whose branches grow again Yājñ. ii, 227

prarūp

1. pra-√rūp P. -rūpayati, to expound, expose, explain (esp. in the Jaina system) Sarvad

⋙prarūpaṇa

1. pra-ḍrūpaṇa n. (or

⋙prarūpaṇā

1. pra-√rūpaṇā f.) exposing, teaching Siṃhâs

prareka

1. pra-reká ○récana, See pra-√ric

prarej

1. pra-√rej Ā. -rejate, to tremble at (acc.) RV. i, 38, 10: Caus. -rejayati, to cause to tremble ib. iv, 22, 3

prarkṣīya

1. pra-rkṣīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. prarkṣa = pra + ṛkṣa) Vop. ii, 4
2. (also prārkṣīya.)

prarcchaka

1. prarcchaka mfn. (fr. pra + ṛcchaka) Pat

prarṣabhīya

1. prarṣabhīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. prarṣabha = pra + ṛṣabha) Pāṇ. 6-1, 22 Sch
2. (also prārṣabhīya.)

pralaghu

1. pra-laghu mfn. very inconsiderable, very small (as an attendance) Kād
2. -tā, f. Mudr

pralap

1. pra-√lap P. -lapati, to speak forth (inconsiderately or at random), prattle, talk idly or incoherently, trifle TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to talk, converse BhP
3. to speak forth, speak MBh. Pañcat
4. to exclaim Bhartṛ
5. to lament, bewail Pañcat
6. to speak or tell in a doleful manner MBh. R
7. to call upon or invoke in piteous tones MBh.: Caus. -lāpayati, to cause or incite to speak Mṛicch

⋙pralapana

1. pra-ḍlapana n. prattling, talking Pañcat. Sāh
2. lamentation Uttarar

⋙pralapita

1. pra-ḍlapita mfn. spoken forth, spoken, said W
2. spoken dolefully, invoked piteously Sāh
3. n. prattling, talk Pañcat. Nītis
4. lamentation Pañcat. Sāh

⋙pralāpa

1. pra-ḍlāpá m. talk, discourse, prattling, chattering AV. &c. &c
2. (also n.) lamentation (ārta-p○, lamentation of one in pain) MBh. R. Pañcat. &c
3. incoherent or delirious speech, raving Cat
4. -vat mfn. one who speaks confusedly or incoherently Suśr
5. -han m. a kind of medic. preparation L
6. ○pâika-maya mf(ī)n. 'consisting only of lamentation', doing nothing but lament MW

⋙pralāpaka

1. pra-ḍlāpaka m. speaking incoherently Bhpr

⋙pralāpana

1. pra-ḍlāpana n. (fr. Caus.) causing or teaching to speak Cat

⋙pralāpin

1. pra-ḍlāpin mfn. (generally ifc
2. ○pi-tva n.) chattering, talking much or unmeaningly, talking, speaking MBh. R. Yājñ. &c
3. lamenting, wailing R
4. (fever) attended with delirium Bhpr
5. ○pi-tā f. amorous conversation or prattle Pratāp

pralabh

1. pra-labh √Ā. -labhate, to lay hold of, seize MBh
2. to get, obtain Kathās
3. to overreach, cheat, deceive, befool MBh. BhP.: Caus. -lambhayati, to cheat, deceive BhP

⋙pralabdha

1. pra-ḍlabdha mfn. seized MBh
2. overreached, cheated, deceived MW

⋙pralabdhavya

1. pra-ḍlabdhavya mfn. to be cheated or fooled MBh

⋙pralabdhṛ

1. pra-ḍlabdhṛ mfn. a cheat, deceiver MBh

⋙pralambha

1. pra-ḍlambha m. obtaining. gaining R
2. (also pl.) overreaching, deceiving MBh

⋙pralambhana

1. pra-ḍlambhana n. overreaching, deceiving BhP
2. that by which any one is deceived Jātakam

pralamphana

1. pra-lamphana n. a jump L

pralamb

1. pra-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to hang down Daś. Suśr

≫pralamba

1. pralamba mf(ā)n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally ibc.) KātyŚr. Sch. MBh. Hariv. R
2. bending the upper part of the body forward MBh
3. prominent MW
4. slow, dilatory W. [Page 689, Column]
5. m. hanging on or from, depending L
6. a branch L
7. a shoot of the vine-palm L
8. a cucumber Bhpr
9. a garland of flowers worn round the neck W
10. a kind of necklace of pearls L
11. the female breast L
12. tin (?) W
13. N. of a Daitya slain by Balarāma or Kṛishṇa MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c
14. of a mountain R
15. (ā f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh.)
16. -keśa mfn. one whose hair hangs down VP
17. -ghna m. 'slayer of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛishṇa L
18. -tā f. the hanging down, being pendulous Kād
19. -nāsika mfn. one who has a prominent nose A
20. -bāhu mfn. one whose arms hang down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. (-tā f. one of the 32 signs of perfection Dharmas. 83)
21. m. N. of a man Kathās
22. -bhid m. 'crusher of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma L
23. -bhuja mfn. one whose arms hang down L
24. m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās
25. -mathana (Hariv.), -han (MBh.), -hantṛ (L.), m. 'slayer of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛishṇa
26. ○bâṇḍa m. a man with pendent testicles Vet
27. ○bôjjvala-cāru-ghoṇa mfn. having a prominent and bright and handsome nose MBh
28. ○bôdara m. 'having a pendent belly', N. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ
29. of a fabulous mountain ib

⋙pralambaka

1. praḍlambaka m. fragrant Rohisha grass L

⋙pralambana

1. praḍlambana n. hanging down, depending L

⋙pralambita

1. praḍlambita mfn. hanging down, pendulous Kathās
2. (alaṃ-kāra-p○ for pralambitâlaṃ-k○, having pendent ornaments Lalit.)

⋙pralambin

1. praḍlambin mfn. hanging down, depending Suśr. Hariv. (cf. tri-pr○)

≫pralambīkṛ

1. pralambī-√kṛ to make to hang down R

pralambha

1. pra-lambha ○lambhana, See pra√labh

pralaya

1. pra-laya &c. See under pra-√lī

pralalāṭa

1. pra-lalāṭa mfn. having a prominent forehead MBh

pralava

1. pra-lavá &c. See under pra-√lū

pralāpa

1. pra-lāpa &c. See under pra-√lap

pralikh

1. pra-√likh P. Ā. -likhati, ○te, (P.) to scratch, draw lines in (acc.) Mn. iv, 55
2. to draw lines, write Hcat
3. (P. Ā.) to scrape together PārGṛ
4. (Ā.) to comb one's head (Sch. 'to draw lines') Kauś. PārGṛ

pralip

1. pra-√lip P. Ā. -limpati, ○te, to smear, besmear, stain (Ā. to smear &c. one's self) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. Kauś. &c.: Caus. -lepayati, to smear, besmear MBh. Var

⋙pralipa

1. pra-ḍlipa mfn. one who smears or plasters W

⋙pralipta

1. pra-ḍlipta mfn. cleaving or sticking to (loc.) MBh

⋙pralepa

1. pra-ḍlepa m. cleaving to (comp.) Bhpr
2. an unguent, ointment, salve, plaster Suśr. MārkP. Var
3. a hectic or slow fever Car

⋙pralepaka

1. pra-ḍlepaka mfn. anointing, smearing, plastering W
2. m. a plasterer, an anointer W
3. a partic. marine substance, lime made of calcined shells (?) L
4. a hectic or slow fever Suśr. Bhpr
5. (ikā). f. g. mahiṣy-ādi

⋙pralepana

1. pra-ḍlepana n. the act of anointing or smearing MW
2. an unguent, salve, plaster Car

⋙pralepya

1. pra-ḍlepya m. clean or well trimmed hair (perhaps correctly for a form pralebhya) L

praliśa

1. prá-liśa m. N. of a mystic being Suparṇ

pralih

1. pra-√lih P. Ā. -leḍhi, -līḍhe, to lick up, cause to melt on the tongue Suśr

⋙praleha

1. pra-ḍleha m. a kind of broth L

⋙pralehana

1. pra-ḍlehana n. the act of licking Gobh

pralī

1. pra-√lī Ā. -līyate (ind. p. -līya, or -lāya), to become dissolved or reabsorbed into (loc.), disappear, perish, die Br. Mn. MBh. &c

≫pralaya

1. pra-laya m. dissolution, reabsorption, destruction, annihilation
2. death
3. (esp.) the destruction of the whole world, at the end of a Kalpa (s.v.) ṢaḍvBr. ChUp. Śaṃk. MBh. Kāv. &c
4. setting (of the stars) Subh
5. end (saṃjāta-nidrā-p○ mfn. having done sleeping Pañcat.)
6. cause of dissolution Bhag. Bṛih
7. fainting, loss of sense or consciousness Pratāp. Sāh. Suśr
8. sleepiness Gal
9. N. of the syllable om, AtharvaśUp
10. -kāla m. the time of universal dissolution MW
11. -kevala mfn. = ○layâkala (q.v.) Sarvad
12. -ghana m. the cloud which causes the destruction of the world Hit
13. -ṃ-kara mf(ī)n. causing destruction or ruin Up. Kāv
14. -jaladhara-dhvāna m. the rumbling or muttering of clouds at the dissolution of the world MW
15. -tā f. dissolution (-tāṃ-√gam, to perish, be annihilated) Hariv
16. -tva n. id. (-tvāya-√kḷp = -tāṃ-√gam) MBh. BhP
17. -dahana m. the fire causing the destruction of the world, Ratnâv. Amar. [Page 690, Column]
18. -sthiti-sarga m. pl. destruction, preservation and creation (of the world). Kum
19. ○layâkala mfn. (an individual soul) to which mala and karman still adhere (with Śaivas) Sarvad
20. ○layânta-ga mfn. perishing only at the destruction of the world (the sun) MārkP
21. ○layôdaya m. du. dissolution and creation Bhag. Suśr. Kathās

⋙pralayana

1. pra-ḍláyana n. a place of repose, a bed AV

⋙pralāyam

1. pra-ḍlā́yam ind. (with √i or car) to hide one's self, be hidden Br. Kāṭh

≫pralīna

1. pralīna mfn. dissolved, reabsorbed into (loc.), disappeared, lost, died MBh. R. Suśr. &c
2. slacked, tired, wearied AitBr
3. unconscious, insensible W
4. flown away MBh. (v. l. pra-ḍīna)

⋙pralīnatā

1. ○tā f. or dissolution, destruction, annihilation, the end of the universe L

⋙pralīnatva

1. ○tva n. dissolution, destruction, annihilation, the end of the universe L
2. unconsciousness, fainting L

⋙pralīnabhūpāla

1. ○bhū-pāla mfn. whose monarchs have been destroyed MW

⋙pralīnendriya

1. pralīnêndriya mfn. one whose senses have slacked or languished (○ya-tva n. Sāy.)

praluṭh

1. pra-luṭh √P. -luṭhati, to roll forwards, roll, roll along the ground, roll round Pañcat
2. to be agitated, heave, toss, wallow MW

⋙praluṭhita

1. pra-ḍluṭhita mfn. rolling about Bhaṭṭ

⋙praloṭhana

1. pra-ḍloṭhana n. the act of rolling
2. heaving, tossing (as of the ocean) W

⋙praloṭhita

1. pra-ḍloṭhita mfn. (anything) that has begun to roll Bhaṭṭ
2. rolling
3. heaving, tossing W

pralup

1. pra-√lup P. -lumpati, to pluck or pull out Hariv.: Pass. -lupyate, to be robbed MBh
2. to be interrupted or disturbed or violated or destroyed MW

⋙pralupta

1. pra-ḍlupta mfn. robbed Uttarar. Rājat
2. having lost (with abl.) MārkP

⋙pralopa

1. pra-ḍlopa m. destruction, annihilation Lalit

pralubh

1. pra-√lubh P. Ā. -lubhyati, ○te, (Ā.) to lust after, be lustful, follow one's lusts, go astray sexually (said of a wife) ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn
2. to allure, entice, seduce, pollute MBh.: Caus. -lobhayati, to cause to lust after, allure, entice, attempt, to seduce MBh. R. Pur. &c
3. to divert the attention of any one by (instr.) Suśr

⋙pralubdha

1. pra-ḍlubdha mfn. seduced MBh
2. (ā), f. (a woman) who has conceived an illicit affection for (saha) Pañcat

≫pralobha

1. pra-lobha m. allurement, seduction Pañcat. BhP
2. desire, cupidity W

⋙pralobhaka

1. pra-ḍlobhaka m. 'allurer', N. of a jackal Pañcat

⋙pralobhana

1. pra-ḍlobhana mfn. causing to lust after, alluring, seducing BhP
2. (ī), f. gravel, sand L
3. n. allurement, inducement MBh. R. Kathās. Rājat
4. that which allures, a lure, bait MW
5. (also wṛ. for pralambhana Bhag.)

⋙pralobhita

1. pra-ḍlobhita mfn. allured, enticed BhP

⋙pralobhin

1. pra-ḍlobhin mfn. alluring, seducing MārkP
2. lusting after MW

⋙pralobhya

1. pra-ḍlobhya mfn. to be lusted after, alluring Subh

pralū

1. pra-√lū P. Ā. -lunāti, -lunīte, to cut off HPariś

≫pralava

1. pra-lavá m. a part cut off, chip, fragment (as of a reed &c
2. others 'the sheath of a leaf'
3. others 'a dead leaf') ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙pralavana

1. pra-ḍlavana n. the reaping of corn GṛS

⋙pralavitṛ

1. pra-ḍlavitṛ mf(trī)n. one who cuts off Pāṇ. 6-1, 174 Sch

⋙pralavitra

1. pra-ḍlavitra n. an instrument for cutting off Pāṇ. 6-2, 144 Sch

⋙pralūna

1. pra-ḍlūna mfn. cut off MW
2. m. a kind of insect Suśr

pralepa

1. pra-lepa &c. See under pra-√lip

praleha

1. pra-leha ○lehana, See pra-√lih

pralola

1. pra-lola mfn. being in violent motion, agitated R

pralolupa

1. pra-lolupa m. N. of a Kunti (a descendant of Garuḍa) MārkP

pralkārīya

1. pralkārīya Nom. (fr. pra + ḷkāra) P. ○yati Pāṇ. 6-1, 92 Sch. (also prālkārīya)

prava

1. pravá mfn. (fr. √pru) fluttering, hovering RV

⋙pravaga

1. ○ga m. = plava-ga, a monkey L

⋙pravaṃga

1. ○ṃ-ga m. = plavaṃ-ga id. L

⋙pravaṃgama

1. ○ṃ-gama m. -plavaṃ-g○ id. L

≫pravaka

1. pravaka mfn. one who goes W

pravaṅga

1. pra-vaṅga m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

pravac

1. pra-√vac P. -vakti (inf. -vā́ce RV. ix, 95, 2), to proclaim, announce, praise, commend, mention, teach, impart, explain (with acc. of thing and dat. or gen. of person) RV. &c. &c
2. to tell of betray TS
3. to give, deliver (with acc. and dat.) RV. Br
4. to speak, say, tell (with acc., rarely dat. of person, and acc. of thing) PraśnUp. MBh. Hariv. &c. [Page 690, Column]
5. to declare to be, call (2 acc.) Śrutab.: Caus. -vācayati, to cause to announce Gobh.: Desid. -vivakṣati MBh. xii, 3767 (wṛ. -vivakṣataḥ for -vivikṣataḥ)

⋙pravaktavya

1. pra-ḍvaktavya mfn. to be announced or imparted or taught or explained Mn. MBh

⋙pravaktṛ

1. pra-ḍvaktṛ mfn. one who tells or imparts or relates Yājñ
2. a good speaker MBh
3. an announcer, expounder, teacher (-tva n.) ĀśvŚr. Mn. R. &c
4. the first relater of a legend (ifc. -ka) L

≫pravacana

1. pra-vacana m. one who exposes, propounds BhP
2. n. speaking, talking Pañcat
3. recitation, oral instruction, teaching, expounding, exposition, interpretation (cf. sāṃkhya-pravacana-bhāṣya) ŚBr. Up. PārGṛ. RPrāt. &c
4. announcement, proclamation Lāṭy
5. excellent speech or language, eloquence W
6. an expression, term Nir
7. a system of doctrines propounded in a treatise or dissertation
8. sacred writings (esp. the Brāhmaṇas or the Vedâṅgas) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 145)
9. the sacred writings of Buddhists (ninefold) Dharmas. 62
10. the sacred writings of the Jainas Hemac. Sch
11. (am, enclitic after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi)
12. -paṭu mfn. skilled in speaking, eloquent Bhartṛ
13. -sāra-gāthā f. and -sārôddhāra m. N. of wks

⋙pravacanīya

1. pra-ḍvacanīya mfn. to be taught or propounded ŚāṅkhGṛ
2. to be well or elegantly spoken W
3. m. a propounder, teacher Pāṇ. L
4. a good speaker W

≫pravāka

1. pra-vāka m. a proclaimer ( See soma-p○)

⋙pravāc

1. pra-ḍvāc mfn. eloquent L
2. talkative Mudr
3. boastful, bragging Bālar

⋙pravācaka

1. pra-ḍvācaka mfn. declaratory, explanatory MW
2. speaking well, eloquent W

⋙pravācana

1. pra-ḍvā́cana n. a proclamation, promulgation RV. x, 35, 8
2. fame, renown RV. iv, 36, 1
3. a designation, name ( See dvi-p○)

⋙pravācya

1. pra-ḍvā́cya mfn. to be proclaimed aloud, praiseworthy, glorious RV
2. to be spoken to Hariv
3. n. a literary production Pāṇ. 7-3, 66 Sch

≫prokta

1. prôkta mfn. announced, told, taught, mentioned Mn. BhP. Var. Pāṇ
2. said, spoken, spoken to, addressed MBh. Prab. Var. Hit
3. called, declared, said Mn. Bhag. Hariv. Pañcat. &c
4. meaning, signifying (with loc.) L
5. (e), ind. it having been announced KātyŚr

⋙proktakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. doing what one has been told BhP

⋙proktavat

1. ○vat mfn. one who has said or declared W

pravaṭa

1. pra-vaṭa m. (√vaṭ ?) wheat L

pravaṇa

1. pra-vaṇá (prob. fr. 1. pra and suffix vana, cf. vag-vaná, sat-vaná, śuśuk-vaná
2. but according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 5 fr. pra and vana, 'wood'
3. according to others from √pru), m. or n. (?) the side of a hill, slope, declivity, abyss, depth RV. Kāṭh. MBh. (in RV. only loc. sg. and once pl
4. in MBh. viii, 2369 also abl. sg.)
5. m. a place where four roads meet L
6. a moment L
7. a whirlpool L
8. n. an access to (loc.) MBh
9. (e), ind. in a precipitous course, hurriedly, hastily MBh
10. mf(ā)n. declining, bent, sloping down, steep, abrupt TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c
11. (ifc.) directed towards (cf. udak-, dakṣiṇā-, nimna- &c.)
12. inclined or disposed or devoted to, intent upon, full of (loc., dat., gen., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
13. wasted, decayed, disappeared R
14. generous L
15. humble, modest L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pro1nus.]

⋙pravaṇatā

1. ○tā f. inclination, [690,] propensity, proneness to (comp.) Prab. Kuval

⋙pravaṇapraharṣa

1. ○praharṣa mfn. one whose joy or happiness has disappeared R. (v. l. in B. pravinaṣṭa-harṣa)

⋙pravaṇavat

1. ○vat mfn. having a steep descent or declivity. Nir

⋙pravaṇavidheyībhū

1. ○vidheyī-√bhū to obey gladly Inscr

⋙pravaṇeja

1. pravaṇe-ja mfn. = pravāte-já Nir. viii, 9

≫pravaṇaya

1. pravaṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to become inclined or attached to Dharmaś
2. to make ready, prepare, accomplish, effect, produce ib

≫pravaṇāyita

1. pravaṇāyita n. (fr. Nom. ○ṇāya) inclination, propensity, bias Sāh

≫pravaṇīkṛ

1. pravaṇī-√kṛ to dispose favourably Kum

⋙pravaṇīkṛbhū

1. pravaṇī-√kṛ--√bhū to become favourably disposed GopBr

≫pravat

1. pravát f. the side or slope of a mountain, elevation, height RV. AV
2. heavenly height (7 or 3 in number) ib
3. (pravato napāt, 'son of the heavenly height' i.e. Agni AV.)
4. a sloping path, smooth or swift course (instr. sg. or pl. 'downhill, precipitately, swiftly') RV. TUp
5. (prá-vat), mfn. directed forwards or towards, blazing forth (said of Agni) TS. AitBr
6. containing the syllable pra or pṛ Br

⋙pravatvat

1. ○vat (○vát-v○), mfn. abounding in heights, hilly RV
2. sloping downwards, affording a swift motion ib

≫pravad

1. pravad in comp. for ○vat

⋙pravadbhārgava

1. ○bhārgava n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙pravadyāman

1. ○yāman (○vád-), mfn. having a downward path, rapid in its course (as a chariot) RV. [Page 690, Column]

pravaṇi

1. pra-vaṇi See niṣ-pravaṇi

pravatsyat

1. pra-vatsyat See pra- √5. vas

pravad

1. pra-√vad P. Ā. -vadati, ○te (Ved. inf. prá-vaditos), to speak out, pronounce, proclaim, declare, utter, say, tell RV. &c. &c
2. to speak to (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
3. to raise the voice (said of birds and animals) R. Var
4. to roar, splash (said of water) ĀśvGṛ
5. (cf. a-pravadat) to assert, affirm, state ŚvetUp. Var
6. to pronounce to be, call, name (2 acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
7. to offer for sale (with instr. of price) Pañcat. (v. l.): Caus. -vādayati, to cause to sound, play (with acc. of the instrument) ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
8. (without an object) to play, make music Hariv. (also -vādyati, with act. meaning MBh. xii, 1899)

⋙pravada

1. pra-ḍvadá mfn. sounding forth, sounding (as a drum) Kauś
2. m. a herald, bard (?) AV. v, 20, 9

⋙pravadana

1. pra-ḍvadana n. a proclamation, announcement ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pravaditṛ

1. pra-ḍvaditṛ́ mfn. one who speaks out, uttering (gen. or acc.) TS. MBh

⋙pravadiṣu

1. pra-ḍvadiṣu See vāk-pravadiṣu

≫pravāda

1. pra-vāda m. speaking forth, uttering ĀśvŚr. MBh
2. expressing, mentioning Nir
3. talk, report, rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Kāv. &c. (○dāya, in order to spread the rumour Kathās
4. ○dena, according to rumour, as the saying goes MBh.)
5. ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Kāv
6. mutual defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhaṭṭ
7. (ifc.) passing one's self off as R
8. (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp
9. opp. to a specified form or case) Prāt
10. (ā), f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait

⋙pravādaka

1. pra-ḍvādaka mfn. causing to sound, playing (a musical instrument) Hariv

⋙pravādin

1. pra-ḍvādin mfn. giving forth a sound, uttering a cry MBh
2. (ifc.) stating, declaring, reporting, speaking of Lāṭy. MBh
3. (fr. ○vāda), being in some grammatical form or case RPrāt

⋙pravādya

1. pra-ḍvādya mfn. Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

≫prodita

1. prôdita mfn. spoken out, uttered Hariv

pravadh

1. pra-√vadh (only Pass. pr. 3. pl. -vadhyante and ind. p. -vadhya), to kill or slay Pañcat

pravan

1. pra-√van Ā. -vanute (Ved. inf. právantave), to vanquish, conquer, gain, procure RV

pravap

1. pra-vap √1. P. Ā. -vapati, ○te, to shave off (the beard &c.) RV.: TS. GṛS. 1

⋙pravapaṇa

1. pra-ḍvapaṇa n. shaving off GṛS

pravap

1. pra-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew, throw RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vāpayati, to scatter, strew TS. Kāṭh. 2

⋙pravapaṇa

1. pra-ḍvapaṇa n. scattering, sowing GṛS

⋙pravāpayitṛ

1. pra-ḍvāpayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who scatters forth or pours out Kāṭh

⋙pravāpin

1. pra-ḍvāpin mfn. scattering, sowing in (comp.) Mn. ix, 51

pravapa

1. pra-vapa mfn. (pra + vapā) having a thick membrane or omentum Pāṇ. 8-4, 16 Sch

pravabhra

1. pravabhrá m. N. of Indra MaitrS. (cf. prababhra)

pravayaṇa

1. pra-vayaṇa. 2 See pra-√vii and pra-√ve

pravayas

1. prá-vayas mfn. strong, vigorous, in the prime of life RV. TS. Kāṭh
2. advanced in age, aged, old, ancient ĀśvGṛ. Ragh. Car

pravayyā

1. pra-vayyā See under pra-√vii

pravara

1. pra-vara mf(ā)n. (fr. pra + vara or fr. pra √2. vṛ
2. for 2. and 3. See p. 693) most excellent, chief, principal, best Mn. MBh. &c
3. eldest (son) MBh
4. better than (abl.) BhP
5. greater (opp. to sama, 'equal', and nyūna, 'smaller') Var
6. (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by Hariv
7. m. a black variety of Phaseolus Mungo L
8. Opuntia Dillenī L
9. N. of a messenger of the gods and friend of Indra Hariv
10. of a Dānava ib
11. (ā), f. N. of a river (which falls into the Godāvarī and is celebrated for the sweetness of its water) MBh. VP
12. n. aloe wood Bhpr
13. a partic. high number Buddh

⋙pravarakalyāṇa

1. ○kalyāṇa mfn. eminently beautiful Hariv

⋙pravarajana

1. ○jana m. a person of quality Mṛicch

⋙pravaradhātu

1. ○dhātu m. precious metal Var

⋙pravaranṛpati

1. ○nṛpati m. N. of a prince (= -sena) Vcar

⋙pravarapura

1. ○pura n. N. of a town in Kaśmīra ib

⋙pravarabhūpati

1. ○bhūpati m. = -sena Rājat

⋙pravaramūrdhaja

1. ○mūrdhaja mfn. having beautiful hair R

⋙pravararūpa

1. ○rūpa mf(ā)n. having a bṭbeautiful form MBh

⋙pravaralalita

1. ○lalita n. N. of a metre Chandom

⋙pravaravaṃśaja

1. ○vaṃśa-ja mfn. descended from a noble family Hariv

⋙pravaravāhana

1. ○vāhana m. du. 'having the best horses', N. of the Aśvins L. [Page 691, Column]

⋙pravarasena

1. ○sena m. N. of 2 princes of Kaśmira (cf. -nṛpati and -bhūpati) Rājat. (cf. IW. 494, 2)

⋙pravareśa

1. pravarêśa m. a noble lord (?) Rājat
2. N. of a prince (= ○ra-sena) ib

⋙pravareśvara

1. pravarêśvara m. N. of a temple built by Pravara-sena ib

pravarga

1. pra-varga pra-vargya, pra-varjana, See under pra- √vṛj

pravarṇ

1. pra-varṇ √P. -varṇayati, to communicate MBh

pravarta

1. pra-varta &c. See under pra- √vṛt

pravardaka

1. pra-vardaka &c. See pra- √vṛdh

pravarṣa

1. pra-varṣa &c. See under pra- √vṛh

pravarham

1. pra-várham See under pra- √vrih

pravalākin

1. pravalākin m. a peacock L
2. a snake L. (prob. wṛ. for pra-calākin)

pravalg

1. pra-valg √P. Ā. -valgati, ○te, to move the limbs quickly, bound, leap MBh. Hariv

⋙pravalgita

1. pra-ḍvalgita mfn. bounding, leaping, fluttering Hariv

pravalh

1. pra-valh √Ā. -valhate, to test with a question or a riddle, puzzle (with acc.) AitBr

⋙pravalha

1. pra-ḍvalha m. a riddle, enigma ŚrS

⋙pravalhikā

1. pra-ḍvalhikā f. id. (N. of AV. xx, 133) Br. ŚrS

⋙pravalhita

1. pra-ḍvalhita mfn. enigmatical Nir

pravas

1. pra-vas √4. Ā. -vaste, to put on (clothes), to dress R

pravas

1. pra-vas √5. P. -vasati, (rarly Ā
2. ., e.g. pf. -vāsāṃ cakre ChUp
3. fut. -vatsyati ĀśvŚr
4. ind. p. prôṣya ŚBr.), to go or sojourn abroad, leave home, depart RV. &c. &c
5. to disappear vanish, cease Hariv
6. to stop at a place, abide, dwell MBh. R
7. (= Caus.) to banish to (loc.) R.: Caus. -vāsayati, to make to dwell in Divyâv
8. to order to live abroad, turn out, expel, banish Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. -vivatsati, to intend to set out on a journey Śiś
9. to be about to depart from (abl.) Car

⋙pravatsyat

1. pra-ḍvatsyat mfn. about to dwell abroad
2. -patikā f. the wife of a man who intends to make a journey L

⋙pravasatha

1. pra-ḍvasathá n. departure, separation from (abl.) RV. TBr. ĀpŚr

⋙pravasana

1. pra-ḍvasana n. setting out on a journey, departing. Amar
2. dying, decease Hcar

⋙pravutavya

1. pra-ḍvutavyá n. (impers.) it is to be set out on a journey TS

≫pravāsa

1. pra-vāsa m. dwelling abroad, foreign residence, absence from home RV. &c. &c. (acc. with √gam or yā. pra- √vas or ā- √pad
2. to go abroad
3. abl. with ā- √i, upâ-. or parā-√vṛt, to return from abroad)
4. (in astron.) heliacal setting of the planets Var
5. -kṛtya n. N. of wk
6. -gata mfn. gone abroad, being away from home MW
7. -gamana-vidhi m. N. of wk
8. -para mfn. addicted to living abroad MW
9. -pariśiṣta n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
10. -stha (Ragh.), -sthita (Kathās.), mfn. being absent from home
11. ○sôpasthāna, n
12. ○sôpasthāna-prayoga m. ○sôpasthāna. vidhi, m
13. ○sôpasthāna-haviryajña-prâyaścitta n. N. of wks

⋙pravāsana

1. pra-ḍvāsana n. (fr. Caus.) sending away from home, exile, banishment from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. killing, slaying L

⋙pravāsanīya

1. pra-ḍvāsanīya n. (scil. karman) the punishment of exile L

⋙pravāsita

1. pra-ḍvāsita mfn. sent abroad, exiled, banished MBh

⋙pravāsin

1. pra-ḍvāsin mfn. dwelling abroad, absent from home Kāṭh. MBh. &c

⋙pravāsya

1. pra-ḍvāsya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent abroad, to be banished Mn. viii, 284

≫proṣita

1. prôṣita mfn. one who has set out on a journey, absent from home, abroad KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. effaced Ragh
3. set (as the sun) Var
4. deceased, dead Hcar
5. -trāsa m. fear of one who is absent MW
6. -bhartṛkā f. (a wife) whose husband is abroad
7. -maraṇa n. dying abroad or in a foreign country. W
8. -vat mfn. sojourning away from home, strange, a stranger ib

⋙proṣuṣa

1. prôṣúṣa mfn. one who has been absent or abroad ŚBr

≫proṣya

1. prôṣya ind. having set out on a journey, abroad, absent ŚBr
2. -pāpīyas mfn. one who has become worse by living abroad Bhaṭṭ

≫proṣya

1. prôṣyá mfn. roaming, wandering TBr

pravasu

1. pra-vasu m. N. of a son of Īlina MBh

pravah

1. pra-vah √P. -vahati, (Pāṇ. 1-3, 81), to carry forwards, draw or drag on wards RV. AitBr. ŚrS. R. [Page 691, Column]
2. to carry off in flowing, wash away RV. ĀśvGṛ. R
3. to lead or bring to (acc.) MBh. Bhaṭṭ
4. to bear Bhaṭṭ
5. to exhibit, show, utter BhP
6. (Ā.) to drive onwards RV
7. to flow along Kathās. Rājat
8. to rush, blow (as wind) MBh.: Caus. -vāhayati, to cause to go away, send off, dismiss ĀśvŚr
9. to cause to swim away (Pass., to be washed away) MārkP. HPariś
10. to set in motion or on foot Hariv. R

⋙pravaha

1. pra-ḍváha mf(ā)n. bearing along, carrying (ifc.) MBh. R
2. m. N. of one of the 7 winds said to cause the motion of the planets MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 179)
3. wind, air L
4. N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col
5. a reservoir into which water is carried Yājñ
6. flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. -vāka)
7. going forth, going from a town W

⋙pravahaṇa

1. pra-ḍvahaṇa n. sending away i.e. giving (a girl) in marriage SāmavBr
2. creation, Harlv. (vḷ.)
3. a carriage (for women) Mṛicch
4. a kind of litter L
5. (also n. and ī, f
6. ifc. f. ā) a ship R. Kathās
7. ○ṇa-bhaṅga m. shipwreck Ratnâv

≫pravāha

1. pra-vāhá m. (ifc. f. ā) a stream, river, current, running water (○he-mūtrita n. 'making water in a river', doing a useless action Pāṇ. 2-?47 Sch.)
2. met. = continuous flow or passage, unbroken series or succession, continuity ŚBr. &c. &c
3. continuous use or employment Śaṃk
4. continuous train of thought Sarvad
5. N. of ch. in Sad-ukti-karṇâmṛita
6. flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. -vaha)
7. course of action, activity L
8. course or direction towards W
9. a pond, lake ib
10. a beautiful horse L
11. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
12. (pl.) N. of a people VP
13. (ī), f. sand L. (also ○hôtthā f. Gal.)

⋙pravāhaka

1. pra-ḍvāhaka mfn. carrying forwards, bearing or carrying well W
2. m. a Rākshasa, imp, goblin (also ika) L
3. (ikā), f. a sudden desire to evacuate, diarrhoea, Suśsr1. (ikā ind., g. svar-ādi)

⋙pravāhaṇa

1. pra-ḍvā́haṇa mfn. carrying off or away VS
2. m. N. of a man ŚBr. ChUp
3. (ī), f. the sphincter muscle (which contracts the orifice of the rectum) Suśr
4. n. driving forth, protrusion ib
5. evacuation (esp. if from sudden desire) ib. Car

⋙pravāhaṇeya

1. pra-ḍvāhaṇeya or m. (ī f. Pat.) patr. fr. ○vahaṇa, Pā2ṇ. vii, 3, 28 ; 29 Sch. (cf. g. śubhrâdi)

⋙pravāhaṇeyi

1. pra-ḍvāhaṇeyi m. (ī f. Pat.) patr. fr. ○vahaṇa, Pā2ṇ. vii, 3, 28 ; 29 Sch. (cf. g. śubhrâdi)

⋙pravāhaṇeyaka

1. pra-ḍvāhaṇeyaka mfn. (fr. ○vāhaṇa) Pāṇ. 7-3, 29 Sch

⋙pravāhayitṛ

1. pra-ḍvāhayitṛ m. (ft. Caus.) one who bears or carries away (-tva n.) VS. Sch

⋙pravāhita

1. pra-ḍvāhita m. (fr. Caus.) N. of a Ṛishi in the third Manv-antara VP
2. n. the 'bearing down' (of a woman in labour) Car

⋙pravāhin

1. pra-ḍvāhín mfn. drawing, carrying, bearing along or away AV. &c. &c
2. (ifc.) streaming MBh. R
3. (fr. ○vāha) abounding in streams, g. puṣkarâdi
4. m. a draught animal ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙pravāhya

1. pra-ḍvāhyá mfn. (fr. ○vāha) fluviatic VS

≫pravoḍhṛ

1. pra-voḍhṛ or m. one who carries off (with gen. or ifc.) RV. MBh

⋙pravoḻhṛ

1. pra-ḍvoḻhṛ m. one who carries off (with gen. or ifc.) RV. MBh

⋙prauḍha

1. prâuḍha See s.v

pravahli

1. pra-vahli ○likā, or ○īī f. a riddle, enigma L. (cf. pravalha, ○hikā)

pravā

1. pra-√vā P. -vāti, to blow forth, blow RV. &c. &c
2. to smell, yield a scent MBh. R. &c

≫pravā

1. pra-vā́ f. blowing forth, blowing AV. VS. TS
2. N. of a daughter of Daksha, Vāyup

⋙pravāta

1. pra-ḍvātá mfn. blown forward, agitited by the wind ( See below)
2. n. a current or draught of air, windy weather or a windy place TS. &c. &c
3. -dīpa-capala mfn. flickering or unsteady like a lamp agitated by the wind Kathās
4. -nīlôtpala n. a lotus flower agitated by the wind Kum
5. -śayana n. a bed placed in the middle of a current of air Mālav
6. -sāra m. N. of a Buddha Lalit. (v. l. pravāṭa-sāgara i.e. pravāḍas○)
7. -subhaga mfn. (a spot), delightful by (reason of) a fresh breeze Śak
8. [○te-j�'A] mfn. growing in an airy place RV

⋙pravāyya

1. pra-ḍvāyyá n. (prob.) flight, fleetness AV

pravāka

1. pra-vāka pra-vāc &c. See under pra. √vac

pravāḍa

1. pra-vāḍa m. or n. (?) = pra-vāla, coral SaddhP

⋙pravāḍasāgara

1. ○sāgara m. N. of a Buddha Lalit. (vḷ. for pravāta-sāra)

pravāṇa

1. pra-vāṇa ○ṇi, See under pra-√ve

pravāda

1. pra-vāda &c. See under pra-√vad

pravāpayitṛ

1. pra-vāpayitṛ ○pin, See under pra- √2. vap

pravāyaka

1. pra-vāyaka See under pra- √vii

pravāyya

1. pra-vāyya See under pra- √vā. [Page 691, Column]

pravāra

1. pra-vāra ○raṇa &c. See under pra √1. 2. vṛ

pravāla

1. pra-vāla m. n. (prob. fr. √val, but also written pra-bāla
2. ifc. f. ā) a young shoot, sprout, new leaf or branch (to which feet and lips are often compared) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. coral Mn. MBh. &c. (in this sense also written pra-vāḍa)
4. the neck of the Indian lute L
5. m. an animal L
6. a pupil L
7. mfn. having shoots or sprouts Dharmaś
8. having long or beautiful hair (= prakṛṣṭa-keśa yukta) ib

⋙pravālapadma

1. ○padma n. a red lotus-flower Suśr

⋙pravālaphala

1. ○phala n. red sandal-wood Bhpr

⋙pravālabhasman

1. ○bhasman n. calx of coral MW

⋙pravālamaṇiśṛṅga

1. ○maṇi-śṛṅga mfn. having horns of coral and gems ib

⋙pravālavat

1. ○vat mfn. having new leaves or shoots W. (cf. bahu-puṣpa-pravāla-vat)

⋙pravālavarṇa

1. ○varṇa mfn. coral-coloured, red Suśr

⋙pravālāśmantaka

1. pravālâśmantaka m. or n. (prob.) coral ib

≫pravālaka

1. pravālaka n. coral Hcat. ( See also prabālaka)

pravāś

1. pra-vāś √P. -vāśati, to begin to croak or make a croaking noise Var

pravāsa

1. pra-vāsa and e. See col. 1

pravāh

1. pra-√vāh Ā. -vāhate, to bear down (said of a woman in labour) Suśr.: Caus. -vāhayati id. ib. 2

⋙pravāhita

1. pra-ḍvāhita n. (for 1. See pra-√vah) bearing down Car

pravāha

1. pra-vāha &c. See pra-√vah

pravika

1. pravika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pravikaṭa

1. pra-vikaṭa mfn. very large, huge Harav

pravikarṣa

1. pra-vikarṣa m. drawing (the bowstring) Kir

⋙pravikarṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍvikarṣaṇa n. drawing, dragging Jātakam

pravikas

1. pra-vi-√kas P. -kasati, to open, expand (intr.) Śiś
2. to appear, become manifest, Peasannar

pravikṝ

1. pra-vi-kṝ √P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter about, disperse, diffuse MBh

⋙pravikīrṇa

1. pra-ḍvikīrṇa mfn. scattered, dispersed, diffused R. Suśr
2. -kāmā f. a woman who has various lovers Var

pravikhyāta

1. pra-vi-khyāta mfn. (√khyā) universally known, renowned MBh
2. known as, named, called (nom.) MārkP

⋙pravikhyāti

1. pra-ḍvikhyāti f. renown, celebrity L

pravigata

1. pra-vi-gata mfn. (√gam) passed away, disappeared Var

pravigal

1. pra-vi-√gal P. -galati, to stream forth Mālatīm
2. to cease, disappear ib

⋙pravigalita

1. pra-ḍvigalita mfn. oozing Divyāv

pravigāh

1. pra-vi-gāh √Ā. -gāhate, to dive into, enter (acc.) R

pravigraha

1. pra-vi-graha m. (√grah) separation of words by dividing or breaking up the Saṃdhi RPrāt

pravighaṭ

1. pra-vi-ghaṭ √P. -ghāṭayati, to divide, disunite Kir

⋙pravighaṭana

1. pra-ḍvighaṭana n. hewing off or asunder Mcar

⋙pravighaṭita

1. pra-ḍvighaṭita mfn. hewn off, severed Mcar

pravicakṣ

1. pra-vi-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to declare, mention, name MBh

pravicaya

1. pra-vicaya See below

pravicar

1. pra-vi√car P. -carati, to go forwards, advance MBh. Hit
2. to roam about Mṛicch
3. to walk or wander through (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -cārayati, below

⋙pravicāra

1. pra-ḍvicāra m. distinction, division, species, kind Suśr
2. -mārga m. pl. springing from side to side (an artifice in fighting) Kir

⋙vicāraṇā

1. vicāraṇā f. id. Car

⋙vicīrita

1. ḍvicīrita mfn. (fr. Caus.) examined or investigated accurately Pañcat

pravical

1. pra-vi-√cal P. -calati, to become agitated, tremble, quake MBh
2. to become confused or disturbed Hariv
3. to deviate or swerve from (abl.) MBh. Bhartṛ.: Caus. -cālayati, to cause to tremble, shake Hariv

⋙pravicalita

1. pra-vi-ḍcalita mfn. moved, shaken MBh

pravici

1. pra-vi-ci √2. P. -cinoti, to search through, investigate, examine MBh. R

≫pravicaya

1. pra-vicaya m. investigation, examination Lalit

⋙pravicita

1. pra-ḍvicita mfn. tried, proved, tasted MBh. [Page 692, Column]

pravicint

1. pra-vi-√cint P. -cintayati, to think about, reflect upon (acc.) MBh. R

⋙pravicintaka

1. pra-ḍvicintaka mfn. reflecting beforehand, foreseeing Hariv

pravicetana

1. pra-vicetana n. (√4. cit) comprehending, understanding Hariv

praviceṣṭ

1. pra-vi-ceṣṭ √Ā. -ceṣṭate, to rove about, Veṇis

pravij

1. pra-vij √(only Ā. 3. pl. pf. -vivijre), to rush forth RV. x, 111, 9: Caus. -vejayati, to drive away MBh

⋙pravikta

1. pra-ḍvikta (prá.), mfn. trembling, quaking RV

⋙pravejita

1. pra-ḍvejita mfn. (fr. Caus.) hurled, thrown, shot off MBh

pravijaya

1. pra-vijaya m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

pravijahya

1. pra-vi-jahya mfn. (fr. √jah
2. cf. pra-vi √3. hā) to be given up or abandoned L

pravijṛmbh

1. pra-vi-jṛmbh √Ā. -jṛmbhate, to open or expand (intr.), appear in full vigour or splendour Bālar

pravijñā

1. pra-vi-jñā √P. -jānāti, to know in detail or accurately Suśr

pravitata

1. pra-vi-tata mfn. (√tan) spread out, expanded, wide Hariv. Kāv. &c
2. undertaken, begun MBh
3. arranged Kathās
4. dishevelled W

pravitapta

1. pra-vi-tapta mfn. (√tap) scorched up, pained with heat Kām

pravid

1. pra-vid √1. P. -vetti, to know, understand RV. AV. MBh.: Caus. -vedayati, ○te, to make known, communicate, relate TUp. MBh
2. (P.) to know or understand right MuṇḍUp

⋙pravid

1. pra-ḍvíd f. knowledge, science RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61)

⋙pravidvas

1. pra-ḍvidvás mfn. knowing, wise RV. AV. TBr

⋙pravettṛ

1. pra-ḍvettṛ m. a knower R

⋙praveda

1. pra-ḍveda m. ( See á-praveda)
2. -kṛt mfn. (prob.) making known AV

⋙pravedana

1. pra-ḍvedana n. making known, proclaiming. Pāṇ. 3-3, 153

⋙pravedin

1. pra-ḍvedin mfn. knowing well or accurately Mn. ix, 267

⋙pravedya

1. pra-ḍvedya mfn. to be made known MBh

pravid

1. pra-vid √3. P. Ā. -vindati, ○te, to find, find out, invent RV
2. to anticipate ŚBr.: Intens. -vevidīti, to attain, partake of (acc.) RV

pravidalana

1. pra-vidalana n. pounding, crushing Mcar

pravidāra

1. pra-vi-dāra m. (√dṝ) bursting asunder Var

⋙pravidāraṇa

1. pra-ḍvidāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burst asunder L
2. war, battle L
3. tumult crowd L

praviditsu

1. pra-vi-ditsu mfn. (fr. Desid. of √1. dā) wishing to perform Harav. (wṛ. for -dhitsu?)

praviduh

1. pra-vi-duh √(only P. 3. pl, pr. duhanti), to milk or drain out completely (fig.) RV

praviddha

1. pra-viddha See pra-√vyadh

pravidruta

1. pra-vi-druta mfn. (√dru) running or flowing asunder, scattered, dispersed MBh

pravidhā

1. pra-vi-dhā √1, P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place apart, divide Suśr
2. (Ā.) to meditate, think upon R. Rājat
3. to place in front, put at the head, pay attention to Śukas

⋙pravidhāna

1. pra-ḍvidhāna n. a means employed Vishṇ

pravidhvasta

1. pra-vi-dhvasta mfn. (√dhvaṃs) thrown away R
2. tossed about, agitated Hariv

pravinaś

1. pra-vi-naś √2. (only Ā. 2ṣg. fut. -naṅkṣyase), to perish utterly, be destroyed R

⋙pravinaṣṭa

1. pra-vi-ḍnaṣṭa mfn. utterly destroyed ib

pravinirdhūta

1. pra-vi-nir-dhūta mfn. (√dhū) thrown or flung away or towards or at MBh

pravipala

1. pra-vipala m. or n. (?) a partic. minute division of time, a small part of a Vipala Siddhântaś

pravibhaj

1. pra-vi-√bhaj P. -bhajati, to separate, divide, distribute, apportion PraśnUp Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pravibhakta

1. pra-ḍvibhakta mfn. separated, divided distributed &c. Mn. MBh. &c
2. one who has received his share Mn. viii, 166
3. (ifc.) divided into or consisting of Kull
4. divided or distinguished by (instr. or comp.). Bhag. Śaṃk
5. variously situated, scattered R
6. -rasmi mfn. having the rays distributed, distributing rays Śak. Pravibhāga, m. separation, division, distribution, classification Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 692, Column]
7. a part, portion Uttarar. -vat, mfn. having subdivisions, subdivided MBh. -śas, ind. separately, singly MBh. Hcat

pravibhāvaka

1. pra-vibhāvaka mfn. (√bhū) causing to appear, representing Bhar

pravibhinna

1. pra-vi-bhinna mfn. (√bhid) broken or torn off, wounded R

pravibhuj

1. pra-vi-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, to bend back, Susr

pravimuc

1. pra-vi-muc √P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to set free, liberate R
2. to give up, relinquish, abandon MBh. Kathās. &c.: Pass. -mucyate, to be freed from or rid of (abl.) Suśr

pravimṛś

1. pra-vi-mṛś √(only ind. p. -mṛśya wṛ. -mṛṣya) to think upon, ponder, reflect, deliberate MBh. R

praviyuta

1. pra-vi-yuta mfn. (√2. yu) completely filled, crammed Nir. ix. 26

pravira

1. pravira m. yellow sandal L

pravirata

1. pra-vi-rata mfn. (√ram) one who has desisted from (abl.) Rājat

pravirala

1. pra-virala mf(ā)n. separated by a considerable interval, isolated, few, very rare or scanty Var. Ragh. Kathās. &c

pravirūḍha

1. pra-vi-rūḍha mfn. (√ruh) sprouted, grown Divyâv

pravilabh

1. pra-vi-labh √Ā. -labhate, to regain, recover MBh. xiv, 1732 (prob. wṛ. for prati-l○ B. vi-pra-ī○)

pravilamb

1. pra-vi-lamb √only pr. p. Ā. -lambamāna, hanging, suspended Divyâv.: Caus. (ind. p. -lambya) to hang up Pañcat. (v. l. pratiḷ○)

⋙pravilambita

1. pra-ḍvilambita mfn. hanging forwards, projecting (ati-pra-vil○) Suśr
2. n. loitering, delaying ŚārṅgP

⋙pravilambin

1. pra-ḍvilambin mfn. projecting, prominent Var

pravilaya

1. pra-vilaya See pra-vi- √lī

pravilas

1. pra-vi-√las P. -lasati, to shine forth brightly BhP
2. to appear in full strength or vigour Gīt. Sch

pravilasena

1. pravila-sena or pravilla-sena m. N. of a prince VP

pravilāpana

1. pra-vilāpana &c. See pra-vi- √lī

pravilāpin

1. pra-vilāpin mfn. (√lap) grieving, lamenting Kathās

pravilī

1. pra-vi-lī √Ā. or Pass. -līyate, (○ti), to become dissolved, melt or vanish away MuṇḍUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. -lāpayati, to cause to disappear or dissolve itself into (loc.) Śaṃk. BhP. Sch
2. to dissolve, melt (trans.) Suśr

⋙pravilaya

1. pra-ḍvilaya m. melting Suśr
2. = next Śaṃk

⋙pravilayana

1. pra-ḍvilayana n. complete dissolution or absorption Car

⋙pravilāpana

1. pra-ḍvilāpana or n. (fr. Caus.) complete absorption or annihilation Śaṃk

⋙pravilāpitatva

1. pra-ḍvilāpitatva n. (fr. Caus.) complete absorption or annihilation Śaṃk

⋙pravilāpayitavya

1. pra-ḍvilāpayitavya or mfn. to be completely annihilated ib

⋙pravilāpya

1. pra-ḍvilāpya mfn. to be completely annihilated ib

pravilup

1. pra-vi-lup √Caus. -lopayati, to give up, abandon Kāv

⋙pravilupta

1. pra-ḍvilupta mfn. cut away, removed, destroyed, vanished, gone Kum. Kathās

pravilok

1. pra-vi-lok √P. -lokayati, to look forwards or about R
2. to perceive, notice, consider Kathās
3. (in astron.) to observe Gol

pravilola

1. pra-vilola mfn. very unsteady Caurap

pravivardhita

1. pra-vi-vardhita mfn. (√vṛdh) very much increased Rājat

pravivāda

1. pra-vivāda m.altercation, quarrel, dispute Vet

pravivikṣu

1. pra-vivikṣu See under pra- √viś

pravivic

1. pra-vi-vic √(only Pass. -vicyate), to test, examine Cat

⋙pravivivikta

1. pra-vi-ḍvivikta mfn. separate, solitary, lonely, (loc. pl. 'in a solitude') MBh. R
2. fine, delicate ŚBr. &c. &c
3. sharp, keen MBh
4. -cakṣus mfn. sharp-sighted MBh
5. -tā f. keeping away from worldly objects or desires, Jātakam
6. -bhuj mfn. eating delicate food MāṇḍUp
7. ○tâhāra mfn. id. ŚBr

⋙praviviveka

1. pra-vi-ḍviveka m. complete solitude L. [Page 692, Column]

pravivepita

1. pra-vi-vepita mfn. (√vep, Caus.) caused to tremble R

pravivrajiṣu

1. pra-vivrajiṣu and pra-vivrājayiṣu, See under pra-√vraj

praviś

1. pra-viś √P. Ā. -viśati, ○te, to entor, go into, resort to (acc. or loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with agnim, agnau, madhyam agneḥ, vahnau, or citāyām, 'to ascend the funeral pyre'
2. with karṇayoḥ', to come into the ears i.e. be heard'
3. with ātmani, or cittam, 'to take possession of the heart'
4. in dram. 'to enter the stage')
5. to reach, attain Sarvad
6. to have sexual intercourse with (acc., applied to both sexes) MBh. Suśr
7. to enter upon, undertake, commence, begin, devote one's self to (acc., rarely loc.) MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (with piṇḍīm or tarpaṇam, 'to accept or enjoy an oblation')
8. to enter into i.e. be absorbed or thrown into the shade by (acc.) Hariv. (with [svāni] aṅgāni or gātrāṇi), 'to shrink, shrivel' R. Kathās.: Caus. -veśayati, ○te, to cause or allow to enter, bring or lead or introduce to, usher into (acc. or loc.) AV. &c. &c. (without an object, 'to bring into one's house &c.', esp. 'to bring on the stage')
9. to lead home as a wife, i.e. marry MBh
10. to lay or store up, deposit in, put or throw into (loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
11. to enter i.e. commit to paper, write down Yājñ. Sch
12. to initiate into (acc.) Prab
13. to instil into (loc.) = teach, impart Kathās
14. to spend (money) Pañcat
15. to enter, come or be brought into (acc.) Var. BhP.: Desid. -vivikṣati, to wish to enter into (acc.) MBh. R

⋙pravivikṣu

1. pra-ḍvivikṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or being about to enter (acc.) MBh. Kām

≫praviṣṭa

1. prá-viṣṭa mfn. entered R. Ragh
2. one who has entered or gone or come into, being in or among (loc., acc. or comp
3. cf. madhya-prav○) RV. &c. &c. (in dram. 'one who has entered the stage')
4. sunk (as an eye) Suśr
5. appeared or begun (as an age) Vet
6. one who has entered upon or undertaken, occupied with, intent upon, engaged in (loc. or comp.) BhP. Rājat
7. initiated into (acc.) Prab
8. agreeing with (loc.) MBh
9. made use of. invested (as money) Yājñ. Rājat
10. (ā), f. N. of the mother of Paippalādi and Kauśika Hariv. (prob. wṛ. for śraviṣṭhā)

⋙praviṣṭaka

1. prá-ḍviṣṭaka n. entering the stage (only ○kena ind. in stage directions) Mṛicch. Śak. Pracaṇḍ. &c

⋙praviṣṭahāya

1. prá-ḍviṣṭahāya Nom. Ā. ○yate to appear in person Kād

≫praveśa

1. pra-veśa m. (ifc. f. ā) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (loc., gen. with or without antar, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (acc.with √kṛ, to make one's entrance, enter)
2. entrance on the stage Hariv. Malav
3. the entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac Var
4. coming or setting in (of night) L
5. the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a person's house or hand Pañcat
6. interfering with another's business, obtrusiveness Kathās
7. the entering into i.e. being contained in (loc.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 72 Sch. Sāh
8. employment, use, utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr
9. income, revenue, tax, toll (cf. -bhāgika)
10. intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose W
11. manner, method Lalit
12. a place of entrance, door MBh. Kāv. &c
13. the syringe of an injection pipe Suśr
14. -bhāgika m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of taxes Rājat

⋙praveśaka

1. pra-ḍveśaka ifc. = ○veśa entering, entrance Kathās
2. m. a kind of interlude (acted by some of the subordinate characters for the making known of what is supposed to have occurred between the acts or the introducing of what is about to follow) Kālid. Ratnâv. Daśar. Sāh. &c. (cf. viṣkambhaka and IW. 473)
3. N. of wk

⋙praveśana

1. pra-ḍveśana n. entering, entrance or penetration into (loc., gen. or comp.) KātyŚr. Yājñ. MBh. &c
2. sexual intercourse PārGṛ
3. a principal door or gate L
4. conducting or leading into (loc.), introduction KātyŚr. MBh. &c
5. driving home (cattle) Gobh

⋙praveśanīya

1. pra-ḍveśanīya mfn. (fr. prec.), g. anupravacanâdi

⋙praveśayitavya

1. pra-ḍveśayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be introduced Śak. (vḷ.)

⋙praveśita

1. pra-ḍveśita mfn. (fr. Cause.) caused to enter, brought or sent in, introduced MBh. Kāv. &c
2. thrown into (any condition, as sleep &c.) Ragh
3. appointed, installed BhP
4. (ā), f. impregnated, pregnant (dārakam', with a boy') Divyâv
5. n. causing to appear on the stage BhP

⋙praveśin

1. pra-ḍveśin mfn. (ifc.) entering into MBh
2. having sexual intercourse with Car
3. (fr. ○veśa), having an entrance accessible over or through (comp.) Hariv

⋙praveśya

1. pra-ḍveśya mfn. to be entered, accessible, open MBh. Hariv. Śak
2. to be played (as a musical instrument) Ragh
3. to be let or conducted into, be introduced MBh. R. [Page 693, Column]
4. to be put back or re-introduced (said of the intestines) Suśr

⋙praveṣṭavya

1. pra-ḍveṣṭavya mfn. to be entered or penetrated or pervaded, accessible, open Kāv. Kathās
2. to be caused or allowed to enter, to be admitted Hariv
3. n. (impers.) one should enter or penetrate into (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙praveṣṭṛ

1. pra-ḍveṣṭṛ mfn. one who enters or goes into Vedântas. (-tva n.)

praviśam

1. pra-vi-śam √Caus. -śāmayati to extinguish, destroy, annihilate (?) Divyâv

praviśiṣ

1. pra-vi-śiṣ √P. -śinaṣṭi, to magnify, increase, augment Uttarar

praviśīrṇa

1. pra-vi-śīrṇa mfn. (√śṝ) fallen off (as flesh) Suśr

praviśudh

1. pra-vi-śudh √Caus. -śodhayati, to clean perfectly MBh. Suśr

⋙praviśuddha

1. pra-ḍviśuddha mfn. perfectly clean R

praviśleṣa

1. pra-viśleṣa m. separation, parting L

praviṣaṇṇa

1. pra-vi-ṣaṇṇa mfn. (√sad) dejected, sad, spiritless R

praviṣaya

1. pra-viṣaya m. scope, range, reach (of the eye &c
2. ○yaṃ dṛṣṭer √gam, 'to become visible') Kum. xvii, 21

praviṣā

1. pra-viṣā f. a birch tree L. (cf. upa-viṣā, prati-viṣā)

praviṣṭa

1. pra-viṣṭa ○ṭaka &c. See under pra- √viś

pravisarpin

1. pra-visarpin mfn. spreading or diffusing (intr.) slowly Jātakam

pravisṛta

1. pra-vi-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ) pouring forth Kathās
2. spread, divulged Vāgbh
3. run away, fled MBh
4. violent, intensive Mṛicch. Pañcar

pravistṛ

1. pra-vi-stṛ √P. -stṛṇāti &c., to spread, expand Hcat

⋙pravistara

1. pra-ḍvistara m. circumference, compass. extent ib. Pur. (○reṇa, in great detail')

⋙pravistāra

1. pra-ḍvistāra m. id. Cat

pravispaṣṭa

1. pra-vi-spaṣṭa mfn. (√spaś) perfectly visible or evident Kum. xii, 42

pravihata

1. pra-vi-hata mfn. (√han) beaten back, put to flight MBh

pravihā

1. pra-vi-hā √3. P. -jahāti, to relinquish, give up, abandon R. (ind. p. -hāya, 'disregarding, passing over')

pravihāra

1. pra-vihāra m. moving onwards Pārvat

pravī

1. pra-vī √P. -veti, to go forth RV
2. to strive after, make for, enter into ib
3. to attack, assail ib
4. to enter, fertilize, impregnate ib. . TS AV. Kāṭh
5. to urge on, inspirit, animate RV

≫pravayaṇa

1. pra-vayaṇa mfn. (for 2. See under pra-√ve) fit for driving forwards (as a stick) Pāṇ. 2-4, 57 Sch
2. n. a goad ib. L

⋙pravayaṇīya

1. pra-ḍvayaṇīya mfn. to be driven forwards Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

⋙pravayyā

1. pra-ḍvayyā f. to be impregnated (as a cow) Pāṇ. 6-1, 83

⋙pravāyaka

1. pra-ḍvāyaka mfn. driving forwards Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

≫pravīta

1. prá-vīta mfn. impregnated AV. (cf. a-prav○, ṛta-prav○)

⋙pravetṛ

1. prá-ḍvetṛ m. a charioteer Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙praveya

1. prá-ḍveya mfn. Pāṇ. 6-1, 83 Sch

pravīṇa

1. pra-vīṇa mf(ā)n. (pra + viiṇā) skilful, clever, conversant with or versed in (loc. or comp.) Kāv. Kām. (cf. g. śauṇḍḍâdi)
2. m. N. of a son of the'Ith Manu Hariv. (vḷ. pra-viira)

⋙pravīṇatā

1. ○tā f

⋙pravīṇatva

1. ○tva n. skill, proficiency Kāv

≫pravīṇīkṛ

1. pravīṇī-kṛ √to render skilful Siṃhâs

pravītin

1. pra-vītin mfn. (√vye) having the sacred thread hanging down the back Gal. (cf. upa-viitin, ni-viitin)

pravīra

1. prá-vīra mfn. preceding or surpassing heroes RV. x, 103, 5 (cf. abhí-viira)
2. m. a hero, prince, chief among (gen. or comp.), a person excellent or distinguished by (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
3. N. of a son of Pūru MBh
4. of a son of Pracinvat (grandson of Pūru) Hariv. Pur
5. of a son of Dharmanetra Hariv
6. of a son of Hary-aśva VP
7. of a son ol the 14th Manu Hariv. (v. l. pra-viiṇa)
8. of a Caṇḍala MārkP
9. pl. N. of the descendants of Praviira (son of Pūru) MBh

⋙pravīrabāhu

1. ○bāhu m. 'strong-armed', N. of a Rākshasa R. [Page 693, Column]

⋙pravīravara

1. ○vara m. 'best of heroes', N. of an Asura Kathās

≫pravīraka

1. pravīraka m. N. of sev. men Mudr

pravīvivikṣu

1. pra-vī-vivikṣu mfn. (Desid. of √viṣ) being about to embrace or inundate (said of the ocean) R

pravṛ

1. pra-vṛ √1. P. -vṛṇoti, to ward off, keep away RV.: Caus. -vārayati id. MBh

≫pravara

1. pra-vará m. (for 1. See p. 690) a cover ŚBr. (Sāy. pra-vāra
2. Pāṇ. 3-3, 54)
3. an upper garment Var. 1

⋙pravaraṇa

1. pra-ḍvaraṇa n. (for 2. See under pra √2. vṛ) the festivities at the end of the rainy season Buddh

⋙pravāra

1. pra-ḍvāra m. a covering, cover, woollen cloth, BṛArUp. (cf. 2. pra-vara)

⋙pravāraka

1. pra-ḍvāraka m. = 1. pravaraṇa L
2. woollen cloth L. 1

⋙pravāraṇa

1. pra-ḍvāraṇa n. (fur 2. See under pra- 2 -vṛ) prohibition L
2. = 1. pravaraṇa Buddh. (also ā, f
3. MWB. 84). 1

⋙vārita

1. vārita mfn. (for 2. See under pra- √2. vṛ) clothed with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ

pravṛ

1. pra-vṛ √2. P. Ā. -vṛṇāti, (Ved.) -vṛṇite -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute (3 -sg. aor. Subj. -vṛta RV.), to choose out, choose as (acc.) or for (dat.) RV. Br. MBh. BhP
2. to accept gladly RV. ix, 101, 13: Caus. -varayati, to choose, select MBh
3. -vārayati, to please, gratify. R. (For 1

⋙pravara

1. pravara mfn. best, &c., See p. 690, col. 3.)

≫pravara

1. pra-vara m. a call, summons (esp. of a Brāhman to priestly functions) AitBr
2. an invocation of Agni at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni is invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's progenitors, the names of the 4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Ṛishis being then added) Br. ŚrS
3. a family, race L
4. an ancestor KātyŚr. Sch. (ī f. Pat.)
5. -kāṇḍa m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors Cat
6. -khaṇḍa m. or n. -darpaṇa m. -dīpikā f. -nirṇaya, m. -mañjarī f. -ratna n. N. of wks
7. -vat mfn. having a series of ancestors L
8. ○râdhyāya m. ○re-kṛta-śānti f. N. of wks. 2

⋙pravaraṇa

1. pra-ḍvaraṇa n. (for 1. See above) a call, summons, invocation (ati-prav○) ĀśvŚr
2. any religious ceremony or observance (= anu-ṣṭhāna) Hcat
3. ○ṇīya mfn. fit for religious observance ib. 2

⋙pravāraṇa

1. pra-ḍvāraṇa n. (for 1. See above) satisfying, fulfilment of a wish MBh. v, 146. 2

⋙pravārita

1. pra-ḍvārita mfn. (for 1. See above) offered, set out for sale MBh. v, 6006 (B. pra-codita)

⋙pravārya

1. pra-ḍvārya mfn. to be satisfied MBh. v, 149

⋙pravṛta

1. pra-ḍvṛta mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP
2. -homa m. an oblation offered on the appointment of a priest, ŚrS
3. ○mīya mfn. relating to it, Sā3ṅkhBr
4. ○tâhuti f. = ○tahoma ib. Vait

pravṛkṇa

1. pra-vṛkṇa See pra- √vraśc

pravṛj

1. pra-vṛj √P. Ā. -vṛṇakti, -vṛṅkte, (Ved. inf. -vṛ́je), to strew (the sacrificial grass) RV. Br
2. to place in or on the fire, heat ib
3. to perform the Pravargya ceremony Br. KātyŚr

≫pravarga

1. pra-varga m. a large earthenware pot (used in the Pravargya ceremony) Sāy. on RV. vii, 103, 8
2. wṛ. for next
3. ○gâvarta-bhūṣaṇa m. N. of Vishṇu Hariv

⋙pravargya

1. pra-ḍvargyá m. a ceremony introductory to the Soma sacrifice (at which fresh milk is poured into a heated vessel called, mahā-viira or gharma, or into boiling ghee) Br. ŚrS. MBh. &c
2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
3. -kāṇḍa m. N. of ŚBr. xvi (in the kāṇva-śākhā)
4. -prayoga m. N. of wk
5. -vat (○gyá-.), mfn. connected with the Pravargya ceremony ŚBr. ŚrS
6. -sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙pravarjana

1. pra-ḍvárjana n. performance, of the PravṭPravargya ceremony, placing in or near the fire ŚBr

⋙pravṛkta

1. pra-ḍvṛkta (prá-.), mfn. placed in or near the fire ŚBr

⋙pravṛjya

1. pra-ḍvṛjya mfn. to be placed in or near the fire ĀpŚr

≫pravṛñjana

1. pra-vṛñjana n. = ○várjana ib

⋙pravṛñjanīya

1. pra-ḍvṛñjanīya mfn. used at the Pravargya ceremony KātyŚr

pravṛt

1. pra-vṛt √Ā. -vartate, (ep. also P. ○ti), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in motion or going ChUp. MBh. &c
2. to set out, depart, betake one's self MBh. R. &c
3. to proceed (vartmanā, or ○ni, on a path
4. apathena, on a wrong path) Kāv. Kathās
5. to come forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c
6. to commence, begin to (inf.), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dat., loc., or artham ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. to proceed against, do injury to (loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [Page 693, Column]
8. to debauch (anyo'nyam, 'one another') MBh
9. to act or proceed according to or with (instr. or abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
10. to behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (loc.) ib
11. to hold good, prevail ib
12. to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv. Sarvad
13. to be, exist MārkP
14. to serve for, conduce to (dat., or artham ifc.) Sarvad
15. to mean, be used in the sense of (loc.) ib
16. to let any one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion RV. &c. &c
17. to throw, hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS
18. to send Prab
19. to set on foot, circulate, diffuse, divulge MBh. Kāv. &c
20. to introduce, appoint, instal ib
21. to produce, create, accomplish, devise, invent, perform, do, make ib. (with setum to erect a dam
22. with vyayakarma, to effect expenditure
23. with loka-yātrām, to transact the business of life
24. with kathām, to relate a story)
25. to exhibit, show, display R. BhP
26. to undertake, begin KātyŚr. MBh. &c
27. to use, employ Bhaṭṭ
28. to induce any one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Kathās
29. to proceed against (loc.) MBh

≫pravarta

1. pra-vartá m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. 'an ear-ring'
2. cf: pra-vṛtta)
3. engaging in, undertaking W
4. excitement, stimulus ib

⋙pravartaka

1. pra-ḍvartaka mf(ikā)n. acting, proceeding L
2. setting in motion or action, setting on foot, advancing, promoting, forwarding Up. Mn. MBh. &c
3. producing, causing, effecting MBh. Kāv. &c
4. m. a founder, author, originator of anything ib
5. an arbiter, judge W
6. n. (in dram.) the entrance of a previously announced person on the stage (at the end of the introduction) Sāh. Pratāp. (cf. pra-vṛttaka and prā-varta)
7. -jñāna and ○kīya n. N. of wks

⋙pravartana

1. pra-ḍvartana mf(ī)n. being in motion, flowing Ragh. x, 38 (C. ○vartin)
2. (ā), f. incitement to activity Gaut
3. (in gram.) order, permission, the sense of the precative or qualified imperative tense (?) W
4. n. advance, forward movement, rolling or flowing forth R. Var. Yājñ. Sch
5. walking, roaming, wandering R
6. activity, procedure, engaging in, dealing with (instr. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. going on, coming off, happening, occurrence MBh. Hariv. &c
8. conduct, behaviour MBh
9. bringing near, fetching ŚāṅkhŚr
10. erection, construction Mn. Yājñ. Sch
11. causing to appear, bringing about, advancing, promoting, introducing, employing, using MBh. R. &c
12. informing W

⋙pravartanīya

1. pra-ḍvartanīya mfn. to be set in motion or employed Kull
2. to be begun Yājñ. Sch

⋙pravartamānaka

1. pra-ḍvartamānaká mfn. (dimin. of the pr. p. ○vartamāna) coming slowly forth from (abl.) RV. i, 191, 16

⋙pravartayitṛ

1. pra-ḍvartayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) one who sets in motion or action, instigator of(gen.) or to (loc.) Kād. Śaṃk. (-tva, n.)
2. an erector, builder, founder, introducer VP. Yājñ. Sch
3. an employer Kull

⋙pravartita

1. pra-ḍvartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to roll on or forwards, set in motion, set on foot MBh. Kāv. &c
2. set up, established, introduced, appointed ib
3. built, erected, made, performed, accomplished ib
4. related, told Sāh
5. made pure, hallowed Mn. xi, 196
6. informed, apprized W
7. stimulated, incited ib
8. lighted, kindled MW
9. dispensed, administered Ml
10. allowed to take its course ib
11. enforced ib

⋙pravartitavya

1. pra-ḍvartitavya n. (impers.) one should act or proceed Prab. Sāh

⋙pravartitṛ

1. pra-ḍvartitṛ m. one who causes or effects, producer, bringer MBh
2. one who settles or determines Yājñ

⋙pravartin

1. pra-ḍvartin mfn. issuing, streaming forth, forth, moving onwards, flowing Kālid. Śatr
2. active, restless, unsteady (a-prativ○) ŚBr. Up
3. causing to flow MBh. Hariv
4. causing, effecting, Producing ib
5. using, employing Hariv
6. introducing, propagating Cat
7. (ī), f. N. of a Jaina nun HPariś

⋙pravartya

1. pra-ḍvartya mfn. to be (or being) excited to activity Śaṃk

≫pravṛt

1. pra-vṛ́t f. (?) VS. xv, 9

⋙pravṛtta

1. pra-ḍvṛtta mfn. rotund, globular ŚāṅkhBr
2. driven up (as a carriage) ChUp
3. circulated (as a book) Pañcat
4. set out from (-tas), going to, bound for (acc., loc., inf., or artham ifc
5. dakṣiṇena, 'southwards'
6. with pathā', proceeding on a path') MBh. Kāv. &c
7. issued from (abl.), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c. &c
8. come back, returned MBh
9. commenced, begun MBh. Kāv. &c
10. (also -vat mfn. ) having set about or commenced to (inf.) Kathās
11. purposing or going to, bent upon (dat., loc., or comp.) Kāv. Kathās. Rājat
12. engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
13. hurting, injuring, offending MBh
14. acting, proceeding, dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
15. existing Āpast
16. who or what has become (with nom.) R
17. (with karman n. action) causing a continuation of mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [Page 694, Column]
18. wṛ. for pra-cṛtta and pra-nṛtta
19. (○vṛttá), m. = ○varta, a round ornament ŚBr
20. (ā f. N. of a female demon MārkP.)
21. -karman n. any act leading to a future birth W
22. -cakra mfn. 'whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded', having universal power (○kra-tā f.) Yājñ
23. -tva n. the having happened or occurred Jaim
24. -pānīya mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh
25. -pāraṇa n. a partic. religious observance or ceremony Śak. (vḷ.)
26. -vāc mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh
27. -samprahāra mfn. one who has begun the fight (○ra-tva n.) Kathās
28. ○ttâśin m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh

⋙pravṛttaka

1. pra-ḍvṛttaka n. -"ṣvartaka n. Pratāp
2. N. of a metre Col

⋙pravṛtti

1. pra-ḍvṛtti f. moving onwards, advance, progress GṛŚrS. MBh. Suśr
2. coming forth, appearance, manifestation ŚvetUp. Kālid. Rājat
3. rise, source, origin. MBh
4. activity, exertion, efficacy, function Kap. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the Nyāya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63)
5. active life (as opp. to ni-vṛtti q.v. and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W
6. giving or devoting one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.) Rājat. Hit. Sāh
7. application, use, employment Mn. MBh. MārkP
8. conduct, behaviour, practice Mn. MBh. &c
9. the applicability or validity of a rule KātyŚr. Pāṇ. Sch
10. currency, continuance, prevalence ib
11. fate, lot, destiny R
12. news, tidings, intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
13. cognition (with viṣaya-vatī, 'a sensuous cognition') Yogas
14. the exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47)
15. N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L
16. (in arithm.) the multiplier W. (wṛ. for pra-kṛti?)
17. -jña, m. 'knowing the news', an emissary, agent. spy L
18. -jñóna n. -vijñāna Sarvad
19. -nimitta n. the reason for the use of any term in the particular significations which it bears MW
20. -nivṛtti-mat mfn. connected with activity and inactivity BhP
21. paróṅmukha mf(ī)n. disinclined to give tidings Vikr
22. -pratyaya m. a belief in or conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh
23. -mat mfn. devoted to anything, Kaiy
24. mārga m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of the world or with the rites and works of religion MW
25. -vacana mfn. (a word) expressing activity Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 51
26. -vijñāna n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh
27. ○tty-aṅga n. N. of wk

pravṛdh

1. pra-vṛdh √P. -vardhati, to exalt, magnify. RV. viii, 8, 22
2. Ā. -vardhate (rarely P. ○ti), to grow up, grow, increase, gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c
3. to raise, exalt, cause to thrive Hariv
4. to rear, cherish, bring up Kathās

≫pravardhaka

1. pra-vardhaka mf(ikā)n. augmenting, increasing, enhancing Inscr

⋙pravardhana

1. pra-ḍvardhana mfn. id Hariv. Suśr
2. n. augmenting, increase W

≫pravṛddha

1. prá-vṛddha mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great, numerous RV. &c. &c
2. swollen, heaving R. Kālid
3. risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty, strong MBh. Var
4. (also with vayasā) advanced in age, grown old MBh. Kathās
5. expanded, diffused W
6. full, deep (as a sigh) ib
7. haughty, arrogant MW
8. wṛ. for pra-vṛtta, -viddha, -buddha

⋙vṛddhi

1. vṛddhi f. growth, increase Var. Kālid. Rājat
2. rising, rise (arghasya, 'of price') Var
3. prosperity, increasing welfare, rising in rank or reputation ib. Rājat

≫pravṛdh

1. pra-vṛ́dh f. growth RV. iii, 31, 3

pravṛścya

1. pra-vṛścya See pra- √vraśc

pravṛṣ

1. pra-vṛṣ √P. -varṣati, to begin to rain, rain, shed or shower abundantly with (instr) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -varṣayati, to cause to rain TS. ŚBr

⋙pravarṣa

1. pra-ḍvarṣa m. (also pl.) rain MBh. Pañcat

⋙pravarṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍvarṣaṇa m. N. of a mountain BhP
2. n. beginning to rain, raining, causing to rain MBh. Var. (Sch. 'first rain')

⋙pravarṣin

1. pra-ḍvarṣin mfn. raining, causing to rain, showering, discharging MBh. R. &c. (cf. ūrdhva-prav○)

⋙pravṛṣṭa

1. pra-ḍvṛṣṭa mfn. begun to rain or to pour down (instr.) MBh. R. Kathās
2. (e), ind. when it rains Var. [Page 694, Column]

pravṛh

1. pra-vṛh √P. Ā. -vṛhati, ○te, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV. TS. Br. Up
2. (Ā) to draw towards one's self. attract ŚBr

⋙pravarham

1. pra-ḍvárham ind. plucking off ŚBr

⋙pravṛḍha

1. pra-ḍvṛḍha mfn. torn off Kāṭh. (Cf. pra- √1. bṛh.)

prave

1. pra-√ve P. -vayati, to weave on, attach to RV. TS. ŚBr. Up

≫pravayaṇa

1. pra-vayaṇa n. (for 1. See under pra- √vii) the upper part of a piece of woven cloth AitBr

⋙pravāṇa

1. pra-ḍvāṇa n. the edging or trimming of a piece of woven cloth Lāṭy

⋙pravāṇi

1. pra-ḍvāṇi or f. a weaver's shuttle L

⋙pravāṇī

1. pra-ḍvāṇī f. a weaver's shuttle L

⋙prota

1. prôta See s.v

praveka

1. pra-veka mfn. (√vic) choicest, most excellent, principal, chief (always ifc.) MBh. R. &c

pravega

1. pra-vega m. (√vij) great speed, rapidity MBh. R. (cf. śara-pr○)

⋙pravegita

1. pra-ḍvegita mfn. moving swiftly, rapid R

praveṭa

1. pra-veṭa m. barley L. (cf. pra-vata, prāvaṭa)

praveṇī

1. pra-veṇī f. a braid of hair worn by widows and by wives in the absence of their husbands R. (○ṇi L.)
2. a piece of coloured woollen cloth (used instead of a saddle) MBh. (○ṇi L., also 'the housings of an elephant')
3. N. of a river MBh

pravetṛ

1. pra-vetṛ pra-veya, See pra- √vii

pravettṛ

1. pra-vettṛ pra-veda &c. See pra √1. vid

pravedha

1. pra-vedha See pra-√vyadh

pravep

1. pra-√vep Ā. -vepate (m. c. also P. ○ti), to tremble, shiver, quake MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vepayati (aor. prâviivipat), to cause to tremble, shake RV. &c. &c

⋙pravepa

1. pra-ḍvepa rembling, quivering R

⋙pravepaka

1. pra-ḍvepaka m. trembling shivering, shuddering Suśr

⋙pravepathu

1. pra-ḍvepathu m. id. ib

⋙pravepana

1. pra-ḍvepana m. N. of a serpentdemon MBh
2. n. trembling, shuddering, tremulous motion, agitation Car. Pāṇ. Sch. Vop. (wṛ. ○vepaṇa)

⋙pravepanin

1. pra-ḍvepanín mfn. causing (enemies) to tremble (said of Indra) RV

⋙pravepanīya

1. pra-ḍvepanīya○ mfn. to be caused to tremble Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙pravepita

1. pra-ḍvepita n. the act of trembling Kir

⋙pravepin

1. pra-ḍvepin mfn. trembling, shaking, tottering Nir. ix, 8

praveraya

1. pra-veraya Nom. P. ○yati (cf. √vel, vell), to cast, hurl MBh

⋙praverita

1. pra-ḍverita mfn. cast, hurled ib. (vḷ.)

pravela

1. pravela m. a yellow variety of Phaseolus Mungo L

praveśa

1. pra-veśa &c. See pra- √viś

praveṣṭ

1. pra-veṣṭ √Caus. -veṣṭayati, to cover, enclose, surround TS
2. to twine or fasten round ĀpŚr. MānGṛ

≫praveṣṭa

1. pra-veṣṭa m. (only L.) an arm
2. the fore-arm or wrist (cf. pra-koṣṭha)
3. the fleshy part of the back of an elephant on which the rider sits
4. an elephant's housings
5. an elephant's gums ( See also danta-pr○)

⋙praveṣṭita

1. pra-ḍveṣṭita mfn. covered with (instr.) MBh

praveṣṭaka

1. praveṣṭaka wṛ. for pra-viṣṭaka ( See pra- √viś)

praveṣṭavya

1. pra-veṣṭavya ○ṭṛ, See pra- √viś

pravoḍhṛ

1. pra-voḍhṛ See pra-√vah

pravyakta

1. pra-vy-akta mfn. (√añj) evident, apparent, manifest (compar. -tara) Suśr

⋙pravyakti

1. pra-ḍvyakti f. appearance, manifestation ib

pravyath

1. pra-vyath √Ā. -vyathate, (ep. also P. ○ti), to tremble, be afraid of (gen.), be disquieted or distressed MBh. R. &c
2. = Caus. R.: Caus. -vyathayati, to frighten, disquiet, distress MBh. R. Hariv

⋙pravyathita

1. pra-ḍvyathita mfn. affrighted, distressed, pained MBh. Hariv. R. &c

pravyadh

1. pra-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl, cast, throw away or down RV. &c. &c
2. to hurl missiles, shoot AV. ŚBr
3. to pierce, transfix, wound MBh. Suśr

≫praviddha

1. prá-viddha mfn. hurled, cast, thrown into (loc.) RV. &c. &c
2. thrown asunder, spilt (as water) R
3. crammed, filled MBh
4. abandoned, given up R

⋙pravedha

1. prá-ḍvedha m. a bow-shot ĀpŚr. Sch
2. a partic. measure of length, Divyâ

⋙pravyādha

1. prá-ḍvyādhá m. id., the distance of the flight of an arrow ŚBr. TBr. [Page 694, Column] ŚrS

pravyas

1. pra-vy-as √2. P. -asyati, to lay down, place upon (loc.) R

pravyāhṛ

1. pra-vy-ā-hṛ √P. -harati, to utter forth, speak MBh. R
2. to utter inarticulate sounds, howl, yell, roar ib. (v. l. pratyāhri)
3. to declare beforehand, foretell, predict MW.: Caus. -hārayati, to speak MBh

⋙pravyāharaṇa

1. pra-ḍvyāharaṇa n. the uttering of sounds, faculty of speech Divyâv

⋙pravyāhāra

1. pra-ḍvyāhāra m. (v. l. or wṛ. pratyāh○) prolongation or continuation of discourse MBh. (= prakṛṣṭâkti, Nīlak.)
2. speaking to, address (○raṃ √kṛ, with gen.', to address a person') Kāraṇḍ
3. sound ib

⋙pravyāhṛta

1. pra-ḍvyāhṛta mfn. speaking MBh
2. spoken, foretold, predicted ib

pravraj

1. pra-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc., loc. or dat.) ŚBr. Up. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
2. to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
3. (with Jainas) to become a monk HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati (wṛ. -vraj○), to send into exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c
4. to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk MBh. HPariś

≫pravivrajiṣu

1. pra-vivrajiṣu mfn. (from Desid.) wishing to take the vow of a monk HPariś

⋙pravivivrājayiṣu

1. pra-viḍvivrājayiṣu mfn. (from Desid. of Caus.) wishing to send into exile, desirous of banishing, Bhaṭṭi

≫pravrajana

1. pra-vrajana n. going abroad MBh

⋙pravrajikā

1. pra-ḍvrajikā wṛ. for ○vrajitā and ○vrājikā

⋙pravrajita

1. pra-ḍvrajita mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 38
2. run away (said of horses) MBh
3. (also with vanam) one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to become a monk Mn. MBh. HPariś
4. m. a religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Suśr
5. (ā), f. a female ascetic or a nun Yājñ. Var. Kād. Sāh
6. Nardostachys Jatamansi L
7. another plant (muṇḍīrī) L
8. n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh

⋙pravrajya

1. pra-ḍvrajya n. going abroad, migration MBh
2. (ā), f. id. ib
3. going forth from home (first rite of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77
4. roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
5. the order of a relṭreligious mendicant MBh. Var
6. ○jyā-yoga m. a constellation under which future relṭreligious mendicants are born Var
7. jyâvasita m. a relṭreligious mendicant who has renounced his order Yājñ

≫pravrāj

1. pra-vrāj m. a religious mendicant Var. Kathās

⋙pravrāja

1. pra-ḍvrājá m. the bed of a river RV

⋙pravrājaka

1. pra-ḍvrājaka m. a religious mṭmendicant R. Kathās
2. (ikā), f. a female ascetic (also ○jaka-strī) Kathās

⋙pravrājana

1. pra-ḍvrājana n. banishment, exile MBh. R

⋙pravrājita

1. pra-ḍvrājita mfn. become a monk Divyâv

⋙vrājin

1. vrā́jin m. = ○vrāj ŚBr
2. mfn. running after ( See dvi-pravrājinī)

pravraśc

1. pra-vraśc √P. -vṛścati, (ind. p. vṛścya), to cut or hew off, cut or tear to pieces, lace ite, wound AV. Br. Bhaṭṭ

⋙pravṛkṇa

1. pra-ḍvṛkṇa mfn. cut or hewn off BhP

⋙pravraścana

1. pra-ḍvraścana m. an instrunient for cutting fuel, a knife for cutting wood Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. idhma-pr○)

⋙pravraska

1. pra-ḍvraska m. a cut Kauś

pravlī

1. pra-vlī √P. -vlināti, to overwhelm by pressure, crush ĀpŚr

⋙pravlaya

1. pra-ḍvlaya m. sinking down, collapse AitBr

⋙pravlīna

1. pra-ḍvlīna (prá-), mfn. overwhelmed by pressure, crushed, sunk down AV. Br

praśaṃyuvāka

1. pra-śaṃyuvāka wṛ. for śaṃy○

praśaṃs

1. pra-śaṃs √P. Ā. -śaṃsati, ○te, (irreg. Pot. -śaṃsīyāt Cāṇ.), to proclaim, declare, praise, laud, extol RV. &c. &c
2. to urge on, stimulate RV. i, 84, 19
3. to approve, esteem, value (with na, to disapprove, blame) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to foretell, prophesy Cāṇ

⋙praśaṃsaka

1. pra-ḍśaṃsaka mfn. (ifc.) praising, commending MBh. R. HYog

⋙praśaṃsana

1. pra-ḍśaṃsana n. praising, commending Vedântas. Pāṇ. Sch. (wṛ. ○śaṃśana)

⋙praśaṃsanīya

1. pra-ḍśaṃsanīya mfn. to be praised, laudable Kād

⋙praśaṃsā

1. pra-ḍśaṃsā́ f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8 worldly conditions Dharmas. 61) ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. aprastuta-p○, strī-p○
2. wṛ. ○śaṃśā)
3. -nāman n. an expression of praise Nir
4. mukhara mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly (○rânana, mfn. 'one whose mouth is loud with praise', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Rājat
5. -"ṣlāpa (○sâl○), m. applause, acclamation Daś
6. -vacana n. pl. a laudatory speech MBh
7. -"ṣvali (○sâv○), f. a poem of praise, panegyric Bālar
8. ○śaṃsôpamā f. (in rhet.) laudatory comparison, comparing to anything superior Kāvyâd. [Page 695, Column]

⋙praśaṃsita

1. pra-ḍśaṃsita mfn. praised, commended Pañcar

⋙praśaṃsitavya

1. pra-ḍśaṃsitavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy W

⋙praśaṃsin

1. pra-ḍśaṃsin mfn. (ifc.) praising, commending, eulogizing MBh. R

⋙praśaṃstavya

1. pra-ḍśaṃstavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy. R. (cf. ○śastavya)

⋙praśaṃsaṃsya

1. pra-śaṃḍsaṃsya mfn. to be pr, praisewṭpraiseworthy RV. MBh. R. Uttarar. (vḷ.)
2. preferable to, better than (abl.) Mn. ii, 95 Kull. (cf. 1. ○śasya.)

≫praśasta

1. praśastá mfn. praised, commended, considered fit or good, happy, auspicious (as stars, days &c.) RV. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c
2. better, more excellent Gaut
3. best Āpast
4. consecrated (as water) Var
5. m. N. of a man Kathās
6. of a poet Cat
7. (ā), f. N. of a river MBh
8. -kara m. N. of an author (perhaps the writer of a wk. entitled Praśasta) Cat
9. -kalaśa m. N. of a man Rājat
10. -ta f. (MW.) or -tva n. (Mcar.) excellence, goodness
11. -paribhāṣā f. N. of wk
12. -pāda m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
13. -bhāṣya n. N. of wk. Cat
14. -vacana n. pl. laudatory words, praises Mṛicch
15. ○śastâdri m. N. of a mountain to the west of Madhya-deśa Var

⋙praśastavya

1. praḍśastavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy R. (cf. -śaṃstavya)

⋙praśuti

1. praḍśuti (prá-). f. praise, fame, glorification RV. Uttarar. Daśar. &c. (○tiṃ √dhā, to bestow praise upon, value highly with loc. RV.)
2. liking, desire (as of food) RV
3. (in dram.) a benediction (praying for peace &c. in the reign of a prince) Sāh
4. instruction, guidance, warning RV
5. an edict Vcar. Bālar
6. (metrical) eulogistic inscription Ml
7. excellence, eminence W
8. N. of a guide to letter-writing Cat. (also ○tikā)
9. -kāśikā f. N. of wk
10. -kṛt mfn. bestowing praise, praising RV
11. -gāthā f. a song of praise Caṇḍ
12. -taraṃga m. N. of wk. -paṭṭa m. a written edict Rājat
13. -prakāśikā f. N. of wk. (= -kāśikā)
14. -ratnâkara m. N. of wk
15. -ratnâvahlī f. N. of a poem by Viśva-nātha, Sāh 1

⋙praśasya

1. praḍśasya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy, excellent, eminent RV. Nir. MBh. &c
2. to be called happy, to be congratulated MBh. (cf. ○śaṃsya)
3. -tā f. excellence, eminence Hemac. 2

⋙praśasya

1. praḍśasya ind. having praised or commended MBh. R. Pañcat. BhP

praśak

1. pra-śak √P. -śaknoti, (fut. also A. -śakṣye. MBh.), to be able to (inf.) MBh. Hariv

⋙praśaka

1. pra-ḍśaka mfn. wṛ. for ○sakta MBh

⋙praśakya

1. pra-ḍśakya mfn. one who does his utmost Kauś. Sch

praśaka

1. praśaka wṛ. for pra-śākha, col. 2

praśaṭha

1. pra-śaṭha mfn. very false or wicked (-tā f.) L

praśad

1. pra-śad √only Caus. -śātayati, to cause to fall down, break off, pluck Vcar

⋙praśattvan

1. pra-ḍśattvan m. the ocean Uṇ. iv, 116 Sch
2. (arī), f. a river ib

praśam

1. pra-śam √P. -śāmyati, to become calm or tranquil, be pacified or soothed, settle down (as dust) Mn. MBh. &c
2. to be allayed or extinguished, cease, disappear, fade away ib.: Caus. -śamayati (rarely śām○), to appease, calm quench allay, extinguish, terminate ib
3. to make subject, subdue, conquer MBh

⋙praśama

1. pra-ḍśama m. calmness, tranquillity' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation, extinction, abatement MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundisbhi and Śānti-deva BhP
3. (ī), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh
4. -ṃ-kara mfn. causing the cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R
5. -rati-sūsra n. N. of wk
6. -sthita mfn. being in a state of quiescence Ragh
7. ○mâyana mfn. walking in tranquillity BhP

⋙praśamaka

1. pra-ḍśamaka mfn. one who brings to rest, quenching, allaying Kāraṇḍ

⋙praśamana

1. pra-ḍśamana mfn. tranquillizing, pacifying, curing, healing MBh. Hariv. Suśr
2. n. the act of tranquillizing &c. MBh. Kām. Daś. Pur. Suśr
3. securing, keeping safe (of what has been acquired) Mn. vii, 56 (others, bestowing aptly'
4. others, 'sanctification'
5. Ragh. iv, 14)
6. killing, slaughter L
7. (scil. astra) N. of a weapon R

⋙śamita

1. śamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) tranquillized, relieved, quelled, quenched, allayed MBh. Hariv. &c
2. atoned for, expiated Uttarar
3. -ripu mfn. one who has all enemies pacified Mṛicch
4. ○târi mfn. id. Ragh
5. ○tâpadrava mfn. one who has all calamities quelled MW

≫praśān

1. pra-śān ind., g. svar-ādi (cf. ○śām)

⋙praśānta

1. pra-ḍśānta mfn. tranquillized, calm, quiet, composed, indifferent Up. Mn. MBh. &c
2. (in augury) auspicious, boni ominis Var
3. extinguished, ceased, allayed, removed, destroyed, dead MBh. Kāv. &c
4. -kāma mfn. one whose desires are calmed, content BhP
5. -cāritramati m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Lalit
6. -cārin m. pl. 'walking tranquilly', (prob.) N. of a class of deities ib. [Page 695, Column]
7. -citta mfn. 'tranquil-minded', calm Vedântas
8. -ceṣṭa mfn. one whose efforts have ceased, resting MW
9. -tā f. tranquillity of mind MBh
10. -dhī mfn. = -citta BhP
11. -bādha mfn. one who has all calamities or hindrances quelled MW
12. -bhūmipāla mfn. 'having the kings extinguished', without a king (said of the earth) Rājat
13. -mūrti mfn. of tranquil appearance Var
14. -rāga m. N. of a man Cat
15. -viniścaya-pratihārya-nirdeśa m. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra
16. -vinītêśvara m. N. of a divine being, Lalī
17. ○tâtman mfn. 'tranquil-souled', composed in mind, peaceful, calm Bhag. BhP
18. ○târāti mfn. one whose enemies have been pacified or destroyed Prab
19. ○târja mfn. one whose strength has ceased, weakened, prostrated W
20. ○tôlmuka mfn. extinguished W
21. ○tâujas mfn. = ○tôrja MW

⋙praśāntaka

1. pra-ḍśāntaka mfn. tranquil, calm Bhar

⋙praśānti

1. pra-śānti f. sinking to rest, rest, tranquillity (esp. of mind), calm, quiet, pacification, abatement, extinction, destruction MBh. Kāv. &c
2. -dūtī f. 'messenger of rest', N. of old age Kathās

⋙praśām

1. pra-ḍśā́m mfn. (nom. ○śā́n) painless, unhurt ŚBr. (cf. ○śān above)

⋙praśāma

1. pra-ḍśāma tranquillity, pacification, suppression W

⋙praśāmita

1. pra-ḍśāmita mfn. (fr. Caus.) pacified i.e. subdued, conquered Hariv

praśardha

1. pra-śardha mfn. (√śṛdh) bold, daring RV

praśala

1. praśala wṛ. for prasala

praśas

1. pra-śas f. (√1. śas) a hatchet, axe, knife AitBr. (Nir. Sch
2. others = pra-śasta, pra-kṛṣṭa-cchedana &c.)

praśasta

1. pra-śasta &c. See pra-√śaṃs

praśākha

1. pra-śākha mfn. having great branches (as a tree), Psṇ. vi, 2, 177 Sch
2. (also ○śaka) N. of the 5th stage in the formation of an embryo (in which the hands and feet are formed) Buddh
3. (ā), f. a branch or twig MBh. R
4. (prob.) extremity of the body Suśr
5. ○kha-vat mfn. (m.c. for ○khA-v○) having numerous branches R

⋙praśākhikā

1. pra-śāḍkhikā f. a small branch, twig MBh

praśātikā

1. praśātikā See prasātikā

praśānta

1. pra-śānta &c. See under pra- √śam

praśās

1. pra-śās √P. -śāsti, (ep. also Ā.), to teach, instruct, direct RV. ŚBr. R
2. to give instructions to, order, command (acc.) MBh. R. MārkP
3. to chastise, punish MBh. Kathās
4. to govern, rule, reign (also with rājyam), be lord of (acc. with or without adhi) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
5. to decide upon (loc.) MBh

⋙praśāsaka

1. pra-ḍśāsaka m. = ○śāstṛ Pañcat. (B.)

⋙praśāsana

1. pra-ḍśā́sana n. guidance, government, rule, dominion RV. ŚBr. ChUp. MBh
2. enjoining, enacting W

⋙praśāsita

1. pra-ḍśāsita mfn. governed, administered R
2. enjoined, enacted W

⋙praśāsitṛ

1. pra-ḍśāsitṛ m. a governor, ruler, master, dictator Mn. MBh. Śaṃk

⋙praśāta

1. pra-ḍśāta wṛ. for

⋙praśasta

1. pra-ḍśasta ĀpŚr

⋙praśāstṛ

1. pra-ḍśāstṛ́ m. 'director', N. of a priest (commonly called Maitrāvaruṇa, the first assistant of the Hotṛi) RV. &c. &c
2. a king Uṇ. ii, 94 Sch

⋙praśāstra

1. pra-ḍśāstrá n. the office of the Praśāstṛi RV. ii, 2, 1 ĀpŚr
2. his Soma vessel ib. ii, 36, 6. 1

⋙praśāsya

1. pra-ḍśāsya ind. having ruled or commanded MBh. 2

⋙praśāsya

1. pra-ḍśāsya mfn. one who has to receive orders from (gen.) Bālar

≫praśiṣṭa

1. praśiṣṭa mfn. ruled over, reigned, governed, commanded MW

⋙praśiṣṭi

1. praḍśiṣṭi, (prá-), f. injunction, command, order TBr. ĀśvŚr

⋙praśis

1. praḍśís f. order, direction, precept RV. AV. TBr. ĀśvŚr

praśithila

1. pra-śithila mf(ā)n. very loose, relaxed, lax Hariv. Kāv. Suśr
2. very feeble, hardly perceptible Saṃk

⋙praśithilabhujagranthi

1. ○bhuja-granthi mfn. one who loosens the clasp of the arms Sāh

≫praśithilī

1. praśithilī in comp. for ○la

⋙praśithilīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. rendered very loose, greatly loosened Ṛitus

⋙praśithilībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. become loose or lax Suśr

praśiṣa

1. praśiṣa m. N. of a man
2. pl. N. of his descendants Cat

praśiṣya

1. pra-śiṣya m. the pupil of a pupil BhP

⋙praśiṣyatva

1. ○tva n. the condition of a pupil's pupil L

praśī

1. pra-śī √Ā. -śete, to lie down upon (acc.) RV

praśīta

1. prá-śīta mfn. (√śyai) congealed, frozen ŚBr. [Page 695, Column]

praśīrṇa

1. pra-śīrṇa See pra- √śṝ

praśukrīya

1. praśukrīya mfn. beginning with pra śukrā (said of RV. vii, 34, 1) ŚāṅkhBr

praśuc

1. pra-śuc √Ā. -śocate, to glow, beam, radiate RV

⋙praśocana

1. pra-ḍśócana mfn. burning on, continuing to burn AV

praśuci

1. pra-śuci mfn. perfectly pure R

praśuddhi

1. pra-śuddhi f. (√śudh) purity, clearness MBh

praśubh

1. pra-√śubh (only Ā. 3. sg. pr. -śobhe = śobhate), to be bright, sparkle RV. i, 120, 5

praśumbh

1. pra-śumbh √(only 3.pl. -śambhante), to glide on wards, fly along RV. i, 85, 1 (Sāy. 'to adorn one's self highly')

praśuśruka

1. praśuśruka m. N. of a prince (a son of Maru) R. (B. praśuśruva
2. cf. pra-suśruta)

praśuṣ

1. pra-śuṣ √P. -śuṣyati, to dry up, become dry, kām

⋙praśoṣa

1. pra-ḍśoṣa m. dryness, aridity Suśr

⋙praśoṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍśoṣaṇa m. 'drying up', N. of a demon producing illness Hariv

praśūna

1. pra-śūna mfn. (√śvi) swollen Suśr

praśṝ

1. pra-śṝ √P. -śṛṇāti, to break in pieces, break off, crush RV. ŚBr. KātySr

⋙praśīrṇa

1. pra-ḍśīrṇa mfn. broken, smashed ŚBr. KātyŚr. MBh

praścut

1. pra-ścut √(or -ścyut), P. -ścotati (-ścyotati), to trickle forth, drip down Mālatīm
2. to pour forth, shed, spill, Bhaṭt

⋙praścutita

1. pra-ḍścutita mfn. dripped down Gobh

⋙praścotana

1. pra-ḍścotana n. trickling, dripping Uttarar

praśna

1. praśna m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kauś. (Sch. 'a turban')

praśna

1. praśná m. (√prach) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp
2. cf. kuśala-p○) ŚBr. &c. &c
3. judicial inquiry or examination (cf. sâkṣi-p)
4. astrological inquiry into the future (cf. divya-, deva-, daiva-p○)
5. a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem ŚBr. &c. &c. (praśnam pra-√brū', to decide a controverted point'
6. nam √i, with acc. or ○nam ā √gam, with loc. of pers., 'to lay a question before any one for decision'
7. praśnas tava pitari, the point at issue is before thy father')
8. a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrāt
9. a short section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c

⋙praśnakathā

1. ○kathā f. a story containing a question Kathās

⋙praśnakalpalatā

1. ○kalpalatā f

⋙praśnakṛṣṇīya

1. ○kṛṣṇīya n

⋙praśnakoṣṭhī

1. ○koṣṭhī f

⋙praśnakaumudī

1. ○kaumudī f

⋙praśnagrantha

1. ○grantha m

⋙praśnacaṇḍeśvara

1. ○caṇḍêśvara m

⋙praśnacandrikā

1. ○candrikā f

⋙praśnacintāmaṇi

1. ○cintāmaṇi m

⋙praśnacuḍāmaṇi

1. ○cuḍāmaṇi m

⋙praśnajñāna

1. ○jñāna n

⋙praśnatantra

1. ○tantra n

⋙praśnatilaka

1. ○tilaka n

⋙praśnadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wks

⋙praśnadūtī

1. ○dūtī f. a riddle, enigma, perplexing question L

⋙praśnanidhi

1. ○nidhi m

⋙praśnanirvācana

1. ○nirvācana n

⋙praśnanīlakaṇṭha

1. ○nīlakaṇṭha m

⋙praśnapañjikā

1. ○pañjikā f. N. of wks

⋙praśnapūrvaka

1. ○pūrvaka mfn. preceded by a question Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 120
2. (○kam or -pūrvam), ind. with a preceding question, after examination Hcat

⋙praśnaprakaraṇa

1. ○prakaraṇa n

⋙praśnaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m

⋙praśnapradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m

⋙praśnabrahmārka

1. ○brahmârka m

⋙praśnabhāga

1. ○bhāga m

⋙praśnabhārgavakerala

1. ○bhārgava-kerala m

⋙praśnabhairava

1. ○bhairava m

⋙praśnamañjūṣā

1. ○mañjūṣā f

⋙praśnamanoramā

1. ○manoramā f

⋙praśnamāṇīkyamālā

1. ○māṇīkya-mālā f

⋙praśnamārga

1. ○mārga m

⋙praśnamārtaṇḍa

1. ○mārtaṇḍa m

⋙praśnaratna

1. ○ratna n

⋙praśnaratnasāgara

1. ○ratnasāgara m

⋙praśnaratnāṅkura

1. ○ratnâṅkura m

⋙praśnaratnāvalī

1. ○ratnâvalī f

⋙praśnarahasya

1. ○rahasya n

⋙praśnalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙praśnavādin

1. ○vādin m. a fortune-teller, astrologer Gal

⋙praśnavidyā

1. ○vidyā f

⋙praśnavinoda

1. ○vinoda m. N. of wks

⋙praśnavivāka

1. ○vivāká m. one who decides controversies, an arbitrator VS

⋙praśnavivāda

1. ○vivāda m. a controverted question, controversy MBh

⋙praśnaviveka

1. ○viveka m

⋙praśnavaiṣṇava

1. ○vaiṣṇava m

⋙praśnavyākaraṇa

1. ○vyākaraṇa n

⋙praśnaśataka

1. ○śataka m

⋙praśnaśāstra

1. ○śāstra n

⋙praśnaśiromaṇi

1. ○śiromaṇi m

⋙praśnaśekhara

1. ○śekhara m

⋙praśnaślokavalī

1. ○ślokávalī f

⋙praśnasaṃgraha

1. ○saṃgraha m

⋙praśnasaptati

1. ○saptati f

⋙praśnasāra

1. ○sāra m

⋙praśnasārāmnāya

1. ○sārâmnāya m

⋙praśnasārasamudra

1. ○sāra-samudra m

⋙praśnasāramāya

1. ○sāramāya m

⋙praśnasāroddhāra

1. ○sārôddhāra m

⋙praśnasudhākara

1. ○sudhâkara m. N. of wks

⋙praśnakhyāna

1. praśnákhyāna n. du. question and answer Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 28

⋙praśnādika

1. praśnâdika m. or n

⋙praśnānuṣṭhānapaddhati

1. praśḍnânuṣṭhāna-paddhati f

⋙praśnārṇava

1. praśḍnârṇava m. (= ○navaiṣṇava or vaiṣṇava-śāstra)

⋙praśnāryā

1. praśḍnâryā f

⋙praśnāvalī

1. praśḍnâvalī f. N. of wks

⋙praśnottara

1. praśnôttara n. question and answer, a verse consisting of question and answer Cat
2. -tantra n. maṇi-mālā f. mālā f. -mālikā f. -ratna-mālā f. -ratnâvali
3. f. N. of wks

⋙praśnopadeśa

1. praśnôpadeśa m.,

⋙praśnopaniṣad

1. praśnôpaniṣad f. N. of wks. [Page 696, Column]

≫praśnaya

1. praśnaya Nom. P. ○yati, to question, interrogate, inquire after (2 acc.) Kāvyâd

≫praśnin

1. praśnín m. a questioner, interrogator VS

≫praṣṭavya

1. praṣṭavya mfn. to be asked or questioned about (acc. with or without prati) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
2. to be consulted about (loc.), M Bh. MārkP
3. to be inquired into Śak. MārkP
4. n. (impers.) one should ask or inquire about Mālav

≫praṣṭṛ

1. praṣṭṛ m. one who asks or inquires, interrogator, querist, Kat? Up. MBh. MārkP

praśni

1. praśni ○nī wṛ. for pṛśni, ○nī

praśratha

1. pra-śratha m. or pra-śranthana n. (śranth) laxity, relaxation, flaccidity Pāṇ. Vop

praśrabdhi

1. pra-śrabdhi f. (√śrambh) trust, confidence L

praśraya

1. pra-śraya &c. See pra- √śri

praśravaṇa

1. praśravaṇa wṛ. for pra-sravaṇa

praśravas

1. prá-śravas mfn. loud-sounding (said of the Maruts) RV. (Sāy. = prakṛṣṭânna)

praśri

1. praśri wṛ. for pṛśni

praśri

1. pra-śri √P. -śirayati, to lean against, fix Kāṭh
2. to join or add to (loc.) RV

≫praśraya

1. pra-śraya m. leaning or resting on, resting-place ŚārṅgP
2. inclining forward i.e. respectful demeanour, modesty, humbleness, affection, respect, civility (personified as a son of Dharma and Hri) MBh. &c. &c
3. -vat mfn. deferential, respectful, civil, modest BhP. ○yâvanata mfn. bent down deferentially MBh
4. ○yôttara mfn. (words) full of modesty or humbleness ib

⋙praśrayaṇa

1. pra-ḍśrayaṇa n. respectful demeanour, modesty. BhP

⋙praśrayin

1. pra-ḍśrayin mfn. behaving respectfully, courteous, modest (○yitā f.) Kām

≫praśrita

1. pra-śrita mfn. bending forward deferentially, humble, modest, courteous, well-behaved (am ind. humbly, deferentially) MBh. Kāv. &c. (often wṛ. ○sṛta)
2. hidden, obscure (as a meaning) MBh
3. m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundubhi and Śānti-deva BhP

praśru

1. pra-śru √Ā. 3. sg. -śriṇve, to be heard, be audible RV. v, 87, 3
2. to become known or celebrated ib. iv, 41, 2 &c

⋙śravaṇa

1. śravaṇa and See above

⋙śravas

1. ḍśravas See above

praślatha

1. pra-ślatha mfn. very loose, greatly relaxed, languid, flaccid Daś. (cf. pra-śratha)

praślita

1. pra-ślita mfn. (for pra-śrita) bent, inclined (N. of the rule of Saṃdhi that changes as to o before sonant letters) RPrāt

praśliṣṭa

1. pra-śliṣṭa mfn. (√iliṣ) twisted, entwined, coalescent (applied to the Saṃdhi of a, or ā with a following vowel and of other vowels with homogeneous ones, also to the vowel resulting from this Saṃdhi and its accent) Prāt. ŚāṅkhŚr. Pat

≫praśleṣa

1. pra-śleṣa m. close contact or pressure Amar
2. coalescence (of vowels) Prāt. Siddh

praśvas

1. pra-śvas √P. -ivasiti, to breathe in, inhale MBh.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to cause to breathe ŚBr
2. to comfort, console Hariv

⋙praśvasitavya

1. pra-śvasitavya n. (impers.) recovery of breath i.e. recreation should be procured for (gen.) or by (instr.) or through or by means of (instr.), TaittUp

⋙praśvāsa

1. pra-śvāsa m. breathing in, inhaling Suśr

praṣṭavya

1. praṣṭavya ○tṛ, See under praśna

praṣṭi

1. prá-ṣṭi m. (√1. as. cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti, pari-ṣṭi) 'being beyond or in front', a horse harnessed by the side of other yoke-horses or in front of them, a side-horse or leader RV. AV. Br
2. a man at one's side, bystander, companion RV. Lāṭy
3. a tripod (supporting a dish) TS. Sch

⋙praṣṭimat

1. ○mat (prá○), mfn. having side-horses (as a chariot) RV

⋙praṣṭivāhana

1. ○vāhana (prá ), mfn. (a chariot) drawn (also) by side-horses, yoked (at least) with 3 horses ŚBr. AitĀr

⋙praṣṭivāhin

1. ○vāhin mfn. id. TBr. TāṇdyaBr

praṣṭha

1. pra-ṣṭha mf(ī)n. (√sthā
2. Pāṇ. 8-3, 92) standing in front, foremost, principal, best, chief Ragh. Rājat
3. m. a leader, conductor Kuval
4. a species of plant L
5. (ī), f. the wife of a leader or chief L

⋙praṣṭhatva

1. ○tva n. the being in front, Pre-eminence, superiority Rājat

⋙praṣṭhavah

1. ○vah m. (strong -vāh, weak praṣṭhâuh
2. nom. -vāṭ. Pāṇ. 8-2, 31 Sch.) a side-horse L
3. a young bull or steer training for the plough W
4. (praṣṭhâuhi), f. a cow for the first time with calf. L. (cf. paṣṭhavah, ○ṭhauhī). [Page 696, Column]

praṣṭhiv

1. pra-ṣṭhiv √P, -ṣṭhīvati, to spit out ĀśvŚr

praṣṭhivāhin

1. praṣṭhi-vāhin wṛ. for praṣṭi-v○

praṣṇavaiṣṇava

1. praṣṇa-vaiṣṇava wṛ. for praśna-v○

pras

1. pras cl.1. Ā. prasate, to extend, spread, diffuse Dhātup. xix, 4
2. to bring forth young. Vop

prasakala

1. pra-sakala mfn. very full (as a bosom) Śiś

prasakta

1. pra-sakta ○ti, See under pra- √sañj

prasakṣin

1. pra-sakṣin See under pra- √sah

prasaṅktavya

1. pra-saṅktavya See under pra √sañj

prasaṃkhyā

1. pra-saṃ-khyā √P. -khyāti, to count, enumerate MBh
2. to add up, calculate ĀśvŚr. MBh

⋙prasaṃkhyā

1. pra-saṃkhyā f. total number, sum MBh
2. reflection, consideration, KstyŚr

⋙prasaṃkhyāna

1. pra-saṃkhyāna mfn. collecting or gathering (only for present needs) MBh. xiv, 2852, vḷ. (Nīlak.)
2. m. payment, liquidation, a sum of money ib. iii, 10298 Nīlak. a measure to mete out anything')
3. n. counting, enumeration BhP
4. reflection, meditation, i MBh. Tattvas
5. reputation, renown MBh. iii, 1382 (Nīlak.)
6. -para mfn. engrossed or absorbed in meditation Kum

prasaṅga

1. pra-saṅga See under pra- √śañj

prasaṃgha

1. pra-saṃgha m. a great multitude or number MBh. vli, 8128 (vḷ. pra-varṣa)

prasac

1. pra-√sac P. -siṣakti, to pursue RV. x, 27, 19

prasaṃcakṣ

1. pra-saṃ-cakṣ √Ā. -caṣṭe, (Pot. -cakṣīt), to reckon up, recount, enumerate Lāṭy
2. to penetrate, investigate Nyāyas. Sch

prasañj

1. pra-sañj √P. Ā. -sajati, ○te, (P.) to hang on, attach to (loc.) Lāṭy
2. to hang with i.e. to provide or supply with (instr.) ŚBr
3. to cling to (loc.) Daś
4. to engage with any one(loc.) in a quarrel or dispute, ChUP
5. (only ind. p. -sajya) to be attached to the world BhP
6. to result, follow, be the consequence of anything Sarvad
7. to cause to take place Pat
8. (Ā.) to attach one's self to (acc.) MBh.: Pass. sajyate, or -sajjate (○ti), to attach one's self, cling to, be devoted to or intent upon or occupied with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
9. to be in love (pr.p. -sajjantī) Hariv
10. (-sajjate), to be the consequence of something else, result, follow, be applicable Pat. Bhāshāp. Sarvad.: Caus. P. -sañjayati, to cause to take place Naish
11. Ā. -sajjayate, to attach to, stick in (loc
12. with na, 'to fly through', said of an arrow) R

≫prasakta

1. pra-sakta mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. clinging to the world, mundane BhP
3. being in love, enamoured MBh. Kāv
4. (ifc.) supplied or provided with R. (v. l. pra-yukta)
5. resulting, following, applicable Kāś. Kathās. Sarvad
6. continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Kāv. &c
7. used, employed W
8. got, obtained ib
9. opened, expanded ib
10. contiguous, near A
11. (○saktá), for ○sattá AV
12. ibc. and(am), ind. continually, incessantly, eternally, ever Kāv
13. -dhī or -hṛdaya mfn. with heart or mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.) Var
14. ○tâśrumukha mf(ī)n. having the face wet with tears R

⋙prasaktavya

1. pra-saktavya mfn. to be attached to (loc.) Kathās

⋙sakti

1. sakti f. adherence, attachment, devotion or addiction to, indulgence or perseverance in, occupation with (loc. or comp.) Mn. Kir. Kathās. (cf. a-pras○ and ati-pras○)
2. occurrence, practicability (○timpra √yā, 'to be practicable') Rājat
3. (in gram.)bearing upon, applicability (of a rule) RPrāt. Sch
4. connection, association W
5. inference, conclusion ib
6. a topic of conversation ib
7. acquisition ib

⋙saṅktavya

1. ḍsaṅktavya mfn. to be caused to take place Pat

≫prasaṅga

1. pra-saṅga m. adherence, attachment, inclination or devotion to, indulgence in, fondness for, gratification of, occupation or intercourse with (loc., gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ena ind. assiduously, zealously, eagerly
2. cf. also below)
3. evil inclination or illicit pursuit Mn. ix, 5
4. union, connection (ifc. 'connected with', e.g. madhu-prasaṅga-madhu, 'honey connected with or coming in the spring season') Ratnâv. i, 17 [Page 696, Column]
5. (pl.) all that is connected with or results from anything Kām
6. occurrence of a possibility, contingency, case, event ŚrS. Mn. Śaṃk. Pāṇ. Sch. (e.g. ecaḥ pluta-prasaṅge, 'in the event of a diphthong being prolated')
7. applicability Vajras
8. an occasion, incident, conjuncture, time, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c. (ibc
9. ena, āt and atas ind. when the occasion presents itself, occasionally, incidentally
10. prasaṅge kutrâpi, 'on a certain occasion'
11. amunā prasaṅgena, tat-prasaṅgena or etat-prasaṅge, 'on that occasion')
12. mention of parents (?, = guru-kīrtita) Sāh
13. (in dram.) a second or subsidiary incident or plot W
14. N. of a man Kathās
15. (pl.) of a Buddhistic school
16. -nivāraṇa n. the prevention of (similar) eases, obviation of (like future) contingencies Kull. on Mn. viii, 334
17. -prôṣita mfn. happening to be departed or absent Daś
18. -ratnâkara m. -ratnâvalī f. N. of wks
19. -vat mfn. occasional, incidental Daś
20. -vaśāt ind. according to the time, as occasion may demand MW
21. -vinivṛtti f. the non-recurrence of a case Mn. viii, 368
22. -sama m. (in Nyāya) the sophism that the proof too must be proved Nyāyas. Sarvad
23. ○gânu. saṅgena ind. by the way, by the by, Sāṃkhyas. Sch
24. ○gâbharaṇa n. N. of a modern poetical anthology

⋙saṅgin

1. saṅgin mfn. attached or devoted to (comp.) Ṛitus. Śaṃk
2. connected with, dependent on, belonging to, contingent, additional MBh. Suśr
3. occurring, appearing, occasional, incidental MBh. Pat
4. secondary, subordinate, non-essential MBh
5. ○gi-tā f. attachment, addiction to intercourse with (comp.) MBh. Tattvas

⋙sajya

1. ḍsajya mfn. to be attached to or connected with
2. applicable
3. -tā f. applicability, Śaṃkar
4. pratiṣedha m. the negative form of an applicable (positive) statement Pat. (also ○sajyāyām pr○ ib
5. ○dha-tva n. Sāh.)

⋙sañjana

1. ḍsañjana n. attaching, uniting, combining, connecting W
2. applying, bringing into use, bringing to bear, giving scope or opportunity, introduction ib

⋙sañjayitavya

1. ḍsañjayitavya mfn. = ○saṅktavya ĀpŚr. Sch

prasad

1. pra-√sad P. -sīdati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to fall into the power of (acc.) MaitrS. AitBr
2. to settle down, grow clear and bright, become placid or tranquil (as the sea or sky, met. applied to the mind) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to become clear or distinct KaṭhUp. Kām
4. to become satisfied or pleased or glad, be gracious or kind (with gen. 'to favour'
5. with inf. 'to deign to
6. Impv. often 'be so gracious, please') Mn. MBh. &c
7. to be successful (as an action) Ragh.: Caus. -sādayati (m.c. also ○te
8. Pass. -sādyate), to make clear, purify Kāvyâd. Kathās
9. to make serene, gladden (the heart) Bhartṛ
10. to render calm, soothe, appease, propitiate, ask a person (acc.) to or for (inf., dat., loc., arthe with gen., or artham ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙prasatta

1. pra-sattá mfn. satisfied, pleased RV. v, 60, 1

⋙prasatti

1. pra-satti f. cleasness, brightness, purity W
2. graciousness, favour Bālar. Siṃhâs

⋙prasadman

1. pra-sadman in dīrghá-. p○, q.v

⋙prasanna

1. pra-sanna mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. distinct, perspicuous MBh. Kām
3. true, right, plain, correct, just Mālav. Mālatīm
4. placid, tranquil R. Var. Āp
5. soothed, pleased
6. gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards (with loc., gen., or acc. aod prati), favourable (as stars &c.)
7. gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
8. m. N. of a prince Hemac
9. (ā), f. propitiating, pleasing W
10. spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat
11. -kalpa mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pañcat
12. -gātr-tā. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84
13. -caṇḍikā f. N. of a drama
14. -candra m. N. of a prince HPariś
15. -jala mfn. containing clear water R
16. -tarka mfn. conjecturing right Mālav
17. -tā f. brightness, clearness, purity Suśr
18. clearness of expression, perspicuity Cat
19. complacence, good humour Kāv. Rājat. VP
20. -tva n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh
21. -pāda m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti
22. -prâya mfn. rather plain or correct, Mālatim
23. -mukha mfn. 'placid-countenanced', looking pleased, smiling W
24. -rasa mfn. clear-juiced Kpr
25. -rāghava n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva
26. -veṅkaṭêśva-māhāmya n. N. of a legend in the Bhavishyôttara-Purāṇa
27. -salila mfn. -jala MBh
28. ○sannâtman mfn. gracious-minded, propitious MaitrUp
29. ○sannêrā f. spirituous liquor made of rice L

≫prasāda

1. pra-sāda m. (ifc. f. ā) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf. ambu-p○), UP. Kālid. &c. (Nom. P. ○sādati, to be clear or bright. Śatr.) [Page 697, Column]
2. clearness of style, perspicuity Pratāp. Kāvyâd. Sāh
3. brightness (of the face) Ragh
4. calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement KaṭhUp. Suśr. Yogas
5. serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Suśr. Ragh. &c
6. graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, mediation (○dāt ind. through the kindness or by the favour of
7. ○daṃ √kṛ, to be gracious
8. cf. duṣ-p○, drik-p○) Gobh. MBh. Kāv. &c
9. Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and Maitrī BhP
10. clarified liquor, a decoction Car
11. settlings, a residūm ib
12. free gift, gratuity Ratnâv
13. a propitiatory offering or gift (of food, = p"ṣ-dravya, prasādânna) L
14. the food presented to an idol, or the remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69 ; 145 &c
15. approbation W
16. well-being, welfare W
17. N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyā-kaumudi
18. -cintaka wṛ. for -vittaka Bālar
19. -dāna n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by a superior MW
20. -paṭṭa m. a turban of honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var
21. -paṭṭaka n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr
22. -parāṅmukha mf(ī) not caring for any one's favour Amar
23. withdrawing favour from any one (gen.) Pañcat
24. -pātra n. an object of favour Daś
25. -puraga mfn. inclined to favour, favourably inclined MārkP
26. -pratilabdha m. N. of a son of Māra Lalit
27. -bhāj mfn. being in favour, Sāmkhyas. Sch
28. -bhūmi f. an object of favour, favourite Hcar
29. -mālā f. N. of wk
30. -vat mfn. pleased, delighted
31. gracious, favourable L. (-vatī-samādhi m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh.)
32. -vitta mf(ā)n. (Kād. Kathās. Rājat. Bālar.) or -vittaka mfn. (Kathās.) rich in favour, being in high favour with any one (gen. or comp.)
33. m. and favourite, darling
34. -ṣaṭ-ślokī f. -stava m. N. of 2 Stotras
35. -su-mukha mf(ī)n. inclined to favour (others 'having a clear or serene face') Mālav. Ragh
36. -stha mfn. abiding in serenity, kind, propitious
37. happy W
38. ○sādântara n. another (mark of) favour MW
39. sādânna n. See ○sāda above
40. ○sādī- √kṛ, to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present (with gen. of person) Pañcat. Kād. Rājat. &c

⋙prasādaka

1. pra-sādaka mfn. clearing, rendering clear or pallucid Mn
2. gladdening, exhilarating R
3. propitiating, wishing to win any one's favour ib. (cf. su-p○)

⋙prasādana

1. pra-sādana mf(ī)n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. ambu - p○, toya-p○ &c.)
2. calming, soothing, cheering R. Suśr. BhP
3. m. a royal tent L
4. (ā), f. service, worship L
5. n. clearing, rendering clear (netra-p○ 'administering soothing remedies to the eyes') Suśr
6. calming. soothing, cheering, gratifying (cf. śruti-p○), rendering gracious, propitiating (tvatprasdanāt 'for the sake of propitiating thee') MBh. Kāv. &c
7. boiled rice L
8. wṛ. for pra-sādhan Hariv. Mālav

⋙prasādanīya

1. pra-sādanīya mfn. cheering. pleasing (ef. guru-p○) Lalit
2. to be rendered gracious

⋙prasādayitavya

1. pra-sādayitavya mfn. to be rendered gracious towards (upari) Pañcat

⋙prasādita

1. pra-sādita mfn. cleared, rendered clear (a-pr○) Kāvyâd
2. pleased, conciliated &c. MBh
3. worshipped. W
4. n. pl. kind words Hariv

⋙prasādin

1. pra-sādin mfn. clear, serene, bright (as nectar, the eyes, face &c. ) Mālatīm. Bālar
2. clear, perspicuous (as a poem), Balar
3. (ifc.) calming, soothing, gladdening, pleasing MBh
4. showing favour, treating with kindness MW

⋙prasādya

1. pra-sādya mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sāh. Bālar

⋙sedivas

1. sedivas mfn. one who has become pleased or propitiated, favourable W

prasan

1. pra-√san (only Ā. acr. 3. pl. -siṣanta), to win, be successful RV. x, 142, 2

prasaṃdhā

1. pra-saṃ-√dhā P.Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to fix or fit (an arrow) to (a bow-string) MBh

⋙prasaṃdhāna

1. pra-saṃdhāna n. combination (e.g. of words in the Krama, q.v. APrāt. ib. Sch

⋙prasaṃdhi

1. pra-saṃdhi m. N. of a son of Manu MBh

prasanna

1. pra-sanna &c. See p. 696, col. 3

prasannateyu

1. prasannateyu (?) and prasanneyu (?), m. N. of two sons of Raudrāśva VP

prasabha

1. pra-sabha n. (prob. fr. √sabh = sah) N. of a variety of the Trishṭubh metre Var
2. ibe. (am), ind. forcibly, violently Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. pra-sahya)
3. exceedingly, very much Ṛitus. Śiś
4. importunately Bhag

⋙prasabhadamana

1. ○damana n. forcible taming (of wild animals) Śak

⋙prasabhaharaṇa

1. ○haraṇa n. carrying off by force, violent seizure Yājñ

⋙prasabhoddhṛta

1. prasabhôddhṛta mfn. torn up by force
2. ○târi mfn. one who has forcibly uprooted his enemies Ragh. [Page 697, Column]

prasamīkṣ

1. pra-sam-īkṣ √Ā. -īkṣate, to look at or upon, observe, perceive, see Mn. MBh. &c
2. to wait for BhP
3. to reflect upon, consider, deliberate ib.,
4. to acknowledge, regard as (acc.) MBh

⋙prasamīkṣaṇa

1. pra-samīkṣaṇa n. considering, deliberating, discussing W

⋙prasamīkṣā

1. pra-samīkṣā f. deliberation, judgment ib

⋙prasamīkṣita

1. pra-samīkṣita mfn. looked at or upon, observed, considered MBh. Suśr
2. regarded, declared MBh. 1

⋙prasmīkṣya

1. pra-smīkṣya mfn. to be considered or weighed or discussed W. 2

⋙prasamīkṣya

1. pra-samīkṣya ind. having looked at or considered ŚvetUp
2. -parī7kṣaka mfn. one who investigates or examines deliberately Car

prasamīḍ

1. pra-sam-īḍ √(only inf. īḍitum), to praise, celebrate BhP

prasayana

1. pra-sayana See pra- √1, si

prasara

1. pra-sara pra-saraṇa, See pra- √sṛ

prasarga

1. pra-sarga pra-sarjana, See pra- √sṛj

prasarpa

1. pra-sarpa &c. See pra- √sṛp

prasala

1. prasala m. the cold season, winter L. (vḷ. praśala)

prasalavi

1. pra-salaví ind. towards the right side ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (opp. to apa-salavi
2. wṛ. prasavi ŚāṅkhBr.)

prasava

1. pra-sava. 2. 3 See pra- √3. su and pra- √1. 2. su

prasavya

1. pra-savya See vāja-pr○

prasavya

1. pra-savya mfn. turned towards the left, to the left side (am, ind
2. opp. to pradakṣiṇa, q.v.) GṛŚrS. R
3. contrary, reverse L
4. favourable L

prasah

1. pra-√sah Ā. -sahate (rarely P. ○ti: ind. p. -sahya See below), to conquer, be victorious RV. AV
2. to bear up against, be a match for or able to withstand, sustain, endure (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to check, restrain R
4. to be able to (inf.) MBh

⋙prasakṣin

1. pra-sakṣín mfn. overpowering, victorious RV

⋙prasah

1. pra-sáh (○sā́h), mfn. id. RV

⋙prasaha

1. pra-saha mfn. (ifc.) enduring withstanding Kām
2. m. endurance, resistance ( See duṣ-pr○)
3. a beast or bird of prey Car. Suśr
4. (ā), f. Solanum Indicum L

⋙prasahana

1. pra-sahana m. a beast of prey L
2. n. resisting, overcoming Pāṇ. 1-3, 33 (○ne√kṛ g. sâkṣād-ādi, where Kāś. pra-hasane)
3. embracing Kāvyâd. Sch

⋙prasahiṣṇu

1. pra-sahiṣṇu See a-pras○. 1

⋙prasahya

1. pra-sahya mfn. to be conquered or resisted &c
2. capable of being conquered or resisted (inf. with pass. sense) MBh. 2

⋙prasahya

1. pra-sahya ind. having conquered or won Mālav. i, 2
2. using force, forcibly, violently Mn. Gaut. &c
3. exceedingly, very much MBh. R. Mṛicch
4. at once, without more ado Kathās
5. necessarily, absolutely, by all means (with na, 'by no means') Mn
6. Var BhP. Kathās
7. -kārin mfn. acting with violence MārkP
8. -caura m. 'violent thief', a robber, plunderer L
9. -haraṇa n. forcible abduction, robbing, plundering MBh
10. ○hyâḍhā f. married by force ib

⋙prasahvan

1. pra-sahvan mfn. overpowering, defeating Br. ŚrS

⋙prasāha

1. pra-sāha m. overpowering, defeating, force, violence ( See a- and duṣ-pr○)
2. controlling one's self MW

prasātikā

1. prasātikā f. pl. a kind of rice wsth small grains MārkP. (praśāt○ Car
2. ef. prasādhikā)

prasāda

1. pra-sāda &c. See pra- √sad

prasādh

1. pra-sādh √Caus. -sādhayati, to reduce to obedience or subjection, subdue TS. Mn. &c
2. to reduce to order, arrange, settle AV. Kām. Ragh. Suśr
3. to adorn, decorate Kāv. Kathās
4. to manage, perform, execute, accomplish RV. &c. &c
5. to gain, acquire Vcar. Pañcat
6. to find out by calculation Gaṇit
7. to prove, demonstrate Nīlak

⋙prasādhska

1. pra-sādhska mf(ikā)n. (ifc.) adorning, beautifying, Vāsav. MārkP
2. accomplishing, perfecting W
3. cleansing, purifying ib
4. m. an attendant who dresses his master, valet de chambre Kām. Ragh
5. (ikā), f. a lady's maid Ragh
6. wild rice Bhpr. (cf. pracātikā)

⋙prasādhana

1. pra-sā́dhana mf(ī)n. accomplishing, effecting RV
2. m. a comb L
3. (ī), f. id. (keśa-pr○), Sśr
4. a partic. drug (= siddhi) L
5. n. (ifc. f. ā) bringing about, perfecting Nir
6. arranging, preparing. Suśr
7. embellishment, decoration, toilet and its requisites Mn. MBh. &c
8. wṛ. for ○sādana
9. -vidhi m. mode of decoration or embellishment Kathās
10. -viśeṣa m. the highest decoration, most excellent ornament Kālid. [Page 697, Column]

⋙prasādhita

1. pra-sādhita mfn. accomplished, arranged, prepared (a-pras○, su-pr○) Kathās. Suśr
2. proved MW
3. ornamented, decorated W
4. ○dhitâṅga mf(ī)n. having the limbs ornamented or decorated MW

⋙prasādhya

1. pra-sādhya mfn. to be mastered or conquered R
2. accomplishable, practicable W
3. to be destroyed or defeated ib

prasāmi

1. pra-sāmí ind. incompletely, partially, half ŚBr

prasāra

1. pra-sāra &c. See pra- √sṛ

prasāha

1. pra-sāha See pra- √sah

prasi

1. pra-si √1. (only Ā. pf. siṣye, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless Rājat

⋙prasayana

1. pra-sayana n. used to explain pra-siti Nir. vi, 12. 1

⋙prasita

1. pra-sita mfn. (for 2. See below) bound, fastened W
2. diligent, attentive, attached or devoted to, engrossed by, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or instr
3. Pāṇ. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh
4. lasting, continuous SaddhP. 1

⋙prasiti

1. pra-siti (prá-), f. (for 2. See below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1 &c. (Nir. Sāy.)
2. a ligament, binding, fetter L

prasic

1. pra-sic √P. -siñcati, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,
2. to sprinkle, water MBh. Hariv
3. to fill (a vessel) KaushUp.: Pass. -sicyate, to be poured out or flow forth MBh. Suśr
4. to be watered i.e. refreshed MBh.: Caus. -secayati, to pour into (loc.) Yājñ

⋙prasikta

1. pra-sikta mfn. poured out Uttarar. Suśr
2. (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh

⋙praseka

1. pra-seka m. flowing forth, dropping, oozing, effusion MBh. Kāv. Suśr
2. emission, discharge Ṛitus
3. sprinkling, wetting L
4. exudation, resin R
5. running or watering of the mouth or nose, vomiting, nausea Suśr
6. (-tā f. id. ŚārṅgS.)
7. the bowl of a spoon or ladle KātyŚr

⋙prasekin

1. pra-sekin mfn. discharging a fluid Suśr
2. suffering from morbid flow of saliva ib

⋙secana

1. secana n. (ifc. f. ā) the bowl of a spoon or ladle ĀpŚr. Sch
2. -vat mfn. having a bowl or spout (for pouring out fluids) ĀpŚr

prasita

1. prá-sita mfn. (√2. si
2. cf. pra-si above) darting along RV
3. n. pus, matter L. 2

⋙prasiti

1. prá-siti (prá-), f. (for 1. See above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault RV
2. a throw, cast, shot, missile VS. TBr
3. stretch, reach, extension, sphere RV
4. succession, duration VS
5. dominion, power, authority, influence RV

prasidh

1. pra-sidh √2. P. Ā. -sedhati, ○te, to drive on RV. TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

prasidh

1. pra-sidh √3. P. -sidhyati, (rarely Ā. te), to be accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh. &c
2. to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97
3. to be explained or made clear Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 122

⋙prasiddha

1. pra-siddha (prá-), mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (a-pras○)
2. arranged, adomed (as hair) ib
3. well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c
4. (ā), f. (in music) a partic. measure Saṃgīt
5. -kṣatriya-prâya mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW
6. -tā f. (Nīlak.), -tva n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety

⋙prasiddhaka

1. pra-siddhaka m. N. of a prince descended from Janaka (son of Maru and father of Kṛitti-ratha) R

⋙prasiddhi

1. pra-siddhi f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yājñ. Kām. BhP
2. proof, argument Kathās
3. general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour Var. Kāv. Kathās
4. -mat mfn. universally known, famous Kathās
5. viruddha-tā f. the state of being opposed to general opinion, sāh. (= khyāti-v○)
6. -hata mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr

prasiv

1. pra-√siv P. -sīvyati, to sew up ŚBr

prasīdikā

1. prasīdikā f. a small garden L. (vḷ. prasedikā)

prasu

1. pra-su √3. Caus. -sāvayati, to cause continuous pressing (of Soma) Nidānas

≫prasava

1. pra-savá m. (for 2.and 3. See p. 698, col. 1) the pressing out (Soma juice) RV. ŚrS

⋙prasavitra

1. pra-savitra n. (prob.) a Soma press Pāṇ. 6-2, 144 Sch

⋙prasut

1. pra-sút mfn. streaming forth (as Soma from the press) SV
2. f. (continued) pressing (of Soma) TāṇḍBr

⋙prasuta

1. pra-suta (prá-), mfn. pressed or pressing continuously TS. ŚBr. ŚrS
2. m. the Soma so pressed
3. n. continued pressing of Soma ChUp
4. m. or n. a partic. high number ( See mahā-pr○)

⋙prasuti

1. pra-suti f. a Soma sacrifice Hcat

⋙prasuva

1. pra-suva m. = ○sava above ŚāṅkhBr. [Page 698, Column]

prasup

1. pra-sup pra-supta &c. See under pra-√svap

prasuśruta

1. pra-suśruta m. N. of a prince (son of Maru) Pur. (cf. pra-śuśruka)

prasuhma

1. pra-suhma m. pl. N. of a people MBh

prasū

1. pra-sū √1. P. -suvati, -sauti, (Impv. -suhi with vḷ. -sūhi KātyŚr.), to set in motion, rouse to activity, urge, incite, impel, bid, command RV. AV. Br
2. to allow, give up to, deliver AV. Br. ŚrS
3. to hurl, throw, Bhsṭṭ. Sch

≫prasava

1. prá-sava m. (for 1. pra- √3. su) setting or being set in motion, impulse, course, rush, flight RV. AitBr
2. stimulation, furtherance, aid RV. AV. Br. &c
3. pursuit, acquisition VS
4. = next TBr. 1

⋙savitṛ

1. savitṛ m. (for 2. See below) an impeller, exciter, vivifier VS. Br. 2

⋙savin

1. ḍsavin mfn. (for 2. See below) impelling, exciting Pāṇ. 3-2, 157

⋙savīṛ

1. ḍsavīṛ́ m. -"ṣsavitṛ RV. 1

⋙sūti

1. sūti (prá-), f. (for 2. See below) instigation, order, permission TS. TBr. Kāṭh

prasū

1. pra-sū √2. Ā. -sūte, -sūyate, (rarely P. -savati, -sauti
2. once Pot. -sunuyāt Vajracch.), to procreate, beget, bring forth, obtain offspring or bear fruit, produce Br. Mn. MBh. &c
3. (mostly Ā. -sūyate, rarely ○ti) to be born or produced, originate, arise Mn. MBh. &c

≫prasava

1. pra-savá m. (ifc. f. ā
2. for 1. 2. See above) begetting, procreation, generation, conception, parturition, delivery, birth, origin VS. &c. &c
3. augmentation, increase MBh
4. birthplace ib. Śaṃk
5. offspring, posterity Mn. MBh. &c. (kisalaya-pr○, 'a young shoot' Ragh.)
6. a flower MBh. Kāv. Suśr. (also n. R.)
7. fruit L
8. -karmakṛt m. one who performs the act of begetting, begetter MBh
9. -kāla m. the time of delivery or bringing forth Var
10. -gṛha n. a lying-in chamber MW
11. -dharmin mfn. characterized by production, productive, prolific ib
12. -bandhana n. the footstalk of a leaf or flower L
13. -māsa m. the last month of pregnancy MW
14. -vikāra m. a prodigy happening at the birth of a child Var
15. -vedanā f. the pangs of childbirth, throes of labour Pañcat
16. -samaya m. = -kāla Var
17. -sthali f. 'birthplace', a mother Mahān
18. -sthāna n. a receptacle for young. a nest MW
19. ○vôtthāna n. N. of the 17th Pariś. of the Yajur-veda
20. ○vônmukha mf(ī)n. expecting child. birth, about to be delivered Ragh

⋙prasavaka

1. pra-savaka m. Buchanania Latifolia L

⋙prasavat

1. pra-savat mf(antī)n. bringing forth, bearing
2. (antī), f. a woman in labour Mn. iv, 44

⋙prasavana

1. pra-savana n. bringing forth, bearing children, fecundity Hit. (v. l.)

⋙prasavāpitā

1. pra-savāpitā f. delivered Divyâv. 2

⋙prasavitṛ

1. pra-savitṛ m. (for 1. See pra √1. sū) a begetter, father Bālar. Prasannar
2. (trī), f. a mother L
3. bestowing progeny MBh. 2

⋙prasavin

1. pra-savin mfn. (for 1. See pra- √1. sū) bringing forth, bearing children Megh. MārkP. Car

≫prasū

1. pra-sū́ mfn. bringing forth, bearing, fruitful, productive RV. &c. &c
2. (ifc.) giving birth to (cf. pitṛ-pr○, putrikā-pr○, strī-pr○)
3. f. a mother Inscr. L
4. a mare L
5. a young shoot, tender grass or herbs, sacrificial grass RV. Br. KātySr
6. a spreading creeper, the plantain L
7. -sū́-mat (AV.), -sū-maya (ĀpŚr.), -sū́-vara (f. varī RV.), mfn. furnished with flowers

⋙prasūkā

1. pra-sūkā f. a mare L

⋙prasūta

1. pra-sūta (prá-), mf(ā)n. procreated, begotten, born, produced, sprung ('by' or 'from', abl. or gen
2. 'in', loc. or comp
3. Pāṇ. 2-3, 39) Up. Mn. MBh. &c
4. m. pl. (or sg. with gaṇa) N. of a class of gods under Manu Cākskusha Hariv. MārkP
5. n. a flower L
6. any productive source MW
7. (in Sāṃkhya) the primordial essence or matter Tattvas
8. (ā), f. a woman who has brought forth a child, recently delivered (also= finite verb) AV. &c. &c. 2

⋙prasūti

1. pra-sūti f. (for 1. See pra- √1. su) procreation, generation, bringing forth (children or young), laying (eggs), parturition, birth Mn. iv, 84 (-tas) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. coming forth, appearance, growth (of fruit, flowers &c.) Kālid. Prab
3. a production, product (of plants or animals) MBh
4. a procreator, father or mother Hariv. Var. Ragh
5. a child, offspring, progeny Mn. MBh. and e
6. N. of a daughter of Manu and wife of Daksha Pur
7. -ja n. 'birthproduced', pain (resulting as a necessary consequence of birth) L
8. -vāyu. m. air generated in the womb during the pangs of childbirth MW

⋙prasūtikā

1. pra-sūtikā f. recently delivered Yājñ. Sch
2. (ifc.) giving birth to (cf. naśyat-pr○)
3. (a cow) that has calved Cāṇ. (cf. sakṛt-pr○)

⋙praslina

1. pra-slina mfn. born, produced (= -sūta or jāta) L. [Page 698, Column]
2. n. (ifc. ā) a flower, blossom MBh. Kāv. &c
3. fruit L
4. -bāṇa m. 'having fruit for arrows', the god of love Kām
5. -mālā f. a garland of fruit Mālatīm
6. -varṣa m. a shower of fruit (rained from heaven) BhP
7. -stabaka m. a bunch of blossoms or fruit BhP
8. ○nâñjali mfn. presenting a nosegay held in both hands opened and hollowed (= puṣpâñjali) Cat
9. ○nâśuga (Naish.), ○nêehu (L.), m. = ○na-bāṇa

⋙prasūnaka

1. pra-sūnaka m. a kind of Kadamba L
2. n. a flower L

⋙prasūrat

1. pra-sūrat mf(antī)n. being born MBh. xiii, 5687

prasūkā

1. pra-sūkā See col. 1

prasūc

1. pra-sūc √P. -sūcayati, to indicate, manifest MBh

prasṛ

1. pra-sṛ √P. -sisarti, (only Ved.) and sarati (sometimes also Ā. ○te), to move forwards, advance ('for' or 'against', acc.), proceed (lit. and fig.), spring up, come forth, issue from (abl.), appear, rise, spread, extend RV. &c. &c
2. to break out (as fire, a disease &c.) MBh. Pañcat. (vḷ.)
3. to be displaced (as the humours of the boy) Suśr
4. to be diffused (as odour) Kathās
5. to pass. elapse (as night) Vikr
6. to commence, begin Bhartṛ. Kathās. (also Pass., e.g. prâsāri yājñah, 'the sacrifice began' ŚBr.)
7. to prevail, hold good, take place Sarvad
8. to stretch out (hands) RV
9. to agree, promise Inscr.: Caus. -sārayati, to stretch out, extend VS. &c. &c
10. to spread out, expose (wares &c. for sale) Mn. R. &c
11. to open wide (eyes, mouth, &c.), Mṛiccli. BhP
12. to diffuse, circulate, exhibit Var. Śaṃk
13. to prosecute, transact Kād
14. (in gram.) to change a semivowel into the corresponding vowel Pat.: Intens. (-sasre, ○rāte, ○rāṇa) to extend, be protracted, last RV

≫prasara

1. pra-sara m. (ifc. f. ā) going forwards, advance, progress, free course, coming forth, rising, appearing, spreading, extension, diffusion Kālid. Kād. Śaṃk. &c
2. range (of the eye) Amar
3. prevalence, influence Śak
4. boldness, courage Mṛicch
5. a stream, torrent, flood Gīt. BhP
6. (in med.) morbid displacement of the humours of the body Suśr
7. multitude, great quantity Śiś
8. a fight, war L
9. an iron arrow L
10. speed L
11. affectionate solicitation L
12. (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L
13. n. (in music) a kind of dance Saṃgīt
14. -yuta mfn. possessing extension, extensive (as a forest) R

⋙prasaraṇa

1. pra-saraṇa n. going forth, running away, escaping Mṛicch
2. (in med.) = ○sara Suśr
3. holding good, prevailing TPrāt. Sch
4. complaisance, amiability BhP
5. spreading over the country to forage L
6. = next L

⋙prasaraṇi

1. pra-saraṇi (or ○ṇī), f. surrounding an enemy L

⋙prasāra

1. pra-sāra m. spreading or stretching out, extension Suśr. Kull
2. a trader's shop Nalac
3. opening (the mouth) Vop
4. raising (dust) Bālar
5. = prec. L

⋙prasāraṇa

1. pra-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) stretching or spreading not, extending, diffusing, displaying, developing Br. Bhāshāp. Suśr
2. augmentation, increase Kām
3. changing a semivowel into a vowel APrāt. Sch. (cf. sam-pras○)
4. = ○saraṇi L
5. spreading over the country for collecting forage L
6. (ī), f. = ○saraṇi L
7. Paederia Foetida L

⋙prasāraṇin

1. pra-sāraṇin mfn. containing a semivowel liable to be changed into a vowel Pāṇ. Vārtt

⋙prasārita

1. pra-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) held forth, stretched out, expanded, spread, diffused Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. laid out, exhibited, exposed (for sale) R
3. published, promulgated Var. Śaṃk
4. -gātra mfn. with outstretched limbs (su-pr○) Sāh
5. -bhoga mfn. (a serpent) with expanded coils Pañcat
6. tâgra mfn. (fingers) with extended tips Cat
7. ○tâṅguli mfn. (a hand) with extended fingers L

⋙prasārin

1. pra-sārin mfn. coming forth, issuing from (comp.) Śak
2. spreading, extending (trans. and intrans
3. esp. stretching one's self out in singing). PārGṛ. (cf. vāk-pras○) Saṃgīt
4. extending over (comp.) Sāh. (○ri-tva n.)
5. going along gently, gliding, flowing, creeping W
6. (iṇī), f. (in music)N. of a Sruti Saṃgīt
7. Paederia Foetida Bhpr
8. Mimosa Pudica L
9. N. of wk. 1

⋙prasārya

1. pra-sārya ind. (fr. Caus.) having stretched out or put forth &c. MBh. 2

⋙prasārya

1. pra-sārya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be changed into a vowel Pat

≫prasṛta

1. prá-sṛta mfn. come forth, issued from (abl. or comp.) ŚvetUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. displaced (as the humours of the body) Suśr
3. resounding (as tones) Kathās. (n. impers. with instr. 'a sound rose from' ib.)
4. held or stretched out TBr. Bhartṛ. Kathās
5. wide-spreading MuṇḍUp. Bhag
6. extending over or to (loc.) Kathās
7. intent upon, devoted to (comp.) R. Vajracch. [Page 698, Column]
8. prevailing, ordinary ŚBr. Kāṭh
9. intense, mighty, strong Uttarar. Daś. Kathās
10. set out, departed, fled Daś. Kathās
11. wṛ. for pra-śrita, humble, modest, quiet MBh. R. &c
12. m. the palm of the hand stretched out and hollowed as if to hold liquids GṛŚrS
13. (also n. L.) a handful (as a measure = 2 Palas) ŚBr. (also -mātra n.) ŚrS. Suśr
14. pl. N. of a class of deities under the 6th Manu VP
15. (ā), f. the leg L
16. n. what has sprung up or sprouted, grass, plants, vegetables MBh. Pañcar
17. agriculture (prob. wṛ. for pra-mṛta) L
18. -ja m. N. of a partic. class of sons MBh
19. -mātra n. See above
20. ○tâgra-pradāyin mfn. offering the best of all that has grown MBh
21. ○tâgra-bhuj mfn. eating the best &c. ib

⋙prasṛti

1. prá-sṛti (prá-). f. streaming, flowing Śak
2. (successful) progress TĀr
3. extension, diffusion MBh
4. swiftness, haste Nīlak
5. the palm of the hollowed hand Kauś
6. a handful as measure (= 2 Palas) Yājñ. BhP
7. -m-paca, See nīvāra-pr○
8. -yāvaka m. eating groats made of not more than a handful of barley. Gaut

⋙prasṛtvara

1. prá-sṛtvara mfn. breaking forth Bhām

⋙prasṛmara

1. prá-sṛmara mfn. streaming forth Bhartṛ
2. being at the head of (gen.). Hcar

prasṛj

1. pra-sṛj √P. -sṛjati, (aor. P. -asrāk Ā. -asṛkṣata), to let loose, dismiss, send off to (acc.) RV. &c. &c
2. to give free course to (anger &c., with acc.) MBh
3. to stretch out (the arms) RV
4. to scatter, sow MārkP
5. to engage in a quarrel with (loc.) MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pra-sajati): Pass. -sṛjyate, to go forth or out, leave home Gobh. Lāṭy.: Desid. -sisrikṣati, to wish to dismiss or send off ŚāṅkhBr

≫prasarga

1. pra-sargá (or ○sárga), m. pouring or flowing forth RV
2. dismissal ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙prasarjana

1. pra-sarjana mf(ī)n. darting forth Kauś

≫prasṛṣṭa

1. pra-sṛṣṭa mfn. let loose, dismissed, set free MBh
2. having free course, uncontrolled ib. Car
3. given up, renounced Hariv. (-vaira mfn. 'one who has given up enmity' ib.)
4. hurt, injured MW
5. wṛ. for pra-mṛṣṭa R
6. (ā), f. pl. (prob.) a partic. movement in fighting MBh. (= sarvâṅgasáṃśleṣaṇa VP. Sch.)

prasṛp

1. pra-sṛp √P. -sarpati, to creep up to, glide into (acc.) RV. VS. Br. ŚrS
2. to advance, proceed, move towards (acc.) Vait. MBh. &c
3. to stream or break forth MBh. Śiś.: to set in (as darkness) Kathās
4. to spread, extend, be diffused Śatr. Uttarar
5. to set to work, act, proceed in a certain way Kām. Kathās
6. to advance, progress Bhaṭṭ

≫prasarpa

1. pra-sarpa m. going to the part of the sacrificial enclosure called the Sadas MBh. (= agni-visarjana Nīlak.)
2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙prasarpaka

1. pra-sarpaka m. an assistant who is under the superintendence of the Ṛitvij or a mere spectator at a sacrifice (so designated from entering the Sadas
2. prec.) ŚrS

⋙prasarpaṇa

1. pra-sárpaṇa n. going forwards, entering (loc.) MBh
2. = ○sarpa ĀśvŚr
3. a place of refuge, shelter RV

⋙prasarpita

1. pra-sarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crawling along Ṛitus

⋙prasarpin

1. pra-sarpin mfn. coming forth, issuing from (comp.) Śak. (vḷ.)
2. creeping along, crawling away Var
3. going to the Sadas (cf. ○sarpaka) ĀśvŚr

⋙prasripta

1. pra-sripta mfn. spread, diffused Uttarar
2. = ○sarpaka KātyŚr

prasṛmara

1. pra-sṛmara See pra- √sṛ

prasṛṣṭa

1. pra-sṛṣṭa See pra- √srṛj

praseka

1. pra-seka pra-secana &c. See under pra-.√sic, p. 697

prasedikā

1. prasedikā vḷ. for prasīdikā, q.v

prasedivas

1. pra-sedivas See pra- √sad, p. 696

prasena

1. pra-sena m.or n. (?), ○nā f. a kind of jugglery VarBṛS. Sch

prasena

1. pra-sena m. N. of a prince (son of Nighna or Nimna) Hariv. Pur
2. of a king of Ujjayini (succeeded by Vikramârka or Vikramâditya). Inscr

≫prasenajit

1. prasena-jit m. N. of sev. princes (esp. of a sovereign of Śrāvastī contemporary with Gautama Buddha MWB. 407) MBh. R. Hariv. Pur. &c

praseva

1. pra-seva m. (√siv) a sack or a leather bottle L
2. the damper on the neck of a lute L

≫prasevaka

1. pra-sevaka m. a sack, bag Suśr. Nalac
2. a damper (= prec.) L
3. (ikā), f. See carma-prasevikā. [Page 699, Column]

praskaṇva

1. prá-s-kaṇva m. N. of a Vedic Ṛishi with the patr. Kāṇva (author of RV. i, 44-50 ; viii, 49 ; ix, 95 ; according to BhP. grandson of Kaṇva) RV. Pāṇ. Nir. &c
2. pl. the descendants of Praskaṇva BrahmaP

praskand

1. pra-√skand P. -skandati (ind. p. -skandya, or -skadya), to leap forth or out or up or down TS. Br. MBh. &c
2. to gush forth (as tears) Gaut
3. to fall into (acc.) R
4. to fall upon, attack MBh
5. to shed, spill Br. Up.: Caus. -skandayati. to cause to flow (a river
6. others 'to cross') MBh. Hariv
7. to pour out (as an oblation) MBh

⋙praskanda

1. pra-skanda m. a kind of √MBh. (vḷ.)

⋙praskandana

1. pra-skandana mfn. leaping forward, attacking (said of Siva) MBh
2. one who has diarrhoea Car
3. n. leaping over or across (comp.) ĀpŚr. Sch
4. voiding excrement L
5. a purgative Car

⋙praskandikā

1. pra-skandikā f. diarrhoea Car

⋙praskandin

1. pra-skandin mfn. leaping into (comp.). GopBr
2. attacking, daring, bold Jātakam
3. m. N. of a man L

⋙praskanna

1. pra-skanna mfn. shed, spilt MBh. R
2. lost, gone BhP
3. having attacked or assailed MBh
4. m. a transgressor, sinner, one who has violated the rules of his caste or order W

praskunda

1. pra-skunda m. a support MBh. v, 2700 ('an altar or elevated floor of a circular shape' Nīlak.)

praskhal

1. pra-√skhal P. -skhalati, to stagger forwards, reel, totter, stumble, tumble MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙praskhalat

1. pra-skhalat mfn. reeling, tottering Kathās
2. ○lad-gati mfn. with a tottering step ib

⋙praskhalana

1. pra-skhalana n. the act of stumbling, reeling. falling BhP. Suśr

⋙praskhalita

1. pra-skhalita mfn. staggering, stumbling MBh
2. one who has failed Kām

prastan

1. pra-√stan only Caus. -stanayati, to thunder forth RV

prastabdha

1. prá-stabdha mfn. (√stambh) stiff, rigid ŚBr. Suśr
2. -gātra mfn. having stiff or rigid limbs Suśr

⋙prastambha

1. prá-stambha m. becoming stiff or rigid ib

prastara

1. pra-stara &c. See pra- √stṛ

prastava

1. pra-stava &c. See pra-√stu

prastīta

1. pra-stīta or pra-stīma mfn. (√styai
2. See Pāṇ. 8-2, 54) crowded together, swarming, clustering W
3. sounded, making a noise ib

prastu

1. pra-√stu P. -stauti (in RV. also Ā. -stavate, with act. and pass. sense, and 1. sg. -stuṣe), to praise before (anything else) or aloud RV. &c. &c
2. to sing, chant (in general, esp. said of the Prastotṛi) Br. Lāṭy. ChUp
3. to come to speak of introduce as a topic Prab. Hit. BhP
4. to undertake, commence, begin Mālav. Dhūrtas. Bhaṭṭ
5. to place at the head or at the beginning Sarvad.: Caus. -stāvayati, to introduce as a topic, suggest MBh. Malatīm

≫pratuṣṭuṣu

1. pra-tuṣṭuṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to praise W
2. wishing to begin MW

≫prastava

1. pra-stava m. a hymn of praise, chant, song MārkP
2. a favourable moment (cf. a-pr○) R

≫prastāva

1. pra-stāva m. introductory eulogy, the introduction or prelude of a Sāman (sung by the Pra-stotṛi) Br. Lāṭy. ChUp
2. the prologue of a drama (= prasstāvanā) Hariv
3. introducing a topic, preliminary mention, allusion, reference Kāv. Pañcat
4. the occasion or subject of a conversation, topic ib
5. occasion, opportunity, time, season, turn, convenience ib. Kathās. Hit. (e or eṣu, on a suitable occasion, opportunity
6. ena, incidentally, occasionally, suitably
7. with tava, at your convenience)
8. beginning, commencement Pañcat. Hit
9. spoit, ease (= helā) L
10. N. of a prince (son of Udgītha). BhP
11. -krameṇa ind. by way of introduction Hit
12. -cintamaṇi m. -taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wks
13. -tas ind. on the occasion of (kathā-pr○, in course of conversation) Kathās
14. -pāṭhaka m. = vaitālika, the herald or bard of a king Nalac
15. -muktâvatī f. N. of wk
16. -yajña m. a topic of conversation to which each person present offers a contribution (as at a sacrifice) MW
17. -ratnâkara m. -śloka m. pl N. of wks
18. -sadṛśa mf(ī)n. suited to the occasion, appropriate, seasonable Hit
19. -sūtra n. N. of wk
20. ○vânugatarn ind. on a suitable occasion Pañcat
21. ○vântara-gata mfn. occupied with something else, jātakam

⋙prastāvanā

1. pra-stāvanā f. sounding forth, blazing abroad Daś
2. introduction, commencement, beginning, preface, exordium MBh. Mālav. Mcar
3. a dramatic prologue, an introductory dialogue spoken by the manager and one of the actors (of which several varieties are enumerated, viz. the Udghāṭyaka, Kaṭhôdghāṭa, Prayogâtiśaya, Pravartaka, and Avalagita) Kālid. [Page 699, Column] Ratnâv. Sāh. Pratāp. &c

⋙prastāvita

1. pra-stāvita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to be told or related, mentioned Mālatīm

⋙prastāvya

1. pra-stāvya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be preluded or introduced with a Prastāva (as a Sāman) Lāṭy

≫prastuta

1. prá-stuta mfn. praised TS. Br
2. proposed, propounded, mentioned, introduced as a topic or subject under discussion, in question MBh. Kāv. &c
3. commenced, begun R. Mālav. Hit
4. (with inf., one who has commenced or begun Kathās.) Rājat
5. ready, prepared W
6. happened ib
7. made or consisting of ib
8. approached, proximate ib
9. done with effort or energy ib
10. n. beginning, undertaking Mālatīm
11. (in rhet.) the chief subject-matter, that which is the subject of any statement or comparison ( = upameya
12. IW. 109, 457, and ○tâṅkura)
13. -tva n. the being a topic under discussion Kull
14. -yajña mfn. prepared for a sacrifice MW
15. ○tâṅkura m. a figure of, speech, allusion by the mention of any passing circumstance to something latent in the hearer's mind Kuval

⋙prastuti

1. prá-stuti (prá-), f. praise, eulogium RV. ChUp

≫prastotṛ

1. pra-stotṛ́ m. N. of the assistant of the Udgātṛi (who chants the Prastāva) Br. ŚrS. MBh. &c
2. -prayoga m. -sāman n. N. of wks

⋙prastotrīya

1. pra-stotrīya mfn. relating to the Prastotṛi Lāṭy. Sch

prastubh

1. pra-√stubh (only pr. p. Ā. -stubhāná, with pass. sense), to urge on with shouts RV.: Caus. -stobhayati, to greet with shouts BhP
2. to scoff, deride, insult ib

⋙prastobha

1. pra-stobha m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP
2. du. (with rajer aṅgirasasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

prastump

1. pra-s-√tump P. -tumpati g. pāraskarâdi

prastṛ

1. pra-stṛ √P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, -stṛṇute, or -stṛṇāti, -stṛṇīte, to spread, extend (trans. and intrans.) AV. ŚBr. Kauś
2. (with giraḥ) to pour out i.e. utter words, speak Naish

≫prastara

1. pra-stará m. (ifc. f. ā) anything strewed forth or about, a couch of leaves and flowers, (esp.) a sacrificial seat RV. &c. &c
2. (ifc.) a couch of any material MBh
3. a flat surface, flat top, level, a plain Mn. MBh. R
4. a rock, stone Kāv. Hit
5. a gem, jewel L
6. a leather bag Mṛicch. Sch
7. a paragraph, section Cat
8. a tabular representation of the long and short vowels of a metre W
9. musical notation ib
10. pl. N. of a people R. (v. l. for pra-cara)
11. -ghatanâpakaraṇa n. an instrument for breaking or splitting stones Hit
12. -bhājaná n. a substitute for sacrificial grass. ŚBr
13. -sveda m. and -svedana n. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed Car
14. ○re-ṣṭhá (or -ṣṭhā́,), mfn. being on a couch or bed VS

⋙prastaraṇa

1. pra-staraṇa m. (or ā f.) a couch, seat Hariv. (cf. rukma-pr○)

⋙prastariṇī

1. pra-stariṇī f. Elephantopus Scaber L

≫prastāra

1. pra-stāra m. (ifc. f. ā) strewing, spreading out, extension (also fig. = abundance, high degree) MBh. Kāv
2. a litter, bed of straw Hariv
3. a layer Sulbas
4. a flight of steps (leading down to water) MBh
5. a flat surface, plain Hariv. (v. l. ○stara)
6. a jungle or wood overgrown with grass L
7. a process in preparing minerals Cat
8. a representation or enumeration of all the possible combinations of certain given numbers or of short and long syllables in a metre Col
9. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt
10. N. of a prince (son of Udgītha) VP. (prob. wṛ. for prastāva)
11. cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk
12. -paṅkti f. a kind of metre RPrāt
13. -pattana n. N. of wk

⋙prastārin

1. pra-stārin mfn. spreading out, extending to (comp.)
2. n. a partic. disease of the white of the eye Suśr

≫prastira

1. pra-stira m. a bed or couch made of flowers and leaves L

⋙prastīrṇa

1. pra-stīrṇa (prá-.), mfn. spread out, extended ŚBr
2. flat (as the tip of the tongue) AV

⋙prastṛta

1. pra-stṛta wṛ. for ○mṛta L

prasthā

1. pra-sthā √P. -tiṣṭhati, (rarely Ā. te). to stand or rise up (esp. before the gods. an altar &c.) RV. TS. VS
2. to advance towards (acc.) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhSr
3. (Ā
4. P1ṇ. i, 3, 22) to be awake MBh
5. (Ā., m. c. also P.) to set out, depart from (abl.), proceed or march to (acc. with or without prati) or with a view to or in order to (dat. or inf) ĀśvGṛ. MBh. Kāv. &c
6. (with ākāśe) to move or abide in the open air R.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to put aside AV. [Page 699, Column]
7. to send out, send to (acc. with or without prati) or for the purpose of (dat. or loc.), send away or home, dispatch messengers &c., dismiss, banish MBh. Kāv. &c
8. drive, urge on (horses), Kum Desid. Ā. -tiṣṭhāsate, to wish to set out Śaṃk. Bhaṭṭ

≫prastha

1. pra-stha mfn. going on a march or journey, going to or abiding in (cf. vana-pr○)
2. stable, firm, solid W
3. expanding, spread ib
4. m. n. table-land on the top of a mountain MBh. Kāv. &c
5. a level expanse, plain (esp. at the end of names of towns and villages
6. cf. indra-, oṣadhi-, karīra-pr○ and See Pāṇ. 4-2, 110)
7. a partic. weight and measure of capacity (= 32 Palas or = 1/4 of an Āḍhaka
8. or = 16 Palas= 4 Kuḍavas= 1/4 of an Aḍhaka
9. or = 2 Śarāvas
10. or = 6 Palas
11. or = 1/16 of a Droṇa) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
12. m. N. of a monkey R
13. -kusuma or -puṣpa m. 'flowering on mountain-tops', a species of plant, a variety of Tulasi or basil L
14. -m-paca mf(ā)n. cooking the amount of a Prastha (said of a cooking utensil capable of containing one Prastha) Pāṇ. 3-2, 33 Sch
15. -vat m. a mountain L

⋙prasthā

1. pra-sthā́ = ○stha in -vat mfn. having a platform AV
2. (-vatī), t N. of a river Hariv

≫prasthāna

1. pra-sthāna n. setting out, departure, procession, march (esp. of an army or assailant) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. walking, moving, journey, advent ib
3. sending away, dispatching Yājñ
4. departing this life, dying (cf. mahā-pr○)
5. religious mendicancy MBh
6. a way to attain (any object), course, method, system Madhus. KātyŚr. Sch
7. a sect Sarvad
8. an inferior kind of drama (the character of which are slaves and outcasts) Sāh
9. starting-point, place of origin, source, cause (in jñāna-pr○, N. of wk.)
10. -trayabhāṣya n. N. of wk
11. -dundubhi m. a drum giving the signal for marching Kād
12. -bheda m. ratnâkara m. N. of wks
13. -vat ind. as in setting forth, as on a departure Var
14. -viklava-gati mfn. one whose step falters in walking Śak
15. -vighna m. an obstacle to proceeding or to sending anything (-kṛt mfn. causing an obstṭobstacle &c.) Yājñ
16. non-attendance at a festival, impeding its taking place W
17. ○naka n. setting out, departure Nalac
18. ○nâvalī f. N. of wk
19. ○nika mfn. See cátuṣ-pr○
20. also wṛ. for prāsthānika
21. ○nīya mfn. belonging or relating to a departure Lāṭy

⋙prasthāpana

1. pra-sthāpana n. (fr. Caus.) causing to depart, sending away, dismissing, dispatching MBh. (also ā f.) Kāv. &c. (with diśaḥ, 'sending into all quarters of the world' R.)
2. dhvanipr○', giving currency to an expression' Sāh

⋙prasthāpanīya

1. pra-sthāpanīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent or dispatched W
2. to be carried or driven off ib

⋙prasthāpita

1. pra-sthāpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) sent away, dismissed, dispatched Kum
2. held, celebrated (as a feast) Divyâv

⋙prasthāpya

1. pra-sthāpya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent away or dispatched MBh

⋙prasthāyin

1. pra-sthāyin mfn. setting forth, departing, marching, going Kathās. (cf. g. gaimy-ādi)

⋙prasthāyīya

1. pra-sthāyīya and in sākaṃ-sth○, q.v

⋙prasthānasthāyya

1. ○sthāyya in sākaṃ-sth○, q.v

⋙prasthānasthāvat

1. ○sthā́vat See above under pra-stha

⋙prasthānasthāvan

1. ○sthāvan mfn. swift, rapid RV

≫prasthika

1. prasthika mfn. (fr. pra-stha), See ardha-pr○
2. (ā), f. the sounding-board of a lute Harav. Sch
3. (prob.) Hibiscus Cannabhinus Bhpr

≫prasthita

1. prá-sthita mfn. set forth, prepared, ready (as sacrifice) RV. Br. ŚrS
2. rising, upright RV
3. standing forth, prominent AV
4. appointed, installed R
5. set out, departed, gone to (acc. with or without prati dat. or loc.) or for the purpose of (dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
6. (-vat mfn. = pra-tasthe, 'he has set out' Kathās.)
7. (ifc.) reaching to, Sak. vii, 4/3 (v. l. prati-ṣṭhita)
8. (am), impers. a person (instr.) has set out BhP
9. n. setting out, going away, departure Bhartṛ
10. N. of partic. Soma vessels ( See next)
11. -yājyā f. a verse pronounced on offering the Prasthita vessels, ŚrS. (-homa m. the oblation connected with it Vait.)

⋙prasthiti

1. prá-sthiti f. setting out, departure, march, journey Kād

⋙prastheya

1. prá-stheya n. (impers.) it ought to be set out MBh

prasnava

1. pra-snava pra-sna0vin, See tinder pra-√snu

prasnā

1. pra-√snā P. -snāti, to enter the water (with or without an acc.) RV. MaitrS. Br.: Caus. -snapayati, to bathe (intrans.) in (acc.) RV. AV

⋙prasna

1. pra-sna m. a bath, vessel for bathing L

⋙prasnapita

1. pra-snapita mfn. (fr. Csus.) bathed AV

⋙prasnātṛ

1. pra-snātṛ m. one who bathes, a bather Nir

⋙prasneya

1. pra-snéya mfn. suitable for bathing ŚBr. Nir

prasnigdha

1. pra-snigdha mfn. (√snih) very oily or greasy Śak
2. very soft or tender Ragh. [Page 700, Column]

prasnu

1. pra-snu √P. Ā. -snauti, -snute, to emit fluid, pour forth, flow, drip, distil TS. Kathās
2. (Ā.) to yield milk (aor. prâsnoṣṭa) Pāṇ. 3-1, 89 Sch.: Desid. -susnūṣiṣyate, vii, 2, 36 Vārtt. 2 Pat

≫prasnava

1. pra-snava m. (often v. l. ○srava) a stream or flow (of water, milk &c.) MBh. Hariv
2. pl. tears MBh
3. urine ib
4. -saṃyukta mfn. flowing in streams, gushing forth (tears) MBh

⋙prasnavana

1. pra-snavana n. emitting fluid ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙prasnavitrīya

1. pra-snavitrīya Nom. P. ○yati = prasnavitêvâcarati Pat

⋙prasnāvin

1. pra-snāvin mfn. (ifc.) dropping, pouring forth Nir

≫prasnuta

1. pra-snuta mfn. yielding milk MBh. R. &c
2. -stanī f. having breasts that distil milk (through excess of maternal love) MW

prasnuṣā

1. pra-snuṣā f. the wife of a grandson MBh

praspand

1. pra-√spand Ā. -spandate (ep. also P. ○ti), to quiver, throb, palpitate MBh. Ragh. Suśr

⋙praspandana

1. pra-spandana n. quivering, trembling, throbbing Suśr

praspardh

1. pra-√spardh Ā. -spardhate, emulate, compete, vie with (instr. or loc.) or in (loc.) R. Hariv

⋙praspardhin

1. pra-spardhin mfn. (ifc.) rivalling with, equalling Mcar

prasphāra

1. pra-sphāra mfn. (√sphar) swollen, puffed up, self-conceited Nalac

prasphij

1. pra-sphij mfn. large-hipped Pat

prasphuṭ

1. pra-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, to burst open, be split or rent MBh. R.: Caus. -sphoṭayati, to cleave through, split, pierce. Hariv. Kathās
2. to slap or clap the arms MBh

⋙prasphuṭa

1. pra-sphuṭa mfn. cleft open, burst, expanded, blown L
2. divulged, published, known, open, evident, clear, plain Kāv. Pur. Kathās. &c

⋙prasphoṭaka

1. pra-sphoṭaka m. N. of a Nāga L

⋙prasphoṭana

1. pra-sphoṭana n. splitting, bursting (intrans. ) Var
2. opening. expanding, causing to blow or bloom L
3. making evident or manifest L
4. striking, beating L
5. winnowing corn, a winnowing basket L
6. wiping away, rubbing out L

prasphur

1. pra-√sphur P. -sphurati (pr. p. Ā. -sphuramāṇa MBh.), to spurn or push away AV
2. to become tremulous, throb, quiver, palpitate RV. &c. &c
3. to glitter, sparkle, flash, shine forth (lit. and fig.) Hariv. Kāv. Kathās
4. to be displayed, become clear or visible, appear Kāv. Var

⋙prasphurita

1. pra-sphurita mfn. become tremulous, quivering, vibrating MBh. Kāv. &c. (○tâdhara mfn. one whose lower lip quivers MBh.)
2. clear, evident L

prasphuliṅga

1. pra-sphuliṅga m. or n. (?) a glittering spark Mcar

prasmi

1. pra-√smi Ā. -smayate (ep. P. pr. p. -smayat), to burst into laughter Nir. MBh. Hariv

prasmṛ

1. pra-smṛ √P. -smarati, to remember MBh
2. to forget (Pass. smaryate) Bālar

⋙prasmartavya

1. pra-smartavya mfn. to be forgotten ib

⋙prasmṛta

1. pra-smṛta mfn. forgotten Naish

⋙prasmṛti

1. pra-smṛti f. forgetting, forgetfulness W

prasyand

1. pra-√syand P. Ā. -syandati, ○te (often wṛ. for -spand), to flow forth, run away, dart, fly RV. GṛS. MBh
2. to drive off (in a carriage) ŚBr.: Caus. -syandayati, to make flow MBh

⋙prasyanda

1. pra-syanda m. flowing forth, trickling out L

⋙prasyandana

1. pra-syandana n. id. MBh
2. exudation Rājat

⋙prasyandin

1. pra-syándin mfn. oozing forth ŚBr. ĀpŚr. MBh
2. shedding (tears) Ratnâv
3. m. a shower of rain Gaut

prasraṃs

1. pra-sraṃs √Ā. -sraṃsate, to fall down, miscarry (said of the fetus) Suśr

⋙prasraṃsraṃsa

1. pra-sraṃḍsraṃsa m. falling down or asunder Br

⋙prasraṃsraṃsana

1. pra-sraṃḍsraṃsana n. a dissolvent Car

⋙prasraṃsraṃsin

1. pra-sraṃḍsraṃsin mfn. letting fall, dropping, miscarrying Suśr

prasru

1. pra-√sru P. -sravati (rarely Ā. ○te), to flow forth, flow from (abl.) AV. &c. &c
2. to flow with, let flow, pour out (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. Ā. -srāvayate, to make water ŚBr

≫prasrava

1. pra-srava m. (often v. l. ○snava) flowing forth MBh. Kāv. &c
2. a stream, flow, gush (lit.and fig.) ib
3. a flow of milk (loc. 'when the milk flows from the udder') Mn. (esp. v, 130) MBh. &c
4. (pl.) gushing tears MBh
5. (pl.) urine ib. (v. l.)
6. (pl.) morbid matter in the body Car
7. the overflow of boiling rice L
8. n. a waterfall R. (B.)
9. -yukta mfn. flowing with milk (breasts) Hariv. [Page 700, Column]
10. -saṃyukta mfn. id. ib
11. flowing in a stream (as tears) MBh

⋙prasravaṇa

1. pra-srávaṇa n. (sometimes wṛ. ○śravaṇa) streaming or gushing forth, trickling, oozing, effusion, discharge. RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f. ā)
2. the flowing of milk from the udder Yājñ. MārkP
3. milk Gal
4. sweat, perspiration L
5. voiding urine L
6. a well or spring Mn. Yājñ. Ṛitus
7. a cascade, cataract L
8. a spout, the projecting mouth of a vessel (out of which any fluid is poured) RV
9. (also with plākṣa n.) N. of a place where the Sarasvatī takes its rise, ŚrS. MBh. Rājat
10. m. N. of a man L
11. of a range of mountains on the confines of Malaya R
12. -jala n. spring-water L

⋙prasravin

1. pra-sravin mfn. (ifc.) streaming forth, discharging Nir. Rājat
2. (a cow) yielding milk Ragh

⋙prasrāva

1. pra-srāva m. flowing, dropping W
2. urine Car. (wṛ. ○śrāva)
3. the overflowing scum of boiling rice L
4. -karaṇa n. the urethra L

≫prasruta

1. pra-sruta mfn. flowed forth, oozed out, issued MBh. Hariv
2. discharging fluid, humid, moist, wet MBh. Kāv. Suśr

⋙prasruti

1. pra-sruti f. flowing forth, oozing out L

prasvana

1. pra-svana m. (√svan) sound, noise MBh

⋙prasvanita

1. pra-svanita (prá., fr. Caus.), sounding, roaring RV

⋙prasvāna

1. pra-svāna m. a loud noise L

prasvap

1. pra-√svap P. -svapiti, or ○pati (Pot. Ā. -svapīta or ○peta MBh.), to fall asleep, go to sleep, sleep Br. MBh. Hariv

≫prasup

1. pra-súp mfn. asleep RV

≫prasupta

1. pra-supta mfn. fallen into sleep, fast asleep, sleeping, slumbering Mn. MBh. &c
2. closed (said of flowers) Kālid
3. having slept Hit
4. asleep i.e. insensible Suśr
5. quiet, inactive, latent BhP
6. -tā f. = next Suśr

⋙prasupti

1. pra-supti f. sleepiness ŚārṅgS. (paralysis W.)

≫prasvāpa

1. pra-svāpa mfn. causing sleep, soporific MBh
2. m. falling asleep, sleep BhP
3. a dream ib

⋙prasvāpaka

1. pra-svāpaka mf(ikā) u. causing to fall asleep MW
2. causing to die, slaying ib

⋙prasvāpana

1. pra-svāpana mf(ī)n. causing sleep MBh. Kāv. &c. (○nī daśā f. condition of sleep MārkP.)
2. n. the act of sending to sleep R

⋙prasvāpinī

1. pra-svāpinī f. 'sending to sleep', N. of a daughter of Sattra-jit and wife of Kṛishṇa Hariv

prasvādas

1. prá-svādas mfn. (√svad) very pleasant or agreeable RV

prasvāra

1. pra-√svāra See pra- √svṛ

prasvid

1. pra-svid √Ā. -svedate, to begin to sweat, get into perspiration Suśr
2. to become wet or moist L

⋙prasvinna

1. pra-svinna mfn. covered with perspiration, sweated, perspired R

≫prasveda

1. pra-sveda m. great or excessive perspiration, sweat MBh. Vet. Sāh
2. m. an elephant Gal
3. -kaṇikā f. a drop of sweat Prab
4. -jala n. sweat-water MārkP
5. -bindu m. = -kaṇikā, Caur

⋙prasvedita

1. pra-svedita mfn. sweated, perspired W
2. hot, causing perspiration ib
3. -vat mfn. suffering or producing perspṭperspiration ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 19 Sch.)

⋙prasvedin

1. pra-svedin mfn. sweating, covered with perspiration Hit

prasvṛ

1. pra-svṛ √P. -svarati, to lengthen or prolate a tone in uttering it RPrāt

≫prasvāra

1. pra-svāra m. the prolated syllable Om (repeated by a religious teacher at the beginning of a lesson) ib

prahaṇa

1. prahaṇa wṛ. for pra-haraṇa Hariv

prahaṇemi

1. praha-ṇemi or praha-nemi m. the moon L. (prob. wṛ. for graha-nemi, q.v.)

prahan

1. pra-han √P. -hanti, (pf. Ā. -jaghnire MBh.), to strike, beat, slay, kill, destroy RV. &c. &c. (with acc
2. according to Pāṇ. 2-3, 56 also with gen.)

⋙prahaṇana

1. pra-ḍhaṇana n. striking &c. Pāṇ. 8-4, 22 Sch
2. a kind of amorous sport (= jaghana-dvayatāḍana) L

≫prahata

1. pra-hata mfn. struck, beaten (as a drum), killed, slain MBh. Kāv. &c
2. cut to pieces BhP
3. hewn down Subh
4. repelled, defeated W
5. spread, expanded ib
6. contiguous ib
7. learned, accomplished (= śāstra-vid Gal.) ib
8. (ifc.) a blow or stroke with, g. akṣa-dyūtâdi
9. -muraja mfn. having drums beaten, resounding with the beating of drums Megh

⋙prahati

1. pra-ḍhati f. a stroke, blow Kād. Bālar

≫prahan

1. pra-han See a-prahan

⋙prahantavya

1. pra-ḍhantavya mfn. to be killed or slain Hariv

⋙hantṛ

1. hantṛ́ mfn. striking (nr 'he will strike') down, killing, slaying RV. MBh. [Page 700, Column]

prahara

1. pra-hara &c. See pra- √hṛ

praharita

1. pra-harita mfn. of a beautiful greenish colour Car

praharṣa

1. pra-harṣa &c. See pra- √hṛṣ

prahas

1. pra-√has P. -hasati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to burst into laughter (also with hāsam) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to laugh with (acc.) MBh. Pañcat
3. to laugh at, mock, deride, ridicule MBh. R. &c

⋙prahasa

1. pra-ḍhasa m. N. of Śiva Gal
2. of a Rakshas R

⋙prahasat

1. pra-ḍhasat mf(antī) n. laughing, smiling MBh
2. (antī), f. a species of jasmine L
3. another plant L
4. a large chafing-dish or fire-pan L

⋙prahasana

1. pra-ḍhasana n. laughter, mirth, mockery, derision Uttarar. Hit. (○nam, enclit. after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi
2. ○ne √kṛ, to mock, deride, g. sâkṣād-ādi Kāś.)
3. (in rhet.) satire, sarcasm
4. (esp.) a kind of comedy or farce Daśar. Sāh. &c

⋙prahasita

1. pra-ḍhasita mfn. laughing, cheerful Hariv. Kāv. Pur
2. m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
3. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ
4. n. bursting into laughter BhP
5. displaying bright gaudy colours Jātakam
6. -netra m. 'laughing-eyed', N. of a Buddha Lalit
7. -vadana (Pañcat.), ○tânana (Hariv. ), mfn. with laughing face

⋙prahāsa

1. pra-ḍhāsa m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kāv
2. derision, irony Pāṇ. 1-4, 106 &c
3. appearance, display Veṇis
4. splendour, of colours Jātakam
5. an actor, dancer L
6. N. of Śiva L. (cf. ○hasa)
7. of an attendant of Śiva MBh
8. of a Nāga ib
9. of a minister of Varuṇa R
10. of a Tirtha (wṛ. for ○bhāsa?) L
11. n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of a Sāman (wṛ. for prāsāha) L

⋙prahāsaka

1. pra-ḍhāsaka m. one who causes laughter, a jester L

⋙prahāsita

1. pra-ḍhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to laugh MW

⋙prahāsin

1. pra-ḍhāsín mfn. laughing, derisive, satirical AV
2. shining bright Jātakam
3. m. the buffoon of a drama (= vidūṣaka) L

prahasta

1. pra-hasta mfn. long-handed Inscr
2. m. (n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 183 Sch.) the open hand with the fingers extended KātyŚr. Sch
3. N. of a Rākshasa MBh. R
4. of a companion of Sūrya-prabha (son of Candra-prabha, king of Śākala
5. he had been an Asura before) Kathās
6. -vāda m. N. of work

⋙prahastaka

1. pra-ḍhastaka m. the extended hand L
2. m. or n. (scil. tṛca) N. of RV. viii, 95, 13-15

prahā

1. pra-hā √2. Ā., -jihīte, to drive off, haste away RV
2. to spring up ŚBr

prahā

1. pra-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (3. pl. pr. irreg. -jahanti MBh
2. fut. 3. du. Ā. -hāsyete R.), to leave ŚBr. &c. &c
3. to desert, quit, abandon, give up, renounce, violate (a duty), break (a promise) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to send off, throw, hurl Bhaṭṭ
5. (incorrectly for Pass.) to cease, disappear MBh.: Pass. -hīyate, to be relinquished or neglected, be lost, fail, cease, perish Mn. MBh
6. io be vanquished, succumb MBh.: Cius. -hāpayati, to drive away, remove, destroy BhP

≫prajahita

1. pra-jahitá mfn. (irreg. fr. the pres. stem) quitted, abandoned RV. viii, 1, 13 (applied to a fire that has been abandoned TāṇḍBr. ŚrS.)

≫prahā

1. pra-hā́ f. a good throw at dice, any gain or advantage RV. AV. TāṇḍBr. (= pra-hantṛ Sāy.)
2. -vat mfn. acquiring gain, gaining RV. (= praharaṇa-vat Sāy.)

⋙prahāhāṇ

1. ○"ṣhāṇ n. relinquishing, abandoning, avoiding Śiś. Śaṃk. Lalit
2. abstraction, speculation, meditation Lalit. Vajracch
3. exertion Dharmas. 45

⋙prahāhāṇi

1. ○"ṣḍhāṇi f. cessation, disappearance ŚvetUp. Pur
2. want, deficiency MW

⋙prahāhātavya

1. ○"ṣḍhātavya mfn. to be relinquished or abandoned Vajracch

⋙prahāhāna

1. ○"ṣḍhāna and wṛ. for ○hāṇa and ○hāṇi

⋙prahāhāni

1. ○"ṣḍhāni wṛ. for ○hāṇa and ○hāṇi

⋙prahāhāpaṇa

1. ○"ṣḍhāpaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) driving away, forced abandonment or departure W

≫prahīṇa

1. prahīṇa mfn. (cf. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) left, remaining BhP
2. standing alone i.e. having no relatives Vas
3. cast off, worn out (as a garment) Gaut
4. failing in (instr.) MBh
5. ceased, vanished Jātakam
6. (ifc.) wanting, destitute of MBh
7. m. removal, loss, waste, destruction W

⋙prahīṇajīvita

1. ○jīvita mfn. one who has abandoned life, dead, slain W

⋙prahīṇadoṣa

1. ○doṣa mfn. one whose sins have vanished, sinless Vedântas

prahāyya

1. pra-hāyyá See 1. pra- √hi

prahāra

1. pra-hāra See pra- √hṛ

prahi

1. pra-√hi P. Ā. -hiṇoti, -hiṇute: -hiṇvati, -hiṇvate (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, i5
2. pf. -jighāya KaushUp. ; 1ṣg. pr. Ā. -hiṣe RV
3. Aor.p. prấhait AV
4. Impv. prá-hela RV
5. inf pra-hyé ib.), to urge on, incite RV
6. to direct, command Lāṭy. KaushUp. [Page 701, Column]
7. to convey or send to, furnish, procure. bestow on (dat.) RV. &c. &c
8. to hurl, cast, throw upon, discharge at (dat. or loc ) Kāv. Pur
9. to turn the eyes towards (acc.) Kād
10. to dispatch (messengers), drive away, dismiss, send to (acc. with.or without prati dat., gen. with or without antikam or pārśvam) or in order to (dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c
11. (Ā.) to rush on RV
12. to forsake (= pra. √3. hā) BhP.: Caus. aor. prâjīhayat Pat.: Desid. of Caus. pra-jighāyayiṣati ib

≫prahāyya

1. pra-hāyyá m. one who is to be sent, a messenger AV. (vḷ. ○hāya
2. cf. ○heya)

≫prahita

1. práhita mfn. urged on incited, stirred up RV. BhP
2. hurled, discharged at Hariv. R. Pur
3. thrown forward i.e. stretched out (as an arm) MBh
4. imbedded (as nails) Sāh
5. (ifc.) directed or turned towards, cast upon (as eyes, the mind &c.), Kalid. BhP
6. conveyed, sent, procured Daś. Kathās. Pañcat
7. sent out, dispatched (as messengers) RV. &c. &c
8. sent away, expelled, banished to (dat.) R. Kathās
9. sent to or towards or against (loc., gen. with or without pārśve, or dat.), appointed, commissioned MBh. Kāv. &c
10. m. du. (with gaurīviteḥ and śyāvâśvasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
11. n. sauce, gravy, condiment L

⋙prahitaṃgama

1. ○ṃ-gama mfn. going on an errand or mission to (gen.) PārGṛ
2. -vat mfn. one who has sent out, (= fin. verb) he sent out R. Kathās

⋙prahitātman

1. prahitâtman mfn. resolute Divyâv

≫prahetavya

1. prá-hetavya mfn. to be sent out or dismissed Campak

⋙praheti

1. prá-ḍheti m. a missile, weapon VS
2. N. of. a king of the Rākshasas Pur
3. of an Asura ib

⋙prahetṛ

1. prá-ḍhetṛ́ m. one who sends forth or impels RV

⋙praheya

1. prá-ḍhéya mfn. to be sent away or dispatched. serving as a messenger AV. ŚBr

prahi

1. pra-hi m. (according to Uṇ,
2. . iv, 134 fr. pra- √hṛ, but cf. pra-dhi) a well

prahitu

1. prahitu (only ○tó saṃyojane), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. (cf. pra-hita above)

prahima

1. pra-hima mfn. having severe winters (?) Pāṇ. 8-4, 16 Pat

prahīṇa

1. pra-hīṇa See pra.√3. hā

prahu

1. pra-√hu P. Ā. -juhoti, -juhute, to sacrifice continually, offer up RV.: Caus. -hāvayati, to pour out or down ĀpŚr

≫prahuta

1. prá-huta mfn. offered up RV. Br. GṛS. &c
2. m. (scil. yajña) sacrificial food offered to all created beings Mn. iii, 73 &c. (n. L.)

⋙prahuti

1. prá-ḍhuti (prá-.), f. an oblation, sacrifice RV

≫prahoṣa

1. pra-hoṣá m. id. ib

⋙prahoṣin

1. pra-ḍhoṣín mfn. offering oblations or sacrifices ib

prahṛ

1. pra-hṛ √P.Ā. -harati, ○te, to offer (esp. praise, 1. sg. pr. -harmi). RV. i, 61, 1
2. to thrust or move forward, stretch out RV. TS. ŚBr
3. to put into, fix in (loc.) RV
4. to hurl, throw, discharge at (loc.). AV. &c. &c
5. to throw or turn out ŚāṅkhSr
6. to throw (into the fire) Br. KātyŚr
7. to strike, hit, hurt, attack, assail (with acc., loc., dat. or gen
8. Ā. also, to fight with each other') AV. Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. Ā. -harayate, to stir up, excite, rouse RV. iv, 37, 2: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to take away, M Bh
9. to wish to throw ŚBr
10. to wish to strike or assail MBh. Daś. (cf. jihīrṣu, p. 659)

≫prahara

1. pra-hara m. (ifc. f. ā) a division of time (about 3 hours = 6 or 7 Nāḍikās
2. lit. 'stroke', scil. on a gong) Var. Kathās. Pañcat
3. the 8th part of a day, a watch Kathās
4. N. of the subdivisions in a Śākuna (q.v.)
5. -kuṭumbī. f. a species of plant L
6. -virati f. the end of a watch (at 9 o'clock in the forenoon), Amar'

⋙praharaka

1. pra-ḍharaka m. striking the hours Vet
2. a period of about 3 hours, watch Śiś. (cf. ardha-praharikā)

⋙praharaṇa

1. pra-ḍharaṇa n. striking, beating, pecking Pañcat. attack, combat MBh
2. throwing (of grass into the fire) TS. Sch
3. removing, dispelling Śaṃk
4. a weapon (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. kṛta-pr○)
5. a carriage-box BhP
6. wṛ. for pra-vahaṇa L
7. m. the verse spoken in throwing grass into the fire ĀpŚr
8. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP
9. -kalikā or -kalitā f. a kind of metre Chandom. Col
10. -vat mfn. fighting Sāy

⋙praharaṇīya

1. pra-ḍharaṇīya mfn. to be attacked or fought MBh
2. to be removed or dispelled or destroyed Prab
3. n. a weapon MBh. Hariv

⋙praharin

1. pra-ḍharin m. one who announces the hours by beating a gong &c., a watchman, bellman L

⋙prahartavya

1. pra-ḍhartavya mfn. to be attacked or fought MBh. Hariv
2. n. (impers.) one should strike or attack (dat. or loc.) ib. Kāv. Kathās. [Page 701, Column]

⋙prahartṛ

1. pra-ḍhartṛ m. a sender, dispatcher Śiś
2. an assailant, combatant, warrior MBh. Kāv. &c

≫prahāra

1. pra-hāra m. striking, hitting, fighting Vcar
2. a stroke, blow, thump, knock, kick &c. ('with', comp
3. 'on', loc. or comp.) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
4. m. a necklace Dharmaś
5. -karaṇa n. dealing blows, beating MW
6. -da mfn. (ifc.) giving a blow to, striking Yājñ
7. -varman m. N. of a prince of Mithilā Daś
8. -vallī f. a kind of perfume Bhpr
9. ○rârta mfn. hurt by a blow, wounded Yājñ
10. n. chronic and acute pain from a wound or hurt W

⋙prahāraṇa

1. pra-ḍhāraṇa n. a desirable gift L. (v. l. for 2. pravâraṇa)

⋙prahārin

1. pra-ḍhārin mfn. striking, smiting, beating with (comp.), attacking, fighting against (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. a good fighter, champion, hero Nir. v, 12
3. ○ri-tā f. striking, hitting Divyâv

⋙prahāruka

1. pra-ḍhāruka mfn. carrying off, tearing away Kāṭh

⋙prahāya

1. pra-ḍhā́ya (or ○hāryá), mfn. to be taken away or removed ŚBr. (cf. pra-hāyyā, under pra-√hi) to be beaten MW

≫prahṛta

1. prá-hṛta mfn. thrown (as a stone) AV
2. stretched out or lifted up (as a stick) ŚBr
3. struck, beaten, hurt, wounded, hit, smitten MBh. Kāv. &c
4. m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi n. a stroke, blow
5. (impers. 'a blow has been struck' Hariv. Ragh. Sāh
6. ○te sati, when a blow has been struck' Mn. viii, 286)
7. a fight with (comp.) Ragh. xvi, 16 (cf. g. akṣa-dyūtâdi)

prahṛṣ

1. pra-hṛṣ √P. -hṛṣyati, (m. c. also Ā. ○te), to rejoice, be glad or cheerful, exult MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -harṣayati, to set (the teeth) on edge Car
2. to cause to rejoice, gladden, inspirit, encourage ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. R. &c

≫praharṣa

1. pra-harṣa m. erection (or greater erṭerection) of the male organ Car
2. erection of the hair, extreme joy, thrill of delight, rapture (○ṣaṃ √kṛ, with loc. 'to delight in') MBh. Kāv. &c
3. -vat mfn. delighted, glad MBh. R

⋙praharṣaṇa

1. pra-ḍharṣaṇa mf(ī)n. causing erection of the hair of the body, enrapturing, delighting MBh. Hariv
2. m. the planet Mercury or its ruler L. (cf. ○ṣula)
3. (ī), f. (cf. ○ṣiṇī) turmeric L
4. a kind of metre Chandom
5. n. erection (of the hair of the body) Car
6. rapture, joy, delight MBh
7. gladdening, delighting. ib
8. the attainment of a desired object Kuval
9. -kara mf(ī) u. causing great joy, enrapturing MBh

⋙praharṣita

1. pra-ḍharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) stiffened (as reed). Suśr
2. made desirous of sexual intercourse Car
3. greatly delighted, enraptured, very happy MBh. R

⋙praharṣin

1. pra-ḍharṣin mf(iṇī)n. gladdening (with gen.) MBh
2. (iṇī) f. (cf. ○ṣaṇī) turmeric L
3. a kind of metre Śrutab

⋙praharṣula

1. pra-ḍharṣula m. the planet Mercury L. (cf. ○ṣaṇa)

≫prahṛṣṭa

1. pra-hṛṣṭa mfn. erect, bristling (as the hair of the body) MBh. R. BhP
2. thrilled with delight. exceedingly pleased, delighted ib. Var. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
3. citta mfn. delighted at heart at heart, exceedingly glad. A
4. -manas mfn. id. MBh
5. -mukha mfn. having a cheerful face, looking pleased (a-pr○). MārkP
6. -mudita mfn. exceedingly pleased and cheerful R
7. -rūpa mfn. of pleasing form MBh
8. erect in form MW
9. -roman mfn. one who has erected hair R
10. m. N. of an Asura Kathās
11. -vadana mfn. = -mukha MārkP
12. ○ṭâtman. mfn. = ○ṭa-citta. MBh. R

⋙prahṛṣṭaka

1. pra-ḍhṛṣṭaka m. a crow W

praheṇaka

1. pra-heṇaka n. a kind of pastry, Divyáv. (cf. pra-helaka)

praheti

1. pra-heti &c. See pra-√hi

prahelaka

1. pra-helaka n. (√hil?) a kind of pastry. sweetmeat &c. distributed at a festival L. (cf. pra-heṇaka)

⋙prahelā

1. pra-ḍhelā f. playfulness, free or unrestrained behaviour
2. (ayā), ind. freely, without constraint Pañcat

⋙praheli

1. pra-ḍheli (L.),

⋙prahelikā

1. pra-ḍhelikā (Kāvyâd., 6 kinds), f. an enigma, riddle, puzzling question

⋙prahelī

1. pra-ḍhelī f. id
2. -jñāna n. the art or science of proposing riddles L

prahoṣa

1. pra-hoṣa ○ṣin, See under pra-√hu

prahye

1. pra-hye See under pra-√hi

prahye

1. pra-hye m. (√hrād) N. of the chief of the Asuras (with the patr. Kāyādhava. and father of Virocana) TBr
2. of a son of Hiraṇyakaśipu (he was an enemy of Indra and friend of Vishṇu) MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. pra-hlāda)

⋙prahrādi

1. pra-ḍhrādi m. pl., vḷ. for pra-hlādīya. KaushUp. [Page 701, Column]

prahrāsa

1. pra-hrāsa m. (√hras) shortening, diminution, wane MBh

prahlād

1. pra-hlād √Ā. -hlādate, to be refreshed or comforted, to rejoice Kir.: Caus. -hlādayati ○te to refresh, comfort, delight MBh. R. &c

≫prahla

1. pra-hla mfn. pleased, glad Gal

⋙prahlatti

1. pra-ḍhlatti f. pleasure, delight Pāṇ. 6-4, 95 Sch

⋙prahlanna

1. pra-ḍhlanna mfn. pleased, glad, happy Pāṇ. 6-4, 95 Sch

⋙prahlanni

1. pra-ḍhlanni f. = ○hlatti Siddh

≫prahlāda

1. pra-hlāda m. joyful excitement, delight, joy. happiness MBh. R. Suśr
2. sound, noise L
3. a species of rice Gal
4. N. of a pious Daitya (son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu
5. he was made king of the Daitya by Vishṇu, and was regent of one of the divisions of Pātāla
6. cf. pra-hrāda) MBh. VP. (RTL. 109)
7. of a Nāga. MBh
8. of a Prajā-pati ib
9. pl. N. of a people. ib
10. -campū f. -carita n. -vijaya n. -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙prahlādaka

1. pra-ḍhlādaka mf(ikā)n. causing joy or pleasure, refreshing Ṛitus

⋙prahlādana

1. pra-ḍhlādana mf(ī)n. id. MBh. Kāv. Suśr
2. m. (with yuva-rāja) N. of a poet (brother of king Dhārā-varsha, 1208) Cat
3. u. (Hariv. Suśr.) and (ā), f. (Bālar.) the act of causing joy or pleasure, refreshment

⋙prahlādanīya

1. pra-ḍhlādanīya mfn. refreshing, comforting Lalit

⋙prahlādita

1. pra-ḍhlādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) rejoiced, delighted MBh. R

⋙prahlādin

1. pra-ḍhlādin mfn. delighting, refreshing MBh

⋙prahlādīya

1. pra-ḍhlādīya m. pl. the attendants of the Asura Prahlāda KaushUp. (cf. pra-hrādi)

prahva

1. pra-hva mf(ā)n. (√hvṛ) inclined forwards, sloping, slanting. bent GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (-tva n. VP. Sch.)
2. bowed, stooping, bowing before (gen.) MBh. (○vâñjali mfn. bowing with hands joined in token of respect R.)
3. humble, modest MBh. Kāv. &c
4. inclined towards i.e. intent upon, devoted to, engaged in L
5. (ī), f. N. of a Śakti RāmatUp

⋙prahvaṇa

1. pra-ḍhvaṇa n. bowing down in reverence BhP

⋙prahvaya

1. pra-ḍhvaya Nom P. ○yati, to render humble Uttarar

⋙prahvāṇa

1. pra-ḍhvāṇa mfn. beut, bowing TāṇḍBr

≫prahvī

1. prahvī in comp for pra-hva

⋙prahvīkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. bent forwards, bowed W
2. conquered, won ib

⋙prahvībhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. bowing, humble, modest Bālar

prahval

1. pra-√hval P. -hvalati, to begin to reel, quak e, tremble Bhaṭṭ

prahvalikā

1. pra-hvalikā n. a for beautiful body L. (cf. prakula)

prahvalīkā

1. pra-hvalīkā wṛ. for pra-valhikā

prahve

1. pra-√hve (Ā. -havate &c
2. 1. sg. impf. -ahve), to invoke RV

⋙prahvāya

1. pra-hvāya m. call, invocation Pāṇ. 3-3, 72

prā

1. prā cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 53) prāti (pf. P. papraú or paprā, 2ṣg. paprātha, p. paprivás f. ○prúṣī RV
2. Ā. papre, 2. sg. ○priṣe ib. AV
3. papre as Pass., Bhatt aor 3. sg. aprāt or aprās RV
4. Subj. prā́s or prā́si ib
5. aor. Pass. aprāyi AV.), to fill RV. AV. Br. Bhaṭṭ. [Cf. Gk., ? ; Lat. ple1-nus.] [701,]

≫prā

1. prā mfn. filling (ifc.= 2. pra
2. cf. antarikṣa-, kāma-, kratu- &c.)

≫prāṇa

1. prāṇa mfn. (for 2. See p. 705, col. i) filled, full L

≫prāta

1. prātá mfn. id. RV

≫prāti

1. prāti f. filling (= pūrti) L
2. the span of the thumb and forefinger. L

prā

1. prā Vṛiddhi or lengthened form of 1. pra in comp. (cf. P1ṇ. vi, 3, 122). Observe in the following derivatives, only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses, leaving the preposition pra (lengthened to prā in the derivatives) to be supplied

⋙prākaṭya

1. ○kaṭya n. (fr. -kaṭa) publicity, manifestation, Nīlak

⋙prākaraṇika

1. ○karaṇika mfn. (fr. -karaṇa) belonging to the matter in question or to a chapter or to a class or genus MānGṛ. KātyŚr
2. being the subject of any statement MW

⋙prākarṣa

1. ○karṣa n. N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙prākarṣika

1. ○karṣika mfn. deserving preference, g. chedâdi

⋙prākaṣika

1. ○kaṣika m. (fr. -kaṣa
2. See Uṇ. ii, 41 Sch.) a dancer employed by a woman or one supported by another's wives L

⋙prākāmya

1. ○kāmya n. (fr. -kāma) freedom of will, wilfulness MBh. Kum. MārkP
2. irresistible will or fiat (one of the 8 supernatural powers) MWB. 245

⋙prākāra

1. ○kāra See s.v

⋙prākāśa

1. ○kāśá m. a metallic mirror (others' a kind of ornament') Br. ŚrS

⋙prākāśya

1. ○kāśya n. (fr. -kāśa) the being evident, manifestness, celebrity, renown MBh. Kāv. Suśr. [Page 702, Column]

⋙prākṛta

1. ○kṛta See s.v

⋙prākramika

1. ○kramika mfn. (fr. -krama) one who undertakes much (without finishing anything) Gaut. Sch

⋙prākṣālana

1. ○kṣālana wṛ. for pra-kṣ○

⋙prākharya

1. ○kharya n. (fr. -khara) sharpness (of an arrow) Naish. Sch
2. wickedness W

⋙prāgadya

1. ○gadya mfn. (fr. -gadin) Pāṇ. 4-2, 80

⋙prāgalbhī

1. ○galbhī f. (fr. galbha) boldness, confidence, resoluteness, determination Bālar

⋙prāgalbhya

1. ○galbhya n. id. MBh. Kāv. &c
2. importance, rank W
3. manifestation, appearance Kpr
4. proficiency MW
5. -buddhi f. boldness of judgment Pañcat
6. -vat mfn. possessed of confidence, bold, arrogant Kathās

⋙prāgāṅgam

1. ○gāṅgam wṛ. for prāggaṅgam Pat

⋙prāgātha

1. ○gātha mf(ī)n. belonging to the Pragathas (i.e. to RV. viii) ĀśvŚr
2. m. patr. of Kali and Bharga and Haryata RAnukr

⋙prāgāthaka

1. ○gāthaka mf(ikā)n. = prec. mfn. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙prāgāthika

1. ○gāthika mfn. derived from Pragātba ŚrS

⋙prāgītya

1. ○gītya n. (fr. -gīta) notoriety, celebrity, excellence Nalac

⋙prāguṇya

1. ○guṇya n. (fr. -guṇa) right position or direction Car

⋙prāgharmasad

1. ○gharma-sád mfn. sitting in a region of fire or light RV. vi, 73, 1 (Sāy.)

⋙prāghāta

1. ○ghāta wṛ. for pra-gh○ L

⋙prāghāra

1. ○ghāra m. sprinkling, aspersion L

⋙prācaṇḍya

1. ○caṇḍya n. (fr. -caṇḍa) violence, passion, Mālatim

⋙prācinvat

1. ○cinvat m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya (= pra-cinvat) MBh

⋙prācurya

1. ○curya n. (fr. -cura) multitude, abundance, plenty Bādar. Rājat. Pañcat
2. amplitude, prolixity TPrāt. Sch
3. prevalence, currency Śaṃk. Rājat
4. (eṇa), ind. in a mass, fully, mostly MārkP
5. in detail BhP

⋙prācetas

1. ○cetas m. pl. N. of the 10 sons of Pr1cina-barhis (= pra-cetas) MBh

⋙prācetasa

1. ○cetasa mfn. relating to Varuṇa (= pra-cetas
2. with āśā f. the west) Hcar
3. descended from Pracetas (m. patr. of Manu, Daksha, and Vāmīki) MBh. Hariv. Pur
4. pl., = -cetas pl. L
5. -stava m. N. of VP. xiv

⋙prājahita

1. ○jahita m. = pra-j○
2. m. a Gārhapatya fire maintained during a longer period of time, SrS

⋙prājāpata

1. ○jāpata

⋙prājāpatya

1. ○jāpaḍtya

⋙prājāvata

1. ○jāvata

⋙prājeśa

1. ○jeśa

⋙prājeśvara

1. ○jeḍśvara See s.v

⋙prājña

1. ○jñá mf(ā and ī) (fr. jñā) intellectual (opp. to śārīra, taijasa) ŚBr. Nir. MāṇḍUp
2. intelligent, wise, clever KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c
3. m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kāv. &c
4. intelligence dependent on individuality Vedântas
5. a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck and wings L
6. (ā), f. intelligence, understanding L
7. (ī), f. the wife of a learned man L
8. -kathā f. a story about a wise man MW
9. -tā f. (Mis.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) wisdom, learning, intelligence
10. -bhūta-nātha, mṆ. of a poet Cat
11. -māna m. respect for learned men W
12. -mānin (Śaṃk.), -m-māniṅ (Kathās.), -vādika (MBh.). mfn. thinking one's self wise

⋙prāṇāyya

1. ○ṇāyya mfn. proper, fit, suited ChUp. iii, 11, 5 (vḷ. pra-ṇ○)

⋙prāṇāha

1. ○ṇāhá m. cement (used in building) AV

⋙prāṇitya

1. ○ṇitya n. prob. wṛ. for mītya q.v

⋙prātardana

1. ○tardana mf(ī)n. belonging to or derived from Pratardana L

⋙prātithsyī

1. ○tithsyī f. (fr. -tithi) N. of a female sage GṛS. (v. l. -tītheyī)

⋙prātuda

1. ○tuda mfn. derived from the Pratudas or peckers (a kind of bird) Car

⋙prātṛda

1. ○tṛdá m. patr. fr. pratṛd ŚBr. (Sāy.)

⋙prādakṣiṇya

1. ○dakṣiṇya n. (fr. -dakṣiṇa) circumambulation while keeping one's right side towards an object MBh
2. respectful behaviour Car

⋙prādānika

1. ○dānika mfn. (fr. -dāna) relating to an oblation KātyŚr. Sch

⋙prādur

1. ○dúr See s.v

⋙prādeśa

1. ○deśá m. (ifc. f. ā) the span of the thumb and forefinger (also a measure= 12 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. GṛŚrS.: MBh. &c
2. place, country L. (v. l. for pra-d○)
3. -pāda mf(ī)n. (a seat) whose legs are a span long KātyŚr
4. -mātrá n. the measure of a span ŚBr. (with bhūmeḥ, 'a mere span of land' MBh.)
5. mf(ī)n. a span long Br. GṛŚrS. &c
6. -sama mf(ā)n. id. KātyŚr
7. ○śâyāma mf(ā)n. id. Gobh

⋙prādeśana

1. ○deśana n. = pra-deśana, a gift &c. L

⋙prādeśika

1. ○deśika mfn. having precedents Nir. (with guṇa m. the authorized function or meaning of a word)
2. local, limited Rājat
3. m. (also ○kêvara) a small land-owner, chief of a district Kauś

⋙prādeśin

1. ○deśin mfn. a span long Gṛihyās
2. (inī). f. the forefinger KātyŚr. Sch. (prob. wṛ. for pra-deśinī)

⋙prādoṣa

1. ○doṣa mfn. belonging or relating to the evening, vespertine Bhpr
2. ○ṣika mfn. id. Pañcat. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 14)

⋙prādohani

1. ○dohani m. patr. fr. pra-dohana g. taulvalyādi

⋙prādyumni

1. ○dyumni m. patr. fr. pra-dyumna MBh. Hariv. (cf. g. bahv-ādi)

⋙prādyoti

1. ○dyoti m. patr. fr. pradyota Cat

⋙prādhanika

1. ○dhanika n. (fr. -dhana) an implement of war, weapon BhP

⋙prādhā

1. ○dhā f. (cf. pra-dhā) N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of sev. Apsaras and Gandharvas MBh. Hariv

⋙prādhānika

1. ○dhānika mfn. (fr. -dhāna) pre-eminent, distinguished, superior BhP
2. (ir Sāṃkhya) derived from or relating to Pradhāna or primary matter MBh. BhP

⋙prādhānya

1. ○dhānya n. predominance, prevalence, ascendency, supremacy KātyŚr. Śaṃk. Suśr. &c
2. ibc
3. ○nyena, ○nyāt, and -tas ind. in regard to the highest object or chiefmatter, chiefly. mainly, summarily Nir. MBh. Hariv. &c. (-stuti mfn. chiefly praised) [Page 702, Column]
4. m. a chief or most distinguished person Vet

⋙prādheya

1. ○dheya mfn. descended from Prādhā MBh. (cf. karṇa-prādheya)

⋙prādhvansana

1. ○dhvánsana m. patr. fr. pra-dhváṃsana, ŚBr

⋙prānādi

1. ○nādi f. = (or wṛ. for) pra-ṇāḍī = pra-ṇālī MBh

⋙prāpaṇika

1. ○paṇika m. (fr. -paṇa
2. but Uṇ. ii, 42) a trader, dealer MBh. Siś

⋙prāprābandha

1. ○prābandha See késara-prābandhā

⋙prābalya

1. ○balya ī. (fr. -bala) superiority of power, predominance, ascendency Vedântas. Suśr
2. force, validity (of a rule) TPrāt. Sch

⋙prābālika

1. ○bālika See -vālika

⋙prābodhaka

1. ○bodhaka m. = (and v. l. for) pra-b○, a minstrel employed to wake the king in the morning R
2. = next L

⋙prābodhika

1. ○bodhika m. (fr. -bodha) dawn, daybreak L

⋙prābhañjana

1. ○bhañjana n. the Nakshatra Svāti (presided over by Pra-bhṭbhoda, the god of wind) Var. Var
2. ○ni m. patr. of Hanūmat (son of Pra-bhṭbhoda) Mcar

⋙prābhava

1. ○bhava n. (fr. -bhu) superiority L

⋙prābhavatya

1. ○bhavatya n. (fr. -bhavat), id. Mn.viii, 412

⋙prābhākara

1. ○bhākara mf(ī)n. derived from prabhā-kara Dharmaś
2. m. a follower of Pradhāna Vedântas
3. n. the work of Pradhāna Pratāp. Sch
4. -khaṇḍana n. N. of wk
5. ○kari m. patr. of the planet Saturn Var

⋙prābhātika

1. ○bhātika mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhāta) relating to morning, matutinal Pañcat. Suśr

⋙prābhasika

1. ○bhasika (with kṣetra), n. = pra-bhāsa-kṣ○ Cat

⋙prābhūtika

1. ○bhūtika mf(ī)n. = pra-bhūtam āha Pāṇ. 4-4, 1 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙prābhṛta

1. ○bhṛta n. once in Divyâv. m. (fr. -bhṛti) a present, gift. offering (esp. to a deity or a sovereign) Kathās. Rājat. (cikitsā-prābhṛta m. a man whose gift is the art of medicine, a skilful physician Car.)
2. N. of the chapters of the Sūryaprajñapti (the subdivisions are called prābhṛta-prâbhṛta)
3. ○ta-ka n. a present, gift Mālav
4. ○tī √kṛ, to make a present of offer Kathās

⋙prāmati

1. ○mati m. N. of one of the 7 sages in the 10th Manv-antara Hariv. (v. l. pra-mati and prāptati)

⋙prāmāṇika

1. ○māṇika mf(ī) n. (fr. -māṇa) forming or being a measure Hcat. (cf. pra-māṇika)
2. founded on evidence or authority, admitting of proof, authentic, credible Dāyabh
3. one who accepts proof or rests his arguments on authority Sarvad
4. a president, the chief or head of a trade W
5. -tva, is. authoritativeness, cogency, Mallin
6. -vāttika n. N. of wk

⋙prāmāṇya

1. ○māṇya n. (fr. -māṇa) the being established by proof. resting upon authority, authoritativeness, authenticity, evidence, credibility Nir. Mn. MBh. &c
2. -vāda m. N. of sev. wks. (also ○da-kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vicāra m. -śiromaṇi. m. -saṃgraha m. ○dârtha, m.)
3. -vâdin mfn. one who affirms or believes in proof Sarvad

⋙prāmādika

1. ○mādika mf(ī)n. (fr. -māda) arising from carelessness, erroneous, faulty, wrong (with pāṭha m. a wrong reading), Mallin. Siddh. Cat
2. -tva n. erroneousness, incorrectness Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙prāmādya

1. ○mādya m. (fr. -māda) Adhatoda Vasica or Gendarussa Vulgaris. L
2. n. madness, fury. intoxication W

⋙prāmītya

1. ○mītya n. (fr. -mīta) debt (lit. 'death' ?) L

⋙prāmodika

1. ○modika mf(ī)n. (fr. -mīta) charming, enchanting Mcar
2. ○dya n. rapture, delight Lalit. Divyâv

⋙prāyatya

1. ○yatya n. (fr. -yata) purity, pious disposition or preparation for any rite ĀpŚr. Śaṃk. BhP. (a-prây○)

⋙prāyāṇika

1. ○yāṇika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yāṇa) fit for a march or journey MBh

⋙prāyātrika

1. ○yātrika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yātrā) id. ib. Hariv

⋙prāyāsa

1. ○yāsá m. = pra-y○, VS

⋙prāyu

1. ○yu

⋙prāyus

1. ○yus See a-prāyu ○yus

⋙prāyudh

1. ○yudh f. (?) fight, battle
2. -yud-dheṣin (for -heṣin) or -yudh-eṣin m. a horse L. (lit. 'neighing in or longing for the battle')

⋙prāyoktra

1. ○yoktra mf(ī)n. (fr. -yoktṛ) relating to an employer Pat

⋙prāyogi

1. ○yogi (prā́-), m. patr. fr. pra-yoga MaitrS

⋙prāyogika

1. ○yogika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yoga) applied. used, applicable Kām. (cf. g. chedâdi)
2. (with dhūma, m.) a kind of sternutatory Suśr

⋙prāyojya

1. ○yojya mfn. belonging to things requisite or necessary. Dhāyabh

⋙prāroha

1. ○roha m. a shoot, sprout (= pra-r○) Cat
2. mf(ī)n. accustomed to rise or ascend, g. chattrâdi

⋙prālamba

1. ○lamba mf(ī)n. hanging down R
2. m. a kind of pearl ornament L
3. the female breast L
4. a species of gourd L
5. n. (?) a garland hanging down to the breast Ragh. (also ○baka, n. and ○bikā f. L.)

⋙prālepika

1. ○lepika mfn. = pralepikāyâ dharmyam, g., mahiṣy-ādi

⋙prāleya

1. ○leya mf(ī) n. (fr. -laya Pāṇ. 7-2, 3) produced by melting ib. Sch
2. m. fever in goat or sheep Gal
3. n. (?) hail, snow, frost, dew Megh. Var. Rājat. &c. (also as Nom P. ○yati, to resemble hail &c. Dhūrtas.)
4. -bhū-dhara m. 'snow-mountain', Hima-vat Vcar
5. -raśmi (Var.) or -rocis (Prasannar.), m. 'frosty-rayed.' the moon
6. -varṣa m. falling (lit. 'raining') of snow, Veṇis
7. -śaila m. = -bhūdhara Kathās
8. ○yâṃśu, ni. = ○yaraśmi Var
9. ○yâdri m. = ○ya-bhū-dhara Vcar. [Page 702, Column]

⋙prāvacana

1. ○vacana (VPrāt.) and usual while reciting Vedic texts

⋙prāvacanika

1. ○vacanika (TS. Sch.), usual while reciting Vedic texts

⋙prāvaṭa

1. ○vaṭa m. barley L. (cf. pra-vaṭa and pra-veṭa)

⋙prāvaṇa

1. ○vaṇá mfn. being among the crags (fire) RV. lī, 22, 4 ○ṇi (?) Uṇ. ii, 103 Sch. -1

⋙prāvara

1. ○vara mf(ī)n. (fr. 3. pra-vará, p. 693
2. for 2. See prā- √1. vṛ) Pat

⋙prāvareya

1. ○vareya m. patr. fr. pra-vara Kāṭh

⋙prāvarga

1. ○vargá mf(ī)n. distinguished, eminent RV

⋙prāvartaka

1. ○vartaka See under prā- √vṛt, p. 709

⋙prāvarṣin

1. ○varṣin mfn. raining, ŚaṅkhGṛ

⋙prāvahaṇi

1. ○vahaṇi wṛ. for -vahaṇi.-vāduka m. an opponent in philosophical discussion Nyāyas. Sch

⋙prāvālika

1. ○vālika m. (fr. -vāla) a vendor of coral R

⋙prāvāsa

1. ○vāsa mf(ī)n., g. vyuṣṭâdi
2. ○sika mf(ī)n., g. guḍâdi and saṃtāpâdi

⋙prāvāhaṇi

1. ○vāhaṇi (prā́-). m. patr. fr. pra-vāhaṇa TS. ĀpŚr. Sch. &c. (wṛ. prāvahaṇi and prāhaṇi
2. g. taulvaiy-ādi Kāś.)
3. ṇeya m. patr. fr. ○ṇi Pravar. (cf. g. śbhrâdi
4. also pravāhaṇeya Pāṇ. 7-3, 28)
5. ○ṇeyaka (also prav○), m. patr. fr. ○ṇeya Pāṇ. vii, 3, 29 Kāś
6. ○ṇeyi (also prav○), m.id. ib

⋙prāvīṇya

1. ○vīṇya u. (fr. -viiṇa) cleverness, dexterity, skill, proficiency in (loc. or comp.) Ragh. Kathās

⋙prāvṛttika

1. ○vṛttika mf(ī)n. (fr. -vṛtti) corresponding to a former mode of action KātyŚr. Sch
2. (ifc.) well acquainted with Hariv

⋙prāvṛṣ

1. ○vṛ́ṣ &c., sees. v

⋙prāveṇya

1. ○veṇya n. (fr. [-veN�I]) a fine woollen covering R. (v. l. ○ṇī)

⋙prāvepa

1. ○vepá m. the swaying of pendent fruit (on a tree) RV

⋙prāveśana

1. ○veśana mf(ī)n., g. vyuṣṭâdi. n. a workshop L

⋙prāveśika

1. ○veśika mf(ī)n. (fr. -veśa) relating to entrance (into a house or on the stage) Vikr. Bālar. Pracaṇḍ. (with ākṣiptikā and dhruvā f. N. of partic. airs sung by a person on entering the stage ib.)
2. auspicious for entrance Var
3. ○sya n. the being accessible, accessibility (only a-prāv○) L

⋙prāvrājya

1. ○vrājya n. (fr. -vrāj) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (wṛ. -vrajya) MārkP

⋙prāśastya

1. ○śastya n. (fr. -śasta) the being praised, celebrity, excellence Mālatīm. Kathās

⋙prāśāstra

1. ○śāstra n. the office of Praśāstṛi KātyŚr. (cf. g. udgātr-ādi)
2. government, rule, dominion MW

⋙prāśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga mfn. having the horns bent forwards VS. TS

⋙prāśravaṇa

1. ○śravaṇa v. l. for -sravaṇa m

⋙prāśliṣṭa

1. ○śliṣṭa mf(ī)n. N. of a kind of Svarita produced by the combination of 2 short i's APrāt. (wṛ. prāk-śl○)

⋙prāṣṭha

1. ○ṣṭha mf(ī)n. Pat

⋙prāsaṅga

1. ○saṅga m. a kind of yoke for cattle MBh
2. -vāhīvā́h mfn. = uṣṭṛ ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙prāsaṅgiha

1. ○saṅgiha mf(ī)n. (fr. -saṅga) resulting from attachment or close connection BhP
2. incidental, casual, occasional Uttarar. Kathās. Rājat. Sāh. (opp. to ādhikārika)
3. inherent, innate W
4. relevant ib
5. opportune, seasonable MW

⋙prāsaṅgya

1. ○saṅgya mfn. (fr. -saṅga) harnessed with a yoke Pāṇ. 4-4, 76
2. m. a draught beast W

⋙prāsaca

1. ○sacá mf(ī)n. congealed (water) TBr. (Sch.)
2. m. congealing, freezing TS. (Sch.)

⋙prāsarpaka

1. ○sarpaka m. = pra-s○ KātyŚr. Sch

⋙prāsah

1. ○sáh mfn. mighty, strong. RV. i, 129. 4
2. f. force
3. (○hā), ind. by force, violently, mightily RV. TS. Br

⋙prāsaha

1. ○saha m. force, power ŚBr. (āt ind. by force MānGṛ.)
2. (ā), f. N. of the wife of Indra AitBr

⋙prāsāda

1. ○sāda See s.v

⋙prāsāha

1. ○sāha mfn. See jagat-prās○
2. n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙prāsutika

1. ○sútika mf(ī)n. (fr. sūti) relating to childbirth MW

⋙prāsenajitī

1. ○senajitī f. patr. fr. prasena-jit MBh

⋙prāseva

1. ○seva m. a rope (as part of a horse's harness) TBr. (cf. pra-s○),

⋙prāskaṇva

1. ○skaṇva mf(ī)n. derived from Praskaṇva ŚāṅkhŚr
2. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙prāstārika

1. ○stārika mf(ī)n. (fr. -stāra) Pāṇ. 4-4, 72 Kāś

⋙prāstāvi

1. ○stāvi m. patr. fr. (and v l. for) -stāva VP

⋙prāstāvika

1. ○stāvika mf(ī)n. (fr. -stava) introductory L
2. having a prelude (as a hymn) Lāṭy
3. opportune (apr○), Mālatim

⋙prāstutya

1. ○stutya n. (fr. -stuta) the being propounded or discussed, M W

⋙prāsthānika

1. ○sthānika mf(ī)n. (fr. -sthāna) relating or favourable to departure MBh. R. &c
2. n. preparations for departure MBh. (cf. mahā-pr○)

⋙prāsthika

1. ○sthika mf(ī)n. containing or weighing or bought for a Prastha KātyŚr. Sch. Suśr
2. n. (with kṣetra) a field sown with a Pradhāna of grain Pāṇ. 5-1, 45 (?) Sch

⋙prāsravaṇa

1. ○sravaṇa mf(ī)n. coming from a spring (as water) Suśr
2. m. (with plakṣa) the source of the Sarasyati or the place where the Sarasyati reappears TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
3. patr. fr. pra-sravaṇa ŚāṅkhBr. (v. l. prāśr○)

⋙prāhaṇi

1. ○haṇi wṛ. for -vāhaṇi

⋙prāharika

1. ○harika (Dharmaś. Kād
2. cf. cātuṣ-prāh○)

⋙prāhārika

1. ○hārika (Cat.), m. (ft. [-h�Ara]) a police officer, watchman

⋙prāhṛtāyana

1. ○hṛtāyana m. patr. fr. pra-hṛta g. aśvâdi

⋙prāhrādi

1. ○hrādi (prā́-), m. patr. fr. pra-hrāda (N. of Virocana and Bali) AV. MBh. &c

⋙prāhlādanīya

1. ○hlādanīya wṛ. for pra-ht○ Lalit

prāṃśu

1. prâṃśu mfn. (said to be fr. pra + aṃśu) high, tall, long MBh. Kāv. &c
2. strong, intense Naish. [Page 703, Column]
3. m. N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata Hariv. Pur
4. of a son of Vatsa-prī (or -prīti) Pur

⋙prāṃśutā

1. ○tā f. height. loftiness R

⋙prāṃśuprākāra

1. ○prākāra mfn. having long walls Kathās

⋙prāṃśulabhya

1. ○labhya mfn. to be obtained or reached (only) by a tall person Ragh

≫prāṃśuka

1. prâṃśuka mfn. large, big (said of an animal) HYog

prāk

1. prāk See under prāñc, col. 3

prākaṭya

1. prākaṭya &c. See under 3. prā

prākara

1. prākara m. N. of a son of Dyutimat MārkP
2. n. N. of a Varsha called after Prākara ib. (vḷ. pīvara VP.)

prākāra

1. prā-kāra m. (fr. prā for pra and √1. krī
2. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) a wall, enclosure, fence, rampart (esp. a surrounding wall elevated on a mound of earth
3. ifc. f. ā) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙prākārakarṇa

1. ○karṇa m. 'Wall-Ear', N. of a minister of the owl-king Ari-mardana Pañcat

⋙prākārakhaṇḍa

1. ○khaṇḍa m. the fragments of a wall Mṛicch

⋙prākāradharaṇī

1. ○dharaṇī f. the platform upon a wall R

⋙prākārabhañjana

1. ○bhañjana mfn. breaking down walls Kathās

⋙prākāramardi

1. ○mardi m. patr. fr. next, g. bābv-ādi

⋙prākāramardin

1. ○mardin m. 'wall-crusher', N. of a man ib

⋙prākāraśeṣa

1. ○śeṣa mfn. having only ramparts left Ml

⋙prākārastha

1. ○stha mfn. one who stands or is stationed upon a rampart Mn. vii, 74 &c

⋙prākārāgra

1. prākārâgra n. the top of a wall L

≫prākārīya

1. prākārīya mfn. fit for a wall Pāṇ. 5-1, 12 Sch

≫prākāruka

1. prākāruka mfn. (prob.) scattering about, Kāṭh

prākṛ

1. prâ-kṛ √P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute &c., to drive away Kāṭh

prākṛta

1. prākṛta mf(ā, or ī)n. (fr. pra-kṛti) original, natural, artless, normal, ordinary, usual ŚBr. &c. &c
2. low, vulgar, unrefined Mn. MBh. &c
3. provincial, vernacular, Prākritic Vcar
4. (in Sāṃkhya) belonging to or derived from Prakṛiti or the original element
5. (in astron.) N. of one of the 7 divisions of the planetary courses (according to Parāśara comprising the Nakshatras Svāti, Bharaṇī, Rohiṇī and Kṛittikā)
6. m. a low or vulgar man Mn. (viii, 338) MBh. &c
7. (with or scil. laya, pralaya &c.) resolution or reabsorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe Pur
8. n. any provincial or vernacular dialect cognate with Saṃskṛit (esp. the language spoken by women and inferior characters in the plays, but also occurring in other kinds of literature and usually divided into 4 dialects, viz. Śaurasenī, Māhārāshṭri, Apabhraṃśa and Paiśācī), Kav. Kathās. Kāvyâd. &c

⋙prākṛtakalpataru

1. ○kalpataru m

⋙prākṛtakāmadhenu

1. ○kāmadhenu f

⋙prākṛtakośa

1. ○kośa m

⋙prākṛtacandrikā

1. ○candrikā f

⋙prākṛtacchandakośa

1. ○cchandá-kośa m

⋙prākṛtacchandaḥsūtra

1. ○cchandaḥ-sūtra n

⋙prākṛtacchandaṣṭīkā

1. ○cchandaṣ-ṭīkā f. N. of wks

⋙prākṛtajvara

1. ○jvara m. common fever (occurring from affections of the wind in the rainy season, of the bile in the autumn, and of the phlegm in the spring) W

⋙prākṛtatva

1. ○tva n. original or natural state or condition KātyŚr
2. vulgarity (of speech) L

⋙prākṛtadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f

⋙prākṛtanāmaliṅgānuśāsana

1. ○nāma-liṅgânuśāsana n

⋙prākṛtapañcīkaraṇa

1. ○pañcī-karaṇa n

⋙prākṛtapāda

1. ○pāda m

⋙prākṛtapiṅgala

1. ○piṅgala m

⋙prākṛtaprakāśa

1. ○prakāśa m. (and -bhāṣya n.),

⋙prākṛtaprakriyāvṛtti

1. ○prakriyāvṛtti f

⋙prākṛtapradīpikā

1. ○pradīpikā f

⋙prākṛtaprabodha

1. ○prabodha m. N. of wks

⋙prākṛtapralaya

1. ○pralaya m. the total dissolution of the world W

⋙prākṛtabhāṣākāvya

1. ○bhāṣā-kāvya n

⋙prākṛtabhāṣāntarvidhāna

1. ○bhāṣântarvidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙prākṛtabhāṣin

1. ○bhāṣin mfn. speaking Prākṛit Mṛicch

⋙prākṛtamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f

⋙prākṛtamaṇīdīpikā

1. ○maṇī-dīpikā f

⋙prākṛtamanoramā

1. ○manoramā f. N. of wks

⋙prākṛtamānuṣa

1. ○mānuṣa m. a common or ordinary man W

⋙prākṛtamitra

1. ○mitra n. a natural friend or ally, a sovereign whose kingdom is separated by that of another from the country with which he is allied, W (cf. prākṛtâri and ○tôdāsīṇa)

⋙prākṛtarahasya

1. ○rahasya m

⋙prākṛtarahasya

1. ○rahasya n

⋙prākṛtalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n

⋙prākṛtalaṅkesvara

1. ○laṅkêsvara m

⋙prākṛtavyākaraṇa

1. ○vyākaraṇa n. (and ○ṇa-vṛtti f.) N. of wks

⋙prākṛtaśāsana

1. ○śāsana n. a manual of the Prākṛit dialects, Gr

⋙prākṛtasaṃskāra

1. ○saṃskāra m

⋙prākṛtasaṃjīvanī

1. ○saṃjīvanī f

⋙prākṛtasaptati

1. ○saptati f

⋙prākṛtasarvasva

1. ○sarvasva n

⋙prākṛtasāhityaratnākara

1. ○sāhitya-ratnâkara m

⋙prākṛtasubhāṣitāvalī

1. ○subhāṣitâvalī f

⋙prākṛtasūtra

1. ○sūtra n

⋙prākṛtasetu

1. ○setu m. N. of wks

⋙prākṛtādhyāya

1. prākṛtâdhyāya m. and N. of wks

⋙prākṛtānanda

1. prākṛḍtânanda m. N. of wks

⋙prākṛtāri

1. prākṛtâri m. a natural enemy, a sovereign of an adjacent country, Mallin

⋙prākṛtāṣṭādhyāyī

1. prākṛtâṣṭâdhyāyī f. N. of wk

⋙prākṛtodāsīna

1. prākṛtôdāsīna m. a natural neutral, a sovereign whose dominions are situated beyond those of the natural ally W

≫prākṛtāyana

1. prākṛtāyana m. patr. fr. pra-kṛta g. aśvâdi

≫prākṛtika

1. prākṛtika mf(ī)n. relating to Pra-kṛiti or the original element, material, natural, common, vulgar Sāṃkhyak. Pur. Tattvas

prākoṭaka

1. prākoṭaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh. [Page 703, Column]
2. mfn. relating to the Prākoṭakas ib. (v. l. prāk-kośala)

prākkarman

1. prāk-karman prāg-agra &c. See under prāñc, col. 3, and p. 704, col. 1

prāgahi

1. prāgahi m. N. of a teacher ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙prāgahīya

1. prāgaḍhīya mfn. relating to Prāgahi ib

prāgāra

1. prâgāra m. or n. (?) a principal building Inscr

prāgra

1. prā́gra (pra-agra), n. the highest point, summit Nir

⋙prāgrasara

1. ○sara mfn. going in the forefront, foremost in (comp.) Hcar
2. chief among (gen.) Śak. v, 15 (v. l. -hara)

⋙prāgrahara

1. ○hara mfn. taking the best share, chief principal among (gen. or comp.) Kālid. Hcar

≫prāgrya

1. prâgrya mfn. chief principal, most excellent MBh. Hariv

prāgrāṭa

1. prāgrāṭa n. thin coagulated milk L

prāghuṇa

1. prāghuṇa m. (Prākṛit for prâ-ghūrṇa
2. cf. prahuṇa) a visitor, guest Kathās

⋙prāghuṇaka

1. prāghuṇaka (Pañcat.),

⋙prāghuṇika

1. prāghuṇika (Bhām.), m. id. (○ṇikī- √kṛ, to make a visitor to, cause to reach
2. kathā mama śravana-prāghuṇikī-kṛtā, 'the tale was made to reach my ears' i.e. 'was communicated to me' Naish.)

≫prāghūrṇa

1. prâghūrṇa m. (lit. 'one who goes forth deviously') wanderer, guest Pañcat

⋙prāghurṇaka

1. prâghurṇaka m. id. (v. l.)

⋙prāghūrṇika

1. prâghūrṇika m. id. L. (v. l.)
2. (ā), f. hospitable reception Vet

prāṅ

1. prāṅ &c. See p. 704, col. 3

prāṅga

1. prâṅga (pra-aṅga), n. a kind of drum (= paṇava) L. (cf. next)

prāṅgaṇa

1. prā́ṅgaṇa (pra-aṅgaṇa), n. acourt, yard, court-yard Ratnâv. Kathās. Pur. &c. (also written ○gana)
2. a kind of drum L. (cf. prec.)

prācaṇḍya

1. prācaṇḍya prācurya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 1

prācāra

1. prācāra (pra-ācāra), mfn. contrary to or deviating from ordinary institutes and observances W
2. m. a winged ant, Hativ. (v. l.)

≫prācārya

1. prâcārya m. the teacher of a teacher or a former teacher Āpast. (= pragata ācārya Pat.)

prācikā

1. prācikā f. (cf. prájika) a musquito L
2. a female falcon L

prācikya

1. prācikya n. fr. pracika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

prācīna

1. prācīna &c. See p. 704, col. 3

prācīra

1. prācīra m. or n. (fr. pra-cīra) an enclosure, hedge, fence, wall Kull. L

prācya

1. prācya See p. 705, col. 1

prāch

1. prāch incorrect for prāś, See 3. prā́s

prājaka

1. prâjaka m. (fr. pra-√aj) a driver, coachman Mn. viii, 293 &c

⋙prājana

1. prâjana m. a whip, goad Gobh. KātyŚr. Sch. (also prâja Gṛihyās.)
2. ○nin m. one who bears a whip Gṛihyās

⋙prājika

1. prâjika m. a hawk VarBṛS. Sch. (cf. prācikā)

⋙prejitṛ

1. prêjitṛ m. = prâjaka L

⋙prājin

1. prâjin m. (prob.) = prâjaka
2. ○ji-dhara m. N. of a man Rājat
3. ○jipakṣin. m. a partic. bird (cf. vāji-p○)
4. ○ji-maṭhikā f. N. of a place Rājat

prājaruhā

1. prājaruhā and prājaryā ind., with √kṛ g. sâkṣād-ādi (Kāś.)

prājala

1. prājala m. pl. N. of a Vedic school L. (v. l. prājvalana and prâñjali)

prājāpata

1. prājāpata mf(ī)n.= next, mfn. g. mahiṣy-âdi
2. (ī), f. N. of AV. v, 2, 7 Kauś

≫prājāpatya

1. prājāpatyá mf(ā́) is. coming or derived from Prajā-pati, relating or sacred to him AV. &c
2. &c
3. m. a descendant of Prajā-pati (patr. of Patam-ga, of Prajāvat, of Yakshma-nāśana, of Yajña, of Vimada, of Vishṇu, of Saṃvaraṇa, of Hiranya-garbha) RAnukr
4. (with or scil. vivâha or vidhi) a form of marriage (in which the father gives his daughter to the bridegroom without receiving a present from him) ĀśvGṛ. i, 6 Mn. iii, 30 &c
5. (with or scil. kṛcchra or upavāsa) a kind of fast or penance (lasting 12 days, food being eaten during the first 3 once in the morning, during the next 3 once in the evening, in the next 3 only if given as alms, and a plenary fast being observed during the 3 remaining days Mn. xi, 105) Yājñ. &c. [Page 703, Column]
6. (with śakaṭa, also n.) the chariot of Rohiṇī, N. of an asterism Var. Pañcat
7. (with or scil. tithi) the 8th day in the dark half of the month Pausha Col. (○tyāś catvāraḥ prastobhāḥ, N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
8. superl. ○tya-tama Kapishṭh.)
9. a son born in the Prājāpatyá form of marriage Vishṇ
10. a Kshatriya and a Vaiśya. GopBr. Vait
11. N. of the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā L. (cf. MBh. i, 2097)
12. (with Jainas) N. of the first black Vāsudeva L
13. (ā), f. patr. of Dakshiṇā RAnukr
14. giving away the whole of one's property before entering upon the life of an ascetic or mendicant W
15. N. of a verse addressed to Prajā-pati, ApGṛ
16. (with śakaṭī) = m. n. with śakaṭa MW
17. n. generative energy, procreative power. AV. TS
18. (with or scil. karman) a partic. kind of generation in the manner of Prajā-pati MBh. Hariv
19. a partic. sacrifice performed before appointing a daughter to raise issue in default of male heirs W
20. the world of Prajāpati MārkP
21. (with or scil. nakṣatra or bha) the asterism Rohiṇī MBh. Var
22. (also with akṣarya, prayas-vat and mādhucchaudasa) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙prājāpatyatva

1. ○tva n. the state or condition of belonging or referring to Prajā-pati Śaṃk

⋙prājāpatyapradāyin

1. ○pradāyin (or -sthāna-pr○), mfn. (prob.) procuring the place or world of PrṭPrājāpatyá MārkP

⋙prājāpatyavrata

1. ○vrata n. N. of a partic. observance ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙prājāpatyasthalīpākaprayoga

1. ○sthalī-pāka-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙prājāpatyeṣṭi

1. prājāpatyêṣṭi f. N. of wk

≫prājāpatyaka

1. prājāpatyaka mfn. belonging or referring or sacred to Prajā-pati MBh

≫prājāvata

1. prājāvata mf(ī)n. (fr. prajā-vat), g. mahiṣyādi

≫prājeśa

1. prājeśa mf(ī)n. (fr. prajêśa) sacred to Prajāpati
2. n. the Nakshatra Rohiṇī VarBṛS

≫prājeśvara

1. prājeśvara mf(ī)n, (fr. prajêśvara) id. ib

prājidhara

1. prâji-dhara &c. See prâjaka

prājña

1. prājña &c. See p. 702, col. 1

prājya

1. prâjya mfn. (?fr. pra + ājya, 'having much ghee') copious, abundant, large, great, important MBh. Kāv. &c
2. lasting, long Rājat
3. high, lofty A

⋙prājyakāma

1. ○kāma mfn. rich in enjoyments R

⋙prājyadakṣiṇa

1. ○dakṣiṇa mfn. abounding in sacrificial fees MBh

⋙prājyabhaṭṭa

1. ○bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author Cat

⋙prājyabhuja

1. ○bhuja mfn. long-armed Ml

⋙prājyabhojya

1. ○bhojya mfn. (prob.) = -kāma ib

⋙prājyavikrama

1. ○vikrama mfn. possessing great power Kum

⋙prājyavṛṣṭi

1. ○vṛṣṭi mfn. sending rain in abundance (said of Indra) Śak

⋙prājyendhanatṛṇa

1. prâjyêndhanatṛṇa mfn. (a place) abounding in fuel and grass Hariv

prāñc

1. prāñc mfn. (fr. pra + 2. añc
2. nom. prā́ṅ, prā́cī, prā́k
3. Pāṇ. 6-1, 182) directed furwards or towards, being in front, facing, opposite RV. VS. AV. Mn. (acc. with √kṛ, to bring, procure, offer RV
4. to stretch forth the fingers ib
5. to make straight, prepare or clear a path ib
6. [also with pra- √tir, or -√ni] to advance, promote, further ib
7. with Caus. of √kḷp, to face, turn opposite to Mn. vii, 189)
8. turned eastward, eastern, easterly (opp. to ápāc, western) RV. &c. &c
9. being to the east of (abl.) Mn. ii, 21
10. running from west to east, taken lengthwise KātyŚr
11. (with viśvataḥ) turned to all directions RV
12. inclined, willing ib
13. lasting, long (as life) AV
14. (esp. ibc
15. below.) previous, prior, former
16. (prañcas), m.pl. the people of the east, eastern people or grammarians, P1ṇ. i, 1, 75 &c
17. (prā́cī) f. (with or scil. diś) the east ŚBr. MBh. &c
18. the post to which an elephant is tied L
19. (prā́k
20. prāṅ Lāṭy. KātyŚr.), ind. before (in place or in order or time
21. as prep. with abl. [Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 1], rarely with gen
22. also in comp. with its subst. Pāṇ. ib.) ŚrS. Up. MBh. &c
23. in the east, to the east of (abl.) RV. Lāṭy
24. before the eyes Hit. i, 76
25. at first, formerly, previously, already Mn. MBh. &c
26. (with eva), a short while ago, recently, just Śak
27. still more so, how much more (= kim-uta) Buddh
28. above, in the former part (of a book) Mn. Pāṇ
29. first, in the first place, above all Kathās. MārkP
30. from now, henceforth Var
31. up to, as far as (with abl
32. esp. in gram., e. g. prāk kaḍārāt, up to the word kaḍāra Pāṇ. 2-1, 3)
33. between (= avântare) L
34. early in the morning L
35. wṛ. for drāk MBh
36. (prācā́), ind. forwards, onwards RV
37. eastwards ib
38. (prācás), ind. from the front ib

≫prāk

1. prāk in comp. for prāñc

⋙prākkarman

1. ○karman n. preparatory medical treatment Suśr
2. an action done in a former life Kathās

⋙prākkalpa

1. ○kalpa m. a former age or era MārkP

⋙prākkāla

1. ○kāla m. a former age or time W

⋙prākkālīna

1. ○kālīna mfn. belonging to former or ancient times, ancient, previous, former W. [Page 704, Column]

⋙prākkūla

1. ○kūla mfn. -tā f. wṛ. for -tūla &c., q.v

⋙prākkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. done before, done in a former life MBh
2. n. an action done in a former life Siṃhâs

⋙prākkevala

1. ○kevala mfn. manifested from the first in a distinct form (without preliminary symptoms, as a disease) Suśr

⋙prākkośala

1. ○kośala (or -kosala) mfn. belonging to the eastern Kośalas (as a Prince) MBh. (vḷ. prākoṭaka)

⋙prākcaraṇa

1. ○caraṇa mfn. previously excited (said of the female generative organs previous to coitus) Car. ŚārṅgS

⋙prākciram

1. ○ciram ind. before it is too late, in good time MBh

⋙prākchāya

1. ○chāya n. the falling eastward of a shadow Mn

⋙prāktanaya

1. ○tanaya m. a former pupil BhP. (v. l. prâpta-naya)

⋙prāktarām

1. ○tarām ind. somewhat more eastward MānŚr

⋙prāktiryakpramāṇa

1. ○tiryakpramāṇa n. the breadth in front KātyŚr. Comm

⋙prāktūla

1. ○tūla mfn. having panicles (of Kuśa grass) turned towards the east GṛS. Mn. BhP
2. n. a panicle of Kuśa grass turned eastward W
3. -tā f. the being turned towards the eastward (of sacrificial vessels) Prayogar
4. (wṛ. -kūla, ○tā)

⋙prākpada

1. ○pada n. the first member of a compound Piṅg. Sch

⋙prākpaścimāyata

1. ○paścimâyata mf(ā)n. running from east to west Hcat

⋙prākpuṇyaprabhava

1. ○puṇya-prabhava mfn. caused by merit accumulated in former existences MW

⋙prākpuṣpā

1. ○puṣpā f. N. of plant Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt.: 1

⋙prākpravaṇa

1. ○pravaṇa (prā́k-), mf(ā) n. sloping eastward ŚBr

⋙prākprastuta

1. ○prastuta mfn. mentioned before, Mālatim

⋙prākprahāna

1. ○prahāna m. the first blow A

⋙prākprātarāśika

1. ○prātarāśika mfn. to be studied before breakfast, SaṃthUp

⋙prākphala

1. ○phala m. the bread-fruit tree (= panasa) L

⋙prākphslgunī

1. ○phslgunī f. = pūrva-ph○ (q.v.) Var
2. -bhava m. Bṛihaspati or the planet Jupiter (born when the moon was in the mansion Prākphalguni) L

⋙prākphālguna

1. ○phālguna m. the planet Jupiter L. (cf. prec.)
2. (ī), f. = pūrva-ph○ (q.v.) Var. (vḷ. -phalgunī)

⋙prākphālguneya

1. ○phālguneya m. the planet Jupiter (cf. prec.) L

⋙prākśas

1. ○śas ind. eastwards, towards the east Gobh

⋙prākśiras

1. ○śiras (prā́k-), mfn. having the head turned to the east ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. MārkP

⋙prākśirasa

1. ○śirasa (W.) or (Suśr.), mfn. id

⋙prākśiraska

1. ○śiraska (Suśr.), mfn. id

⋙prākśṛṅgavat

1. ○śṛṅga-vat m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh

⋙prākśrotas

1. ○śrotas wṛ. for -srotas, q.v

⋙prākśliṣṭa

1. ○śliṣṭa mfn. v. l. for prāśliṣṭa, q.v

⋙prāksaṃstha

1. ○saṃstha mfn. (-tva n.) ending in the east KātyŚr

⋙prāksaṃdhyā

1. ○saṃdhyā f. morning twilight Hariv. Var

⋙prāksamāsa

1. ○samāsa mfn. having the joint (?) or tie turned eastward Lāṭy

⋙prāksoma

1. ○soma mfn. (MānGṛ.) or (Yājñ.) preceding the Soma sacrifice

⋙prāksaumika

1. ○saumika mf(ī)n. (Yājñ.) preceding the Soma sacrifice

⋙prāksrotas

1. ○srotas mfn. flowing eastward (wṛ. -śrotas) R

≫prāktana

1. prāktana mf(ī)n. former, prior, previous, preceding, old, ancient (opp. to idânīntana) Hariv. Ragh. BhP. &c

⋙prāktanakarman

1. ○karman n. any act formerly done or done in a former state of existence
2. fate destiny Pañcat

⋙prāktanajanman

1. ○janman n. a former birth Kum

≫prāktas

1. prāktás (AV.) or (RV.), ind. from the front, from the east

⋙prāktāt

1. prā́ktāt (RV.), ind. from the front, from the east

≫prāg

1. prāg in comp. for prāñc

⋙prāgagra

1. ○agra mf(ā)n. having the tip. or point turned forward or eastward (-tā f.) GṛŚrS. BhP

⋙prāganurāga

1. ○anurāga m. former affection Malatim

⋙prāganūka

1. ○anūka n. the stripes stretching lengthways on the back part of an altar KātyŚr. Comm

⋙prāgapaccheda

1. ○apaccheda m. a division made lengthwise ib

⋙prāgapam

1. ○apám ind. (fr. -apāk) from the front towards the back, in a backward direction ŚBr

⋙prāgaparāyata

1. ○aparâyata mf(ā)n. extending from east to west Var

⋙prāgapavargam

1. ○apavargam ind. with its end to the east Āp

⋙prāgabhāva

1. ○abhāva m. the not yet existing, non-existence of anything which may yet be Bhāshāp. Sāṃkhyak., Comm &c
2. (in law) the non-possession of property that may be possessed W
3. -vāda m. -vicāra m. vicāra-rahasya n. -vijñāna n. vôjjīvana n. N. of wks

⋙prāgabhihita

1. ○abhihita mfn. before mentioned
2. tva n. Hcat

⋙prāgavasthā

1. ○avasthā f. former state, a former condition of life Rājat. Sāy

⋙prāgāṅgam

1. ○āṅgam ind. prob. wṛ. for -gaṅgam, 'east of the Ganges' MBh

⋙prāgāyata

1. ○āyata mf(ā)n. extending east ward ĀśvŚr. MBh

⋙prāgāhuti

1. ○āhuti f. morning libation ŚāṅkhGṛ. Comm

⋙prāgāhnika

1. ○āhnika mfn. relating to the forenoon (= paurvāhṇika) MBh

⋙prāgukti

1. ○ukti f. previous utterance VPrāt. Sch

⋙prāguttara

1. ○uttara mf(ā)n. north-eastern MBh. Hariv. R
2. (ā), f. (with or scil. diś) the north-east MBh. R
3. (eṇa ṃBh. or -tas Var.), ind. north-eastwards, to the north-east of (with abl. or gen.)
4. -dig-bhāga (Paṛicat.) or -digvibhāga (MBh.), m. the nṭnorth-eastern side of (gen.)

⋙prāgutpatti

1. ○utpatti f. first appearance, fṭfirst manifestation (of a disease) Car

⋙prāgudañc

1. ○udañc uif(īcī)n. north-eastern GṛŚrS. YĀjñ. MBh. Pur
2. (īcī), f. (With or scil. aiś) the north-east ib
3. (ak), ind. to the north east ĀśvŚr
4. -udak-pravaṇa mfn. sloping north-eastward or sloping towards the east or north ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy. Kauś. [Page 704, Column]
5. ○ak-plava (Hariv.) or ○ak-plavana (MBh. MārkP.), mfn. inclining towards the north-east
6. ○ag-agra mfn. having the tips turned somewhat east and somewhat north ĀpGṛ. (Sch.)
7. ○aṅmukha mfn. having the face turned to the nṭnorth-eṭeast (or to the east or north) Mn. BhP

⋙prāguddhārasaṃgraha

1. ○uddhāra-saṃgraha mṆ. of wk

⋙prāgūḍhā

1. ○ūḍhā f. (a woman) formerly married Viddh

⋙prāggaṅgam

1. ○gaṅgam ind., See prāg-āṅga n

⋙prāggamanavat

1. ○gamana-vat mfn. having a forward motion, going forwards Vedântas

⋙prāggāmin

1. ○gāmin mfn. going before, preceding, intending to go before R

⋙prāgguṇa

1. ○guṇa mfn. possessing any previously mentioned quality RāmatUp

⋙prāggranthi

1. ○granthi mfn. having the knots turned eastward KātyŚr

⋙prāggrāmam

1. ○grāmam ind. before the village or to the east of the village Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 Sch

⋙prāggrīva

1. ○grīva mfn. having the neck turned eastward GṛŚrS. Kauś

⋙prāgghuta

1. ○ghuta n. (KātyŚr.) or (prāg-homa TBr. Comm.) a previous oblation

⋙prāgghoma

1. ○ghoma m. (prāg-homa TBr. Comm.) a previous oblation

⋙prāgjanmaka

1. ○janmaka mf(ikā)n. belonging to a former life HPariś. (ikā f. = devâṅganā)

⋙prāgjanman

1. ○janman n. a former birth, fṭformer life BhP. Kathās. Rājat

⋙prāgjāta

1. ○jāta n. (Bhartṛ.) or (Kathās.) id,

⋙prāgjāti

1. ○jāti f. (Kathās.) id,

⋙prāgjyotiṣa

1. ○jyotiṣa mfn. lighted from the east ŚāṅkhGṛ
2. relating to the city of Prāg-jyṭjyotisha MBh
3. m. N. of a country (= kāma-rūpa) L
4. the king of the city of Prrāg-jyṭjyotisha (N. of Bhaga-datta) MBh
5. (pl.) N. of a people living in that city or its environs MārkP. Var
6. n. N. of a city, the dwelling-place of the demon Naraka MBh. Hariv. R. Rājat. Ragh
7. N. of a Sāman MBh. (Nīlak.)
8. -jeṣṭha m. N. of Vishṇu ib

⋙prāgdakṣiṇa

1. ○dakṣiṇa mf(ā)u. south-eastern Kauś. MārkP
2. (ā), f. the south-east
3. ind. to the south-east KātyŚr.: ○ṇâñc mf(ācī)n. directed or turned to the south-east ŚāṅkhŚr
4. ○ṇā-pravaṇa mfn. sloping south-eastward ĀśvGṛ

⋙prāgdaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa mf(ā)n. having the stem or stalk turned eastward Kauś. AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
2. (am), ind. ĀpŚr. Vait

⋙prāgdaśa

1. ○daśa (prāg-.), mfn. having the border turned eastward ŚBr. -1

⋙prāgdiś

1. ○diś f. 'the eastern quarter', the east Hariv. -2

⋙prāgdiś

1. ○diś mfn. one who has been pointed to or mentioned before Hariv

⋙prāgdeśa

1. ○deśa m. the eastern country, country of the eastern people Pāṇ. 1-1, 75 Sch. (○śaṃ, w. 1. for -diśaḥ see prec. Hariv. 444)

⋙prāgdaihika

1. ○daihika mfn. belonging to life in a former body Car

⋙prāgdvār

1. ○dvār f. a door on the east side BhP

⋙prāgdvāra

1. ○dvāra mfn. having doors towards the east Kauś. ŚāṅkhGṛ. KātyŚr
2. (also -dvārika Var. Comm.)
3. N. of the 7 lunar mansions beginning with Kṛittikā Var
4. n. the place before a door R. Ragh
5. a door on the east side MānGṛ

⋙prāgdvārika

1. ○dvārika mfn. See prec

⋙prāgbodhi

1. ○bodhi m. N. of a mountain MWB. 399

⋙prāgbhakta

1. ○bhakta n. taking medicine before a meal Suśr
2. medicine to be taken before a meal Car

⋙prāgbhava

1. ○bhava m. a previous life Siṃhâs

⋙prāgbhāga

1. ○bhāga m. the fore or upper part Śiś. iv, 49 (vḷ. -bhāra)
2. the eastern side Var

⋙prāgbhāra

1. ○bhāra m. (prob. fr. Prākr. pabbhāra = pra-hvāra,√hvṛ) the slope of a mountain, Mālatim. Kathās. Bālar
2. bending, inclining (cf. prācīna-p○
3. purataḥ-p○, bent to the front Lalit.)
4. inclination, propensity Lalit. (ifc. = inclined to, Divyâ)
5. the being not far from Yogas
6. a (subsiding) mass, multitude, heap, quantity Bhartṛ. Prab. &c
7. a shelter-roof L. (v. l. for bhāga, q.v.)

⋙prāgbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. prior existence L
2. superiority, excellence W
3. wṛ. for -bhāra in the sense of 'slope of a mountain' (L.) and, being not far from' (Yogas.)
4. -tas ind. from a prior state of existence W

⋙prāgbhāvīya

1. ○bhāvīya mfn. belonging to a prṭprior existence Śaṃk. Sch

⋙prāgrūpa

1. ○rūpa n. previous symptom (of disease) Cat

⋙prāglagna

1. ○lagna n. horoscope VarYogay

⋙prāglajja

1. ○lajja mf(ā)n. being ashamed at first Rājat. -1

⋙prāgvaṃśa

1. ○vaṃśa m. a former or previous generation Hariv
2. N. of Vishṇu ib. -2

⋙prāgvaṃśa

1. ○vaṃśa mfn. having the supporting beams turned eastward KātySr. Āp
2. m. the space before the Vedi (perhaps a kind of sacrificial chamber having columns or beams towards the east and situated opposite to the Vedi
3. accord. to others, a room in which the family and friends of the person performing the sacrifice assemble) ĀpŚr. Hariv. Ragh. BhP

⋙prāgvaṃsika

1. ○vaṃsika mfn. relating to the space before the Vedi ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙prāgvacana

1. ○vacana n. a former decision VPrāt. Sch
2. any. thing formerly decided or decreed MBh

⋙prāgvaṭa

1. ○vaṭa m. or n. (?) N. of a city R

⋙prāgvat

1. ○vat ind. as before, as previously, as formerly Kathās
2. as in the pre. ceding part (of a book) Pāṇ. 1-2, 37 Vārtt. 2 Sch

⋙prāgvāṭakula

1. ○vāṭa-kula n. N. of a family Bhadrab

⋙prāgvāta

1. ○vāta m. east-wind Car

⋙prāgvṛtta

1. ○vṛtta n. former behaviour Kathās
2. (in law) = 1 prâṅ-nyāya (q.v.), Bṛihasp
3. ○ttânta m. a former event, previous adventure Vet. [Page 704, Column]

⋙prāgvṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. conduct or life in a former existence Kathās

⋙prāgveṣa

1. ○veṣa m. a former dress Rājat

⋙prāghāra

1. ○hāra m. wṛ. for -bhāra, q.v

⋙prāghoma

1. ○homa See -ghoma, col. 2

≫prāgivīya

1. prāgivīya mfn. fr. prāg iva Pāṇ. 5-3, 70

≫prāgghitīya

1. prāgghitīya mfn. fr. prāgghitāt ib. iv, 4, 75

≫prāgdiśīya

1. prāgdiśīya mfn. fr. prāg diśaḥ ib. v, 3, 1

≫prāgdīvyatīya

1. prāgdīvyatīya mfn. fr. prāg dīvyataḥ ib. iv, 1, 83

≫prāgdhitīya

1. prāgdhitīya mfn. wṛ. for ○gghitīya

≫prāṅ

1. prāṅ in comp. for prāñc

⋙prāṅāyata

1. ○āyata mfn. = prāg-āy○ (q. v:) Kauś

⋙prāṅīkṣaṇa

1. ○īkṣaṇa n. looking eastward KātyŚr. Comm

⋙prāṅīṣa

1. ○īṣa mfn. having the pole turned eastward ib

⋙prāṅnayana

1. ○nayana n. moving eastward ib

⋙prāṅnāsikā

1. ○nāsikā or f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 60 Sch. -1,

⋙prāṅnāsikī

1. ○nāsiḍkī f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 60 Sch. -1,

⋙prāṅnyāya

1. ○nyāya m. (in law) a former trial of a cause, special plea W
2. ○yôttara n. a defendant's plea that the charge against him has already been tried Yājñ. Sch. -2

⋙prāṅnyāya

1. ○nyāya mfn. turned eastward according to rule ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙prāṅmukha

1. ○mukha mf(ā or ī)n. having the tip or the face turned forward or eastward, facing eastward GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (also khâñcana Sāy. on RV. x, 18, 3
2. ○kha-karaṇa n. Lāṭy
3. ○kha-tva n. Hcat.)
4. inclined towards, desirous of wishing (ifc.) Kathās
5. (am), ind. eastwards Sūryas

⋙prāṅśāyin

1. ○śāyin mfn. See adhah-p○

≫prācā

1. prācā ind., See prāñc

⋙prācājihva

1. ○jihva (prācā́-.), mfn. moving the tongue forwards (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 3

⋙prācāmanyu

1. ○manyu mfn. striving to move forwards (said of Indra) ib. viii, 50, 9

≫prācī

1. prācī f. of prāñc

⋙prācīpati

1. ○pati m., lord of the east', N. of Indra L

⋙prācīpratīcitas

1. ○pratīci-tas ind. from the east or from the west Uttamac

⋙prācīpramāṇa

1. ○pramāṇa n. length (opp. to breadth) KātyŚr. Sch

⋙prācīmūla

1. ○mūla n. the eastern horizon Megh

⋙prācīsarasvatīmāhātmya

1. ○sarasvatī-māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫prācīna

1. prācī́na mf(ā)n. turned towards the front or eastward, eastern, easterly RV. TS. Br. &c
2. former, Prior, preceding. ancient, old Mn. Kull. Hāyan
3. m. n. a hedge (= prācīra) L
4. (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L
5. the Ichneumon plant L
6. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
7. (am), ind. in front, forwards, before (in space and time
8. with abl.), eastwards, to the east of (abl.) RV. AV. TS. Br. &c
9. subsequently (átaḥ-p○, 'fursher on from that point') ŚBr

⋙prācīnaāvītin

1. ○āvītin mfn. = ○nâviitin (q.v.) Mn

⋙prācīnakarṇa

1. ○karṇa mf(ā)n. having the wood-knots turned eastward (said of a branch of the Udumbara tree) ĀpŚr

⋙prācīnakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. a former Kalpa or period of the world's duration Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙prācīnakūla

1. ○kūla (BhP.) = prāk-k○ = prāk-tūta, q.v. (v. l. prācīnamūla)

⋙prācīnagarbha

1. ○garbha m. N. of an ancient Rishi also called Apântara-tamas MBh

⋙prācīnagāthā

1. ○gāthā f. an ancient story or tradition MW

⋙prācīnagauḍa

1. ○gauḍa m. N. of the author of the. Saṃvatsara-pradipa Cat

⋙prācīnagrīva

1. ○grīva (prācī́na-.), mfn. having the neck turned eastward Br

⋙prācīnatā

1. ○tā f. antiquity, oldness MW

⋙prācīnatāna

1. ○tāná m. the warp or longitudinal threads of a web TS

⋙prācīnatilaka

1. ○tilaka m. 'having a mark towards the east (?)', the moon L

⋙prācīnatva

1. ○tva n. = -tā MW

⋙prācīnapakṣa

1. ○pakṣa (prācī́na-), mf(ā)n. having the feathers turned forward (as an, arrow) AV

⋙prācīnapanasa

1. ○panasa m. 'the eastern Jaka tree, Aegle Marmelos L

⋙prācīnaprakriyā

1. ○prakriyā f. N. of a gramm. wk. (= prakriyā-kaumudī) Cat

⋙prācīnaprajanana

1. ○prajanana (prācī́na-), mfn. ŚBr. vii, 4, 2, 40

⋙prācīnapravaṇa

1. ○pravaṇa mfn. sloping eastward ĀpŚr

⋙prācīnaprāgbhāra

1. ○prāg-bhāra mfn. bending or inclining eastward Buddh

⋙prācīnabarhis

1. ○barhis m. (nom. ○hi before ṛ) 'eastern light (?)', N. of Indra Ragh
2. of a Prajā-pati of the race of Atrī MBh
3. of a son of Havir-dhāman (or Havir-dhāna) and father of the 10 Pracetas MBh. Hariv. Pur
4. of a son of Manu BhP

⋙prācīnamata

1. ○mata n. an ancient belief, a belief sanctioned by antiquity MW

⋙prācīnamātrāvāsas

1. ○mātrā-vāsas n. a partic. article of women's clothing ĀpŚr

⋙prācīnamūla

1. ○mūla mfn. having roots turned eastward BhP

⋙prācīnayoga

1. ○yoga m. 'ancient Yoga', N. of a man, g. gargâdi
2. of an ancient teacher, father of Patanjali VāyuP

⋙prācīnayogīputra

1. ○yogīpútra (prā́cīna-), m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

⋙prācīnayogya

1. ○yogya (prā́cīna-), m. patr. fr. -yoga fr. -yoga ŚBr. Up. &c
2. (pl.) N. of a school of the Sāma-veda, Āryav. Caraṇ

⋙prācīnaraśmi

1. ○raśmi (prācī́na-), mfn. having reins directed forward RV. x, 36, 6

⋙prācīnavaṃśa

1. ○vaṃśa (prācī́na-), mf(ā)n. having the supporting beams turned eastward TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. prāg-v○)
2. n. a hut which has the supporting beams turned eṭeastward TS

⋙prācīnavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. N. of Comm. on the Uṇadi-sūtras

⋙prācīnaśāla

1. ○śāla m. N. of a man ChUp

⋙prācīnaśivastuti

1. ○śiva-stuti f. N. of an ancient hymn in praise of Siva

⋙prācīnaṣaḍaślti

1. ○ṣaḍ-aślti f. N. of wk

⋙prācīnaharaṇa

1. ○haraṇa n. carrying towards the east, carrying to the eastern fire ĀśvŚr

⋙prācīnāgra

1. prācī́nâgra mfn. having its points turned eastward (said of sacred grass) ŚBr. [Page 705, Column]

⋙prācīnātāna

1. prācīnâtāna m. pl. (AitBr.) or n. sg. (KaushUp
2. v. l. pl.) = prācīna-tāná, q.v

⋙prācīnāpavītin

1. prācīnâpavītin mfn. = ○nâviitín (q.v.) ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙prācīnāmalaka

1. prācīnâmalaka m. Flacourtia Cataphracta
2. n. its fruit MBh. Hariv. Suśr

⋙prācīnāvavītin

1. prācīnâvavītín mfn. = ○nâviitín (q.v.) ŚBr

⋙prācīnāvīta

1. prācīnâvītá mfn. = ○nâviitín Gal
2. n. the wearing of the sacred cord over the right shoulder (as at a Śrāddha) TS. Lāṭy. ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙prācīnāvītin

1. prācīnâvītin mfn. (Br. GṛŚrS. Gobh. Mn. i.) or (AV.) wearing the sacred cord over the right shoulder

⋙prācīnāvītinopavīta

1. prācīnâvītiḍnôpavītá mfn. (AV.) wearing the sacred cord over the right shoulder

≫prācais

1. prācais ind. forwards RV. i, 83, 2 (cf. uccais, nīcais, parācais)

≫prācya

1. prācyá or mf(ā)n. being in front or in the east, living in the east, belonging to the east, eastern, easterly AV. RPrāt. Sch. MBh. R. &c

⋙prācya

1. prācyá mf(ā)n. being in front or in the east, living in the east, belonging to the east, eastern, easterly AV. RPrāt. Sch. MBh. R. &c
2. preceding (also in a work), prior, ancient, old (opp. to ādhunika) Bālar. Sāh
3. N. of partic. hymns belonging to the Sāma-veda Hariv. BhP
4. m. N. of a man Buddh
5. (pl.) the inhabitants of the east, the eastern country Br. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
6. the ancients ŚārṅgP
7. (ā), f. (with or scil. bhāṣā) the dialect spoken in the east of India Sāh

⋙prācyakaṭha

1. ○kaṭha m. pl. the eastern Kathas (a school of the black Yajur-veda) Caraṇ. Aryav

⋙prācyapadavṛtti

1. ○pada-vṛtti f. a term applied to the rule according to which e remains in partic. cases unchanged before a RPrāt

⋙prācyapāñcāli

1. ○pāñcāli f. pl. SaṃhUp. xvi, 3

⋙prācyabhāṣā

1. ○bhāṣā f. the dialect of the east of India MW

⋙prācyaratha

1. ○ratha m. a car used in the eastern country Lāṭy

⋙prācyavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. a kind of metre Piṅg. Col

⋙prācyasaptasama

1. ○sapta-sama mfn. Pāṇ. 6-2, 12 Sch

⋙prācyasāman

1. ○sāman m. pl. N. of partic. chanters of the Sama-veda BhP

⋙prācyādhvaryu

1. prācyâdhvaryu m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 10 Sch

⋙prācyāvantya

1. prācyâvantya m. pl. N. of a people Suśr

⋙prācyodañc

1. prācyôdañc mf(īcī)n. running from east to north Hcat

≫prācyaka

1. prācyaka mfn. situated in the east BhP

≫prācyāyana

1. prācyāyana m. patr. fr. prācya g. aśvâdi

prāñjana

1. prâñjana (pra-añj○), n. paint or cement (on an arrow) AV

prāñjala

1. prâñjala mfn. (prob. fr. pra + añjali and = prâñjali) straight Suśr
2. upright, honest, sincere ĀpŚr. Sch
3. level (as a road) Kād

⋙prāñjalatā

1. ○tā f. straightness, plainness (of meaning) Pañcat

≫prāñjali

1. prâñjali mf(ī)n. joining and holding out the hollowed open hands (as a mark of respect and humility or to receive alms
2. cf. añjali, kṛtâñj○) Mn. MBh. and e
3. m. pl. N. of a school of the Sāmaveda, Āryav. (also -dvaita-bhṛt
4. v. l. prājvalanā dvaita-bhṛtaḥ and prājalā dvaita-bhṛtyāḥ)

⋙prāñjalipragraha

1. ○pragraha mfn. holding the hands joined and outstretched R. (v. l. ○liH pragr○)

⋙prāñjalisthita

1. ○sthita mfn. standing with joined and outstretched hands ib

≫prāñjalika

1. prâñjalika (MBh.),

⋙prāñjalin

1. prâñjaḍlin (Hariv.) = prâñjali

≫prāñjalībhū

1. prâñjalī-√bhū to stand holding out the joined and hollowed open hands Kāraṇḍ

prāḍāhati

1. prāḍāhati m. patr., g. taulvaly, ādi (v. L. prāṇāhati, Kaś, )

prāḍvivāka

1. prāḍ-vivāka See under 3. prāś, p. 709, col. 2

prāṇ

1. prâṇ or prân (pra-√an), P. prâniti (Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 Sch
2. impf. prâṇat, vii, 3, 99 Sch.) or prâniti (Vop.). to breathe in, inhale KenUp
3. to breathe RV. AV. ŚBr. Up
4. to blow (as the wind) AitBr
5. to live AV. Bhaṭṭ
6. to smell Saṃk.: Caus. pr^āṇayati (aor. pr^āṇiṇat Pāṇ. 8-4, 21 Sch.), to cause to breathe, animate AV. Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. prâṇiṇiṣati Pāṇ. 8-4, 21 Sch

≫prāṇ

1. prâṇ mfn. breathing Pāṇ. 8-4, 20 Sch

≫prāṇa

1. prâṇá m. (ifc. f. ā
2. for 1. See under √prā, p. 701) the breath of life, breath, respiration spirit vitality
3. pl. life RV. &c. &c. (prâṇān with √muc or √hā or pari- √tyaj, 'to resign or quit life'
4. with √rakṣ, 'to save life'
5. with ni-√han, 'to destroy life'
6. tvam me prâṇaḥ', thou art to me as dear as life'
7. often ifc
8. cf' pati-, mâna-pr○)
9. a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. prâṇa, apâna and vyāna AitBr. TUp. Suśr
10. usually 5, viz. the preceding with sam-āna and, yd-āna ŚBr. MBh. Suśr. &c., MWB. 242
11. or with the other vital organs 6 ŚBr
12. or 7 AV. Br. MuṇḍUp
13. or 9 AV. TS. Br
14. or 10 ŚBr
15. pl. the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. prâṇa, vāc, cakṣus, śrotra, manas, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i
16. or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. ŚrS. Mn. iv, 143)
17. air inhaled, wind AV. ŚBr. [Page 705, Column]
18. breath (as a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power MBh. R. &c. (sarvaprâṇena or -prâṇaiḥ, 'with all one's strength' or, all one's heart'
19. cf. yathā-prâṇam)
20. a breath (as a measure of time, or the time requisite for the pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vināḍikā) Var. Aryabh. VP
21. N. of a Kalpa (the 6th day in the light half of Brahmā's month) Pur
22. (in Sāṃkhya) the spirit (= puruṣa) Tattvas
23. (in Vedânts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Vedântas. RTL. 35 (cf. prāṇâtman)
24. poetical inspiration W
25. myrrh L
26. a N. of the letter y Up
27. of a Sāman TāṇḍBr. (vasiṣṭhasya prâṇâpânau ĀrshBr.)
28. of Brahmā L
29. of Vishṇu RTL. 106
30. of a Vasu BhP
31. of a son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv
32. of a Marut Yājñ. Sch
33. of a son of Dhātṛi Pur
34. of a son of Vidhātṛi BhP
35. of a Ṛishi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv

⋙prāṇakara

1. ○kara mf(ī) n. 'life-causing', invigorating, refreshing Cāṇ
2. m. N. of a man L

⋙prāṇakarman

1. ○karman n. vital function Bhag

⋙prāṇakṛcchra

1. ○kṛcchra n. peril of life MBh. BhP

⋙prāṇakṛṣṇa

1. ○kṛṣṇa m. (also with viśvāsa) N. of 2 authors Cat

⋙prāṇagraha

1. ○grahá m. 'breath-catcher', the nose, A
2. pl. N. of partic. Soma vessels TS

⋙prāṇaghātaka

1. ○ghātaka (MW.),

⋙prāṇaghna

1. ○ghna (Suśr.), mf(ī)n. life-destroying, killing, mortal

⋙prāṇacaya

1. ○caya m. increase of vitality or strength Var

⋙prāṇacit

1. ○cít mfn. forming a deposit of breath ŚBr

⋙prāṇaciti

1. ○cití f. a mass or deposit of breath ib

⋙prāṇacchid

1. ○cchid mfn. cutting life short, deadly, fatal Var

⋙prāṇaccheda

1. ○ccheda m. destruction of life, murder
2. -kara mfn. causing destruction of life, murderous Hit

⋙prāṇatejas

1. ○tejas (○ṇá-), mfn. whose splendour or glory is life or breath ŚBr

⋙prāṇatoṣiṇī

1. ○toṣiṇī f. N. of wk. on Tantric rites (1821)

⋙prāṇatyāga

1. ○tyāga m. abandonment of life, suicide, death Kāv. Kathās

⋙prāṇatrāṇa

1. ○trāṇa n. saving of life Mālatīm
2. -rasa m. N. of a partic. mixture L

⋙prāṇatva

1. ○tvá n. the state of breath or life ŚBr. Kap

⋙prāṇada

1. ○dá mf(ā)n. life-giving, saving or preserving life AV. &c. &c
2. m. Terminalia Tomeutosa or Coccinia Grandis L
3. N. of Brahmā L
4. of Vishṇu A
5. (ā), f. Terminalia Chebula L
6. a species of bulbous plant L
7. Commelina Salicifolia L
8. (with guḍikā) a kind of pill used as a remedy for hemorrhoids L
9. n. water L
10. blood L

⋙prāṇadakṣiṇā

1. ○dakṣiṇā f. the gift of life Kathās. Pañcat

⋙prāṇadaṇḍa

1. ○daṇḍa m. the punishment of death MW

⋙prāṇadayita

1. ○dayita m. 'dear as life', a husband Amar

⋙prāṇadavat

1. ○dávat See -dāvat

⋙prāṇadā

1. ○dā́ mfn. giving breath VS

⋙prāṇadātṛ

1. ○dātṛ mfn. one who saves another's life MBh

⋙prāṇadāna

1. ○dāna n. gift of (i. e. saving a person's) life Kathās
2. resigning life Pañcat
3. anointing the Havis with Ghṛita during the recitation of sacred texts supposed to restore life KātyŚr

⋙prāṇadāvat

1. ○dāvat mfn. life -giving AV. (-dávat prob. wṛ.)

⋙prāṇadurodara

1. ○durodara n. playing for lṭlife, staking life MBh

⋙prāṇadṛh

1. ○dṛh mfn. (nom. -dhṛk) sustaining or prolonging the breath Kāṭh

⋙prāṇadyūta

1. ○dyūta n. play or contest for lṭlife MBh
2. ○tâbhidevana mfn. (a battle) played or fought with lṭlife as a stake ib

⋙prāṇadroha

1. ○droha m. attempt on another's lṭlife Pañcat
2. ○hin mfn. (ifc.) seeking another's life Daś

⋙prāṇadhara

1. ○dhara m. N. of a man, Kathās
2. -miśra m. N. of an author Cat

⋙prāṇadhāra

1. ○dhāra mfn. possessing life, living, animate
2. m. a living being MW

⋙prāṇadhāraṇa

1. ○dhāraṇa n. support or maintenance or prolongation of life (○ṇaṃ √kṛ P., to support auother's life
2. [Ā, also with ○ṇāṃ], to support one's own life, take food) MBh. R. &c
3. means of supporting life, livelihood MBh. R

⋙prāṇadhārin

1. ○dhārin mfn. saving a person's (gen.) life Hariv

⋙prāṇadhṛk

1. ○dhṛk See -dṛh

⋙prāṇanātha

1. ○nātha m. (ifc.) f. ā, lord of life', a husband, lover Amar
2. N. of Yama L
3. N. of a heresiarch (who had a controversy with Śainkara at Prayāga) Cat
4. (with vaidya) N. of an author of sev. medic. wks

⋙prāṇanārāyaṇa

1. ○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a king of Kāma-rūpa Cat

⋙prāṇanāśa

1. ○nāśa m. 'loss of life', death, Veṇis

⋙prāṇanigraha

1. ○nigráha m. restraint of breath Vedântas

⋙prāṇaṃdada

1. ○ṃ-dada m. 'life-giver', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ

⋙prāṇapata

1. ○pata mfn. (fr. next), g. aśvapaty-ādi

⋙prāṇapati

1. ○pati m. 'life-lord', the soul MBh
2. a physician. Car
3. a husband MW

⋙prāṇapatnī

1. ○patnī f. 'breath-wife', the voice ṢaḍvBr

⋙prāṇaparikraya

1. ○parikraya m. the price of lṭlife L

⋙prāṇaparikṣīṇa

1. ○parikṣīṇa mfn. one whose lṭlife is drawing to a close Pañcat

⋙prāṇaparigraha

1. ○parigraha m. possession of breath or life, existence Amar

⋙prāṇaparityāga

1. ○parityāga m. abandonment of lṭlife Mṛicch

⋙prāṇaparīpsā

1. ○parī7psā f. desire of saving lṭlife MW

⋙prāṇapā

1. ○pā́ mfn. protecting breath or lṭlife VS

⋙prāṇapratiṣṭhā

1. ○pratiṣṭhā f. N. of wk
2. -paddhati f. -mantra m. N. of wks

⋙prāṇaprada

1. ○prada mfn. restoring or saving another's life, Kathās. (-phala n. N. of wk.)
2. (ā), f. a species of medic. plant L

⋙prāṇapradāyaka

1. ○pradāyaka mf(ikā)n. = -prada mfn. Kathās

⋙prāṇapradāyin

1. ○pradāyin mfn. id. ib

⋙prāṇaprayāṇa

1. ○prayāṇa n. departure or end lṭlife Rājat

⋙prāṇaprahāṇa

1. ○prahāṇa n. loss of life Siṃhâs. [Page 705, Column]

⋙prāṇaprāśanin

1. ○prâśanin mfn. feeding only on breath (i.e. on the mere smell of food or drink), Pracaṇḍ

⋙prāṇapriya

1. ○priya mfn. dear as life Vet
2. m. a husband, lover Naish. Sch

⋙prāṇaprepsu

1. ○prêpsu mfn. wishing to preserve his life, being in mortal fright MBh

⋙prāṇabādha

1. ○bādha m. danger to life, extreme peril Mn. iv, 31 (v. l.) Kām. BhP. (also ā f. A.)

⋙prāṇabuddhi

1. ○buddhi f. sg. life and intelligence R. (v. l.)

⋙prāṇabhakṣa

1. ○bhakṣa m. feeding only on breath or air (cf. -prâśanin) ŚrS
2. (am), ind. while feeding only on breath or air KātySr

⋙prāṇabhaya

1. ○bhaya n. fear for l, peril of death R. Kathās. Pañcat

⋙prāṇabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. possessing life
2. m. a living being, creature, man Śiś

⋙prāṇabhāsvat

1. ○bhāsvat m. 'life-light' (?), the ocean L

⋙prāṇabhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. being the breath of lṭlife Ṛitus

⋙prāṇabhṛt

1. ○bhṛ́t mfn. supporting life TS. ŚBr
2. = -bhāj. ŚBr. &c. &c
3. N. of partic. bricks used in erecting an altar TS. ŚBr
4. N. of Vishṇu A

⋙prāṇamat

1. ○mát mfn. full of vital power, vigorous, strong, MaitrS:

⋙prāṇamāya

1. ○mâya mf(ī)n. consisting of vṭvigorous air or breath ŚBr
2. -kośa m. the vital case (one of the cases or investitures of the soul) Vedântas

⋙prāṇamokṣaṇa

1. ○mokṣaṇa n. = -tyāga Pañcat

⋙prāṇayama

1. ○yama m. = prâṇâyāma L

⋙prāṇayātrā

1. ○yātrā f. support of life, subsistence MBh. Kāv. &c
2. ○trika mfn. requisite for subsṭsubsistence (ka-mātra mfn. possessing only the necessaries of life) Mn. MBh

⋙prāṇayuta

1. ○yuta mfn. endowed with life, living, alive Cāṇ

⋙prāṇayoni

1. ○yoni f. the source or spring of lṭlife Hariv

⋙prāṇarakṣaṇa

1. ○rakṣaṇa n. or preservation of lṭlife

⋙prāṇarakṣā

1. ○raḍkṣā f. preservation of lṭlife
2. ○kṣaṇârtham or ○kṣârtham ind. for the prṭpreservation of life Mn. MBh

⋙prāṇarandhra

1. ○randhra n. 'breath-aperture', the mouth or a nostril BhP

⋙prāṇarājyada

1. ○rājya-da mfn. one who has saved (another's) life and throne Kathās

⋙prāṇarodha

1. ○rodha m. suppression of breath BhP
2. N. of a partic. hell ib

⋙prāṇalābha

1. ○lābha m. saving of life Gaut. Mn. xi, 80 (wṛ. ○ṇâlābha)

⋙prāṇalipsu

1. ○lipsu mfn. desirous of saving lṭlife MBh

⋙prāṇavat

1. ○vat mfn. = -yuta, KatyŚr. Śak
2. vigorous, strong, powerful Suśr. Hariv. (compar. vat-tara)

⋙prāṇavallabhā

1. ○vallabhā f. a mistress or wife as dear as life Pañcat

⋙prāṇavidyā

1. ○vidyā f. the science of breath or vital airs Col

⋙prāṇavināśa

1. ○vināśa m. loss of life, death Sāntiś

⋙prāṇaviprayoga

1. ○viprayoga m. separation from life, death Āpast

⋙prāṇavīrya

1. ○vīrya n. strength of breath, TāṇdBr

⋙prāṇavṛtti

1. ○vṛtti f. vital activity or function Rājat
2. support of life Āpast

⋙prāṇavyaya

1. ○vyaya m. renunciation or sacrifice of life Kathās

⋙prāṇavyāyacchana

1. ○vyāyacchana n. peril or risk of life Gaut

⋙prāṇaśakti

1. ○śakti f. a partic. Śakti of Vishṇu Cat

⋙prāṇaśarīra

1. ○śarīra mfn. whose (only) body is vital air ChUp

⋙prāṇasaṃyama

1. ○saṃyama m. suppression or suspension of breath (as a religious exercise) Yājñ

⋙prāṇasaṃrodha

1. ○saṃrodha m. id. Cat

⋙prāṇasaṃvāda

1. ○saṃvāda m. an (imaginary) dispute (for precedence) between the vital airs or the organs of sense Col

⋙prāṇasaṃśaya

1. ○saṃśaya m. danger to life Gaut. Āpast. (also pl.)

⋙prāṇasaṃśita

1. ○saṃśita (○ṇá-), mfn. animated by the vital airs AV

⋙prāṇasaṃhitā

1. ○saṃhitā f. a manner of reciting the Vedic texts, pronouncing as many sounds as possible during one breath VPrāt. Sch

⋙prāṇasaṃkaṭa

1. ○saṃkaṭa n. danger to 10 BhP

⋙prāṇasadman

1. ○sadman n. 'abode of vital airs', the body L

⋙prāṇasaṃtyāga

1. ○saṃtyāga m. abandonment of lṭlife MārkP

⋙prāṇasaṃdeha

1. ○saṃdeha m. danger to life Pañcat

⋙prāṇasaṃdhāraṇa

1. ○saṃdhāraṇa n. support of lṭlife (○ṇaṃ √kri, with instr., to feed or live on) Hcat

⋙prāṇasaṃnyāsa

1. ○saṃnyāsa m. giving up the spirit R

⋙prāṇasama

1. ○sama mf(ā)n. equal to or as dear as life MBh
2. m. a husband or lover L
3. (ā), f. a wife or mistress Gīt

⋙prāṇasambhṛta

1. ○sambhṛta m. wind, air (wṛ. for -sambhūta?)

⋙prāṇasammita

1. ○sammita mfn. -sama mfn. MārkP
2. reaching to the nose GṛS

⋙prāṇasāra

1. ○sāra n. vital energy, Rajat
2. mfn. full of strength, vigorous Śak

⋙prāṇasūtra

1. ○sūtra n. the thread of life, MantrBr'

⋙prāṇahara

1. ○hara mf(ī)n. taking away or threatening life, destructive, fatal, dangerous to (comp.) Yājñ. R. Cāṇ
2. capital punishment R

⋙prāṇahāni

1. ○hāni f. loss of life, death Siṃhâs

⋙prāṇahāraka

1. ○hāraka mf(ikā)n. taking away lṭlife, destructive, killing, Kav
2. m. a kind of poison L

⋙prāṇahārin

1. ○hārin mfn. = prec. mfn. R

⋙prāṇahitā

1. ○hitā f. See s.v

⋙prāṇahīna

1. ○hīna mfn. bereft of life, dead Kāv

⋙prāṇākarṣin

1. prâṇâkarṣin mf(iṇī)n. attracting the vital spirit (said of a partic. magical formula) Cat

⋙prāṇāgnihotra

1. prâṇâgnihotra n. N. of wk. (also -vidhi m. and ○trâpanithad f.)

⋙prāṇāghāta

1. prâṇâghāta m. destruction of life, killing of a living being Bhartṛ

⋙prāṇācārya

1. prâṇâcārya m. a physician to a king Vāgbh

⋙prāṇā tipāta

1. prâṇâ tipāta m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins Dharmas.)

⋙prāṇātilobha

1. prâṇâtilobha m. excessive attachment to life HYog. (printed ○Nita○)

⋙prāṇātman

1. prâṇâtman m. the spirit which connects the totality of subtle bodies like a thread = sūsrâtman (sometimes called hiraṇya-garbha), vital or animal soul (the lowest of the 3 souls of a human being [Page 706, Column]
2. the other 2 being jī vâtman and paramâtman) Tarkas. (cf. IW. 114)

⋙prāṇātyaya

1. prâṇâtyaya m. danger to life Yājñ. Hariv. Daś

⋙prāṇāda

1. prâṇâda mfn. 'life-devouring', deadly, murderous Bhaṭṭ

⋙prāṇādhika

1. prâṇâdhika mf(ā)n. dearer than lṭlife (also priya) Kathās
2. superior in vigour, stronger BhP

⋙prāṇādhinātha

1. prâṇâdhinātha m. life-lord', a husband L

⋙prāṇādhipa

1. prâṇâdhipa m. 'id.' the soul ŚvetUp

⋙prānuga

1. prânuga mfn. following a person's breath i.e. following him (acc.) unto death Hit

⋙prāṇānta

1. prâṇânta m. 'life-end', death Ragh
2. mfn. capital punishment Mn. viii, 359

⋙prāṇāntika

1. prâṇântika mf(ī)n. destructive or dangerous to life, fatal, mortal, capital (as punish. ment) Mn. MBh. &c
2. life-long Gaut. Pañcat. (B
3. am ind.)
4. desperate, vehement(as love, desire &c.) Kathās
5. n. danger to life MBh

⋙prāṇāpahārin

1. prâṇâpahārin mfn. taking away lṭlife, fatal, deadly W

⋙prāṇāpāna

1. prâṇâpâná m. du. air inhaled and exhaled AV
2. inspiration and expiration (personified and identified with the Aśvins) Pur
3. (with Vasishṭhasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙prāṇābādha

1. prâṇâbādha in. injury or danger to lṭlife Mn.iv, 51 ; 54

⋙prāṇābharaṇa

1. prâṇâbharaṇa n. N. of a poem

⋙prāṇābhisara

1. prâṇâbhisara m. a saver of life Car. 1

⋙prāṇāyana

1. prâṇâyana n. (for 2. See below) an organ of sense BhP

⋙prāṇāyāma

1. prâṇâyāma m. (also pl.) N. of the three 'breath-exercises' performed during Saṃdhyā ( See pūraka, recaka, kumbhaka IW. 93 RTL. 402 MWB. 239) Kauś. Yājñ. Pur
2. -śas ind. with frequent breath-exercises Āpast
3. ○min mfn. exercising the breath (in 3 ways) Yājñ

⋙prāṇārthavat

1. prâṇârtha-vat mfn. possessed of life and riches Kāv

⋙prāṇārthin

1. prâṇârthin mfn. eager for life ib

⋙prāṇālābha

1. prâṇâlābha wṛ. for ○nalābha, q.v

⋙prāṇāvarodha

1. prâṇâvarodha m. suppression of breath Mṛicch

⋙prāṇāvāya

1. prâṇâvâya n. N. of the 12th of the 14 Pūrvas or ancient writings of the Jainas

⋙prāṇāhuti

1. prâṇâhuti f. an oblation to the 5 Prâṇas A

⋙prāṇeśa

1. prâṇêśa m. 'lord of life', a husband Sāh
2. 'lord of breath', N. of a Marut Yājñ. Sch
3. (ā), f. a mistress, wife Kathās

⋙prāṇeśvara

1. prâṇêśvara m. 'lord of life', a husband, lover MBh. Kāv. Hit
2. a partic. drug Cat
3. pl. the vital spirits personified Hariv
4. (ī), f. a mistress, wife Inscr

⋙prāṇaikaśatavidha

1. prâṇâi4kaśata-vidha mfn. having 101 variations of the vital airs ŚBr

⋙prāṇotkramana

1. prâṇôtkramana n. (MW.) or (Kathās.) 'breath-departure', death

⋙prāṇotkrānti

1. prâḍṇôtkrānti f. (Kathās.) 'breath-departure', death

⋙prāṇotsarga

1. prâṇôtsarga m. giving up the ghost, dying MBh

⋙prānopasparśana

1. prânôpasparśana n. touching the organs of sense of sense Gaut

⋙prāṇopahāra

1. prâṇôpahāra m. 'oblation to life', food BhP

⋙prāṇopeta

1. prâṇôpêta mfn. living, alive Divyâv

≫prāṇaka

1. prâṇaka m. a living being. animal, worm Kāraṇḍ
2. Terminalia Tomentosa or Coccinia Grandis L
3. myrrh (bola) or a jacket (cola) L

≫prāṇatha

1. prâṇátha m. breathing, respiration VS
2. air, wind L
3. the lord of all living beings (= prajāpati) L
4. a sacred bathing-place L
5. mfn. strong L

≫prāṇana

1. prâṇana mfn. vivifying, animating BhP
2. m. the throat L
3. n. breathing, respiration RV. MBh. Śaṃk
4. the act of vivifying or animating BhP

⋙prāṇanānta

1. prâṇanânta m. end of life, death MBh

≫prāṇanta

1. prâṇanta m. (Uṇ. iii, 127) air, wind L
2. a kind of collyrium L
3. (ī), f. sneezing, sobbing L

≫prāṇayita

1. prâṇayita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to breathe, kept alive Daś
2. animated, longing to (inf.) Rājat

≫prāṇāyana

1. prâṇāyana m. (for 1. See under prâṇa) the offspring of the vital airs VS. (cf. g. naḍâdi)

≫prāṇi

1. prâṇi in comp. for prâṇin

⋙prāṇighātin

1. ○ghātin mfn. killing living beings Kathās

⋙prāṇijāta

1. ○jāta n. a class or species of animals Mahīdh

⋙prāṇitva

1. ○tva n. the state of a living being, life, Śāṇḍ

⋙prāṇidyūta

1. ○dyūta n. gambling with fighting animals (such as cocks or rams &c.) Yājñ

⋙prāṇipīḍā

1. ○pīḍā f. giving pain to living beings, cruelty to animals W

⋙prāṇibhava

1. ○bhava mfn. (a sound) coming from a living beings Saṃgīt

⋙prāṇimat

1. ○mat mfn. possessed or peopled with lṭliving beings Sāh

⋙prāṇimatṛ

1. ○mátṛ f. the mother of a lṭliving beings W
2. a kind of shrub L

⋙prāṇiyodhana

1. ○yodhana n. setting animals to fight (= -dyūta above) MW

⋙prāṇivadha

1. ○vadha m. slaughter of living bṭbeings
2. -prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

⋙prāṇisvana

1. ○svana m. sound of animals L

⋙prāṇihiṃsā

1. ○hiṃsā f. injuring or killing an anṭanimals Rājat

⋙prāṇihita

1. ○hita mfn. favourable or good for lṭliving beings
2. (ā), f. a shoe W. (cf. prāṇahitā)

⋙prānyaṅga

1. prâny-aṅga n. a part or limb of an animal or man L

≫prāṇika

1. prâṇika mfn. speaking without making a noise L

≫prāṇiṇiṣu

1. prâṇiṇiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to breathe or live Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 21)

≫prāṇin

1. prâṇin mfn. breathing, living, alive
2. m. a living or sentient being, living creature, animal or man ŚBr. &c, &c. (also n. ĀpŚr.) [Page 706, Column]

prāṇataja

1. prāṇataja m.pl. (with Jainas) N. of a subdivision of the Kalpa-bhavas L

prāṇahitā

1. prāṇahitā f. a shoe L. (perhaps wṛ. for prāṇāhikā
2. cf. prāṇāha and prâṇi-hitā)

prāṇāha

1. prāṇāha See p. 702, col. 1

prāṇāhati

1. prāṇāhati m. patr., g. taulvalyādi (Kāś.)

prāta

1. prātá See √prā, p. 701, col. 3

prātar

1. prātar ind. (fr. 1. pra
2. prā́tar Uṇ. v, 59) in the early morning. at daybreak, at dawn RV. &c. &c. (prātaḥ prātah, every morning, Daś)
3. next morning. to-morrow AV. &c. &c
4. Morning personified as a son of Pushparṇa and Prabhā BhP. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Germ. [706,] fruo, frū0h.]

[[]]

1. prātaragnihotrakālātikramaprāyaścitta3prātar--agnihotrakālâtikrama-prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

⋙prātaradhyeya

1. ○adhyeya mfn. to be recited every morning Pat

⋙prātaranuvāka

1. ○anuvāká m. 'morning recitation', the hymn with which the Prātah-savana begins Br. ŚrS

⋙prātaranta

1. ○anta and mfn. ending in the mṭmorning, KatySr. Sch

⋙prātarapavarga

1. ○apavarga mfn. ending in the mṭmorning, KatySr. Sch

⋙prātarabhivāda

1. ○abhivāda m. morning salutation Gobh

⋙prātaravanega

1. ○avanegá m. morning ablution MaitrS. (ApSr. Sch., wṛ. ○neka)

⋙prātaraśana

1. ○aśaná n. = -āśa MaitrS

⋙prātarahna

1. ○ahna m. = -dina Gobh
2. N. of a man Cat. = āśa
3. m. morning meal, breakfast GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
4. ○śita mfn. one who has breakfasted Mn. iv, 62

⋙prātarāhuti

1. ○āhuti f. morning oblation (the second half of the daily Agni-hotra sacrifice) Br. ŚrS

⋙prātaritvan

1. ○ítvan mfn. going out early
2. m. a morning guest RV. (voc. ○tvas)

⋙prātarupasthāna

1. ○upasthāna n:,

⋙prātaraupāsanaprayoga

1. ○aupāsana-prayoga mṆ. of wks

⋙prātargeya

1. ○geya mfn. to be sung in the mṭmorning
2. m. a minstrel who wakes the king in the morning L

⋙prātarjapa

1. ○japa m. morning prayer Kauś

⋙prātarjit

1. ○jít mfn. winning, or conquering early RV

⋙prātarṇādin

1. ○ṇādin m. 'crowing in mṭmorning', a cock Bhpr

⋙prātardina

1. ○dina n. the early part of the day, forenoon L

⋙prātardugdha

1. ○dugdhá n. morning milk ŚBr

⋙prātardoha

1. ○doha m. id. or morning milking ŚrS

⋙prātarbhoktṛ

1. ○bhoktṛ m. 'early eater', a crow L

⋙prātarbhojana

1. ○bhojana n. = -āśa L

⋙prātarmantra

1. ○mantra m. the hymn or verse to be recited in the morning Baudh

⋙prātarmādhyaṃdinasavana

1. ○mādhyaṃdina-savana n. N. of wk

⋙prātaryājña

1. ○yājña mṃṭmorning sacrifice AitBr

⋙prātaryāvan

1. ○yāvan mfn. = -itvan RV. Br

⋙prātaryukta

1. ○yuktá mfn. yoked early (as a car) TBr

⋙prātaryuj

1. ○yúj mfn. id
2. yoking early ib

⋙prātarvastṛ

1. ○vastṛ mfn. shining early GṛŚrS

⋙prātarvikasvara

1. ○vikasvara mfn. rising eṭearly L

⋙prātarveṣa

1. ○veṣá mfn. active early TBr

⋙prātarhuta

1. ○huta n. early sacrifice BhP

⋙prātarhoma

1. ○homa m. id
2. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

≫prātaḥ

1. prātaḥ in comp. fur prātar

⋙prātaḥkalpa

1. ○kalpa mf(ā)n. (night) almost morning, early dawn Pañcad

⋙prātaḥkārya

1. ○kārya n. morning business or ceremony MBh

⋙prātaḥkāla

1. ○kāla m. morning time, early mṭmorning, daybreak Hit
2. -vaktavya n. N. of a Stotra

⋙prātaḥkṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. N. of wk

⋙prātaḥkṣaṇa

1. ○kṣaṇa m. = -kāla Pañcad

⋙prātaḥpaddhati

1. ○paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙prātaḥprahara

1. ○prahara m. morning watch (from 6 to 9 o'clock) Kathās. (cf. prahara)

⋙prātaḥsaṃdhyā

1. ○saṃdhyā f. morning twilight, dawn Pur. (cf. RTL. 401)
2. -prayoga m. -vandana, h. and ○na-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙prātaḥsava

1. ○sava m

⋙prātaḥsavana

1. ○savaná n. the morning libation of Soma (accompanied with 10 ceremonial observances, viz. the prâtar-anuvāka, abhi-ṣava, bahiṣ-pāvamāna-stotra, savanīyāḥ paśavaḥ, dhiṣṇyôpasthāna, savanīyāḥ puroḍāsāḥ, dvi-devatya-grahāḥ, dvidevatya-bhakṣa, ṛtu-yājāḥ, ājya or prau0gaśastra) AV. Br. &c
2. ○vanika and ○vanīya mfn. relating to the morning libation of Soma ŚrS
3. ○nikadarśa-pūrṇamāsa-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙prātaḥsāva

1. ○sāvá m. morning preparation or libation of Soma RV

⋙prātaḥsnānana

1. ○snānana n. morning ablution Pur
2. -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙prātaḥsnāyin

1. ○snāyin mfn. one who bathes in the early morning Pur

⋙prātaḥsmaraṇa

1. ○smaraṇa n. 'early remembrance or tradition', N. of wk
2. -śloka m. pl., -stotra n. ○ṇâṣṭaka n. ○ṇīya n. N. of wks

≫prātaś

1. prātaś in comp. for prātar

⋙prātaścandra

1. ○candra m. the moon in the in the morning
2. -dyuti mfn. having the colour of the moon in the moon i.e. pale, Mālatim

≫prātas

1. prātas in comp. for prātar

⋙prātastarām

1. ○tarām ind. very early in the morning. Bhaṭṭ

⋙prātastrivargā

1. ○tri-vargā f. N. of the river Gaṅgā MBh. xiii, 1446 (Nilak.)

≫prātastana

1. prātastána mf(ī)n. relating to the morning, matutinal TS. Priyad
2. n. early morning (one of the 5 parts of the day
3. the other 4 being saṃgava or morning, midday, afternoon, and evening) TBr

≫prātastya

1. prātastya mfn. matutinal Amar. Sch

prātara

1. prātara m. N. of a Nāga MBh
2. v. l for pra-tāra g. kṛśâśvâdi

⋙pratarīya

1. prátarīya mfn. g. kṛtâśvâdi

prāti

1. prāti (for 1. See under √prā), Vṛiddhi or lengthened form of 1. prati in comp. In the following derivatives formed with 2. prāti only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses (leaving the preposition prati, which is lenghened to prāti in the derivatives, to be supplied). [Page 706, Column]

⋙prātikaṇṭhika

1. ○kaṇṭhika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kaṇṭham) seizing by the throat Pāṇ. 4-4, 40

⋙prātikāmin

1. ○kāmin mfn. (fr. -kāmam
2. acc. m.c. ○mīm) a servant or messenger MBh

⋙prātikūlika

1. ○kūlika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kūla) opposed to, contrary Mcar. (wṛ. prati-k○) Bhaṭṭ
2. -tā f. opposition, hostility Śiś

⋙prātikūlya

1. ○kūlya n. (fr. -kūla) contrariety, adverseness, opposition MBh
2. disagreeableness, unpleasantness ib
3. (ifc.) disagreement with TPrāt. Sch

⋙prātikṣepika

1. ○kṣepika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kṣepa) L

⋙prātijanīna

1. ○janīna mf(ī)n. (fr. -kṣepa) L

⋙prātijanīna

1. ○janīna mf(ī) n. (fr. -jana) suitable for an adversary Pāṇ. 4-4, 99 Sch
2. (fr. janam) suitable for everybody, popular Harav

⋙prātijña

1. ○jña n. (fr. -jñā) the subject under discussion APrāt

⋙prātidaivasika

1. ○daivasika mf(ī) n. (fr. -divasam) happening or occurring daily Āryabh

⋙prātinidhika

1. ○nidhika m. (fr. -nidhi) a substitute KātyŚr

⋙prātipakṣa

1. ○pakṣa mf(ī)n. belonging to the enemy, hostile, adverse, contrary Śiś

⋙prātipakṣya

1. ○pakṣya n. (fr. -pakṣa) hostility, enmity against (gen.) Kathās

⋙prātipathika

1. ○pathika mf(ī)n. going along a road or path, P1ṇ. iv, 4, 42
2. m. a wayfarer Divyâv

⋙prātipada

1. ○pada mf(ī) n. (fr. -pad) forming the commencement ŚāṅkhŚr
2. m. N. of a man Śatr

⋙prātipadika

1. ○padika mf(ī)n. (fr. -padam) express, explicit (○kânurodhāt ind. in conformity with express terms, expressly) Nīlak
2. n. the crude form or base of a noun, a noun in its uninflected state Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 &c. APrāt. Sāh. (tva- n. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch.)
3. m. fire L
4. -saṃjñā-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙prātipīya

1. ○pīyá m. patr. of Balhika ŚBr

⋙prātipeya

1. ○peya m. id. (also pl.) Pravar. MBh

⋙prātipauruṣika

1. ○pauruṣika mf(ī)n. (fr. -pauruṣa) relating to manliness or valour MBh

⋙prātibodha

1. ○bodha m. patr. fr. prati-b○ g. bidâdi
2. ○dhāyana m. patr. fr. prātibodha g. haritâdi
3. ○dhī-putra m. See pratībodhī-p○

⋙prātibha

1. ○bha mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhā) intuitive, divinatory
2. n. (with or scil. jñāna) intuitive knowledge, intuition, divination Śiś. Kathās. Pur. (-vat ind. Nyāyas.)
3. (ā), f. presence of mind MBh

⋙prātibhaṭya

1. ○bhaṭya n. (fr. -bhaṭa) rivalry Mcar

⋙prātibhāvya

1. ○bhāvya n. (fr. -bhū) the act of becoming bail or surety, surety for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. certainty of or about (gen.) Rājat

⋙prātibhāsika

1. ○bhāsika mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhāsa) having only the appearance of anything, existing only in appearance Bādar
2. Gov

⋙prātimokṣa

1. ○mokṣa m. = prati-m○.q.v. Buddh

⋙prātirūpika

1. ○rūpika mfn. (fr. -rūpa) counterfeit, spurious Car
2. using false weight or measure Gaut
3. ○pya n. similarity of form (a-prātir○) MBh

⋙prātilambhika

1. ○lambhika mfn. (fr. lambha) ready to receive, expecting L

⋙prātilomika

1. ○lomika mf(ī)n. (fr. -lomam) against the hair or grain, adverse, disagreeable. Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

⋙prātilomya

1. ○lomya n. (fr. -loma) contrary direction, inverse order Nir. Mn. &c
2. opposition MBh. Rājat. (a-prātil○)

⋙prātiveśika

1. ○veśika m. (fr. -veśa) a neighbour Kathās

⋙prātiveśmaka

1. ○veśmaka wṛ. for next

⋙prātiveśmika

1. ○veśmika m. (fr. -veśman) a neighbour Rājat. HPariś
2. (ī), f. a female next HPariś

⋙prātiveśya

1. ○veśya mfn. (fr. -veśa) neighbouring Hcar. (also ifc. Yājñ.)
2. m. an opposite neighbour Mn. viii, 392 (cf. ānuveśya)
3. any next MBh. Daś
4. ○syaka m. id. Pañcat

⋙prātiśākhya

1. ○śākhya n. (fr. -śākham) a treatise on the peculiar euphonic combination and pronunciation of letters which prevails in different Śākhās of the Vedas (there are 4 Pañcat. one for the Śākala-śākhā of the RV
2. two for particular Śākhās of the black and white Yajur-vedas, and one for a Śakhā of the AV
3. IW. 149, 150)
4. -kṛt m. the author of a Pañcat. Pāṇ. 8-3, 61 Sch
5. -bhāṣya n. N. of Uvaṭa's Comm. on RPrāt

⋙prātiśravasa

1. ○śravasa m. patr. fr. prati-śravas Pravar. (wṛ. prati-śravasa)

⋙prātiśrutka

1. ○śrutká mf(ī)n. (fr. -śrut) existing in the echo ŚBr

⋙prātiṣṭhita

1. ○ṣṭhita wṛ. for -svika

⋙prātisatvanam

1. ○satvanam ind. in the direction of the Satvan (s.v.) AitBr. (-sutvanám AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.)

⋙prātisīma

1. ○sīma m. (fr. -sīman) a neighbour Divyâv

⋙prātisvika

1. ○svika mf(ī)n. (fr. -sva) own, not common to others KātySr. Sch
2. granting to every one his own due MW

⋙prātihata

1. ○hata m. a kind of Svarita accent TPrāt

⋙prātihantra

1. ○hantra n. (fr. -hantṛ) the state or condition of a revenger, vengeance MW

⋙prātihartra

1. ○hartra n. the office or duty of the Pratihartṛi KātyŚr

⋙prātihāra

1. ○hāra m. a juggler L
2. ○raka, m.id. L
3. ○rika mf(ī)n. containing pratihāras (as a Vedic hymn) Lāṭy
4. m. a doorkeeper Gaut
5. a juggler, conjurer L

⋙prātihārya

1. ○hārya n. (fr. -hāra) the office of a door-keeper Nalac
2. jugglery, working miracles, a miracle Lalit. Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv
3. -saṃdarśana m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

≫prātītika

1. prātītika mf(ī)n. (fr. pratī7ti) existing only in the mind, mental, subjective Sarvad. [Page 707, Column]

≫prātīpa

1. prātīpa m. (fr. pratīpa) patr. of Śaṃ-tanu MBh

⋙prātīpika

1. prātīḍpika mf(ī)n. contrary, adverse, hostile Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

⋙prātīpya

1. prātīḍpya n. hostility HPariś

≫prātībodhīputra

1. prātībodhī-putra m. N. of a teacher AitĀr. (cf. under prāti-bodha above)

≫prāty

1. prāty in comp. for prāti before vowels

⋙prātyakṣa

1. ○akṣa (g. prajñâdi),

⋙prātyakṣika

1. ○akṣika (Sarvad.), mf(ī)n. perceptible to the eyes, capable of direct perception

⋙prātyantika

1. ○antika m. (fr. -anta) a neighbouring chief VarBṛS

⋙prātyayika

1. ○ayika mf(ī)n. (fr. -aya) relating to confidence, confidential
2. m. (with pratibhū) a surety for the trustworthiness of a debtor Yājñ

⋙prātyavekṣā

1. ○avêkṣā wṛ. for praty-av○

⋙prātyahika

1. ○ahika mf(ī)n. (fr. -aham) occurring or happening every day, daily Kap. Sūryas. Sch. Kull

prātikā

1. prātikā f. the China rose, Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis L

prātikya

1. prātikya n. (fr. pratika), g. purohitâdi

prātītheyī

1. prātītheyī (prob.) wṛ. for prātitheyi ( p. 702, col. 1)

prātuda

1. prātuda prātṛda &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 1

prātyagrathi

1. prātyagrathi m. patr. fr. pratyagratha Pāṇ. 4-1, 173

prāthamakalpika

1. prāthamakalpika mf(ī)n. (fr. prathama-kalpa) being (anything) first of all or in the strictest sense of the word (vḷ. for prathama-kapita, q.v. Mn. ix, 166)
2. m. a student who is a beginner L
3. a Yogī just commencing his course Sarvad. (cf. prathama-kalpika)

≫prāthamika

1. prāthamika mf(ī)n. (fr. prathama) belonging or relating to the first, occurring or happening for the first time, primary, initial, previous &c. TPrāt. Vedântas. Kull

≫prāthamya

1. prāthamya n. priority ĀpŚr. Sch. Kull

prād

1. prâd (pra-√ad
2. only 3. pl. impf. prâdan), to eat up, devour ŚBr

prādakṣiṇya

1. prādakṣiṇya prādānika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prādā

1. prâ-dā (pra-ā- √1. dā), P. -dadāti (inf. prâ-dātum, ind. p. prâ-dāya), to give, bestow MBh

prāditya

1. prâditya (pra-ād○), m. N. of two princes Buddh

prādur

1. prādúr ind. (prob. fr. prā = pra + dur, 'out of doors'
2. prā-dús g. svar-ādi
3. ○duṣ before k and p Pāṇ. 8-3, 41
4. ○duḥ ṣyāt, ṣanti for syāt, santi, 87) forth, to view or light, in sight AV. &c. &c. (with √as, or bhū, to become manifest, be visible or audible, appear, arise, exist
5. with √kṛ, to make visible or manifest, cause to appear, reveal, disclose)

⋙prādurbhāva

1. ○bhāva m. becoming visible or audible, manifestation, appearance (also of a deity on earth) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

⋙prādurbhūta

1. ○bhūta mfn. come to light, become manifest or evident, appeared, revealed MBh. Kāv. &c

≫prāduṣ

1. prāduṣ in comp. for prādur (cf. above)

⋙prāduṣkaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. bringing to light, manifestation, production GṛŚrS

⋙prāduṣkṛta

1. ○kṛta mfn. made visible, brought to light, manifested, displayed, made to blaze (as fire) Mn. MBh. &c
2. -vapus mfn. one whose form is manifested, appearing in a visible form (as a deity) Rājat

⋙prāduṣpīta

1. ○pīta mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 41 Sch

≫prāduṣya

1. prāduṣya n. = prādur-bhāva Uṇ.ī, 118 Sch

prādurākṣi

1. prādurākṣi m. patr. Pravar. (wṛ. for prādur-akṣi?)

prādru

1. prâ-dru (pra-ā-√dru), P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape MBh

prādhā

1. prādhā prādhānika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prādhī

1. prâdhī7 (pra-adhi-√i), P. Ā. prâdhyeti, ○dhī7te, to continue to study, advance in studies ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙prādhīta

1. prâdhī7ta mfn. one who has begun his studies R
2. advanced in study, well-read, learned (said of Brāhmans) Gaut

⋙prādhyayana

1. prâdhyayana n. commencement of recitation or study ŚāṅkhGṛ

prādhyeṣaṇa

1. prâdhy-eṣaṇa n. (fr. pra-adhi- √1. iṣ) incitement, exhortation (to study), SāṅkhGṛ. Kathās

prādhva

1. prâdhva mfn. (fr. pra + adhvan
2. but accord, to some fr. pra and √dhvṛ = hvṛ) being on a journey Pāṇ. 5-4, 85 [Page 707, Column]
3. inclined L
4. humble L
5. distant, long W
6. m. start, precedence, first place (○dhve-√kṛ, with acc. and gen., to place a person at the head of') Kāṭh
7. a long way or journey L
8. a bond, tie L
9. a joke, sport L
10. (am), ind. far away (with √kṛ, 'to put aside') MBh
11. after the precedent of (gen.) Āpast
12. favourably, kindly Ragh
13. humbly Hcar
14. conformably L

⋙prādhvana

1. prâdhvaná n. the bed of a river or stream RV

prādhvara

1. prâdhvara mf(ī)n. (only ○rī-śākhā?) Cat

prān

1. prân See prâṇ, p. 705, col. 1

prānāḍī

1. prānāḍī See under 3. prā, p. 702

prānūna

1. prānūna m. pl. N. of a people Baudh

prānta

1. prânta (pra-anta), m. n. (ifc. f. ā) edge, border, margin, verge, extremity, end MBh. Kāv. &c. (yauvana-pr○, the end of youth Pañcat
2. oṣṭha-prântau, the corners of the mouth L.)
3. a point, tip (of a blade of grass) Kauś
4. back part (of a carriage) Vikr. (ibc., finally, eventually Kāv. Pañcat.)
5. m. thread end of a cloth L
6. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi
7. mfn. dwelling near the boundaries Divyâv

⋙prāntaga

1. ○ga mfn. living close by L

⋙prāntacara

1. ○cara mfn. id. (ifc.) MārkP

⋙prāntatas

1. ○tas
2. ind. along the edge or border (of anything), marginally L

⋙prāntadurga

1. ○durga n. 'border-stronghold', a suburb or collection of houses outside the walls of a town L

⋙prāntanivāsin

1. ○nivāsin mfn. dwelling near the boundaries MBh

⋙prāntapuṣpā

1. ○puṣpā f. a kind of plant L

⋙prāntabhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. final place or term
2. (au), ind. finally, at last (others 'up to the verge of the border') Yogas

⋙prāntavirasa

1. ○virasa mfn. tasteless in the end Pañcat

⋙prāntavṛti

1. ○vṛti f. 'end-circle', the horizon Mālatīm

⋙prāntaśayanāsanabhakta

1. ○śayanâsana-bhakta mfn. Īving in the country (also -śayana-bhakta and -śayanâsanâ-sevin) Divyâv

⋙prāntastha

1. ○stha mfn. inhabiting the borders MW

≫prāntāyana

1. prāntāyana mfn. patr. fr. prânta g. aśvâdi

prāntara

1. prântara (pra-an○), n. a long desolate road MārkP. Hit
2. the country intervening between two villages L
3. a forest L
4. the hollow of a tree L

⋙prāntaraśūnya

1. ○śūnya n. a long dreary road W

prāp

1. prâp (pra-√āp), P. Ā. prâpnoti (irreg. Pot. prâpeyam), to attain to
2. reach, arrive at, meet with, find AV. &c. &c
3. to obtain, receive (also as a husband or wife) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to incur (a fine) Mn. viii, 225
5. to suffer (capital punishment) ib. 364
6. (with diśaḥ) to flee in all directions Bhaṭṭ
7. to extend, stretch, reach to (ā) Pāṇ. 5-2, 8
8. to be present or at hand AV
9. (in gram.) to pass or be changed into (acc.) Siddh.: to result (from a rule), be in force, obtain (also Pass.) Kāś.: Caus. prâpayati, ○te (ind. p. prâpayya, or prâpya Pāṇ. 6-4, 57 Sch.), to cause to reach or attain (2 acc.), advance, promote, further (P. ChUp. MBh. &c
10. Ā. TBr. MBh.)
11. to lead or bring to (dat.) VP
12. to impart, communicate, announce, relate Mn. MBh. &c
13. to meet with, obtain R.: Desid. prêpsati, to try to attain, strive to reach ŚBr

≫prāpa

1. prâpa m. (for 2. p. 708, col. 1) reaching, obtaining (cf. duṣ-prâpa)

⋙prāpaka

1. prâpaka mf(ikā)n. causing to arrive at, leading or bringing to (gen. or comp.) Kathās. KātyŚr. Sch
2. procuring Kull
3. establishing, making valid L
4. m. a bringer, procurer Kathās

⋙prāpaṇa

1. prâpaṇa mf(ī)n. leading to (comp.) Śaṃk
2. n. occurrence, appearance Jaim
3. reach, extension (bāḥvoḥ prâpaṇânte, 'as far as the arms reach') KātyŚr
4. arriving at (loc.) Kathās
5. attainment, acquisition Mn. Āpast. MBh
6. bringing to, conveying Dhātup
7. establishing, making valid TPrāt. Sch
8. reference to (loc.) ĀśvŚr
9. elucidation, explanation Pat
10. = ātañcana L

⋙prāpaṇīya

1. prâpaṇīya mfn. to be reached, attainable MBh
2. to be caused to attain, to be brought or conveyed to (acc.) Megh. Kathās

⋙prāpayitṛ

1. prâpayitṛ mfn. one who causes to attain, procurer Sāy

⋙prāpita

1. prâpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to attain to or arrive at, led, conveyed or conducted to or into, possessed of (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. got, procured ib
3. brought before (the king), commenced (as a lawsuit) Mn. viii, 43
4. occurred, obtained (-tva n.) Nyāyam

⋙prāpin

1. prâpin mf(iṇī)n. attaining to, reaching (comp.) Kālid

⋙prāpipayiṣu

1. prâpipayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cause to reach
2. (with adhaḥ) wishing to press down Śiś. v, 69

≫prāpta

1. prâpta mfn. attained to, reached, arrived at, met with, found, incurred, got, acquired, gained Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 707, Column]
2. one who has attained to or reached &c. (acc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c
3. come to (acc.), arrived, present (prâpteṣu kāleṣu, at certain periods) Mn. MBh. &c
4. accomplished, complete, mature, full-grown ( See a-pr○)
5. (in med.) indicated, serving the purpose Suśr
6. (in gram.) obtained or following from a rule, valid (iti prâpte, 'while this follows from a preceding rule') Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 Sch. &c
7. fixed, placed L
8. proper, right L
9. m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

⋙prāptakarman

1. ○karman n. that which results or follows (as direct object of an action) from a preceding rule (○ma-tva n.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 12 Sch

⋙prāptakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. one who does what is right or proper Suśr

⋙prāptakāla

1. ○kāla m. the time or moment arrived, a fit time, proper season MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tva n. KātyŚr.)
2. mf(ā)n. one whose time has come, seasonable, suitable, opportune ib
3. (with dehin), m. a mortal whose time i.e. last hour has come Hariv
4. (with kumārī), f. a marriageable girl Śak
5. (am), ind. at the right time, opportunely MBh

⋙prāptakrama

1. ○krama mfn. fit, proper, suitable Jātakam

⋙prāptajīvana

1. ○jīvana mfn. restored to life Hit

⋙prāptatva

1. ○tva n. the state of resulting (from a grammatical rule) TPrāt

⋙prāptadoṣa

1. ○doṣa mfn. one who has incurred guilt R

⋙prāptapañcatva

1. ○pañca-tva mfn. 'arrived at (dissolution into) 5 elements', dead L

⋙prāptaprakāśaka

1. ○prakāśaka mfn. advanced in intelligence Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙prāptaprabhāva

1. ○prabhāva m. one who has attained power Kāv

⋙prāptaprasavā

1. ○prasavā f. a woman who is near parturition Uttarar

⋙prāptabīja

1. ○bīja mfn. sown R

⋙prāptabuddhi

1. ○buddhi mfn. instructed, intelligent W
2. becoming conscious (after fainting) ib

⋙prāptabhāra

1. ○bhāra m. a beast of burden L

⋙prāptabhāva

1. ○bhāva mfn. wise W
2. handsome ib
3. one who has attained to any state or condition, of good disposition MW
4. m. a young bullock L. (wṛ. for -bhāra?)

⋙prāptamanoratha

1. ○mano-ratha mfn. one who has obtained his wish R

⋙prāptayauvana

1. ○yauvana mf(ā)n. one who has obtained puberty, being in the bloom of youth Nal

⋙prāptarūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. fit, proper, suitable Daś
2. pleasant, beautiful L
3. learned, wise L

⋙prāptartu

1. ○rtu (ta-ṛtu), f. a girl who has attained puberty L

⋙prāptavat

1. ○vat mfn. one who has attained to or gained MW

⋙prāptavara

1. ○vara mfn. fraught with blessings ib

⋙prāptavikalpa

1. ○vikalpa m. an alternative or option between two operations one of which results from a grammatical rule (-tva n.) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 53

⋙prāptavibhāṣā

1. ○vibhāṣā f. id. ib. i, 3, 50

⋙prāptavyavahāra

1. ○vyavahāra m. a young man come of age, an adult, one able to conduct his own affairs (opp. to 'a minor') MW

⋙prāptaśrī

1. ○śrī mfn. possessed of fortune Kum. Pañcat

⋙prāptasurya

1. ○surya mf(ā)n. having the sun (vertical) Var

⋙prāptānujña

1. prâptânujña mfn. allowed to withdraw or depart R

⋙prāptāparādha

1. prâptâparādha mfn. guilty of an offence Mn. viii, 299

⋙prāptārtha

1. prâptârtha mfn. one who has attained an object or advantage Kathās
2. m. an object attained Kap
3. ○thâgrahaṇa n. the not securing an advantage gained MW

⋙prāptāvasara

1. prâptâvasara m. a suitable occasion or opportunity
2. mfn. suitable, fit, proper Mālatīm

⋙prāptodaka

1. prâptôdaka mfn. (a village) that has obtained water Pāṇ. 2-3, 1 Sch

⋙prāptodaya

1. prâptôdaya mfn. one who has attained exaltation MW

≫prāptavya

1. prâptavya mfn. to be reached or attained or gained or procured MBh. Kāv. &c
2. to be met with or found Hit

⋙prāptavyamartha

1. ○m-artha m. N. given to a man (who whenever asked his name replied prâp-tavyam artham labhate manuṣyaḥ, 'a man takes anything that is to be got') Pañcat
2. n. (when used with nāman), a name ib

≫prāpti

1. prấpti f. advent, occurrence AV. Yājñ. Pañcat
2. reach, range, extent Sūryas
3. reaching, arrival at (comp.) R
4. the power (of the wind) to enter or penetrate everywhere BhP
5. the power of obtaining everything (one of the 8 superhuman faculties) MārkP. Vet. MWB. 245
6. saving, rescue or deliverance from (abl.) Ratnâv
7. attaining to, obtaining, meeting with, finding, acquisition, gain Mn. MBh. &c
8. the being met with or found Nyāyas. Sch
9. discovery, determination Sūryas
10. obtainment, validity, holding good (of a rule) KātyŚr. Pāṇ. APrāt
11. (in dram.) a joyful event, successful termination of a plot (Daśar.)
12. a conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing. Sāh
13. lot, fortune, luck ŚvetUp. MBh
14. (in astrol.) N. of the 11th lunar mansion Var
15. a collection (= saṃhati) L
16. N. of the wife of Śama (son of Dharma) MBh
17. of a daughter of Jarā-saṃdha Hariv. Pur

⋙prāptimat

1. ○mat mfn. met with, found Nyāyas. Sch
2. (ifc.) one who has attained to or reached Sarvad

⋙prāptiśaithilya

1. ○śaithilya n. diminution of probability, slight probability MBh

⋙prāptisama

1. ○sama m. a partic. Jāti (q.v.) in logic Nyāyas

⋙prāptyāśā

1. prâptyāśā f. the hope of obtaining (an object) Sāh. [Page 708, Column]

≫prāpya

1. prâpya mfn. to be reached, attainable, acquirable, procurable MBh. Kāv. &c
2. fit, proper, suitable MBh

⋙prāpyakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. effective (only) when touched (○ri-tva n.) Nyāyas. Sch

⋙prāpyarūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. rather easy to attain Jātakam

prāpa

1. prâpa n. (fr. pra + 2. áp) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1, P. (for 1. prâpa See p. 707, col. 2) abounding with water?

prāpaṇika

1. prāpaṇika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prāpaya

1. prāpaya Nom. ○yati (artificially formed fr. priya) = priyam ā-caṣṭe Pat. (cf. prâp, Caus.)

prābalya

1. prābalya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prābhava

1. prābhava &c. See under 3. prā ib

prābhiṇī

1. prâbhi-ṇī (pra-abhi-√nī
2. only 2. sg. Subj. aor. -ṇeṣi), to lead to (acc.) RV. i, 31, 18

prāmati

1. prāmati prāmāṇika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prāya

1. prâyá m. (fr. pra + aya
2. √5. i) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8
3. course, race AV. iv, 25, 2
4. departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to enforce compliance with a demand
5. acc. with √ās, upa-√ās, upa-√viś, upa-√i, ā-√sthā, sam-ā-√sthā, or √kṛ, to renounce life, sit down and fast to death
6. with Caus. of √kṛ, to force any one acc. to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. anything prominent, chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often ifc., with f. ā = chiefly consisting of or destined for or furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using
8. near, like, resembling
9. mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were
10. cf. ārya-, jita-, jñāti-, tṛṇa-, daṇḍa-, duḥkha-, siddhi-pr○ &c
11. also -tā f.) ŚBr. Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c
12. a stage of life, age L
13. (am), ind., g. gotrâdi

⋙prāyagata

1. ○gata mfn. approaching departure from life, nigh unto death MBh

⋙prāyacitta

1. ○citta n

⋙prāyacitti

1. ○citti f. = prâyaś-c○ Pāṇ. 6-1, 157 Sch

⋙prāyadarśana

1. ○darśana n. a common or ordinary phenomenon Pāṇ. 2-3, 23 Vārtt

⋙prāyabhava

1. ○bhava mfn. being commonly the case, usually met with Pāṇ. 4-3, 39

⋙prāyavidhāyin

1. ○vidhāyin mfn. resolved to die of starvation Rājat

⋙prāyaśas

1. ○śas ind. for the most part, mostly, generally
2. as a rule MBh. Kāv. &c
3. in all probability Kathās

⋙prāyopagamana

1. prâyôpagamana n. going to meet death, seeking death (by abstaining from food) R

⋙prāyopayogika

1. prâyôpayogika mfn. most common or usual Car

⋙prāyopaviṣṭa

1. prâyôpaviṣṭa mfn. one who sits down and calmly awaits the approach of death (cf. prâya) MBh. Rājat. BhP

⋙prāyopaveśa

1. prâyôpaveśa m

⋙prāyopaveśana

1. prâyôpaveḍśana n. abstaining from food and awaiting in a sitting posture the approach of death MBh. R. &c

⋙prāyopaveśanikā

1. prâyôpaveśanikā f. id. W

⋙prāyopaveśin

1. prâyôpaveśin mfn. = prâyôpaviṣṭa MBh. Rājat

⋙prāyopeta

1. prâyôpêta mfn. id. MBh

≫prāyaṇa

1. prấyaṇa mfn. going forth, going VS
2. n. entrance, beginning, commencement TS. Br. Up
3. the course or path of life MBh. BhP
4. going for protection, taking refuge BhP
5. departure from life, death, voluntary departure (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to court departure) Mn. ix, 323
6. a kind of food prepared with milk Pur

⋙prāyaṇatas

1. ○tas ind. in the beginning TāṇḍBr

⋙prāyaṇānta

1. prâyaṇânta m. the end of life
2. (am), ind. unto death PraśnUp

≫prāyaṇīya

1. prâyaṇī́ya mfn. relating to the entrance or beginning, introductory Br. ĀśvŚr
2. m. (scil. yāga or karma-viśeṣa or atirātra) the introductory libation or the first day of a Soma sacrifice Br. ŚrS
3. (ā), f. (scil. iṣṭī) an introductory sacrifice ib. (-vat, ind. Vait.)
4. n. = m. ib. (-tva n. Kapishṭh.)

≫prāyaś

1. prâyaś in comp. for 1. prâyas

⋙prāyaścitta

1. ○citta n. (prā́yaś-
2. 'predominant thought' or 'thought of death', Pāṇ. 6-1, 157 Sch.) atonement, expiation, amends, satisfaction ŚBr. GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. (v, 1086 as m.) &c
3. N. of sev. wks
4. mfn. relating to atonement or expiation, expiatory ṢaḍvBr
5. -kadamba m. or n. -kamalâkara m. -kalpataru m. -kāṇḍa m. or n. -kārikā f. -kautūhala n. -kaumudī, f. -krama m. -khaṇḍa m. or n. -grantha m. -candrikā, f. -cintāmaṇi m. -tattva n. -taraṃga (?), m. -dīpikā, f. -nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -parāśara, m. or n. -pārijāta m. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa m. -pratyāmnāya m. -pradīpa m. -pradīpikā f. -prayoga, m. -bhāṣya n. -mañjarī f. -manohara m. -mayūkha m. -mādhaviiya n. -mārtaṇḍa m. -muktâvalī f. -muktâvalī-prakāśa m. -ratna n. -ratna-mālā f. -rahasya n. -vāridhi n. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -vinirṇaya m. -viveka m. -vivekôddyota m. -vyavasthā-saṃkṣepa m. -śakti f. -śata-dvayī f. (or -śata-dvayī-prâyaścitta n.), -śekhara m. -śrauta-sūtra, n. -saṃkalpa m. -saṃgraha m. -samuccaya m. -sāra m. -sāra-kaumudī f. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sārâvali f. -sudhānidhi m. -subodhinī [Page 708, Column]
6. f. -sūtra n. -setu m. -sthāna n. -hemâdri m. ○ttâṇḍa-bilā f. ○ttâdi-godāna n. ○ttâdi-saṃgraha m. ○ttâdhikāra m. ○ttâdhyāya m. ○ttâdhyāya-bhāṣya n. ○ttâparârka m. N. of wks
7. ○ttâhuti f. an expiatory sacrifice Br. ĀśvŚr
8. ○ttêndu-śekhara m. and ○ra-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
9. ○ttêṣṭi. f. = ○ttâhuti GṛŚrS
10. ○ttêṣṭi-candrikā f. ○ttôddyota m. ○ttâugha-sāra m. N. of wks

⋙prāyaścitti

1. ○citti (prấyaś-), f. atonement, expiation AV. VS. Br
2. N. of a plant Kauś
3. mfn. expiating (said of Agni) GṛS
4. -mat mfn. one who makes atonement or performs penance TāṇḍBr

⋙prāyaścittika

1. ○cittika mf(ī)n. expiatory ĀśvŚr
2. expiable Buddh
3. requiring an expiation L

⋙prāyaścittin

1. ○cittin mfn. one who does penance or has to make expiation MBh

⋙prāyaścittīya

1. ○cittīya mfn. serving as an atonement, expiatory Kauś. Pat. Sarvad
2. bound to perform penance (-tā f.) Mn. xi, 47 (-cittīya, Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be obliged to perform penance Mn. MBh.)

⋙prāyaścetana

1. ○cetana n. atonement, expiation Mcar

≫prāyas

1. prâyas ind. (for 2. See below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a general rule MBh. Kāv. &c
2. in all probability, likely, perhaps MBh
3. abundantly, largely W

≫prāyasya

1. prâyasya mfn. prevalent, predominant RPrāt. Sch

≫prāyika

1. prâyika mfn. common, usual ĀpŚr. Sch. Kull
2. excessive, redundant MW
3. containing the greater part (but not everything) Vām. v, 2, 24

⋙prāyikatva

1. ○tva n. usage, custom ĀpŚr. Sch
2. redundance, superfluity MW
3. the containing &c. Vām. v, 2, 24

≫prāyeṇa

1. prâyeṇa ind. mostly, generally, as a rule ŚrS. Mn. R. &c
2. most probably, likely Hit. (cf. prâyaśas and 1. prâyas)

≫prāyo

1. prâyo in comp. for 1. prâyas

⋙prāyodevatā

1. ○devatā f. the prevalent or predominant deity Nir. vii, 4

⋙prāyobhāvin

1. ○bhāvin mfn. being conmonly found or met with Bhpr. (cf. prâya-bhava)

⋙prāyovāda

1. ○vāda m. a current saying, proverb Bālar

prāyatya

1. prāyatya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prāyas

1. prā́yas n. (for 1. See above) = 2. práyas RV. iv, 21, 7

⋙prāyoga

1. prāyo-gá mfn. (prob.) = 1. prayo-gá RV. x, 106, 2

prāyā

1. prâ-yā (pra-ā-√yā), P. -yāti, to come near, approach RV

prāyu

1. prā-yu prā-yus, See a-pr○

prāyudh

1. prâ-yudh (pra-ā-√yudh), Ā. -yudhyate, to fight Śiś. xviii, 32

≫prāyuddheṣin

1. prâyuddheṣin &c. See prā-yudh under 3. prā, p. 702

prāyus

1. prấyus (pra-āyus), n. increased vitality, longer life MaitrS

prāyeṇa

1. prâyeṇa See under prâya above

prār

1. prâr (pra-√ṛ), P. prêyarti (aor. 3. pl. prâran Ā. prârata
2. pf. prâruḥ), to set in motion, arouse RV. v, 42, 14
3. to send or procure to (dat.), x, 116, 9
4. to arise, stir, come forth, appear, i, 39, 5 &c.: Caus. prârpayati (ind. p. prârpyā), to set in motion, stir up, animate RV. VS

⋙prārpaṇa

1. prấrpaṇa m. an arouser RV

prārabh

1. prâ-rabh (pra-ā-√rabh), Ā. -rabhate, to seize, lay hold on (acc.) RV. vi, 37, 5
2. to begin, commence, undertake (with acc. or inf.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙prārabdha

1. prâ-ḍrabdha mfn. commenced, begun, undertaken MBh. Kāv. &c
2. one who has commenced or begun (also -vat mfn. ) Amar. Rājat. Kathās
3. n. an undertaking, enterprise Kāv. Pañcat
4. -karman (Nīlak.),

⋙prārabhkārya

1. ○kārya (Kull.), mfn. one who has commenced or undertaken a work

⋙prārabhkārabdhi

1. ○kāḍrabdhi f. beginning, commencement W
2. the post to which an elephant is tied L

≫prārambha

1. prârambha m. commencement, beginning, undertaking, enterprise Kāv. Var. Pur. &c. [Page 708, Column]

⋙prārambhaṇa

1. prâḍrambhaṇa n. beginning, commencing L
2. ○ṇīya mfn. g., anuvacanâdi

⋙prāripsita

1. prâḍripsita mfn. (fr. Desid.) intended or meant to be begun Sāh. Sarvad

prāruh

1. prâ-ruh (pra-ā-√ruh), P. -rohati, to ascend, rise MBh

⋙prāroha

1. prâ-ḍroha See prā-r○ under 3. prā, p. 702

prārkṣīya

1. prārkṣīya Nom. P. ○yati = prarkṣīya Vop

prārc

1. prârc (pra-√arc), P. prârcati, to shine forth RV
2. to sing, praise, celebrate, commend ib. BhP.: Caus. (aor. prârcicat) to honour, worship Bhaṭṭ

prārch

1. prârch (pra-√ṛch), P. prârcchati, to move on Pāṇ. 6-1, 91 Sch

≫prārcchaka

1. prârcchaka mfn. (fr. pra + ṛcchaka) Pat

prārj

1. prârj (pra-√ṛj), Caus. prârjayati, to grant, bestow Nir. iii, 5

≫prārjayitṛ

1. prârjayitṛ mfn. one who grants or bestows (used to explain parjanya) Nir. x, 10

prārjuna

1. prârjuna m. pl. N. of a people Inscr

prārñj

1. prârñj (pra-√ṛñj), P. -ṛñjati, to run through (acc.) RV. iii, 43, 6

prārṇa

1. prârṇa (pra-ṛṇa), n. a chief or principal debt Pāṇ. 6-1, 89 Vārtt. 7 Pat

prārth

1. prârth (pra-√arth), Ā. prârthayate (ep. also P. ○ti and pr. p. ○yāna), to wish or long for, desire (acc.) KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
2. to ask a person (acc.) for (acc. or loc.) or ask anything (acc.) from (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. to wish to or ask a person to (inf.) ib
4. to demand in marriage, woo Ratnâv
5. to look for, search Bhaṭṭ
6. to have recourse to (acc.) Kathās
7. to seize or fall upon, attack, assail Ragh. Kir

≫prārtha

1. prấrtha mfn. (prob.) eager or ready to set out on a journey AV. Br

⋙prārthaka

1. prârthaka mf(ikā)n. wishing for, soliciting, courting
2. m. a wooer, suitor, Hit (vḷ.) Kull. ( See a-pr○)

⋙prārthana

1. prârthana n. wish, desire, request, entreaty, solicitation, petition or suit for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. ○nâbhāva m. absence of solicitation Hit

⋙prārthanā

1. prârthanā f. = ○na MBh. Kāv. &c. (○nayā ind. at the request or petition of any one)
2. prayer (as forming part of the worship of the gods) RTL. 16
3. -duḥkha-bhāj mfn. one who feels the pain of begging Bhartṛ
4. -pañcaka n. N. of wk. (containing prayers to Rāmânuja)
5. -bhaṅga m. refusal of a request, asking in vain MārkP
6. -śataka n. N. a Stotra (in praise of Durgā)
7. -siddhi f. accomplishment of a desire Ragh

⋙prārthanīya

1. prârthanīya mfn. to be desired or wished for, desirable MBh. Śaṃk. Pañcat
2. to be asked or begged Kād
3. n. the third or Dvāpara age of the world L

⋙prārthayitavya

1. prârthayitavya mfn. worthy of desire, desirable Kālid

⋙prārthayitṛ

1. prârthayitṛ mfn. one who wishes for or asks
2. m. a solicitor, suitor, wooer Śak. Hit

⋙prārthita

1. prârthita mfn. wished for, desired, wanted MBh. Kāv. &c
2. requested, solicited ib
3. attacked, assailed Ragh
4. obstructed, besieged L
5. killed, hurt L
6. n. wish, desire R. Ragh
7. -durlabha mfn. desired but hard to obtain Kum
8. -vat mfn. one who has asked or asks W

⋙prārthin

1. prârthin mfn. (ifc.) wishing for, desirous of Ragh. Rājat. Kathās
2. attacking, assailing Ragh

⋙prārthya

1. prârthya mfn. to be desired or wished for by (instr., gen. or comp.), desirable Hariv. Kāvyâd. BhP
2. n. (impers.) one should request BhP

prārd

1. prârd (pra-√ard), Caus. prârdayati, to cause to flow away RV. vi, 17, 12
2. to exert beyond measure, overwork Nir. vi, 32

⋙prārdaka

1. prârdaka mfn. one who exerts beyond measure Nir. ib

prārdh

1. prârdh (pra-√ṛdh), Ā. prârdhate, to attain Divyâv

prārdha

1. prârdha See pari-prârdha

prārpaṇa

1. prârpaṇa See under prâr, col. 2

prārṣ

1. prârṣ (pra-√ṛṣ), P. prârṣati, to flow forth RV

prārṣabhīya

1. prārṣabhīya Nom. P. ○yati = prarṣabhīya Vop. [Page 709, Column]

prārh

1. prârh (pra-√arh), only 3. pl. pf. Ā. pra-arhire, to distinguish or signalize one's self RV. x, 92, 11

prālamba

1. prālamba prāleya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prālkārīya

1. prālkārīya Nom. ○yati = pralkārīya Pāṇ. 6-1, 92 Sch

prāv

1. prâv (pra-√av), P. prâvati, to favour, befriend, help, protect, promote, comfort, sate, satisfy, content RV. VS. AV

⋙prāvitṛ

1. prâvitṛ́ m. a protector, patron, friend RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙prāvitra

1. prâvitrá n. protection, guardianship Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙prāvī

1. prâvī́ mfn. attentive, mindful RV

prāvacana

1. prāvacana ○nika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāvan

1. prāvan See kratu-pr○

prāvanij

1. prâva-nij (pra-ava-√nij), P. -nenekti, to wash off AV

prāvara

1. prāvara prāvarṣin, See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāvaso

1. prâva-so (pra-ava-√so), P. -syati, to settle among (acc.) ŚBr

prāviś

1. prâ-viś (pra-ā-√viś), P. -viśati, to come or resort to (acc.) ŚāṅkhŚr.: Caus. -veśayati, to let or lead in (loc.) MBh. Daś

prāviṣkriyamāṇa

1. prâviṣ-kriyamāṇa mfn. (√kṛ) shown Divyâv. (wṛ. for āviṣ-kr○?)

prāvṛ

1. prā-vṛ 1. √(prā prob. for pra
2. cf. apā-√vṛ), P. Ā. -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute (inf. -varitum Mṛicch.), to cover, veil, conceal AV. Gaut. Āpast
3. to put on, dress one's self in (acc., rarely instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. to fill MBh. -2

⋙prāvara

1. prā-ḍvara m. (for 1. See under 3. prā. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence (cf. mahī-pr○) L

⋙prāvaraka

1. prā-ḍvaraka m. N. of a district (= ○vāra) MBh

⋙prāvaraṇa

1. prā-ḍváraṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) covering, veiling Āpast
2. a cover, upper garment, cloak, mantle ŚBr. &c. &c

⋙prāvaraṇīya

1. prā-ḍvaraṇīya n. an outer garment, cloak, mantle L

⋙prāvāra

1. prā-ḍvāra m. id. MBh. Kām. Mṛicch. (also -ka)
2. N. of a district (= ○varaka) MBh
3. mfn. found in outer garments or cloaks Kāv
4. -karṇa m. 'Cloak-Ear', N. of an owl MBh
5. -kīṭa m. 'clothes-insect', = kuṇa L
6. a louse W
7. ○rika m. a maker of cloaks R
8. ○rīya P. ○yati, to use as a cloaks Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Sch

⋙prāvuvūrṣu

1. prā-ḍvuvūrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or intending to wear W

≫prāvṛta

1. prā́-vṛta mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
2. put on (as a garment) Hcar. Kathās. Hit
3. filled with (instr.) R
4. m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L
5. n. covering, concealing Gaut
6. (ā), f. a veil, mantle ṢaḍvBr

⋙prāvṛti

1. prā́-ḍvṛti f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L
2. (with Śaivas) spiritual darkness (one of the 4 consequences of Māyā) Sarvad

prāvṛt

1. prā-√vṛt (prā m. c. for pra), Caus. -vartayati, to produce, create MBh. Hariv

⋙prāvartaka

1. prā-ḍvartaka mf(ikā)n. producing, founding (a race) Hariv

prāvṛṣ

1. prā-vṛ́ṣ f. (fr. pra-√vṛṣ) the rainy season, wet season, rains (the months Āshāḍha and Śravaṇa, comprising the first half of the rainy season which lasts in some parts from the middle of June till the middle of October) RV. &c. &c. (○ṣi-ja mfn. produced in the rainy seasons Śiś.)

≫prāvṛṭ

1. prāvṛṭ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

⋙prāvṛṭkāla

1. ○kāla m. the rainy season Var. Pañcat
2. -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing only in the rainy season MārkP

≫prāvṛḍ

1. prāvṛḍ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

⋙prāvṛḍatyaya

1. ○atyaya m. the time following the rainy season, autumn L

≫prāvṛṇ

1. prāvṛṇ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

⋙prāvṛṇmaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. resembling the rainy season Hcar

≫prāvṛṣa

1. prāvṛṣa m. the rainy season, the rains Hariv
2. (ā), f. id. L

≫prāvṛṣāyaṇī

1. prāvṛṣāyaṇī f. 'produced by rains', Boerhavia Procumbens L
2. Mucuna Pruritus Bhpr

≫prāvṛṣika

1. prāvṛṣika mfn. relating to or born in the rainy season BhP. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 26)
2. m. a peacock L

⋙prāvṛṣīṇa

1. prāvṛḍṣī́ṇa mfn. (day) beginning the rainy season RV

⋙prāvṛṣeṇya

1. prāvṛḍṣeṇya mfn. relating to the rṭrainy season Kālid. Bālar. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 17)
2. coming in showers, abundant, much L
3. m. Nauclea Cadamba or Cordifolia L
4. Wrightia Antidysenterica L
5. (ā), f. Mucuna Pruritus L
6. a species of Punar-navā with red flowers L. [Page 709, Column]

⋙prāvṛṣeya

1. prāvṛḍṣeya m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙prāvṛṣya

1. prāvṛḍṣya m. Nauclea Cordifolia L
2. Wrightia Antidysenterica L
3. Asteracantha Longifolia L
4. n. a cat's eye (gem) L

prāś

1. prâś (pra- √1. aś), P. prâśnoti (aor. prânaṭ), to reach, attain RV
2. to fall to the lot or share of (acc.) ib.: Caus. prâśāpayati, to cause to reach or attain MānGṛ

≫prāṣṭa

1. prâṣṭa mfn. arrived at, gained (= prâpta). Nir. (Sch.)
2. -varṇa mfn. = pṛśni ib

prāś

1. prâś (pra- √2. aś), P. práśnāti (rarely Ā. ○nīte), to eat, consume, devour, taste, enjoy RV. &c. &c.: Caus. prâśayati, to cause to eat, feed ĀśvGṛ. Mn. Kathās

⋙prāśa

1. prâśa m. eating, feeding upon (cf. ghṛta-, dhūma-pr○)
2. food, victuals Kauś. MBh. Suśr

⋙prāśaka

1. prâśaka m. eating, enjoying, Śāy. on RV. i, 40, 1

⋙prāśana

1. prâśana n. eating, feeding upon, tasting GṛŚrS. &c. &c
2. (fr. Caus.) causing to eat, feeding (esp. the first feeding of a child
3. cf. anna-pr○) Mn. Yājñ
4. food, victuals (cf. amṛta-pr○) MBh. R. Hariv
5. (ī), f. enjoyment, (cf. rasa-pr○) Vait
6. ○nârthīya mfn. meant for food ŚāṅkhGṛ
7. ○nin, See parṇa- and prâṇa-prâśanin

⋙prāśanīya

1. prâśanīya mfn. to be eaten, eatable, serving as food
2. n. food MBh. R

⋙prāśavya

1. prâśavyá n. (fr. prâś or prâśa) food, provisions RV

⋙prāśita

1. prấśita mfn. eaten, tasted, devoured TS. &c. &c
2. n. the daily oblation to deceased progenitors Mn. iii, 74

⋙prāśitavya

1. prâśitavyá mfn. to be eaten, eatable, esculent ŚBr. MBh

⋙prāśitṛ

1. prâśitṛ́ mfn. one who eats, an eater AV. MBh

⋙prāśitra

1. prâśitrá n. the portion of Havis eaten by the Brahman at a sacrifice TS. ŚBr. ŚrS. (-vat ind. Vait.)
2. = -haraṇa BhP
3. anything edible W., n. a vessel in which the Brahman's portion of Havis is placed ŚBr. GṛŚrS
4. ○triya, See a-prâśitriya

⋙prāśin

1. prâśin See amṛta-pr○. 1

⋙prāśū

1. prâśū m. (for 2. See below) an eater, guest(?) RV. i, 40, 5 (Mahidh. 'very swift' = śīghra, cf. prâśu)

⋙prāśya

1. prâśya mfn. to be eaten, eatable TBr. KātyŚr. R

prāś

1. prā́ś m. (√prach) asking, inquiring, a questioner Yājñ. Sch. (cf. śabda-pr○ and Uṇ. ii, 57)
2. f. (?) statement or assertion in a debate or lawsuit AV. ii, 27, 1 ; 5 (cf. prati-prāś)

≫prāḍvivāka

1. prāḍ-vivāka m. 'one who interrogates and discriminates', a judge (esp. the chief judge of a stationary court) Mn. Gaut. Bhar. (cf. IW. 296, 1)

prāśastya

1. prāśastya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāśā

1. prâśā (pra-āśā), f. ardent desire or longing for TāṇḍBr. Mālatīm

prāśātika

1. prāśātika n. a leguminous plant ĀpŚr

prāśu

1. prâśú (pra-āśú), mfn. very quick or speedy RV. (= kṣipra Naigh. i, 15)
2. (u), ind. quickly, swiftly ĀpŚr

⋙prāśuṣah

1. ○ṣáh (-ṣā́h), mfn. (prob.) swiftly finishing (a meal) RV. iv, 25, 6 ('rapidly victorious' Sāy.)

prāśū

1. prāśū m. (for 1. See under 2. prâś) = parā-krama TBr. Sch. (cf. satya-pr○)

prāśnika

1. prāśnika mf(ī)n. (fr. praśna) containing questions (cf. bahu-pr○)
2. m. an inquirer, arbitrator, umpire MBh. R. Mālav
3. a witness L
4. an assistant at a spectacle or assembly (?) W

≫prāśnīputra

1. prā́śnī-putrá m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

prāśvamedha

1. prâśvamedha (pra-aśv○), m. a preliminary horse sacrifice Kathās

prāśvas

1. prâ-śvas (pra-ā-√śvas), Caus. -śvāsayate, to comfort, console R

prāṣṭa

1. prâṣṭa See above under 1. prâś

prās

1. prâs (pra- √1. as), P. prâsti, to be in front of or in an extraordinary degree, excel, preponderate RV

prās

1. prâs (pra- √2. as), P. prâsyati, to throw or hurl forth, throw into (loc.), cast, discharge (a missile) RV. &c. &c
2. to upset Mn. xi, 176
3. (with aṃśam) to cast lots, lay a wager TāṇḍBr

≫prāsa

1. prâsa m. casting, throwing Br. ŚrS
2. scattering, sprinkling Pratāp
3. a barbed missile or dart MBh. Kathās
4. a partic. constellation or position of a planet Var
5. N. of a man Rājat
6. -bhārata n. N. of a poem [Page 709, Column]
7. ○saka m. a die, dice L
8. ○sika mfn. armed with a dart or javelin Pāṇ. 4-4, 57 Sch
9. m. a spearman L

⋙prāsana

1. prâsana n. throwing forth or away or down, throwing, casting ŚrS. Jaim

⋙prāsta

1. prâsta mfn. thrown away or off, cast, hurled, discharged BṛĀrUp. Mn
2. expelled, turned out, banished W

prāsaṅga

1. prāsaṅga ○gika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāsāda

1. prāsāda m. (for pra-s○ lit. 'sitting forward', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous place
2. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn
3. the top-story of a lofty building Kād
4. a lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple AdbhBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
5. (with Buddhists) the monks' hall for assembly and confession MWB. 426

⋙prāsādakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. N. of wk

⋙prāsādakukkuṭa

1. ○kukkuṭa m. a domestic pigeon L

⋙prāsādagata

1. ○gata mfn. gone to (the roof of) a palace Nal

⋙prāsādagarbha

1. ○garbha m. an inner apartment or sleeping chamber in a palace Hit

⋙prāsādatala

1. ○tala n. the flat roof of a house or palace MBh

⋙prāsādadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙prāsādaparāmantra

1. ○parā-mantra m. N. of a partic. magical formula (a combination of the letters ha and sa = parā-prāsāda-mantra) W

⋙prāsādapṛṣṭha

1. ○pṛṣṭha n. a terrace or balcony on the top of a palace Hit

⋙prāsādapratiṣṭhā

1. ○pratiṣṭhā f. the consecration of a temple
2. -dīdhiti f. N. of wk

⋙prāsādaprastara

1. ○prastara m. = -tala Mn. ii, 204

⋙prāsādamaṇḍanā

1. ○maṇḍanā f. a kind of orpiment L

⋙prāsādalakṣaṇa

1. ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙prāsādavāsin

1. ○vāsin mfn. dwelling in a palace Pat

⋙prāsādaśāyin

1. ○śāyin mfn. accustomed to sleep in a palace MBh

⋙prāsādaśṛṅga

1. ○śṛṅga n. the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple a turret ib

⋙prāsādastha

1. ○stha mfn. standing on (the roof of) a palace Nal

⋙prāsādāgra

1. prāsādâgra n. = ○da-tala R

⋙prāsādāgrya

1. prāsādâgrya n. pl. most excellent palaces MW

⋙prāsādāṅgana

1. prāsādâṅgana n. (or ○nā f.) the courtyard of a palace or temple Rājat. Pañcat

⋙prāsādānukīrtana

1. prāsādânukīrtana n. N. of wk

⋙prāsādārohaṇa

1. prāsādârohaṇa n. going up into or entering a palace
2. ○ṇīya mfn. Pāṇ. 5-1, 111 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙prāsādālaṃkāralakṣaṇa

1. prāsādâlaṃkāra-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

≫prāsādika

1. prāsādika mf(ā)n. (fr. pra-sāda) kind, amiable Lalit
2. given by way of blessing or as a favour MW
3. (fr. prā-sāda) pleasant, beautiful ib. Kāraṇḍ
4. (ā), f. a chamber on the top of a palace Hcar

≫prāsādivārika

1. prāsādivārika m. a kind of attendant in a monastery Buddh

≫prāsādīya

1. prāsādīya Nom. P. ○yati, to imagine one's self to be in a palace Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫prāsādīya

1. prāsādīya mfn. belonging to a palace, palatial, splendid W

≫prāsādya

1. prāsādya mfn. id., Śīl

prāsthika

1. prāsthika See p. 702, col. 3

prāh

1. prâh (pra-√ah), only pf. prâha, to announce, declare, utter, express, say, tell (with dat. or acc. of pers. and acc. of thing) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. to record, hand down by tradition ŚBr
3. (with 2 acc.) to call, name, regard or consider as Mn. MBh. &c

prāha

1. prāha m. instruction in the art of dancing L

prāhaṇi

1. prāhaṇi prāharika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāhavanīya

1. prāhavanīya mfn. (prā, or prâ + √hve?) worthy to be received as a guest Buddh

prāhuṇa

1. prāhuṇa m. (fr. prāghuṇa, q.v.) a guest Kathās
2. (ī), f. ib

⋙prāhuṇaka

1. prāhuṇaka m

⋙prāhuṇikā

1. prāhuḍṇikā f. = prec. m. f. Kathās

prāhṇa

1. prâhṇa m. (fr. pra + ahna) the early part of the day, forenoon, morning ṢaḍvBr. BhP. Suśr
2. (am), ind. in the morning, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

≫prāhṇe

1. prâhṇe ind. early, in the morning MBh. xiv, 1277

⋙prāhṇetarām

1. ○tarām and ind. earlier or very early in the morning

⋙prāhṇetamām

1. ○tamām ind. earlier or very early in the morning

≫prāhṇetana

1. prâhṇetana mfn. relating to the forenoon, happening in the morning, matutinal Pāṇ. 4-3, 23

priya

1. priya priyāla, See under √1. prī below

prī

1. prī cl. 9. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxxi, 2) prīṇā́ti, prīṇīté
2. cl. 4. Ā. (xxvi, 35) prīyate (rather Pass
3. ep. and m. c. also ○ti and priyate, ○ti
4. pf. pipriyé, p. ○yāṇá Subj. pipráyat
5. Impv. pipráyasva or ○prīhí RV
6. aor. apraiṣīt Br., Subj. préṣat RV. [Page 710, Column]
7. apreṣṭa Gr
8. fut. preṣyati, ○te, pretā ib.), P. to please, gladden, delight gratify, cheer, comfort, soothe, propitiate RV. &c. &c
9. (mostly Ā. prīyate) to be pleased or satisfied with, delight in, enjoy (gen., instr., loc. or abl.) ib
10. (Ā
11. ep. and m. c. also P. and pri○) to like, love, be kind to (acc.) MBh. R.: Caus. prīṇayati (prāpayati Siddh., prāyayati Vop.), to please, delight gratify, propitiate ĀśvGṛ. Yājñ. MBh. &c
12. to refresh, comfort Car.: Desid. píprīṣati, to wish to please or propitiate RV.: Intens. peprīyate, peprayīti, pepreti Gr. [Cf. Goth. frijôn, frijônds ; Germ. friunt, freund ; Angl. Sax. freónd
13. Eng. friend ; Slav. prijati ; Lith. pre10telius &c.]

≫priya

1. priyá mf(ā)n. beloved, dear to (gen., loc., dat. or comp.), liked, favourite, wanted, own RV. &c. &c. (with abl. 'dearer than' R. Kathās. Pañcat
2. priyaṃ-√kṛ Ā. kurute, either 'to gain the affection of, win as a friend' RV
3. or 'to feel affection for, love more and more' MBh.)
4. dear, expensive, high in price (cf. priya-dhānyaka, priyânna-tva)
5. fond of attached or devoted to (loc.) RV. (id. in comp., either ibc., e.g. priya-devana, 'fond of playing', or ifc., e.g. akṣa-priya, 'fond of dice', Pāṇ. 2-2, 35 Vārtt. 2
6. ifc. also = pleasant, agreeable, e.g. gamana-priya, 'pleasant to go', vi, 2, 15 Sch.)
7. m. a friend Gaut
8. a lover, husband MBh. Kāv. &c
9. a son-in-law Mn. iii, 119 (Kull.)
10. a kind of deer L
11. N. of 2 medicinal plants L. ; (ā), f. a mistress, wife MBh. Kāv. &c. [Old. Sax. frî, Angl. Sax. freó, 'a wife']
12. the female of an animal Var
13. news L
14. small cardamoms L
15. Arabian jasmine L
16. spirituous liquor L
17. N. of a daughter of Daksha VP
18. of various metres Col
19. n. love, kindness, favour, pleasure MBh. Kāv. &c
20. (am), ind. agreeably, kindly, in a pleasant way Kāv
21. (eṇa), id
22. willingly Hit. (vḷ., also priya-priyeṇa Pāṇ. 8-1, 13)

⋙priyaṃvada

1. ○ṃ-vada mf(ā)n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. m. a kind of bird R
3. N. of a Gandharva Ragh
4. of a poet Cat
5. (ā), f. a kind of metre Col
6. N. of a woman Śak. Daś
7. ○da-ka m. N. of a man Mudr

⋙priyakara

1. ○kara mfn. causing or giving pleasure R

⋙priyakarman

1. ○karman mfn. doing kind actions, kind Kām
2. n. the action of a lover BhP

⋙priyakalatra

1. ○kalatra m. fond of one's wife MW

⋙priyakalaha

1. ○kalaha mfn. quarrelsome VarBṛS

⋙priyakāma

1. ○kāma mf(ā)n. desirous of showing kindness to (gen.), friendly disposed MBh

⋙priyakāmya

1. ○kāmya m. Terminalia Tomentosa L
2. (ā), f. the desire of showing kindness to (gen.) MBh

⋙priyakāra

1. ○kāra mfn. doing a kindness or a favour to (gen.) MBh
2. congenial, suiting W

⋙priyakāraka

1. ○kāraka mfn. causing pleasure or gladness, agreeable Mn

⋙priyakāraṇa

1. ○kāraṇa n. the cause of any favour
2. (āt), ind. for the sake of doing a favour MBh. R

⋙priyakārin

1. ○kārin mfn. showing kindness to
2. ○ri-tva n. the act of showing kindness Kathās

⋙priyakṛt

1. ○kṛt mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R
2. m. a friend, benefactor W
3. -tama mfn. doing that which pleases most MW

⋙priyakṣatra

1. ○kṣatra mfn. ruling benevolently (said of the gods) RV. viii, 27, 19

⋙priyaguḍa

1. ○guḍa mfn. one who likes sugar, fond of showing Pāṇ. Sch

⋙priyaṃkara

1. ○ṃ-kara mf(ī or ā)n. acting kindly towards, showing kindness to (gen.) VS. MBh. Hariv. &c
2. causing pleasure, agreeable Hariv
3. exciting or attracting regard, amiable W
4. m. N. of a Dānava Kathās
5. of sev. men ib. Kshitîś
6. (ī), f. Physalis Flexuosa L
7. a white-blooming Kaṇṭakārī L
8. = bṛhaj-jīvantī L

⋙priyaṃkaraṇa

1. ○ṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. acting kindly to Pāṇ. 3-2, 56
2. exciting or attracting regard, amiable MW

⋙priyaṃkāra

1. ○ṃ-kāra mfn. = priya-kāra (q.v.) MW

⋙priyacatura

1. ○catura mfn. Vop. iii, 110

⋙priyacikīrṣā

1. ○cikīrṣā f. the desire of doing a kindness to (gen.) MBh

⋙priyacikīrṣu

1. ○cikīrṣu mfn. wishing to do a kṭkindness to (gen.) Bhag

⋙priyajana

1. ○jana m. a dear person, the beloved one Amar

⋙priyajāta

1. ○jāta mfn. dear when born, born beloved or desired (said of Agni) RV. viii, 60, 2

⋙priyajāni

1. ○jāni m. a gallant Hcar

⋙priyajīva

1. ○jīva m. Calosanthes Indica L

⋙priyajīvita

1. ○jīvita mfn. loving life
2. -tā f. love of life Sāh

⋙priyatanaya

1. ○tanaya mfn. loving a son Jātakam

⋙priyatanu

1. ○tanu (priyá-), mfn. loving the body, loving life AV. v, 18, 6

⋙priyatama

1. ○tama (priyá-), mfn. most beloved, dearest RV. AV. ŚBr. (once = -tara R.)
2. m. a lover husband Kāv
3. Celosia Cristata L
4. (ā), f. a mistress, wife Kāv

⋙priyatara

1. ○tara mfn. dearer &c. R. Pañcat
2. -tva n. the being dearer to any one (loc.) than (abl.) MBh

⋙priyatā

1. ○tā (priyá-). f. the being dear ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
2. the being fond of (comp.), love Kathās. Rājat

⋙priyatoṣaṇa

1. ○toṣaṇa m. a kind of coitus L

⋙priyatva

1. ○tva n. the being dear, being beloved MBh. R
2. the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Suśr. [Page 710, Column]

⋙priyada

1. ○da mfn. giving desired objects L
2. (ā), f. Rhinacanthus Communis L

⋙priyadattā

1. ○dattā f. a mystical N. of the earth MBh
2. N. of a woman Kathās

⋙priyadarśa

1. ○darśa mfn. pleasant or agreeable to look at (opp. to dur-darśa) MBh

⋙priyadarśana

1. ○darśana mfn. pleasant or grateful to the sight of (gen.) MBh. Kāv
2. m. a parrot L
3. a kind of date tree L
4. Terminalia Tomentosa L
5. Mimusops Kauki L
6. a plant growing in wet weather on trees and stones (in Marāṭhī called dagaḍaphūla, in Hindūstānī ?) L
7. a partic. Kalpa Buddh
8. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas Ragh
9. of a son of Vāsuki Kathās
10. (a), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
11. of sev. women Vās. Priy
12. (ī), f. Gracula Religiosa L
13. n. the look of a friend Pañcat

⋙priyadarśikā

1. ○darśikā f. N. of a princess Priy
2. of a drama

⋙priyadarśin

1. ○darśin m. 'looking with kindness upon everything', N. of Aśoka Inscr

⋙priyadāsa

1. ○dāsa m. N. of the author of a Comm. on the Bhakta-mālā MW

⋙priyadevana

1. ○devana mfn. fond of play or gambling MBh

⋙priyadhanva

1. ○dhanva m. 'fond of the bow', N. of Śiva MBh

⋙priyadhā

1. ○dhā́ ind. lovingly, kindly TS

⋙priyadhānyakara

1. ○dhānya-kara mfn. causing dearness of corn (opp. to su-bhikṣa-kārin) VarBṛS. iv, 20

⋙priyadhāma

1. ○dhāma (priyá-) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 1

⋙priyadhāman

1. ○dhāman (priyá-), mfn. = prec. (said of Indra) AV
2. (sṭsacrificial of the Ādityas) ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙priyaṃdada

1. ○ṃ-dada mfn. giving what is pleasant, Kāraṇd
2. (ā), f. N. of a Gandharvii ib

⋙priyanivedana

1. ○nivedana n. good tidings Mṛicch

⋙priyanivedayitṛ

1. ○nivedayitṛ (or ○ditṛ), m. a messenger of good tidings Śak

⋙priyanivedikā

1. ○nivedikā f. a female mṭmessenger of good tidings Mālatīm

⋙priyapati

1. ○pati (priyá-), m. lord of the beloved or desired VS

⋙priyaputra

1. ○putra m. a kind of bird BrahmaP

⋙priyaprada

1. ○prada m. N. of an author of Śākta Mantras Cat

⋙priyapraśna

1. ○praśna m. a kind inquiry (as after any one's welfare &c.) Hcar

⋙priyaprasādana

1. ○prasādana n. the conciliation of a husband, reconciliation with any object of affection MW
2. -vrata n. a vow for the conciliation of a husband ib

⋙priyaprāṇa

1. ○prâṇa mfn. fond of life ib

⋙priyaprāya

1. ○prâya mfn. exceedingly kind or amiable (as speech) L
2. of pleasing speech, well-spoken, eloquent W
3. n. eloquence in language W

⋙priyapriyeṇa

1. ○priyeṇa ind. with pleasure, willingly Pāṇ. 8-1, 13

⋙priyaprepsu

1. ○prêpsu mfn. desirous of obtaining a beloved object, lamenting the loss or absence of any bṭbeloved object, grieving for an object of affection W

⋙priyabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. feeling of love A

⋙priyabhāṣaṇa

1. ○bhāṣaṇa n. speaking kindly, kind or friendly speech Hit

⋙priyabhāṣin

1. ○bhāṣin mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably R
2. (iṇī), f. Gracula Religiosa L

⋙priyabhojana

1. ○bhojana mfn. fond of good food Bhpr

⋙priyamaṅgalā

1. ○maṅgalā f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

⋙priyamaṇḍana

1. ○maṇḍana mfn. fond of trinkets or ornaments Śak

⋙priyamadhu

1. ○madhu m. 'fond of wine', N. of Bala-rāma (the half-brother of Kṛishṇa) L

⋙priyamānasa

1. ○mānasa mfn. fond of the lake Mānasa (the Rāja-haṃsa or Royal-goose) MW

⋙priyamālyānulepana

1. ○mālyânulepana m. 'fond of garlands and ornaments', N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh

⋙priyamitra

1. ○mitra m. N. of a mythical Cakra-vartin W

⋙priyamukhā

1. ○mukhā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

⋙priyamukhyā

1. ○mukhyā f. N. of an Apsaras VP

⋙priyamedha

1. ○medha (priyá-), m. N. of a Ṛishi (a descendant of Aṅgiras and author of the hymns RV. viii, 1-40, 57, 58, 76 ; ix, 28) and (pl.) of his descendants RV. Nir
2. of a descendant of Aja-mīḍha BhP
3. -vát ind. as Priya-medha RV
4. -stuta (priyá-m○), mfn. praised by Priya ib. (accord. to Sāy. = priya-yajñair ṛṣibhiḥ stutaḥ)

⋙priyambhaviṣṇu

1. ○m-bhaviṣṇu mfn. becoming dear or agreeable Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 57)
2. -tā f. (W.) or -tva n. (MW.) the becoming dṭdear

⋙priyabhāvuka

1. ○bhāvuka mfn. becoming dear Gīt. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 57)
2. -tā f. (Bhaṭṭ.) or -tva n. (MW.) the becoming dṭdear

⋙priyayajña

1. ○yajña mfn. fond of sacrifices Sāy

⋙priyaraṇa

1. ○raṇa mfn. delighting in war, warlike MW

⋙priyaratha

1. ○ratha (priyá-), N. of a man RV. i, 122, 7 (accord. to Sāy. mfn. = prīyamāṇa-ratha-yukta)

⋙priyarūpa

1. ○rūpa mfn. having an agreeable form, g. manojñâdi to Pāṇ. 5-1, 133

⋙priyavaktṛ

1. ○vaktṛ mfn. one who speaks kindly or agreeably, flattering, a flatterer Pañcat
2. -tva n. speaking kindly Cāṇ

⋙priyavacana

1. ○vacana mfn. one whose words are kind or friendly, speaking kindly Sāy. on RV. i, 13, 8
2. m. = bhakti-mān rogī L
3. n. kind or friendly speech Vikr

⋙priyavacas

1. ○vacas mfn. speaking kindly, not out of tune L
2. n. kind or friendly speech Sāh

⋙priyavat

1. ○vat (priyá-), mfn. possessing friends Bhar
2. containing the word priya TS. Kāṭh

⋙priyavadya

1. ○vadya n. = -vāda (q.v.) ĀpŚr

⋙priyavayasya

1. ○vayasya m. a dear friend MW

⋙priyavarṇī

1. ○varṇī f. = priyaṅgu L
2. Echites Frutescens W

⋙priyavallī

1. ○vallī f. = priyaṅgu or phalinī L

⋙priyavasantaka

1. ○vasantaka m. 'the desired spring' and 'the dear Vasantaka' Ratnâv. i, 8. [Page 710, Column]

⋙priyavastu

1. ○vastu n. a favourite object or topic MW

⋙priyavāc

1. ○vāc mfn. one whose words are kind, kind in speech Kām. Var
2. f. kind speech, gentle words, (-vāk-sahita mfn. accompanied by kindness words) Hit

⋙priyavada

1. ○vada m. kindness or agreeable speech MBh. R

⋙priyavādikā

1. ○vādikā f. a kind of musical instrument L

⋙priyavadin

1. ○vadín mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably, flattering, a flatterer VS. MBh. R. &c. (○di-tā f. MBh. R.)
2. m. (Car.) or (inī), f. (L.) a kind of bird, Gracula Religiosa

⋙priyavinākṛta

1. ○vinā-kṛta mfn. abandoned by a lover, deserted by a husband MW

⋙priyaviśva

1. ○viśva mfn. Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Sch

⋙priyavrata

1. ○vrata (priyá-), mfn. having desirable ordinances or fond of obedience (said of the gods) RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
2. m. N. of a king (a son of Manu and Śata-rūpā) Hariv. Pur
3. of a man Br

⋙priyaśālaka

1. ○śālaka m. Terminalia Tomentosa L. (also spelt -sālaka)

⋙priyaśiṣyā

1. ○śiṣyā f. N. of an Apsaras VP

⋙priyaśravas

1. ○śravas mfn. loving glory (said of Kṛishṇa) BhP

⋙priyasa

1. ○sá mfn. granting desired objects RV. ix, 97, 38

⋙priyasaṃvāsa

1. ○saṃvāsa m. living together with loved persons MBh

⋙priyasakha

1. ○sakha mfn. loving one's friends Laghuj
2. m. a dear friend MBh. Bhartṛ. Megh
3. the tree Acacia Catechu (= khadira) L
4. (ī), f. a dear female friend Daś

⋙priyasaṃgamana

1. ○saṃgamana n. 'meeting of friends', N. of a place (in which Indra and Vishṇu are said to have met with their parents Aditi and Kaśyapa) Hariv. 7647

⋙priyasatya

1. ○satya mfn. pleasant and true (as speech) L
2. a lover of truth A
3. n. speech at once pleasing and true W

⋙priyasaṃtati

1. ○saṃtati mfn. having a beloved son MW

⋙priyasaṃdeśa

1. ○saṃdeśa m. a friendly message A
2. Michelia Champaca L

⋙priyasamāgama

1. ○samāgama m. re-union with a beloved object MW

⋙priyasamucita

1. ○samucita mfn. befitting a lover ib

⋙priyasamudra

1. ○samudra m. N. of a merchant HPariś

⋙priyasamprahāra

1. ○samprahāra mfn. fond of litigation Bālar

⋙priyasarpiṣka

1. ○sarpiṣka mfn. fond of melted butter Laghuk

⋙priyasahacarī

1. ○sahacarī f. a dear female companion, beloved wife MW

⋙priyasālaka

1. ○sālaka m. = -śālaka, q.v

⋙priyasāhasa

1. ○sāhasa mfn. addicted to rashness
2. -tva n. VarBṛS

⋙priyasukha

1. ○sukha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙priyasuhṛd

1. ○suhṛd m. a dear friend, kind or good friend Hit

⋙priyasena

1. ○sena m. N. of a man Divyâv

⋙priyasevaka

1. ○sevaka mfn. loving servants, kind towards servants Rājat

⋙priyastotra

1. ○stotra mfn. fond of praise RV. i, 91, 6

⋙priyasvapna

1. ○svapna mfn. fond of sleep, sluggish Ragh

⋙priyasvāmin

1. ○svāmin m. N. of an author Cat

⋙priyahita

1. ○hita mfn. at once agreeable and salutary VP
2. n. things which are a and servants MBh. Mn. R. Gaut. (du.)

⋙priyākhya

1. priyâkhya mfn. announcing good tidings R. Pat
2. called 'dear' Prab

⋙priyākhyāna

1. priyâkhyāna n. agreeable news, pleasant tidings MW
2. -dāna n. a gift in return for pleasant tidings Jātakam
3. -puraḥsara mfn. preceded by pleasant tidings MW

⋙priyākhyāyin

1. priyâkhyāyin m. a teller announcing good news Divyâv

⋙priyājana

1. priyā-jana m. pl. mistresses, dear ones &c. (collectively) Śiś

⋙priyātithi

1. priyâtithi mfn. fond of guests, hospitable MBh

⋙priyātmaka

1. priyâtmaka m. a kind of bird classed with the Pratudas Car. (vḷ. ○tma-ja)

⋙priyātman

1. priyâtman mfn. of a pleasant nature, plṭpleasant, agreeable R
2. ○tma-ja m. = ○tmaka, q.v

⋙priyādāsa

1. priyā-dāsa m. N. of an author Cat

⋙priyādhāna

1. priyâdhāna n. a friendly office MW

⋙priyānna

1. priyânna n. expensive food MW
2. -tva n. dearth, scarcity VarBṛS

⋙priyāpatya

1. priyâpatya m. a kind of vulture L

⋙priyāpāya

1. priyâpâya m. the absence of a beloved object MW

⋙priyāpriya

1. priyâpriyá n. sg. du. or pl. pleasant and unpleasant things AV. ChUp. Mn. &c

⋙priyāmukhībhū

1. priyā-mukhī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be changed into the face of a loved woman Naish

⋙priyāmbu

1. priyâmbu mfn. fond of water
2. m. the mango tree L

⋙priyārtham

1. priyârtham ind. for the sake of a beloved object, as a favour MBh. Megh. Rājat

⋙priyārha

1. priyârha mfn. deserving love, amiable MW
2. m. N. of Vishṇu A

⋙priyālāpa

1. priyâlāpa m. N. of a man, Vṛishabhān

⋙priyālāpin

1. priyâlāpin mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably Bhartṛ

⋙priyāvat

1. priyā́-vat mfn. having a mistress, enamoured AV. iv, 18, 4

⋙priyāviraha

1. priyā-viraha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙priyāsu

1. priyâsu mfn. fond of lift W

⋙priyāsūyamatī

1. priyâsūyamatī f. N. of a woman Rājat

⋙priyailikā

1. priyâilikā f. a kind of bean L

⋙priyaiṣin

1. priyâiṣin mfn. friendly disposed to (comp.) Hariv

⋙priyokti

1. priyôkti f. friendly speech Sāh

⋙priyodita

1. priyôdita mfn. kindly spoken W
2. n. kind speech L

⋙priyopapatti

1. priyôpapatti f. a happy event or circumstance, pleasant occurrence MW

⋙priyopabhoga

1. priyôpabhoga m. the enjoyment of a lover or of a mistress ib
2. -vandhya mfn. barren or destitute of the enjoyment of a lover ib

⋙priyosriya

1. priyốsriya mfn. loving cows, amorous (said of a bull) RV. x, 40, 11

≫priyaka

1. priyaka m. a kind of deer with a very soft skin Śiś. Suśr
2. a chameleon L
3. a kind of bird MBh
4. a bee L. [Page 711, Column]
5. N. of sev. plants (Nauclea Cadamba, Terminalia Tomentosa &c.) L
6. a kind of tree R. Hariv. Var
7. N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh
8. of a man, g. bidâdi
9. (ī), f. the skin of the Priyaka R
10. n. N. of a flower Śiś

≫priyaṅgu

1. priyáṅgu mf. panic seed, Panicum Italicum VS. TS. Br. Kauś
2. Aglaia Odorata L
3. Sinapis Ramosa MBh. Kathās
4. long pepper L
5. a medicinal plant and perfume (commonly called Priyaṅgu and described in some places as a fragrant seed) L
6. a partic. creeper (said to put forth blossoms at the touch of women) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. Italian millet MW
8. n. (prob.) panic seed or mustard seed Suśr. Bhpr
9. saffron L

⋙priyaṅgudvīpa

1. ○dvīpa n. N. of a country Buddh

⋙priyaṅguśyāmā

1. ○śyāmā f. N. of the wife of Nara-vāhanadatta Vās

⋙priyaṅgvākhyā

1. priyaṅgv-ākhyā f. panic seed L

≫priyaṅgukā

1. priyaṅgukā f. Panicum Italicum SāmavBr

≫priyāka

1. priyāka m. N. of an author Cat

≫priyākṛ

1. priyā-√kṛ P. -karoti, to act kindly towards, do a favour to (acc.). Pāṇ. Vop. Bhaṭṭ

≫priyāya

1. priyāya Nom. Ā. ○yáte, to treat kindly AV. MBh. (vḷ. priyam ivâcarate Nīlak
2. cf. prīyāya)
3. to make friends with (instr.) RV

≫priyāla

1. priyāla m. the tree Buchanania Latifolia (commonly called Piyāl) MBh. R. Suśr. (ā), f. a vine, a bunch of grapes (= drākṣā) L

[[]]

1. priyālatālakharjūraharītakīvibhītaka3priyāla--tālakharjūra-harītakī-vibhītaka m. pl.Piyāl, palm, date and yellow and beleric myrobalan trees MW

≫priyīya

1. priyīya Nom. P. ○yati, to think a person to be another's mistress HYog

≫prī

1. prī mfn. (ifc.) kind, delighted ( See adhaprī, kadha-prī, ghṛta-prī &c.)

≫prīṇa

1. prīṇa mfn. (for 2. See col. 3) pleased, satisfied W

≫prīṇana

1. prīṇana mfn. pleasing, gratifying, appeasing, soothing Suśr
2. n. the act of pleasing or delighting or satisfying MBh. BhP. Ratnâv
3. a means of pleasing or delighting or satisfying MBh. BhP

≫prīṇayitṛ

1. prīṇayitṛ mfn. one who gladdens or delights
2. (trī), f. Sāy. on RV. iv, 42, 10 (wṛ. prīṇāyitrī)

≫prīṇayitvā

1. prīṇayitvā ind. having pleased or propitiated W

≫prīṇita

1. prīṇita mfn. pleased, gratified, delighted MBh. Pañcat. Bhaṭṭ

≫prīta

1. prītá mfn. pleased, delighted, satisfied, joyful, glad
2. pleased or delighted or satisfied with, jṭjoyful at, glad of (with instr., loc., gen., or ifc.) RV. &c. &c
3. beloved, dear to (gen. or comp.) Cāṇ. Hit
4. kind (as speech) Hit
5. (ā), f. a symbolical expression for the sound ṣ RāmatUp. (vḷ. pītā)
6. n. jest, mirth L
7. pleasure, delight W

⋙prītacitta

1. ○citta mfn. delighted at heart A

⋙prītatara

1. ○tara mfn. more highly pleased Ragh

⋙prītamanas

1. ○manas (R.),

⋙prītamānasa

1. ○mānasa (MBh.), or (ib. Mn.), mfn. pleased or gratified in mind

⋙prītātman

1. prīḍtâtman (ib. Mn.), mfn. pleased or gratified in mind

≫prīti

1. prīti f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with loc. or ifc
2. with ind. p., 'joy at having done anything') GṛŚrS. &c. &c
3. friendly disposition, kindness, favour, grace, amity (with samam or ifc.), affection, love (with gen., loc., or ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
4. joy or gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as one of the two wives of Kāma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Kathās
5. N. of a Śruti Saṃgīt
6. the 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. L
7. N. of the 13th Kalā of the moon Cat
8. a symbolical expression for the sound dh RāmatUp
9. (yā), ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Kathās
10. in a friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c

⋙prītikara

1. ○kara mfn. causing pleasure to (comp.) MārkP. Pāṇ. 6-2, 15 Sch. (cf. a-p○)
2. inspiring love or affection MW
3. m. N. of two authors Cat

⋙prītikaraṇa

1. ○karaṇa n. the act of causing pleasure, gratifying MW

⋙prītikarman

1. ○karman n. an act of friendship or love, kind action Mn

⋙prītikūṭa

1. ○kūṭa N. of a village, Vāsav., introd

⋙prīticandra

1. ○candra m. N. of a preceptor MW

⋙prīticcheda

1. ○ccheda m. destruction of joy Mṛicch

⋙prītijuṣā

1. ○juṣā f. N. of the wife of A-niruddha L

⋙prītitṛṣ

1. ○tṛṣ m. N. of the god of love L

⋙prītida

1. ○da mfn. giving pleasure L
2. inspiring love or regard, affectionate W
3. m. a jester or buffoon in a play L

⋙prītidatta

1. ○datta mfn. given through love or affection L
2. n. (?) property or valuables presented to a female by her relations and friends at the time of her marriage, and constituting part of her peculiar property MW

⋙prītidāna

1. ○dāna n. (Ragh.) or (MBh. R. Rājat.) 'gift of love', a present made from love or affection

⋙prītidāya

1. ○dāya m. (MBh. R. Rājat.) 'gift of love', a present made from love or affection

⋙prītidhana

1. ○dhana n. money given from love or friendship. R

⋙prītipātra

1. ○pātra n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing MW

⋙prītipuroga

1. ○puroga mfn. preceded by affṭaffection, affectionate, loving MBh

⋙prītipūrvakam

1. ○pūrvakam (Mn. Bhag.) or (MBh.), ind. with the accompaniment of kindness, kindly, affectionately. [Page 711, Column]

⋙prītipūrvam

1. ○pūrvam (MBh.), ind. with the accompaniment of kindness, kindly, affectionately. [Page 711, Column]

⋙prītipramukha

1. ○pramukha mfn. preceded by kindness, kind, friendly
2. -vacana n. a speech preceded by kindness, kind spṭspeech, affectionate words Megh

⋙prītibhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. enjoying friendship, receiving friendly offices Kathās

⋙prītibhojya

1. ○bhojya mfn. to be eaten joyfully or cheerfully MW

⋙prītimat

1. ○mat mfn. having pleasurable sensations, pleased, gratified, glad, satisfied MBh. Kāv. MārkP
2. having love or affection for (loc., gen. or acc.), affectionate, favourable, loving MBh. R. Hariv. MārkP
3. kind (as words) R
4. (atī), f. a kind of metre Col

⋙prītimanas

1. ○manas mfn. joyous-minded, pleased in mind, content
2. kind W

⋙prītimaya

1. ○maya mf(ī)n. made up of joy, arisen from joy (as tears) R

⋙prītiyuj

1. ○yuj mfn. beloved, dear Kir

⋙prītirasāyana

1. ○rasâyana n. 'an elixir of joy', any nectar-like beverage causing joy Hit

⋙prītivacana

1. ○vacana (A.) or (Hit.), n. kind or friendly words

⋙prītivacas

1. ○vacas (Hit.), n. kind or friendly words

⋙prītivardhana

1. ○vardhana mfn. increasing love or joy. A
2. m. the 4th month Sūryapr
3. N. of Vishṇu A

⋙prītivāda

1. ○vāda m. a friendly discussion MW

⋙prītivivāha

1. ○vivāha m. a love-marriage, love-match ib

⋙prītiviśrambhabhājana

1. ○viśrambha-bhājana n. a repository of affection and confidence ib

⋙prītiśrāddha

1. ○śrāddha n. a funeral offering to the Pitṛis of both parents (performed by some one in place of the eldest surviving son, and to be re-performed at some other period by this son in person) ib

⋙prītisaṃyoga

1. ○saṃyoga m. relation of friendship R

⋙prītisaṃgati

1. ○saṃgati f. a covenant of frṭfriendship, friendly alliance with (instr.) ŚārṅgP

⋙prītisaṃdarbha

1. ○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

⋙prītisambodhyaṅga

1. ○sambodhy-aṅga n. (with Buddhists) joyfulness (one of the 7 requisites for attaining supreme knowledge) Dharmas. 49

⋙prītisnigdha

1. ○snigdha mfn. moist through love or charming through affection (said of the eyes) Megh

≫prīyati

1. prīyati m. an expression for √prī MBh

≫prīyāya

1. prīyāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to rejoice at (acc.) MBh. (cf. priyāya)

≫preṇā

1. preṇā́ instr. for premṇā́, See premán

≫preṇi

1. preṇí mfn. = pretṛ́ RV. i, 112, 10 (of obscure meaning AV. vi, 89, 1)

≫pretṛ

1. pretṛ́ mfn. a lover, cherisher, benefactor RV. ŚāṅkhŚr

≫predhā

1. predhā́ ind. = priya-dhā́ (q.v.) MaitrS

≫prema

1. prema (ifc. f. ā) = premán love, affection (cf. sa-p○)
2. (ā), f. See below

≫prema

1. prema in comp. for premán

⋙prematattvanirūpaṇa

1. ○tattvanirūpaṇa n. N. of a Bengālī poem by Kṛishṇadāsa

⋙premadhara

1. ○dhara m. N. of an author Cat

⋙premanārāyaṇa

1. ○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a king Inscr

⋙premanidhi

1. ○nidhi m. N. of sev. authors Cat

⋙premapattanikā

1. ○pattanikā, f. N. of wk

⋙premapara

1. ○para mfn. intent on love, filled with affection, affectionate, loving, constant W

⋙premapātana

1. ○pātana n. rheum L
2. tears (of joy) W

⋙premapātra

1. ○pātra n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing MW

⋙premapīyūṣalatākartarī

1. ○pīyūṣa-latākartarī f. N. of wk

⋙premabandha

1. ○bandha m. (ŚārṅgP. Rājat.) or (BhP.) the ties of love, love, affection

⋙premabandhana

1. ○bandhana n. (BhP.) the ties of love, love, affection

⋙premabhakticandrikā

1. ○bhakti-candrikā f

⋙premabhaktistotra

1. ○bhaktistotra n. N. of wks

⋙premabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. state of affection, love R

⋙premarasāyana

1. ○rasâyana n

⋙premarasāyanānurāga

1. ○rasâḍyanânurāga m

⋙premarāja

1. ○rāja m. N. of wks

⋙premarāśībhū

1. ○rāśī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become one mass of affection Megh

⋙premarddhi

1. ○rddhi (○ma-Rd○), f. increase of affṭaffection, ardent love MW

⋙premalatikā

1. ○latikā f. the small creeping plant 'love' Kpr

⋙premavat

1. ○vat mfn. full of love, affectionate Subh
2. (atī), f. a mistress L

⋙premaviśvāsabhūmi

1. ○viśvāsa-bhūmi f. an object of love and confidence MW

⋙premasāgara

1. ○sāgara m. an ocean of love ib

⋙premasāhi

1. ○sāhi (sāhi = ?) m. = -nārāyaṇa Inscr

⋙premasena

1. ○sena m. N. of a prince Siṃhâs

⋙premākara

1. premâkara m. abundance of love Daś

⋙premāmṛta

1. premâmṛta n. 'love-ambrosia', N. of a metrical list of 112 names of Kṛishṇa and of sev. other wks

⋙premārdra

1. premârdra mfn. overflowing with love Mālatīm

⋙premāśru

1. premâśru n. a tear of affection MW

⋙premendusāgara

1. premêndu-sāgara m

⋙premoktyudaya

1. premôkty-udaya m. N. of wks

≫premaṇīya

1. premaṇīya mfn. fit for exciting love &c. Buddh

≫preman

1. premán m. n. love, affection, kindness, tender regard, favour, predilection, fondness, love &c. towards (loc. or comp.) TS. Br. Kāv. &c. (also pl.)
2. joy L
3. m. sport, a jest, joke Sāh
4. wind L
5. N. of Indra L
6. of various men Rājat
7. (premṇā, Ved. preṇā́), ind. through love or affection RV. TS. MBh

≫premā

1. premā in comp. for premán

⋙premābandha

1. ○bandha m. = prema-b○ (above) Amar. Ratnâv. Veṇis

⋙premāvatī

1. ○vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

≫premin

1. premin mfn. loving, affectionate L

≫preyas

1. préyas mfn. (compar. fr. priya) dearer, more agreeable, more desired RV. AV. ŚBr. &c
2. m. a lover Amar. Kathās
3. a dear friend Mālatīm
4. (asī), f. a mistress Bhartṛ. Dhūrtas. [Page 711, Column]
5. n. (in rhet.) flattery Pratāp. Kuval. Sāh

⋙preyaskara

1. ○kara m. the hand of a lover BhP

⋙preyastā

1. ○tā f. (Rājat.) or (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear

⋙preyastva

1. ○tva n. (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear

⋙preyasvin

1. ○vin mfn. containing flattery Kāv

⋙preyopatya

1. preyo-'patya (fr. ○yas + ap○), m. 'very fond of offspring', a heron L

≫preṣṭha

1. préṣṭha mfn. (superl. fr. priya) dearest, most beloved or desired RV
2. (in address) KaṭhUp. BhP
3. very fond of (loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1
4. m. a lover, husband BhP
5. (ā), f. a mistress, wife L
6. a leg L

⋙preṣṭhatama

1. ○tama mfn. dearest, most beloved BhP

prīṇa

1. prīṇa (for 1. See under √prī), mfn. (fr. 1. pra) old, ancient, former Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat. (cf. pra-ṇa, pra-tna, pra-tana)

prītu

1. prītu m. a bird (?) W

pru

1. pru cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 61) pravate (pf. pupruve ŚBr
2. aor. proṣṭhāḥ ĀśvŚr.), to spring up Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. prāvayati (aor. apupravat, or apipravat), to reach to (acc.) ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 86): Desid. of Caus. puprāvayiṣati or piprāvayiṣati Pāṇ. 7-4, 81 Sch. (cf. ati-√pru, apa-√pru &c
3. and √plu)

≫prut

1. prut (ifc.), See antarikṣa-, uda-, upari- and kṛṣṇa-prút

pruth

1. pruth cl. 1. P. Ā. próthati, ○te, to pant, neigh, snort (as a horse) RV. ĀśvŚr.: Caus. prothayati, to employ force Āpast.: Intens. (only p. pópruthat) to snort aloud RV. i, 30, 16 (cf. √proth)

≫protha

1. protha m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) the nostrils of a horse MBh. Var. (cf. pṛthu-p○)
2. the snout of a hog MBh
3. m. the loins or hip (of a man) Bhpr
4. the womb L
5. a cave L
6. a petticoat L
7. terror, fright L
8. a traveller(?) L
9. mfn. notorious, famous (?) W
10. placed, fixed (?) ib

⋙prothatha

1. prothátha m. panting, snorting RV

⋙prothin

1. prothin m. a horse L

pruṣ

1. pruṣ cl. 5. P. Ā. pruṣṇóti, ○ṇuté (fut. proṣíṣyate TS
2. pf. puproṣa aor. aproṣīt, Gṛ.), to sprinkle, shower, wet, moisten RV. VS. TS
3. cl. 10. P. Ā. (or Nom.) pruṣāyáti, ○te id. RV
4. cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 55) pruṣṇāti (p. pruṣṇát Br.), id
5. to become wet, fill L. ; cl. 4. P. pruṣyati, See vi-√pruṣ. [Cf. Lat. pruīna for prusviina ; Goth. frius ; Germ. friosan, frieren ; Eng. freeśe.]

≫pruṣ

1. pruṣ (ifc.), See abhra- and ghṛta-prúṣ

≫pruṣita

1. pruṣitá mfn. sprinkled, wet RV

⋙pruṣitapsu

1. ○psu (○tá-). mfn. dappled, piebald (as horses) ib

≫pruṣṭā

1. pruṣṭā

⋙pruṣṭāyate

1. pruṣḍṭāyate Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Vārtt. 1

≫pruṣva

1. pruṣva m. the rainy season Uṇ. i, 151 Sch
2. (pruṣvā́ or prúṣvā), f. a drop of water, hoar-frost, ice AV. VS. ŚBr

≫pruṣvāya

1. pruṣvāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to fall in drops, trickle Uṇ. i, 151

≫proṣaka

1. proṣaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh

pruṣ

1. pruṣ cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 53) to burn

≫pruṣṭa

1. pruṣṭa mfn. burnt L

≫pruṣva

1. pruṣva m. head L
2. mfn. hot L

≫proṣa

1. proṣa m. burning, combustion L

prū

1. prū See kaṭa-prū

prūṣ

1. prūṣ (for pruṣ). See aṣṭā́-pruṣ

pre

1. prê (pra- √5. i), cl. 2. P. prâiti (Ved. inf. prâitos AitBr.), to come forth, appear, begin RV. BṛĀrUp. MBh
2. to go on, proceed, advance (esp. as a sacrifice) RV. VS
3. to go forwards or farther, come to, arrive at, enter (acc.) ib. ŚBr. Up. MBh
4. to go out or away, depart (this life, with or without asmāl lokāt, or itas), die Br. Up. Mn. MBh. &c.: Intens. Ā. prêyate, to drive or go forth (said of Ushas) RV

≫preta

1. prếta mfn. departed, deceased, dead, a dead person ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh
2. m. the spirit of a dead person (esp. before obsequial rites are performed), a ghost, an evil being Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 241, 271 MWB. 219)

⋙pretakarman

1. ○karman n. an obsequial rite MBh

⋙pretakalpa

1. ○kalpa m. 'obsṭobsequial ordinance', N. of GāruḍaP. ii

⋙pretakāya

1. ○kāya m. a dead body, corpse Kathās

⋙pretakārya

1. ○kārya n. = -karman MBh. R. BhP

⋙pretakṛtya

1. ○kṛtya n. id. MBh. (ā f. Mn. iii, 127)
2. -nirṇaya and ○tyâdi-nirṇaya m. N. of wks

⋙pretagata

1. ○gata mfn. gone to the departed, dead MBh

⋙pretagati

1. ○gati f. the way of the depṭdeparted (with √gam, 'to die') ib

⋙pretagṛha

1. ○gṛha n. 'dead-house', a burning-place L

⋙pretagopa

1. ○gopa m. guardian of the dead (in Yama's house) R. [Page 712, Column]

⋙pretacārin

1. ○cārin m. 'roaming among the dṭdead', N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙pretatva

1. ○tva n. being dead Hariv
2. the state of a ghost Hcat. Kāraṇḍ

⋙pretadāha

1. ○dāha m. burning of the dead MW
2. ○hâgni m. corpse-fire L

⋙pretadīpikā

1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙pretadhūma

1. ○dhūma m. smoke of the dead i.e. of a funeral pile Mn. Yājñ

⋙pretanadī

1. ○nadī f. river of the dead (= vaitaraṇī, q.v.) L

⋙pretanara

1. ○nara m. a dead man, a ghost W

⋙pretanātha

1. ○nātha m. 'lord of the dead', N. of Yama Bālar

⋙pretaniryātaka

1. ○niryātaka m. a carrier of dṭdead bodies Mn. iii, 166

⋙pretanirhāraka

1. ○nirhāraka m. id. ib. (vḷ.)

⋙pretapakṣa

1. ○pakṣa or m. = pitṛ-p○ (q.v.) L

⋙pretapakṣaka

1. ○pakḍṣaka m. = pitṛ-p○ (q.v.) L

⋙pretapaṭaha

1. ○paṭaha m. a drum beaten at the burning of the dead L

⋙pretapatākā

1. ○patākā f. a flag used at the bṭburning of the dead Hcar

⋙pretapati

1. ○pati m. = -nātha MārkP
2. -paṭaha m. 'Yama's drum', drum beaten at the bṭburning of the dead Kād

⋙pretapātra

1. ○pātra n. a vessel used at a Śrāddha ceremony W

⋙pretapiṇḍabhuj

1. ○piṇḍa-bhuj mfn. one who partakes of the Piṇḍa (q.v.) at a Śrāddha Hcar

⋙pretapitṛ

1. ○pitṛ mfn. one whose father is dṭdead MānGṛ

⋙pretapura

1. ○pura n. (L.),

⋙pretapurī

1. ○purī f. (Daś.), city of the dṭdead, Yama's abode

⋙pretapradīpa

1. ○pradīpa m. N. of wk

⋙pretaprasādhana

1. ○prasādhana n. adornment of a corpse Kathās

⋙pretabhakṣiṇī

1. ○bhakṣiṇī f. N. of a goddess Cat

⋙pretabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the being dead, death (○vāya saṃsiddhaḥ, 'ready to die') R
2. -stha mfn. dead ib

⋙pretabhūmi

1. ○bhūmi f. 'place of the dead', a burning-ground MW

⋙pretamañjarī

1. ○mañjarī f. N. of ch. of GāruḍaP

⋙pretamuktidā

1. ○mukti-dā f. N. of wk

⋙pretamedha

1. ○medha m. a funeral sacrifice R

⋙pretamokṣa

1. ○mokṣa m. N. of ch. of the Māghamāhātmya

⋙pretarākṣasī

1. ○rākṣasī f. Ocimum Sanctum L. (vḷ. apêta- and a-prêta-r○)

⋙pretarāja

1. ○rāja m. = -nātha R
2. -niveśana n. -pura n. Yama's abode or city MBh

⋙pretaloka

1. ○loka m. the world of the dead (in which they remain for one year or until the Śrāddha ceremonies are completed) MBh

⋙pretavat

1. ○vat ind. as if dead MW

⋙pretavana

1. ○vana n. 'grove of the dead', a burning-ground L

⋙pretavaśa

1. ○vaśa m. power of the dead (○śaṃ-√nī, to put to death) MBh

⋙pretavāhita

1. ○vāhita mfn. possessed by an evil spirit L

⋙pretaśarīra

1. ○śarīra n. the body with which a departed spirit is invested RTL. 28

⋙pretaśilā

1. ○śilā f. 'stone of the dead', N. of a stone near Gayā on which Piṇdas are offered ( See piṇḍa) GāruḍaP

⋙pretaśuddhi

1. ○śuddhi f. (Mn.),

⋙pretaśauca

1. ○śauca n. (GāruḍaP.) purification after the death of a kinsman

⋙pretaśrāddha

1. ○śrāddha n. the obsequial ceremonies performed for a relative at death and every month for a year and at every anniversary after death

⋙pretasamkḷpta

1. ○samkḷpta mfn. (food) prepared in honour of the dead Āpast

⋙pretasparśin

1. ○sparśin (ŚāṅkhGṛ.),

⋙pretahāra

1. ○hāra (Mn.), m. = -niryātaka

⋙pretādhipa

1. prêtâdhipa m. = ○ta-nātha Hariv
2. -nagarī f. Yama's residence Kād

⋙pretādhipati

1. prêtâdhipati m. the lord of the dead or of departed spirits ṢaḍvBr

⋙pretānna

1. prêtânna n. food offered to a dead person Mn. Āpast

⋙pretāyana

1. prêtâyana m. 'way of the dead', N. of a partic. hell Kād. (wṛ. ○tāpana)

⋙pretālaya

1. prêtâlaya m. a kind of thorn-apple L

⋙pretāvāsa

1. prêtâvāsa m. = ○ta-gṛha BhP

⋙pretāsthi

1. prêtâsthi n. a bone of a dead man
2. -dhārin m. 'wearing dead men's bones', N. of Śiva Kāv

⋙preteśa

1. prêtêśa (Yājñ. Sch.),

⋙preteśvara

1. prêtêḍśvara (R.), m. = ○ta-nātha

⋙pretoddeśa

1. prêtôddeśa m. an offering to deceased ancestors W

≫preti

1. prếti f. departure, flight. RV. VS
2. approach, arrival TāṇḍBr

⋙pretivat

1. ○vat (pr74○), mfn. containing the word prêti or any form of prê TS

⋙pretīṣaṇi

1. prếtī-ṣaṇi (Padap. ○ti-S○), mfn. striving to move forwards (said of Agni) RV

≫pretika

1. prêtika m. the soul of a dead man, a ghost L

≫pretya

1. prếtya ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come, hereafter (opp. to iha) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙pretyajāti

1. ○jāti f. rank or position in the next world MBh

⋙pretyabhāj

1. ○bhāj mfn. enjoying (the fruits of anything) in the next world Hariv

⋙pretyabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the state after death, future life Gaut. MBh. R. (cf. IW. 63)
2. ○vika mfn. relating to it (opp. to aihalaukika) MBh

≫pretvan

1. prêtvan mf(arī)n. moving along, straying about (as cattle) Br
2. m. wind, air L
3. N. of Indra L

≫prehi

1. prêhi 2. sg. Impv. in comp. (cf. 1. prôha under prôh)

⋙prehikaṭā

1. ○kaṭā f. a rite in which no mats are allowed, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

⋙prehikardamā

1. ○kardamā f. a rite in which no impurity of any kind is allṭallowed ib

⋙prehidvitīyā

1. ○dvitīyā f. a rite at which no second person is allṭallowed to be present ib

⋙prehivaṇijā

1. ○vaṇijā f. a rite at which no merchants are allowed to be present ib

prekīya

1. prékīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pra + eka) Vop. (cf. prâikīya)

prekṣ

1. prêkṣ (pra-√īkṣ), Ā. prêkṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at, view, behold, observe TS. &c. &c. [Page 712, Column]
2. to look on (without interfering), suffer, say nothing Mn. MBh

≫prekṣaka

1. prêkṣaka mf(ikā)n. looking at, viewing or intending to view MBh. R. Hariv
2. considering, judging Yājñ. Sch
3. m. a spectator, member of an audience MānGṛ
4. ○kêrita mfn. (a word) uttered by a spectator MBh

⋙prekṣaṇa

1. prêkṣaṇa n. viewing, looking at or on (at a performance) GṛS. Mn. BhP
2. (ifc. ā) a view, look, sight Megh
3. the eye Suśr
4. any public show or spectacle Mn. Pañcat. Kathās
5. a place where public exhibitions are held W
6. -kūṭa n. the pupil of the eye Suśr
7. ○ṇâlambha n. sg. looking at and touching (women) Mn. ii, 179

⋙prekṣaṇaka

1. prêkṣaṇaka mfn. looking at, a spectator Yājñ
2. n. a spectacle, show (as opp. to reality) Bālar. Hcat

⋙prekṣaṇika

1. prêkṣaṇika mfn. = prec, mfn. W
2. m. an actor (?) Vet
3. (ā), f. a woman fond of seeing shows W

⋙prekṣaṇīya

1. prêkṣaṇīya mfn. to be seen, visible Śak
2. (ifc.) looking like, resembling Megh
3. worth seeing, sightly, beautiful to the view MBh. Kālid
4. n. a show, spectacle Vet
5. -ka n. = prec. n. Kathās
6. -tama and -tara mfn. most and more sightly or beautiful MBh
7. -tā f. sightliness, beautifulness Rājat

≫prekṣā

1. prêkṣā f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc., cf. dharma-prêkṣa, mukha-pr○)
2. a sight or view (esp. a beautiful sight or view) BhP
3. a public show or entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathās
4. (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir. i, 17
5. circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Rājat
6. the branch of a tree L

⋙prekṣākārin

1. ○kārin mfn. one who acts with deliberation Kir

⋙prekṣāgāra

1. ○"ṣgāra (○kṣâg○), m. n. a play-house, theatre MBh. Hariv. VP

⋙prekṣāgṛha

1. ○gṛha n. id. Hariv

⋙prekṣāpūrva

1. ○pūrva (ibc.) or ind. with deliberation Hariv. Rājat

⋙prekṣāpūrvam

1. ○pūrḍvam ind. with deliberation Hariv. Rājat

⋙prekṣāprapañca

1. ○prapañca m. a stage-play Bālar

⋙prekṣāvat

1. ○vat mfn. circumspect, deliberate, prudent Sāṃkhyak. Sch. Nīlak

⋙prekṣāvidhi

1. ○vidhi m. a stage-play Bālar

⋙prekṣāsamāja

1. ○samāja n. sg. public shows and assemblies Mn. ix, 84 (v. l. ○jau m. du.)

≫prekṣita

1. prêkṣita mfn. looked at &c
2. n. a look, glance MBh. R. &c

⋙prekṣitavya

1. prêkṣitavya mfn. to be seen or beheld Ratnâv

⋙prekṣitṛ

1. prêkṣitṛ mfn. one who looks on, spectator Hariv

≫prekṣin

1. prêkṣin mfn. looking at, viewing, regarding (○kṣi-tva n.) MBh. R. &c
2. (ifc.) having the eyes or glance of (cf. mṛga-p○)

≫prekṣya

1. prêkṣya mfn. to be seen, visible MBh
2. to be looked at or regarded Kathās
3. worth seeing, sightly Kālid. Rājat

preṅkh

1. prêṅkh (pra-√īṅkh). P. Ā. prêṅkhati, ○te, to tremble, shake, vibrate AitĀr. Kāv.: Caus. P. prêṅkhayati, to swing (trans.) Ragh
2. Ā. ○te, to swing one's self RV. vii, 88, 3

≫preṅkha

1. prêṅkhá mfn. trembling, rocking, swaying, pitching RV. AV
2. m. n. and (ā), f. a swing, a sort of hammock or swinging-cot Br. ŚrS. BhP. Suśr. (m. du. the two posts between which a swing moves Āpast
3. id. [with nakulasya vāma-devasya] and sg. [with marutām] N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
4. ○kha-phalaka n. the board or seat in a swing ŚāṅkhŚr
5. ○khêṅkhana n. swinging BhP.)
6. (ā), f. dancing L
7. a partic. pace of a horse L
8. wandering, roaming L

≫preṅkhaṇa

1. prêṅkhaṇa mfn. (ifc.) moving towards Bhaṭṭ
2. n. swinging Bhar
3. a swing L
4. a kind of minor drama (having no Sūtra-dhāra, hero &c.) Sāh. IW. 472
5. -kārikā f. a female swinger or dancer Bhar

⋙preṅkhaṇīya

1. prêṅḍkhaṇīya mfn. to be swung or made to oscillate Vop

≫preṅkhita

1. prêṅkhita mfn. swung, shaken, set in motion L
2. joined to, being in contact with (?) W

≫preṅkhola

1. prêṅkhola mfn. swinging, dancing, moving to and fro Vcar
2. m. a swing hammock ib
3. blowing (of the wind) Mālatīm
4. Nom. ○lati, to swing, oscillate Mālatīm. Pracaṇḍ

≫preṅkholana

1. prêṅkholana n. swinging, rocking Kād. Suśr

⋙preṅkholaya

1. prêṅkhoḍlaya Nom. ○yati, to swing, rock Dhātup

⋙preṅkholita

1. prêṅkhoḍlita mfn. swung, rocked, oscillating Kād

preṅgaṇa

1. prêṅgaṇa n. (fr. pra + √iṅg) Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch

preḍ

1. prêḍ (pra-√īḍ), Ā. prêṭṭe, to implore, praise, celebrate RV

preḍaka

1. preḍaka mfn. = prêraka Sāṃkhyak. Sch. (-tva n.)

preṇā

1. preṇā preṇi, See p. 711, col. 2. [Page 712, Column]

preta

1. prêta &c. See p. 711, col. 3

predi

1. predi m. N. of a man GopBr. (vḷ. proti, p. 713, col. 2)

preddha

1. prếddha (pra-iddha), mfn. kindled, lighted, aflame RV

prenv

1. prênv (pra-√inv), P. prênoti, to send forth, impel forwards or upwards RV

≫prenvana

1. prênvana n

⋙prenvanīya

1. prênḍvanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Vārtt. 6 Pat

prepa

1. prepa mfn. (pra + ap, water) Pat

prepsā

1. prêpsā f. (fr. Desid. of pra-√āp) wish to obtain, desire, longing for Nir. vii, 17
2. supposition, assumption ib. vi, 32

≫prepsu

1. prêpsu mfn. wishing to attain, desirous of obtaining, seeking, longing for, aiming at (acc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
2. anxious to rescue or save ( See prâṇa-pr○)
3. supposing, assuming Nir. vi, 32

preman

1. preman preyas &c. See p. 711, col. 2

prer

1. prêr (pra-√īr), Ā. prêrte, to move (intrans.), come forth, arise, appear RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. Caus. prêrayati, to set in motion, push on, drive forwards, urge, stimulate, excite RV. &c. &c
2. to send, dispatch MBh. R
3. to turn, direct (the eyes) R. Śak. (vḷ.)
4. to raise (the voice), utter, pronounce (words, prayers &c.) RV. &c. &c

≫preraka

1. prêraka mfn. setting in motion, urging, dispatching, sending (-tva n.) Hariv. Rājat

⋙preraṇa

1. prêraṇa n. driving out
2. See paśu-pr○
3. (also ā f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting, direction, command, impelling to (prati or comp.) Naish. Kathās. Rājat. Hit
4. activity, action Yājñ. Megh
5. the sense of the causal verb Vop

⋙preraṇīya

1. prêraṇīya mfn. to be urged on or incited Rājat

⋙prerayitṛ

1. prêrayitṛ mfn. one who urges or incites or sends MW
2. a ruler ib

⋙prerita

1. prêrita mfn. urged, impelled, dispatched, sent Kālid. Kathās. Suśr
2. turned, directed (as the eye) Śak. (vḷ.)
3. incited to speak Daś
4. passed, spent (as time) Bhartṛ

⋙preritṛ

1. prêritṛ mfn. one who urges or incites, an inciter ŚvetUp

⋙prertvan

1. prêrtvan m. the sea, ocean Uṇ. iv, 116 Sch
2. (arī), f. a river ib

preṣ

1. preṣ cl. 1. Ā. preṣate, to go, move Dhātup. xvi, 18 (vḷ. hreṣ)

preṣ

1. prêṣ (pra-√iṣ), P. Ā. prêṣyati, ○te (Ved. inf. prêṣe Pāṇ. 3-4, 9 Sch
2. ind. p. prâi4ṣam s.v.), to drive on, urge, impel, send forth RV. MBh
3. to invite, summon, call upon (another priest to commence a recitation or a ceremony acc., e.g. sāma prêṣyati, 'he calls upon to commence the recitation of a Sāman'
4. esp. Impv. prêṣya, 'call upon to recite or offer acc. or gen. to dat.') ŚBr. KātyŚr. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 61 ; viii, 2, 91): Caus. prêṣayati, to hurl, fling, cast, throw MBh. R. Bhaṭṭ
5. to turn or direct the eyes Śak. ii, 2 (vḷ. prêrayantyâ)
6. to send forth, dismiss, dispatch MBh. Kāv. &c
7. to send into exile, banish R. Kathās
8. to send word, send a message to a person (gen.) R

≫preṣ

1. prếṣ f. pressing, pressure (with hemán, 'urging pressure') RV. ix, 97, 1

⋙preṣa

1. prếṣa m. urging on, impelling, impulse ib. i, 68, 5
2. sending, dispatching L
3. pain, affliction L

⋙preṣaka

1. prêṣaka mfn. sending, directing, commanding MBh

≫preṣaṇa

1. prêṣaṇa n. the act of sending &c., charge, commission Gaut. MBh. R. BhP
2. rendering a service MBh. Ratnâv. (pl.)
3. -kṛt mfn. one who executes a commission MBh
4. ○ṇâdhyakṣa m. a superintendent of the commands (of a king), chief of the administration Cāṇ

⋙preṣaṇīya

1. prêṣaṇīya mfn. to be sent or dispatched MW

⋙preṣayitṛ

1. prêṣayitṛ mfn. = prêṣaka R

⋙preṣita

1. prếṣita mfn. set in motion, urged on, impelled RV
2. hurled, flung, thrown ŚBr
3. sent, dispatched on an errand MBh. Kāv. &c. (-vat mfn. Hit)
4. sent into exile, banished R
5. turned, directed (as the eyes) Śak. i, 23 (vḷ. prêrita)
6. ordered, commanded Vop

⋙preṣitavya

1. prêṣitavya mfn. to be invited (to commence a ceremony) AitBr

⋙preṣya

1. prêṣya mfn. to be sent or dispatched, fit for a messenger Kathās
2. m. a servant, menial, slave (ā f. a female servant, handmaid) MBh. Kāv. &c
3. n. servitude Yājñ. (in śūdra-pr○ vḷ. for -praiṣya)
4. behest, command ( See next)
5. -kara mfn. executing the orders of (gen.) MBh
6. -jana m. servants (collectively), household Mn. Nal
7. a servant Prab. [Page 713, Column]
8. -tā f. (Mn.), -tva n. (ib. MBh.), -bhāva m. (Mālav.) the state or condition of a servant, servitude
9. -vadhū f. a female servant, handmaid MBh
10. the wife of a slave MW
11. -varga m. a train of servants, retinue R
12. ○ṣyā-tva n. the state of a female servant, being a handmaid Rājat

≫praiṣa

1. prâiṣá m. sending, direction, invitation, summons, order, call (esp. upon the assistant priest to commence a ceremony) AV. Br. MBh. &c
2. pain, affliction, frenzy, madness (?) L
3. -kara mfn. executing orders, a servant Āpast
4. -kṛt mfn. id. Vait
5. giving orders, commanding Kauś. (Sch.)
6. -pratīka-yājyā f. a Yājyā beginning with a Praisha ĀpŚr
7. ○ṣâdhyāya m. N. of wk

⋙praiṣika

1. prâiḍṣika mfn. belonging to or connected with the Praishas Nir

≫praiṣaṇika

1. praiṣaṇika mfn. (fr. prâiṣa) executing orders (as a means of livelihood), g. vetanâdi
2. fitted for the execution of commands, g. chedâdi

≫praiṣam

1. prâiṣam ind., in the formula prâiṣaiḥ or iṣṭibhiḥ prâiṣam icchati, 'he strives to start (the sacrifice compared to a hunted animal) with invocations or exclamations' AitBr. ŚBr

≫praiṣya

1. prâiṣyá mfn. (with jana AV.) = m. a servant, slave Mn. R
2. (ā), f. a female servant ib
3. n. servitude ib. Var

⋙praiṣyajana

1. ○jana m. servants, train, retinue R

⋙praiṣyabhāva

1. ○bhāva m. the state or condition of a slave, servitude Kum

preṣṭha

1. preṣṭha See p. 711, col. 3

prehaṇa

1. prêhaṇa n. (fr. pra-√īh) Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

prehi

1. prêhi &c. See p. 712, col. 2

praikīya

1. prâikīya Nom. P. ○yati = prékīya Vop

praiṇ

1. praiṇ cl. 1. P. praiṇati vḷ. for paiṇ

praiṇāna

1. praiṇāná mfn. = prīṇāná (√prī), propitiated, gratified AV

praitos

1. prâitos See pré (pra-√i), p. 711

praidh

1. prâidh (pra-√edh), cl. 1. Ā. prâidhate Pāṇ. 6-1, 89 Sch

praiya

1. praiya n. (fr. priya), g. pṛthv-ādi

≫praiya

1. praiya Vṛiddhi form of priya in comp

⋙praiyamedha

1. ○medha m. patr. fr. Priya-mṭmedha AitBr. (wṛ. praiyyam○)
2. N. of Sindhu-kshit RAnukr
3. n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙praiyarūpaka

1. ○rūpaka n. (fr. priya-rūpa) Naish

⋙praiyavrata

1. ○vrata mf(ī)n. relating to Priya-vrata BhP
2. m. patr. fr. PriyṭPriya-varata ib
3. n. Priya-varata's life or adventures ib

≫praiyaka

1. praiyaka m. patr. fr. priyaka g. bidâdi

≫praiyaṅgava

1. praíyaṅgava mf(ī)n. (fr. priyaṅgu) relating to or prepared from panic grass, Maitr. TS. (wṛ. praiyyaṅ○ Kāṭh.)

⋙praiyaṅgavika

1. praíyaṅgaḍvika mf(ī)n. knowing the tale of Priyaṅgu Pat

≫praiyyamedha

1. praiyyamedha wṛ. for praiyam○
2. See above

prokta

1. prôkta &c. See pra-√vac

prokṣ

1. prôkṣ (pra-√ukṣ), P. prôkṣati to sprinkle upon, besprinkle, consecrate (for sacrifice) RV. VS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS
2. to sacrifice, kill, slaughter (a sacrificial victim) MBh. R.: Caus. prôkṣayati, to sprinkle, besprinkle Suśr

≫prokṣa

1. prôkṣa m. the act of sprinkling upon ĀpŚr

⋙prokṣaṇa

1. prốkṣaṇa n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before burial) TS. &c. &c
2. a vessel for holy water Hariv. (vḷ. ○ṇī)
3. immolation of victims L. (-vidhi m. N. of wk.)
4. (ī), f. See below

⋙prokṣaṇi

1. prốkṣaṇi f. pl. = ○ṇī pl. VS. ŚBr. &c

⋙prokṣaṇī

1. prốkṣaṇī f. a vessel for holy water Hariv. (vḷ. ○ṇa)
2. pl. water for sprinkling or consecrating (mixed with rice and barley) AV. VS. Br. GṛŚrS
3. -dhānī f. (ĀpŚr.), -pātra n. (Nīlak.) a vessel for sprinkling water
4. ○nyāsādana n. placing of the Prôkshaṇī vessel L

⋙prokṣaṇīya

1. prôkṣaṇīya mfn. to be sprinkled
2. n. (sg. and pl.) water used for consecrating Hariv. MārkP

⋙prokṣita

1. prokṣita mfn. sprinkled, purified or consecrated by sprinkling ŚBr. Mn. Yājñ
2. immolated, killed L

⋙prokṣitavya

1. prôkṣitavya mfn. to be sprinkled or consecrated MārkP

proghiya

1. proghiya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pra + ogha) Vop. (cf. prâughīya)

proccaṇḍa

1. prôccaṇḍa (pra-ucc○), mfn. exceedingly terrible, very violent Uttarar. Mcar. [Page 713, Column]

proccar

1. prôc-car (pra-ud-√car), P. -carati, to utter a sound, utter, pronounce Hariv.: Caus. -carayati, to cause to sound Pañcat

⋙proccārita

1. prôc-ḍcārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to sound, sounding ib

proccal

1. prôc-cal (pra-ud-√cal), P. ○lati, to start, set out on a journey Kathās

proccāṭanā

1. prôccāṭanā (pra-ucc○), f. driving away, removal, destruction Prasannar

proccais

1. prôccais (pra-ucc○), ind. very loudly Kathās. Pañcat
2. exceedingly high, in a very high degree Prab

procchal

1. prôc-chal (pra-ud-√śal), P. ○lati, to spurt out, gush or flow forth Śiś

procchūna

1. prôcchūna (pra-ucch○), mfn. swelled, swollen up W

procchrita

1. prôcchrita (pra-ucch○), mfn. lifted up, raised Hariv
2. high, lofty Mṛicch

procchvas

1. prôc-chvas (pra-ud-√śvas), P. prôcchvasiti, to breathe strongly or loudly Pañcat

projjāsana

1. prôjjāsana (pra-ujj○), n. killing, slaughter L

projjval

1. prôj-jval (pra-ud-√jval), P. ○lati, to shine brightly, flash, glitter Hariv

projjh

1. prôjjh (pra-√ujjh), P. prôjjhati, to abandon, leave, quit, forsake, avoid, efface Pañcat. Hit
2. to subtract, deduct Sūryas

≫projjhana

1. prôjjhana n. abandoning, forsaking, quitting, letting go W

≫projjhita

1. prôjjhita mfn. abandoned, forsaken, shunned, avoided Prab. Pañcat
2. (ifc.) free from, wanting Var

≫projjhya

1. prôjjhya ind. having left or abandoned, Kirāt
2. leaving aside, with exception of Var

proñch

1. prôñch (pra-√uñch), P. prôñchati, to wipe out, efface Mṛicch

≫proñchana

1. prôñchana n. wiping out, effacing (lit. and fig.) Naish. (ucchiṣṭa-pr○, gathering up the remnants Kull. on Mn. ii, 241)

proḍḍī

1. prôḍ-ḍī (pra-ud-√ḍī, only ind. p. -ḍīya, to fly up, fly away Mṛicch. (vḷ.) ○ḍīna mfn. having flown up or away MBh. R. Rājat

proḍham

1. proḍham ind., g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

proṇṭha

1. proṇṭha m. a spitting-pot, spittoon L

prota

1. prốta mfn. (fr. pra + uta, or ūta
2. √ve) sewed (esp. with the threads lengthwise, and opp. to ôta, under. ā-√ve, p. 156)
3. strung on, fixed on or in, put or sticking in (loc. or comp.) ChUp. MBh. &c
4. set, inlaid MBh
5. contained in (loc.), pervaded by (instr.) ŚBr. Up
6. fixed, pierced, put on (a spit) MBh. Kāv. &c
7. m. n. woven cloth, clothes L

⋙protaghaṇa

1. ○ghaṇa mfn. immersed in clouds (said of the horns of Śiva's bull) Kum

⋙protaśūla

1. ○śūla mfn. put on a spit, impaled Rājat. (cf. śūla-prôta)

⋙prototsādana

1. prôtôtsādana n. a parasol, umbrella L

≫protaya

1. prôtaya Nom. P. ○yati, to infix, insert, inlay KātyŚr. Sch

≫proti

1. prốti (or prốti?), m. N. of a man ŚBr

protkaṭa

1. prôtkaṭa (pra-utk○), mfn. very great Kathās

⋙protkaṭabhṛtya

1. ○bhṛtya m. a high official Pañcat

protkaṇṭha

1. prôtkaṇṭha (pra-utk○), mfn. stretching out or lifting up the neck BhP
2. Nom. P. ○ṭhayati, to awaken longings, excite desires in (acc.) Ṛitus

protkūj

1. prôt-kūj (pra-ud-√kūj), P. -kūjati, to hum, buzz Dhanaṃj

protkruṣṭa

1. prôt-kruṣṭa (pra-utk○), n. a loud cry or uproar, loud sound Hariv

protkṣipta

1. prôtkṣipta (pra-utk○), mfn. threshed, winnowed Bhpr

protkhan

1. prôt-khan (pra-ud-√khan), P. Ā. -khanati, ○te, to dig up or through or out R

⋙protkhāta

1. prôt-ḍkhāta mfn. dug up, dug out Mṛicch

protkhai

1. prôt-khai (pra-ud-√khai), P. -khāyati, to dig up, dig out Bhaṭṭ. [Page 713, Column]

prottāna

1. prôttāna (pra-utt○), mfn. stretched out widely Var

prottāla

1. prôttāla (pra-utt○), mfn. very loud Prasannar

prottuṅga

1. prôttuṅga (pra-utt○), mfn. very high or lofty, elevated, prominent Kāv. Kathās. MārkP

prottṝ

1. prôt-tṝ (pra-ud-√tṝ), P. -tarati, cross over, emerge Rājat

protthā

1. prôt-thā (pra-ud-√sthā), P. prôttiṣṭhati, to rise, spring up, start MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās

⋙protthita

1. prôtthita mfn. come forth, sprouted Ṛitus
2. sprung from (comp.), issued Prab

protpat

1. prôt-pat (pra-ud-√pat), P. -patati, to fly upwards, soar aloft Bhaṭṭ

protpad

1. prôt-pad (pra-ud-√pad), Caus. -pādayati, to bring forth, produce, cause, effect MBh

⋙protpanna

1. prôt-ḍpanna mfn. produced, originated, developed BhP

protphala

1. prôtphala (pra-ut-ph○), m. a species of tree resembling the fan-palm L

≫protphulla

1. prôtphulla (pra-utphulla), mfn. (√phal) widely expanded, full blown MBh. Kāv

⋙protphullanayana

1. ○nayana mfn. having the eyes wide open MBh

protsad

1. prôt-sad (pra-ud-√sad), Caus. -sādayati, to drive away, remove, destroy MBh. R. (Mn. ix, 261 wṛ. for -sāh○)

⋙protsādana

1. prôt-sādana n. causing to perish, destroying MW
2. contriving, device (?) W

protsah

1. prôt-sah (pra-ud-√sah), P. -sahati, to take courage or heart, boldly prepare to (inf.) Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -sāhayati (irreg. -sāhati MBh. i, 2233), to exhort, urge on, inspirit, instigate Mn. ix, 261 (wṛ. -sād○) MBh. (vi, 4437 wṛ. for -sād○) R. Kathās. &c

⋙protsāha

1. prôt-sāha m. great exertion, zeal, ardour Kathās
2. stimulus, incitement W

⋙protsāhaka

1. prôt-sāhaka m. an inciter, instigator (esp. of any crime) W

⋙protsāhana

1. prôt-sāhana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of inspiriting or inciting, instigatlon, invitation to (comp.) MBh. R. &c

⋙protsāhita

1. prôt-sāhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) incited, instigated, stimulated, encouraged R. Kathās. Prab

protsikta

1. prôtsikta (pra-uts○), mfn. exceedingly proud or arrogant Sāh

protsṛ

1. prôt-sṛ (pra-ud-√sṛ), P. -sarati, to pass away, disappear, be gone Caṇḍ.: Caus. -sārayati, ○te, to drive away, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Hariv. Mṛicch
2. to urge on, exhort, incite MW
3. to grant, offer ( See below)

≫protsāraṇa

1. prot-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) sending away, removing, expelling W

⋙protsārita

1. prot-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) offered, granted, given Hit
2. ejected, expelled W
3. urged forwards, incited MW

protsṛj

1. prôt-sṛj (pra-ud-√sṛj), P. -sṛjati, to cast out Divyâv

protsṛp

1. prôt-sṛp (pra-ud-√sṛp), Ā. -sarpate, to fall out of joint BhP

proth

1. proth cl. 1. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxi, 6) prothati, ○te, to be equal to or a match for, be able to withstand (gen. or dat.) Bhaṭṭ
2. (P.) to be full L
3. to destroy, subdue, overpower W. (cf. √pruth)

≫protha

1. protha &c. See under √pruth

prodaka

1. prôdaka (pra-ud○), mfn. dripping, wet, moist Āpast
2. that from which the water has run off Gobh
3. ○kī-bhāva m. dripping off of water Āpast

prodara

1. prôdara (pra-ud○), mfn. big-bellied Pat

prodi

1. prôd-i (pra-ud- √5, i), P. -eti, to go up, rise Bhartṛ
2. to come forth, appear Sāh. Subh

prodita

1. prôdita prôdyamāna, See pra-√vad

prodgata

1. prôdgata (pra-udy○), mfn. projecting, prominent Kathās

prodgārin

1. prôdgārin (pra-udg○), mfn. (ifc.) giving out from, emitting Dhanaṃj

⋙prodgīrṇa

1. prôdgīrṇa mfn. cast out Divyâv

prodgīta

1. prôdgīta (pra-udg○), mfn. begun to be sung Prab. [Page 714, Column]

prodgrīvam

1. prôdgrīvam (pra-udg○), ind. while stretching out the neck Kāv

prodghuṣ

1. prôd-√ghuṣ (pra-ud-√ghuṣ), Caus. -ghoṣayati, to cause to resound, proclaim MBh

⋙prodghuṣṭa

1. prôd-ghuṣṭa mfn. filled with noise, resonant, resounding ib

⋙prodghoṣaṇā

1. prôd-ghoṣaṇā f. sounding aloud, proclaiming, proclamation Kathās. (also ○ṇa n. W.)

proddāṇḍa

1. prôddāṇḍa (pra-udd○), mfn. prominent, swollen Cat

proddāma

1. prôddāma (pra-udd○), mfn. immense, extraordinary, prodigious Inscr. Prasannar

proddīpta

1. prôddīpta (pra-udd○), mfn. blazing up, blazing Ml

proddhā

1. prôd-dhā (pra-ud- √2. hā, only Ā. pr. p. prôjjíhāna), to flash up, rise to the sky RV

proddhūṣita

1. prôddhūṣita See prôddhṛṣita

proddhṛ

1. prôd-dhṛ (pra-ud-√hṛ), P. Ā. -dharati, ○te, to lift up, draw up (as water from a well) MBh. Hariv. R
2. to extract from (abl.), extricate, save, deliver Kathās. Prasannar

⋙proddhāra

1. prôd-ḍdhāra m. lifting up, bearing Dharmaś

proddhṛṣita

1. prôddhṛṣita (pra-uddhṛṣ○), mfn. bristling (as the hair of the body), thrilling, shuddering Pañcat. 13 (wṛ. ○dhūṣita)

prodbuddha

1. prôdbuddha (pra-udb○), mfn. awakened (met.) Cat

⋙prodbodha

1. prôdḍbodha m. awaking, appearing Gīt
2. awakening, rousing Prasannar

prodbhinna

1. prôdbhinna (pra-udbh○), mfn. broken or burst forth, germinated Kāv

prodbhūta

1. prôdbhūta (pra-udbh○), mfn. come forth, sprung up, arisen Hariv. Kāv. MārkP

prodyam

1. prôd-yam (pra-ud-√yam), P. -yacchati, to lift up, raise Bhaṭṭ

⋙prodyata

1. prôd-ḍyata mfn. uplifted (-yaṣṭi mfn. having an uplṭuplifted stick) Pañcat
2. raised (voice) RV
3. being about to (inf.) Hariv

prodvah

1. prôd-vah (pra-ud-√vah), P. -vahati, to utter, manifest Pañcar

⋙prodvāha

1. prôd-ḍvāha m. marriage BhP

prodvij

1. prôd-vij (pra-ud-√vij), Caus. -vejayati, to frighten, terrify MBh. BhP

⋙prodvigna

1. prôd-ḍvigna mfn. terrified, alarmed BhP

prodvīci

1. prôd-vīci (pra-udv○), mfn. waving, fluctuating Nalac

pronnad

1. prôn-nad (pra-ud-√nad), P. -nadati, to roar out, roar Hariv

pronnam

1. prôn-nam (pra-ud-√nam), Caus. -namayati, to raise up, erect Suśr

⋙pronnata

1. prôn-ḍnata mfn. raised up, elevated, lofty, high Var. Pañcat
2. superior Pañcat

⋙pronnamita

1. prôn-ḍnamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) raised up, erected Suśr

pronnī

1. prôn-nī (pra-ud-√nī), P. -nayati, to lead or bring up, raise, elevate Kām. BhP

pronmath

1. prôn-math (pra-ud-√math), Pass. -mathyate, to be disturbed Divyâv

⋙pronmāthin

1. prôn-ḍmāthin mfn. destroying, annihilating Prab

pronmad

1. prôn-mad (pra-ud-mad), P. -mādyati, to begin to grow furious, begin to rut (as an elephant) Inscr

pronmīl

1. prôn-√mīl (pra-ud-√mīl), P. -mīlati, to open the eyes Bhaṭṭ
2. to open (as a flower), blossom Prab
3. to come to light, appear Cat.: Caus. -mīlayati, to open (the eyes) Kathās
4. to unfold, reveal, manifest Cat

pronmūlita

1. prôn-mūlita mfn. (pra-ud-√mūl) uprooted, disturbed (?) Divyâv

probh

1. prôbh (pra-√ubh, only ind. p. prôbhya), to bind ŚBr

≫prombhaṇa

1. prômbhaṇa n. filling W. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch.)

⋙prombhita

1. prômbhita mfn. filled W

proraka

1. proraka m. fever in an ass Gal

prorṇu

1. prôrṇu (pra-√ūrṇu), P. Ā. prôrṇoti, or ○ṇauti
2. ○ṇute, to cover, veil, envelop AV. TS. KātyŚr. Bhaṭṭ
3. (Ā.) to be covered or veiled VS. TS. Br. Kauś.: Intens. prôrṇonūyate, to cover completely Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 23 Vārtt. 3 Pat.) [Page 714, Column]

≫prorṇunaviṣu

1. prôrṇunaviṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cover or conceal Bhaṭṭ

⋙prorṇunāva

1. prôrḍṇunāva (!), mfn
2. (with jvara), m. a kind of fever Bhpr

⋙prorṇunūṣu

1. prôrḍṇunūṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cover W

⋙prorṇuvitṛ

1. prôrḍṇuvitṛ mfn. one who covers or envelops W

prollaṅgh

1. prôl-laṅgh (pra-ud-√laṅgh), Caus. ○ghayati, to go beyond, transgress, violate Dharmaś. Divyâv

prollas

1. prôl-las (pra-ud-√las
2. only P. pr. p. prôllasat), to shine brightly, glitter Śiś
3. to sound, be heard Kathās
4. to move to and fro Kathās

≫prollāsita

1. prôllāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) gladdened, delighted Kathās

≫prollāsin

1. prôllāsin (pra-ull○), mfn. shining, resplendent Nalac

prollāghita

1. prôllāghita (pra-ull○
2. Pāṇ. 8-2, 55 Sch.), mfn. recovered from sickness, convalescent, strong, robust W

prollikh

1. prôl-likh (pra-ud-√likh), P. -likhati, to draw lines on (acc.) Amar
2. to scratch in Gṛihyās

⋙prollekhana

1. prôl-ḍlekhana n. drawing marks or lines, scratching, marking W

prollola

1. prôllola (pra-ull○), mfn. moving to and fro, unsteady Nalac

proṣa

1. proṣa proṣaka, See under √1. 3. pruṣ, p. 711

proṣadha

1. proṣadha m. fasting (= poṣadha) Bhadrab

proṣita

1. prôṣita &c. See under pra- √5. vas

proṣṭila

1. proṣṭila m. (with Jainas) N. of a Daśa-pūrvin (for prOṣṭh○?)

proṣṭha

1. próṣṭha m. (prob. fr. pra + oṣṭha = ava-stha, 'standing out below') a bench, stool TBr
2. m. a bull Pāṇ. 5-4, 120 Sch
3. N. of a man, g. śivâdi
4. pl. N. of a people MBh. (○ṣṭa VP.)
5. (ī), f. Cyprinus Pausius Bhpr. (also m. L.)

⋙proṣṭhapada

1. ○padá m. (and ā f.), sg. du. and pl. 'the foot of a stool', N. of a double Nakshatra of the 3rd and 4th lunar mansions AV. (próṣṭhāp○) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

⋙proṣṭhapāda

1. ○pāda mf(ī)n. born under the Nakshatra Proshṭha-pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 18

⋙proṣṭheśaya

1. proṣṭhe-śayá mfn. lying on a bench RV

≫proṣṭhika

1. proṣṭhika m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi
2. (ā), f. Cyprinus Sophore Rasar

≫prauṣṭha

1. prauṣṭha m. patr. fr. proṣṭha g. śivâdi

≫prauṣṭhapada

1. prauṣṭhapada mf(ī)n. relating to the Nakshatra Proshṭha-pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 18
2. m. (with or scil. māsa), the month Bhādra or August-September (also called pūrva-bhādrapadā and uttara-bh○) MBh. R. BhP
3. N. of one of Kubera's treasure-keepers R
4. (ā), f. pl. = proṣṭha-padā PārGṛ
5. (ī), f. full moon in the month Bhādra GṛŚrS
6. n. N. of a Pariś. of SV

≫prauṣṭhapadika

1. prauṣṭhapadika mf(ī)n., fr. proṣṭha-padā Pāṇ. 4-2, 35

≫prauṣṭhika

1. prauṣṭhika m. patr. fr. proṣṭhika g. śivâdi

proṣṇa

1. prôṣṇa (pra-uṣṇa), mfn. burning hot, scorching Pañcat

proṣya

1. prôṣya &c. See under pra- √5. vas

proh

1. prôh (pra- √1. ūh), P. prôhati, to push forward or away VS. KātyŚr. Nir
2. to throw down KātyŚr
3. to effect or bring about by transposition TāṇḍBr

≫proha

1. prôha m. an elephant's foot or the ankle of an elephant L
2. in prôha-kaṭā and -kardamā vḷ. for prêhikaṭā and -kard○ g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi Kāś

≫prohaṇa

1. prôhaṇa n. the act of pushing away (?) Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

≫prohyapadi

1. prôhya-padi or (Kāś.), ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot, g. dvidaṇḍy-âdi

⋙prohyapadipādi

1. ○pādi (Kāś.), ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot, g. dvidaṇḍy-âdi

≫prauha

1. prauha m.= 1. prôha L

proha

1. prôha mfn. (fr. pra- √2. ūh) skilful, clever L
2. m. logical reasoning ib

≫prauha

1. prauha mfn. and m. id. L

praukta

1. praukta mf(ī)n. having the sense of 'tena-prôktam', proclaimed by that (said of a suffix) Pāṇ. 4-3, 101

prauga

1. prauga wṛ. for prau0ga, MānGṛŚrS. [Page 714, Column]

praughīya

1. praughīya Nom. ○yati = próghīya Vop

prauḍha

1. prâuḍha mfn. (fr. pra + ūḍha, √vah) raised or lifted up ( See -pāda)
2. grown up, fullgrown Hariv. Kāv. Rājat
3. mature, middle-aged (as a woman
4. in Subh. bālā, taruṇī, prâuḍha and vṛddhā are distinguished
5. f. below)
6. married W
7. luxuriant (as a plant) Bhartṛ. Kāvyâd
8. large, great, mighty, strong Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat
9. violent, impetuous (as love) Prab. Rājat
10. thick, dense (as darkness) Mālatīm
11. full (as the moon) W
12. (ifc.) filled with, full of ( See mṛdu-pr○)
13. proud, arrogant, confident, bold, audacious, impudent (esp. said of a woman) Kāv. BhP
14. controverted W
15. m. (in music) N. of one of the Rūpakas
16. (with Śāktas) N. of one of the 7 Ullāsas
17. n. (with brāhmaṇa) = tāṇḍya-brāhmaṇa Sāy
18. (ā), f. a married woman from 30 to 55 years of age W
19. a violent or impetuous woman (described as a Nāyikā who stands in no awe of her lover or husband) W

⋙prauḍhacaritanāman

1. ○carita-nāman n. pl. N. of wk. by Vallabhâcārya on the titles of Kṛishṇa derived from 128 of his exploits during adolescence

⋙prauḍhajalada

1. ○jalada m. a dense cloud Bhartṛ

⋙prauḍhatātparyasaṃgraha

1. ○tātparya-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙prauḍhatva

1. ○tva n. confidence, arrogance Kathās

⋙prauḍhadordaṇḍa

1. ○dor-daṇḍa m. a strong and long arm Prab

⋙prauḍhapāda

1. ○pāda mfn. one whose feet are raised (on a bench or in some partic. position) Mn
2. Gaut Hcat

⋙prauḍhapuṣpa

1. ○puṣpa mfn. having blossoms full-grown (as a tree) Megh

⋙prauḍhaprakāśikā

1. ○prakāśikā f. N. of a Comm. on Prab

⋙prauḍhapratāpa

1. ○pratāpa mfn. of mighty prowess, renowned in arms MW
2. -mārtaṇḍa m. N. of wk. on the appropriate seasons for the worship of Vishṇu,

⋙prauḍhapriyā

1. ○priyā f. a bold or confident mistress Ragh

⋙prauḍhamanoramā

1. ○manoramā f. N. of a Comm. on Siddh. and other wks
2. -kuca-mardana n. -khaṇḍana n. N. of wks

⋙prauḍhayauvana

1. ○yauvana mfn. being in the prime or bloom of youth (ati- and an-ati-pr○) Megh. Hit

⋙prauḍhavatsā

1. ○vatsā f. having a full-grown calf L

⋙prauḍhavāda

1. ○vāda m. a bold or arrogant assertion Hcar

⋙prauḍhavyañjaka

1. ○vyañjaka m. N. of wk

⋙prauḍhasvaram

1. ○svaram ind. with a strong or loud voice Pañcad

⋙prauḍhākṛṣṭa

1. prâuḍhâkṛṣṭa mfn. impetuously or furiously dragged along Śak. i, 32 (vḷ. for pādâkṛ○)

⋙praudhāṅganā

1. prâudhâṅganā f. a bold woman Bhartṛ

⋙prauḍhācāra

1. prâuḍhâcāra m. pl. bold or confident behaviour Kathās

⋙prauḍhānta

1. prâuḍhânta m. (with Śāktas) one of the 7 Ullāsas

⋙prauḍhokti

1. prâuḍhôkti f. a bold expression or speech Kuval

≫prauḍhi

1. prâuḍhi f. full growth, increase Kathās
2. full development, maturity, perfection, high degree ib. BhP
3. greatness, dignity Vcar
4. self-confidence, boldness, assurance Kāv. Kathās
5. zeal, exertion W
6. controversy, discussion ib

⋙prauḍhivāda

1. ○vāda m. a bold assertion, pompous speech L. (cf. prâuḍha-v○)

≫prauḍhiman

1. prâuḍhiman m. the state of full growth Vām. v, 2, 56

≫praudhībhū

1. prâudhī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to grow up, increase, come to maturity Ragh. Rājat

prauṇa

1. prauṇa mfn. clever, learned, skilful L. (cf. 2. prauha, proha)

prauṣṭha

1. prauṣṭha &c. See under proṣṭha

prauha

1. prauha. 2 See col. 2

plaka

1. plaka See kaśa-plaká

plakṣ

1. plakṣ cl. 1. P. Ā. plakṣati, ○te, to eat, consume Dhātup. xxi, 27 (vḷ. for blakṣ)

plakṣa

1. plakṣá m. the waved-leaf fig-tree, Ficus Infectoria (a large and beautiful tree with small white fruit) AV. &c. &c
2. the holy fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa L
3. Thespesia Populneoides L
4. a side door or the space at the space of a door L
5. = dviipa Pur
6. N. of a man TBr
7. (with prāsravaṇa) = -prasravaṇa TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
8. (ā), f. N. of the river Sarasvatī MBh. Hariv

⋙plakṣagā

1. ○gā f. N. of a river VP

⋙plakṣajātā

1. ○jātā f. 'rising near the fig-tree', N. of the Sarasvatī MBh

⋙plakṣatīrtha

1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage Hariv

⋙plakṣatva

1. ○tvá n. the state or condition of being a fig-tree MaitrS

⋙plakṣadvīpa

1. ○dvīpa m. n. N. of a Dviipa VP. (cf. IW. 420)

⋙plakṣanyagrodha

1. ○nyagrodha m. du. Ficus Infectoria and Ficus Indica Pāṇ. 2-2, 29 Sch

⋙plakṣapraroha

1. ○praroha m. the shoot or sprout of a fig-tree Ragh

⋙plakṣaprasravaṇa

1. ○prasravaṇa n. (ŚrS.),

⋙plakṣarāj

1. ○rāj m. (A.),

⋙plakṣarāja

1. ○rāja m. (MBh.), 'source and king of the fig-tree', N. of the place where the Sarasvatī rises

⋙plakṣavat

1. ○vat mfn. surrounded by fig-trees
2. (ī), f. N. of a river (prob. the Sarasvatī) MBh

⋙plakṣaśākhā

1. ○śākhā́ f. a branch of the fig-tree MaitrS. [Page 715, Column]
2. -vat mfn. furnished with it Gobh

⋙plakṣasamudbhavā

1. ○samudbhavā f. = -jātā L

⋙plakṣasamudravācakā

1. ○samudra-vācakā f. N. of the river Sarasvatī L

⋙plakṣasravaṇa

1. ○sravaṇa n. = -prasr○ Kull

⋙plakṣāvataraṇa

1. plakṣâvataraṇa n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. MārkP

⋙plakṣodumbara

1. plakṣôdumbara m. a species of tree Kauś

≫plakṣakīya

1. plakṣakīya mfn. fr. plakṣa g. naḍâdi

≫plākṣa

1. plā́kṣa mf(ī)n. belonging or relating to or coming from the Ficus Infectoria TS. AitBr
2. m. pl. the school of Plākshi Pāṇ. 4-2, 112 Sch
3. n. the fruit of the fig-tree L
4. (with prasravaṇa) n. N. of the place where the Sarasvatī rises, ŚrS

≫plākṣaki

1. plākṣaki m. patr. fr. plakṣa Pravar

≫plākṣāyaṇa

1. plākṣāyaṇa m. patr. fr. plākṣi TPrāt

≫plākṣi

1. plākṣí m. patr. fr. plakṣa TĀr. TBr
2. (ī), f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 65 Sch

plakṣar

1. pla-√kṣar (for pra-kṣar, formed to explain plakṣa), Caus. -kṣārayati, to cause to stream forth, pour out MaitrS

platī

1. platī́ m. N. of a man RV

≫plāta

1. plāta m. patr. fr. platí AitBr

plab

1. plab or plav, cl. 1. Ā. plabate, plavate, to go Dhātup. x, 10 (vḷ.) and xiv, 10 (cf. √plu)

playoga

1. pla-yoga m. (prob.= pra-y○) N. of a man Sāy

≫plāyogi

1. plā́yogi m. patr. of Āsaṅga RV. ŚāṅkhŚr

plava

1. plava plavaka &c. See col. 2

plākṣa

1. plākṣa &c. See above

plāy

1. plây (pla = pra and √ay = i
2. cf. pla-√kṣar and pla-yoga), Ā. plâyate, to go away, go along MaitrS

≫plāya

1. plâya m. = prâya, abundance
2. (ifc.) having plenty of (vyādhi-) ŚāṅkhŚr

plāva

1. plāva &c. See col. 2

plāśi

1. plāśí m. sg. and pl. a partic. part of the intestines (= śiśna, or śiśna-mūla-nāḍyaḥ Mahīdh.) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr

plāśuka

1. plấśuka mfn. (fr. pla = pra and āśu-ka) rapidly growing up again ŚBr. KātyŚr

≫plāśucit

1. plâśu-cit mfn. quick, speedy (= kṣipra) Naigh. ii, 15

plih

1. plih cl. 1. Ā. plehate, to go, move Dhātup. xvi, 41 (formed to explain the next words?)

≫plihan

1. plihan m. = plīhan, the spleen Yājñ. iii, 94

≫plīha

1. plīha in comp. for plīhan

⋙plīhaghna

1. ○ghna m. 'destroying the spleen', Andersonia Rohitaka L

⋙plīhapuṣā

1. ○puṣā f. Adelia Nereifolia L

⋙plīhaśatru

1. ○śatru m. 'enemy of the spleen', Andersonia Rohitaka L

⋙plīhākarṇa

1. plīhā-kárṇa (for ○ha-k○), mfn. suffering from a partic. disease of the ear called plīhan VS. (Mahīdh.)

⋙plīhāri

1. plīhâri m. 'id.', Ficus Religiosa L

⋙plihodara

1. plihôdara n. disease of the spleen Suśr
2. ○rin mfn. splenetic ib

≫plīhan

1. plīhán m. the spleen (from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood to flow) AV. VS. ŚBr. Suśr
2. disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the mesenteric glands &c.) Suśr. [Orig. splīhan
3. Gk. ? ; Lat. lien [715,] for splihen ; Slav. sleśena for spleśena
4. Eng. spleen.]

≫plīhā

1. plīhā f. = plīhan L

⋙plīhāśatru

1. ○śatru m. Adelia Nereifolia L. (cf. ○ha-s○)

⋙plīhāhantrī

1. ○hantrī f. id. Bhpr

plī

1. plī cl. 9. P. plināti, to go, move Dhātup. xxxi, 82 (vḷ.)

plīthā

1. plī́thā f. pl. N. of a partic. class of Apsaras MaitrS. (vḷ. plīyā́)

plu

1. plu cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 62
2. xiv,. 40) plávate (rarely P. ○ti
3. pf. pupluve Br. &c., 3. pl. ○vuḥ Hariv
4. aor. aploṣṭa Br. &c., 2. pl. aploḍhvam Pāṇ. 8-3, 78 Sch
5. Prec. ploṣīṣṭa, vii, 2, 43 Sch
6. fut. ploṣyati, ○te Br. &c
7. ind. p. -plū́ya ŚBr
8. -plutya MBh. &c.), to float, swim RV. &c. &c
9. to bathe MBh. Ragh
10. to go or cross in a boat, sail, navigate MBh. Hariv
11. to sway to and fro, hover, soar, fly Br. MBh. Hariv
12. to blow (as the wind) MBh. Var
13. to pass away, vanish by degrees ŚBr. R. (vḷ.)
14. to be lengthened or prolated (as a vowel, See pluta) RPrāt. ĀpŚr. Sch
15. (older form pru, q.v.) to hop, skip, leap, jump, spring from (abl.) or to or into or over or upon (acc.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. plāvayati (rarely ○te, or plāvayati
16. aor. apiplavat Bhaṭṭ., apupl○ Gr.), to cause to float or swim, bathe, wash, inundate, submerge KātyŚr. MBh. &c. [Page 715, Column]
17. to overwhelm i.e. supply abundantly with (instr.) MBh
18. to wash away, remove (guilt, sin &c.) MBh. BhP
19. to purify MBh
20. to prolate (a vowel) ŚrS
21. to cause to jump or stagger Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. of Caus. piplāvayiṣati or puplāvayiṣati Pāṇ. 7-4, 81: Desid. puplūṣate Gr.: Intens. poplūyate, to swim about or rapidly R. Var. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Old Lat. [715,] per-plovere ; Lat. pluit, pluvius ; Lith. plauti ; Angl. Sax. flovan ; Germ., flawjan, flawên, vlouwen &c.]

≫plava

1. plavá mf(ā)n. swimming, floating ŚāṅkhGṛ. Suśr
2. sloping towards, inclined Hariv. Var. Hcat. (in astrol. applied to a constellation situated in the quarter ruled by its planetary regent Var. Sch.)
3. transient MuṇḍUp
4. m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a float, raft, boat, small ship RV. &c. &c
5. m. a kind of aquatic bird (= gātra-samplava, kāraṇḍava, jala-vāyasa, jala-kāka or jala-kukkuṭa L.) VS. &c. &c
6. a frog L
7. a monkey L
8. & sheep L. an arm L
9. a Caṇḍāla L
10. an enemy L
11. Ficus Infectoria L
12. a snare or basket of wicker-work for catching fish L
13. the 35th (or 9th) year in a cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS
14. swimming, bathing (ifc. f. ā) MBh. R. Kathās
15. flooding, a flood, the swelling of a river MBh. MārkP
16. the prolated utterance of a vowel (= pluti) L
17. protraction of a sentence through 3 or more Ślokas (= kulaka) L
18. sloping down or towards, proclivity, inclination L
19. (in astrol.) = plava-tva VarBṛS. Sch
20. a kind of metre Col
21. N. of a Sāman (also with vasiṣṭhasya) ĀrshBr
22. jumping, leaping, plunging, going by leaps or plunges R. (cf. comp. below)
23. returning L
24. urging on L
25. n. Cyperus Rotundus or a species of fragrant grass Suśr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ?] [715,]

⋙plavaga

1. ○ga mfn. = plava mfn. (in astrol.) VarBṛS. Sch
2. m. 'going by leaps or plunges', a frog Hariv. R
3. a monkey R. Ragh. Kathās
4. a sort of aquatic bird, the diver L
5. Acacia Sirissa L
6. N. of the charioteer of the Sun L
7. of a son of the Sun L
8. (ā), f. the sign of the zodiac Virgo Var
9. ○gêndra m. 'monkey chief', N. of Hanumat BhP

⋙plavagati

1. ○gati m. 'moving by jumps', a frog L

⋙plavaṃga

1. ○ṃ-ga mfn. 'moving by jumps', flickering (said of fire) MBh
2. m. a monkey ib. Ṛitus
3. a deer L
4. Ficus Infectoria L
5. N. of the 41st (15th) year in a sixty years' cycle of Jupiter Var

⋙plavaṃgama

1. ○ṃ-gama m. (cf. prec.) a frog R. Hariv
2. a monkey Mn. R. Kathās
3. (ā), f. a kind of metre Col
4. ○mêndu m. 'monkey-moon', N. of Hanumat MW

⋙plavatva

1. ○tva n. (in astrol.) the position of a constellation in the quarter ruled by its planetary regent VarBṛS. -1

⋙plavavat

1. ○vat ind. as with a boat MBh. -2

⋙plavavat

1. ○vat mfn. possessing a ship or a boat ib

≫plavaka

1. plavaka m. a leaper (by profession), a rope-dancer &c. MBh
2. a frog L
3. a Caṇdāla L
4. Ficus Infectoria L

≫plavana

1. plavana mf(ā)n. inclined, stooping down towards (cf. prāg-udak-pl○)
2. m. a monkey L
3. n. swimming, plunging into or bathing in (comp.) MBh. Gīt. Rājat. Suśr
4. flying MBh. R
5. leaping, jumping over (comp.) R
6. capering (one of a horse's paces) Sāṃkhyak. Sch
7. a kind of water Cyperus L

≫plavākā

1. plavākā f. a boat L

⋙plavika

1. plaḍvika m. a ferry-man L

≫plavita

1. plavita n. swimming or springing Lalit

⋙plavitṛ

1. plaḍvitṛ m. a leaper (with gen. of distance) R

≫plāva

1. plāva m. flowing over, filling a vessel till it overflows Yājñ. MārkP
2. leaping BhP

≫plāvana

1. plāvana n. (fr. Caus.) bathing, immersion, ablution MBh
2. filling a vessel to overflowing (for the purification of fluids) L
3. inundation, flood, deluge (cf. jala-pl○)
4. prolation (of a vowel) Āpast

⋙plāvayitṛ

1. plāḍvayitṛ mfn. one who causes to swim, causing to cross or go in a boat MBh

⋙plāvita

1. plāḍvita mfn. made to swim or overflow, deluged, soaked, moistened or covered with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
2. washed away, removed, destroyed BhP
3. lengthened, prolated (as a vowel, See pluta) ŚrS. BhP
4. n. inundation, food, deluge Kād
5. a song in which the vowels are prolated BhP

⋙plāvin

1. plāḍvin mfn. (ifc.) spreading, promulgating Yājñ
2. flowing from Śiś
3. m. a bird or a deer L

⋙plāvya

1. plāḍvya mfn. to be bathed or steeped in (instr.) Var
2. to be jumped or leaped W

≫pluta

1. pluta mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c
2. protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3 Mātrās (q.v.) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 27 esp. ŚrS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [Page 715, Column]
3. flown R
4. leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv
5. n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv
6. leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R. Vcar
7. capering (one of a horse's paces) L

⋙plutagati

1. ○gati f. moving by leaps Dhātup
2. m. a hare L

⋙plutatva

1. ○tva n. See udagra-pluta-tva

⋙plutameru

1. ○meru m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

⋙plutavat

1. ○vat mfn. one who has leaped or jumped R. Hariv

≫pluti

1. pluti f. overflowing, a flood Var
2. prolation (of a vowel, cf. pluta) Prāt. Pāṇ. Sch. ŚrS
3. a leap, jump Śak. i, 7, vḷ. (also met
4. cf. maṇḍūka-pl○)
5. capering, curvet (one of a horse's paces) L

pluṣ

1. pluṣ cl. 1. 4. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 54
2. xxvi, 107) ploṣati and pluṣyati (pf. puploṣa Gr
3. aor. aploṣīt ib
4. fut. ploṣiṣyati, ploṣitā ib.), to burn, scorch, singe Suśr. (only pass. pluṣyate)
5. cl. 9. P. pluṣṇāti (Impv. pluṣāṇa), id. Bhaṭṭ
6. to sprinkle
7. to anoint
8. to fill Dhātup. xxxi, 56 (cf. √pruṣ)

≫plukṣi

1. plukṣi m. fire Uṇ. iii, 155 Sch
2. the burning of a house (?) L
3. oil L

≫pluṣi

1. plúṣi m. a species of noxious insect RV. VS. ŚBr. (a flying white-ant L. )

≫pluṣṭa

1. pluṣṭa mfn. burned, scorched, singed Ṛitus. Var. Suśr
2. frozen Vcar

≫pluṣṭāya

1. pluṣṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 17

≫ploṣa

1. ploṣa m. burning, combustion Ratnâv. Rājat
2. a burning pain Car

≫ploṣaṇa

1. ploṣaṇa (Mālatīm.),

⋙ploṣin

1. ploḍṣin (Bālar.), mfn. burning, scorching, singeing

≫ploṣṭṛ

1. ploṣṭṛ m. one who burns or consumes by fire Pur

plus

1. plus cl. 4. P. plusyati, to burn Dhātup. xxvi, 107 (vḷ. for pluṣ)
2. to share Vop

pleṅkha

1. plêṅkhá (pla-īṅkha
2. cf. prêṅkha), m. a swing TS. TBr

plev

1. plev cl. 1. Ā. plevate, to serve, wait upon Dhātup. iv, 38 (cf. √peb, pev, sev)

plota

1. plota m. or n. (?) cloth, stuff
2. a bandage Suśr. (cf. prôta)

≫ploti

1. ploti f. thread, connection (in karma-p○) Divyâv

ploṣa

1. ploṣa &c. See under √pluṣ

psā

1. psā cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 47) psā́ti (Impv. psāhi, psātu AV
2. pf. papsau Gr
3. aor. apsāsīt Bhaṭṭ
4. Prec. psāyāt ŚBr
5. or pseyāt Gr
6. fut. psāsyati, psātā ib
7. ind. p. -psā́ya Br
8. Pass. impf. apsīyata ib.), to chew, swallow, devour, eat, consume
9. to go Naigh. ii, 14. (For bhsā = bhasā = √bhas + ā
10. √.mnā and man, √yā and i &c.)

≫psaras

1. psáras n. a feast, enjoyment, delight RV. (cf. devá-psaras)

≫psā

1. psā f. eating, food L
2. hunger L

≫psāta

1. psātá mfn. chewed, eaten, devoured ŚBr
2. hungry L

≫psāna

1. psāna n. eating, food L

≫psu

1. psu See 1. á-psu

≫psuras

1. psúras n. food, victuals RV. x, 26, 3. [Cf. Zd. fṣu.]

≫psnya

1. psnya See viśvá-psnya

psātkāra

1. psāt-kāra m. a partic. sound L

psu

1. psu (prob. = bhsu fr. bhāsu, √bhās), aspect, appearance, form, shape (only ifc
2. cf. aruṇá-, ṛta-psu, &c.)